Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

See other formats


Undergraduate  Catalog 


IkWMITiTI] 


■M,   .1 


CELEBRATING    125  YEARS  OF   EXCELLENCE  AND  OPPORTUNITY 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2009  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1999indi 


Undergraduate  Catalog 
1999-2000 


CELEBRATING    I25  YEARS  OF  EXCELLENCE  AND  OPPORTUNITY 


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  is  committed  to  equal 
opportunity  and  affirmative  action  for  its  students,  employees, 
and  applicants.  The  university  is  committed  to  providing  equal 
educational  and  employment  rights  to  all  persons  without  regard 
to  race,  color,  sex,  religion,  national  origin,  age,  disability, 
ancestry,  or  sexual  orientation.  Each  member  of  the  university 
community  has  a  right  to  study  and  work  in  an  environment  free 
from  any  form  of  racial,  ethnic,  and  sexual  discrimination.  In 
accordance  with  federal  and  state  laws,  the  university  will  not 
tolerate  racial  or  ethnic  discrimination  or  discrimination  on  the 
hasis  of  disability. 

This  policy  is  placed  in  this  document  in  accordance  with  state 
and  federal  laws  including  Title  VI  and  VII  ol  the  Civil  Rights 
Act  of  1964,  Title  IX  of  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972, 
Sections  503  and  .504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973,  the 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1990,  and  the  Civil  Rights  Act 
of  1991  as  well  as  all  applicable  federal  and  state  executive 
orders.  This  policy  extends  to  disabled  veterans  and  veterans  of 
the  Vietnam  era. 

Please  direct  all  general  inquiries  regarding  equal  opportunity 
and  affirmative  action  to 

Interim  Director  of  Human  Resources 
G-l  John  Sutton  Hall,  Indiana,  PA  15705 
Telephone:  724-357-2431.  Fax:  724-357-2685 
TD:  724-357-2481 

TD:  Telecommunications  Device  available  in  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center,  724-357-4067 
(V/TD)  (8:00-4:30,  M-F) 
Office  of  Human  Resources,  724-357-2481 
(TD)  (24  hours) 
Campus  Police,  724-357-2141(TD)  (24  hours) 


IUP  ensures  compliance  with  Section  504  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  and  the  Americans  with 
Disabilities  Act  through  the  provision  of  program  access 
accommodations.  Please  direct  inquiries  regarding 
accommodations  for  persons  with  disabilities  to 

Student  Concerns: 

Dr.  Catherine  Dugan 

Director,  Advising  and  Testing  Center/Disability  Support 

Services 

504  Coordinator 

106  Pratt  Hall 

Telephone:  724-357-4067 

Employee  Concerns: 

Ms.  Helen  Soltis 
G-l  John  Sutton  Hall 
Telephone:  724-357-2431 

Specific  inquiries  regarding  Title  IX  should  be  directed  to 
Director,  Pechan  Health  Center 
Pechan  Health  Center 
Telephone:  724-357-6475 


The  university  publishes  a  student  handbook,  The  Source,  which  is  a  companion  booklet  to  this  catalog.  The  handbook  contains 
detailed  information  on  the  policies  mentioned  on  this  page.  The  Source  is  accessible  to  all  enrolled  students,  and  extra  copies  are 
made  available  at  the  Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs,  212  Sutton  Hall,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania.  The 
policies  also  appear  in  their  entirety  on  the  university's  pages  of  the  World  Wide  Web  at  hit p:/ivii'W. iup.edu/stuajf/source. 

Questions  regarding  the  Sexual  Harassment  Policy  or  complain!  procedures  may  be  directed  to  the  Director  oj  Human  Resources,  G-30 
Sutton  Hall,  IUP.  Policy  approved  by  University  Senate,  May  1,  1990;  pendingfinal  approval  by  Council  of  Trustees. 

This  bulletin  contains  announcements  of  courses  for  the  academic  year  1999-2000.  IUP  reserves  the  right  to  repeal,  change,  or  amend  the 
rules,  regulations,  courses,  and  programs  contained  in  this  bulletin  at  any  time.  Tuition  and  fees  are  also  subject  to  change. 


IUP  is  the  largest  member  university  of  Pennsylvania's  State  System  of  Higher  Education. 


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

7999-2000 

Undergraduate 

Catalog 


University  Calendar  2 

President's  Message  3 

The  University    r> 

The  Branch  ( lampuses 8 

Vdmissions  and  Registration 9 

Finances   12 

Student  Programs  and  Services    20 

Advising  and  resting  (/.inter   20 

Athletics 20 

(  . Services 21 

c  seling  and  Student  Development  Center 21 

I  [ealth  Services 21 

Housing  Information  21 

Learning  ( lenter 22 

New  Student  ( Orientation 22 

Studenl  \>  n\  ides  and  *  Irganizations  22 

Student  Cooperative  Association  23 

I  niversit)  Judii  ial  System   23 

Veterans  Affairs  . 23 

Vt  -uli-mii  Policies 24 

Requirements  for  Craduation    36 

Academic  Affairs  Division  Areas 41 

I  Fniversity  Libraries   41 

Robert  K.  (look  Honors  College 41 

Milium  St  inn  i  Department   42 

Women's  Studies  Program  43 

Office  "I  International  Affairs     4:i 

Internships/*  loopt  rative  Learning  45 

r'.bcrly  College  of  Business 46 

KluiK  College  ofBusiness  Academic  Pohcies   47 

Department  ol  A<  counting 47 

Department  ofFinanct  and  I  egal  Studies   48 

Department  <>l  Management 49 

Department  ol  Management  Information  SyStema*and  Decision  Sciences   .50 

Department  of  Marketing 51 

igj  .mil  Support  Services   51 

I  lu  College  of  Education r>4 

College  of  Education  Academic  Policies 54 

liversit)  School  5S 

Vocational-Technical  Professional  Studies 58 

Department  of  Adult  and  Community  Education 59 

Department  "I  Communications  Media  59 

Department  ol  Educational  and  S<  hool  Psycholog)  60 

Di  i '.ni  mi  in  of  Foundations  of  Education 60 

Department  ol  Professional  Simla  s  in  Education 60 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 63 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts    67 

Department  of  Art   68 

Department  ol  Musit    70 

Department  ofTheater 72 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services   73 

Di  | mi  ni  ol  <  lulinary  Arts   74 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 74 

Department  "I  Health  and  Physical  Education 75 

Highway  Safety  Center 78 

Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 78 

Department  nl  Human  Development  ami  Environmental  Studies   79 

Department  of  Industrial  and  Lalxir  Relations 82 

Department  ol  Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Professions 82 

Department  oi  Sad-iv  Sciences 85 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 86 

Department  ol  Anthropology 88 

Department  of  Criminolog)         89 

Department  <>t  Economics   -90 

Department  ol  English  52 

m  nt  of  French    54 

Department  of  Geograph)  anil  Regional  Planning 

Department  ol  C.emian 99 

Department  of  History   100 

Department  ol  Journalism    101 

I),  partmenl  ol  Philosophy  andR  102 

Department  "I  Political  Science  104 

Department  ofSociology  105 

Department  of  Spanish  and  <  llassical  Languages   107 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Malhematics 109 

Department  of  Biolog)   Ill 

Biochemistry  Program   113 

Department  of  Chemistry "4 

Department  of  Computer  Science    115 

Department  of  Geosciencc  117 

Department  of  Mathematics  . .  t 119 

Enviromental  Healdi  Program    113 

Natural  Science    121 

Department  ofPhysics 123 

Department  "I  I'-  125 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education    127 

Credit  Programs 127 

Conferences  ami  Noncredit  Programs   128 

Criminal  Justice  Training  Center    128 

Course  Descriptions 129 

Directorv 211 


IUP,  Indiana,  Pennsylvania  15705    http://www.iup.edu 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF     PENNSYLVANIA 


University  Calendar 

Fall  Semester,  1999 

Registration August  3 1 

Classes  begin September  1 

Thanksgiving  recess  begins  at  close  of  night  classes November  24 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.)    November  29 

Final  exams December  14-2 1 

December  Commencement   December  19 

Spring  Semester,  2000 

Registration   January  17 

Classes  begin January  1 8 

Spring  vacation March  6-1 1 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.) March  13 

Reading  Day May  2 

Final  exams    May  3-1 1 

May  Commencement May  13 

Summer  Sessions,  2000 

To  be  announced 


Board  of  Governors 
State  System  of  Higher 
Education 

F.  Eugene  Dixon,Jr.,  Chairperson. 

Lafayette  Hill 
Kim  E.  Lyttle,  Vice  Chairperson, 

Pittsburgh 
R.  Benjamin  Wiley,  Vice  Chairperson, 

Erie 
Syed  R.  Ali-Zaidi,  Shippenville 
Muriel  Bennan,  Allentown 
Zachary  I.  Cattell,  West  Chester 
Jeffrey  W.  Coy,  Harrisburg 
Daniel  P.  Elby,  Harrisburg 
Charles  A.  Gomulka,  Pittsburgh 
Eugene  W.  Hickok,Jr.,  Harrisburg 
Joy  C.  Leonard,  Indiana 
Shelby  A.  Linton,  Millersville 
F.Joseph  Loeper,  Harrisburg 
Tom  Ridge,  Harrisburg 
David  M.  Sanko.  Harrisburg 
B.  Michael  Schaul.  Harrisburg 
Jere  W.  Schuler.  Harrisburg 
Patrick  J.  Stapleton.  Indiana 
John  K.  Thornburgh.  Pittsburgh 
Christine  J.  Toretti.  Indiana 


Council  of  Trustees 
Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 


Patrick  J.  Stapleton.  Chairperson, 

Indiana 
David  L.Johnson.  Vice  Chaiqjerson, 

Havertown 
Kim  E.  Lyttle,  Secretary,  Pittsburgh 
Jeffrey  L.  Brooks,  Treasurer,  Pittsburgh 
Michael  D.  Connell,  Indiana 
Susan  S.  Delaney,  Indiana 
Kathleen  A.  Durkin.  Pittsburgh 
Mark  A.  Holman,  Harrisburg 
Robert  M.  Hovanec,  Butler 
David  Osikowicz,  Punxsutawney 
Gealy  W.  Wallwork,  Kittanning 
James  H.  McCormick  (ex  officio), 

Chancellor,  State  System  of  Higher 

Education 


Executive  Officers 
Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 


Lawrence  K.  Pettit,  President 

Ruth  A.  Riesenman,  Executive  Assistant 

to  the  President 
Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz,  Provost  and  Vice 

President  for  Academic  Affairs 
C.  Edward  Receski,  Vice  President  for 

Administration 
Louis  Szalontai,  Vice  President  for 

Finance 
Joan  M.  Fisher,  Vice  President  for 

Institutional  Advancement 
Harold  D.  Goldsmith,  Vice  President 

for  Student  Affairs 


Chancellor 

State  System  of  Higher 

Education 

James  H.  McCormick 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


President's  Message 


Congratulations  on  youi  decision  to  experienct  tht  exciting 
intellectual,  cultural,  and  social  world  of  Indiana  I  niversit)  oj 
l'i  nnsylvania. 

The  only  university  in  the  Pennsylvania  Statt  System  oj  Highei 
Education  to  confer  doctoral  degrees,  I  UP  attracts  faculty  members  who  are 
mi  flu  cutting  edgi  of  their  fields  but  are  committed  to  undergraduati 
teaching  Outstanding  programs  in  men  than  a 
hundred  majors,from  the  traditional  liberal  arts 
and  sciences  to  such  professional  fields  as 
nursing,  business,  criminology,  and  safety 
sciences,  offer  a  broad  array  of  academic 
challenges.  Classrooms  and  residenct 
halls  equipped  with  fiberoptics  anil 
cable  television  support  a  rich 
academic  tradition  in  which  students 
actively  participate  in  the  learning 
proa  ts. 

IUP  stretches  the  boundaries  of  the 
academic  environment  to  include  learning 
experiences,  through  research  and  internships, 
that  prepare  students  for  careers  in  the  global 
marketplace.  The  university's  internship  program 
places  students  in  a  variety  of  professional  settings,  from  tin  European 
Parliament  to  Fortune  500  companies  to  the  Whitt  House.  WP's  rigorous 
Liberal  Studies  requirement,  emphasizing  communication  skills  and 
analytical  thinking,  insures  that  all  our  students  arc  prepared  for  lift  as 
well  as  for  a  career.  Longstanding  cxctili  net  in  tin  fine  arts  creates  a 
campus  life  rich  in  cultural  and  entertainment  opportunities.  II  P's  global 
partnerships  bring  a  cosmopolitan  student  body  to  Indiana  and  providi 
attractive  opportunities  to  study  abroad. 

The  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College  at  HP  is  an  exciting  model  that 
combines  for  especially  gifted  students  intellectual  i  ugagi  mint  and  St  rvia . 
reflecting  the  university's  values  of  high  intellectual  achii  vt  mi  nt.  pi  rsonal 
development,  commitment,  and  volunteer  service. 

Strong  academic  programs  are  complemt  nted  by  tin  university's 
successful  athletics  program.  Fans  from  across  the  region  enjoy  not  only 
highly  competitive  teams  but  one  of  the  country's  top  marching  bands. 

(hi  In  half  of  the  IUP  family,  I  take  pleasure  in  'welcoming  you. 


\ 


Lawrence  K.  lVttit.  President 


.  L  V  A  N  I  A    UNDERGRAP 


4        INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


Undergraduate  Degrees  Offered  at  IUP 


Bachelor  of  Arts 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Anthropology  (Tracks  available: 

Accounting 

Applied  Anthropology, 

Applied  Mathematics 

Archaeology,  General 



Applied  Physics 

Anthropology) 

^^BPH^k 

Biochemistry 

Art/History  Track 

Bra,    • 

Biology 

Art/Studio 

Gh    ->v 

Business/Pre-Law 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Chemistry 

j   w         HI 

Child  Development/Family 

Computer  Science 

k\  3£                                               WflS 

Relations 

Criminology 

Communications  Media 

Criminology/Pre-Law 

Computer  Science  (Tracks 

Economics 

^■^H    H&                  sS 

available:  Applied  Computer 

Economics/Mathematics 

Hk~  -           S9f 

Science,  Languages  and 

Economics/Pre-Law 

s 

Systems) 

English 

'g*\W    j  ■* 

Consumer  Affairs  (Community 

English/Pre-Law 

Services  Track  available) 

French 

Dietetics 

French  for  International  Trade 

Environmental  Geoscience 

General  Fine  Arts 

&&          A 1    1 

W^                            AM 

Environmental  Health 

Geography  (Tracks  available: 

Fashion  Merchandising 

Economic  Geographer, 

Finance 

Environmental  Geographer, 

"""**,"*»~  «-^«. — _  -^Aw* 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

General  Geography,  GIS  and 

General  Studies 

Cartographer) 

Geology 

German 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

German  for  International  Trade 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Management 

Government  and  Public  Service 

Art  Education 

Human  Resources  Management 

History 

Biology  Education 

Interior  Design/Housing 

History/Pre-Law 

Business  Education 

International  Business 

Journalism 

Chemistry  Education 

Management 

Music  (Tracks:  History  and 

Early  Childhood  Education 

Management  Information  Systems 

Literature,  Music  Performance, 

Earth  and  Space  Science  Education 

Marketing 

Theory  and  Composition) 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

Mathematics 

Philosophy 

Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing 

Medical  Technology 

Philosophy/Pre-Law 

Loss 

Natural  Science  (Tracks  available: 

Physics 

Elementary  Education 

Pre-Chiropractic,  Pre-Dentistry, 

Political  Science 

English  Education 

Pre-Engineering,  Pre- 

Political  Science/International 

Family  and  Consumer  Sciences 

Optometry,  Pre-Physical 

Studies 

Education 

Therapy,  Pre-Podiatry) 

Political  Science/Pre-Law 

French  Education  K-12 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Psychology  (Applied  Psychology- 

General  Science  Education 

Nursing 

Track  available) 

Secondary  German  Education 

Office  Systems 

Regional  Planning  (Tracks 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Physical  Education  and  Sport 

available:  Economic  Developer, 

Mathematics  Education 

Physics 

Environmental  Planner,  GIS 

Music  Education 

Rehabilitation 

and  Cartographer,  Town 

Physics  Education 

Respiratory  Care 

Manager) 

Social  Science  Education 

Safety  Sciences 

Religious  Studies 

(Concentrations  available: 

Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts 

Sociology  (Tracks  available: 

Anthropology,  Sociology; 

Music  Performance 

Applied  Social  Research, 

Tracks  available:  Economics, 

Studio 

Clinical  Sociology,  General 

Geography,  History) 

Associate  of  Arts 

Sociology) 

Secondary  Spanish  Education 

Business  (Computer  and  Office 

Spanish 

Speech-Language  Pathology  and 

Information  Systems 

Spanish  for  International  Trade 

Audiology 

Specialization) 

Theater 

Vocational-Technical  Education 

General  Studies 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


THE    UNIVERSITY 


The  University 


A  University  Education 

rhrough  undergraduate  and  graduate  pro] 
[UP  serves  students  from  across  the  nation  and 
around  the  world  In  introducing  them  to  and 
sustaining  them  in  a  culture  ol  high  aspiration 
and  ai  hievemenl  so  th<  j  maj  lead  produi  rive 
and  meaningful  lives.  Singl)  and  th 
collaboration  within  the  State  System  ofHighei 
I  dui  ation,  with  othei  edui  ational  institutions, 
and  with  business,  gov(  rnment,  human  si 
and  professional  organizations,  II  P  contributes 
to  the  economic  and  t  ultural  strengdi  of  the 
region,  the  commonwealth,  and  the  nadon 
through  educadon,  scholarship,  and  service. 

As  the  universit)  continually  evolves  to  liighei 
.  ucellence,  lUPwillbe 

►  An  institution  of  higher  and  continuing 
learning  committed  to  the  teacher-scholar 
model  ami  the  learning-cent" 

em  ironmenl  and  .1  universit]  whi  r< 
and  dot  toral  edui  adon  is  targeted  to  die 
education  of  competent  practitioners,  the 
produi  don  of  practical  knowledge,  and  the 
enrichment  of  undergraduate  life. 

►  \  learning-centered  environment  in  which 
students  enjoy  traditional  and  nontraditional 
classroom  experiences,  engage  in  research 
and  service  activities  with  then  iacult) 
mentors,  become  lifelong  learners  equipped 
to  adapl  to  the  1  hanging  needs  of  their 
professional  lives,  and  -  rship 
skills  for  effective  citizenship. 


►  An  institution  guided  by  its  heritage, 
maintaining  an  environment  ol  inquire  thai 

1  ombines  .1  thorough  ex; nation  of 

cultural  traditions  and  intellec  tual  roots  with 

urrency  and  die 
best  1 'I  the  liberal  arts  with  superior  career 
preparation. 

►  A  learning  community  in  touch  with  [he 
main  currents  of  politics,  e<  onomics,  and 
cultural  life  throughout  the  world;  .1 
communit)  enri<  hed  by  the  preseni 
significant  number  ofinternational  students 
and  In  opportunities  for  study  abroad;  and 
.1  communit]  supported  b]  te<  bnol 
facilitates  active  participation  in  the  creation 
and  use  ol  information  and  knowledge  on  .1 
global  scale. 

►  A  center  of  lively  intellectual  discourse  and 
affection  !i>r  the  arts. 

►  Ac  in initj  thai  is  diverse  in  composition, 

with  a  clear  commitment  t"  tolerance, 
compassion,  and  servii  e. 

History  of  the  University 

HP  lias  witnessed  a  history  rich  in 
accomplishment  Since  1875,  when  11  served 
only  >L2~>  students  in  a  single  building,  it  lias 
expei  ienced  continuous  growth,  becoming 
Pennsylvania's  fifth  largest  university.  The 
current  enrollment  is  over  thirteen  thousand, 
with  students  from  thirty-six  states  and  over  tik\- 
live  countries. 


The  lirst  building,  named  John  Sutton  Hall  in 
honor  ol  the  first  president  <p|  die  Hoard  "I 

I  rusti  1  s.  \\4s  opened  lor  students  on  May  17. 

1875. 

In  April.  1920,  control  and  ownership  of  the 
school  passed  t<>  the  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania.  In  May,  luJ7.  by  authority  of  die 
( leneral  Assembly,  the  State  Normal  School 
became  a  college,  with  the  right  to  grai>: 
The  name  was  then  changed  to  ih<    5 
Teachers  College  at  Indiana,  Pennsylvania.  In 
1959,  the  legislature  approved  a  change  of  name 
to  huh. ma  State  College:  in  die  1960s  there 
followed  a  rapid  growth  in  the  liberal  arts 
program.  In  December,  1965,  Indiana  was 
redesignated  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
and  given  the  authority  to  expand  its  curriculum 
and  to  grant  degrees  at  the  master's  level.  At  this 
tune  the  first  doctoral  program  was  initiated. 

Current  academic  offerings  include  more  dian  a 
hundred  undergraduate  majors  with  a  variety  of 
internship  and  stud]  abroad  programs,  more 
dian  fortv  master's  degree  programs,  and  eight 
doctoral  degrees.  Unusual  opportunitii  ■ 
research  at  all  levels  and  the  Robert  E.  1 
Honors  College  provide  special  challenges  for 
academic  growth.  The  variety  and  qualil 
instruction  are  characteristic  ol  a  hig  university, 
yet  at  II  P.  dose,  one-to-one-relationships 
develop  within  die  teaching  framework,  and  a 
-.  use  ol  community  prevails. 

The  following  publications  have  all  recognized 
IIP  for  its  high  academic  standards  and 


INDIANA    UN  '.'  I  A    UN  DERGR  A  0 


THE    UNIVERSITY 


competitive  costs:  Arco'i  Dollarwise  (.'«»/<  to 
American  Colleges;  Barron's  300:  Best  Buys  in 
Collegi  Education.;  Thi  Best  /w^  in  Col 
Education  by  Edward  Fiske,  education  editor  of 
theASw  York  Times;  Changing  Times;  How  to 
Get  an  lv\  Leagut  Education  ul  a  State 
University  l>s  Martin  Nemko:  Mom  v  mag 
Money  Guide:  Two  Hundred  Host  Selectivi 

Colleges,  Th  DefinM    l    ■    ;        l» t'sFirst- 

Choia  Schools;and  I    S  Newsand  WorUReport. 

University  Governance 

Indiana  University  "I  Pennsylvania  is  one  of 
fourteen  members  of  thi  StaU  System  of  Highei 
I-'.ilni  ation  in  Pennsylvania.  ( (versight  of  the 
System  is  vested  in  the  Board  ol  ( lovernors,  die 
members  of  which  are  appointed  by  the 
governor.  Each  university  has  its  ov\  n  <  Council  ol 
Trustees,  responsible  foi  financial  oversight  and 
insuring  compliant  e  ol  universit)  policies  with 
state  law.  Responsibility  for  the  day-to-day 
operations  is  entrusted  to  tile  university 
president,  who  is  the  chief  executive  officer. 

Due  to  the  complexity  ol  the  university,  the 
president  relies  on  the  University  Senate  to 
develop  and  approve  curricula  and  to  advise  the 
president  on  setting  policies  thai  affect  and  shape 
the  working  and  learning  em  ironment  at  IUP. 
The  University  Senate  is  composed  ol  faculty, 
students,  and  administrators  who  are  both 
elected  and  appointed  by  their  peers. 

Many  of  the  important  policies  governing  the 
working  and  learning  environment,  such  as  the 
policy  on  sexual  harassment,  the  academic 
integrity  policy,  and  the  policy  on 
nondiscrimination,  arc  given  in  this  catalog  or 
the  student  handbook  (Tht  Source)  and  are  also 
available  on  the  World  Wide  Web  at 

http://www.iup.edu.To  insun miring 

cm  ironment  where  all  faculty,  students,  and 
administrators  can  work  together  in  harmony,  it 
is  essential  that  all  members  ol  the  university  he 
familiar  with  these  polini  s  as  the)  set  the 
expectations  for  civil  behavior  and  academic 
conduct. 

Accreditation 

IUP  is  a  state-owned  institution  for  higher 
education  and  a  member  ol  die  State  System  ol 
Higher  Education.  It  is  an  approved  and  folly 
accredited  member  ol  the  following: 

•  American  Chemical  Soi  ii  t) 

•  American  Culinary  Fedi  n □  Educational 

Institute 

•  American  Home  Econ ics  Association 

•  American  Psychological  Vssociat 

•  American  Societ)  ol  Safety  Engineers 

•  Committee  on  Allied  Health  Education  and 
Accreditation 

•  Council  on  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and 
Institutional  Education 

•  Educational  Standards  Board  ol  the  Speech- 
Language-Hearing  Association 

•  Middle  Siatcs  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Schools 

•  National  Accrediting  Agenc  y  for  I 
Sciences 

•  National  Associati I  Schools  of  Theater 

•  National  Association  ofSchool  Psychologists 

•  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Musil 

•  National  Council  for  Accreditation  ol 
Teacher  Education 

•  National  League  for  Nursing 


Buildings  and  Grounds 

In  1875,  the  main  campus  consisted  of  12  acres 
and  one  building.  With  the  addition  in  1995  of 
1 37  acres  of  undeveloped  land  from  the  former 
( lampbell  and  County  farms,  the  main  campus 
now  comprises  .'i-l  1  acres,  on  which  are  located 
seventy-five  major  buildings  owned  by  the  state 
and  seven  athletic  fields.  Two  of  the  buildings, 
Breezedale  and  John  Sutton  Hall,  have  been 
entered  in  the  National  Register  ol  Historic 
Places.  Short-term  plans  for  the  recendy 
acquired  land  include  additional  athletic  fields 
and  recreation  facilities,  a  Greek  Village,  and  a 
residence  for  the  university  president. 

The  Punxsutawney  Branch  Campus  totals  5.98 
a<  res  i  onsisting  of  two  sites— lour  buildings  at 
the  Punxsutawney  campus  and  the  Culinary 
School.  The  Armstrong  Branch  Campus  has  four 
buildings  and  a  total  of  1.74  acres. 

The  Co-op  Recreational  Park,  located  a  few 
miles  from  the  campus,  consists  ol  280  acres  and 
several  buildings,  including  a  lodge  and  a  ski  hut. 
The  wooded  hillsides  oiler  opportunities  for 
nature  study  and  for  such  outdoor  recreational 
activities  as  driving  golf  balls,  hiking,  cross- 
country skiing,  and  exercise  trails. 

Indiana,  the  County  and 
the  Town 

Indiana  ( lounty  was  formed  by  act  of  the  state 
legislature  in  1803  and  was  frilly  organized  in 
I  806.  ( George  Clymer  of  Philadelphia,  a  signer  of 

the  Declarati I  Independence,  owned  more 

than  three  thousand  acres  in  the  area  and 
presented  250  acres  to  the  new  county  for  a 
i  ounty  scat.  The  town  of  Indiana  was  officially 
founded  in  1816. 

The  county's  first  major  industry  was  the 
manufacture  of  salt,  which  began  in  1813  about 
two  miles  above  the  town  of  Saltsburg.  As  early 


as  1 797  bituminous  coal  was  dug  from  exposed 
outcroppings.  Mining  soon  rivaled  agriculture  as 
tiie  backbone  of  the  county's  economy.  Its 
influence  gradually  diminished,  though,  and 
today  IUP  is  die  county's  largest  employer. 
Indiana  County  now  thrives  with  an  economic 
base  combining  education,  agriculture,  energy 
production,  and  commerce  into  an  outstanding 
quality  of  life  for  its  nearly  90,000  residents. 

Indiana  has  become  known  as  the  birthplace  of 
film  star,  Jimmy  Stewart,  and  as  the  Christmas 
Tree  Capital  of  the  World.  Visitors  and  locals 
alike  can  relive  Indiana  County's  past  by  visiting 
one  of  its  parks,  covered  bridges,  fairs,  and  even 
the  largest  Aniish  setdement  in  Western 
Pennsylvania.  As  one  of  nine  counties 
represented  in  America's  Industrial  Heritage 
Project,  Indiana  County  has  a  number  of 
historical  sites  that  are  part  of  die  project's  Path 
of  Progress.  The  project's  archives  are  housed  in 
the  Special  Collections  section  of  lUP's 
Stapleton  Library. 

Alumni 

With  a  living  alumni  base  that  comprises  more 
dian  eighty  thousand  individuals,  the  university 
has  come  to  rely  on  the  support  of  its  alumni  in  a 
variety  of  areas.  These  include  career 
networking,  student  recruitment,  and 
government  relations,  as  well  as  fond-raising  and 
service  on  die  Council  of  Trustees,  Alumni 
Association  Executive  Board,  and  a  number  of 
advisor)'  committees. 

Graduates  automatically  become  members  of  die 
Alumni  Association.  They  are  encouraged  to 
continue  their  connections  with  IUP  through 
periodicals  like  IUP  Magazine  and  the 
university's  World  Wide  Web  sites. 

Resources 

Computing  Services:  Academic  computing 
support  is  provided  by  technical  staff' assigned  to 
each  college.  The  college  staffs  provide 
computational  support  for  undergraduate  and 
graduate  students  and  for  faculty  and  student 
research. 

Connectivity  for  student  computers  in  the 
residence  halls  is  provided  through  die  Office  of 
Housing  and  Residence  Life.  The  administrative 
needs  of  the  university,  including  the  Library's 
information  systems,  are  served  by  die 
Technology  Services  Center. 

The  university's  computing  infrastructure 
consists  of  a  DEC  Open  VMS  cluster,  several 
Unix  systems,  and  a  local  area  network 
environment.  Access  to  the  campus  network  is 
provided  primarily  through  Ethernet 
connections  utilizing  die  campus  fiberoptic 
backbone.  Terminal  access  via  modem  is  also 
available.  IUP  is  connected  to  the  Internet  via 
SSHEnet. 

Student  access  to  computing  is  provided,  for  die 
most  part,  through  the  public  computing 
laboratories.  The  primary  public  labs  are 
strategically  placed  around  campus  to  maximize 
dieir  availability  and  impact.  Several  departments 
maintain  computing  facilities  diat  are  of  a 
focused  nature  and  which  are  intended  to 
support  specific  programs.  These  include  several 
specialized  networks  to  address  particular  needs. 

Through  implementation  of  its  strategic 
computing  plan,  which  is  part  of  the  university 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    UNIVERSITY        7 


long-range  planning  ] i  tl irerait)  is 

i ed  i"  providing  thi  level  "I  i  omputing 

and  ml .in 1 1 lo  |    u    foi  a 

Hindi stllllll fhighei   education. 

Guidani  i  in  thii .1  <  1  pro  idi  'I  bj  both  the 

Academic  <  lomputing  Polii  v  Adi  isoi ) 

1 ! 1 and  the  Ad strative  < ! | >n ti  1  ijj, 

1  '  •  '  'in  1  tti  1 

Libraryi  Patrick  J,  Staple Jr.,  Library,  the 

, !  Mii.il  librarj  foi  II  P,  was  1  ompleted  and 

dedicated  in  1981.  Il  adj a  Rhodei  R.  Stanley 

I  jbrary,  whi(  li  results  in  .1 bined  -11111  ture  "I 

156,000  square  feet.  The  <  logswell  Musii 

1   brai  1  the  I  niversitj  Si  hool  I  library,  and  the 

In. mi  li  campus  libraries  in  Kittanning  and  in 

Punxsutawnej  an  thi  oth mponents  of  the 

fUPlibrarj  system.  Nineteen  librarj  faculty 
1111111I11  is.  twent)  two  support  staf)  members,  and 
ovei  two  hundred  students  are  employed  in  the 

Libraries  Divisii I  the  university.  The  book 

collection  contains  775,000  volumes;  tliere  are 

1,500  periodical  subscript s,  1.7  million  items 

"l  1 1  li-  reforms,  over  l(  10. 01 10  I ml  periodicals, 

!  1,000  volumes  ofgove 1  m.il 

lubbi  ations.  (IUPisa  designated  Selei  1 
Depository  for  federal  and  state  publications.) 
The  libraries1  media  holdings  in  all  formats  are 
extensive,  Resoun  es  are  supplemented  through 
membership  in  <  >CI,C  for  intetiibrary  loan,  the 
Health  Sciences  Consordum  (North  Carolina), 
mil  the  Laurel  1  lighlands  Consordum  and  the 
Center  for  Research  Libraries.  The  central 
librarj  is  open  92  hours  a  week  during  regular 
terms.  The  <  logswell  Music  Library,  located  on 

iIh-  top  H""i  ni  1  logswell  1 1. ill.  1 ains 

approximate!)  6,000  books.  711.1100  scores,  and 
1 0.000  recordings.  1  loldings  "I  monumental 
editions  are  snlisi.inu.il.  Sound  recordings 
circulate  only  in  faculty  members,  but  listening 

..hi'  available  foi  use  by  all  patrons.  The 

Universif)  School  Library's  6,500  vol es 

support  the  curriculum  ol  grades  K-6  at  the 
I  niversit)  School.  The  Armstrong  County 

librarj  has  more  than  22,000  volumes, 
and  the  recendy  renovated  Punxsutawney  library 

conl s  111. .11  [I1.111  13,000  books  as  well  as  150 

1 1.  ..Is  ami  recordings  of  music,  poetry,  and 

drama. 

Institute  lor  Research  and  Community 
Service)  The  Institute  foi  Research  and 
Communitj  Service  serves  as  lh<  primarj 
outreach  office  of  the  university  to  link 
communitj  effort  and  need  with  die  diverse 
i  es  of  the  university  and  to  encourage 
tt  si.u,  li  actn ides  among  the  fai  ulty.  Majoi  areas 
of  responsibility  include:  1)  in  expand  economic 
development  ami  public  service  initiatives  within 
ilu-  university's  research  mission;  ')  to  provide  .1 
coordinating  tun  don  for  all  III'  research 
centers;  and  .))  to  provide  leadership  .nul 
support  for  the  Applied  Research  Lab  and  other 
affiliate  programs. 

I  UP  Centers  and  Institutes:  Centers  and 
institutes  serve  a  varietj  of  functions.  Each 
.  mi,  1  institute  is  unique  in  us  focus  and  is 
created  to  meet  a  spe<  ifically  identified  need. 
Centers  provide  an  opportunity  for  l.n  ultj 
members  to  utilize  their  expertise  through 
consultation,  technical  assistant  e,  and  research- 
related  activities.  Centers  institutes  provide 
excellent  opportunities  foi  students  to  learn,  to 
demonstrate  theii  knowledge  and  skills,  and  to 
become  involved  in  meaningful  projects  in  the 


1  on mity.  <  lenti  rs/institu n  thi 

H  li  and  pilbhi    Jervici    Hussions  ol  die 

universit]  and,  therefore,!  nhani  >  tin  quality  ol 

1  dm  .1111,11     \  1  ill  li  .in,     ol .Mill 

inslililles  .11  II  IP  follows. 

►  \ii  H  .11    \n hi  1  Cultural ' 

►  Ann  11.  an  I ,anguage  In, nun. 

►  Hi., 1, .  hnologj  Institute 

►  Business,  Industry,  and  Laboi  Program 

►  Cardial  Rehabilitation  '  lentei 

►  Center  lor  Applied  Psyi  hologj 

►  <  a  nil  1  lor  l.i  onoiiin    I'alui  .ill, hi 

►  Centei  loi  Middli  Eastern  Studies 

►  ( lentei  foi  Resean  h  in  ( Iriminologj 

►  Center  foi  Research  in  Written 

( a>niinuineai ami  Translation 

►  I  lentei  foi  Statistii  s  Edui  ation  in 
Pennsylvania  al  III' 

►  Centei  loi  Teaching  Excellence 

►  Centei  foi  Video  fe. log) 

►  Centei  foi  Vocational  Personnel  Pre] 

►  Child  Study  C 

►  Criminal  Justice  Training  Centei 

►  Highway  Safety  <  lentei 

►  Institute  foi  Research  and  Community 
Service 

-  Applied  Research  Lab 

-  Archaeological  Servii  is 

-  Census  Data  Center 

-  Community  Nutrition  Services 

-  \hd-Atlantk  Addiction  Training  Institute 

(MAATI) 

►  Instructional  Design  Center 

►  Intercollegiate  Athletic  Institute  for  Sports 

( lamps 

►  III'  I'.liH  ipnsc  (  enter 

►  Literacy  Center 

►  Management  Services  Croup 

-  ( 'enter  for  Family  Business 

•  Government  Contracting  Assistance 

Program 

•  Small  Business  Development  <  1  ulei 

-  Small  Business  Incubator 

•  Small  Business  Institute 

►  National  Environmental  Education  and 
Training  Center,  Inc.  (NEETC) 

►  Pennsylvania  Center  for  the  Study  ofLabor 

Relations 

►  Pennsylyania/OSHA  Consultation  Program 

►  Spatial  Sciences  Research  Center 

►  Speech  and  Hearing  I  I1111, 

►  Teacher  Education  Center  foi  Si  ience, 
Mathematics,  and  Technologj 

University  Organization 

The  university's  adininistration  comprises  five 

divisions:  Academic  Allans.  Administration. 

Finance,  Institutional  Vdvancement,  and  Student 
\ll.111s.  Information  about  Academii   Ulairsand 
Student  Attairs  appears  in  this  catalog's  sections 
called,  respectively,  Academic  Affairs  Division 
Areas  and  Student  Programs  and  Services. 
Information  about  the  othei  three  divisions 
appears  below. 

Administrative  Division:  The  Division  ol 

Administration  ensures  the  effective  operation  of 
the  "services/support"  division  of  the  entire 
university's  physical  plant,  which  encompasses 
ill  acres  of  land  and  seventy-five  buildings  on 
the  main  campus  in  Indiana  and  two  branch 
campuses  located  in  Punxsutawney  and 
Kittanning. 


rcsponsil, 

I  ampul  poll,  e,  human  n 
and  tin  printing 

Al  the  din  nl  Lawn  no  > 

111  S,  pi.  mbi  1  ol   199  e  till     Villi.' 

Division  developei  ordinaied,  and  i% 

in  the  pioi  ess  ol  implementing  II  I'    I 
nipus  Development  Plan,  whii 
published  in  F<  bruary,  1 996,  I  hit  pi  u 
design  In  win.  li  the  physical  plant  and  f; 
c  an  be  maintained  and  expanded  in  support  ol 

II  I'     u  .li  in  goals  and  aspirations  for  its 

lillilli  .    I  Ills  plan  will  guiili    tin    11111%  1  I- 

in  1  Hi  1  ic.  ■  and  il  plan 

foi  implementing  the  proposed  •  ban., 
physical  la.  ilities. 

'I  la    \ilh  lion  provides  a 

is  ..I  il..  Ill",  ommuni 
permil  the  edu<  ational  process  and  oilier 

edai  mines  ofoui  students,  fai  ulty.  and 
stall  to  Ihih  Hon  with  a  minimum  of 
mi  omi  in.  in  1    Majoi  emphasis  is  always  placed 
on  making  the  educational  environment 
conducive  to  learning  bj  upgrading  older 
lai  ilities  and  .  .inverting  existing  lai  ilitii 
better  serve  new  programs. 

Finance  Division:  The  mission  ol  the  Finani  e 
Division  is  to  address  financial  service  m 
students,  faculty,  stall,  and  other  constitu 

of  [UP  and  to  provide  dire,  don  and  support  to 
achieve  finani  lai  integrity  and  stability  lor  die 
university. 

I  In  11 1,1 1 Mi,  es  within  the  Finance  Division 

Hinting  Services,  Budget  Planning.  Cash 
Accounting,  Internal  Review.  IIP  Enterprise 
( lenter,  ami  Student  Final 

Institutional  Advancement  Division:  The 
advancement  arm  ol  the  university  community, 

the  Institutional  Advancement  Division  brings 
togethei  live  functional  areas.  The  publications 
department,  public  relations  department, 
govenmient.il  relations,  alumni  affairs  program. 
and  development  function  help  to  stimulate 
positive  regard  lor  the  university  on  the  pan  of  a 
variety  of  publics.  The  departments  feature  the 
excellence  and  achievement  of  lac  ulty.  students, 
staff,  and  alumni  ami  engage  people  in  the  life  of 
the  university.  Stall  and  volunteers  raise  private 
resources  that  1  an  influence  die  quality  of  die 
academic  environment  and  ol  student  and 
alumni  life. 

The  Foundation  for  IIP  is  the  nonprofit 
charitable  vehicle  steered  by  a  distinguished 

I  tirectors  through  which  the  charitable 
dollars  raised  by  die  volunteers  and  staff 
members  are  passed  to  tbe  university  to  improve 
die  educational  and  learning  environment 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     199^ 


8       THE    BRANCH    CAMPUSES 


The  Branch  Campuses 


Frederick  Sehring, 

Dean  of  the  Armstrong  Campus 
Valarie  J.  Mancuso, 

Dean  of  the  Punxsutawney  Campus 


IUP  operates  two  branch  campuses,  one  in 
Punxsutawney,  twenty-eight  miles  north  of  the 
Indiana  campus,  and  one  in  Kittanning,  twenty- 
eight  miles  west  of  the  Indiana  campus.  The  first 
branch  campus  was  established  in  1962  in 
Punxsutawney.  The  following  year  die 
Armstrong  campus  in  Kittanning  was  opened. 
The  Punxsutawney  campus  accommodates  200- 
225  students,  and  the  Armstrong  campus 
accommodates  300-350  students. 

( lontrol  of  the  branch  campuses  is  directly  vested 
with  the  IUP  administration  and  Council  of 
Trustees.  Advisor)'  boards  from  the  respective 
areas  identity  local  needs.  Both  branch  campuses 
carry  full  accreditation  as  integral  parts  of  the 
undergraduate  programs  of  IUP.  This  means  that 
courses  offered  at  the  branch  campuses  are  of  the 
same  quality  as  those  offered  at  die  Indiana 
campus. 

Programs  of  Study 

The  branch  campuses  of  IUP  oiler  basic  Liberal 
Studies  courses  for  most  majors  in  the  various 
undergraduate  colleges  of  the  university. 
Students  may  schedule  a  lull  program  for  the 
freshman  vear  and  some  sophomore-level 
courses.  No  student  accepted  at  either  of  the 
branch  campuses  is  eligible  for  transfer  to  the 
Indiana  i  ampus  until  he/she  has  completed  two 


semesters  and  lias  attained  at  least  a  2.0  QPA  and 
earned  at  least  twenty-one  undergraduate  credits. 

Faculty  advisors  and  administrators  at  (lie  branch 
campuses  are  available  to  advise  students  on 
their  instructional  programs  and  the  proper  time 
for  continuing  at  the  Indiana  campus. 

Admission 

\n\  prospective  student  who  wishes  to  attend 
either  of  the  branch  campuses  instead 'of  the 
Indiana  campus  may  apply  for  admission  by 
requesting  an  application  from  die  Admissions 
Office  or  from  the  director  of  either  branch 
campus.  The  mailing  addresses  for  the  respective 
branch  campuses  follow: 

Armstrong  Campus 

IUP 

704  North  McKean  Street 

Kittanning,  PA  16201 

h  ttp://um  'W.iup.  edn/a  rms/r/ 

Punxsutawney  Campus 

IUP 

1010  Winslow  Street 
Punxsutawney,  PA  15767 
http://www.iup.edu/pun  .  \  < 

Fees 

Branch  campus  students  pay  the  same  basic  fees 
as  Indiana  campus  students. 

Food  Service 

Each  branch  campus  has  its  own  dining  hall 
within  the  residence  hall.  Meals  are  served  seven 
days  a  week  during  die  time  the  university  is  in 


session.  Residence  hall  students  as  well  as 
students  living  in  private  homes  and  apartments 
may  make  arrangements  to  take  meals  in  the 
dining  halls.  The  dming  service  is  operated  by 
the  same  food  service  contractor  as  on  the 
Indiana  campus. 

Housing 

The  Punxsutawney  Campus  has  privately  <>«  iieil 
resilience  halls  for  students  living  beyond 
commuting  distance,  while  the  Armstrong 
Campus  operates  university-owned  residence 
halls.  Students  are  free  to  choose  their  housing 
Ik  mi  .ill  available  sources,  which  include  die 
residence  halls  and  private  homes  or  apartments 
in  die  community.  A  list  of  rooms  and  apartments 
is  available  in  each  campus  directors  office. 

Rules  and  Regulations 
Concerning  Student  Behavior 

Students  at  the  branch  campuses  are  subject  to 
the  same  rules  and  regulations  as  students  on  the 
Indiana  campus. 

Continuing  Education 

flic  School  of  Continuing  Education  plays  a 
significant  role  in  programming  Community- 
University  Studies  classes  (noncredit),  academic 
workshops,  and  institutes  in  die  Punxsutawney 
and  Kittanning  areas.  The  school  is  also 
responsive  to  the  needs  of  the  local  community 
through  credit  and  noncredit  activities. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


ADMISSIONS    AND    REGISTRATION        9 


Admissions  and  Registration 


Undergraduate  Admissions 
Policy 

Graduates  "I  an  accredited  four-yeai  high  school 
or  holders  of  a  GED  equivalenq  diploma  are 
qualified  t<>  apply  for  admission  to  III'.  Students 
who  have  completed  the  junior  yeai  ofhigb 
school  ma)  lili  .in  applii  ation  an)  time  after 
Jul)  I. 

Requests  lor  applications  and  catalogs 

should  he  addressed  to 

( Iffice  of  Admissions 

Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

1H)  Prarj  Drive,  Suite  16 

Indiana,  PA  15705 

!  800  I  1  !  6830  or  724-357-2230 

The  Admissions  Committee,  giving  equal 
opportunity  to  .ill  students,  will  take  the 
following  criteria  into  consideration  when 
reviewing  each  application:  SAT  oi   \<  IT  si  ores, 
class  rank,  grades,  high  school  counseloi 

millions,  l.i.  iiln  recommendations, 
.  s.  .mil  othei  p<  rtinenl 
information  tli.it  would  be  helpful  to  the 
Admissions  <  Committee  in  making  dec  isions. 
s  \  l  ,.i  u.l  scores  are  not  required  foi 
transfers,  veterans,  or  applicants  who  have 
graduated  from  high  school  more  than  fh 
before  applying.  I  lowever,  high  school  and  .ill 
previous  college  transcripts  are  required  ol  .ill 
applicants. 

Although  iln  universit)  does  not  require  .i 
specific  number  ofhigb  school  credits  in 

I  mi  1 1. 1 1  l.i  i  soli]. .  i  areas,  applicants  are  strongly 
urged  to  take  the  usual  college  preparator) 


prograi high  si  I I.  Applicants  should  also 

take  anj  available  high  school  courses  in  the  field 
of  their  intended  major.  Certain  majors  .it  II  I' 

requiri  complel of  a  foreign  language  at  the 

intermediate  level  in  ordei  to  earn  .i  bai  helor's 
degree.  The  Admissions  Committee  does  not 
require  .in  applicant  to  take  .t  foreign  language  in 

high  school  for  admiss to  tl»  se  majors. 

Applications  ate  considered  by  the  Vdmissions 
( lommittee  on  a  rolling  basis.  I  ndei  a  rolling 
admissions  policy,  applications  an  rev.  iewed  as 
tin  \  become  complete  1 1 
automatic  acceptance,  to  request  lor  additional 
ml. n ni.ition.  to  other  alternatives,  with  a  May  1 
deadline  lor  tuition  deposits. 

Academically  qualified  applicants  to  the 
departments  of  Art,  Music,  and  Theater  will  be 
admitted  to  the  university  b)  the  Vdmissions 
Committee.  I  lowever,  admission  to  the  requested 
majoi  will  he  subject  to  the  acceptance  by  the 
Department  ol  Vrt  after  a  portfolio  rev.  iew  and  In 
the  departments  ol  Musit  andTheatei  aftei  an 
audition.  Students  will  receivt  information  from 
the  An.  Music,  and  Theatei  departments 
concerning  auditions  and  portfbUo  rem 
they  have  been  accepted  toll  P. 

Freshman  Applications 

us  for  admission  will  be  available  alter 
|nl\  1  following  the  student's  juniot  year  of  high 

school. 

All  persons  expecting  to  appf)  foi  freshman 
admission  to  111'  should  plan  to  take  the  SAToi 
VCT  test  during  then  junioi  ami  01  ear!)  part  ot 
theii  senioi  year. The  Admissions  <  ommittee 


recommends  that  Students  take  the  tests  more 
than  once.  The  committee  considers  the  highest 
i  all  tests  taken. 

Arrangements  to  take  the  SAT  or  ACT  tests  ian 
be  made  through  the  high  school  principal  or 
counselor,  or  by  writing  to  the  College  Entrance 
Examination  Board,  Bob  592,  Prim  eton,  N| 
08540  oi  American  College  resting,  P.O.  Boa 
168,  Iowa  <  uv.  I  V  'yllt  i  lot  an  information 
pamphlet  and  a  test  registration  form. 

In  .  i! .  It  i  foi  the  test  scores  to  be  received  by  lUP, 

the  applicant  sl Id  designate  UP  on  the  test 

registration  form  as  one  ol  the  universities  to 
receive  the  scores,  or  the  applicant  can  request 
that  his  or  her  school  counselor  forward  test 
scores  to  the  Vdmissions  Office. 

The  applicant  should  give  the  completed 
application  form  and  the  nonrefundable  $30 
application  lee  payable  to  HT  to  his  her  high 
school  counselor  or  principal.  Ilie  com  | 
principal  should  mail  the  application  and 
complete  packet  of  admissions  materials  to  the 
[UP  Office  of  Admissions,  210  Pratt  Di 

Hi.  Indiana.  PA 

Early  Admission 

The  Early  Vdmissions  Program  pennies  students 
to  enroll  as  college  freshmen  after  completing  die 
junior  year  in  high  school.  Early  admission 
applications  must  originate  widi  die  student's 

high  school  counselor  and  principal.  Admission 
consideration  will  be  given  to  diose  appJ 
which  contain  a  statement  indicating  explicit 
approval  l>v  the  high  school  principal.  Applicants 
aie  considered  on  an  individual  basis.  The 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAD 


10       ADMISSIONS    AND    REGISTRATION 


university  Admissions  Committee  "'ill  exercise 
the  final  judgment  as  to  university  acceptance 
after  a  personal  interview  with  the  applicant. 
Early  admission  candidates  arc  required  to 
arrange  foi  two  separate  interviews  with 
Admissions  counselors  .is  part  of  the  application 
procedure. 

Processing  the  Application 

1)  Tlie  Admissions  Committee  reviews,  with 
care  and  understanding,  each  of  the  several 
thousand  applications  that  arc  submitted 
each  year. 

2)  Decisions  on  applications  ate  made  on  a 
rolling  basis. 

3)  Applicants  who  arc  admitted  to  IUP  may  be 
invited  to  attend  a  program  on  campus  to 
receive  general  information  and  discuss  their 
academic  and  career  plans  with  the  college 
dean,  faculty  representative  of  their 
respective  major,  or  other  advisors. 

4)  A  $7.5  nonrefundable  tuition  deposit  is  due 
from  all  incoming  students.  This  advance 
deposit  payment  will  be  credited  toward  the 
applicant's  tuition. 

Transfer  Admissions 

A  student  who  has  been  attending  anodier 
institution  of  higher  education  and  wishes  to 
transfer  to  IUP  must  submit  an  application  with 
die  $30  application  fee,  official  transcripts  of  all 
postsecondary  educational  work,  and  an  official 
high  school  transcript. 

All  admissions  decisions  are  made  on  a  rolling 
basis  by  the  Admissions  Committee.  Under  a 
rolling  admissions  policy,  applications  are 
reviewed  as  they  become  complete.  Decisions 
can  range  from  automatic  acceptance,  to  request 
tor  additional  information,  to  other  alternatives. 
Transfer  applications  (twelve  or  more 
postsecondary.  college  credits  attempted)  are 
reviewed  on  die  basis  of  college  coursework 
completed.  Transfers  are  required  to  have  at  least 
a  cumulative  2.0  grade  point  average  on  a  4.0 
scale  (C  average)  from  all  schools  previously 
attended  for  admission  to  most  programs.  The 
teacher  certification  program  requires  a 
minimum  2.5  cumulative  grade  point  average 
from  all  schools  previously  attended. 

The  evaluation  of  credits  from  other  institutions 
"I  bigh(  i  education  is  the  responsibility  of  the 
Office  of  Admissions  and  the  academic  college 
dean  who  has  jurisdiction  over  the  student's 
desired  major.  Normally,  courses  considered  for 
transfer  are  only  those  taken  from  institutions 
which  are  accredited  by  the  six  regional 
accrediting  agencies.  Each  course  is  evaluated 
separately.  The  evaluation  includes  a  review  of 
the  description,  semester  hours,  and  grade  of 
each  course  along  with  the  applicability  of  the 
course  to  the  student's  majoi  at  IUP.  However, 
only  credits  transfer,  not  grade-point  average.  It 
has  been  the  policy  of  the  university  that  only 
courses  with  a  "( !"  oi  higher  grade  will  be 
accepted,  except  for  two-year  associate  degree 
graduates  of  state-supported  community  colleges 
in  Pennsylvania.  No  matter  how  many  credits  are 
transferable,  the  student  must  satisfy  all  of  die 
degree  requirements  falling  into  the  categories  of 
( 1 )  university  requirements,  (2)  college 


requirements,  and  (3)  department  requirements. 

University  requirements:  Since  all  students  are 
obliged  to  fulfill  a  basic  program  in  Liberal 
Studies  consisting  of  53-58  semester  credit  hours 
and  there  is  a  reasonable  degree  of  flexibility  in 
the  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  die  transfer 
evaluator  and  the  college  deans  will  look  to  this 
area  first  for  applicable  credits  for  transfer.  Most 
introductory  courses  are  generally  equivalent. 

Transferring  to  the  College  of 
Education 

Students  who  transfer  from  other  colleges  and 
universities  to  IUP  and  the  College  of  Education 
must  complete  application  for  Step  I  of  the  4- 
Step  Process,  Teacher  Certification.  The 
appropriate  forms  will  be  sent  to  students  by  the 
College  of  Education  after  they  have  been 
accepted. 

Only  students  who  have  completed  Step  1  of  the 
4-Step  Process  are  eligible  to  take  Core 
Education  coursework.  In  some  programs, 
students  must  meet  these  requirements  to  take 
professional  courses  as  well.  Students  should 
consult  with  the  department  chairperson  and/or 
program  coordinator  for  their  specific  program. 

Students  who  do  not  meet  the  cumulative  GPA 
of  2.5  are  not  eligible  tor  admission  to  die 
College  of  Education.  Students  should  reapply 
for  admission  when  deficiencies  have  been  met. 

Some  students  may  have  compiled  sufficient 
credits  and  coursework  equivalencies  to  qualify 
for  Junior  Standing.  Appropriate  forms  will  be 
sent  to  admitted  students  by  the  College  of 
Education.  Students  should  direct  questions  to 
the  department  chairperson  and/or  program 
coordinator  for  die  selected  major. 

Residency  Requirements  for 
Awarding  of  Degrees 

The  university  requires  that  at  least  forty-five 
credits,  generally  including  the  last  thirty  credits 
in  a  student's  curriculum,  must  be  earned  bv 
enrollment  in  courses  at  IUP:  fifteen  of  these 
credits  must  be  in  the  student's  major.  It  should 
also  be  noted  that  for  community  college 
graduates  a  maximum  of  sixty  credit  hours  are 
transferable  to  this  institution  lor  the  purpose  of 
fulfilling  a  specific  program  of  study.  Excess 
credits,  if  any,  may  be  transferred  but  cannot  be 
used  for  fulfilling  the  minimum  requirements  for 
the  degree. 

To  remain  in  good  academic  standing,  transfer 
students  must  meet  the  same  grade-point  average 
requirements  as  those  specified  for  all  odier 
undergraduate  students.  See  section  entided 
"Criteria  Governing  Continuance  at  IUP." 
The  university  accepts  credits  associated  with 
"D"  grades  only  when  they  are  part  of  a 
completed  associate  degree  earned  at  a  publiclv 
owned  community  college  in  Pennsylvania. 
These  "D"  grades  will  be  treated  in  die  same 
manner  as  those  earned  at  IUP.  This  articulation 
policy  was  adopted  by  the  Board  of  State  College 
and  University  Directors  in  1973. 


Part-Time  Study  (Nondeg ree) 

Part-time  undergraduate  study  is  available 
through  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  to 
any  high  school  graduate  or  holder  of  a  GED 
Equivalency  Diploma.  No  SAT  scores  are 
required.  Note:  A  TOEFL  Score  is  required  as 
part  of  the  application  for  an  individual  whose 
native  language  is  other  than  English.  Those  who 
are  not  U.S.  citizens  must  submit  a  notarized 
copy  of  their  current  visa  and  1-94  card  or  alien 
resident  card. 

Applications  are  available  from  the  Part-time 
Studies  Program  and  must  be  submitted  with 
documentation  directly  to  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  by  August  15  for  the  fall 
semester  and  December  15  for  the  spring 
semester.  A  $30  application  lee  is  required. 
Applications  submitted  after  established  dates 
are  not  guaranteed  consideration. 

Transfer  students  may  also  apply  to  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  for  part-time  study  and 
must  submit  official  transcripts  for  all  previous 
college  work  attempted.  An  overall  2.0  GPA  is 
required. 

A  student  in  the  Part-time  Studies  Program  is 
limited  to  a  semester  enrollment  of  no  more  dian 
eleven  credits  and  must  apply  for  formal 
admission  to  a  degree  program  before  thirty  IUP 
credits  have  been  earned.  Applications  for  degree 
candidacy  must  be  filed  by  the  midterm  point  of 
die  fall  or  spring  semester  preceding  candidacy: 
Specific  requirements  for  grade-point  average 
and  IUP  credit  vary  by  degree  program.  The 
minimum  credit  criteria  to  apply  for 
consideration  for  degree  candidacy  are  as 
follows: 

High  School  Diploma  or  GED 

15  IUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Veteran  (DD214  required) 

9  IUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  12  or  more  credits) 

9  IUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  1 1  or  less  credits) 

15  IUP  Credits  2.0  GPA 

Note:  A  student  who  has  applied  and  has  been 
admitted  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  to  a  branch 
campus  is  not  eligible  to  apply  to  die  School  of 
Continuing  Education. 

Program  for  Visiting  High  School 
Students 

IUP  permits  the  exceptional  high  school  student 
to  preview  university  life  and  earn  regular  college 
credit  on  a  limited  nondegree  basis.  The  student 
must  have  completed  the  sophomore  year  with  a 
minimum  of  a  "B"  average  and  have  the  written 
support  of  the  high  school  principal  or  guidance 
counselor.  The  parameters  of  the  student's 
enrollment  are  defined  in  consultation  with  the 
appropriate  high  school  official  and  are  limited  to 
a  maximum  of  nine  credits  per  semester.  For 
further  information,  contact  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999- 


ADMISSIONS    AND    REGISTRATION        // 


Post-Baccalaureate  Studies 
(Undergraduate) 

The  Po»i  Baci  alaureate  Studies  Program 
provides  access  to  undergraduati  i  ourses  i" 

individuals  who  have  an  ei I  bi laun  ati 

di  gree  Studi  nts  ma)  be  seeking  a  second 

bai  I"  lor's  degree,  an  additi il  tea«  hei 

,  i  rtiii. 1,01  personal  enrii  hmenl  Students 

ma)  i  nroll  on  .1  lull  01  1 time  basis  based  "n 

personal  preference  and  availability  <>l 

1  oursework. 

Applications  are  available  from  the  S<  hool  "I 

('..mi  1 1 11  imy,  Educa A  completed  application 

.iiul  official  transcripts  of  all  previous 
undergraduate  coursework  must  be  submitted 
lew  review  l>\  August  15  foi  fall  semestei  and 
December  15  for  spring  semester.  Applications 
in. 1  submitted  b)  established  dates  are  not 
guaranteed  consideration.  A  $30  applii  ation  lit- 
is required.  The  fee  is  waived  foi  graduates  "I 
[UP. 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 
A  student  with  an  earned  baccalaureate  degree 
who  wishes  to  complete  the  requirements  foi  .1 
Becond  or  subsequent  bachelor's  degree  must 
make  application  and  submit  official  transi  ripts 
indicating  degree(s)  awarded.  The  student  must 
1  omplete  .1  minimum  of  thirty  additional  1UP 
credits  beyond  those  earned  in  his/hei  initial 
bachelor's  degree  and  meet  the  requirements  for 
graduation  established  by  the  academic 
department  and  1  ollege  in  which  the  new  degree 
is  to  be  earned.  It  is  not  possible  to  receive  two 
.11  more  baccalaureate  degrees  simultaneously. 
I  lowever,  .1  student  may  complete  one  or  more 
mi  ondary  majors  while  earning  the  primary 
degree. 

Teacher  Certification 
A  student  with  an  earned  nonteaching 
baccalaureate  degree  who  wishes  to  complete  the 
requirements  for  Instructional  Level  I 
certification  must  apply  as  a  second  bachelor's 
degree  student.  A  minimum  cumulative  grade- 
point  average  of  2.50  is  required  for 
consideration  tor  admission.  To  earn 
Instructional  Level  I.  ihe  student  must 
s. nisi. 11  toril)  complete  the  prescribed  courses  in 
an  IIP  degree  certification  program  .11 .1 
minimum  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2..r) 
and  successfully  pass  the  National  Teacher 
Examination. 

\  .  in  1  tntlv  Pennsylvania-certified  teacher  who 
u  ishes  10  add  a  new  area  of  certification  may 
apply  i"  il  if  School  ol  Continuing  Education 
under  the  category  teacher  certification. 

ludiv  uluals  admitted  to  an  additional  teacher 
certification  will  follow  an  individually  planned 
ami  approved  course  ol  study. 


Immunization  Requirements 

Students  are  required  to 

I  li  .1I1I1  Lull.  .I...  uini  ntin)  immuni; 

Si  1  Ih  .1I1I1  Servii  es  inform: 1  ii 

Studt  11I  Program!  and  l" 

Readmission  Policy  for 
Students  Who  Withdraw  from 
the  University  Voluntarily 

Graduate  students  wishing 
universit)  must  1  ontai  1  thi  I  !i  idu  it 

2222  Idi  specilii  insl 

of  Continuing  Edui  ation  students  shouli 

the  Si  I I  ofCo 

All  othei  undergraduate  students  who  havi 
withdrawn  from  the  university  01  were  not 
enrolled  during  the  |'K  vious  1.  -id  I'  «  mestei 
must  compleu  .111  Applii  ation  foi  Readmission, 
available  in  the  <  Iffii  e  ol  the  Registrar,  ( 18  Sutton 
Hal!....  by  calling(724  '  iring 

evening  01  we<  kend  limns,  you  m  ••  1  ill  this 
iiunilii'i  .mil  leavi  Mini  11. urn  and  address,  and  a 
I. urn  will  Ih  prompth,  mailed  n.  Mm.  Thi 
readmission  di  adlini  foi  the  fall  semestei  is  July 
20  and  December  I  foi  tl  ster, 

All  outstanding  finani  ial  obligations  to  the 
universit)  must  be  met  before  yout  Vpplii  ation 

for  Ren  li  hiss will  be  processed.  Due  to 

enrollment  restrictions,  requests  for  readri 
to  Nursing.  Music, Theater, oi  Vrt  will  be 
forwarded  foi  approval  b)  .1  n  presi  ntativi 
designated  b)  that  dean  01  di  partment 

Requests  for  readmission  for  academicall) 
dismissed  students  will  be  forwarded  to  th< 
( (ffice  ol  the  Dean  "I  the  college  in  wh 
student  was  enrolled  .11  time  of  dismiss 
decision  on  the  student's  readmission. 

Readmitted  students  who  have  not  enrolled  for 
two  years  and  have  petitioned  theii  college  dean 
iindei  tin  Cam  elled  Semestei  Policy  must  first 
registei  .tmi  pa)  fees  and  attend  1  lasses  before 
their  designated  semester  will  hi  1  ancelled. 

(  >ik  (  Mun  application  for  readmission  has  been 
approved,  you  will  be  sent  a  rime  Appointment 
Notice  In  iIk  I  >ffic<  hi  thi  Ri  gisc  11  with 
insuiK  [urns  ,m  how  i"  register. 

As  .1  student  readmitted  to  111'. 

encouraged  to  complete  the  Fra  Application  foi 

FederalStudent  lid(l  IFS  i   to  determine  youi 

lin.iii.  ial  .ml  eligibility.  Your  financial  aid 

eligibility  will  he  based  on  youi  financial  need,  as 

determined  b)  the  FAFS  I.  .""1  youi 

,k  ademii  record. 

II  Mm  have  pn\ iousl)  attended  a  postsecondar) 

s,  lii  ml  .11  s(h,.. .Is  other  than  II  P,a  I  1u.un1.1l  Aid 
Transcript  must  be  completed  by  I 
school  and  sent  to  IIP. 


The  Summer  Sessions 

In  Ids  ol 

Continuii 
admitted 

l> dn 

I  1.1  first 
ensure  tl 

til  I'. 

11  the 

II  field 

field. 

hi  be 
obtained 

888-80 

.  mi  the  World  Wide  \\. 

Attendan  .'  "luatc 

si  hool  -  '"it 

constitute  admission  "i  readmission  for 

continuin  I  01  spring 

semesters.  Students  in  good  standing  « 
jiliinss..  1  application  through 

'  lid-  of  Admissions  or  tl 
Continuing  LdiK.1t11.11.  js  appropriate.  Students 
who  desire  readmission  for  die  fall  semester  must 
apph  to 
Jul)  20  and  b; 

English  Language  Programs 
for  International  Students  and 
Visitors 

The  Am  _    Institute  (Al  1 

several  uoncredit,  intensive  English  prog 
internal 

Tin.  Li ._ 

thcnisi 

university.  Enrollment  in  fall  am 

iO  hrs  vvk).  In  summer 
i  tor  ten 
-    ideiits  are  placed  al  li.  _ 
intermediate,  or  advana  fkiency 

.  An  institutional 
Lc  IEFL  is  administered  at  die  condus 

each  si  : 

Tlie  Al  I  ..grams: 

English  for  Specific  Put  •         rgraduate 

students  entering  specialized  fields  and  English 
ab  who 

seek  in,,  inencing 

.  credit  programs 
can  he  ai 

cultural  programs  are 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UN. 


12       FINANCES 


Finances 


Institutional  Fees* 


*The  university  reserves  the  right  to  ckangt  its 

jees  without  notice. 

The  tuition  and  fees  set  forth  in  tins  section  were 
those  in  effect  in  May,  1999.  The  fee  schedule  is 
subject  to  change;  these  figures  are  to  be 
considered  simply  as  an  estimate.  A  current  fee 
schedule  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  die 
Admissions  Office,  IUP,  by  phoning  724-357- 
2230,  or  by  visiting  our  website  at 
http://www.iup.edit/stufin/. 

Tuition 

The  tuition  lor  all  full-time  in-state  students  is 
$1,734  per  semester.  This  covers  the  keeping  of 
student  records,  use  of  the  library,  student 
welfare,  and  laboratory  facilities.  An  additional 
$144  per  credit  will  be  charged  for 
undergraduate  credits  scheduled  in  excess  of 
eighteen.  The  tuition  for  part-time  in-state 
undergraduate  students  is  $144  per  semester 
hour.  A  part-time  undergraduate  student  is  one 
taking  1 1  or  fewer  semester  hours.  See  the 
sections  on  Admissions  and  Registration  and  on 
Academic  Policies  for  further  information 
concerning  part-time  students. 

Out-of-state  full-time  students  pay  tuition  of 
$4,412  per  semester.  An  additional  $368  per 
credit  will  be  charged  for  credits  in  excess  of 
eighteen.  The  tuition  for  part-time  out-of-state 
students  is  $368  per  semester  hour.  The 
definition  of  an  in-state  student  is  based  on 
domicile.  An  in-state  student  is  one  who  has 


been  domiciled  in  Pennsylvania  for  at  least  ■  me 
year  preceding  attendance  at  any  institution  of 
higher  education  in  the  state  of  Pennsylvania.  A 
minor  is  presumed  to  have  die  domicile  of 
his/her  parents  or  legal  guardian.  Students  who 
have  any  question  whatsoever  concerning  their 
domicile  should  read  the  official  text  of  the  rules, 
as  published  in  Volume  22.  Pennsylvania  Code, 
Section  507.1  througli507.il. 

Audit  Fee 

Full  standard  fees  will  be  assessed  for  each 
course  audited,  exception  being  persons  on 
Social  Security  or  equivalent  retirement  benefit, 
who  will  be  given  remission  of  basic  fees  for  such 
classes  where  space  is  available. 

Bad  Check  Charge 

Students  making  checks  payable  to  "Indiana 
University  of  Pennsylvania"  which  are  not 
acceptable  to  the  bank  tin  any  reason  will  be 
charged  $10  for  each  bad  check  in  the  amount  ol 
$.01  to  $49.99  and  $20  for  bad  checks  written 
for  $50  or  more. 

Dining  Plan  Fee 

The  semester  fees  lor  dining  plans,  effective 
June.  1999,  are: 

►  Plan  B-19  meals  a  week  +  $1011  in 

Flex  money  $827 

►  Plan  C- 1 9  meals  a  week  $727 

►  Plan  D — Any  240  meals  a  semester  $737 

►  Plan  E— Any  1  1  meals  a  week  + 

$150  in  Flex  mono  $841 

►  Plan  F— Any  1 4  meals  a  week  $691 


► 

Plan  G— Any  165  meals  a  semester 

$660 

► 

Plan  H — Any  10  meals  a  week  + 

$150  in  Flex  money 

$768 

► 

Plan  I— Any  10  meals  a  week 

$618 

► 

Plan  J— Any  75  meals  a  semester 

$397 

► 

Plan  K— Any  5  meals  a  week  + 

$150  in  Flex  money 

$550 

► 

Plan  L— Anv  5  meals  a  week 

$400 

Meals  provided  through  these  plans  are  for  the 
use  of  the  contract  holder  only. 

Flex  money  can  be  carried  from  fall  to  spring 
semester;  however,  any  portion  not  used  by  the 
end  of  the  spring  semester  will  be  forfeited.  Flex 

may  be  used  lor  guests. 

Educational  Services  Fee 

All  students  are  charged  a  fee  to  support 
academic  equipment  and  library  resources.  For 
full-time  students  the  fee  is  $75  per  semester,  and 
loi  part-time  students  the  fee  is  $35  per  semester. 

Facilities  Fee 

All  students  are  charged  a  fee  to  support 
maintenance  and  repair  projects,  recreational 
facilities,  and  the  advancement  ol  technologies. 
For  full-time  students  the  fee  is  $98  per  semester, 
iinl  foi  part-time  students,  the  fee  is  $49  per 
semester.  Those  students  scheduled  for  off- 
campus  courses  through  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  are  exempt  from  this  fee. 

Financial  Delinquency  Policy 

Registration  is  not  complete  until  a  student  pays 
the  lei  lor  such  registration  and  the  university 
reserves  lor  itself  the  right  to  bar  a  nonpaying 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    Of    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


FINANCES 


13 


studeni  from  classes  w as  been 

d 'I  during  the  i  ourse  •  •! .1  11  mi  iti  1  thai  a 

student's  .1 ml  liaa  I"  1  omi  delinqueni  I ■ « » •  1  • 

h  1  rued  1  barges,  the  Registrar'!  <  >  11  i •  < •  will  be 

I  ..1  this  di  linqui  ni )  and  advised  to 

n  li.mi  from  reporting  the  stuck  nt's  grades  and 

1 Iss g  .mi  transi  ripts  foi  thai  studi  nl  9 

work  mini  the  delinqueni  .1 nl  has  been 

satisfied.  Faculty  members  will  continue  to 
submit  .1  grade  foi  thi  finani  ially  delinqueni 

mil 1. 111:  however,  requests  1 studi  nts  will  nol 

be  1 11I.  ."nl  offii 1.1I  11 1 s  "ill  be  released 

bj  1I1.  Registrar's  Office  onl;  aftei  the  studeni 

has  1  K  .mil  his  01  hi  1  .1 nl  01  has  <  stablished 

.1  payment  plan  Batisfat  tor)  i"  the  Ac< ts 

Receivable  Office. 

Health  Services  Fee 
The  Btudenl  health  fee  is  assessed  foi  eai  li  lull 
time  undergraduate  or  graduate  studeni  al  the 
Indiana  campus.  [UP  offers  three  student  health 
sen  ices  fee  plans. 

►  Plan  A:  $72    mandatory  for  all  students 

living  on  campus  .mil  for  those  con ting 

from  within  .1  sixty-mile  radius  •  offers  all 
sen  ices  excluding  the  dispensing  ol 
prescription  medications. 

►  Plan  It:  $8  I    "i'ii il    offers  all  services 

including  the  dispensing  ol  medications 
ordered  by  I  lealth  Center  medical 
providers.  All  new  students  will 
automatical])  be  enrolled  in  Plan  B  and 
should,  if  they  desire,  indicate  their 
preference  for  Plan  A  b)  completing  and 
returning  .1  card  which  will  be  sent  by  the 
I  Iniversity  I  lealth  Service  as  pari  ol  the 

l'i ciiKiUKiiLuiuii  Immunization 
Requirements  mailing. 

►  Plan  Ct  $31    mandatory    all  part-time 
undergraduate  students  living  nil  campus 
and  taking  6  to  11 1  redil  hours  -  offers  self- 
care  cold  clinic,  II"  shots,  TB  lists,  health 
and  wellness  programming. 

Undergraduate  students  taking  less  than  six 
credits  and  the  spouses  of  IUP  students  have  die 
option  of  paying  Plan  A.  Plan  B,  or  Plan  C,  or 
they  may  choose  to  pay  a  per-visit  fee.  The 

Student  health  semestei  fee  is  waived  for  students 

living  more  than  sixty  miles  from  campus  or  who 
are  on  internships  al  a  site  more  than  thirty  miles 
from  campus.  Students  attending  branch 

.  ampuscs  have  health  tee  options  ami  should 

contact  their  branch  campus  director.  Foi  further 

inloiiiiaiion  on  health  lees,  contact  the  University 
Health  Service  at  724-357-6475. 

International  Student  Orientation  Fee 
\n  international  student  orientation  fee  of  $30 
will  be  charged  to  all  international  students  who 
register  for  the  [UP  orientation  program  to 
support  associated  costs, 

Late  Registration  Fee 
Students  who  desire  to  register  on  the  day  prior 
to  the  start  of  classes,  designated  by  the 
university  as  Late  Registration  Day,  will  he 
assessed  a  Late  Registration  Fee  of  $50.  Students 
who  registei  for  classes  after  completion  of  the 
university's  Late  Registration  Day  will  be 
assessed  a  Late  Registration  Fee  of$100. 
Exceptions  to  this  fee  may  be  granted  by  the 
provost  01  designee  for  students  admitted  late  to 

the  university  for  reasons  deemed  appropriate  by 

the  provost  or  designee. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY 


Medical  Technology 
Administrative  Fee 

\  fei  .,1  up  to  $75  will  I"  1  barged  toeai  h 
Btudenl  1  nrolled  al  M  P  bul  atti  nding  1  lasses  al 

designated  1 1 0  (oru 

three  1  reditt),  $  hi  (foui 

(si  vei in  .  n  dies)    I  iiitioi m  and 

board  1  hargi  d  foi  thi  ■<    tudi  nts  should 

by  the  Btudenl  direi  ih  to  the  hospital  institution 

Military  Science  Fee 

\i,  a,  tivitj  1.1  "I  $5  is  required  foi  ROT(   cadets 

to  n.M  1  the  cost  of  ( ladel  Corps  (unctions,  Hiis 

fee  is  payabli  direi  tl)  to  tin  militan  si  ii  ni  1 

department. 

Miscellaneous  Costs 

In  s. urn  courses,  students  an  required  to  obtain 

BupplieE 1  matt  rials  to  compli  te  ■  ourse 

projei  ts.  In  many  ."insi  s,  a  stude a) 

voluntary  contribution  to  a  1  ooperative  fund 
established  for  the  purpose  ol  obtaining  these 
supplies  and/01  services  al  a  lowei  cost. 
Examples  are  art  courses,  field  trip 

National  Student  Exchange 
Program  Fee 

A  one-time  $75  nonrefundable  fee  will  be 
charged  to  IUP  students  participating  in  the 
National  Student  Exchange  Program.  Students 
attending  ll:l'  undei  the  National  Studeni 
Exchange  Program  v  ill  l«  <  barged  the 

Pennsylvania  resident  basic   fee  and  have  the 
application  fee  waned. 

Off-Campus  Instructional  Fee 
An  oil-,  ampus  instrui  dona)  fee  ..l  10  percent  ol 
the  undergraduate  in-state  tuition  rate  will  be 
charged  to  students  taking  courses  at  an  off- 
campus  site  and/or  using  distant  i  edui  atiori 
technology  through  the  School  ol  ( lontinuing 
Education  to  ( ovei  operating  costs  for  services 
and  instructional  support  at  off-i  ampus  sites. 

Registration  Fee 

All  students,  with  the  ex.  eption  ol  Dixon  Center 
students,  will  be  charged  a  registration  fei  of  $20 
pel  semester. 

Residence  Hall  Fee 

The  1999-2000  academic  year  room  fees  foi 

residence  hall  students  an  $1,050  a  semesb  1  foi 

a  double-occupani )  ind  $1,582  for  single 

rooms.  Resident  students  arc  required  to  have  a 
dining  plan  and  .  an  selei  1  from  plans  B  through 
H  (see  dining  fees). 

Student  Activity  Fee 
An  activity  fee  is  collected  from  all  studi 
administered  through  the  Student  <  cooperative 
Ass...  iation  nuclei  regulations  approved  by  the 
Council  ol  'Trustees.  This  fee  of  $11  5  per 
semestei  covers  the  cost  of  studeni  activities  in 

athletics,  lectures,  entertainment,  stuck  lit 

publications,  et< ..  and  is  payable  in  one  sum  foi 
the  semester.  The  Student  Activity  Fee  is  $47  for 

part-time  Studi  MS.  Th(  5e  lees  appl)  tO  Indiana 

1  ampus  students  only.  Students  attending  the 
Armstrong  or  Punxsutawney  campuses  pay 

$1  10.50  per  semester  full-time  and  $42.50  part- 
time.  (These  lees  ale  Subject  to  change  without 

notic  e  during  the  academic  year.) 

Testing  Fee 

Each  entering  freshman  must  panu  ipate  in 
placement  testing  during  the  summer 
immediately  preceding  the  student's 
mat  1 1.  tdation  mi  campus.  A  fee  .-1  $75  is  asst  ..seel 
for  this  overnight,  two-day  experience  lor 
students  admitted  to  the  Indiana  campus. 
OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


linal  E  ■  ten  thcai  pmii  ipatiofi 
in  the  accompanying  parenl  orientation  program. 

Iti. mi  h  •  ampus  snide  nts  pain,  ipate  in  j  tummei 
one-da)  d  ith  *  fee 

of  $45.  Students  receivi  information  about  ihr 

s mi  1  testing  program  prioi  to  thi  testing 

im  luded  in  thi  regulai  lulling 

ilalog 

foi  further  infom 
about  die  Summer  Orientation:  Preregistration 

Advising,  and  ' 
S.  lei  dons  Progj 

Estimated  Expenses  Per  Semester 

In  Stale    Dm  ol  Suu 
lustriicii  $1,734  $4,412 


Housing  1,050 

Meals 

Smile  in  \.  tivit)  Fa  115 

EMI 
75 

Books  and  Supplies*  500 


1.050 
115 


$4,479 


$7T57 


Misi  ellaneoiis  anil  travel  expenses  would  be 
in  addition  to  thi 

books  and  supplies  ma)  Vary 
depending  on  major  and  class  enrollment 


Summer  Sessions  Fees 

Basic  Fee 

The  basic  fee  lor  in-state  undergraduate  students 
enrolled  for  any  of  the  regular  summer  -• 
SI  II  pel  semester  In  mi   The  basic   lee  lor  out-of- 
state  undergraduate  students  is  $368  per 
semester  hour. 

Dining  Plan  Fees 

The  five-week  session  dining  plan  lees  for 
summer.  1998,  are: 

►  Plan  C.    19  meals  a  week 

,1  $45.60/week) 

►  Plan  D— Any  75  meals  a  session 

si..  60  week) 

►  Plan  F    Any  14  meals  a  week 

1  week) 

►  Plan  G — Any  52  meals  a  s, 
$207  (or  $41.40 

►  Plan  I— Any  10  meals  a  week 
$195(or$39/week) 

►  Plan  J    Anv  24  meals  a  session 
$124  (01  $24.80 

►  Plan  L— Anv  5  meals  week 
$125(or$25/week) 

Educational  Services  Fee 

All  Students  are  charged  a  fee  of  S35  per  summer 
m  ssi,  ,11  to  support  academic  equipment  and 
libran  resources. 

Facilities  Fee 

All  students  are  charged  a  fee  of  S49  per  summer 

in  to  support  maintenance  and  repair 
projects,  recreational  facilities,  and  the 
advancement  of  technologies.  For  special 
summer  courses,  the  fee  is  $10  per  week.  Those 
students  scheduled  for  off-campus  CO 
through  die  School  of  Continuing  Education  are 
exempt  from  dris  fee. 


CATALOG.    1  999-2000 


14        FINANCES 


Registration  Fee 

All  students,  with  the  exception  <>l  Dixon  <  lenter 
students,  will  be  charged  a  registration  fee  of  $10 
tor  each  summer  session. 

Residence  Hall  Fee 

The  1 999  summer  residence  hall  lees  are  $7 1  a 
week  for  a  double-occupancy  room  and  $105  a 
week  for  a  single  room.  Students  are  charged  foi 
each  session  according  to  the  number  of  weeks 
they  will  require  housing.  Resident  students  can 
select  from  dining  plans  C,  D,  F,  or  G. 

Student  Activity  Fee 

For  each  ot  the  two  summer  sessions,  this  fee  is 
$38.50  per  session. 

Student  Health  Fee 

Each  undergraduate  and  graduate  student 
enrolled  in  IUP  summer  sessions  will  be  assessed 
$2(>  for  each  session  for  student  health  services. 

Special  Fees 

Damage  Fee 

Students  are  responsible  lor  damages,  breakage, 
loss,  or  delayed  return  of  university  property. 

Degree  Fee 

A  fee  of  $30  will  be  charged  each  candidate  for  a 
degree  at  the  time  of  approval  of  application  for 
graduation.  This  fee  is  to  cover  costs  of 
preparing  diplomas  and  the  graduation 
ceremony. 

Examination  for  Credit  Fee 

A  tee  of  $40  will  be  assessed  for  each 
examination  taken  for  credit. 

Installment  Payment  Charge 

A  nonrefundable  fee  of  $30  per  semester  is 
charged  to  students  participating  in  the  monthly 
installment  payment  plan,  and  a  $10  per 
semester  fee  is  charged  for  students  participating 
in  die  semi-semester  option  of  the  plan. 

Portfolio  Assessment  Fees 

A  fee  of  $15  will  be  charged  to  students  applying 
lor  prior  learning  evaluation,  and  a  fee  equal  to 
one-half  of  the  prevailing  tuition  fee  will  be 
charged  for  all  credits  granted  in  the  portfolio 
application. 

Teacher  Certification  Fee 

A  lee  i  'I  $r>0  will  be  charged  to  cover  the 
administrative  and  recording  costs  for  the 
issuance  of  a  teaching  certificate  by  the 
Department  <>!  Education. 

Transcript  Fees 

Applications  for  transcripts  must  be  made  only 
in  writing  to  the  registrar,  either  by  U.S.  mail  or 
on  forms  available  at  the  Registrar's  Office  in  G-S 
Sutton  Hall.  Such  requests  must  include 

1.  Your  full  name  and  Social  Security  numbei 
as  of  your  graduation  or  termination  of 
enrollment  at  IUP.  (Please  note  any  name 
changes  since  graduation.) 

2.  Your  present  address. 

3.  Whether  you  graduated  or.  if  not.  when  you 
were  enrolled. 

4.  The  full  and  clearly  stated  name(s)  and 
address(es)  of  person(s)  to  whom  you  wish 
the  transcript(s)  sent. 

A  transcript  fee  is  charged  for  each  copy 
requested.  (Checks  or  money  orders  should  he 
made  out  to  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania.) 
An  additional  charge  "ill  be  assessed  for  express 


transcript  sen  ice.  Please  call  724-357-2217  for 
current  transcript  tec  information. 

( Ifficial  transcripts  (containing  signature  and 
universit)  seal)  will  not  be  issued  to  students 
directly.  The  university  will  attempt  to  mail 
official  transcripts  within  a  reasonable  time. 
However,  in  the  event  of  its  failure  to  do  so, 
damages  will  he  limited  i"  the  Ice.  if  any,  paid  by 
the  student  lor  the  copy  or  copies  of  the 
transcript.  In  no  case  is  the  university 
responsible  for  consequential  damages. 

Billing  and  Payments 

All  bills,  including  basic  fee  and  housing  fee,  are 
payable  as  specified  on  the  billing  notice: 
students  have  several  payment  plan  options. 
Checks  or  money  orders,  in  the  exact  amount  of 
the  hilling  notice,  should  be  made  payable  to 
IUP  unless  otherwise  specified.  MasterCard, 
Visa,  iiul  Discover  cards  are  also  accepted.  Book 
Store  purchases  are  on  a  cash  basis. 

It  is  desired  that  payments  for  the  entire  semester 
be  made  in  August  for  the  first  semester  and  in 
December  for  the  second  semester:  however,  lor 
nal  charge  an  installment  plan  is  available. 


Financial  Aid 


Payment  of  Financial  Aid 

The  following  financial  aid  programs  can  be 
deducted  from  your  university  bill: 

Federal  Stafford  Loan 

Federal  PLUS  Loan 

Federal  Perkins  Loan 

Federal  Pell  Grant 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational 

Opportunity  Grant 
Pennsylvania  State  Grant 
IUP  scholarships 

Federal  Work  Study  earnings  are  paid  directly  to 
the  student  every  other  week  and  dius  are  not 
used  lor  billing  purposes. 

All  other  financial  aid  is  paid  directly  to  the 
student's  account.  If  a  credit  balance  exists  after 
satisfying  all  IUP  charges,  excess  funds  will  be 
refunded  to  the  student  lor  other  educational 
expenses. 

Delinquent  Accounts 

Students  will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll  for  any 
semester,  receive  trans<  ripts,  or  graduate  until  all 
account  balances  have  been  paid  in  lull.  In 
addition,  credit  will  not  be  certified  to  any  other 
institution  or  the  Department  of  Education  until 
all  overdue  accounts  have  been  paid.  A  late 
payment  tec  of  $1(1  for  each  day  past  the  due 
date  will  be  assessed  lor  delinquent  accounts  up 
to  a  maximum  of  $50.  The  same  regulations  "ill 
also  be  applied  to  inter-semester  payments. 

Undergraduate  students  desiring  to  leave  school 
before  the  close  of  a  semester  must  report  to  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center  and  to  the 
Accounts  Receivable  Office  to  setde  all  unpaid 


IUP  Refund  Policy 

For  a  copy  of  IUP's  Refund  Policy,  please  contact 
the  .Student  Accounts  Office  at  724-357-2207. 


The  Financial  Aid  i  mice,  located  at  308  Pratt 
Hall,  oilers  financial  information  and  cou 
to  all  students  attending  111'  The  types  of 
financial  assistance  offered  by  the  Financial  Aid 
<  )lficc  include  student  employment,  educational 
loans,  and  grants.  Counseling  on  debt 
management  and  loan  repayment  options  is  also 
available. 

Eligibility  Requirements 

The  general  requirements  for  financial  aid 
eligibility  include  the  following: 

1.  Be  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis  (six 
credits  pei  term)  except  for  the  Federal  Pell 
Grant  program. 

2.  Be  a  U.S.  citizen,  national  or  permanent 

i  oi  odiei  eligible  noncitizen. 

3.  Maintain  satisfactory  academic  progress  in 
your  course  ol 

4.  Be  enrolled  or  accepted  for  enrollment  in  an 
\sm>.  i.ui  I  >egree,  Bachelor's  Degree,  Post- 
Baccalaureate  Teacher's  Certification 
program,  or  Post-Baccalaureate  Second 
Undergraduate  Degree  program. 

5.  Not  be  in  default  or  have  failed  to  make 
satisfactory  arrangements  to  rep: 
Federal  Student  Loans,  Not  < 
repayment  on  a  Federal  Pell  Grant  or 
Federal  Supplemental  Educational 

<  tpportunity  Grant. 

6.  Not  have  borrowed  in  excess  .>l  any  Federal 
Loan  limits. 

7.  Register  with  the  Selective  Service 
Administration,  it  required. 

S.     Submit  Financial  Aid  Transcripts  horn  all 
other  postsecondan  schools  von  have 
attended. 

9.     Have  a  valid  Social  Security  Number. 

Students  must  complete  a  Free  Application  for 

ShtcL  "I  Aid  (FAFS  i)  prior  to  April  15  in 
order  to  receive  maximum  consideration  for 
need-based  financial  aid  administered  through 
the  university.  The  Tide  IV  school  code  lor  ll  IP 
is  003277.  Additional  forms  or  applications  ma) 
be  required  depending  upon  which  student  aid 
programs  are  being  sought.  Financial  aid  is 
available  foi  both  the  regular  academii  ] 
the  suminei  sessions.  Separate  applications  for 
summei  school  aid  must  b<  submitted  by  the 

student. 

Student  Responsibilities    Sti 

lor  financial  aid  have  certain  responsibilities 
which  .in  listed  ; 

irately  complete  and  submit  the 
appropriate  application  forms  I 
published  deadline  dates, 

2.  Submit  requested  materials 

new  information  on  a  timely  basis. 

3.  Meet  the  regulations  and  repayment 
schedules  ol  student  loans. 

4.  Inform  the  Financial  Aid  <  Mlicc  ot  auv 
grants,  scholarships,  oi  loans  received  from 
outside  organizations. 

5.  Inform  the  Financial  Aid  Office  of  any 
information  that  has  changed  since  applying 
for  aid. 

(i.  Understand  the  satisfactory  academic 
progress  requirements  for  maintaining 
financial  aid  eligibility. 

7.  I  fse  financ  ial  aid  funds  for  educational 
pur] 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     199- 


FINANCES        15 


Financial  Aid  Programs 
Available 

i  in  I.  ial  assistant  i  ia  available  in  the  I ■  "I 

granta  .crul  sc  holarships,  student  employment, 

andedui nal  I is.  Eachol  then  funding 

Ii.   uniqui  '  harai  teristii  ■  which  are 

,  xplaini  'I  in  mon  detail  below. 

Employment 

Employment  programs  provide  an  opportunity 

tin  students  in  earn ey  to  help  Bnant  e  then 

educadi I  expenses.  Students  ma)  I" 

,  rnployed  at  minin >  wage  for  up  to  20  hours 

pet  week  whent  lasses  are  in  session  and  up  to 
Mi  hours  pel  week  during  vacation  periods. 
Wages  ioi  hours  worked  are  paid  ever)  othet 
m  i  k  direi  d)  to  the  student. 

sin,  l,  nis  are  n  s] sibli  foi  sei  uring  their  own 

positions  mi  i  ampus.  \  bulletin  board  outside  ol 
Hi,  Finani  ial  Vid  Office  displays  known  job 

.    Uso,  students  may  call  die  CareerLink 
Student  Employment  Job  Hotline,  724-357- 
2556,  i"  lit.u  about  available  positions.  Students 
ma)  direcdy  contact  departmental  and 
administrative  offices  lor  job  opportunities  as 
well.  However,  there  are  generally  more  students 
seeking  employment  than  diere  are  jobs 
available.  Students  with  work-study  awards  are 
not  guaranteed  that  they  will  obtain  employment. 
Federal  Work-Study  Program  (FWSP)- 
I  .hgibilitv  for  FWSP  is  based  on  financial  need. 

Students  must  complete  both  the  Free 

Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  and 

an  IUP  FWSP  Application, 

(  ommunity  Service  Program    This 

employment  program  places  FWSP-eligible 

students  in  community  service  positions 

a>  ailable  both  on  and  off  campus.  In  addition  to 

eat  ning  money,  students  gain  practical  work 

experience  related  to  their  academic  major.  The 

Student  Community  Service  Office  located  in 

103  Pratt  1  (all  assists  students  with  placement. 

University  Employment  (UE)— This  program  is 
similar  to  the  Federal  Work  Study  Program. 
I  lowcvcr.  students  who  do  not  demonstrate 
financial  need  may  be  employed.  No  financial  aid 

application  is  necessary.  Inquire  direcdy  with 
campus  offices  regarding  available  positions. 

PHF.AA  State  Work  Study    Off-campus 
emplo)  ment  that  relates  to  die  student's 
academic  major  may  be  available  through  die 
I'l  1K..V  A  State  Work-Study  program. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid 
Office  and  must  be  completed  by  both  the 
student  and  the  organization  for  which  the 
student  would  like  to  be  employed.  Applications 
,  .in  also  be  accessed  through  PHEAA's  web  site 
at  http:  'www.pheaa.org. 

Off-Campus  Employment  Opportunities— 

HP's  Student  Employment  Center,  coordinated 
by  the  Career  Services  Office,  provides  access  to 
Students  for  part-time  and/or  summer 
emplo)  ment  The  purpose  of  diis  program  is  to 
facilitate  contact  between  die  business 
community  and  talented  undergraduate  students 
who  are  interested  in  working  while  attending 
classes.  Interested  students  should  contact  die 
( lareer  Sen  i<  es  ( mice  at  724-357-2035. 


Educational  Loans 


Grants 


I  .ii.iii  programs  ofli  i  n  payable  assistai 

students  who  applj  and  qualify  foi  'l"  m 

it.  p  ii  mi  in  1. 1  in  .  mi.  rest  i  '' i  boi 

limits  varj  from  | gram  to  program. 

l.diK  .in. I  loans  are  a  serious  and  important 

obligation.  Rei '  ipt  ol  i Is  means  thai  the 

student  assumi  i  thi  Ii  gal  n  i] sibilit)  foi 

repa)  me  nt  ol  the  loan  at  a  futun  dati    I  hi 

I ssor)  nott  foi  thi  loan  ipi  i  ifii  ■■  thi 

and  i  onditions  undi  i  whii  h  the  student  is 
borrowing  and  the  repayment  provisions  thai  an 
in  ,||, ,  i  I'aiiH  ipation  in  I  lommunit)  s'  rvict 
positions  alt,  i  leaving  s,  hool  ma)  providi  foi 
repay  menl  ofo  rtain  student  loans. 

Federal  Perkins  Loan    The  application  foi  th( 
Federal  Perkins  Loan  is  the  Fret  Ipplieatum  fin 
Federal  Student  Aid  (I  IFS  0    I  li<  loan  is 
awarded  to  students  on  the  basis  ,,i  finam  ial 
need  and  FAFS  I  receipt  date  of  April  15  oi 
earlier.  Students  who  ret  eh/e  ibis  loan  must  be 

enrolled  for  at  least  si\  ,  irihls  i  a,  b  si  mestl  i. 

There  are  no  principal  or  interest  payments  until 

mi untlis  after  the  student  ceases  half-time 

attendance  (six  credits  per  term).  The  minimum 
repayment  rate  is  $40  per  month  at  a  simple 
ml,  u  M  rate  of  5  percent  per  vear  on  the  unpaid 
balance.  There  are  deferment  and  ,  ancellalion 
provisions  available. 

Federal  Stafford  Loan  -Applications  foi  the 
Federal  Stafford  Loan  arc  obtained  from  lending 
institutions.  These  include  banks,  savings  and 
loan  associations,  credit  unions,  etc.  A  Fret 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFS  I) 
must  also  be  completed. 

Through  this  program,  freshmen  may  borrow  up 
to  $2,625  per  academic  year,  sophomores  may 
borrow  up  to  $3,500  per  academic  year,  and 
juniors  and  seniors  may  borrow  up  to  $5,500  pel 
academic  year.  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford 
Loans  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  financial  need 
as  determined  by  the  fro  Application  for  Federal 
Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  and  requite  no  payment  ol 
interest  or  principal  until  six  months  alter  the 
student  ceases  half-time  enrollment  (six  credits 
per  term).  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans 
require  payment  of  interest  only  during  periods 
of  enrollment  and  the  six-month  grace  period. 
Following  die  grace  period,  bodi  types  of  Federal 
Stafford  Loans  are  repayable  to  the  lender  at  a 
variable  interest  rate  not  to  exceed  8.25  percent. 

Additional  unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loan 
Rinds  are  available  to  independent 
undergraduate  students.  Freshmen  and 
sophomores  may  request  up  to  $4,000:  juniors 
and  seniors  niav  request  up  to  $5,000. 
Dependent  students  whose  parents  cannot 
obtain  a  Federal  PUS  Loan  niav  also  appK  foi 
diese  additional  unsubsidized  funds. 

Federal  PLUS  Loan— Federal  Parent  Loans  for 
Undergraduate  Students  (FPLUS)  are  obtained 
from  lending  institutions  such  as  banks  and 
credit  unions  and  are  administered  in 
conjunction  with  the  tederal  government  Parents 
may  borrow  for  dieir  dependent  children  up  to 
die  cost  of  education  minus  odier  financial  aid. 
The  loans  are  repaid  at  a  variable  interest  rate 
not  to  exceed  9  percent  per  year  starting  sixt) 
days  after  the  final  check  is  issued. 


Grants  an  funds  which  i  trrj  no  obligation  foi 
i,  paym,  i 

sill, Ii  III  nil  lb,    basis  ol  lillall,  Ial 

I,,!,  i.,l  Pell  Grant  -  ,1  PellCranl 

program  provides  Inn, Is  to  eligible 

duate  sindi  nis  who  b... 
I'usi  I,.,,  lii  lor's  di  gn  i    \  Fru  Applicati 
Federal  Student  tid(l  1/  S  I)  must  be  filed 

alillilallv  lo  apply  foi  this  grant   Award 

d  baaed  upon  the  number  ol  i  redita  for 
whu  h  a  student  <■ 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational 

Opportunity  (.rant    Fi  di  ral  Pell  Grant-eligible 
stud,  i  ■  dered  foi  federal 

Supplemental  Educational  Opporturrit]  I 
(FSEOG)   \  /'"  Application  /■  <  Federal  Student 
Aid  (FAFSA)  with  a  receipt  dan  ol  April  15  or 
earlier.  Studi  ms  who  rei  eivi  FSEOG  must  be 
enrotted  foi  al  least  ifai  i  redita  ca,  h  s,  i 
Pennsylvania  State  (.ram  (I'lll  \  \  (.rani) 
IMII.AA  ( iranta  are  available  to  eligible  part-time 
and  full-time  undergraduate  Students  who  arc 
Pennsylvania  state  residents.  Part-time  rei  ipienti 

must  also  meet  spci  ill,   PHEAA  income 

guidelines.  You  must  complete  a  Fret  Afipluaiwn 
fin  Federal  Student  Aid  (I  1/S.f/ by  May  I  to 

apply.  Academic  progress  guidelines  require  that 
a  Student  earn  twelve  new  credits  lot  each  full- 
time  s,  in.  ic-d  eligibility  ol  grant 
funds.  A  maximum  ol  eight  lull-tune  or  sixteen 
part-time  semesters  of  eligibility  are  permitted. 

State  Grants    Mam  state  educational  agencies 

rant  assistant*  to  students  who  study 
outside  of  their  state  ol  residency.  Out-ol  state 
students  arc  encouraged  to  investigate 
oppi  a  ii  unties  lor  grant  funding  from  dieir  home 
state. 

University  Loan  Fund 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  in  conjunction  with 
the  Student  Cooperative  Association. 
administers  the  University  Loan  Fund  on  behalf 
,  if  IUP  students.  Loans  are  only  available  to 
students  who  are  expecting  a  financial  aid  refund 
that  is  yet  to  be  disbursed.  The  maximum  loan 
available  will  be  $300  with  repayment  to  be 
made  iii  sixt)  days.  No  interest  will  be  charged 
for  these  loans.  Loans  will  be  made  to  meet 
educational  expenses  only.  Applications  for  the 
University  Loan  and  additional  information  may 
ted  at  die  Financial  Aid  Office. 

The  University  Loan  Fund  encompasses  die 
following  individual  loan  accounts: 

Jennie  E.  Ackerman  Loan  Fund 

Robert  Bellis  Loan  Fund 

\larv  Edna  Flegal  Loan  Fund 

Colette  Cromer  Getshman  Loan  Fund 

Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Loan  Fund 

Suzanne  Marshall  Hartman  Loan  Fund 

John  Havs  Memorial  Fund 

Oliver  \V.  Helmrich  Memorial  1  nan  Lund 

William  Henzelmann  Memorial  Fund 

Man  Anne  Kolessar  Loan  Fund 

Jane  E.  Leonard  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

Mack  Loan  Fund 

Rustv  Preisendefer  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

Flossie  Wagner  Sanford  Student  Loan 

Fund 
Varsitv  I  Loan  Fund 
Norah  Zink  Loan  Fund 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-20C 


16       FINANCES 


Scholarships 


Departments,  colleges,  and  the  Provost's  Office 
administer  various  scholarship  programs  that 
have  been  established  by  alumni  and  friends  of 
the  university.  These  scholarships  serve  to 
recognize  academically  talented  students  and 
assist  them  in  financing  their  educational 
expenses.  No  general  application  is  required  for 
consideration.  All  eligible  students  are 
automatically  considered  lor  scholarship 
opportunities.  Questions  may  be  directed  to  the 
college  dean  or  department  chair  of  the  student's 
intended  major  or  current  major  for  enrolled 
students. 

Eberly  College  of  Business 

Robert  C.  Camp,  Dean;  724-357-2520 

Scholarships  for  incoming  freshmen: 

George  M.  Burke  Memorial  Fund 
Charles  L.  Cooper/Alumni  Scholarships 
Terry  and  Mary  Jo  Dunlap  Scholarship 
Robert  L.  Hite  Scholarship 
Fred  E.  Kunkle  (Evergreen  Motors) 

Foundation  for  IUP  Distinguished 

Scholars  Award 
Arveta  DeGaetano  McNaughton 

Scholarship 
Carl  E.  Patchin  Foundation  for  IUP 

Distinguished  Scholars  Award 
Everett  and  Lavina  Peterman  Scholarship 
S&T  Bank  College  of  Business  Scholarship 

Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Alcoa 

J.  Donald  Bartolomucci  Scholarship 
Robert  and  Irene  Bozzone  Scholarship 
Marie  A.  Canedy  Scholarship  for  Business 
Carino  Family  Business  Scholarship 
Charles  L.  Cooper/Alumni  Scholarships 
Eberly  Family  College  of  Business 

Scholarship 
Fredericks  Family  Scholarship 
Fredericks  Michael  and  Company 

Scholarship 
Eileen  Quinn  Hull  Memorial  Scholarship 
Indiana  First  Savings  Bank  Scholarship 
Office  Systems  and  Business  Education 

Scholarship 
Murray  M.  Varner  Memorial  Scholarship 
Virgil  and  Virginia  Vaughn  Family 

Scholarship 

College  of  Education 

John  Butzow,  Dean;  724-357-2482 

Scholarships  for  incomingfreshmen: 

Carol  L.  Moorhead  Scholarship 
Ethel  L.  Morrow  Memorial  Scholarship 
Barbara  Stott  Thomas  Memorial 
Scholarship 

Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Jemima  S.  Boyd  Scholarship 

Maude  O.  Brungard  Scholarship 

Beverly  Sue  Clark  Memorial  Scholarship 

Mary  Flegal  Harte  Scholarship 

Tony  Kuczinski  Memorial  Scholarship 

McFarland  Scholarships 

Helen  Wood  Morris  Scholarship 

Dr.  Russel  C.  Nelson  Scholarship 

Felicia  G.  Renck  Scholarship 


Edwina  Battle  Void  Pre-Service  Teachers 

Scholarship 
Margaret  Walker  Sidles  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Marion  Welsch  Memorial  Scholarship 

College  of  Fine  Arts 

Michael  J.  Hood,  Dean;  724-357-2397 

Scholarships  for  incoming  freshmen: 

Wallis  and  Janet  Braman  Music  Scholarship 
Freshman  Music  Scholarship 
Ann  M.  Hayward  Music  Scholarship 
Gloria  Bryan  Johnson  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Orval  Kipp  Art  Scholarship 
Joanne  P.  Lovette  Memorial  Fund 
William  P.  Moorhead  Scholarship 
Organ  Student  Scholarship 
Evelyn  Swauger  Memorial  Scholarship 
Theater-by-the-Grove  Freshman  Talent 

Scholarship 

Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Anne  Agnew  Music  Scholarship 

Robert  K.  Alico,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 

Lloyd  and  Libby  Bastian  Memorial 

Scholarship 
M.  Vashu  Burr  Memorial  Award 
Charles  A.  Davis  Music  Endowment 
Donald  G.  Eisen  Scholarship 
Thomas  V  Frazier  Memorial  Scholarship 
H.  Eugene  Hulbert  Music  Scholarship 
Gloria  Bryan  Johnson  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Mary  Helen  Krouse  MacDonald  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Benjamin  T  Miller  Art  Scholarship 
Mary  H.  Muldowney  Music  Scholarship 
Gary  Ohnstead  Percusison  Scholarship 
Organ  Music  Scholarship 
Organ  Student  Scholarship 
Shelly  G.  Portman  Memorial  Scholarship 
Ralph  Reynolds  Memorial  Scholarship 
Ralph  Reynolds  Memorial  Scholarship 

(Painting) 
Frank  Ross  Memorial  Scholarship 
Student  Art  Scholarship  Award 
James  and  Jamie  Self  Tuba  Scholarship 
Evelyn  Swauger  Memorial  Scholarship 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

Carleen  C.  Zoni,  Dean;  724-357-2555 

Scholarships  for  incoming  freshmen: 

LaVelle  Scholarship  Fund 
A.  Laura  Mateer  Scholarship 
McDonald's/Thomas  McCormick  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Susan  Spurlin  Peckman  Memorial 

Scholarship 

Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

GraceJ.  Allman  Safety  Science  Scholarship 
Ella  C.  Bendix  Home  Economics  Loan 

Fund 
AlexaJ.  Boyer  Emerick  Scholarship 
The  Brody  Family  Nursing  Scholarship 
Susan  E.  Finley  Scholarship  for  Home 

Economics 
Eleanor  Gallati  Scholarship 
William  G.  Gressley  Memorial  Scholarship 
Hoss's  Steak  and  Seafood  House 

Scholarship 
Eugene  E.  Lepley  Memorial  Scholarship 


M.Jane  Segar  Longenecker  Scholarship 
Amy  McCaulev  Memorial  Scholarship  for 

Respiratory  Care 
McDonald's/Thomas  McCormick  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Marian  A.  Murray  Scholarship 
Ethyl  V.  Oxley,  Opal  T  Rhodes,  and  Helen 

C.  Merriman  Scholarship 
Pittsburgh  Home  Economics  Teachers 

Scholarship 
Ella  B.  Seanor  Leadership  in  Nursing 

Scholarship 
Sushi  E.  Shuhra  Scholarship 
Kay  Staszkiewicz  Memorial  Nursing 

Scholarship 
Student  Awards  -  Nursing 
Betty  Wood  Scholarship 
Ronald  and  Jean  Zucchelli  Scholarship 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 

Brenda  Carter,  Dean;  724-357-2480 

Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Mollie  E.  Boiling  Memorial  Scholarship 
Nancy.  France  Scholarship  Fund 
Isolde  A.  Henninger  Award 
Hunt-Pickering  Study  Abroad  Scholarship 
Dr.  Yu-Chen  Liu  Memorial  Endowment 
Mexico  Study  Abroad  Scholarship 
Esko  E.  Newhill  Award  for  Excellence 
John  J.  Prandy  Memorial  Scholarship 
David  J.  Rovnan  Memorial  Scholarship 
David  A.  Schwartz  Memorial  Journalism 

Scholarship 
Gregory  Spinelli  Memorial  Scholarship 
Study  Abroad  -  Foreign  Language 

Scholarship 
Valladolid  Scholarship 
Donald  A.  Walker  Economics  Scholarship 
Jacque  Alexis  Watson  Memorial  Scholarship 

for  Criminology 
Milton  and  Sarah  Weisberg  Memorial 

Scholarships  lor  Industrial  and  Labor 

Relations 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 

John  S.  Eck,  Dean;  724-357-2609 

Scholarships  for  incoming  freshmen: 

Edward  N.  Blown  Memorial  Scholarship 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Scholarship 
Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Ida  Z.  Arms  Excellence  Scholarship 
Edward  N.  Brown  Memorial  Scholarship 
Chairman's  Scholarship  Fund 
Roy  A.  Daugherty  Scholarship 
William  Heard  Memorial  Scholarship 
Dr.  Willard  W  Heimemannjr.,  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Stanley  W.  Lore  Scholarship 
Ronald  L.  Marks  Scholarship 
Mathematics  Graduate  Scholarship  Fund 
Arthur  G.  Morrell  Memorial  Scholarship 
PPG  Computer  Science  Scholarship 
Albert  R.  Pechan  Scholarship 
Mildred  M.  Reigh  Memorial  Scholarship 
Thomas  Smyth  Memorial  Scholarship 
Howard  E.  Tompkins  Scholarship 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2  0  00 


FINANCES        17 


Robert  E.Cook  Honors  College 

J. !  Goebi 01    724   15;    19; 

Scholarships  fin  ineomingfreshmen: 

Madcliiu    I    Uki  rman  M ial 

Si  liolarship 
M!  \\i\iik  Distinguished  S(  liolars 

Scholai 
Ami j  and  Emma  I  lalvi  tti  Morino 

\l al  Si  liolarship 

Robert  E.Cook  II s<  ollegi 

Si  liolarship 

Terry  and  Mar)  Jo  I lap  Si  liolarship 

Natalii  S  I  assi  n  Si  liolarship  B I 

,  iwardi  d  jointl;  with  thi  I  nivi  rsitj 

Scholarship  <  oi i  l 

Thi  n  .'  I  larl  I  Iramli  |  Mi  morial 

Scholarship  (awarded  joind)  with  thi 

I  niversit]  Si  holai  ihip  '  mittei  | 

I  lorodi)  Brown  Pettil  <  Iregor)  Me ial 

Scholarsliip 
Earl  and  Frances  K ey  Mei ial  Trust 

Scholarsliip 
Kresgi  Foundation/Cook  Honors  College 

Scholarship 
<  lolonel  I  ,eonard  \.  and  Mar)  1 1  Mi  Quovi  n 

Memorial  Fund  (awarded  joindy  with 

the  i  niversit)  Si  liolarship  Committee) 
Morino  Family  Scholars  Award 
li,  and  Mrs.  Vrdiut  W.  Phillips  Scholarsliip 

Fund  (awarded joind)  with  the 

i  niversit)  S<  liolarship  <  lommittee) 
I   \\  Phillips  Gas  and  Oil  Companj 

Scholarsliip 

Florence  Wallai  e  Scholarship  F I 

K  ,1  joind)  with  [hi  I  niversit) 

Scholarship  <  lommittee) 
Board  of<  iovernors  Si  holarships 
Foundation  R>i  II  P  Distinguished  Scholars 

Awards 

Miscellaneous  Scholarships 
Diane  R-Raybuck,  Associate  Dean  of 
Vdmissions;  724-357-2230 

Scholarships  for  ineomingfreshmen: 

GloriaJ.  <  Irofl  Bolingi  i  Mi  morial 

Si  holarship 
Ruth  Bowman  Memorial  Scholarship 
Lulu  Brauglilei  Stewart  Memorial 

Si  liolarship 
h. i  Carlson  Memorial  Scholarship 
Foundadon  foi  II  IP  Volunteer  Si  rvici 

\  V\  .  I  II  [ 

W'.K.  Hi  \  n<  i  Famil)  Scholarship 

I'.iiu  I  lurle)  Scholarship 

Natalie  S.  Fassetl  Si  holarship  Fund 

(awarded  joind)  with  the  Universit) 

Si  holarship  ( lommittee) 
Theresa  I  [art  ( Iramle)  Memorial 

Si  holarship  (awarded  joindy  with  the 

I  nivi  rsitj  Si  holarship  ( lommittee) 
Earl  and  Frances  Kinne)  Memorial  Trust 

Scholarship  (awarded  joindy  with 

I  Iniversit)  Scholarsliip  ( lommil 

1  lonors  I  lolli    i 
Kovalcliick  Famil)     Sl  Mary's  High  School 

Scholarship 
Thomas  and  Flora  Met  irainor  Memorial 

Si  holarship 
John  W.  Mi  X.i 1 1 1  s,  hoi 
( lolonel  I  ion. ml  \.  and  Mar)  D.  M<  Quovi  n 

\li  morial  Fund  (awarded  joindy  with 

thi  I  niversit)  Si  holarship  Committee) 
Frank  V .  Moon  Endowment 
Mot Famil)  S<  liolars  Award 


( .  Willi. mi  Mussi  i  Si  holarship 

Margari  i  \l  P n  Foundal s,  holarship 

III il  Mix.  Alllim   \Y.  Hull, 

Fund  (awarded  joindy  with  il" 

l  niversit)  Si  holarship  <  

William  E.  Pii  n  e  Si  holarship 
President's/Corrini  MenkWahi  Scholarsliip 

( lai i  hii '  n  Evi  rgn  i  n  Si  holarship 

|oseph  W.  5i  n  li  hohi  ihip 

Martha  S.  Si  heeren  Si  holarship 
Robert  K.  Sheeu  Memorial  Si  holarship 
S.ms  nl  Italy  Re<  reative  '  Hub,  Ini .. 

Si  holarships 
Mil  li.n  I J  s 1 1 j . 1 1 1 k . i .  1 1 . .  Memorial 

Si  holarship 
I. .ml,  Family  Si  holarship  Fund 
Vaughn  Foundation 
l  Ion  ni ,  Wallai  i  Si  holarship  Fund 

(awarded  joindy  with  the  I  nivi  rsit) 

Si  holarship  Committi  i  | 
Wienken  and  Vssoi  iates  Si  holarship 
West  Branch  Ana  llij;li  Si  hool  Si  hoi 
( loraopolis  Wolves  I  Hub  i><  n  IX 

Si  holarship 
Board  of  Gove rs  Si  holarships  (a 

jointly  with  Honors  College,  t  tffice  ol 
admissions,  and  ( >ffi<  e  ol  Student 

Affairs) 
Foundation  for  1 1 T 1  *  Distinguishi  d  Si  holars 

Awards  (awarded  jointly  with 

I  nivi  rsit)  Si  holarship  *  lommittee  and 

Honors  ( lollege) 

Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

American  Association  of  Universit)  Women 

Scholarship 
Vmerican  Field  Service  (AFS)  Si  holarship 
APSCUF  Scholarship 
Israel  and  Birdye  Brody  Scholarship 
Dr.  Howard  B.  Buterbaugh  S<  holarship 

Fund 
Clark  Scholarship 
Foundation  for  III'  Volunteei  Si  rvii  e 

Award 
i  loIdstrohm/Citizen's  Ambulance 

Scholarship 
Harrisburg  Alumni  Chaptei  ol  II  P 

Scholarship  Fund 
Kuzneski  Family  Scholarship 
Edward  E.  and  Ce<  ilia  \.  Mackey 

Scholarship 
Miss  IUP  Scholarship 

Margaret  M.  P.itton  Foundation  Scholarship 
Lenora  Pechan  Scholarship 
Phi  Delta  Theta  Memorial  Scholarship 
\\  ilium  K.  Pierce  Scholarship  Fund 
(, .mini  Queen  Evergreen  Si  holarship 
Saco  Excelling  Greek  Scholarship 
Ethel  Seavey  Simpson  Scholarship 
Senior  Class  Scholarship  Ward 
Patricia  Shields  Memorial  Scholarship 
Tomb  Famil)  Scholarship  Fund 
Weinken  and  Associates  Scholarship 
Luhelen  Grace  Whisner  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Zonta  Club  of  Indiana  Scholarship  for 

Women 


Athletic  Scholarships 

i 

Scholarships  fin  ineomingfreshmen  and 
currently  <  nrolUd  itudt  nit: 
Bralton-Hathav, 

Marti 

|.,<  i  t 

S,  In, I  II 

s  \\  Jack  Scl 
I  larold  |ai  ol 

Ward  <    .mil  Sail)  B.Johnsoi 

Si  holarship 
Keystone  Rchabilil  iti 

Basketball  Scholarship 
Mr.  .mil  Mi 

1    ixlll|J 

Men's  Basketball  Scholarship 

V  Mi  Knight  M 
Bob  Mi  I  hi  tidi  Memorial  Si  holarsl 

Louis  |.  Ni s'  holarship 

Larrj  Panaia  Scholarship  for  Football 
Ruth  Podbielski  Scholarship 

Willis  Pratt  F ball  Scholarship 

Ii.ii  haul  "Moi  "  Sunili  Endowment 

Si  holarship 
Sam  Sinlili  Football  Scholarship 

and  Vnn  Spadafoia  s,  holarship  l"r 
Football 

i  .Spadafbra  II  PGob  Inviutional 

Paul  I     ind  |i  m  pi  olarship 

I  Football  Scholarship 
Student  Co-op  Women's  \>! 
Scholarship 

Saul  anil  I. muse  Waxier  Memorial 

rship 
Women's  Basketball  Scholarships 

School  of  Continuing  Education 
Nicholas  E.  Kolb,Dearu 
Scholarship  fin  n  currently  implied  student: 
itinuing  Education  Part-l 

islll|) 

Graduate  School 
Dean's)  »fl5i  i ;  724-357-2244 
Scholarship  information  is  found  m  thi  ' 
School  catalog,  which  can  '■  obtai  ta\  ■ 
Hail 


NIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


18        FINANCES 


Other  Resources 


Veterans  Benefits 


Athletic  Grants-in-Aid    IIP  participates  in 

li  in  s  as  3  I  in  ision  II 
institution  and  awards  Athletic  Grants-in-Aid  in 

mce  with  NCAA  rules  and  regulations, 
Interested  students  should  contact  the  Athletic 

Director,  Me ial  Field  House,  IIP.  Indiana, 

PA  15705:  telephone:  724-357-2751. 

Resident  Assistants    I  lpper<  lass  students  and 
ml  of  their  first  year  may  apply 
to  become  resident  assistants  at  [UP.  Students 

earn  a  r n  and  board  waiver,  as  well  as  a  small 

stipend,  by  working  as  resident  assistants  in  IUP 
residence  halls.  Application  timetables  and 
deadlines  are  advertised  in  The  Perm  and  posted 
in  the  residence  halls  and  other  locations  around 
campus.  Tin  application  process  requites 
references, individual  and  group  interviews,  and 
participation  in  a  semester-long  training  program 

[ i  In  selection.  Resident  assistants  are  selected 

on  the  basis  ot  leadership,  interpersonal  skills, 
and  tlie  willingness  and  ability  to  serve  as  role 

i lels.  Resident  assistants  must  have  and 

maintain  a  2.2  grade-point  average.  For  further 
information,  please  contact  present  resident 
assistants  or  residence  directors  or  the  Office  of 
I  lousing  and  Residence  Life,  Gil  Sutton  Hall, 
III'.  Indiana.  PA  15705;  telephone:  724-357- 
2696. 

Private  Scholarships— Various  service  clubs, 
organizations,  chinches,  schools,  and  industries 
oiler  scholarships  to  students.  High  school 
guidance  offices,  libraries,  and  hometown 
newspapers  are  often  excellent  sources  for 
information  concerning  private  scholarships.  A 
valuable  resource  on  the  Internet  can  he  found  at 
http://wzow.foshi/t  b.  i  fin. 

ROTC  Scholarships— Two-  and  three-year 

scholarships  are  available  to  both  male  and 
female  students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  Reserve 
i  >ffi<  ci  Training  <  lorps  program.  The 
scholarships  pay  lor  tuition,  fees,  and  books,  plus 
$150  per  month  tor  leu  months  per  school  year. 
Interested  stink  nls  may  obtain  applications  and 
criteria  information  l>\  contacting  the  ROTC 
department  in  Pierce  Hall  at  IUP. 

Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Assistance 

(OVR)— Students  who  have  physical  or  learning 
handicaps  may  receive  educational  benefits 
through  the  ( >ffice  ol  Vocational  Rehabilitation. 
In  order  to  be  eligible,  students  must  satisfy  the 
physical  and  financial  requirements  of  the 

Foi  furthei  information  regarding  OVR, 
students  should  contact  their  county  office  of 
vocational  rehabilitation. 


The  Veterans  Affairs  Office  certifies  enrollment 
tor  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  who 
may  be  eligible  lor  veterans  assistance. 

Veterans,  reservists,  and  children  of  deceased  or 
disabled  veterans  should  contact  the  Veterans 
Affairs  Office  prior  to  enrollment. 

Veterans  must  submit: 

1.  Application  for  Benefits  (VA  Form  1990) 

2.  Certified  DD2 14 

Reservists  must  submit: 

1.  Application  for  Benefits  (VA  Form  1990) 

2.  Notice  of  Basic  Eligibility-  (DD2384) 

Children  of  a  deceased  or  disabled  veteran 
whose  death  or  injury  was  due  to  service-related 
causes  may  be  eligible  for  educational  assistance 
from  the  federal  government  under  Law  634 
(Dependents  Educational  Assistance  Act). 
Immediately  upon  acceptance  to  IUP,  men  and 
women  who  qualify  for  such  assistance  should 
contact  the  veterans  counselor  and  submit: 

1 .  The  Eligible  Veteran  DD2 1 4 

2.  Survivors  Education  Form  22-5490 

3.  Application  for  Benefits  (VA  Form  1990) 

A  veteran  receiving  VA  benefits  must  request  a 
change  in  curriculum  clearance  from  tile  veterans 
counselor  before  changing  curriculum.  Twelve 
credit  hours  are  required  to  be  considered  a  full- 
time  undergraduate  student  by  the  Veterans 
Administration.  The  minimum  full-time 
requirement  for  a  graduate  student  is  9  credit 
hours. 

In  addition  to  regular  sources  of  financial  aid. 
veterans  and  dependents  of  veterans  may  be 
eligible  for  VA  benefits.  For  further  information, 
veterans  are  urged  to  contact  the  Veterans 
( lounselor,  308  Pratt  Hall,  IUP,  Indiana,  PA 
15705,724-357-3009. 

Pennsylvania  National  Guard 
Educational  Assistance 
Program  (EAP) 

The  Educational  Assistance  Program  has  been 
established  for  members  of  the  Pennsylvania 
National  Guard.  Students  who  make  a 
commitment  to  serve  in  the  Pennsylvania 
National  Guard  for  six  years  may  be  eligible  to 
receive  a  grant  on  a  full-  or  part-time  basis.  If  a 
student  fails  to  fulfill  his/her  service 
commitment,  any  EAP  grants  which  were 
previously  received  will  be  converted  to  loans 
and  must  be  repaid  with  a  7-percent  fixed  annual 
interest  rate.  Applications  and  information  are 
available  from  the  individual's  unit  of 
assignment,  the  recruiting  officer,  or  the 
Pennsylvania  National  Guard  at  717-8fil-Nr>  ill. 


Title  IV  Satisfactory  Academic 
Progress  Policy 

In  order  to  receive  Title  IV  Federal  Student 
Assistance,  students  must  maintain  satisfactory 
academic  progress  in  their  course  of  study. 
Students  must  be  in  compliance  with  both  the 
university's  Academic  Standards  Policy  and  the 
Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy  in  order 
to  demonstrate  satisfactory  progress. 

The  Title  IV  Federal  Student  Assistance 
programs  include  the  Federal  Pell  Grant,  Federal 
Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity'  Grant, 
Federal  Perkins  Loan,  Federal  Work  Study 
Program.  Federal  Stafford  Loan,  and  Federal 
PLUS  Loan. 

A  student  who  meets  the  standard  of  academic 
good  standing  of  the  Academic  Standards  Policy 
but  who  does  not  meet  the  standard  of  sufficient 
quantitative  progress  may  continue  in  university 
registration  but  without  financial  aid  eligibility 
for  the  federal  Title  IV  aid  programs. 

A  full  statement  of  requirements  for  Satisfactory 
Academic  Progress  for  Title  IV  Federal  Student 
Assistance  is  available  through  the  Financial  Aid 
Office. 

Title  IV  Financial  Aid  Sufficient 
Progress  Policy 

The  Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy 
applies  to  undergraduate  students  enrolled  in  the 
university. 

A.  Sufficient  Progress:  To  be  in  good 
standing  on  a  sufficient  progress  basis,  a 
student  must  have  earned  at  least  75  percent 
of  the  cumulative  number  of  registered 
credits  at  IUP  and  complete  his/her  degree 
without  exceeding  133  percent  of  the  credits 
required  for  completion. 

"Registered  credits"  is  the  number  of  credits 
lor  which  a  student  is  enrolled  at  the  end  of 
the  Drop/Add  period  (for  a  student  who 
was  originally  registered  and  charged  at  full- 
time  status,  and  who  reduces  during 
Drop/Add  to  part-time  status,  the  registered 
credits  will  he  calculated  as  twelve). 

Each  student  will  be  measured  for  sufficient 
progress  annually  after  fall  grade  processing. 
This  evaluation  will  determine  if  the  student 
has  a  sufficient  percentage  of  credits  earned 
in  order  to  be  eligible  for  Title  IV  funding 
for  die  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  1 
through  June  30). 

Students  will  be  notified  of  dieir  financial 
aid  suspension  status  when  a  completed 
hn  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid 
(FAFSA)  is  on  file  in  the  Financial  Aid 
Office. 

B.  Financial  Aid  Suspension:  If  a  student 
does  not  meet  the  sufficient  percent  of 
progress  evaluation  after  two  consecutive 
annual  reviews,  then  all  Tide  IV  aid  for  that 
Student  will  be  suspended  beginning  with 
the  next  financial  aid  award  year  (July  1 
through  June  30). 

A  student  who  is  in  this  financial  aid 
suspension  status,  however,  will  also  be 
reviewed  at  the  end  of  the  spring  semester 
and  summer  terms  in  order  to  evaluate 
whether  or  not  the  percent  of  progress  has 


II  A    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


FINANCES        /.'/ 


bi    ii  mi  l  through  add al  i ji  work.  II 

il provi  hi,  hi  to  i  i  i ol  i "   i 

-.I  il In   itudi  hi  J  Tide  IV 

iiii.ui,  i.il  .ml  siis|iciisiiiii  will  I"  resi  ind<  d 

gwilh  il"  nocl  termol  enrollmi  m 

(  .     I  inn  I  i.iin,  foi  Degree  Completion!  In 

addil to  in,',  ting  tl»  75  percent  ol 

progress  ri  qi i  nl  all  students  musl 

complete  dicii  di  | | ients  within 

tablished frame.  Since  enrollment 

status  may  vary  I i  semestei  to  semester, 

in  Ii "" 

pi 8  measured  in  terms  "l  i  redits 

ri,  ,|  ,n  ll  P  pin-,  an)  •  redits  accepted 

sfei  in  II  I' 

An  undergraduate  studenl  in  a  program 
requiring  124 1  redits  musl  complete  the 
requirements  fora  bachelor's  degree 

without  excei  ding  II lits  im  luding 

transfei  credits  and  II  IP  registi  red  i  redits. 
Note  ili.ii  165  i  ii  iln    i 

perc< i  tin  ■  redits  n  quired  Foi 

compli  linn  -I  iln  di  gn  i    Foi  majors  with 
'n, hi, hi  requirements  in  excess  ,,1  I  2  I 
th<  maximum  number  ol  ll'P 
registered  <  redits  plus  transfei  ,  redits  would 
proportionally 

I).    Appeal  Process:  For  students  who  have 
i  ienced  unusual  circumstam  es  « lui  h 
haw  led  to  a  lai  I-  ol  suffii  ienl  progress,  such 
.is  medical  emergen!  ies  oi  death  ofa  family 

in,  ink  i.  a  « inn  n  appeal  maj  be  submitted 
to  ilu  I'm. in.  i.il  \ul  Eligibility  Review 

Board  foi  considered I  reinstatement  ol 

[\  aid  eligibility. 

\  student  who  would  like  to  appeal  his  Tid< 
IV  lin.iiiri.il  aid  suspi  nsion  foi  die  next 
l  .ml  award  yeai  must  submit  a 
written  appeal  to  die  hn.ui,  ial  Aid 

ilitj  Rei  iew  Board.  This  written 
appeal  musl  spei  ifically  outline  the 
reason(s)  foi  the  defii  ieni  \  and  how  die 
student  will  make  up  this  deficiency.  Foi 
students  who  do  nol  appeal  foi  I. ill  re\  iew, 
■  ■I  who  are  denied  an  appeal  foi  th(  fall 
semester,  an  appeal  for  reinstatement  ,>l 

ride  l\  aid  for  the  spring  term  «ill  be 
,n  cepted  foi  ri 

After  re\  ii  «  in  ;  thi  writti  n  ap 
stud  J  Vid  Suspension,  the 

Fiii.iinul  \ul  Eligibility  Review  Board  may 
decide  to  n  instate  I  nl,  l\  Bn  in(  ial  aid 
eligibility  foi  specifii  periods  of  die  next 
financial  aid  award  year.  All  appeal  letters 
will  In-  answered  in  wridng  by  the  Financial 
Aid  Eligibility  Re>  iew  Board  a 

.     I,  ni. il  of  the  requested  finani  ial 
aid  reinstatement 


E.  Kciiisi.iii  im  hi  nl  I  nl.  l\   tid  Eligibility! 
Im  .,  studenl  who  has  Sad  I 

\i  ,i,l,  mil  Progn   i  di  I 

following si  oi  i  in  in  null  i  foi  thai 

studenl  i"  rei  ( iw  Tidi  l\  as 

1 .  Mi,   mil,  ni ,  an  I,  <  stablish  i  ligibility 

I,, I      I    III,     l\     .I^SISI.IIK  C    b)    II"  ,   til 

iimiii requiremi  nta  foi  ^.<i i st.ic  tory 

\,  ademii  Progress  through  additional 
I Is  ol  enroUmenl  .,i  M  P. 

2.  Foi  .i  studenl  who  has  nol  met  the 
minimum  i  riteria  foi  Satisfai  tor) 
Academii  Progri  ii  dui  to  innisn.il  ,.r 
mitigating  i  m  ihiisi.hu  es  and  has  filed 
,ui  appeal(s)  which  lias  granted  the 

stud ntinua I  finani  ial  aid 

eligibility    I  nl.  l\  aid  funds  m 
reinstated. 

F.  Summer  Sessional  Summer  session 
attendance  ma)  permit  the  studenl  to 

ml,, in, ,  satisfi r)  ai  adi  mil  progress 

through  additional  coursework.  Foi  tins 
reason,  .ill  students  who  lack  sufficient 
progress  \\  ill  be  permitted  to  re<  eive  fide 
l\'  finani  ial  aid  funds  during  ilns  period  ol 
enrollment,  providing  that  theii  overall  GEA 
is  ai  least  1.5.  Students  who  have  a  <  ,1'A  ,,l 
less  than  I  .r>  must  meet  with  their 

assoi  iati  assistant  at  ademic  dean  in  order  ti> 
discuss  an  appropriate  ".n  ademic  action 
plan."  Financial  aid  eligibility  foi  summer 
sessions  will  bi  reinstated  nine 

documentation  of  this  disc  ussi s  ret  eived 

in  die  Finani  ial  Aid  <  Iffii  e. 

G.  Treatment  of  Audits.  Incompletes,  anil 
Other  Grades:  In  order  thai  a  student  fully 
understands  how  various  grades  and 
enrollments  impact  upon  the  calculation  ol 
Satisfactory  Academic  Progress,  the 
following  ml, inn. in, hi  is  provided: 

1 .  Audits  and  "S"  and  "U"  Grades: 

Si '  iusi  ■ se  audits  and  "N"  and  "I  " 

trades  i  arry  no  credits,  iln  \  are  nol 
reviewed  oi  counted  for  sufficient 
progress  purpi  is,  s. 

2.  Incompletes:  Designations  of  UI,''UL,'1 
"R. '  and  "*"  are  trealetl  as  credits 
attempted  zero  credits  earned  no  effect 
on  QPA,  However,  these  designations 
are  treated  as  nom  ompleted  i  redits  and 
have  an  impacl  in  the  calculation  ol  the 
pen  enl  ,'l  progress  measure,  i  Noti 
The  "*"  is  .m  administrative  symbol 
indicating  that  a  grade  was  nol 
submitted  by  the-  instructoi  at  the  nine 
ol  grade  pro<  <  - 

3.  "F"  Repeat  with  Replacement:  An 
"F"  repeal  with  replacement  is  treated 
a   en  ,1ns  attempted/credits 
earned/with  the  quality  points  of  the 
new  grade  replacing  die  0.1)0  QP  of  the 
original  "I"  grade.  An  "F"  repeat  has  a 
positive  effect  on  the  QPA  and  the 
percent  "I  progress  even  though  it 
represents  an  additional  number  of 

i  redits  attempted  in  regard  to  the 
percenl  ol  progress  measure. 


I.     •■!)"  Repeal  with  It'  pi"  i  meoli 

I!,  p,  it 

treated 

replai  emenl  may  imprn 
QPA  but  di  ■  - 

">.       Repeals  wild    Averaging!    I 

i  ndiis  attempti 

the  quality  points  f,,i  ■'•  ■ 

into  tin  QPA    I 

t i  iiii.  ■ 

imp,.,  Ii  ,1  In    > 

t>.     Withdrawals! 

attempti 

on  QPA.  Any  type  ol 

credits  in  the  i  ill 
student's  peroi  nl  ,,l  pi   . 

7.      Pass  tail  l.i.nli  s:    P 

Healed  as  registi  I,  ,;  ■  , 

earned 

are  treated  as  n  gisti  redcred 
credits  earned  with  ten  Q 
into  the  calculal ■!  QPA 

S.       Nnnilcilil  <  mini  I! 

Ml,   Ii    .is    |]|,,M      .-,  ill      , 

in  measuring  suffii  ienl  p 

these  c lasses mi  be  applied  lowardi 

degree  requirt  mi  tits  and  t     ' 

aid  may  be  received  for  enrollment. 

9.  Institutional  Credits:  Institutional 
credits  are  counted  as  registered 
credits/credits  compli  l 

the  course  is  nol  avc  ragi     into  die 
student's  overall  QPA. 

10.  Canceled  Semesten 

which  a  grade  ol  "•  "  or  l>cttcr  is  earned 
in  thai  canceled  semestei  are  counted  as 
i  redits  attempted  <  redits  i  amed. 
1  1.  Fresh  Star!  Program:  - 
are  readmitted  undei 
Program  »ill  have  I 
measured  from  then  I 
readmission  withoul  n  eard  to  prior 
enrollment 


NA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999 


20       STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES 


Student  Programs  and  Services 


The  sen  ices  and  programs  listed  in  this  set  tion 
are  the  result  of  collaborative  efforts  by  student 
affairs  professionals  and  faculty  to  oiler  the  [UP 
student  a  unique  and  fulfilling  undergraduate 
and  graduate  student  experience.  All  services, 
with  the  exception  ol  the  Speech  and  Hearing 
Clinic,  Parking.  Student  Rights/Directory 
Information,  and  Computer  Software  Policy,  are 
under  the  direction  of  the  Vice  President  for 
Student  Affairs. 

Student  Affairs 
Division  Areas 

Harold  D.  Goldsmith, 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Rhonda  H.  Luckey,  Assistant  Vice 
President  for  Student  Affairs 

Vacant,  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President 
for  Student  Affairs 


The  Division  of  Student  Affairs  offers  a  variety  of 
services  and  programs  diat  support  the  academic 
mission  of  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
These  services  and  programs  were  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  oflUP  students  as  they  learn  how 
t<>  become  leaders  for  tomorrow,  live  together  in 
harmony,  make  ethical  decisions,  accept  and 
appreciate  diversity,  identify  and  strengthen 
professional  skills,  develop  good  mental  and 
physical  health  practices,  and  enhance  ways  to 
learn  and  impart  knowledge. 


Advising  and  Testing:  Catherine  M.  Dugan, 

Director 
Athletics:  Frank.).  Conditio.  Interim  Director 
Career  Services:  Mark  E.  Anthony.  Director 
Counseling  Services:  Kim  Weiner.  Department 

Chair 
Financial  Aid:  Frederick  A.  Joseph.  Director 
Housing  and  Residence  Life:  Betsy  A.  Joseph, 

Director 
Learning  Center:  Canny  G.  Carranza.  Director 
Student  Activities  and  Organizations:  Terry 

Appolonia,  Director 
Student  Cooperative  Association:  Dennis  V. 

I  Killings,  Director 
Student  Development:  Sherrill  A.  Kuckuck, 

Director 
University  Health  Services:  Rhonda  H.  Luckey, 

Director 


Advising  and  Testing  Center 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center  provides  a 
variety  of  services  to  RIP  students  and  faculty. 
The  center  runs  the  summer  orientation 
program,  offers  career  planning  classes  and 
computer-assisted  career  counseling  to 
undecided  majors,  co-conducts  registration  for 
January  freshmen  and  branch  campus  students, 
processes  undergraduate  total  university 
withdrawals,  serves  the  needs  of  students  with 


disabilities,  and  assists  in  providing  advising 
information  to  students  and  advisors. 

Services  for  Students  with  Disabilities 

Disability  Support  Services  (a  unit  of  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center)  is  the  primary 
agent  tor  the  provision  of  access  lor  Il'P  students 
w  1 1 1 1  physical  and  learning  disabilities.  Faculty 
and  staff  within  the  office  serve  to  ensure  IUP's 
program  access  compliance  with  Section  504  of 
the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  and  the 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act.  Students  with 
disabilities  are  urged  to  register  with  the  office. 
Services  provided  include,  but  are  not  limited  to. 
early  registration:  assistance  in  locating 
accessible  housing;  equipment  loan;  test 
proctoring  and  reading;  notetaking;  recording  ot 
books;  NCR  paper;  liaison  with  faculty,  OVR, 
anil  15VS:  and  general  advising  and  counseling. 
Further  information  may  be  obtained  in  106 
Pratt  Hall  or  by  calling  724-357-4067  (V/TD). 

Athletics 
Varsity  Sports 

The  university  offers  seventeen  varsity  sports  for 
men  and  women.  It  competes  at  the  Division  II 
level  of  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic 
Association  and  is  in  the  Pennsylvania  State 
Athletic  Conference. 

Men's  sports  offered  in  the  fall  include  cross 
country  and  football.  The  winter  sports  include 
basketball  and  swimming.  Spring  sports  are  track 
and  field,  golf,  and  baseball. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES       21 


Womi  n'l  I. ill  iportt  are  te s,<  ro««  c ry, 

volleyball,  and  field  hot  key.  In  thi  winter, 

the  s| i  of  basketball  and  wimming  an 

offered. Spring aportB indudi  Softball,  ii.nk.iml 
fii  Id  and  la<  rosae, 

Intramurals 

A  «,  ll  organizi  .1  and  varied  program  "I 

iiiii.iiiiui.il  sports  and  athletic  activities  is 

I I  foi  both  men,  women,  and  on  a 

,  oedw  ■ ii. il  baaia  inii.iiiiin.il  handbooks  an 

available  in  R 101  Memorial  Field  Houae. 

Career  Services 

C.ik.i  servicea  are  available  to  studenta  and 

alumni il  careei  counseling  ia  provided  to 

students  of  all  class  levels  as  well  .is  to  alumni.  In 
addition  to  careei  i  ounseling,  the  primary 

Inn, is  .il  the  office  are  to  arrange  fbi  campus 

interviews,  prepare  a  current  file  ofjob 
opportunities,  maintain  an  extensive  librar)  ol 

,„,  upational  inl ition,  conduct  follow  up 

studies  ol  graduates,  and  pro>  ide  general 

assistance  intht  careei  planning  and  iob-seeking 

process. 

The  Office  of  Career  Services  also  receives  .mil 

makes  available  to  graduates  and  undergraduates 

information  concerning  summer  employment 

The  universit)  does  no(  guarantee  positions,  bul 
It  T\  record  of  placement  is  one  of  the  very  best 
in  Pennsylvania. 

Career  Exploration/Undecided  Majors 
Students  with  undecided  majors  are  encouraged 
to  explore  options  fbi  majors  .is  earl)  .is  possible 
while  ai  I  IT:  to  dels)  doing  so  ma)  delay 
graduation.  Students  desiring  to  explore  majors 
may  take  ,i  I  -semester-hour  course,  LC170 
( lareer  Exploration,  taught  by  the  Advising  .mil 
resting  <  lenter,  or  use  the  Career  Exploration 
Centei  (CEC),  108  Pratt  Hall.  The  CEC  is  open 
afternoons  during  the  week.  Appointments  may 
be  made  by  calling  724-357-5701. 

Counseling  and  Student 
Development  Center 

Counseling  Services 
Counseling  Services  faculty  members  are 
psychologists  who  are  assisted  by  advanced 
graduate  students  from  the  doctoral  program  in 
clinical  psychology.  These  professionals  facilitate 
the  personal  and  emotional  growth  ol  students 
hv  offering  confidential  counseling  and 
consultation  on  an  individual  and  small-group 
basis.  Beyond  the  health  services  fee,  additional 
fees  are  not  charged  fbi  counseling  services. 

The  center  provides  consultation  to  faculty,  staff, 

families,  and  friends  of  students  regarding  mental 
health  issues.  The  center  also  conducts  programs 
and  workshops  on  a  variety  of  topics,  including 
stress  management,  eating  disorders,  grief,  and 
health)  relationships. 

Student  Development 
Student  Development  provides  die  following 
programs  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  and 
supported  by  graduate  and  undergraduate 
Students:  summei  orientation  for  parents  of 
incoming  freshmen,  orientation  for  entering 
Students  immediately  prior  to  the  beginning  of 
classes,  the  Six  O'clock  Series,  and  various 
research  projects  regarding  student  opinions 
and  or  satisfaction. 


Health  Services 


The  University  Health  Service  operates  an 

outpatient  clinic  and  pn.\  ides  routine  health  can- 
to students  while  classes  are  in  session.  Tile 

outpatient  clinic  is  stalled  with  physicians,  nursi 
practitioners,  nurses,  and  educators,  for 

emergency  care  of  students  when  the  I  lealth 
Centei  is  closed,  the  local  hospital  emergency 
loom  is  available.  The  university  has  a  contract 
to  transport  a  student  to  the  local  hospital  lor  an 

emergem  \.  Tin  ,  .>■,[ . . f  the  .hii1hiI.hh  c  transport 

will  be  covered  b)  the  iiniecrsile  ami  the 

student's  health  insurance.  If  the  student's  health 
insurance  policy  does  not  include  coverage  ol 
ambulant  e  services,  the  student  will  not  be 
responsible  fbi  the  cost  of  the  ambulani  ■ 
In  addition  to  primary  medical  care  including 
inn  mi  surgery,  some  laboratory  tests,  and 
injections,  the  Universit)  Health  Service  offers  a 
self-care  cold  clinic  and  programs  in  c  hemical 
health,  health  education,  wellness,  and  nutrition 
counseling.  Free  transportation  to  area  medil  al 
fat  iIiih  s  is  available. 

Students  pay  a  per-semester  mandatory  student 
health  Ui  »l>i.  h  varii  s  based  upon  thi  student's 
enrollment  status.  Refer  to  the  Finance  section  ol 
this  catalog  for  fees. 

IIP  requires  documentation  ol  dates  ol 
immunizations  from  new  students  lor  the 
following  vai  t  ines:  measles,  mumps,  rubella, 
tetanus  toxoid-diphtheria, and  polio.  Individuals 

horn  after  1956  should  receive  a  second  measles 
immunization  prior  to  entering  college.  It  has 
always  been  important  to  update  diphtheria  and 
tetanus  immunizations  even-  ten  years. The 

documentation  must  he  included  on  the  Student 
Health  Form  and  can  take  the  form  of 

1.  dates  ofvaci  inations  by  the  healthcare 
provider  who  gave  them  01 

2.  dale  of  illness  with  the  disease  diagnosed  hv 
a  ph)  si.  lan  or 

3.  serum  antibod)  level  as  determined  b)  a 

blood  test 


Studentsw.il  recerw  p 

Health  htm  from  trw  Health  So 

m  ■  i  ro  notifii  ation  ol  admission  to  II  I' 

form  must  he  n  tin  io  d  to  I  I  I'  aid' 

Student  Health  Insurance 

Tin  universit)  does  not  sponsoi  a  group  itudenl 

health  insurance  plan.  Students  an 

hospital  o  in'  'i '  \penses.  The  I  liuVenrit)  Health 

Servict  does  not  lull  uisuijiii  e  •  ompanies  lor 
However.  Midi  i'V  ol 

il  tvhii  h  i  an  I"  used  it  the  individual 

bill  his/her  insurance  company 

Housing  Information 

Residence  Life 

II  P  is  a  residential  i  ampus.  It'  <■ 

halls  and  two  apartment  build,1 

supen  isc  d  b)  professional  residenc  e  din 
with  backgrounds  in  student  development  or 
counseling  or  b)  graduate  residence  directors 
enrolled  in  the  Student  Affairs  in  Higher 
Education  graduate  program. 

It  is  the  ►'"In  \  ol  [UP  to  ollc  i  lull,  equal,  and 

nondisc  iimninloiv  assistance  to  all  students 
without  regard  to  their  race,  color.  nl._ 

ii. in. hi. il  oi  igin,  gender,  ancestry,  sexual 
orientation,  or  physical  ability  in  both  the 

ii  in  iiiiim  isitv  housing  and  the 

furnishing  of  facilities  and  services  in  relation  to 

that  housing. 

Specific  programs  and  serenes  offered  within  the 

lesideiic  e  halls  provide  a  residential  pn   1 
whil  h  supports  the  academic  mission  ol  die 
university  and  lusters  the  development  of  a 
coinmunitv  in  which  the  rights  and 
responsibilities  of  each  individual  are  clearlv 
defined  and  respected. 

Bee  aiise  residence  ball  living  is  seen  as  a  positive 
educational  experience,  students  arc  en. 
to  live  on  campus  unless  thev  are  commuting 
hom  home.  In  an  effort  to  make  residence  ball 
living  more  responsive  to  individual  needs,  die 
universit)  oilers  several  living  arrangements. 
Student  options  include  coed  or  single-sex 
environments,  plus  several  interest  floors  related 
!.  i  at  ademic  majors  or  lifestyle  choices.  Students 
should  consider  these  options  carefully  and 
select  the  one  ill  which  they  would  feel  most 
comfortable. 

HIP'S  two  apartment  buildings  provide  single 
student  housing  in  an  apartment-style  setting. 
The  university  provides  cable  TV.  local 
telephone  service,  Fdiemet  connection- 
refrigerator,  kitchen  table  and  chairs,  beds, 
dressers,  and  living  room  furniture  in  each 
apartment. 

Rooms  apartments  are  available  to  both 
undergraduate  and  graduate  students  enrolled  at 
II  I'.  1  ach  vcar  die  university  reviews  it*  bousing 
polii  us  and  ic\  i.e.  them  according  t" 
the  following  vcar.  The  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  is  also  responsible  for  dining 
sen  ie  e  and  providing  information  and  services 
related  to  off-campus  housing.  The  Office  of 
Housing  and  Residence  Life  is  located  in  G14 
Sutton  Hall,  724-357-2696. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    199^ 


22       STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES 


Residence  Hall  Application 
I  irsi  year  and  transfer  students  will  be  offered 
residence  hall  contracts  as  soon  as  they  remit  the 
$75  tuition  prepayment  required  to  secure  a 
place  in  the  Incoming  class,  The  contract  should 
be  reviewed  carefully  and  returned  with  an  $80 
housing  prepayment.  Rooms  will  be  assigned  as 
contracts  arc  received.  Students  « ill  be  notified 
ol  housing  assignments  after  July  1  5. 

Continuing  students  may  contract  for  university 
housing  foi  the  following  academic  year 

at  run  ling  In  the  process  published  and  posted  in 
January. 

Students  being  readmitted  or  returning  from 
student  teaching  or  stud)  abroad  programs 
should  contact  the  *  MEce  ofl  lousing  and 
Residence  Life  for  contracts. 

Dining  Services 

[UP  oilers  eleven  meal  plans,  seven  (B  through 
H)  of  which  are  available  to  residence  hall 
students.  Refer  to  the  Finance  section  of  this 
catalog  for  meal  plans  and  lees. 

Residence  Hall  Association 

The  Residence  Hall  Association  (RHA) 
represents  all  students  living  in  university 
residence  halls.  The  executive  body  of  RHA  is 
composed  of  elected  representatives  from  each 
residence  hall.  The  purpose  of  RHA  is  to 
provide  educational,  social,  and  community 
sen  ice  programs  for  residents;  to  collect 
information  on  various  aspects  of  residence  hall 
life;  and  to  assist  in  formulating  housing  policies 
and  procedures.  All  residence  ball  students  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  RHA.  Inquire  at 
your  resilience  hall  office  for  involvement 
opportunities 

The  Learning  Center 

The  Learning  Center  provides  various  academic 
support  services.  Courses  arc  offered  which 
develop  learning  skills  to  enhance  academic 
success.  Courses  in  two  lewis  ofpre-college 
mathematics  (LC090,  l.<  1095)  and  two  courses 
in  reading  (LC070,  LC075)  arc  offered  for 
institutional  credit.  Institutional  credit  counts  in 
det<  running  lull-time  enrollment  status  but  not 
in  determining  credits  applicable  for  degree 
eligibility  at  graduation. 

Learning  Center  faculty  members  also  offer  three 
1  -semester-hour  courses  in  Educational  Planning 
(LCI. 50).  Learning  Strategies  (LCI 60), and 
( 'alter  Exploration  (LCI  70). 

The  Learning  Center  provides  educational 
support  services  for  all  IUP  students  in  the  areas 
of  reading,  writing,  mathematics,  biological  and 
physical  sciences,  foreign  languages,  social 
si  ii  in  es,  study  skills,  and  related  areas.  These 
services  are  provided  by  both  professional  and 
undergraduate  paraprofessional  staff.  Students 
are  encouraged  to  participate  in  a  broad  array  of 
program  services  including  one-to-one  and 
group  tutorials,  workshops,  and  supplemental 
instruction  (SI)  sessions  provided  by  a  trained 
staff  of  undergraduate  paraprolessionals.  These 
services  are  available  in  most  content  areas,  as 
well  as  in  general  study  skills. 

Act  101  Program 

The  Vcl  101  Program,  created  as  a  result  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Highei  Education  Equal 
Opportunity  Act  101  in  1971  by  the  legislature 
of  the  c tonwealth,  focuses  on  servicing  IUP 


students  in  order  to  make  the  ideal  of  "equal 
educational  opportunity"  a  reality  for  all 
qualified  students.  All  students  matriculating 
through  the  Learning  Center,  including  those 
eligible  for  services  under  Act  101,  receive  a  frill 
program  of  freshman-year  courses  and 
advisement,  including  assistance  in  the  areas  of 
academic  tutoring,  career  counseling,  financial 
aid  information,  personal  counseling,  academic 
advising  related  to  curriculum  concerns,  the 
selection  of  an  appropriate  major,  and  course 
scheduling. 

The  Learning  Center  office  is  located  in  202 
Pratt  Hall.  Further  information  about  the 
Learning  Center  and  the  Act  101  Program  can 
be  obtained  by  calling  724-357-2729. 

New  Student  Orientation 

IUP  offers  a  two-part  orientation  program  for  all 
new  students.  Freshmen  are  expected  to 
participate  in  both  of  the  programs,  as  they  are 
intended  to  provide  information  and  programs 
which  are  designed  to  insure  a  successful  first- 
year  experience. 

Summer  Orientation:  The  preregistration 
placement  testing,  advising,  and  course  selection 
program  occurs  during  the  summer  immediately 
preceding  students'  matriculation  on  campus. 
This  experience  is  designed  to  assess  academic 
readiness  for  courses  integral  to  the  IUP 
curriculum,  including  English,  mathematics,  and 
foreign  languages.  Students  admitted  to  the 
Indiana  campus,  Honors  College,  or  the 
Learning  Center  program  participate  in  an 
overnight,  two-day  experience  which  includes 
testing,  academic  advising,  and  orientation  to 
university  curricular  requirements  and 
cocurricular  opportunities.  Students  who  are 
admitted  as  branch  campus  freshmen  participate 
in  a  one-day  program.  Concurrent  parent 
orientation  programs  are  offered. 


Fall  Orientation:  Fall  Orientation  occurs  as 
students  move  onto  campus  immediately  prior  to 
the  beginning  of  fall  classes.  Programs  and 
activities  are  designed  to  assure  a  smooth 
transition  from  the  home  environment  to  lUP's 
campus  community. 

IUP  views  this  two-part  orientation  as  unique 
and  extremely  important  to  freshman  retention 
and  satisfaction  with  the  university.  The 
freshman  year  is  critical  in  regard  to  academic- 
success.  During  this  time,  students  must 
simultaneously  develop  academic  competence  in 
the  college  curriculum  and  adjust  to  the  personal 
decision-making  process  college  life  affords. 
Each  of  the  programs  is  designed  to  assist  in  this 
important  college  adjustment  process.  Freshmen 
are  expected  to  participate  fully  in  this  two-part 
program. 

Student  Activities  and 
Organizations 

As  participating  members  of  the  IUP  community, 
students  occupy  a  responsible  role  in  governing 
and  shaping  campus  life.  Since  a  valuable  part  of 
education  lies  in  participation  in  groups  and 
activities  where  experience  in  leadership,  social 
and  community  responsibility,  intellectual 
curiosity,  and  religious  interests  can  be  met, 
active  participation  in  varied  organizations  is 
available  and  encouraged. 

There  are  currently  more  than  180  recognized 
student  organizations  at  IUP  advised  by  faculty 
or  staff  selected  by  the  students.  Students  are 
also  encouraged  to  initiate  and  support  new 
groups  which  reflect  interests  not  represented  by 
existing  organizations. 

Under  the  supervision  of  the  Office  of  Student 
Activities  and  Organizations  and  funded  for  tfie 
most  part  by  the  Student  Cooperative 
Association,  many  activities  are  orchestrated  by 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES        23 


.i.i.l  in-,  .mil  nlli  i  i  Him mil  and  .  iilini'il 

program!  foi  thi  1 1 univi  nit)  i nity. 

ii,    eai i  I'M. m'Ii  a  significant  opportunit) 

l. ii    in. I.  Hi',  to  I ■ e  involvi  .1  with  thi  u 

I>us  ,is  well  as  to  experience  tin  growth  and 

p,  i  .,,,, ,  ,i,  ,,  lopmi  hi  thai  involvi  mi  nl  provides, 

( trganizal s  and  ai  tivitiea  sponsoring  many 

li  Pevi  hi  ■  in.  ludi    I  In  Entertain I  Mi  twork 

(TEN),Artisi  Series,  Black  Emphasis 

i  ioi i.l.  as  and  Issues  Series,  Summer 

\.  m  ii.  s,  and  the  l  Inh/ersit)  ( ' i  rl 

i  ..... ii, hi. i    r.nii,  ipation  in  thi  w  and  other 
groups  is  strongl)  encouraged. 

African  American  Cultural  Center 

Mi.  \in. .in  Vmerican  Cultural  I  - 

.1.  dii  ated  to  the  enlianceme I  multicultural 

awareness  .mil  rai  ial  sensitivity.  Through 
educational,  cultural,  .mil  social  acth  ities,  the 
ii'iiiii  strives  to  fostei  growth,  development, 
awareness,  .mil  sensitivity  among  .ill  members  nl 
tin'  universit)  community.  The  .  entei  is  staffed 
b)  two  lull  Him  professionals,  graduate  students, 
.mil  work-stud)  students. 

Student  Community  Services 
Student  Community  Services  oners  IUP 

students  linili  curriculum-based  .mil  volunteer 
opportunities  i <  >  explore,  expand,  .mil  fulfill  their 
.iliinisii,  interests. The  office  winks  closel)  with 
the  iu'.iiK  sixt)  Indiana  County  human  service 
agencies  i"  place  students  in  supervised  settings. 

Student  Congress 

The  Student  Congress  is  the  representative  and 
ii  i  ognized  voi<  e  of  II  IP's  student  body.  The 
Student  <  iongress  was  created  in  the  spring  of 
1 989  i..  I..'  .i  unified  voice  in  a  bicameral  (two- 
house)  arrangement.  Ii  is  led  by  a  president  and  a 
vice  president  elected  at-large  in  a  spring  general 

election,  The  primary  res| sibilit)  ..I  me 

Student  Congress  1 1. .use  lies  with  the  student 
members  ol  various  universit)  advisor)  bodies, 
in.  luding  the  Student  ( looperative  Association 
Finance  Committee,  which  allocates  $.'S00,000  in 
support  "I  university  activities.  Each  member  ol 
the  Student  <  Iongress  Senati  si  rves  as  a 
representative  on  the  University  Senate,  the 
institution's  chiel  governing  body.  The  Student 
I  Iongress  meets  biweekly.  Every  student  enrolled 
at  ll'P  is  considered  a  member  of  the  S< '..  and 
input  is  always  sought  and  welcome. 

Student  Cooperative 
Association 

The  Student  Cooperative  Association  has  played 
an  extremely  broad  role  in  the  cocurricular  life  of 
the  universit)  for  more  than  sixty  years.  All 
students,  faculty,  and  stall  who  pay  the  Activity 
Fee  are  members  of  the  association.  Virtuall)  all 
campuswide  activities  outside  thi  uisiiiuii.ui.il 
program  are  sponsored  wholly  or  in  part  by  the 
assot  iation. 

Hi,   \t  n\it\  Fee  is  the  chief  source  of  income  foi 
the  .issii,  Km, ,ii's  programs.  The  student's  [-Card 
will  admit  him/hei  free  of  charge  or  at  a  reduced 
fee  to  universit)  so,  ial,  i  ultural,  and  athletic 
events.  Other  income  for  the  ass,,,  iation  comi  s 
from  the  profits  of  the  Co-op  Store  and  income 

from  events  sponsored  b)  the  association. 

The  Student  Cooperative  Association  operates 
the  Hadley  Union  Building,  which  houses  die 

Co-op  Store,  and  the  Fitness  Center.  The  Hadley 

Union  Building,  built  by  association  members 


thi ,',ii  tin   Vi  ti\  it)  I . .   "Hi  rj  man)  fai  ilitii  i  foi 

nsi  Ia  iln  univi  ism  ■  oiiiiiiiiint\ 

The  <  lo-op  Ri .  real al  Pari  i  omprisi  i  J70 

ai  us  ol  wooded  hillsides  ami  in  Ids  In.  ludi  d  an 

a  lodge  building  whii  h  will  ai  i  oi odati 

of  up  i"  two  hundred  people,  a  ski  hut,  an 

eighteen  station  exen  isi  coins, 

skiing  .mil  hiking  trail   a  pit  nil    lii  Iti  r,  an 

.in  In  rj  rang   two  softball  fields,  an  outdooi  ii  e 

i  ml    ,i  ".ill  driving  range,  outdooi  batting  i  ages, 

,i„l.i ,. I  foi  fishing, 

Student  Publications 

I  h,  I 'inn.  II  P'i pus  newspaper,  is  published 

three  tunes  a  week  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  b)  students  wishing  to  gain  practical 
oewspapei  experience.  Interested  student    an 

. ah  i  siil  to  attend  org zal al  meetings  held  in 

tin  beginning  ofeai  h  semester.  Tht  /'<»»  will 

can)  notices  of  subscript Irives.  Applications 

for  staff  positions  may  be  obtained  from  Tht 
Penn  office. 

Iln  Soura  (the  student  handbook)  is  availabli  to 
all  students  free  ..Ii  harge.  It  mi  ludes  rules  and 
regulations,  the  extracurricular  program,  and 
general  information  ol  interest  to  students. 

University  Judicial  System 

ll'P  is  an  academic  community  within  the 
soi  iety  at  large.  As  a  community,  it  has 

formulated  a  I  ode  ol  standards  and  expectations 

which  the  university  considers  to  be  consistent 
with  its  purpose  as  an  educational  institution. 
IUP  reaffirms  the  principle  of  students'  freedom 
coupled  with  an  acceptance  of  full  responsibility 
for  one's  behavior  and  the  consequences  of  such 

In  h.i\  mi.   \s  .i  mi  lulu  i  ol  the  academic 
community  and  ol  the  larger  society,  a  student 
retains  the  rights,  protections,  guarantees,  and 
responsibilities  which  are  held  by  all  i  itizens. 

The  judicial  system  of  IUP  exists  to  review  all 
alleged  academic  violations  as  well  as  violations 
of  universit)  regulations  and/or  federal,  state,  and 

local  ordinances.  The  primary  intent  ol  this 
edui  alum. il  system  is  to  i  reate  a  positive 
behavioral  change  in  the  students  while  also 
protecting  the  lights  of  the  members  of  the 
university  community.  The  system  will  hold  the 
students  accountable  for  their  actions  when 
regulations  oi  statutes  have  been  violated.  A 

complete  statement  ol  regulations  is  available  in 
the  student  handbook. 

Veterans  Affairs 

The  Vein. ins  Allans  t  Mlicc  provides  many 
services  to  veterans,  including  academic  support, 
tutoring,  housing  assistance,  financial  aid.  and 
general  information.  The  Veterans  Allans  ( >ffii  e 
is  located  in  .'i()2N  Pratt  Hall.  For  information  on 
forms,  please  call  724-357-3009.  The  Federal 
Veterans  I  lffi<  e  telephone  number  is  800-827- 
1000. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinics 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  located  in  Davis 
Hall,  offers  both  diagnostic  evaluations  and 
therapeutic  sen  ices  for  speech,  language,  and 
hearing  problems.  The  clinic  also  administers 
the  speech  clearance  for  teacher  education 
programs. 


,  mad,  availabli 

to  stud,  nl 
gi-.i  thi  neo 

dl  In  n  in  us  whn  h  would  inli  lie  re  Willi 

fill  performaiu  <  and  progress  in  the 

UnJVI  isitv  and  in  Inline  work.  Snnl.  nl 

.  in  out  igi  'i  to  use  tin  lae  ilities  provided  lor 

them  and  ma)  ol  thi  ii  owi tiativi  i  omi  to  tht 

,  linn  I. .1  In  |p.  hi  iln  .  ma)  In  n  fern  d  b 
la.  nits  tnembei  oi  univi 


Parking 


Students,  fai  ul<\.  and  st.ill  memben  who  park 
vchii  Ii  s  m  i  ampus  parking  areas  musl  n 
their  vehicles  with  die  Camptu   ' 

Ke  side  nl  students  will  lie  issued  parking  |>eriiills 

foi  iln  following  reasons:  medical  necessity, 
student  teaching,  or  othei  ili.ra 

ci  Im  le.  A  written  application  musl  he  submitted 
to  and  approved  b)  thi  Parking  Aulhorit) 
Review  Board.  Parking  will  be  available  to 
resident  students  not  meeting  the 
aforementioned  C  nini.i.  The)  may  park  lor  a  fee 
iii  the  rtolicrtshaw  lot   The  Campus  Pol 
is  located  in  Sutton  Hall  and  can  be  i  ontacted 
lor  information  on  parking  as  well  as  copies  ol 

the  current  rules  anil  regulations. 

Student  Rights/Directory 
Information 

Tin  lull,  m  ing  information  is  e  onsidered 
directory  information  under  the  Family 

Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (the  Buckley 
Amendment  of  1974)  and  may  be  released 
without  the  student's  permission;  name, 
address,  telephone  number,  major,  student 
activities,  weight  and  height  (athletic  teams), 
dates  and  status  nl  attendance,  dales  ,,| 
graduation,  degrees  and  awards  received  and 
where  received,  most  recent  educational 
institution  attended,  and  c-inail  username. 

Students  may  request  that  this  information  not 
be  publicly  released  h\  completing  a  form 
available  in  the  Office  of  the  Registr.i' 
Sutton  Hall.  Upon  receipt  ol  this  signed  form  in 
the  Registrar's  office,  all  information  will  be 
withheld,  even  beyond  graduation,  unless  die 
student  requests  in  writing  that  this 
nondisclosure  request  he  rescinded. 

Computer  Software  Policy 

It  is  the  polio  of  ll'P  that  contractually 
protected  and  oi  copyrighted  compute  - 
shall  not  be  improperly  copied,  distributed,  or 
used  b)  its  employees,  students,  or  affiliated 
.turns.  It  is  the  responsiliilitv  ol  each 
member  of  the  universit)  conununit)  to  adhere 
to  this  policy  and  to  enforce  n  with  regard  to 
those  they  supervise.  If  any  member  of  die 
community  has  a  question  regarding  the 
propriety  of  using  software,  he  she  is  responsible 
for  contacting  his  her  supervisor  lor  direction. 
The  supervisor  may  in  mm  refer  the  que  • 
the  director  of  Academic  Computing  of  die  TSC 
for  a  decision  on  what  constitutes  proper  use. 
The  full  text  of  die  policy  adopted  by  Unhrerskj 
Senate  and  Council  of  Trustees  in  Mav 
available  in  the  computer  laboratories  and  from 

tin  rsc. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999 


24        ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


Academic  Policies 


Mote:  Please  see  individual  college  sections  for 
policies  pertaining  only  to  particular  colleges  and 
majors. 

Classification  of  Students 

In  order  to  be  classified  as  full-time, 
undergraduate  students  attending  any  regular 
academic  year  semester  must  be  currently 
enrolled  in  at  least  1 2  semester  hours. 

During  the  IUP  summer  sessions,  a  student  must 
be  enrolled  in  a  total  of  12  semester  hours  during 
the  entire  summer  (Summer  1  and  Summer  2)  in 
order  to  be  classified  as  a  full-time  enrollee. 

Full-time  classification  for  students  enrolled  in 
instructional  periods  which  do  not  conform  to 
the  regularly  scheduled  academic  sessions  will  be 
based  upon  the  number  of  enrolled  semester 
hours  during  that  period  of  enrollment  (e.g.,  1 
semester  hour  in  one  week  of  instruction  would 
equal  the  minimum  full-time  certification 
standard). 

For  purposes  of  designating  students  by  class, 
the  following  credit-hour  classification  ranges 
are  used: 


Freshmen 
Sophomores 

Juniors 
Seniors 


28  semester  hours  or  less 

29-56  semester  hours 

57-90  semester  hours 

91  semester  hours  or  more 


Class  designations  are  based  on  credits  earned 
radier  dian  credits  attempted.  Persons  holding  a 
degree  and  working  for  a  second  baccalaureate 
degree  ma)'  be  classified  as  seniors. 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Loads 

A  normal  semester  hour  load  is  15-17  semester 
hours.  A  student  who  wishes  to  schedule  18  or 
more  semester  hours  must  obtain  approval  from 
the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  he/she  is 
registered;  approval  will  be  predicated  upon 
various  criteria  such  as  the  student's 
demonstrated  competencies,  total  courses,  and 
specific  conditions.  If  approval  is  granted,  the 
dean  will  set  the  credit  limit  and  make  the 
appropriate  computer  entry.  When  taking  more 
than  1 8  semester  hours,  a  student  is  responsible 
for  paying  a  per-credit  fee  at  the  current  tuition 
rate  for  each  credit  beyond  eighteen. 

Schedule  Changes  (Drop/Add) 

The  university  registration  system  is 
characterized  as  one  of  continuous  registration, 
using  either  Telreg  (telephone  registration)  or 
Termreg  (terminal  registration).  From  the 
student's  initial  registration  time  for  a  given 
semester  until  die  beginning  of  classes  for  the 
semester  (except  for  specified  restricted  times),  a 
student  may  modify  his/her  schedule  to  the 
extent  that  classes  are  available  or  permission  to 
register  for  a  closed  or  restricted  section  has  been 
granted  and  entered  into  the  computer  system. 


Deadlines  for  the  opportunity  to  drop  or  add 
sections  are  published  in  the  schedule  of  classes 
bulletin  every  semester.  Each  student  is 
responsible  for  making  appropriate  computer 
transactions  to  ensure  schedule  accuracy.  Note 
particularly  that,  while  the  department  may  enter 
permission  to  register  for  a  section,  the  actual 
registration  transaction  must  be  entered  by  the 
student.  The  schedule  of  classes  information 
includes  specific  directions  for  registration  and 
schedule  modification  for  students. 

Advanced  Placement  and 

Credit/Exemption 

Examinations 

Courses  taken  by  students  prior  to  college 
admission  under  the  Advanced  Placement 
Program  of  die  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board  may  be  recognized  by  die  award  ol  college 
credit  or  by  exemption  from  required  subjects. 
Those  who  earn  a  grade  of  3,  4,  or  5  in  the 
Advanced  Placement  Examination  will  be 
granted  credit  toward  the  number  of  credit  hours 
required  for  graduation. 

For  students  who  have  had  other  unusual 
opportunities  for  instruction  or  have  advanced  in 
a  given  field,  an  opportunity  to  gain  credit  and/or 
exemption  from  a  course  is  afforded  through 
examinations.  University  Testing  Services  in  the 
Career  Services  Office  (302  Pratt  Hall)  offers 
credit  options  through  the  College  Level 
Examination  Program  (CLEP). 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       25 


Student)  have  an  opportunity  t"  gam  exempli dit  through  successful 

pletionol prehensivi  examina »b)  requesting  from  du  ai  adcmie 

departmenl  an  exam  .is  .1  substitute  foi  compl g  all  thi  usual  requirements 

-■I    il MISC. 

A  itudi  ni  who  passes  an  exemption  1  x nation  will  be  exempl  from  taking 

that  course  in  his/hei  academii  program,  When  a  student  receives  credit  foi 

rsi  byexi 1 n  the  credit  will  be  applied  to  graduation 

req iments  just  as  il gh  the  course  had  been  taken  Ifastudi 

gi ed  exempti I\  I course,  he/she  will  b(  permitted  to  taki  afrei 

elective  in  place  of  that  course.  This  enables  the  student  to  specializi  fij 

,  mii,  ,  1  weaknesses  outside  die  majoi  field,  build  knowledge  in  an II  u 

.,,.  a  oi  I"  u dui  ed  i"  .hi  entire!)  diffi  re  •<•  in 

Courses  for  which  credit  or  exemption  are  awarded  by  examination  will  nol 
In  used  in  ilic  clcic1111111.il "I  grade-poinl  averages. 

Internship/Cooperative  Education 

Students  ma)  apply  foi  an  internship  if  they  have  completed  Wm tei 

I s  .mi I  have  .11  leasl  .1  2.0  1 1PA.  Internship  sites  are  normal!)  !<x  ati  d 

within  a  500-mile  radius  of  the  campus.  <  Iverseas  plai  ements  are  located 
11,  .11  in  HT  center.  Internships  are  available  in  state  and  federal  offices; 
businesses  al  the  local,  state,  and  national  level;  state-related  agencies; 

I  orporations;  and  foundations. 

Students  ma)  appl)  foi  a  co-op  if  they  have  completed  30  semestei  hours 
and  have  al  leasl  a  2.0  GPA.  Two  experiences  are  required.  Sues  arc  naiiiui.il 
and  international.  Placements  parallel  those  of  the  internship  program. 

Because  internships  are  viewed  as  an  integral  pari  of  the  student's  academic 
program,  students  who  are  interested  in  specific  internship  programs  should 
consult  with  the  internship  advisor  in  the  department  ol  their  major.  A 
maximum  of  twelve  credits  is  applicable  to  an  undergraduate  degree  program 
from  an)  1  ombinab' f  co-op  and  internship  experiences. 

Prior  Learning/Portfolio  Assessment 

Prior  Learning  Assessment  Programs 

II  P  offers  several  methods  foi  earning  universit)  credit  for  college-level 
learning  gained  through  work  and  life  experience.  Through  the  Office  of 
( lareei  Seniles,  the  College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP)  offers 
standardized  examinations  in  general  and  specific  subjects.  In  addition, 

nil  examinations  are  also  available  in  specific  areas  on  a  limited 
basis. 

Where  examinations  arc  not  available,  portfolio  assessment  may  provide  the 
in.!,  ni  with  the  opportunity  to  present  evidence  of  learning  for  evaluation 
by  a  university  faculty  member.  Through  portfolio  assessment,  work  and  life 
experiences  arc  evaluated  to  determine  their  appropriateness  and 
applicability  for  university  credit.  Credits  earned  through  prior  learning 
assessment  may  not  be  applied  toward  university  residency  requirements  for 
awarding  ol  degrees.  In  addition,  no  more  than  one-half  ol  a  major  may  be 
earned  by  CLEP,  departmental  examination,  and  portfolio  assessment. 
Contact  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  for  information  regarding 
portfolio  assessment. 

Policy  on  Portfolio  Assessment 

IUP  has  authorized  a  policy  for  assessment  of  prior  learning  that  took  place 
outside  traditional  classrooms  in  a  procedure  known  as  Portfolio 
Assessment.  It  is  particularly  designed  for  adults  with  extensive 
clocuincntahlc  knowledge  from  work  experience,  navel,  independent  study, 
or  other  out-ot-class  experiences. 

Portfolio  Assessment:  Principles 

1.  Credit  awarded  through  portfolio  evaluation  must  conform  to  specific 
course  titles  listed  in  this  catalog.  Credit  awards  for  general  broad  areas 
(block  credit)  will  not  be  permitted. 

2.  In  order  to  request  a  portfolio  assessment,  the  student  must  be  currently 
enrolled  at  Il'P.  Credit  awarded  must  he  intended  for  use  as  part  ot'a 
degree  or  certification  program. 

3.  Each  departmenl  will  determine  the  maximum  number  of  credits  to  he 
awarded  for  prior  learning  for  its  major.  In  no  case  will  more  than  one- 
hall  of  the  major  he  earned  through  CLEP.  challenge  examinations,  and 
oilier  tonus  of  prior  learning  assessment. 

4.  Credits  earned  through  portfolio  assessment  may  not  appl)  as  rcsidcucv 
credit  for  the  purpose  ol  awarding  degrees. 

5.  Credit  earned  through  portfolio  assessment  may  he  awarded  Old)  as 
regular  course  Credit. 


().      II  a  related  exainlluii.  through  CLEP  or  if  a  dl 

ation  has  previou  iliahedlbi  il"  course, a  portfolio 

imi  in  "I  ili".'  '  redita  ■•■ill  1 

7.      \.  1 1  pi. mi  e  "I  portfolio  use  ■■in'  ui  '  n  'I"   b)  the  dc  partmenl  will  be 

■  -I  l>s  iln  signature  "I  il»  1  hairrx  rson  ..1  tin  di  part 1  unering 

iln  1  urn                         id,  appropriate  M  Pcollejp  and  tbi  dean  of  the 
s,  I,,,.,  ,,i  ( lontinuing  Edui  ation  mull  also  indie  ate  approval. 
k.     Students  may  qualify  solely  for  undergraduate  credit    . 

1  0  dll 

'».      I  In  nil,  of  the  course,  the  semester  hours,  and  the  indical that, 

was  earned  through  Portfolio  Assessment  will  be  n  1  orded  on  the 

ai  adi  inn    It  i  "id 

Portfolio  Evaluation:  Procedures 

1 .  Student  meets  with  the  assistant  dean  fort  redit  Programs  in  the  School 
of  Continuing  Edui  ation  to  determine  the  feasibility  of  eaminf 
through  portfolio  evaluation.  Standard  outline 

provided  i"  student. 

2.  Preliminary  Applii  ation  Form    Student  must  provide  a  n  sunn  and 
answei  the  following  qui  stionsi 

a.  VVh.ii  have  you  learned  thai  n  late  1  to  thi 

b.  Where  and  when  have  you  lc.ui 

c.  What  doe  umentation  do  you  have  thai  supports  the  1  lann.' 

3.  A  hand! k  to  assist  students  in  1  ompiling  a  portfolio  will  lie  primed.  It 

«ill  show  hove  in  relate  i"  the  « ritten  portfolio  learning  gained  through 
work  experience,  independent  study,  and  othei  experiene  1  s.  Bi  idenoe  "I 

,  iluiiiigli  documentation  ol  experience,  completion  "1 1 
and  written  examination  will  be  explained.  II  there  is  sufficient  demand, 
a  workshop  will  be  conducted  i"  .issim  students. 
I.     Fees: 

Application  Fee  per  Assessment:  $15.00 

Assessment  Fee:  one-half  the  current  rate  "I  tuition  per  credit  for  each 

credit  requested;  to  be  paid  when  portfolio  is  submitted  foi  evaluation. 

5.  The  application  will  he  submitted  to  the  assistant  dean  for  Credit 
Programs.  Upon  approval,  the  chairperson  of  die  department  offering 
the  course  will  he  requested  to  suggest  the  name  of  a  faculty  member  t" 
the  dean  of  the  college  ftir  approval. 

6.  The  faculty  member  will  meet  with  the  student  to  determine  the 
technique  of  assessment  or  a  combination  "I  tee  hniques  to  be  used. 
including  interviews,  documentation,  observation  of  performance, 
examination,  etc. 

7.  Alter  the  portfolio  has  been  prcparetl  by  the  student,  it  will  In-  submitted 
t"  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  for  review,  then 
forwarded  to  the  appointed  faculty  member  for  assessment. 

S.      The  faculty  member  will  evaluate  die  portfolio,  then  make  a 

recommendation  for  or  against  the  award  "I  credit  and  the  amount  of 
credit  in  the  form  of  a  letter,  which  must  he  approved  and  countersigned 
by  the  chairperson  of  die  department  offering  the  course.  The  portfolio 
will  be  forwarded  to  die  dean  of  the  college  which  oversees  the  student's 
curriculum  to  approve  and  verity'  diat  the  course  will  he  accepted  as  part 
of  die  smdent's  program.  Finally,  the  portfolio  is  sent  to  the  assistant 
dean  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education,  who  "ill  notify  the  smdent 
and  die  registrar. 

9.      The  registrar  will  list  the  course  tide,  credit,  and  an  indication  thai 
credit  was  earned  dirough  Portfolio. 


Advisory  Program 


A  group  of  selected  faculty  members  ad  as  freshman  advise  its  for  entering 
freshmen  in  their  departments.  In  some  curricula  die  advisors  continue  with 
the  same  group  of  advisees  from  year  t"  year.  In  other  curricula  die  freshman 
advisors  remain  with  their  advisee  groups  only  lor  the  students'  first  vcar: 
under  this  program,  the  student  is  then  assigned  an  academn  advisor  tor  die 
remaining  years  dirough  to  his/her  degree  in  a  chosen  field 

Faculty  advisors  counsel  the  students  on  academic  achievement,  dropping 

ionises,  changing  curriculum.  Student  activities,  study  schedules,  and 
personal  problems. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


26       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


Change  of  Major 


For  students  changing  majors  into  the  College  of  Education  or  into  the 
Eberly  College  of  Business,  special  policies  apply.  Please  refer  to  the 
individual  college  sections  in  this  catalog  for  change  of  major  policies 
pertaining  to  specific  colleges  and  majors. 

To  qualify  lor  change  of  major,  a  student  must  be  in  academic  good  standing 
(2.00  GPA)  and  must  meet  any  other  requirements  specific  to  the  major.  The 
following  majors  have  requirements  beyond  2.00  GPA:  Criminology  and  all 
teacher  certification  programs. 

A  student  must  apply  for  a  change  of  major  in  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  student  is  registered  if  the  curriculum  change  desired  is 
from  one  department  to  another  within  the  same  college  (for  example, 
change  from  a  mathematics  major  to  a  biology  major)  or  in  the  office  of  the 
dean  of  the  college  to  which  the  student  wishes  to  transfer  if  the  curriculum 
change  is  from  one  college  to  another  (for  example,  secondary  education 
major  to  biology  major).  In  either  case,  the  student  will  complete  an 
application  form  that  is  available  in  the  dean's  office.  Before  seeking  a  change 
ot  major,  it  is  advisable  that  the  student  consult  with  the  departmental 
chairpersons  of  both  the  "old"  and  "new"  majors. 

When  a  student  changes  colleges,  the  dean  (or  dean's  agent)  of  the  college 
into  which  the  transfer  is  sought  will  evaluate  the  student's  credits  before 
approving  the  transfer.  A  copy  of  the  evaluation  will  be  made  available  to  the 
student  and  his/her  new  advisor  if  a  change  of  major  is  effected. 

In  cases  involving  students  who  are  veterans,  the  dean  of  the  college  into 
which  transfer  is  sought  (or  dean's  agent)  shall  give  the  veteran  a  statement  of 
prospective  approval  and  the  effective  date  of  the  proposed  changes.  This 
statement  shall  also  indicate  the  amount  of  extended  training  time  die  change 
of  major  will  entail  and  the  amount  of  credit  loss,  if  any.  The  veteran  shall 
take  this  statement  to  the  veteran's  counselor  at  least  one  month  prior  to  the 
effective  date  of  the  change.  No  transfer  of  curriculum  shall  be  made  by 
veterans  until  V.A.  approval  has  been  assured. 

Sophomore  Screening  for  Junior  Status 
Approval 

General  policy  at  IUP  permits  each  college  to  determine  its  own  scheme  for 
evaluating  the  development  and  progress  of  its  major  students.  However, 
each  college  is  expected  to  employ  some  effective  procedure  for  such 
evaluation. 

Several  of  the  colleges  use  a  procedure  called  "Sophomore  Screening  for 
Junior  Status  Approval"  with  the  following  required:  All  students  (in  such  a 
college)  enrolled  in  their  fourth  semester  or  who  will  complete  57  semester 
hours  attempted  by  the  end  ot  the  current  semester  must  apply  for  Junior 
Status  approval  by  filling  out  an  application  form  by  the  deadline  date 
designated  and  announced. 

All  students  should  check  with  their  faculty  advisors  to  determine  which 
colleges  use  the  "Junior  Status"  screening  procedure  and  the  criteria  for 
Junior  Status  Approval. 

University  Policy  on  Semester  Course  Syllabi 

Each  faculty  member  shall  prepare  and  distribute,  without  charge,  to  each 
student  within  one  week  o(  the  first  meeting  of  die  class  a  semester  course 
syllabus.  The  syllabus  will  be  consistent  with  course  content  and  catalog 
description,  which  was  approved  by  the  Curriculum  Committee  of  the 
University  Senate  for  the  initial  course  offering  or  revision. 

The  semester  course  syllabus  is  a  vehicle  of  communication  to  promote 
student  academic  planning  and  to  avoid  misunderstandings  of  course  plan 
and  requirements. 

It  is  recommended  that  each  syllabus  include: 

a.  the  faculty  member's  name,  office  location,  telephone  number,  and  office 
hours 

b.  an  outline  of  the  course  content,  objectives,  and  prerequisites,  as 
appropriate 

c.  information  about  the  required  textbook(s)  with  title,  author,  and 
edition,  and  any  other  required  materials 

d.  information  on  the  determination  of  grades,  including  the  weight,  types, 
and  scheduling  of  evaluations,  other  planned  requirements,  and 
expectation  for  class  participation 

e.  statement  of  policies  and/or  penalties  for  make-up  exams  and  late 
submission  of  assignments 


Undergraduate  Course  Attendance  Policy 

The  university  expects  all  students  to  attend  class. 

Individual  faculty  members  may  define  attendance  standards  appropriate  to 
each  course  and  the  consequences  of  not  meeting  those  standards,  within  the 
following  guidelines: 

1.  Each  policy  must  be  distributed  in  writing  during  the  first  week  of  the 
course.  Normally,  it  is  expected  that  the  information  dealing  with  class 
attendance  standards  will  be  distributed  with  the  Semester  Course 
Syllabus. 

2.  Each  policy  must  recognize  students'  need  to  miss  class  because  of 
illness  or  personal  emergency. 

3.  Each  policy  must  define  some  limited  level  of  allowable  absence, 
normally  at  least  a  number  of  clock  hours  equal  to  course  semester 
hours. 

Approved  by  Council  of  Trustees— May  13,  1994. 

Anticipated  Class  Absence  for  University 
Representation  and  Participation 

The  university  community  recognizes  the  values  of  student  participation  in 
cocurricular  and  extracurricular  activities  of  the  university.  IUP  has  fostered 
this  participation  with  an  informal  policy  of  good  faith  accommodation  to 
meet  overlapping  demands  of  the  curricular  and  extracurricular 
commitments. 

The  underlying  spirit  of  good  faith  accommodation  ultimately  is  set  in  the 
faculty  member's  unabridged  right  to  determine  the  terms  of  variance,  if  any, 
from  the  established  course  syllabus — tests,  quizzes,  due  dates  for  papers  or 
other  assignments,  projects,  presentations,  and  all  other  course  operations. 

In  seeking  variance,  the  student  must  take  the  initiative  to  make  all 
arrangements  including  validation  of  participation  as  needed.  The  student 
should  generally  assume  that  papers  and  such  assignments  should  be 
completed  and  submitted  before  the  anticipated  class  absence.  Alternate 
arrangements  lor  tests,  quizzes,  labs,  or  class  participation  activity  (panels, 
simulations,  presentations)  should  be  sought  sufficiently  in  advance  to  permit 
faculty /student  agreement  on  the  plan  for  completion,  whether  the  actual 
completion  is  rescheduled  to  be  prior  to  or  subsequent  to  the  anticipated 
absence. 

Approved  by  Council  of  Trustees— May  13,  1988. 

Inclement  Weather  Policy 

Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  is  committed  to  the  safety  and  security  of 
its  students,  faculty,  staff,  and  visitors.  Because  of  this  commitment,  the 
decision  whether  the  university  should  close  or  remain  open  during  periods 
of  adverse  weather  conditions  is  based  on  the  overall  concern  for  the 
university  community.  In  general,  however,  IUP's  practice  will  be  to  remain 
open  and  to  conduct  classes  and  business  as  usual  during  periods  of 
inclement  weather. 

Closure  of  the  University:  Should  adverse  weather  conditions  arise  or  be 
anticipated  that  would  make  it  inadvisable  to  operate  the  university  on  a 
given  day,  the  president  may,  at  his  discretion,  close  the  institution  (i.e., 
cancel  all  classes  and  on-campus  activities  at  all  campuses).  In  die  event  of 
either  a  full-  or  partial-day  closure,  notification  will  be  provided  to  die 
following  radio  and  television  stations:  WDAD  Radio  (Indiana),  WCCS 
Radio  (Homer  City),  WJAC-TV  (Johnstown),  KDKA-TV  and  KDKA 
Radio-1020  AM  (Pittsburgh),  and  WTAE-TV  and  WTAE  Radio-1250  AM 
(Pittsburgh). 

Cancellation  of  IUP-Sponsored  Activities  or  Events  in  the  Absence  of 
University  Closure:  Should  adverse  weather  conditions  arise  or  be 
anticipated  that  would  make  it  inadvisable  to  conduct  an  IUP-sponsored 
activity  or  event  on  a  date  when  the  university  otherwise  remains  open,  die 
sponsoring  unit/department  has  the  option  to  cancel  or  postpone  the 
function.  The  sponsoring  unit/department  also  assumes  responsibility  for 
notifying  event  participants  of  the  cancellation/postponement  in  an 
appropriate  and  timely  manner. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       27 


Quality  Points  and  Determining  GPA 

Grades  and  Quality  Points 

In  the  grading  system,  the  following  grades  are  used  in  reporting  the 
standing ol  students  ai  thi  end  ol  eat  li  semester  or  session: 

Grade  Description  Quality  Points 

A        Excellent  4  quality  points/semester  houi 

It         Good  3  quality  points/semester  hour 

<  Average  2  quality  points/semester  houi 

I)        Passing  I  qualit)  point/semestei  houi 

K         Failing  0  quality  points/semester  houi 

P         1'assmg  ii  qualit)  points/semestei  houi  (foi  credit  i  ourses 

(inly)  (See  Pass/Fail  policy  for  more  information.) 

S         Satisfactory  n  quality  points  (for  zero-i  redil  courses  only) 

U         Unsatisfactory  0  quality  points  (foi  zero-credit  courses  only) 

Other  Designations  (<  arrying  no  quality  points): 

I       Incomplete    Student  was  unable  tu  complete  the  coursework  due  to 

unexpected  illness  or  personal  emergen!  y.  (Set  I  (Incomplete)  Polii  i  foi 

more  information.) 
L      Late  Grade/Continuing  Course    Student  work  is  expected  to  extend 

beyond  .i  given  semester.  (Set  I  (Late  Grade,  Continuing  Course)  Polit ) 

jot  more  information.) 
Q     Total  University  Withdrawal— Used  when  a  student  has  totally  and 

officially  withdrawn  from  the  university  foi  a  given  semester.  The  "Q" 

designation  is  not  issued  b)  instructors.  (Set  Total  I  niversity 

Withdrawal  Polit  v  for  mort  information.) 
R      Research  in  Progress    ( >nly  tu  lie  used  tu  indicate  deferred  status  for 

graduate  thesis  and  dissertation  courses. 
W     Individual  Course  Withdrawal    Used  when  a  student  has  elected  to 

withdraw  from  an  individual  course  but  not  from  all  courses.  The  "W" 

designation  is  not  issued  by  instructors.  (Set  Individual  Course 

Withdrawal  Policy  for  incur  information.) 
*      Grade  not  reported  by  instructor— No  grade  information  was  reported 

by  the  end  ol  the  normal  grading  period. 

Determining  GPA 

Cumulative  I  Irade  Point  Average  is  determined  by  multiplying  the  semester 
hours  for  a  course  by  the  quality  points  received  for  that  course.  Then,  the 
total  Dumber  ol  semester  quality  points  lor  all  courses  is  divided  by  the  total 
number  ol  semester  hours  attempted. 


Grading  Policies 


Shortly  after  each  semester  or  session,  a  lull  grade  report  is  mailed  to  each 
student  at  his  or  her  mailing  address. 

Quality  points  are  not  counted  on  credits  from  other  schools,  and  a  student 
transferring  from  .motliei  sc  hool  is  held  responsible  for  qualit)'  points  only 
on  work  taken  at  this  university. 

Institutional  <  IreditS  are  associated  with  remedial  courses  which  arc 
numbered  below  100.  Credits  from  institutional  credit  courses  do  not  apply 
to  degree  requirements  lor  graduation  hut  are  used  in  determining 

enrollment  status  (full  or  part  time),  including  financial  aid  and  athletic 
(NCAA)  eligibility. 


Academic  Honors 


UP  recognizes  academic  achievement  through  Dean's  Lists.  Provost's 
Sc  holars,  and  graduation  honors. 

Provost's  Scholar 

Juniors  who  have  .1  ,  uinulatiw  grade-point  average  of'3.50  and  above  at  die 
beginning  ol  the  fall  semester  are  named  Provost's  Scholars  and  are 
recognized  annually. 

Dean's  List 

1  nd(  rgraduate  students  receive  recognition  on  the  Dean's  List  for  each 

semester  (or  summer  sessions  cumulatively)  in  which  they  earn  at  least  a  3.25 

grade-point  average  based  on  at  least  twelve  credits  of  graded  (not  P/F) 

coursework. 


Graduation  Honors 

I  I  ill  I  .jlm  honois  in 

lidati  i  h  nil  appropi  iati  ai  ademii  on  all 

null  iv!  ilium  .  n  .in    and  qualit)  points  earned  at  II  P.  Graduation  honors 

i  nili  d  hn  sci  olid  (siihsi  ijiii  hi 

(tun  I, I  ltd, 

Magna  nun  laudt 

Summa  cum  laudt     1.75  to  1.00  cumulariv 

194,  non-1 

degrei  i  andidates.  The  distini  tions  an 

II  ////  I lni,i 

II  iih  High  li.-,        ,   ,ii 

With  Highest  Hanoi    3.75  to  4.00  cumulative  gradi  point 

Audit  Policy 

To  audit  an  undergraduate  course, a  persoi ist  lx  admitta 

university  and  havi  mel ■  ■  prerequi  Students  wishing  to 

course  foi  whii  h  the)  register  rsi  Audit  Form  ! 

the  office  ol  the  departmi  nl  ofE 
pice  iousl)  n  ,,i  itered  for  at  reg 

course  he  loo-  tiling  a  coursi  audit  form.  Vll  audit  processing,  including 
revoi  .iii'in  nl  pn  i  ioush  must  l»e  i  ompl 

dining  tin  regulai  drop/add  period.  <  lopies  ol  the  completed  form  are 
returned  to  the  Si  heduling  Center,  to  the  departmi  nt  chairperson,  and  to  the 
student  Audit  students  have  th<  same  privileges  as  odii  i  students  m  all 
coursework.  There  is  no  limit  on  the  numl  i  which  may  be 

audited. 

All  audited  courses  will  be  identified  as  sin  h  mi  the  student's  grade  report 
and  transcript.  Work  taken  on  an  audit  basis  will  not  he  graded  and  will  not 
count  toward  the  tulfillmenl  ol  requirements  lor  a  degree  to  It  awarded  by 
II  I'.  Since  semester  hours  attempted  and  qualit)  points  will  not  be  awarded 
for  audited  courses,  they  will  not  affect  the  student's  grade-point  zverag 
any  way.  Auditors  will  pay  normal  tuition  and  such  odiei  lees  j,  mav  be 
required  lor  the  i  ourse. 

Pass-Fail  Policy 

The  purpose  ol  pass-tail  is  to  permit  a  student  to  take  an  clce  tive  course  in  a 
Held  ul  pn  sni i.i I  interest  where  h<  sin  mav  be  competing  with  major 
students  in  the  department  in  which  the  course  is  offered.  When  si  heduled, 
sin  1 1  a  course  shall  be  included  in  the  student's  normal  course  load  lor  die 
semester. 

\  student  ma)  take  i  muses  mi  a  pass-fail  basis  to  a  total  of  15  s 
throughout  Ins  lu  i  university  career.  The  student  is  limited  to  one  pass-fail 
1 1  ii  use  iii  an)  given  semester  during  thi  unior,  and  senio 

All  courses  in  the  student's  Liberal  Studies  program  and  courses  required  to 
meet  major  and  minor  requirements  are  excluded  from  this  pre: 

The  student  must  declare  his  lie i  intent  to  choose  pass-lail  in  a  specific 
course  no  later  than  six  weeks  alter  the  beginning  ol  the  semester  or  die 
equivalent  linicspan  in  a  suiiiuici  session.  ( >nce  declared,  this  pass-lail  option 
ma)  not  he  revoked.  Instrw  tors  will  not  he  notified  ol  the  identity  ofp 
students  in  their  courses.  The  grade  given  b)  die  instructor  will  be  translated 
to  a  *P"or  "F"  during  die  grade  processing  process. 

A  student  shall  he  given  academic  credit  without  quality  points 
taken  pass-tail  upon  receiving  a  passing  mark  in  the  course.   I 
hours  successful!)  completed  under  pass-rail  ("passed"),  within  die  overall 
1  ri-scnicster-hour  limitation,  shall  be  recorded  as  counting  towards  the  total 
semester  hours  earned  for  graduation  but  not  towards  the  st 
attempted  data  used  in  calculation  ol  the  cumulativt  grade-poll 
However,  it  a  Student  tall-  a  paSS-fail  course,  he  she  will  receive  die  "I 
aiu\  the  corresponding  grade-pom t  average.  An  "r  "  earned  under  die 
fail  option  may  be  repeated  only  under  the  graded  option  to  provide  die 
quality  points  to  correspond  to  the  "hours  attempted"  incurred  widi  I 

The  summer  sessions,  collectively  or  in  an\  combination,  shall  l>e  considered 

a  unit  similar  to  a  spring  or  fall  semester  for  pass-tail  put 

student  is  permitted  to  take  only  one  course  during  die  summer  on  a 

liases. 

Exceptions:  Currently,  there  are  two  courses  which  are  exceptions  to  die 
Pass-Fail  Course  Policy   ED  f89  and  NT434  are  only  offered  on  a  pj-- 
basis. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


28       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


(Incomplete)  Policy 


The  designation  of  I  is  used  to  record  work  which,  so  far  as  covered,  is  of 

passing  grade  but  is  incomplete  because  of  personal  illness  or  other 
unavoidable  reasons.  Changes  of  grade  to  convert  designations  of  1  must  be 
received  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  no  later  than  the  last  day  of  regular 
classes  preceding  the  final  exam  period  in  the  next  regular  (fall/spring) 
semester  after  the  I  designation  was  assigned.  The  dean  of  the  college  in 
which  the  course  is  offered  may  approve  an  extension,  provided  the  faculty 
member  concurs.  A  faculty  member  assigning  an  1  designation  must 
complete  a  form  indicating  the  work  to  be  completed,  deadlines  for 
completion  (it  is  not  necessary  to  allow  the  maximum  allowable  time),  and 
guidelines  to  establish  the  final  grade.  Copies  of  the  completed  form  will  be 
sent  to  die  department  chairperson,  to  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the 
course  is  taught,  and  to  die  student  receiving  the  I  designation.  To  monitor  1 
designations,  the  registrar  shall  submit  to  each  faculty  member  routine 
semester  reports  of  outstanding  I  designations. 

L  (Late  Grade,  Continuing  Course)  Policy 

The  designation  of  L  (Late  grade,  continuing  course)  is  appropriate  for  cases 
in  which  student  work  is  expected  to  extend  beyond  a  given 
semester/session.  The  designation  of  L  is  not  to  be  confused  with  a 
designation  of  1,  which  is  only  appropriate  for  individual  students  unable  to 
complete  their  course  work  because  of  unexpected  illness  or  persi  mi.iI 
emergency.  L  designations  are  appropriate  lor: 

a.  Internships,  practicunis,  field  experience  courses,  workshops,  and 
independent  studies  that,  by  design,  extend  beyond  the  normal  end  of 
die  grading  period. 

b.  Others  as  approved  by  the  department  chairperson  and  the  dean  of  die 
college  in  which  the  course  is  taught.  If  a  specific  course  is  always 
eligible  for  L  designations,  the  dean  may  grant  standing  approval  for  L 
designations  ever)'  time  the  course  is  offered. 

Faculty  wanting  to  use  the  L  option  for  eligible  courses  must  notify  the 
registrar  before  grade  sheets  are  printed  (normally  two  weeks  prior  to  the 
end  of  classes)  so  tiiat  the  grades  can  be  pre-entered  on  the  grade  sheet.  L 
designations  which  ate  not  preceded  on  the  grade  sheets  may  be  given  only 
with  the  permission  of  the  department  chairperson  and  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  designation  is  awarded. 

Instructors  will  convert  L  designations  to  letter  grades  at  the  end  of  die 
course.  Unless  an  extension  is  obtained  from  the  dean  of  die  college  in  which 
die  course  was  taught,  L  designations  unresolved  at  die  end  of  one  year  will 
be  converted  to  an  F. 

To  monitor  L  designations,  the  registrar  shall  submit  to  each  faculty  member 
routine  semester  reports  of  all  outstanding  1.  designations  awarded  by  that 
faculty  member.  The  purpose  of  diese  reports  is  to  help  inform  faculty  as 
they  help  students  complete  their  coursework. 


Grade  Change  Policy 


Once  earned  grades  have  been  recorded,  they  may  be  changed  only  in  the 
case  of  clerical  and/or  calculation  error  or  in  the  event  of  a  successful  grade 
appeal.  It  is  not  appropriate  to  change  a  grade  based  upon  options,  such  as 
supplemental  assignments,  that  are  not  equally  available  to  all  students.  The 
deadline  for  corrections  of  clerical  and/or  calculation  errors  is  the  end  of  the 
next  regular  (fall/spring)  semester  after  the  grade  has  been  awarded. 


Course  Repeat  Policy 


A  student  may  not  normally  repeat  an  academic  course.  Exceptions  to  this 
policy  are: 

1.  Repeatable  courses:  Certain  courses  are  eligible  for  repeat  for  credit 
and  grade.  These  courses  are  advanced  art  studio  courses,  music 
ensembles,  special  topics  courses  (281,  481)  if  the  topic  is  different,  and 
other  courses  specifically  designated. 

2.  D  and  K  grades: 

a.      Repeat  with  replacement:  Undergraduate  students  are  permitted 
to  replace  the  grades  and  quality  points  for  courses  in  which  they 
receive  a  D  or  F  grade  by  repeating  that  course  at  IUP  and  filing  a 
repeat  form  with  the  Scheduling  Center.  Only  six  repeat-with- 
replacement  attempts  are  permitted  during  a  student's  entire 
undergraduate  career.  In  calculating  GPA,  the  new  grade  and 
quality  points  earned  will  replace  the  old.  However,  the  transcript 


continues  to  document  all  academic  work,  and  repeated  courses  are 
not  deleted  from  the  visual  record. 

b.  Repeat  with  averaging:  In  addition  to  the  six  repeat-with- 
replacement  options,  undergraduate  students  my  repeat  other 
courses  in  which  they  receive  a  D  or  F  grade.  In  these  other  repeat 
attempts,  the  new  grade  is  averaged  with,  instead  of  replacing,  the 
prior  D  or  F  grade;  the  credit  for  the  D  repeat  counts  only  once. 
The  transcript  continues  to  indicate  all  repeated  courses. 

c.  Course  transfers:  Students  seeking  to  replace  or  average  D  and  F 
grades  must  repeat  diese  courses  at  IUP.  If  an  IUP  course  in  which 
a  student  received  an  F  is  repeated  at  another  institution,  the  credit 
will  transfer  to  IUP,  but  die  original  F  will  continue  to  count  toward 
the  IUP  GPA.  If  an  IUP  course  in  which  a  student  received  a  D  is 
repeated  at  another  university,  neidier  the  grade  nor  die  credit  will 
transfer. 

3.     Other  grades:  Courses  in  which  students  earned  a  grade  of  A,  B,  C,  or 
P  may  be  repeated  only  on  an  audit  basis.  New  grades  will  not  be 
assigned  and  additional  credit  will  not  be  awarded. 

This  policy  also  applies  to  transfer  credit.  Students  receiving  transfer  credit 
for  an  IUP  course  may  not  repeat  that  course  at  IUP.  Similarly,  students  who 
have  already  earned  a  passing  grade  in  an  IUP  course  mav  not  subsequently 
receive  transfer  credit  for  that  same  course. 


Cancelled  Semester  Policy 


The  Cancelled  Semester  Policy  permits  students  returning  after  significant 
separation  from  the  university  to  delete  from  the  Cumulative  Grade-Point 
Average  (CGPA)  calculation  the  results  of  one  particularly  unforninate 
semester.  A  student  who  has  not  been  enrolled  in  four  consecutive  semesters 
and  the  intervening  summer  sessions  may  apply  upon  application  for 
readmission  or  within  one  year  of  ^admission  for  the  application  of  tiiis 
policy  to  any  single  semester  completed  before  readmission.  While 
readmission  may  be  based  on  the  application  lor  cancelled  semester,  the 
transcript  record  will  reflect  this  only  after  die  student  is  enrolled  and 
attending.  (For  cancellation  purposes,  a  semester  is  defined  as  any  semester 
of  enrollment,  whedier  full  or  part  time,  with  sessions  in  a  single  summer 
together  constituting  one  semester.)  All  grades — passing,  failing, 
withdrawals — in  that  semester  must  be  cancelled  from  the  CGPA.  There  is 
no  abridgment  of  the  transcript;  the  courses  and  grades  remain  visible  on  the 
official  transcript.  Credit  toward  graduation  remains  for  diose  credits 
associated  with  passing  grades.  A  student  may  never  cancel  more  than  one 
semester  from  his/her  CGPA  under  this  policy. 


Fresh  Start  Policy 


A  student  who  has  been  academically  dismissed  and  separated  from  the 
university  for  a  minimum  of  five  consecutive  calendar  years  may  apply  for 
readmission.  Having  reviewed  die  prior  and  intervening  factors  for  evidence 
of  potential  for  improved  academic  success,  the  college  dean  or  designee  may 
readmit  the  student.  This  policy  applies  to  a  student's  first  baccalaureate 
degree,  and  a  student  may  be  readmitted  under  this  policy  only  once.  A 
minimum  of  .'30  semester  hours  must  be  completed  at  IUP  after  a  student 
returns  to  IUP  under  this  policy. 

A  student  who  wishes  to  enter  a  college  other  than  the  one  from  which 
he/she  was  dismissed  will  apply  to  the  original  college,  and  that  college  will 
forward  the  application  and  related  records  to  die  new  college  for  action. 

Conditions  for  a  Fresh  Start  Record:  All  credits  and  grades  for  IUP 
coursework  taken  prior  to  readmission  under  this  policy  shall  remain  on  die 
transcript.  Upon  readmission,  a  new  cumulative  record  (GPA)  is  established 
based  upon  credits  and  grades  earned  from  the  date  of  readmission. 

Prior  Record:  Previously  accepted  transfer  credits  and  IUP  courses  in  which 
grades  of  C  or  better  were  earned  prior  to  readmission  will  be  reviewed  in 
terms  of  appropriateness  (applicability,  timeliness)  to  the  new  degree.  Those 
courses  approved  by  die  college  dean  or  designee  will  be  counted  as 
semester  hours  earned  and  applied  toward  graduation  in  the  manner  of 
transfer  credits. 

Academic  Standards:  A  student  who  is  readmitted  under  the  provisions  of 
this  policy  shall  be  required  to  meet  current  degree  requirements.  He/she 
shall  be  academically  reviewed  under  die  policies  published  in  the  academic 
catalog  at  the  time  of  rematriculation.  A  student  readmitted  under  this  policy 
waives  the  right  to  exercise  the  cancelled  semester  policy. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       29 


Withdrawal  Policies 


Individual  Course  Withdrawal  Policy  (effective 
on  June  1,1995)     

An  i ii nli  rgraduate  8tud<  nl  is  pet ed  Bve  individual si  withdrawals  al 

III'  Exceptions  for  unusual  cin stani  es,ifany,willbi  by  1 1  petition 

in  1 1  ii  dean  oftht  student's  i  ollege,  with  appropriati  ■! mentation  of  thi 

ii st s, 

ln.liviilti.il  r si'  withdrawals  ma)  be  processed  only  during  the  first  two 

thirds  of  the  term  Ins ware  required  to  inform  students  of  theii 

standing  in  <  lass  prioi  i"  this  rime.  A  studenl  wishing  to  withdraw  from  .i 
course  aitei  tlie  deadline  ma)  request  ■<  waivei  through  the  offii  i  "I  thi  < I <  an 

ofhis/hei  i  "Hi  gi    Approval  is  i  ontingenl  u] lo<  lamentation  ofexi  epdonal 

events ol  .i  catastrophii  nature  thai  c ould  nol  hav(  hern  anticipated. 

Ai  the  time  ol  implementation,  eai  Ii  ( ontinuing  student  will  bavi  fivt 

.ii  lil i i.i I  individual  course  withdrawal  opdons,  widiout  regard  to  the 

numbei  "I  In--  hei  previous  course  withdrawals. 

Si i nli  ins  may  begin  using  the  computet  STAR  system  i"  withdraw  rrom  .i 
iter  the  official  drop/add  period  I  us  closed.  Al  the  two-third  point 
lemester,  students  ma)  nolongei  individually  withdraw  from 

inilividn.il  classes. 

Total  University  Withdrawal  Policy 

An  undergraduate  studenl  who  does  nol  registei  i">  the  succi  eding  si  mm  sti  i 
or,  having  registered,  does  nol  appeal  for  .  lasses  al  the  beginning  ol  thi 

semester,  is  considered  to  have  w ithdrawn  from  tin-  univei  sity. 
I  lu  H  after,  be/she  must  apply  foi  readmission  as  prescribed  under 
"Admissions  .mil  Registration.'' 

\n\  undergraduate  studenl  voluntarily  withdrawing  from  the  universit) 

during  a  semestei  oi  .is iei  session  must  secure  .i  Witlulraw.il  Form  from 

the  Vdvising  and  Testing  Center,  106  Pratt  Hall,  724-357-4067.  The  student 
will  clear  the  form  with  the  appropriate  offices  listed  on  the  form,  sei  uring 
ili.  ii  signatures  .is  e>  idence  ol  i  learant  e.  (Students  seeking  medii  al 
withdrawal  must  also  provide  the  Vdvisingand  Testing  Centei  with  a 
ph)  si,  Kin's  corroboration  ofa  medical  need  to  withdraw.)  The  Wiili.lr.nv.il 
Form  will  then  In-  returned  t.>  the  Advising  and  Testing  Center,  which  will 
notif)  tlu  appropriate  college  dean,  campus  agen<  ies,  and  instructors  dial  an 
official  witlulr.iw.il  lias  been  processed.  No  person  shall  It  .  onsidered 
» ithdrawn  from  the  university  within  a  semestei  or  session  unless  sui  h 
notice  is  received.  Di  signations  of  Q  will  be  assigned  t. .  all  registered  courses 
in  the  semestei  fsession  from  which  the  studenl  is  w  ithdraw  ing. 

\m  undergraduate  studenl  involuntarily  « ithdrawing  from  the  universit)  .is 
a  result  ol  suspension  oi  expulsion  w  ill  have  the  designation  of Q assigned  to 
each  registered  course  as  a  result  of  such  judicial  action. 

Other  Policies 


Academic  Standards  Policy 


Criteria  Governing  Continuance  at  IUP 
Continuance  at  [UP  is  determined  according  t..  the  university's  Academic 
Standards  Policy  as  approved  b)  I  niversit)  Senate  December,  1987,  and 
Council  of  Trustees  in  February,  1988.  This  policy  became  effective  |nl\  I. 

piss. 

Academic  Standards  Policy 

The  Academic  Si.ukI.ii.Is  Policy  applies  in  .ill  undergraduate  degree 
.  andidates  of  the  university.  Academic  standards  for  students  enrolled  in 
graduate  courses  and  programs  will  be  defined  and  administered  through  th< 
Graduate  Si  hool.  Academic  standards  foi  participants  in  noudegree 
programs  will  be  defined  separately. 

Authorit)  to  administei  the  Vcademic  Standards  Polk)  is  vested  in  the  dean 
of  the  college  which  has  jurisdiction  foi  the  student's  primal)  major.  That 
responsibility  may  be  assigned  to  an  appropriate  designee.  Students  offit  ially 
advised  by  the  Learning  Center  are  reviewed  1>\  the  Learning  Center 
director. 

Academic  Good  Standing 

Ev«  i\  undergraduate  studenl  must  maintain  a  cumulative  2.00  GRA  to  he  in 

academic  good  standing.  There  are  three  review  periods: January,  May,  .m.l 


August.Thi  period  applies  only  to  studenl 

nun  i.  nl. i.  .1  through  ili.  Learning  Center.  ( lontinuation  ofenrolhnenl  is 

permitted  undei  .1.  Bm  .1 .  ii stam  i  ■. 

I.    Januar)  Review  PeriodiTI lemi.  standing  of.  ich  itudentis 

d.  A  student  whosi  cumulativi  GPA  isfx  low  2.00 
i,.  I.,  iii  .i  Probation  status. 
t.     May  Review  Periods  Tin  ich  student  is 

l    \  student  must  have  a  cumulativi  GPA  of  2. 00  to  l«  in  good 

a.     For  .i  si  n.  Km  win  i  iii. m  ii  ill. ii.-.  I  during  tin  pro  eding  sun 
Scptembi  i.  tin  follow  ing  .  in.  ti.i  appl) : 

il  tl il.iiiw  GPA  is  h.  twi .  i.  I  80  ..ml  i  99,  'in  studenl  ii 

.  .mi I  .hi  probation. 

il  tin  cumulativi  GPA  is  below  1 .80,  the  student  is  dismi 

h.     Foi  .i  studi  nl  who  matrii  ulati  ,1  through  tl 

101  during  the  preceding  summi  allowing 

i  appl) : 
if  thi  cumulativi  GPA  is  between  l  so  .on  I  1.99,  thi  student  is 
continued  on  probation. 
il  the  .  umulative  GPA  is  below  1 .80,  and  the  studenl  is  in 

plianci  with  thi  participation  requirements  of  the 

Learninj  '  im,  thi  studi  nl  is .  ontinued  on 

probal 

il  tin  .  umulativi  ( .l'\  is  below  1 .80,  anil  the  studenl  is  nol  in 
compliance  with  the  partii  ipation  requirements  of  the 
Learnii  :  mi.  tlu  student  is  dismissed. 

c.  I'.n  .i  studenl  wl articulated  in  the  immediately  preceding 

semester,  the  following  criteria  apply: 

il  tin  i  umulative  <  .I'A  is  below  2.00,  the  studenl  is  i  ontinued 
mi  prob 

d.  Km  all  other  continuing  students,  the  following  eriteria  apply: 

il  tin  .  umulative  (.'PA  is  below  2.00,  the  student  is  dismissed. 

.'i.     August  Review  IV I:  The  August  review  period  applies  only  t.. 

si  in  let  i  is  newl)  matriculated  through  the  Learning  Centex 
a.     Students  who  matriculate  through  thi  Learning!  entei   \<tl01 
and  who  .  omplete  the  initial  summer  program  with  a  0.00  GPA 
(based  mi  a  calculation  ..I  all  credits  attempted)  will  he  dismissed 
from  the  university  .it  the  conclusion  ..I  the  summer  program. 

Probation 

1.      Definition:  Probation  status  is  that  status  ..I  any  student  win.  has  a 
cumulative  <  .I'A  less  than  2.(10  and  who  has  permission  to  enroll  in  the 
university. 

i.     Studenl  responsibilities:  A  studenl  who  is  in  Probation  status  is 

expected  t. .  meet  with  his  her  advisor  prior  to  or  within  the  first  week  ol 
eai  1 1  semestei  to  rt\  iew  current  course  load  jikI  to  establish  a  plan  of 
contact  tor  the  semester.  It  is  general!)  anticipated  thai  a  probation 
.studenl  will  develop  personal  change  strategies  utilizing  appropriate 
prolession.il  resources  such  .is  adi  isor,  faculty,  Counseling  ( lenter, 
Learning  ('enter.  Career  Services,  workshops,  tutoring  programs,  and 
other  support  systems. 

.>.      additional  conditions:  As ..  condition  of  deferral  of  dismissal,  a  dean 
(or  designee)  may  include  specifit  conditions  designed  to  promote 
improved  academic  performance. 

Dismissal 

1.  A  student  who  does  nol  meet  minimum  academic  standards  is  subject  to 
automatic  dismissal  in  May.  Dismissal  is  the  normal  consequence  of 
cumulative  performance  below  the  academic  standards  as  published;  die 
ollice  of  the  clean  provides  continuation  ol  dismissal  status  and 
additional  information. 

2.  Dismissal  in  Ma)  or  Vugust  includes  the  cancellation  of  previous!) 

si  heduled  fall  i  lasses  and  the  elimination  of  guarantees  associated  with 
fall  housing  and  dining  contracts. 
:>.      Vppeal  for  deferral  of  dismissal:  In  certain  cases,  extenuating 
circumstances  may  exist  which  in  the  professional  judgment  of  the 
college  .lean  or  designee  wall  warrant  a  brief  extension  of  enrollment 
privilege  at  111'  A  student  should  understand  diat  it  is  die  student's 
responsibility  to  anticipate,  to  initiate,  and  to  fully  documenkand 
cooperate  in  .ill  aspects  ol  the  pro<  ess  ol  appeal  in  a  timely  manner.  The 
student  must  file  in  the  office  of  the  dean  (or  designee)  the  completed 
application  foi  appeal  with  all  supporting  documentation  pertinent  to 
review  ol  the  appeal  \11  material  must  be  filed  by  4:00  p. in. .June  15,  to 
onsidered  lor  the  lall  semester. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE  1999-2000 


30       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


Readmission 

1 .  All  dismissed  students  seeking  readmission  must  make  application  for 
readmission  through  the  appropriate  college  office.  A  student  who  has 
been  dismissed  may  use  summer  sessions  at  IUP  in  support  of  the 
application  foi  readmission.  The  application  will  detail  procedures 
including  deadlines  and  information  needed  lor  consideration  of 
readmission  plan. 

2.  Students  dismissed  at  the  conclusion  of  the  Learning  Center/Act  101 
Mimnm  program  may  apply  for  readmission  beginning  with  the  next 
Learning  ( !enter/Act  11)1  summer  program  in  the  following  year. 

Sufficient  Progress 

The  ll'P  Financial  Aid  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Policy  requires 
sufficient  academic  progress  toward  a  degree  on  both  academic  good 
standing  (GPA)  and  sufficient  progress  (percent  of  progress)  bases.  The 
standard  of  academic  good  standing  is  defined  within  the  university's 
\c  adl  mic  Standards  Policy.  The  standard  of  sufficient  progress  for  financial 
aid  eligibility  is  the  successful  completion  of  75  percent  of  the  cumulative 
number  of  registered  credits  at  IUP.  "Registered  credits"  are  the  number  of 
credits  For  which  a  student  is  enrolled  at  the  end  of  the  Drop/Add  period. 
(Ri  gistered  credits  will  be  calculated  as  twelve  for  students  originally 
regish  red  and  charged  at  fiill-time  status  who  reduce  to  part-time  status 
during  the  Drop/Add  period.) 

A  student  who  meets  the  standard  of  academic  good  standing  of  the 
Academic  Standards  Policy  but  who  does  not  meet  the  standard  of  sufficient 
quantitative  progress  may  continue  in  university  registration  but  without 
financial  aid  eligibility  for  the  federal  Tide  IV  aid  programs. 

A  full  statement  of  requirements  for  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  for  Tide 
IV  Federal  Student  Assistance  is  available  through  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Ml  courses  taken  al  ll'P  become  a  part  of  the  student's  permanent  academic 
record.  Tbe  record  shall  show  hours  attempted,  hours  earned,  and  quality 
points  earned. 

The  academic  standing  of  all  students  is  computed  on  the  basis  of  courses 
attempted  at  this  university  and  in  the  approved  State  System  Visiting 
Student  Program  only.  Credit  is  granted  for  work  completed  in  other 
institutions  in  accordance  with  the  stipulations  set  forth  under  Admissions 
and  Registration. 

Interim  Academic  Standards  Policy  for 
Branch  Campus  Students 

Academic  Good  Standing:  Good  standing  is  defined  as  earning  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  2.00.  A  student  admitted  full-time  to  a  branch  campus 
must  be  in  academic  good  standing  to  be  permitted  to  transfer  to  die  Indiana 
campus. 

1 .  January  Review: 

a.  A  student  whose  cumulative  GPA  is  below  2.00  is  on  Probation. 

b.  A  full-time  student  whose  first-semester  earned  GPA  is  0.00  will  be 
dismissed  before  die  second  semester. 

2.  May  Review: 

a.  A  lull-time  branch  campus  student  with  a  two-semester  cumulative 
( il'A  of  2.00  may  transfer  to  the  Indiana  campus.  [Note:  teacher 
certification  students  must  have  a  2.50  to  be  eligible  for  education 
courses  on  the  Indiana  campus.] 

b.  A  full-time  branch  campus  student  with  a  two-semester  cumulative 
GPA  1.80  to  1.99  may  continue  at  the  branch  campus  to  reach  a 
2.00  GPA. 

c.  A  full-time  branch  campus  student  with  a  two-semester  cumulative 
GPA  below  1.80  will  be  dismissed  effective  at  the  end  of  the  second 
semester.  Students  may  use  summer  session(s)  to  seek  university 
readmission  to  the  branch  campus  and,  if  qualified,  authorization  to 
transfer  to  the  Indiana  campus. 

3.  Branch  Campus  Review: 

a.  Responsibility  for  academic  standards  administration  is  vested  in 
the  campus  dean,  assisted  by  a  committee  including  the  associate 

toi  and  faculty  representation. 

b.  A  fiill-time  branch  campus  student  widi  a  two-semester  cumulative 
( iPA  below  2.00  will  be  reviewed  for  individual  modification 
according  to  the  specific  situation.  The  committee  may  consider 
programmatic  need  and  evidence  that  the  student  has  followed  the 
participation  guidelines: 

•       Enrolled  in.  attended,  and  completed  any  courses  assigned  by 
the  dean  of  the  campus. 


•  Met  with  an  academic  advisoi  as  recommended. 

•  Made  use  of  support  services  as  recommended. 

IUP  Student  Grade  Appeal  Policy 

Grade  Review  Policy 

If  a  student  disagrees  with  the  evaluation  ofhis/her  wink  by  the  instructor 
but  has  no  basis  for  a  charge  of  "'discrimination"  oi  "capricious  evaluation 
or  "error."  the  student  should  discuss  the  matter  directly  with  the  instructor. 
and  if  unsatisfied,  with  the  department  chairperson,  and  if  still  unsatisfied, 
with  the  dean  oi  the  college  in  which  the  course  was  offered.  In  such  cases. 
the  decision  of  the  instructor  shall  be  final. 

II  a  student  believes  that  an  improper  grade  lias  been  assigned,  an  appeal 
may  be  filed  on  the  following  grounds: 

1.  Discrimination:  On  the  basis  of  race,  religion,  national  origin,  sex,  age, 

ancestry,  handicapped  status,  affectional  or  lifestyle  preference,  or 
political  affiliation. 

2.  Capricious  Evaluation:  Significant  and  unwarranted  deviation  from 
grading  procedures  and  course  outlines  set  at  the  beginning  of  tbe 
course  (ordinarily  in  a  written  statement  during  the  first  week  of  the 
course)  or  grade  assigned  arbitrarily  on  tbe  basis  of  whim  or  impulse. 
The  student  may  not  claim  capriciousness  il  he  or  she  disagrees  with  the 
subjective  professional  evaluation  of  the  instructor. 

3.  Error:  Demonstrable,  objective  determination  that  a  mathematical  or 
clerical  error  resulted  in  the  entry  of  an  incorrect  grade. 

Procedures  of  Appeal 
Level  I:  Informal  Resolution 

Every  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  disagreement  at  Level  I.  The 
student  must  first  seek  a  resolution  to  the  disagreement  with  the  instructor 
either  in  person  or  in  writing.  If  the  student  is  not  satisfied  with  the  results, 
the  student  must  then  speak  with  the  chairperson  of  the  department  that 
offers  the  course.  If  still  unsatisfied,  the  student  must  discuss  the  matter  with 
tbe  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  course  is  offered.  A  Student  Congress 
member  may  accompany  and  advise  the  student  during  the  Level  I 
procedures.  Only  after  all  attempts  for  resolution  at  Level  1  have  been 
exhausted  may  the  student  initiate  Level  II. 

Level  II:  Appeal  Screening 

A.  Composition:  Each  year  there  shall  be  appointed  a  Grade  Appeals 
Committee  to  determine  the  existence  of  die  substantive  basis  lor 
appeal.  The  committee  will.be  composed  oi  seven  voting  members: 
three  faculty  members  appointed  by  APSCUF,  three  members  elected 
by  and  from  die  Senate  Academic  Committee  (one  faculty,  oik 
administrator,  one  student),  and  one  student  appointed  by  the  Student 
Congress.  A  quorum  consists  of  a  majority  of  the  committee.  To  take 
action,  a  majority  of  diose  present  must  be  faculty  members.  If  a  quorum 
of  the  Level  II  committee  is  not  available  to  meet  within  the  designated 
time  limits,  die  Provost's  Office  will  seek  additional  members  from  the 
appointing  bodies.  If  these  bodies  are  unable  to  respond  in  a  tinieh 
manner,  the  Provost's  Office  may  select  additional  members  from  the 
appropriate  groups. 

B.  Procedure  to  Initiate  Appeal:  To  initiate  Level  II  of  the  appeal,  the 
student  must  file  an  appeal  form  with  the  Provost's  <  fffice.  This  form 
must  be  filed  within  sixty  (60)  calendar  days  of  the  beginning  of  the 
semester  immediately  following  the  semester  In  which  the  grade  was 
received.  The  Provost's  Office  may  extend  the  sixty-day  limit  only  in 
unusual  circumstances  when  equity  demands  it  and  when  the  student's 
own  procrastination  or  misunderstanding  did  not  substantially 
contribute  to  the  delay.  (Note:  Grade  appeals  "ill  not  generally  be 
processed  during  the  summer.  Therefore,  the  appeal  of  any  grade 
received  in  the  spring  or  summer  sessions  normally  will  he  processed  in 
the  fall.  A  review  will  be  scheduled  in  the  summer  only  when  the 
student's  academic  eligibility  is  jeopardized  by  the  grade  in  question  or 
when  the  student  is  a  graduating  senior.)  The  Provost's  ( )ffice  w  ill 
notify  the  appropriate  dean,  department  chairperson,  faculty  member, 
and  the  Student  Congress  president  of  the  student's  initiation  of  the 
Level  II  process. 

C.  Procedure  to  Process  Appeal:  The  student  will  he  expected  to  submit 
written  documentation  of  his/her  complaint,  and  the  (acuity  member 
will  be  expected  to  submit  in  writing  the  course  grading  procedure  and 
any  other  pertinent  information.  Appeals  based  on  discrimination  will 
be  reviewed  according  to  current  standards  of  nondiscriminati 
Appeals  based  on  capriciousness  will  he  reviewed  in  light  of  the  faculty 
member's  announced  evaluation  and  grading  system.  The  committee 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       31 


will  n  fii  «  thi  mati  rials  to  den) Brni  appi  al  i  onl i I  >i  nial 

o|  jppi  a]  i  01 uani  i  il  I"  I"  a  m  gativi  vote  ol  I embi  n  ol  thi 

,„ I  I       I.  i    will  ml., mm  lli.    PrOVOat'e  I  HI I  lis 

Gndinga  Withinfh/i  (5)  class  days  of  the  receipt  of  thi  committei 

,,  pori  ih,  proves lesignec  will  notif)  the  student  and  the  fai  tilt] 

member  of  thi  finding)  Ifthi  basis  for  appeal  is  determined  to  bi 

lubati in    thi  provost  oi  designee  willsi  hedule  .i  Grade  Revii  w  Panel 

within  fifteen  (15)  i  lass  days  to  I"' vened  prior  to  theconclus .1 

il,  semester, 

Level  III:  Appeal  Review 

A.    Composition!  The  Grade  Review  Panel  will  consist  of  fivi  vi g 

members i  ai  adi  mil  di  an  oi  aasoi  iate  dean  and  foui  fai  ult) 

members.  The  Student  I  ongn  isl  ecutivi  Committee  designei  ma) 
advise  as  requested  by  die  student.  The  affirmative  action  officer  will 
advist  in  appeals  based  on  disi  riminadon. The  panel  will  be  constituted 

from  the  Grade  Review  Poolb)  random  selecl .Thi  panel 

chairperson  will  be  elected  by  and  from  the  panel  before  ea<  h  review. 

It.     Membership]  The  <  Irade  Review  Pool  will  be  established  in  the  spring 
term  to  serve  for  the  following  academic  year.  I  sing  random  --thi  tion 
in,  tljods  Hi.  pool  and  rotational  ordei  within  the  pool  will  be 
established  1>n  tin  Provost's  <  Mil,  e.  A  |>,„,l  of  three  deans  oi  assoi  tate 
deans  .mil  twelve  full-time  faculty  members  will  be  maintain)  ,1  In 

itablishing  the  membership  Im  each  review  [unci,  prior  to  ea(  li  review 
the  names  ol  those  designated  as  primary  members  of  the  specific  panel 
.mil  available  as  alternates  will  be  supplied  to  all  parties  involved.  A 
panel  membei  ma)  request  (in  the  provost  oi  >k  si,j,m  i)  disqualifii  ation 
due  to  a  conflict  of  interest.  The  student  and  the  facult)  membei  may 

eliminate tes  in  proportion  in  die  composition  of  the  panel.  Each 

maj  eliminate  onl)  one  dean/associate  dean  ami  four  faculty.  I  he 
instructor  and  the  student  will  be  supplied  a  list  of  all  pnm.ii  \  ami 

s, lary  pool  members.  The  opportunity  to  disqualify  panel  members 

will  take  plao  onl)  once.  Resulting  vacancies  will  In-  filled  from  the 
appropriate  pool  ol  alternates  so  thai  the  panel  "ill  be  < omposed  ol  one 
dean/associate  dean  and  four  faculty.  If  through  self-disqualifk'atiini  and 
,  hallenges  a  panel  cannot  be  constituted  from  the  pool,  then  the  I  (ffice 
of  the  Provosl  will  supplement  the  ]»«•<»!  using  appropriate  random 
selection  methods. 

C.    Procedure: 

1.  Both  the  student  and  the  instructor  will  have  the  right  to  appear 

before  the  i el,  present  witnesses,  and  offei  evidence.  In  addition 

I.,  those  --i ii i  ilied  In  Level  III.  Sec  t \.  each  may  also  bring  one 

observer,  with  whom  he  or  she  may  consult  hut  who  maj  not 
partii  ipate  in  the  review. 

2.  The  panel  shall  determine  its  rules  of  order  for  internal  operation. 

Alter  hearing  the  evidence  In  ought  forth,  the  panel  will  privatel) 
deliberati  and  render  a  decision.  II  the  grade  appeal  is  upheld,  the 

panel  will  constitute  a  committee  ol  three  appropriate  Ea<  ult) 

members  (knowledgeable  in  the  discipline  hut  ex<  luding  the  facult) 

membei  .ig.nnsi  «l he  complaint  was  lodged),  who  will  review 

the  student's  work  and  recommend  the  appropriate  grade  or 
suitable  remedy.  The  panel  will  incorporate  this  information  in  us 
determination,  which  it  then  forwards  to  the  Provost's  <  mice  for 
impleiiienlal  ion.  ordinal  iK  within  thirty  days.  The  Provost's  <  (ffice 
will  initiate  the  processing  ol  giade  changes  resulting  from  Level  III 
dei  isioiis 

3.  ["he  written  report  sent  to  the  Provost's  <  mice  will  state  whether 
the  student's  appeal  is  upheld  or  denied:  if  upheld,  the  committee's 
evaluation  and  remedy  will  he  included.  Both  the  student  and  the 
facult)  member  have  the  right  to  review  all  documents  related  to 
the  appc.il.  Ml  .I,,,  inn,  nts  supporting  the  report  will  be  sealed  and 
kept  onl)  as  long  .is  in-,  ess. n\  (normall)  one  year)  to  ensure  the 
appropriate  action  is  taken  before  the)  arc  destroyed  oi  returned  to 
the  individual  presenting  the  evidence. 

Ancillary  Provisions 

A.    Continuing  Rights:  This  appn  al  does  not  supplant  an)  legal  rights 
alloic  led  I  iv  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and  or  the  Government 
ol  the  United  States.  Nothing  111  this  police  abrogates  oi  modifies  an) 
provisions  of  01  ugh  Is  under  the  Collective  Bargaining  Agreement. 

ft.     Discrimination  in  this  policy  generally  means  unlawful 

discrimination.  To  the  extent  that  any  101111  of  discrimination  identified 
in  tins  definition  is  not  unlawful  discrimination,  this  definition  shall  not 

he  taken  to  create  a  cause  ol  appeal  against  the  university.  In  SUl 

the  final  appeal  procedures  stated  in  this  policy  will  he  final  and  binding 
on  the  student. 


(.     [enure  and  Proi ion  Conunitici  Membership  on  Gradi   tppcsJi 

(in iii<  is:  Members  of  the  universi 

.nun,  es  may  not  wia  1  om  urn  nl 

I).      Support  Mechanism:    I  •  •    I'  Offil 

S,  natl    \'  ad'  mi'   <  mitti .    ,'  o   U1  ■'    ' 

idi  niiKing  a  pool  ol  .11  Ii  ..si  ten  fai  ult)  n«  ml* 

prepat n  ofgt 

snide  ni,  .,1  I...  nil',  prepare  documentation  f<n 

ploc  ess. 

I,.    Training/Supporti  I  In  Provo  11    '  (ffii  1 

sessions/workshops  to  assist  deans,  1 

p. ,11,  i hi,  ,  in.  mi..  1     .1.. i  mi  mb 

(  longTI  SS/  \i  ad,  inn    All. ins  <    01 

piot ill,  guidani 
I  •'.     Dissemination  of  Grade  Appeal  Information 

will  annually  upon  to  tin  urrivi  rsit)  1  ommunil  immar)  ol 

ippeal  data  that  does  not  <  ompromise  confidentia 

1I1.  1 1 1  ,ippc  als  lilc  d.  2)  ih,  ,,  jolul -  al  i.   ■      II  ,■ 

the  final  implementation  ol  Level  III  di 
(;.    Appeals  mi  Procedural  Grounds:  Decisions  may  not  be  1 1 

i    bei  iusi  the  Provost's  Office  fails  to  comply  with  Ancillar) 

Provisions  I).  L.  01  I  abovi 
II.    Intentional  Misrepresentation:  Intentional  misrepresentation  in  the 

filing  ol    radi     pp   lis  by  students  will  be  referred  to  the  ui 

jii.l,,  ui  system  foi  students.  Intentional  misrepresentation  b)  1 

the  grade  appeals  process  will  he  referred  to  the  Provost's  •  Iffice. 
1.     Confidentiality:  Studi  nts,  lac  ulty,  administrators,  and  stall  involved  in 

processing  and  hearing  grade  appeals  must  re  spc,  t  tl nfidcntiality  ol 

all  as[iec  is ,,)  ilu  s,  i cc  dings.  Those  breaching  confident 

iln  inse  Kc  s  in  possible  disciplinary  action.  This  shall 

Lust  Amendment  lights  ol  the  student  appellant  nor  the  instrni  tot 
against  wh the  appeal  has  heen  tiled. 

J.     Intended  Purpose:  Thi  gradi  appeal  pi  mpl) 

as  a  means  to  resolve  differences  between  students  ami  facult)  related  to 
grading.  Unless  there  is  intentional  misrepresentation,  the  results  of  a 
gradi  appeal  ma)  not  be  used  for  disciplinary  action  of  persi 

K.     Faculty  Compensation:  [fa  Re\  iew  1  lieduled  at  a 

tune  in  ihc  simiinci  when  an)  I."  ult)  member  involved  is  not  under 

contract,  ilu  fai  ult)  membei  will  he  e pensaled  urn  lei  terms  mutually 

agreed  upon  at  Meet-and-Disi  u« 

L.     Review  of  Policy:  Every  five  years        :  demic  Committee  will 

review,  in  consultation  with  the  campus  community,  thi 
Oracle  Appeals  Policy  and  recommend  changes  deemed  appn 

M.   *  Amendment:  Amendments  may  he  implemented  upon 

by  University  Senate,  APSCUF  Representative  Council,  and  M 
Discuss. 

*Notc:  In  the  amendment  process  above,  spe<  ifii  atii 

implies  the  Council  of  Trustees' role  in  approving  Senate  actions  and 

recognizes  the  Council  of  Trustees'  final  action  to  change 

Academic  Integrity  Policy  and  Procedures 

IIP  is  an  academic  community  within  the  societ)  at  large   All  n 
within  this  community  are  expected  to  accept  die  responsibili 
integrity  and  honesty.  Academic  dishonest)  seriously  erodes  tli 
educational  pursuits  and  is  unacceptable  at  lUP.The  following 
procedures  have  heen  established  to  preserve  the  academic  inti  _ 
universit)  community,  while  also  providing  a  process  that  pr 
of  students  who  allegedly  violate  these  pohcies. 

Policy 

A.     Types  of  Violations.  \  i.  ilations  of  academic  integrity  im  lude.  hut  arc 
not  limited  to.  thi  I,, I!  - 

1.  Proi  nig  unauthorized  assistance  in  ■  rmrsi  work,  with 
lab  work,  theses,  dissertations,  or  during  examinations  (im 
qualifying  and  comprehensive  examsl  or  qn 

2.  1  smg  unauthorized  materials  01  ,  . 
examinations  or  quizzes. 

3.  Plagiarizing  papers,  theses,  dissert 

and  oral  presentations,  take-home  examinations,  computet 
01  other  academic  exercises  by  misrepresei  B  die 

ideas,  words,  formulas,  or  data  of  another  as  one's  own.  Plagiarism 
nid  illegal.  Writers  are  indebted  to  authors  from  whom 
the)  borrow  exact  words,  ideas,  theories,  opini 
illustrative  material,  or  facts  (beyond  common  know 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


32       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


are  also  indebted  if  they  summarize  or  paraphrase  m  their  own 
words  material  from  sources.  All  quoted  material  requires  the 
acknowledgement  of  the  source  by  the  use  of  quotation  marks  or 
indentation  (if  exact  wording  is  incorporated).  In  addition, both 
direcd)  quoted  and  summarized  material  must  be  acknowledged  by 
use  ol  .1  note  or  parenthetical  citation  that  indicates  the  author 
and/or  date  of  publication  and  page  number  or  numbers.  If  the 
writer  indents  a  quotation,  it  must  be  clearly  set  ofl  from  the  body 
olthe  text  and  must  be  documented  in  the  aforesaid  manner.  To 
verify  the  various  documentation  procedures,  writers  should 
consult  the  style  sheet  in  the  particular  discipline  lor  which  they  are 
preparing  the  assignment  (MLA,  APA,  Chicago,  BC,  etc.). 

4.      Using  the  same  papei  or  work  more  than  once  without 

authorization  of  the  faculty  niember(s)  to  whom  the  work  is  being 
submitted. 

!>.      Possession  course  examination  materials  before  the  administration 
of  the  exam,  without  the  prior  knowledge  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

6.  Intentionally  evading  1UP  academic  policies  and  procedures;  for 
example,  improperly  processing  course  withdrawals,  grade  changes, 
or  other  academic  procedures. 

7.  Falsify  nio,  information,  including  falsification/fabrication  of  research 
data  and/or  statistical  analyses,  forging  signatures  on  various  forms 
and  documents,  or  altering  or  adding  answers  on  academic 
exercises  or  exams  alter  work  has  been  graded. 

8.  Computer  disl csty,  including:  tampering  with  or  making 

unauthorized  change  to  another  person's  or  the  university's 
computer  system,  illegally  copying  computer  software,  personal  use 
of  another  individual's  computer  account,  unauthorized  activity 
involving  another  individual's  personal  computer  system  or  any 
system  belonging  to  the  university,  and  other  unauthorized  use  or 
violations  involving  computer  use. 

9.  Noncompliance:  failure  to  follow  through  with  sanction(s)  imposed 
as  a  result  of  an  academic  violation. 

The  university  reserves  the  right  to  discipline  any  student  for  any  action  that 
an  ordinary,  reasonable,  intelligent  college  student  knows  or  should  know 
might  lead  to  the  issuance  of  discipline.  This  means  the  university  maintains 
the  right  to  issue  discipline  for  reasonable  cause. 

Charges  of  academic  integrity  violations  may  be  brought  by  faculty  members 
or  administrators.  Students  who  observe  or  become  aware  of  a  violation  of 
academic  integrity  by  another  student  are  strongly  encouraged  to  report  it  to 
a  university  official.  A  faculty  member/administrator  who  believes  that  a 
student  has  violated  an  academic  policy  may  elect  to  resolve  the  matter  by 
Informal  Resolution,  by  Documented  Agreement,  or  by  Formal 
Adjudication.  Sanction(s)  may  not  be  imposed  upon  a  student  believed  to  have 
violated  an  academit  polu  v  without  following  one  <>/  these  three  procedures. 

II  charges  are  brought,  the  accused  student(s)  shall  have  a  fair  and  reasonable 
opportunity  to  answer,  explain,  and  defend  against  the  charges.  The 
university  shall  have  the  burden  ol  proof  in  all  cases.  Hearsay  should  not  be 
used  as  the  sole  evidence  to  establish  any  fact  necessary  to  establish  guilt  or 
innocence. 

Procedures 

A.     Faculty/administrators  must  use  one  of  the  following  options  to  resolve 
alleged  violations  of  academic  integrity. 

1.  Option  I:  Informal  Resolution.  The  faculty  member/ 
administrator  and  student  may  meet  informally,  normally  within 
seven  class  days  of  the  observation  or  discovery  of  the  incident,  and 
agree  to  resolve  the  issue  without  submitting  any  formal 
documentation.  If  the  violation  pertains  to  work  beingjudged  by  a 
committee  (examples  might  include  dissertations  and 
comprehensive  examinations,  both  oral  and  written),  the  meeting 
must  involve  a  majority  of  the  committee  and  the  resolution  must 
be  agreed  to  by  a  majority  of  the  committee.  It  is  in  the  interest  of 
both  the  faculty  member/administrator  and  student  to  complete  a 
statement  that  summarizes  the  incident,  conference,  and  agreed- 
upon  resolution.  This  factual  statement  should  be  signed  by  both 
parties  ami  copies  provided  to  the  student  and  the  faculty 
member/administrator.  II  agreement  cannot  be  reached,  or  at  the 
disi  on. hi  ol  tin.  fat  ulty  member/administrator,  a  more  formal 
process  as  outlined  in  tins  policy  may  be  initiated. 

2.  Option  II:  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement 

a.  The  faculty  member/administrator  may  schedule  a  conference 
with  the  student  in  an  attempt  to  agree  on  the  facts  of  die  case 
and  to  reach  a  mutually  agreeable  resolution.  This  meeting 


must  normally  Ire  scheduled/requested  within  seven  class  days 
of  the  observation  or  discovery  of  the  alleged  violation  or  ol  the 
failure  ol  resolution  by  Option  I.  Han  agreement  is  reached. 
the  faculty  member/administrator  must  complete  a 
Documented  Agreement  Form  outlining  the  agreement  and 
have  it  signed  by  both  parties:  faculty  member/administrator 
and  student.  If  the  violation  pertains  to  work  such  as  a  thesis 
or  comprehensive  examination  beingjudged  by  a  committee, 
the  meeting  must  involve  a  majority  of  the  committee  and  the 
Documented  Agreement  Form  must  be  agreed  to  and  signed 
by  a  majority  ol  the  committee.  Copies  are  distributed  to  the 
student,  the  faculty  member(s)/adrninistrato'r  tiling  the 
agreement,  and  the  department  chair,  who  must  also 
electronically  record  the  information  for  subsequent  entry  into 
die  computer  database.  The  form  must  normally  be  filed 
within  seven  class  days  of  the  conference. 

b.  If  an  agreement  is  reached  and  the  form  is  filed,  the  matter  is 
closed  unless  the  student  lias  a  prior  academic  violation(s)  on 
record.  By  signing  oil' on  the  agreement,  the  student  waives  the 
right  to  appeal  the  sanctions  agreed  upon  in  the  conference.  If 
the  student  fails  to  fulfill  the  written  agreement,  the  faculty 
member/administrator  may  file  an  academic  integrity  referral 
against  the  student  for  noncompliance. 

c.  If  a  prior  academic  integrity  violation(s)  for  the  student  is  on 
record,  the  matter  will  be  referred  to  an  Academic  Integrity 
Board  (AIB).  The  AIB  will  review  the  case  to  determine  if 
more  severe  sanctions  are  warranted  (see  Section  D,  Multiple 
Violations). 

d.  If  a  documented  agreement  is  not  reached,  the  faculty 
member/administrator  should  initiate  the  formal  adjudication 
process  by  filing  an  academic  integrity  referral  form  with  the 
department  chair,  normally  within  seven  class  days  of  the 
conference  with  the  student. 

3.     Option  III:  Resolution  by  Formal  Adjudication.  A  faculty 
member/administrator  should  pursue  forma]  adjudication  if: 

--  he/she  cannot  reach  or  chooses  not  to  attempt  a  mutually 
agreeable  resolution  with  the  student  regarding  the  facts  of  the  case 
or  sanctions  to  be  imposed, 

--he/she  believes  that  the  violation  is  so  severe  that  it  warrants  a 
sanction  of  expulsion,  suspension,  involuntary  withdrawal  from 
part  of  IUP's  academic  or  other  programs,  or  awarding  a  failing 
grade  on  a  project  or  examination  (such  as  a  graduate  qualifying  or 
comprehensive  examination  or  dissertation)  when  resubmitting  the 
project  or  retaking  the  examination  is  not  possible. 

a.  The  faculty  member/administrator  should  file  an  academic 
integrity  referral  form  with  the  department  chair,  normally 
within  seven  class  days  of  the  observation  or  discovery  of  the 
violation  or  within  seven  class  days  of  the  failure  to  reach  a 
resolution  through  Option  I  or  Option  II.  If  the  violation 
pertains  to  work  being  judged  by  a  committee,  the  form  must 
be  signed  by  a  majority  ol  the  committee.  The  form  will 
contain  a  description  olthe  alleged  violation,  including  the 
time,  date,  and  place  of  occurrence,  and  the  recommended 
sanction(s)  if  the  student  is  found  to  have  violated  this  policy. 

b.  The  department  chair  will  forward  a  copy  ol  the  academic 
integrity  referral  to  the  student,  normally  within  seven  class 
days  of  receiving  notification  of  the  allegation,  and  contact  the 
student  to  schedule  a  hearing  to  review  the  tacts  surrounding 
the  allegation  and  recommended  sanctions  if  the  student  is 
determined  to  have  committed  a  violation. 

c.  The  hearing  should  be  scheduled  so  as  to  allow  the  student  a 
reasonable  time  to  prepare  a  defense  (normally  within  seven 
class  days  of  being  notified  of  the  allegation  by  the  department 
chair). 

d.  This  hearing  will  involve  the  student,  the  department  chair, 
and  die  faculty  member/administrator(s);  the  department  chair 
may  invite  others  with  pertinent  information.  All  parties  must 
be  given  the  opportunity  to  submit  written,  physical,  and 
testimonial  evidence,  and  for  reasonable  questioning  of 
witnesses. 

e.  The  accused  student  may  identify  an  advisor,  who  may  be  an 
attorney,  to  be  present  at  the  hearing.  The  advisoi  may  only 
consult  privately  with  the  student  unless  otherwise  determined 
by  the  university  regarding  a  particular  case. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


33 


f.     The  studenl  may  waive  hii/hei  righl  to  .1  hearing  in  writing.  II 

to,  the  sanction  1 mended  b)  thi  person  filing  thi  referral 

ivillbi  imposed  lffh<  itudenl  fula  to  appear  when  a  hearing 
lias  been  scheduled,  the  hearing  will  be  held  in  the  student's 
absence  and  the  department  chair  will  render  a  decision  based 

upon  rai  tual  information  presented  b)  the  f Ik 

member/adn strator, 

)>.     Fbllowing  the  hearing,  the  departmenl  1  hail  will  rendei  .1 
determinadon  based  on  the  informadon  presented  .n  the 
hearing.  Normally  within  seven  class  days  "I  the  hearing,  the 
departmenl  1  hail  will  forward  .1  written  report  summarizing 
the  hearing  that  includes  the  outcome,  the  fai  tual  basis  l"i  the 
determinations  reached,  the  saucdon(s)  to  be  issued,  and 
appeal  procedures.  ( lopies  ol  il»s  report  will  be  senl  to  the 
student,  the  faculty  member/administrator,  and  the 
provost/designee.  The  departmenl  chair  « ill  retain  .1  copy  for 
departmental  lilcs  and  electronically  record  the  informadon  for 
subsequent  entry  into  tin  computer  database. 

h.    In  the  event  that  a  department  chair  cannot  or  will  not  fulfill 
the  above  role,  or  in  die  event  that  the  person  filing  the  referral 
is  an  administrator  or  department  chair,  the  provosl  01 
designee  will  determine  the  appropriate  individual  to  fulfill  the 
department  chair's  role  and  inform  the  student  ami  the  faculty 
1111  inbcr/administrator  filing  charges. 

i.       If  a  prior  academic  violation(s)  lor  the  student  is  on  record,  the 
case  must  be  referred  to  the  Academic  Integrity  Board  which 
will  consider  more  severe  sanctions  (see  Section  I),  Multiple 
Violations).  Otherwise,  il  there  is  no  appeal,  the  recommended 
sanction  will  he  imposed, 

B.     Academic  Integrity  Board  (AIB).  The  AIB  will  hear  all  cases  in  which 
appeals  to  die  chair's  decision  are  accepted  by  the  provost/designee  (see 
Appeals  section  C.l.  and  C.2.).  The  AIB  will  also  review  sanctions  in 
cases  of  multiple  violations  (see  Section  D). 

1.  The  All!  will  be  made  up  of  four  faculty  members,  one  of  whom 
will  chair  the  hoard,  and  two  students.  A  quorum  requires  the 
presence  of  lour  persons,  at  least  one  of  whom  must  be  a  student. 
All  members.  Including  the  chair,  are  voting  members. 

2.  When  an  AIB  bearing  is  called  for.  the  AIB  will  be  convened  by  die 
provost/designee  (currently  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs).  The  accused  student  shall  be  notified  of  die  dme, 
date,  and  place  of  the  hearing  and  the  names  of  those  AIB  members 
scheduled  to  review  his/her  case.  If  the  bearing  is  an  appeal,  this 
notification  will  also  include  details  of  the  charges.  Including  the 
dme,  date,  and  place  of  die  alleged  ofiense(s)  and  the  recommended 
Sancdon(s).  If  the  hearing  is  a  review  of  sanctions  in  a  multiple 
violadon  case  (see  Section  D).  the  notification  should  also  indicate 
that  more  severe  sanctions  might  be  imposed.  The  hearing  should 
be  scheduled  so  as  to  allow  the  student  reasonable  tune  to  prepare  a 

defense. 

3.  Prior  to  die  hearing  a  student  appearing  before  an  AIB  may,  widi 
good  cause,  challenge  any  member  on  the  board  sitting  in  judgment 
ol  his/her  particular  case.  When  such  a  challenge  is  made,  an 
alternate  member  will  be  appointed  to  the  AIB. 

4.  The  AIB  will  review  all  material  and  hear  all  evidence  pertinent  to 
the  case  from  die  accused  and  all  witnesses.  Members  of  die  AIB 
shall  he  free  to  ask  relevant  questions  to  clarify  information  or 
resulting  issues. 

5.  The  student  shall  have  a  fair  and  reasonable  opportunity  to  answer, 
explain,  and  defend  against  informadon  and  witnesses  presented  at 
die  hearing,  to  submit  written,  physical,  and  testimonial  evidence, 
and  to  call  relevant  witnesses  on  his/her  behalf. 

6.  The  accused  student  may  identify  an  advisor,  who  may  be  an 
attorney,  to  be  present  at  die  bearing.  The  advisor  may  only  consult 
privately  with  the  student  unless  otherwise  determined  by  the 
university  regarding  a  particular  case. 

7.  After  hearing  all  evidence,  die  AIB  will  privately  make  its  decision 
based  reasonably  upon  the  evidence  presented.  A  majority  vote  ol 
the  AIB  shall  be  required  for  any  decision.  If  the  AIB  finds  die 
student  to  have  committed  the  misconduct  or  infraction,  and  the 
student  has  no  prior  academic  violation(s)  on  record,  it  may  accept, 
reduce  (but  not  increase),  or  modify  the  recommended  sanction.  If 
the  student  does  have  a  prior  academic  violation^)  on  record,  die 
AIB  may  increase  the  recommended  sanction  (see  Section  D. 
Multiple  Violations). 


8.     II  the  student  w.uw  s  \ugftu  '  righl  to  a  hearing  in  writing,  or 
chooses  not  to  appear  at  thi   UB  hearing,  tin  cast  .mIII* 
adjudii  tied  but  'I  upon  thi  dulcd 

hearing. 

'I.     All  healings  an  1  loaed  unli  11  the  irudi  nl  n  qui  its  an  open  hi  ariitg 
in  writing.  Tin  AIB  i  hail  has  toe  authorit)  i"  maki  the  final 
dei  is regarding  ai  < » ss . .1  spei  tators  al  the  hearing. 

10.  The  AIB  miisi  submit  a  written  report  ol  thi  di  i  ision.  normally 
within  seven  1  lass  days  of  ns  dei  ision,  i"  thi  student,  Ij>  lilt) 

member/adi itrator,  di  partmenl  <  hair,  and  provo 

who  will  1  li  1  troi IK  rei  ord  iln  information  foi  subsequent  entry 

into  the  1  omputei  datal 

C.  Appeals.  These  appeal  procedures  apph,  toi  in  1  resolved  through 
(omul  adjudii  ation  <  lases  "I  a,  adi  mil  integrity  thai  an  resolved 
through  minimal  resolution  01  doc  umented  agrei  mi  nl  1  annol  l« 
appealed,  as  the  lac  is  ..l  the  1  ase,  the  dei  ision,  and  sau«  non(s)  have  been 

agreed  to  by  the  student  and  the  individual  making  thi 

1.  If,  alter  receiving  the  department  chair's  report  on  the  outcome  of 
the  hearing,  the  faculty/administrator  or  die  student  disagrees  with 
eidier  die  decision,  the  sane  turn.  01  both,  he  she  may  appeal  to  the 
provost/designee,  normally  within  seven  class  elavs  ..I  n  .  e  King  die 
report.  This  appeal  must  be  in  writing  and  uiusi  elese  nbe  in  detail 
the  grounds  for  the  appeal.  These  reasons  ina\  me  hide  die 
following: 

a.  Denial  ofa  fair  and  reasonable  hearing 

b.  New  evidence  (applies  when  there  is  an  acceptable  reason  why 
the  information  was  not  presented  at  the  original  hearing) 

c.  Excessively  harsh  sanctions.  Students  cannot  appeal  em  the 
basis  of  excessively  harsh  sane  fiottl  A  &H  tani  uons  art- 
specified  on  die  course  syllabus,  have  the  prior  approval  ol  the 
department,  and  apply  ord)  to  the  spe  ifil  I  "nrse  in  wine  h  the 
alleged  violation  occurred. 

2.  The  provost/designee  may  deny  the  appeal  or  direct  the  appeal  to 
be  beard  by  an  AIB  within  seven  class  days.  All  appeals  involving 
sanctions  of  involuntary  withdrawal  from  part  of  HP's  ae  ade-mie  e,r 
odier  programs,  suspension,  or  expulsion  will  be  heard  by  an  AIB. 

3.  Unless  die  recommended  sanction  is  suspension  or  expulsion,  the 
decision  of  the  AIB  is  final  and  will  be  implemented  by  the 
provost/designee,  who  will  electronically  record  die  information  for 
subsequent  entry  into  the  computer  database. 

4.  Suspension  or  expulsion  may  be  recommended  hv  die  AIB  but  can 
only  be  implemented  by  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  (the 
president's  designee  for  suspension  and  expulsion),  who  is 
responsible  for  verifying  diat  due  process  was  followed. 

D.  Multiple  Violations 

1.  Students  widi  multiple  academic  violations  of  record  will  be  subject 
to  additional  sanctions,  including  possible  suspension  or  expulsion 
from  the  university. 

2.  Information  about  prior  violations  is  not  relevant  to  determining 
whether  a  student  has  violated  this  policy  However,  such 
information  is  pertinent  in  determining  the  appropriate  sanction. 

3.  If  a  student  found  in  violation  of  this  policy  through  eidier 
Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement  or  Resolution  by  Formal 
Adjudication  has  a  prior  academic  integritv  violation  of  record,  die 
case  will  be  referred  to  an  AIB. 

4.  For  cases  previously  resolved  by  Documented  Agreement  or 
dirough  Formal  Adjudication  at  the  department  chair's  level,  die 
AIB  will  schedule  a  new  hearing.  This  hearing  will  review  all 
information  pertinent  to  die  determination  of  an  appropriate 
sanction  but  will  not  reconsider  the  issue  ol  whether  die  policy 
violation  occurred.  Alter  considering  the  seventy  of  die  current  and 
prior  violations,  die  AIB  may  determine  diat  a  more  severe  sanction 
is  appropriate. 

5.  For  cases  being  heard  by  an  AIB.  the  AIB  should  request 
information  on  prior  violations  only  after  determining  that  a 
violation  has  occurred.  Information  on  prior  violations  should  be 
used  in  determining  die  appropriate  sanction. 

6.  The  AIB  must  submit  a  written  report  of  die  decision,  normally 
within  seven  class  days  of  its  decision,  to  die  student, 
faculty/administrator,  department  chair,  and  provost  designee  who 
will  electronically  record  the  information  for  subsequent  entry  into 
die  computer  database. 

7.  The  student  may  appeal  any  new  sanction(s)  to  the 
provost/designee.  The  provosl  designee  mav  denv  die  appeal  or.  on 
the  basis  of  denial  ofa  fair  and  reasonable  hearing,  new  evidence,  or 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


34       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


excessively  harsh  sanctions,  direct  the  appeal  to  be  heard  by  a 
second  AIB.  The  provost/designee  will  electronically  record  the 
information  for  subsequent  entry  into  the  computerdataba.se. 

E.     Sanctions 

1.  The  following  sanctions  may  he  agreed  upon  by  the  student  and 
faculty  member/administrator  through  informal  resolution  or 
documented  agreement.  All  grade  reductions  require  the  approval 
of  the  instructor  of  record.  If  the  work  is  graded  by  a  committee, a 
grade  reduction  requires  the  approval  of  the  majority  of  the 
committee. 

a.  Single  Grade  Reduction:  Reduction  of  grade  or  failure  on 
project,  examination,  quiz,  or  other  academic  exercise  on 
which  the  student  is  alleged  to  have  cheated. 

b.  Course  Grade  Reduction:  Reduction  of  course  grade  or 
failure  in  the  course.  If  the  violation  involves  a  project 
spanning  multiple  courses  (such  as  a  dissertation  or  multiple 
semester  internship),  the  grade  reduction  may  apply  to  all 
courses  involved. 

c.  Constructive  or  Educational  Task:  A  task  which  requires  the 
student  to  examine  his/her  dishonest  behavior  and  which  may 
benefit  the  student,  campus,  or  community. 

d.  Other:  Sanctions  deemed  appropriate  and  tailored  to  a 
specific  violation  as  determined  by  die  faculty 
member/administrator.  Any  reasonable  sanction  or 
combination  of  sanctions  for  a  given  violation  may  be  agreed 
upon  by  the  student  and  faculty  member/administrator. 

2.  In  addition  to  the  above,  die  following  sanctions  might  be  imposed 
through  formal  adjudication. 

a.  Letter  of  Warning:  A  warning  letter  may  be  issued  indicating 
that  the  student  has  been  found  in  violation  of  an  academic 
policy  and  that  failure  to  comply  with  policies  in  the  future 
may  result  in  further  disciplinary  action  to  be  handled  as  a 
second  offense.  The  letter  of  warning  will  remain  in  effect  for  a 
period  of  time  as  specified  by  the  individual  or  board  hearing 
the  case. 

b.  Disciplinary  Probation:  Disciplinary  probation,  which  is  for  a 
period  of  time  specified  by  the  individual  or  board  hearing  the 
case,  is  an  indication  that  a  student's  status  at  the  university  is 
seriously  jeopardized.  If  the  student  is  found  in  violation  of 
another  IUP  policy  during  the  probationary  period,  a  more 
serious  sanction  will  be  levied,  including  possible  involuntary 
withdrawal  from  part  of  IUP's  academic  or  other  programs, 
suspension  or  expulsion  from  the  university. 

c.  Involuntary  withdrawal  from  part  of  IUP's  academic  or 
other  programs:  A  student  may  be  denied  the  right  to 
participate  in  some  segment  of  IUP's  programs.  Such 
involuntary  withdrawal  might  be  imposed  on  eidier  a 
temporary  or  permanent  basis. 

d.  Suspension:  A  student  may  be  suspended  from  the  university 
for  a  specified  period  of  time,  not  to  be  less  than  the  remainder 
of  the  current  semester.  Suspension  requires  that  a  student 
remove  him/herself  from  university  premises,  not  attend  classes 
or  social  activities,  and  not  be  present  on  university  or  Student 
Cooperative  Association  property  during  the  period  of 
suspension. 

e.  Expulsion:  Expulsion  may  be  considered  under  any  of  the 
following  circumstances:  when  there  is  a  very  serious  violation 
of  the  academic  integrity  policy,  when  a  student  is  proven  to 
have  violated  the  academic  integrity  policy  on  more  than  one 
occasion,  or  when  a  student  appears  before  the  board  after 
already  having  been  suspended.  Expulsion  from  the  institution 
is  permanent.  Appeals  to  the  sanction  of  expulsion  must  be 
submitted  to  the  Office  of  the  President.  If  necessary,  the 
president  will  consult  with  legal  counsel  in  these  cases. 

Suspension  and  expulsion  can  be  recommended  by  a  faculty 
member/administrator,  department  chair,  and  AIB  but  can  be 
imposed  only  by  the  president's  designee  for  suspension  and 
expulsion  (currently  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs), 
who  is  responsible  for  verifying  that  due  process  was  followed. 


F.  Records  and  Recordkeeping 

1.     Records  of  Informal  Resolution.  Although  no  official  forms  are 
filed  at  this  level  of  resolution,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  a 
faculty  member/administrator  and  student  who  reach  an  informal 
agreement  put  the  agreement  in  writing  with  a  copy  to  each 
participant.  This  protects  each  party  in  the  event  of  any  future 
attempt  at  renegotiation. 

2-     Records  of  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement.  Documented 
agreement  resolutions  are  recorded  on  the  computer  database  of 
disciplinary  files  maintained  by  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president 
for  Student  Affairs.  They  are  not  considered  formal  disciplinary 
records  until  and  unless  the  student  is  found  in  violation  of  this 
policy  a  second  time.  They  are  internal  university  records  used  for 
monitoring  students  for  multiple  violations  only.  If  a  second 
documented  agreement  form  is  filed  or  a  student  is  found  in 
violation  of  the  policy  through  formal  adjudication,  the  student  will 
then  have  a  formal  disciplinary  record  which  includes  records  of 
both  violations.  This  formal  record  is  maintained  according  to  the 
IUP  judicial  system  recordkeeping  policies. 

3.     Records  of  Formal  Adjudication.  Records  of  academic  integrity 
cases  resolved  dirough  formal  adjudication  are  recorded  on  the 
computer  database  of  disciplinary  files  maintained  by  the  Office  of 
the  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  of  Student  Affairs.  They  are 
maintained  as  formal  disciplinary  records  in  accordance  with  IUP 
judicial  system  recordkeeping  policies.  Records  of  cases  involving 
suspension  or  expulsion  must  be  maintained  for  a  minimum  of  two 
years. 

G.  Operational  Notes 

1.  In  cases  where  a  violation  is  alleged  at  or  near  the  end  of  the 
semester  and  resolution  by  informal  resolution,  documented 
agreement,  or  formal  adjudication  cannot  be  completed  before 
grades  are  submitted,  the  faculty  member  should  submit  a 
designation  of  "Incomplete"  (I)  for  the  student.  The  "1" 
designation  will  remain  on  the  student's  record  until  the  case  has 
been  resolved.  Once  the  case  has  been  resolved,  the  "I"  designation 
will  be  replaced  with  the  appropriate  grade. 

2.  If  the  violation  is  alleged  during  the  semester  when  classes  are  in 
session,  the  accused  student  should  continue  attending  all  classes 
and  continue  to  complete  course  requirements  during  the 
resolution  of  the  academic  integrity  case. 

3.  The  provost/designee  may  extend  any  deadline  which  cannot  be 
met  for  what  he/she  deems  legitimate  reason. 

4.  Requests  to  constitute  the  AIB  for  hearings  will  be  directed  to  the 
provost/designee  (currendy  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs). 

5.  The  university  may  withhold  transcripts,  grades,  diplomas,  or  other 
official  records  pending  die  disposition  of  cases,  if  such  action  is 
reasonably  necessary  to  preserve  its  ability  to  enforce  its  rules. 

6.  The  provost/designee  may  modify'  the  procedural  provisions  of 
these  rules  by  the  issuance  of  written  orders  to  deal  with  particular 
unusual  procedural  situations,  so  long  as  no  order  shall  contradict 
the  rules  of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  State  System  of  Higher 
Education  governing  due  process  for  students,  and  no  such  rule 
shall  deny  fundamental  fairness  to  students  by,  for  example, 
effectively  constituting  a  denial  of  notice  or  opportunity  to  be 
heard. 

7.  This  policy  will  be  reviewed  by  the  Senate  Academic  Committee 
after  five  years. 

The  various  forms  described  in  this  policy  are  available  from  the  assistant  to 
the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs,  215A  Sutton  Hall,  deans'  offices,  or 
department  chairs.  Questions  concerning  the  Academic  Integrity  Policy  and 
Procedures  can  be  directed  to  the  assistant  to  die  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs,  2 15A  Sutton  Hall. 

Implementation:  The  policy  is  targeted  for  implementation  in  June,  1998, 
pending  completion  of  the  computer  screens  that  will  support  a 
decentralized  system  focused  in  die  departments. 

Approved  hy  Council  of  Trustees— May  15,  1998 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


35 


Final  Examination  Policies 


I  I,,  final  i  wi i week  is  [>: I  thi  n  guh id program  and 

,i  i porati  'I  into  i  ai  h  instrui  1 81  plan  foi  th i  sti  i 

i  |n  ,i  | , an  i I I)  Ii " ati  rj  pi  ol  ti  n iting  ai  dvitj 

and  therefore,  d s toi  ma)  choosi  : ppropriate  activit)  thai 

I is  i si  objei  tives. 

in ;ai  tivit)  shall  taki  place  onl)  al  thi  tin .1  loi n 

,i,m, I  b;  tin  s'  I"  duling  I  ii  nti  i  I  nil  ss  -, ted  an  i  v  usi  'I  aba hi 

i ,,  nii    bi '  n   i sible  foi  thi  i ji  si  I"  pn  foi  thi  lull 

i,  ii  | I  to  dun  i  the  ti  ii atingai  dvit)  Fai  ult)  bi  r«  ma] 

tudi  in  .mi  nd al  thi  terminating  ai  tivit) 

I'.k  i ih v  members  whodonol  schedule  oi  donol  attend  thi  I 

activit)  foi si  ma)  be  subjet  i  to  disi  iplinar)  acl i  ommensurati  wid 

i  ibsi  nces.  Block  finals  must  be  held  as  scheduled.  Once  the  final 
,  ...iniin.iiinn  has  been  sel  by  the  Scheduling  Center,!  hanges  and  absent  es 

si  be  approved  l>)  tin  instru •'«  dean. 

I  in 1 1 ..  examinal period,  the  following  general  rules  appl)  where 

,  .inllii  ts  exist: 


-'. 


I  hi  liighi  i  numbered  c se  takes  precedeni  e.  Thus,  a  studi  nl 

enrolled  inGE102and  EC325  would  take  the  EC  125  exam  at  the 
assigned  time  and  die  make-up  in  GE102. 

ll rsi  s  in  i  i'hIIk  i  are  the  same  level  and  number,  an  alphabetical 

determination  by  full  nami  ofthi  department  will  bi  made.  Foi  example, 
.,  student  enrolled  in  AG  I -'I  and  CS421  would  take  the  \<;  12  1  examal 
the  assigned  time  and  .1  make-up  in  CS 121. 

Maximum  Number  of  Exams  on  One  Day/Conflicts 

\  student  maj  nol  be  required  to  take  more  than  three  final  exams in) 

i  gularl)  scheduled  examination  day.  For  any  exam  ovei  three,  a  maki 

up  exam  must  be  scheduled  by  die  instructoi  foi  the  student,  at  his  oi  hei 
request,  intoanodiei  mutuall)  agreeable  regulai  final  examination  period. 
Tile  rules  determining  conflicl  resolution  (listed  above)  will  determine  w  hich 
,  nam  "i  exams  a  student  may  request  .is  make-ups. 

Night  Exam  Policy 

Vll  tests,  examinations,  and  quizzes  should  normally  be  administered  during 

ilu  prescribed  course  hours.  Onl)  in  diis  way  can  thi  essential  contrat  ted 

n ill arrangements  between  student  and  professor  bi  preserved 

and,  .K  the  same  time,  proper  provisions  made  for  the  many  extracurricular 
and  personal  activities  involving  students  and  faculty  alike.  Deviations  to 
allow  nighl  exams  foi  valid  educational  reasons,  within  the  guidelines  listed 
below,  must  be  approved  b)  the  department  and  th(  dean. 


Guidelines 

1.  Nielli  exams  can  only  be  scheduled  on  Monday  through  Thursday 
evenings  within  the  6:00-10:00  p.m.  tune  period. 

2.  Appropriate  physical  fat  ilities  musl  be  arranged  in  advani  e  without 

it  hment  upon  other  authorized  university  functions. 

3.  II  nielli  exams  are  to  be  given,  the  day  of  die  week  on  which  they  will  be 
given  must  be  listed  In  die  undergraduate  course  schedule. 

•  •     N ghtexam  can  lake  precedeni  e  over  a  regularly  scheduled  class 

5.  Arrangements  for  nonpunitive  make-up  exams  at  a  mutually  agreeable 
time  musl  be  available  for  students  that  cannot  attend  the  night  exam. 

6,  Fori  ai  h  hour  ol  nighl  exams,  an  hour  of  regularly  scheduled  class  time 
«ill  be  cancelled.  Sir  h  cancellations  are  prohibited  during  an)  period  of 
two  (lass  days  immediately  preceding  and  any  period  ol  two  class  days 
immediately  following  holiday  and/or  vacation  (recess)  periods  and 
semesti  i  terminations,  appearing  in  the  published  academii  i  alendar. 


INDIANA    UNi  )F    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADE 


36       REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION 


Requirements  for  Graduation 


Undergraduate  students  at  IUP  may  pursue  programs  of  study  in  any  one  of 
the  six  undergraduate  colleges:  die  Eberly  College  of  Business,  die  College  of 
Education,  die  College  of  Fine  Arts,  the  College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services,  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  or  the  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics.  A  student  may  earn  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  or  the  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Education.  The  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  offer  Associate  of  Arts  degree  programs.  To  meet 
graduation  requirements  in  a  baccalaureate  or  an  associate  degree  program, 
die  student  must  satisfy-  all  of  the  degree  requirements,  which  fall  into  three 
categories: 

1)  university  requirements 

2)  college  requirements 

3)  department  requirements 

Requirements  of  the  latter  two  categories  may  he  found  under  the  college 
and  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  pursuing  a  program  of  study. 

University  requirements  for  graduation  in  all  curricula  consist  of  Liberal 
Studies  requirements,  residency  requirements  in  regard  to  awarding  of 
degrees,  and  the  semester-hour  and  cumulative  grade-point  average 
requirements. 

Exception:  Students  who  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  prior  to  June  1, 
1989,  are  not  subject  to  Liberal  Studies  requirements;  they  will  complete 
degree  requirements  including  the  General  Education  components  oudined 
in  earlier  editions  of  the  Undergraduate  Catalog.  Transfer  students  entering 
the  university  between  June  1,  1989,  and  June  1.  1991,  were  assigned  either 
to  General  Education  or  Liberal  Studies  at  the  time  their  transcripts  were 
evaluated.  All  transfer  students  admitted  after  June  1.  1991.  are  subject  to  die 
Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

A  student  may  earn  a  second  undergraduate  baccalaureate  degree  by 
completing  a  minimum  of  thirty  additional  credits.  (See  Second 
Baccalaureate  Degree.)  It  is  not  possible  to  receive  two  or  more  baccalaureate 
degrees  simultaneously.  I  lowever,  a  student  may  complete  one  or  more 
secondary  majors  while  earning  the  primary  degree. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


Academic  Life  During  the  Freshman  Year 

During  the  Summer  Orientation,  as  described  in  the  section  on  orientation, 
students  meet  with  faculty  advisors  to  plan  a  program  of  courses  for  dieir 
first  year.  This  careful  planning  considers  students'  individual  preferences, 
the  results  of  placement  testing,  and  degree  program  requirements. 

With  a  typical  freshman  academic  schedule,  students  progress  both  in  the 
universitywide  Liberal  Studies  program  and  in  their  intended  majors. 

Three  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  designed  especially  for  freshmen,  and  all 
students  are  expected  to  complete  diese  courses  during  dieir  first  year.  The 
three  are  EN101  College  Writing,  H119S  History:  The  Modern  Era,  and  one 
course  from  a  list  of  Fine  Arts  selections. 

College  Writing  enhances  skills  in  written  expression  dial  are  essential  to 
success  at  the  university.  History:  The  Modern  Era  builds  critical  thinking 
skills  and  provides  a  foundation  of  knowledge  for  subsequent  courses. 
Whichever  fine  arts  course  is  chosen  encourages  an  appreciative 
participation  in  campus  cultural  life. 

Professors  teaching  these  courses  work  cooperatively  with  each  other  and 
with  Student  Affairs  Division  staff  to  integrate  class  work  with  campus 
lectures  and  arts  events.  Study  skills  development  and  tutoring  services  are 
also  provided  as  necessary. 

Semester  Hour  and  Cumulative  Grade-Point 
Average  Requirement 

Each  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  to  graduate, 
including  53  hours  in  Liberal  Studies  (all  on  a  passing  basis)  and  must  have  a 
2.0  ("C"  grade)  cumulative  grade-point  average  and  a  2.0  ("C")  average  in 
his/her  major  and/or  minor  Geld. 


UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION       37 


Liberal  Studies 


\ll   tudi  nts  mi isi  fulfill  il"  n  q ■  "I  the versity's  Libi  ral  Studies 

program  Thii  involve!  aminimu f  53  semester  hours  divided  ai < 

i  iUj  Knowli  dgi   in.is.  and  Synthi  sit   l  hi  numbi  rol  11  mi  ib  i 

hours  ma)  rise  slight])  d<  pi  tiding  on  studi  nl  1 1 s,  I  >iff<  n  ni  i  olleges I 

i nun  s  departments  withi lieges  may  havi  spei  ifii  varii ns  as  to 

how  thest  Liberal  Studies  requirements  are  to  be  met 

Liberal  Studies  provides  il»  broad  vision  and  understanding  thai  i  nabli 
individuals  to  enjoy  full,  rich  lives  and  to  plaj  constructive  roles  in  theii 

i es.  The  goals  foi  Liberal  Studies  include  (l)thi  develo] tol 

important  modes  ol  tliinking  and  intellei  tual  skills:  i  ritical  thinking,  literal  y. 
understanding  numerical  data,  historical  consciousness,  scientific  inquiry, 

ethical] prion,  and  aesthetic  sensitivity;  (2)  the  a<  quisition  of  a  body  of 

knowledge  "i  understanding  essential  loan  educated  person;  and  (3) an 
understanding  "I  the  physical,  as  well  as  tin  intellei  tual,  nature  "I  human 
beings. 

Liberal  Studies  Requirements 

Noti :  Spei  ifii  i  oursi  s  maj  be  required  oi  recommended  by  collegi  a  oi 
major  departments;  see  degree  program  outlines  foi  spei  ifications. 

Vddil al sis  maj  be  added  to  some  categories  during  the  next 

ai  ad i  m  .ii:  .in  updated  listing  is  printed  in  eai  h  semester's  si  hedule  i>l 

undergraduate  course  offerings, 


Learning  Skills: 

English  Composition!  Two  Courses 

EN101  College  Writing 

EN202  Resean  h  Writing  (sophomore  standing) 

I  learning  Skills: 

Mathematics:  One  Course  from  List 

MA101  Foundations  ofMathematii  s 

\l  \  102  Finite  Mathematii  s  |  inactive] 

\l  UOS  College  Ugebra 

\IV  I  in  Elementary  Functions 

MA121  Calculus  I  foi  Business,  Natural,  and 

Social  Sciences 
MA  123  Calculus  I  liir  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematii  s 
MA127  Calculus] 

M  \lr>l  Elements  "I  Mathematics  I 

(restrii  ted  to  designated  majors) 
MA152  Elements  of  Mathematics  II 

(restricted  to  designated  majors) 
MA217  Probability  and  Statistics 

BE1  1 1  Foundations  ol  Business  Mathematics 

(restricted  to  designated  majors) 

Humanities:  Three  Courses* 

*(  me  course  in  history,  one  in  literature,  and  one  in 

philosoph)  or  religious  studies. 

History: 

HI195  History: The  ModemEra 

Literature: 

FL121 
EN122 


Humanities  Literature 
Humanities  Literature  (taught  in  English) 
Introduction  to  Literary  Analysis 
(English  majors) 

Philosophy  or  Religious  Studies: 


I'll  1(1 1 

PH120 
PH221 
PH222 
PH223 

RSI  tin 
RSI  10 
RS250 
RS290 


Mcth. 


[nformal  Logi 

Thinking 

Introduction  to  1' 

Symbolii  Logii  I 

Ethics 

Philosoph)  ofArt 

Introduction  to  Religior 

Vforld  Religions 

I  nderstanding  the  Bibli 

Christianity 


f  Critical 


osophy 


7sh 


Fine  Ails:  Our  (  .oiiisi   lii. iii  I  !sl 

All  101  Introdui  lion  to  An 

MM  lol  Introdui  don  to 

'III  101  Introdui  tion  to  I  in  ab  i 

TH102  Introductii Dance 


)sl, 


Natural  Sciencei  ( hie  ( rption  s- 1  (Mi 

Option  I:  Two-semester  Laboratory  Couru  Scqaeno  M 

Two  courses  with  laboratories  (  Ish  each),  paired 
from  the  natural  n  "  ni  i  laboratory  i  ...usi  list 

Natural  Science  Laboratory  Sequence*: 

BI 103 and  loi      General  Biology  I  and  II  B 

CH101  and  102    Collegi  Chemistry  land  II 
cili  1 1  and  112    i  mistry  I  and  II  x 

CHI  13  .ind  111    ( Ion:  epts  in  <  In  mi  i 

Inorganii  <  1 sin 

Hue  of  i In  ji'lli  n  ing  thru   inanyordei 

GS101/102        Tin  Dynamic  Earth  with  lab  1 

GS103  104         Oo  ins  and  Atmospheres  with  lab  I 

GS105/106        Exploring  the  Universe  with  lab  1 


GS111/112        I  ii  ili  Si  ii  n.  i  foi  Edui  .it'ns  I  with  lull  ami 

GS1I3/U4         I  .mil  s.i.  in.  fb:  Educators  U  with  lab  9 

GS121/I22        Physical  Geology  with  lab  and 

GSI31/132        Historical  Geology  with  lab 

I'M  1 1/121  and  112/122  Physics  I  and  II  with  labs 

PV 131/1  II  and  132/142  Physics  I  and  II  with 

I, ills  |,    n  S 

SC105and  106  Physical  Science  I  and  II  (eithei  order) 
Option  II:  One  Laboratory  plus  Two  Nonlaboratory  Courses  1  Ota 

( )m  <  i  ii u  si  with  laboratory  (  Ish)  from  the  natural  si  ience  laboratory  course 
list  followed  by  tun  <  muses  (Ssh  each)  from  natural  science  nonlaboratory 
course  list.  (  me  ..I  the  nonlaboratory  i  ourses  may  be  counted  anain  among 
tin  I  il.ri.il  sin, In  s  Elei  tivi  s 

Natural  Science  Laboratory  Courses: 


HI  10  i 

General  Biology  1 

4 

CIIKII 

College  <  Chemistry  1 

4 

Clllll 

General  Chemistry  I 

4 

CHI  13 

Concepts  in  Chemistry 

4 

GS101/102 

The  Dynamic  Earth  with  lab 

4 

I.SIO.i/104 

( Vcans  and  Atmospheres  with  lab 

4 

GS105/106 

Exploring  the  Universe  with  lab 

4 

GS111  112 

1  .mil  s,  [|  m  .  fori  dui  .itnrs  1  \ndi  lab 

1 

GS1I3/114 

Earth  Si  iero  erbi  Edui  ators  II  with  lab 

1 

GS121/122 

Physical  ( leology  with  lab 

4 

GS131/132 

Historical  Geology  with  lab 

4 

P^  1  11/121 

Physii  s  1 

4 

PVl.il/141 

Physics  1  (calculus) 

4 

PY151/161 

Medical  Physics 

4 

SCI  05 

Physical  S<  ience  1 

4 

SCI  06 

Physical  Sciencei] 

4 

Natural  Science  Nonlaboratory  Courses: 

BIU4 

Environmental  Science 

3 

BI1I5 

Hi.. in  Diversity  ..l  North  Amenta 

3 

GS101 

The  Dynamic  Earth 

3 

GS103 

!  1*  eans  and  Atmospheres 

3 

GS105 

g  the  I  niverse 

3 

GS111 

Earth  Science  for  Educators  1 

3 

GS11  1 

F.artli  Science  for  Educators  II 

3 

GS121 

3 

GS131 

1  listi.ru  ,il  t  .. 

3 

GS141 

Introdui  tion  t>  1 1  h  ear  s,  ience 

3 

GS150 

ol  National  1'aik- 

3 

GS151 

i'hc  Age  of  Dinosaurs 

3 

3 

Physii  .tl  Resources  ■  •!  the  Earth 

3 

PY101 

and  the  Environment 

3 

PVI11 

Physii  s  1 

3 

PY112 

Physics  II 

3 

PY131 

I'livsits  I  (calculus) 

3 

PY1  12 

Physics  II  (calculus) 

3 

PY151 

Medical  Physics 

3 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


38       REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION 


Social  Sciences:  Three  Courses  from  List* 

*No  course  prefix  may  be  used  more  than  once 


AN  110 
AN2I1 
AN213 

Contemporary  Anthropology  ( 1 ) 
Cultural  Anthropology  (1) 

World  Archaeology 

3 
3 
3 

CR101 

Crime  and  Justice  Systems 

3 

EC101 

Basic  Economics 

3 

EC121 

Principles  of  Economics  1 

3 

GE101 
GE102 

Intro  to  Geography:  Human  Environment 

Geography  of  U.S.  and  Canada 

3 

3 

GE104 
PC101 
PS101 

Geography  of  the  Non- Western  World  (1) 
General  Psychology 
World  Politics  ( 1 )  ' 

3 
3 
3 

I'Slll 

American  Politics 

3 

SO  1.51 

Principles  of  Sociology 

3 

S0231 

Contemporary  Social  Problems 

3 

(l)Also 

fulfills  requirement  for  non-Western  course 

Health  and  Wellness:  One  Course 

HP143 

Health  and  Wellness 

3 

FN  143 

Nutrition  and  Wellness 

3 

An  alternate  method  of  fiitfilliiijj,  this  requirement  is  the 

completion  of  one  year  of  Military  Science/ROTC:  MS101 
Introduction  to  Military  Science  and  Lab  (2sh)  and  MS102 
Fundamentals  of  Military  Science  and  Lab  (2sb).  The 
courses  MS203  and  204  may  be  substituted  for  MS101 
and  102.  Veterans  are  given  4sh  toward  these  requirements 
by  validating  two  years'  active  duty'  via  form  DD214. 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  Three  Courses  from  List*  9sl 

*At  least  one  course  must  be  numbered  200  or  higher 

*No  course  carrying  the  student's  major  prefix  may  be  used 

*No  course  prefix  may  be  used  more  than  once,  except 
for  intermediate-level  foreign  language  prefixes  (FR,  GM, 
SP,  LA,  and  GK)  which  may  be  used  twice. 

See  list  of  nonlaboratory  natural  sciences  for  additional  courses  which  may 
be  used  as  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

See  list  of  Non-Western  Cultures  courses,  some  of  which  may  be  used  as 
Liberal  Studies  Electives. 

The  following  courses  are  also  approved: 

AH205  Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3 

AH206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  3 

AH211  Modern  Art  3 

AH222  Art  in  America  3 

AN286  Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family 

[same  as  S0286]  3 

BE101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy 

(identical  to  CO/IM 101)  3 

BE20 1  Internet  and  Multimedia 

(identical  to  CM/CO/IM/LB  201)  3 


CM101 

Communications  Media  in  American  Society 

3 

CM201 

Internet  and  Multimedia 

(identical  to  BE/CO/IM/LB  201) 

3 

CM380 

The  History  of  African  Americans  in  Film 

3 

CO101 

Microbased  Computer  Literacy 

(identical  to  BE/IM 101) 

3 

CO201 

Internet  and  Multimedia 

(identical  to  BE/CM/IM/LB  201) 

3 

CS101 

Personal  and  Family  Management 

3 

CS315 

Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 

3 

EC  122 

Principles  of  Economics  II 

3 

EN349 

English  Bible  as  Literature 

3 

FN  145 

Introduction  to  Nutrition 

3 

FR201 

College  French  I  (2) 

3 

FR202 

College  French  II  (2) 

3 

FR203 

Accelerated  College  French 

6 

FR301 

Portraits  of  Women  in  the  French  Novel 

3 

GE230 

Cultural  Geography 

3 

GE231 

Economic  Geography 

3 

GE251 

Geography  of  Pennsylvania 

3 

GE253 

Geography  of  Europe 

3 

GM251 

German  III  (2) 

3 

GM252 

German  IV  (2) 

3 

HE218                Child  Development  3 

HE224                Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3 
H 12 1 0                 Ancient  Civilizations:  The  Middle  East  and 

the  Eastern  Mediterranean  3 

HI212                 Ancient  and  Medieval  Europe  3 

HI214                 Themes  in  American  History  3 

H1305                 Renaissance  and  Reformation  3 

HI355                 African  History  I:  Antiquity  to  1600  3 

HI363                 Thought  and  Culture  in  Early  America  3 
HI364                 Thought  and  Culture  in  Modern  America          3 

HI366                 African-American  Women  3 
I M 1 0 1                 Microbased  Computer  Literacy 

(identical  to  BE/CO101)  3 
IM201                 Internet  and  Multimedia 

(identical  to  BE/CM/CO/LB  20 1 )  3 

IT201                  Intermediate  Italian  III  3 

IT202                  Intermediate  Italian  IV  3 

JN105                 Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media  3 

JN250                  Women  and  the  Press  3 

JN375                  World  News  Coverage  3 

LA  102                 Elementary  Latin  II  4 

LA201                 Intermediate  Latin  (2)  4 
LB201                 Internet  and  Multimedia 

(identical  to  BE/CM/CO/IM  20 1 )  3 
MA121                Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and  Social 

Sciences  (1)  4 
MA122                Calculus  II  for  Business,  Natural,  and  Social 

Sciences  4 
MAI 23                Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics  ( 1 )  4 
MA  1 24                Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics  4 

MA152                Elements  of  Mathematics  II  (1)  3 

(specified  majors  only) 
MA214  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Business  Majors    3 

M A2 1 6  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences    4 

MA217                Probability  and  Statistics  (1)  3 

MA241                Differential  Equations  3 

MH301                Music  History  I  3 

MH302               Music  History  II  3 

PC310                 Development  Psychology  3 

PC321                 Abnormal  Psychology  3 

PC330                 Social  Psychology  3 

PC378                 Psychology  of  Death  and  Dying  3 
PH232                 Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love,  Marriage, 

and  Divorce  3 

PH321                Symbolic  Logic  II  3 

PH323                 Political  Philosophy  3 
PH324                History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and 

Medieval  3 
PH325                 History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance 

and  Modern  3 

PH326                Phenomenology  and  Existentialism  3 

PH330                Philosophy  of  Science  3 

PH400                Ethics  and  Public  Policy  3 

PH405                Justice  and  Human  Rights  3 

PH410                Contemporary  Analytic  Philosophy  3 

PH420               Metaphysics  3 

PH421                 Theory  of  Knowledge  3 

PH450               Philosophy  of  Law  3 

PH460                Philosophy  of  Language  3 

PS346                 Political  Sociology  [same  as  S0458]  3 

RS200                 Religion  and  Culture:  Their  Interaction  3 

RS210                 World  Scriptures  3 

RS260                 American  Religious  Development  3 

RS312                 Archaeology  and  the  Bible  3 

RS329                 Philosophy  of  Religion  3 

RS410                 Early  Christian  Thought  3 

RS440                 Modern  Christian  Thought  3 
S0286                Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family 

[same  as  AN286]  3 

S0337                World  Societies  and  World  Systems  3 

SO340                Sociology  of  Industry  3 

50362  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities  3 

50363  Sociology  of  Sex  and  Gender  3 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION       39 


S0445 

S(  1458 
SP10  ' 
,n  ! 
SI'I  12 
SP201 
SP211 

\\s  100 


So,  i.il  Sli.ililn.il 

Political  Sociolog)  [same  as  PS346] 

El -•  Spanish  II 

Spanish  I"'  HealdtCare  Profi  isionali  II 
Sp ah  foi  ili.  HoSpitalit)  Industr)  II 

ini Hate  Spanish  (2) 

Ini.  nsivi  Intermediate  Spanish 

i I)  SP20I] 

I. In.  m \\ en's  Studies 


(I)  Students  ma)  use  this  course  to  fulfill  i  ithei  thi  Learning  Skills: 

Mathi  ni. hi.  s  rcqui i  a  Liberal  Studies  El«  rive  requireme 

10th 

(J)   Highei  level  langu  ig si  n  ma)  be  substituted  b)  sin,  I,  rata 

demonstrating  mi,  I,  abilit)  on  placement  tests. 
Non-Western  Culturesi  One  Course  firom  List 

♦Students  musl  fulfill  this  requirement  by  c pledngoi si  from 

,,  tofthei irses  will  at  the  same  dme  fulfill  other  requiremer 

bj  Liberal  Studies  ,.i  in  some  cases  1  >>  .i  cojlege  oi  department. 

Also  fulfills  is  Social  Science  requirement: 

AN  I  10  Contemporarj   Vnthropolog) 

AN211  Cultural  Anthropolog) 

GE104  Geograph)  of  the  Non- Western  World 

I'siiii  World  Politics 


the 

IS  Ml 


Uso  fulfills  is  Elective  requirement! 

\i  i  .i  Introduction  to  Pa^n-African  Studies 

AH300  Native  AmericanArt 

AN271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa 

[sameasS027i]  3 
AN272              Cultural  Area  Studies:  China 

[same  as  S0272]  3 
Cultural  Vn  a  Studies:  Southeast  Asia 

[same  as  S0273]  3 
AN274              Cultural  Area  Studies:  Latin  America 

[same  as  SQ274]  3 

Will  Native  Americans  [same  as  SOS  14]  .'i 

\.\  150  Anthropolog)  ol  Women  3 

AN365  Native  North  American  Religions 

[sameasRS365]  3 

Issues  in  International  Communication  3 

l  i   150  Comparative  Economic  Systems  3 

GE252  Geography  of  Latin  America  3 

GE25  I  Geography  of  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Sphere      3 

Geograph)  ol  Aim  a  3 

Geograph)  ..I  East  Vsia  3 

i  Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia  3 

Soviet  Unio d  Contemporar)  Russia  3 

HI330  History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization  3 

HI331  Modern  Middle  East  3 

HI356  African  History  II:  1600  topresenl  3 

I  ll.ii. 7  Nam,-  American  Historj  3 

IS2S 1  Special  Topics  in  Non-Western  Studies  3 

Political  Systems:  Africa  3 

Political  Systems:  Latin  America  3 

PS389  Developing  Nations  3 

RS3U  Eastern  Philosoph)  3 

RS360  African  Religions  3 

RS  165  Native  North  American  Religions 

[sameasAN365]  3 

RS370  Religions  of  China  and  Japan  3 

KS,i7r.  Religions  of  India  3 

RS380  Isl 3 

S0271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa 

[same  as  AN271]  3 
SOJ7J              Cultural  Ana  Studies:  China 

h-.n".  .-  UM272]  3 
Cultural  Ana  Studies:  Southeast  Isia 

[same  as  AN273]  3 
S(  127  I               Cultural  Area  Studies:  Latin  America 

[same  as  AN274]  3 

S0314  Native  Americans  [same  as  AN3 14]  3 

SP244  ModemMexico  3 

SP34  I  20th-Centurj  Spanish-American  Civilization 

and  Culture  [taught  in  Spanish  I  3 


SP  16  i  Survey  •.!  Spanish  Vmi  rii  an  i 

fit  in  S| ih  | 

Fulfills  I  s  Non-Western  requirement  .ml\: 
CL151, 201,oi  251  Vrabii  II.  Ill, oi  l\ 

H,orfV 
CL155, 205,oi  255  Hindi  II, III, oi  IV 
CL156, 206,oi  256  Hungarian  II,  III, oi  l\ 

est  II,  III, os  IV 
i  i  i  vi     i ..i  r. 

162  Russian  II,  III,  or  IV 

l  i    .  .  i  l i.  Development  I 

PS285  C parative  Government  II:  Non-Wi 

Politii  al  Sj 

( ;,  ii. mi  Sunk  Al .1  programi  in  non  Wi  iten  ■  ull  in   in  i    in  '.II,  red 

(information  is  in  the  respe,  , ,  tion;  further  information  is 

availabli  in  thi  Office  of  International  Services). 

Synthesis:  One  ( lours:  Sm 

l.s  199  s,  i quired  of  all  students) 

Prerequisite:  7  I  "<  mow  x  mi  ste:  hours  earned 

I  Ins .  ..ins,  helps  students  understand  and  hand):  ■  omplex  intellectual  ami 
social  issues  from  multipli  perspectives.  V  selection  of  topics  is  available 
, ...  h  s.  in,  st,  i  and  summei  session.  Students  should  n  hedule  thi 
during  the  jenioi  year,  ..i  ji  least  no  earlier  ilian  the  Ijsi  lull  .,1  thi 

year,  fnordei  to  bt len  theii  i  iq ni  es.  students  are  em  ouraged  to  enroll 

in  s\  nthesis  set  lions  taught  by  instrui  i..rs  outside  of  the  students'  majoi 

Gelds. 

Writing  Across  the  Curriculum:  Minimum  of  Two  "W" 

Courses 

All  students  must  includ:  a g  the  total  coin  >i  graduation  a 

iiiiiiiiiiiiin  ..I  two  designated  writing-intensive  courses.  One  of  l 
must  be  in  the  student's  primar)  major;  the  others)  may  lie  in  Lilier.il 
Studies,  college  oi  majoi  requirements,  or  free  electives.  Such  courses,  which 
involvi  extensivi  use  of  writing  as  |>.nt  ..I  the  learning  experieni 
identified  with  a  /\\7  in  eai  h  semesti  r's  Si  Indole  ol  I  ndergraduati  ' 
( Ifferings; 

Eligibility  and  Application  for  Graduation 
Commencement  ceremonies  are  in  May  at  IUP  al  tlic  conclusion  ol  the 
spring  setnestei  and  in  Dei  ember  at  the  conclusion  of  the  tail  semester.  <  inly 
si o.l.  uts  win.  have  completed  all  requirements  for  graduation  by  the  end  ,,l 
tin  si  inesiei  are  eligible  to  participate  lii  die  commencement  e\, 
Students  who  have  withdrawn  from  ionises  or  have  elected  to  take 

ni, pletes  or  have  failed  courses  during  the  semester  ami  thus  have  not 

met  the  requirements  foi  graduation  may  not  participate  in  commencement 
i  \t  n  is,  s  until  those  requirements  have  been  fulfilled.  Students  completing 
requirements  in  August  and  December  are  included  in  the  program  list  fbt 
the  December  ceremony. 

Students  are  responsible  for  knowing  and  fulfilling  die  requirements  lor 
graduation  m  tin  ram.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to 

complete  a  form  to  appl)  foi  graduation  and  submit  it  to  die  offii 
dean  ..I  Ins  lu  i  ,  ollege  earl)  in  the  term  prior  to  graduation. 

Certification  fbl  graduation  is  not  final  until  approved  by  die  dean  ol  the 
college  in  which  the  Student  is  enrolled.  Diplomas  will  not  be  issued  until  all 
lulls  and  obligations  have  been  satisfied,  including  the  degree  Ice.  and  final 
certifit  at  ion  for  graduation  has  been  issued  by  the  student's  college  dean. 

Pre-Approval  for  Transfer  Coursework 

Students  enrolled  at  II  P  who  wish  to  take  <  oursework  at  another  institution 
(either  during  the  summer  Ol  regular  semesters)  must  complete  an 
Application  fbl  Coursework  ( lutside  IIP  prior  to  taking  tin. 
the  credits  from  the  cours  students 

cannot  use  outside  coursework  foi  11  P's  repeat  policy.  Only  the  cred 
which  students  ret  eivt  thi  grade  ol  A.  B,  or  C  will  transfer.  II  P  f  is  the  only 
grading  option  available,  there  must  be  a  narrative  evaluation  from  die  faculty 
member  certifying  that  the  work  w.is  ofC  level  or  better.  No  more  tha 
credits  total  may  be  earned  al  a  junior  <>r  community  college  tor  application 
t. iw.it, 1  .hi  II  P  degrei    li  thi  i  oursi  -  are  being  taken  within  the  studei 
thirty  credits,  the  courses  must  be  taken  at  IIP  unless  the  student's 
residency  requin  m<  nl  sis  waived  by  the  college  dean. 

Courses  without  prio:  approval  arc  taken  al  the  risk  of  the  student:  t: 
no  obligation  on  die  part  of  any  officer  of  this  university  to  accept  oro 
such  credit. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CAT 


40       REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION 


Forms  for  approval  of  off-campus  coursework  are  available  in  the  Office  of 
Transfer  Credit  Evaluation/ Admissions  Office.  Full  directions  on  the  form 
oudine  the  steps  involving  die  transfer  evaluation,  student's  advisor,  and 
college  dean,  or  designee.  After  completing  off-campus  coursework,  students 
should  have  the  institution  at  which  die  work  was  taken  send  a  final  official 
transcript  directly  to  Transfer  Evaluation  Services,  216  Pratt  Drive,  1UP, 
Indiana,  PA  15705.  Copies  of  transcripts  issued  to  or  hand  carried  by 
students  will  not  be  accepted. 

Residency  Requirement  for  Awarding  of  Degrees 

All  students  receiving  an  initial  IUP  baccalaureate  degree  are  required  to 
complete  45  semester  hours  in  IUP  courses.  At  least  15  semester  hours  in 
IUP  courses  are  required  to  fulfill  an  IUP  major  and  a  minimum  of  6 
semester  hours  for  a  minor.  Normally,  the  student  will  complete  the  final  30 
semester  hours  in  residence  in  IUP  courses,  unless  specific  approval  has 
been  secured  from  the  dean  of  the  student's  college.  Exception  to  the  above 
requirements  for  courses  to  be  earned  in  residence  at  IUP  may  be  granted  by 
the  college  deans  based  upon  the  appropriateness  and  academic  integrity  of 
the  courses  in  question.  This  approval  is  generally  sought  as  part  of  the 
process  for  prior  approval  of  off-campus  coursework. 

Non-Native  Students:  English  Language  Requirements 

Non-native  students  of  English,  either  international  students  or  those  from 
the  U.S.  for  whom  English  is  not  their  first  learned  language,  are  required  to 
take  an  ESL  Screening/Placement  Test  prior  to  registration  in  the  first 
semester  attending  IUP.  The  test  is  administered  prior  to  registration  in  bodi 
the  fall  and  spring  semesters.  Results  of  this  test  are  used  to  determine  for 
which  English  course  (EN100/ESL,  EN101/ESL,  EN202/ESL, 
EN121/ESL)  a  newly  admitted  non-native  student  must  register.  In  addition, 
any  currently  enrolled  non-native  student  can  take  the  regularly  scheduled 
test  to  determine  registration  for  non-ESL  English  courses.  For  further 
information,  contact  Chair,  English  Department,  724-357-2261. 

Program  Changes 

To  insure  their  quality  and  relevance,  academic  programs  at  IUP  are  subject 
to  review  and  change  by  duly  appointed  and  responsible  university  groups. 
Because  of  this,  the  university  recognizes  diat  provisions  must  be  made  to 
prevent  hardship  to  students  already  enrolled  in  programs  if  changes  later 
occur  in  specific  or  general  program  requirements.  Students  affected  by 
changes  in  programs,  policies,  and  regulations  are  therefore  given  the  option 
of  following  those  requirements  that  are  in  effect  when  the  student  was  first 
enrolled  in  the  program  or  those  in  effect  at  the  time  of  expected  graduation. 
The  student  cannot,  of  course,  combine  chosen  elements  of  the  two.  Should 
a  question  of  rule  interpretation  arise  with  respect  to  changes,  the  student, 
the  student's  advisor,  or  both  should  petition  the  college  dean  for  a  decision 
about  which  requirements  apply. 


Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements 

The  minimum  total  semester  hour  requirement  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  at 
IUP  is  124.  Students  who  enroll  in  degree  programs  diat  require  more  than 
124,  or  who  seek  die  added  benefit  of  a  double  major,  minor,  or  specialized 
program,  or  who  change  majors  should  plan  their  sequence  of  courses 
carefully  with  an  advisor.  Such  students  should  be  alert  to  the  possibility  that 
they  may  need  to  carry  a  heavier  than  average  class  load  in  order  to  complete 
the  degree  in  eight  semesters.  In  some  situations,  summer  work  or  an  extra 
semester  may  be  necessary.  The  need  to  enroll  in  remedial  or  other 
preparatory  coursework  or  to  repeat  courses  may  also  affect  progress  toward 


Undergraduate  Catalog  Applicability  Time  Frame 


The  university  reserves  die  right  to  modify  degree  requirements  through 
established  governance  channels.  However,  the  general  policy  has  been 
established  that  die  following  time  frame  regulations  form  die  basis  for 
application  of  the  university's  undergraduate  degree  requirements: 

1.  A  student  who  has  been  in  continuous  registration  (fall  and  spring 
semesters)  or  who  has  interruption(s)  of  less  dian  two  calendar  years  is 
governed  by  die  requirements  oudined  in  the  catalog  in  effect  at  the  time 
of  entrance  into  a  degree  program  (major). 

a.  A  student  who  changes  major  will  be  governed  by  die  requirements 
of  the  major  and/or  college  at  the  time  of  acceptance  into  the  new 
major,  widiout  change  of  Liberal  Studies  requirements  except  as 
specified  by  the  new  major. 

b.  A  student  entering  through  the  nondegree  program  is  governed  by 
the  requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  degree  candidacy  is  awarded. 

c.  A  part-time  student  may  be  covered  by  these  provisions  of 
continuous  registration  to  a  maximum  often  years. 

2.  A  student  whose  education  is  interrupted  by  two  or  more  calendar  years 
will  be  governed  by  the  requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  of  readmission 
to  the  university.  The  readmission  may  carry  specific 
requirements/substitutions  necessary  to  provide  for  program  integrity. 

3.  The  applicability  of  coursework  completed  more  than  ten  years  prior  to 
the  degree  date  is  subject  to  review  by  the  dean  or  designee  for 
evaluation  on  a  course-by-course  basis. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS 


41 


Academic  Affairs  Division  Areas 


Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz,  Provost 

Mark  J.  Piwinsky  Associate  Provost  for  Academic 

Administration 
Ronald  P.  Maggiore,  Associate  Provost  for  Enrollment 

Management  and  Planning 
Yvonne  B.  Redd,  Assistant  to  the  Associate  Provost 

I  In  Academic  Affairs  areas  below  provide  instruction  in  several  disciplines 
ili.ii  are  not  specific  to  one  of  the  university's  distinct  colleges.  They  offer 
services  and  instruction  under  the  direction  of  the  Provost's  Office. 

The  University  Libraries 

Rcna  K.  Fowler.  Dean:  Ronald  A.  Steiner,  Chairperson;  Brown, 
(  (iniull.  Drummond,  Glenn,  Crassinger,  Hooks, Janicki. Jen, Joseph, 
Kirbv.  knupp.  I.aude.  Lucas,  McDevitt,  Rahkonen,  Shively,  Zorich: 
and  professors  emeriti  Charnberlin,  Lafranchi,  Scheeren,  Snead,  Wolf 

1  he  II  P  Libraries  serve  the  academic  and  scholarly  needs  of  students  and 
facult)  with  775.(11)1)  volumes  and  3,900 journal  tides,  as  well  as  media, 

"Hints,  and  information  databases.  In  addition  to  the  mam  Facility, 
then  is  a  librar)  al  each  of  the  branch  campuses  at  Punxsutawney  and 
Kittanning,  as  well  as  the  Cogswell  Music  Library  and  the  University  School. 
The  online  i  atalog  is  accessible  throughout  the  libraries  and  on  the  Internet 
Irom  remote  kx  ations.  HI'  students  can  use  a  variety  of  electronic  resources. 
including  abstracts,  statistics,  and  full-text  articles  online. 

1  ibrarj  Fax  uJty  members  offer  individual  and  group  instruction  in  using  the 
librar)  through  a  one-credit  course.  LB151  Introduction  to  Library 
Resources. 

More  information  about  the  library  may  be  found  at  dlis  website: 
http://www.lib.iup.tdu/. 


Robert  E.Cook  Honors  College 

Janet  E.  Goebel.  Director 


The  Robert  E.  Cook  I  Ion.  us  College  is  [Lip's  unrversirywide  In  mors 
program  for  undergraduate  students  "I  all  majors  who  arc  accepted  into  the 
program.  Its  goal  is  to  provide  a  unique  educational  environment  in  which 
students  of  high  ability  and  motivation  can  achieve  their  potential  in  a 
nurturing  learning  community  offellovi  students  and  professors.  The 
Honors  College  makes  an  intentional  effort  to  see  dial  students  and  faculty 
are  provided  widi  integrated  courses,  an  appreciation  for  multiple 
perspectives  on  important  issues,  and  common  learning  experiences 
wherever  possible:  it  strives  to  sec  that  the  learning  community  remains 
cohesive  with  both  academic  and  cocurricular  components  throughout  the 
four  years  of  die  student's  honors  expi  i 

The  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College  provides  a  challenging  opportunity  lot 
academic  and  personal  development  through  an  integrated  program  of 
curriculum,  residence,  and  cocurricular  activities.  Whitinvrc  Hall  has  been 
renovated  into  a  combined  honors  residential  academic  facility  which 
includes  classrooms  and  program  offices  as  well  as  student  rooms  and 
cocurricular  sp 

Students  in  am  academic  major  may  apply  for  admission  to  die  1 1 
College.  Students  may  enter  die  program  as  Freshmen  or  later  as  sophomore 
"transfer"  students  from  eidier  anodier  university  or  troni  II  P.  An 
application  is  required  and  is  evaluated  by  the  Honors  College  Admissions 
Board. 

Requirements  of  the  Program 

Students  accepted  into  the  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College  as  freshmen  are 
required  to  live  in  Whitmyre  Hall  during  die  freshman  vcar  and  are 
encouraged  to  remain  in  die  honors  residence  hall  dirougboul  dieir 
undergraduate  career  as  space  permits.  Exceptions  to  die  freshnian  residency 
requirements  will  be  made  only  for  nontraditional  students  (students  twenty- 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


42       ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS 


I'm  or  oldei  or  students  who  are  married  and/or  have  children)  or  lor 
students  who  reside  .it  home  with  their  legal  guardians  in  the  Indiana  area 
while  at  IUP.  Application  for  exemption  from  the  freshman  residency 
requirement  should  be  made  in  the  form  ofa  letter  to  the  Honors  College 
Director  at  the  time  of  application  to  the  program. 

Students  ill  the  I  h rs  College  are  required  to  maintain  an  overall  GPA  of 

3.25.  A  student  who  falls  below  the  3.25  GPA  will  have  one  semester  ol 
Honors  College  probation  during  which  he/she  may  attempt  to  raise  the 
GPA  to  3.25  and  remain  in  good  standing.  Students  who  are  dismissed  from 
the  Honors  College  due  to  GPA  may  apply  for  re-admission  alter  having 
raised  the  GPA  to  acceptable  honors  standards. 

Course  Requirements  for  Students  Admitted  as  Freshmen 

Students  admitted  as  freshmen  are  required  to  complete  23  hours  of  honors 
work  including: 

14  hours:  Honors  College  Core  I,  II,  and  III  (HC101,  102,  and  201) -a 
three-semestei  "core"  sequence  of  14  credit  hours  which  replaces 
Liberal  Studies  requirements  for  EN101,  EN121,  MU101,  TH101, 
AH  1 0 1 . 1 1 11 95,  and  either  RS  1 00  or  PH 1 20. 

3  hours:   Honors  LS499  Senior  Synthesis 

(i  hours:  An  additional  h  hours  of  Honors  College  courses  which  must  tiillill 
the  following  requirements: 

A.  At  least  one  advanced  honors  course  (300  level  or  above)  in  addition  to 
LS499 

B.  At  least  one  honors  course  in  a  non-humanities  area  (the  same  course 
might  meet  requirements  A  and  B) 

C.  An  honors  course  during  every  academic  year  (requirement  may  be 
waived  for  students  participating  in  study  abroad  or  off-campus 
internships) 

Students  are  also  encouraged  to  complete  an  undergraduate  thesis  for 
graduation  from  the  Honors  College  with  distinction. 

Course  Requirements  for  Students  Admitted  as 
Sophomores 

Sophomore  "transfer"  students  are  required  to  complete  18  hours  of  honors 
work  and  must  meet  the  same  course  requirements  as  freshmen  with  die 
exception  of  HC101  and  102.  from  which  they  are  exempted. 

Applicants  win  i  may  he  interested  in  further  information  are  invited  to 
contact  the  university  Admissions  Office  at  724-357-2230  or  1-800-442- 
6830  or  the  office  of  the  Honors  College  in  Whitmyre  I  [all  at  724-357-4971. 
More  information  about  the  Honors  College  can  be  found  at: 
http://umnv.iup.edii/hoiiors. 


Military  Science 


LTC Joseph  A.  Itukai  tek.  |r..  Chairperson;  MAJ  Westland,  CPT 
Carter.  CPT  Hallain,  CPT  Murphy,  CPT  North,  CPT  Rash,  MSG 
Bouch,  SFC  Brown,  SFC  Sherrod,  SFC  Thacker,  SSG  Sherrod,  Mrs. 
Rankin 

IUP  is  an  authorized  Senior  Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  unit. 
The  R(  >T( !  program  offers  to  both  men  and  women  the  opportunity  to  learn 
and  practice  leadership  and  managerial  techniques  that  will  prove  beneficial 
to  all  life's  future  endeavors;  to  obtain  credits  which  count  toward 
graduation;  and,  to  those  who  choose  to  complete  the  total  program,  to 
obtain  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Army. 

Regular  ROTC  classes  for  two  semesters  satisfy-  the  mandatory  Liberal 
Studies  requirement  for  Health  and  Wellness  classes. 

Enrollment 

The  program  is  divided  into  two  phases:  the  Basic  Course  (freshman  and 
sophomore-  years)  .mil  the  Advanced  ( !oui  se  ( junior  .mil  senior  years). 

Regular  Basic  Course 

The  first  two  years  of  military  science  provide  a  background  of  the  historical 
role  ol  military  tones  as  well  as  current  national  military  objectives.  In 
addition,  basic  leadership  is  developed  and  certain  skills  are  taught,  such  as 
adventure  training,  survival  training,  map  reading,  self-defense,  rappelling, 
and  marksmanship.  Enrollment  in  any  of  the  freshman-  or  sophomore-level 
Rl  >TC  courses  (MSI01,  102.  203,  or  204)  in  no  way  obligates  or  commits 
the  student  to  any  military  service  or  any  further  ROTC  courses.  These 
courses  are  offered  on  the  same  basis  as  other  academic  courses  at  IUP  witii 
the  privilege  of  withdrawing  at  an)  time. 


Advanced  Course 

The  last  two  years  constitute  the  Advanced  Course  of  instruction  for  men 
anil  women  who  desire  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  United 
States  Army.  This  phase  is  composed  of  studies  in  advanced  leadership  and 
management,  tactics,  military  law.  and  psychological,  physiological,  and 
social  factors  which  affect  human  behavior.  Modern  instructional  and 
training  techniques  are  also  covered.  Practical  application  is  the  rule,  and 
students  have  the  opportunity  to  practice  and  polish  their  skills.  Participation 
in  the  Advanced  Course  will  earn  the  student  approximately  $3,500, 
between  $150-a-month  subsistence  and  pay  for  summer  camp  ($3,000  is  not 
taxable).  For  continuation  in  ROTC  during  the  junior  anil  senior  years,  the 
student  must  have  a  2.0  grade-point  average  in  the  student's  academic  area, 
have  successfully  completed  requirements  for  the  ROTC  Basic  Course,  pass 
a  physical  examination,  and  be  accepted  by  the  Professor  of  Military  Science. 
The  U.S.  Army  requirements  for  commissioning  include  a  course  in  written 
communications,  military  history,  and  computer  literacy.  IUP  students 
normally  fulfill  these  requirements  with  EN101.  EN202,  and  HI281  along 
with  MA101  or  MAI  10  and  CO101  or  COl  10.  Advanced  course  students 
must  agree  in  writing  to  complete  the  junior  and  senior  years,  since  they  will 
receive  $150-a-montb  subsistence  during  these  academic  years. 

Requirements  for  Enrollment 

The  general  requirements  for  enrollment  in  Advanced  ROTC  are  that  the 
student  be  accepted  by  the  university  as  a  regular  enrolled  student,  be  a 
citizen  of  the  United  States,  be  physically  qualified,  and  be  not  less  than 
seventeen  years  of  age  but  less  dian  thirty  at  anticipated  graduation  date. 
Veterans  and  Junior  ROTC  and  Civil  Air  Patrol  graduates  may  receive 
exemption  from  the  ROTC  Basic  Course  as  approved  by  the  Professor  of 
Military  Science. 

Scholarships 

IUP  Army  ROTC  offers  two-  and  three-year  scholarships  to  university 
students.  To  apply,  students  do  not  have  to  be  Military  Science  (ROTC) 
students.  Requirements  for  the  scholarships  are  minimum  GPA  of  2.5.  full- 
time  student  status,  U.S.  citizenship,  physically  qualified,  and 
administratively  qualified.  There  are  two  types  ol  scholarships:  nursing  and 
campus  based.  Both  types  have  die  same  benefit  package  of  full  tuition  (up  to 
$9,500  a  year),  $450  a  school  year  for  books,  and  $150  a  month  (up  to  ten 
months  a  school  year). 

The  Military  Science  department  offers  five  nursing  scholarships  to  each 
academic  class.  The  nursing  scholarship  guarantees  die  recipient  entrance 
into  the  upper  level  of  the  nursing  curriculum  (with  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.5). 
Nursing  students  conduct  a  two-week  summer  training  exercise  between 
their  junior  and  senior  years  diat  counts  as  credit  for  two  senior  seminars. 

The  campus-based  scholarship  is  the  "regular"  ROTC  scholarship.  The 
Military  Science  department  offers  up  to  fourteen  campus-based 
scholarships  (minus  the  number  of  nursing  scholarships  awarded)  to  each 
academic  class.  Scholarship  boards  are  conducted  on  campus  during  the 
spring  semester  for  the  next  school  year. 

What  ROTC  Offers 

Equipment,  ROTC  textbooks,  and  uniforms  are  issued  without  cost  to 
enrolled  students. 

Credit  is  given  for  successful  completion  ol  the  3-seniester-hour  Health  and 
Wellness  Liberal  Studies  requirement  for  graduation. 

Students  formally  enrolled  in  die  Advanced  Course  (MS305, 306, 407,  and 
408)  are  paid  a  subsistence  allowance  ($150  a  month)  during  the  academic 
year. 

Training  is  given  in  other  practical  skills  such  as  self-defense,  adventure 
training,  rappelling,  marksmanship,  orienteering,  first  aid  techniques,  and 
water  safety. 

Opportunities  are  available  to  examine  the  military  profession  in  detail.  This 
includes  the  Regular  Army,  National  Guard,  and  Army  Reserve. 

If  students  so  desire  and  are  accepted  into  the  Advanced  Course,  they  will 
receive  commissions  as  second  lieutenants  11)1011  graduation  from  die 
university  and  serve  either  three  years'  continuous  active  duty  or  two  to  three 
months"  active  duty  for  training,  with  the  remaining  obligation  served  in  the 
Army  Reserve  or  National  Guard. 

Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 

The  United  States  Army  established  a  unit  of  the  Reserve  Officers  Training 
Corps  at  the  university  in  1950.  In  fulfilling  the  university's  three-credit 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  in  Health  and  Wellness  for  graduation,  students 
may  take  four  credits  of  Military  Science  and  receive  full  credit  for  die  Health 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1 


ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS         //' 


„„i  Phyticd  Educi an remei Bment  in  the  four-credit  ROTC 

,,,,,„, in  no  military  obligation  whattoi  va I  allows  the  itudi  nl  thi 

0pi i  com] gfoi  a  three  yeai  ROTC  Scholarship, 

Upon  graduation  from  the  university I  successful  completion  ol  thi 

\,i,  d  Course  ROTC  program,  the  atudenl  willreceiv.  mmissionas 

,  |  lieutenant  and  servi  I hi thstothro  (rears  on  actiw 

j,,,,,  di  pending  on  active  Army  requirements.  As  an  alten vi  toai  tivi 

ndividual  mayeithei  be  chosen  01  volunteei  to  complete  his/hei 

obligation  with  the  Arm)  Reserve  01  Ni .'I  Guard 

Stu.ltniv  jeeking  advanced  degrees  can  be  granted  an  educational  delay  by 

,    follow  i" pletionol  theii  baccalaureate  degrei  j.  Upon 

completion  ol  th<  advanced  degree,  students  thenentei  ai  tive  dutyoi  Vnn) 
Reserve/National  Guard  duty. 


Minor  -  Women's  Studies 

Required  <  our  si  i 
VVS200  Introdu 


15 

i 


ii, hi  i.,  w< 


Program  in  Military  Science 


Required  courses 


equ 

MS  I II I 
MS  III.' 
MS203 


MS204 


Ms  10! 


MS306 


MS407 


MSIIIS 


.'II 


Introduction  to  Militarj  S<  iem  < 

Fund entals  nl  Militarj  s,  ii  ni  i 

Fundamentals  "I  Ta<  in  .'I  I  (perations, 

Techniques  ol  Leadership,  and 

\\<  apons  ( lharai  teristics 

National  Security  anil  Fundamentals 

of  Military  Topography 

Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and 

Modern  Learning/Teaching 

Relationship 

Study  of  Advanced  Leader  Planning 

and  Execution  of  Modern  ( 'ombat 

Operations 

Management  of  the  Military  Complex 

to  Include  Fundamentals  of  Militarj 

and  International  Law 

Seminal  in  Military  Analysis  and 

Management 


2eh(l) 
2sh(l) 


2sh(2) 
2sh  (2) 

3sh 

3sh 


3sh 


(1)  MS101-102  may  substitute  for  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  in 

I  lealth  and  Wellness. 

(2)  MS203-204  are  available  as  free  eleetives  to  all  students  without  any 

military  obligation. 


Women's  Studies  Program 

Vacant.  Director 

The  Women's  Studies  minor  is  designed  to  examine  the  status  and 
experiences  of  women  from  a  multidisciplinary  perspective.  The  courses  use 
a  variety  of  methods  and  disciplinary  perspectives  to  explore  the  impact  of 
gendei  on  the  experiences  of  the  individual.  Women's  contributions  to  a 
variety  of  fields  and  the  historical,  literary,  and  cultural  images  ol  women  are 
also  addressed.  Students  are  encouraged  to  challenge  traditional  theories  and 
research  regarding  women  and  to  develop  a  critical,  multidisciplinary, 
multicultural,  and  gendered  view  of  the  world.  Courses  taught  within  the 
minor  typically  involve  the  students  through  innovative,  experiential 
i  lassroom  exercises  and  written  assignments.  Courses  in  Women's  Studies 
address  social  equity  issues  and  encourage  students  to  perceive  themselves  as 
capable  ol  transforming  society. 

A  minor  in  Women's  Studies  indicates  to  the  prospective  employer  an 
awareness  of  and  sensitivity  to  gender  issues.  This  awareness  ni. iv  In  needed 
in  the  following  positions:  personnel  specialist,  affirmative  action  officer, 
crisis  intervention  specialist,  family  and  youth  services  provider,  legal 
advtx  ate.  A  minor  in  Women's  Studies  can  contribute  to  success  in  a  varietj 
ol  fields  including  communication,  counseling,  i  riminologv.  education, 
health,  journalism,  law,  politics,  psychology,  and  applied  soc  lology. 


\\  150 
CR390 

EN  136 
FR301 

ill  II  9 
III  190 
nri  ,n 
!  '  0 
P(  (79 
PC41  I 
PH232 

S0363 

sou; 
WS482 

WIS! 

XX493 


)sh 

Ish 

ish 

ish 
ish 

Mi 

ish 
ish 
ish 
ish 

ish 

ish 
var-l-3*h 

var-l-ish 

var-l-3sh 


siude  nis  re<  eive  approval  lor  a  sp. ,  ified  i  ourse  ol  itudy 
from  tin  following  hsi  ol  i  ourses:  ( 1 1 

Anthropolog)  ol  Women 

Women  am 

Introdui  lion  to  I  iti  ratun  b\  Women 

Portraits  ol  Wi n  in  tin  Fn  m  h  Novel 

Women  in  Vmi 

llisioiv  ol  Worn,  ii    World  Cultures 
rii  an  Woman  -ii'ii  Sport 

1'ssi  hologj  ol  Human  Sexuality 
I'sm  hologj  ol  Women 

Phiilosopl I  Perapo  lives  on  Love, 

.nid  Divon  i 

rider 
Ibuse 
Independent  Stud) 
Spei  ill  Topic  s  (2) 
(offered  within  department) 
Internship  (.i) 

( 1 )  Spe<  ial  Topi,  s.  may  he  applied  to  the  minor  with  the  director's 
approval. 

(2)  Examples  ol  XX48I  offered:  AR481  Maidens  to  Madonna,  BE481 
Wome I  Business,  RS481  Women  and  Religion,  WS481  Spa  ial 

Topic  s  iii  Women's  Studies 

(:i)   Internships  (up  to  threi  c  redits)  maj  U  .  ounted  towards  the  minor. 


Office  of  International  Affairs 

Patrick  A.  Canine.  Director:  Tara  I.. Jones.  Foreign  Student  Advisor 


The  Office  ol  liitciiiation.il  \Haiis  (I  HA)  provides  the  leadership  for  Indiana 

Universitj  ol  Pennsylvania's  involvement  in  a  wide  range  of  international 

activities. 

The  OlA  is  a  central  source  ol  information  which  provides  special  services 

tor  admitted  international  students.  \  isiting  scholars,  and  international 

visitors  and  faculty.  The  office  provides  the  following  services  to  students: 

—  an  extensive  orientation  program  lor  new  international  students 

—  advising  on  immigration  matters 
counseling  on  cultural  and  personal  matters 

—  preparation  and  processing  ol  immigration  documents 

—  medical  insurance  information  lor  international  students  and 
exchange/study  abroad  participants 

—  linanc  ial  assistance  to  qualified  students  diruugh  the  partial  tuition 
waive] 

—  a  predeparture  orientation  program  for  exchange  and  study  abroad 
participants 

a  reentry  program  lor  participants  returning  from  exchange  or  study 

abroad 
In  addition,  this  ollicc  services  die  International  Student  Club,  which  links 
students  to  the  l.ugei  community.  The  club  provides  ail  opportunity  for 
international  students  to  share  their  perspectives  and  cultural  traditions  with 
odiers  in  the  niiiv  ersitv  and  in  the  community.  The  office  also  sponsors 
monthly  coffee  hours  open  to  the  university.  Trips  for  international  and 
exchange  students  to  Niagara  Falls  ^\id  Washington.  D.C.are  arranged  and 
partial!)  funded  through  Ol  \ 

International  Exchange  and  Study  Abroad  Programs 

Through  theOIA,  IUP  students  max  broaden  their  education  by  taking  part 
m  stuch  abroad  programs. 

The  office  houses  an  e\c  hange  stud)  abroad  resource  library.  Students 
seeking  information  on  academil  programs  offered  by  educational 
institutions  in  tins  countrj  and  abroad  are  welcome  to  read  die  materials 
available  in  the  office.  Qualified  students  planning  to  travel  or  study  abroad 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAD.  1999-2000 


44       ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS 


may  also  purchase  the  International  Student  Identity  Card — good  for 
discounts,  identification,  and  insurance  in  the  Office  of  International 
Affairs. 

More  information  about  each  of  the  following  programs  and  programs 
instituted  after  the  date  of  this  publication  can  be  obtained  in  the  Office  of 
International  Affairs,  343  Sutton  Hall,  724-357-2295. 

Bangladesh,  Dhaka.  Students  studying  business,  computer  science, 

economics,  environmental  studies,  sociology,  anthropology,  and  public 
administration  have  the  opportunity  to  study  for  a  semester  or  an 
academic  year  at  North  South  University  in  Dhaka.  The  language  of 
instruction  is  English. 

Colombia,  Bogota.  Students  with  Spanish  fluency  interested  in  Colombian 
culture  have  the  opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or  an  academic 
year  at  the  Universidad  de  Los  Andes.  Courses  are  offered  in  business 
and  social  science. 

Costa  Rica,  Heredia.  A  four-week  intensive  Spanish  language  program  is 
offered  in  the  summer  at  the  National  University  of  Costa  Rica.  For 
details  and  brochures,  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Department. 

Egypt,  Cairo.  Students  majoring  in  education,  language,  commerce,  the  arts 
and  sciences,  and  the  humanities  and  social  sciences  may  study  for  a 
semester  or  an  academic  year  at  Ain  Shams  University.  The  language  of 
instruction  is  English. 

England,  Bristol.  Students  wishing  to  enroll  in  courses  in  the  areas  of 

economics,  politics,  sociology,  history,  and  European  social  studies  may 
study  during  the  fall  semester  at  the  University  of  the  West  of  England, 
Bristol. 

England,  Greenwich.  Students  studying  teacher  education  for  preparation 
as  elementary,  early  childhood,  or  physical  education  teachers  are 
eligible  to  study  at  die  University  of  Greenwich  for  one  semester.  (Some 
secondary  certification  programs  are  available.) 

England,  Oxford.  A  three-week  educational  and  cross-cultural  experience  is 
offered  in  the  summer  at  Oxford  University. 

England,  Sheffield.  Students  studying  business  have  the  opportunity  to 
study  for  a  semester  or  academic  year  at  Sheffield  Hallam  University. 
Interest  in  other  academic  areas  may  be  explored. 

England,  Worcester.  Students  are  offered  an  opportunity  to  study  at 

Worcester  College  of  Higher  Education  for  one  semester  or  an  academic- 
year.  Courses  are  offered  in  a  variety  of  fields  of  study. 

Finland,  Tampere.  Students  studying  business  or  occupational  safety  are 
eligible  to  study  at  Tampere  University  of  Technology  for  a  semester  or 
academic  year.  The  language  of  instruction  is  English. 

France,  Nancy.  The  opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or  academic  year 
at  the  University  of  Nancy  II  (140  miles  from  Paris)  is  available  to 
qualified  students.  The  language  of  instruction  is  French.  For  details. 
contact  the  French  Department. 

France,  Nancy  (summer).  Two  programs,  one  for  English-speaking  and  one 
for  French-speaking  participants,  are  offered  in  the  summer. 

Germany,  Duisburg.  A  semester  or  academic  year  program  at  the  University 
of  Duisburg  is  available  to  qualified  students  who  possess  the  required 
German  language  competency.  Courses  are  offered  in  German  language, 
literature,  culture,  business,  and  natural  sciences.  The  language  of 
instruction  is  German.  For  further  information,  contact  the  German 
Department. 

Germany,  Leipzig.  Graduate  students  in  business  may  study  one  semester  at 
die  Leipzig  Graduate  School  of  Management  of  the  University  of 
Leipzig.  M.B.A  courses  are  offered  in  all  fields  of  business 
administration  and  economics.  Advanced  undergraduates  with  high 
GPAs  may  be  considered.  Most  courses  are  taught  in  German. 

Hungary,  Pecs.  Students  interested  in  Hungarian  culture  have  the 

opportunity  to  study  abroad  for  a  semester  or  academic  year  at  Janus 
Pannonius  University.  Courses  are  offered  in  the  following  areas:  history 
of  East-Central  Europe,  political  development,  economic  reform,  social 
change,  arts  and  culture,  and  Central  European  studies.  The  language  of 
instruction  is  English. 


Japan,  Hirikata.  The  opportunity  to  study  for  a  semester  or  one  academic 
year  at  Kansai  Gaidai  University  is  available  to  students  interested  in 
Japanese  culture.  A  variety  of  courses  are  ottered  in  the  Asian  Studies 
Program.  The  language  of  instruction  is  English. 

Jordan,  Amman.  Students  interested  in  Jordanian  culture  have  the 
opportunity  to  study  for  a  semester  or  an  academic  year  at  the 
University  ofjordan.  Courses  are  offered  in  business  management, 
accounting,  nursing,  language,  education,  and  humanities. 

Jordan,  Irbid.  Students  interested  in  Jordanian  culture  may  also  study  at 
Yamiouk  University  for  a  semester  or  academic  year  or  may  take 
intensive  Arabic  courses  during  the  summer.  Courses  are  offered  in 
Arabic  language,  business,  and  political  science. 

Mexico,  Cuernavaca.  Students  who  are  studying  Spanish  and  have  an 
interest  in  experiencing  Mexican  culture  have  an  opportunity  to 
participate  in  a  summer  study  program  that  is  offered  at  the  Center  for 
Bilingual  and  Multicultural  Studies,  an  affiliate  of  the  University  of 
Morelos.  For  details  and  brochures,  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages  Department. 

Mexico,  Puebla.  Students  wishing  to  enroll  in  courses  in  Spanish,  business, 
international  relations/studies,  anthropology,  and  hotel  and  restaurant 
management  with  an  interest  in  Mexican  culture  have  the  opportunity  to 
study  at  the  Universidad  de  las  Americas,  Puebla,  for  one  semester  or 
academic  year.  The  language  of  instruction  is  Spanish. 

Poland,  Poznan.  Students  studying  chemistry,  criminology,  English, 
industrial  and  labor  relations, journalism,  physics,  psychology,  and 
teacher  education  have  the  opportunity  to  study  for  a  semester  or  an 
academic  year  at  Adam  Mickiewicz  University  in  Poznan.  The  language 
of  instruction  is  Polish;  however,  some  courses  are  offered  in  English. 

Russian  Federation,  Ossetia.  Students  interested  in  Russian  and/or 
Caucasian  culture  have  the  opportunity  to  study  in  the  Republic  of 
North  Ossetia,  located  in  the  Caucasus  Mountains  of  southern  Russia. 
IUP  students  may  study  at  North  Ossetia  State  University  for  a  semester 
or  academic  year.  Courses  are  offered  in  archaeology,  business  and 
economics,  education,  fine  arts,  humanities  and  social  sciences,  and 
natural  sciences  and  mathematics. 

Slovakia,  Bratislava.  Courses  in  Slovak  language.  Slovak  literature,  culture, 
and  history,  English  literature,  English  culture  and  history,  political 
science,  sociology,  physics,  and  psychology  are  available  to  interested 
students  at  Comenius  University.  The  program  is  for  one  semester  or  an 
academic  year. 

Spain,  Barcelona.  Juniors  and  seniors,  fluent  in  Spanish,  with  an  interest  in 
experiencing  Spanish  culture,  have  an  opportunity  to  enroll  in 
management,  marketing,  and  tourism  classes  at  Escuela  Superior  de 
Marketing  I  Administration.  The  language  of  instruction  is  Spanish. 

Spain,  Valladolid.  Students  who  have  completed  twelve  university  credits  in 
Spanish  and  have  an  interest  in  experiencing  Spain's  culture  have  an 
opportunity  to  participate  in  the  Pennsylvania  Valladolid  Study  in  Spain 
Program  during  the  spring  semester.  This  experience  will  enable 
students  to  spend  a  period  of  twenty  weeks  immersed  in  Spanish  culture 
and  language  at  the  University  of  Valladolid.  For  details  and  brochures, 
contact  tiie  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages. 

Sweden,  Karlstad.  Students  wishing  to  enroll  in  geography  and  tourism 
courses  with  a  desire  to  experience  Swedish  culture  are  invited  to  study 
at  the  University  of  Karlstad.  The  language  of  instruction  is  English. 

Turkey,  Ankara.  Students  studying  in  the  Colleges  of  Education, 

Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  and  Natural  Sciences  and  Madiematics 
have  the  opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or  an  academic  year  at 
Middle  Eastern  Technical  University  in  Ankara.  Courses  are  taught  in 
Turkish  and  English. 

International  Student  Exchange  Program 

The  International  Student  Exchange  Program  offers  a  wide  range  of 
educational  and  cultural  experiences  for  one  semester  or  academic  year  for 
participants  at  over  one  hundred  institutions  in  thirty-five  different  countries. 
(Summer  and  longer  exchanges  are  also  possible.)  If  you  do  not  speak  a 
foreign  language,  you  still  have  many  sites  in  which  the  language  of 
instruction  is  English.  If  you  do  speak  a  foreign  language,  you  have  even 
more  options. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS         I', 


National  Student  Exchange 

Under  this  program,  II  P  is  part  of  a  national  university  network  that  enables 

undergraduate  students  to  stud;  I p  loom  acad yeai 

Mi, hundred  i  olleges  and  universities. In  addition,  this  exchan I 

students  enables  II  IP  students  i"  enroll  .11  an)  "i  tin  91  tu ii  1  without 

having  to  pa)  out  ol  stab  .  1 r<  sidi  nl  tu n  Ii  1  b.  vVhili  on  1  ici  In 

students  limn  thi  opportunit)  toexperienci  a difTerent learning 

enviroi -m.  i<>  I den  social  and  cultural  awareness,  and  to  livi  inanothei 

1 1. hi  1  it  1  Ik-  I  limed  Si. lies.  (Alaska, Canada,  Guam,  1  lawaii,  Puerto  Rico,  and 
thi  Virgin  Islandsart  included  (Stud)  abroad  sites  are  also  available. 

International  Student  Teaching  Opportunities 

II  P  students  enrolled  as  teai  Iter  educatioi ijors  in  all  certification  areas 

are  eligible  to  participate  in  this  half-semester  student  teaching  pro n  in 

iln  following  areas  I  Copenhagen,  Denmark:  DubUn,  Ireland;  London, 
England;  Munich,  <  lei ny;  and  Paris,  Fram  e, 

Africa,  Kenya.  Students  studying  in  the  1  lollege  "I  Education  havi  thi 
opportunit)  to  study  for  one  semestei  01  an  ai  ademii  yeai  .it  Moi 
I  him  rait)  in  Kenya. 

\ Ii  •«  .1  -  Zimbabwe.  Students  studying  in  the  I1iulnnu.1l  si  iem  es  have  the 

opportunit)  to  stud)  foi  one  semestei  01  an  ai  ad >  ai  al  the 

University  ol  Zimbabwe 

China.  Students  studying  in  the  Eberl)  College  ol  Business  have  the 
opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  01  an  academic  yeai  al  the 
Southwestern  University  ol  finance  and  Economics. 

Croatia,  Zagreb.  Students  studying  in  thi  Collegi  ol  Fine  Vrts  have  the 
opportunit)  to  stud)  for  one  semestei  01  an  academii  yeai  .11  the 
\r.iilciii\  of  Fine  Iris  and  the  Vcadem)  ol  Music  at  the  University  oi 
Zagreb, 

Germany,  Numberg.  Students  studying  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business 
have  the  opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or  an  academic  yeai  al 
the  Numberg  University  of  Applied  Sciences. 

Slovenia,  Ljubljana.  Students  studying  in  the  I  lollege  of  Fine  Arts  have  the 
opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or  an  academic  year  at  the 
li  adem)  ol  Fine  Arts  .mil  the  Academy  ofMusit  .11  the  University  of 
I  jubljana. 


Internships/Cooperative  Learning 

Man)  departmi  nts  ol  tin  univi  rsit)  h  rative 

edui  ation  programs  whii  h  allot  rtii  ipau  in  unh 

'tu.  Intemshipi 
are  viewi  d  1,  An 

internship/co-op  givi    thi  student  an  opportunit)  to  ipprj  theoretical  and 
philosophii  al  tenets  "I  a  disc  iplini  in  a  prai  tii  1  to  iln 

student's  ai  ade program. 

Foi  general  information  about  university  internships,  co-ops,  and  pla<  1 

the  studc  nis  should  1  on  ull  tl  m  ..1 

hi  "  'I'  partmenl  internship/co-op  coordinator. 

Experiential  Education  Office 

The  Harrisburg  Internship  Semester  (T.H.I.S.) 
Thi  I  larriaburg  Internship  Semestc  1  is  avails  1 1  ional  studenl 

from  an)  II  Pmajoi  foi  the  fall  or  spring  semester.  The  program  provii 
semi  ster-long  experiem  e  at  the  pobe  ymaking  level  in  thi 
legislative  bram  hes  "I  11 1  .  well  as  independent  boards, 

j,oi  1  "i issions.  Students  will  earn  fifteen  credits. 

Req enl    Fori  ligibility  are  fifty-seven  01  morei  amed  credits  and  an 

overall  GPA  ol  al  least  1.0.  Applii  ants  must  also  submit  a  sample  of  their 
writing  skills  which  must  be  a  cop)  "I  an  II  P  writing  assignment  that  lias 
been  graded  l>>  an  instructor. 

T.H.I.S.  consists  of  an  internship  with  1  research  project  foi  tv. 
and  an  academii  leminai  foi  threi  credits.  The  program  is  directed  by  a 
State  System  faculty  member  elei  ted  to  direc  t  the  program  in  Harrisburg. 
The  lac  ult)  membei  will  be  the  site  supervisoi  .utd  teach  the  seminal  1 

Grades  and  credits  will  b rded  on  the  students' academii  pi 

reports  at  I  IT.  See  the  course  descriptions  under  1  N  i- 

fiousingis  arranged  at  the  PolyClinii  Hospital  in  its  nursing  residence  hall. 
Meals  .in  available  in  the  hospital  dining  room  Students  must 

first  pay  IUP  tuition,  room,  and  board  and  then  bi  partiall)  reimbursed  via  a 
biweekly  paycheck  during  the  semester.  Students  are  responsible  for  their 
own  transportation  costs  between  their  home  and  Harri 

T.H.I.S.  is  offered  through  the  Experiential  Education  Program  in 
.  onjuni  Hon  with  the  ai  ademii  department  "I  the  sui  1  essfiil  candidate. 
Applications  are  submitted  to  the  Experiential  Education  Office,  Sutton 
Hall.  Deadline  lor  submission  foi  fall  is  March  I;  the  spring  semester 
deadline  is  October  1. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


46       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS 


Eberly  College  of  Business 


Robert  C.  Camp,  Dean 

Manmohan  D.  Chaubey,  Associate  Dean 


In  tlie  spring  ill  1994,  the  College  of  Business  was  renamed  the  Eberly 

College  of  Business.  Tl eo  immemorates  the  generous  commitment  of 

the  Eberly  family  through  the  Eberly  Family  Trust  to  the  developmental 
needs  of  the  college.  Departments  within  the  Eberly  College  of  Business 
include  Accounting,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies  Management,  Management 
Information  Systems  and  Decision  Sciences,  Marketing,  and  Technology 
Support  and  Training 

College  Majors  and  Concentrations 
Accounting 

Business  (Associate  of  Arts) 

Business  Education 

Finani  e 

Human  Resource  Management 

International  Business 

Management  Information  Systems 

Management  with  concentrations  in  Industrial  Management,  General 

Management,  or  Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management 

Marketing 

t  (ffice  Systems  Administration 

The  Bachelor  ol  S<  ience  degree  is  offered  in  Ai  i  minting,  Finance, 
Management  Information  Systems.  Management,  Marketing,  Office  Systems 
Administration,  and  Human  Resource  Management.  The  Technology 
Support  and  Training  Department  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  degrei  w  nil  a  Business  Education  major.  A  two-year  Associate  of 
Arts  degree  in  Business  with  a  com  ci  illation  in  Computers  and  Office 

I nl atiiui  Systems  is  also  offered  at  the  Indiana  campus. 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


For  those  pursuing  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  IUP's  training  will 
provide  a  broad  liberal  background  in  the  behavioral  sciences:  a  keen 
perception  of  the  socioeconomic  world  in  which  we  live  and  work:  a 
foundation  of  general  professional  education  tiir  personally  fruitful  and 
socially  useful  careers  in  the  varied  fields  of  business:  ami  an  opportunity  to 
obtain  the  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  essential  to  future  occupational 
growth  and  advancement.  There  are  eight  Bachelor  ol  Science  degrees 
offered  in  business— Accounting,  Finance,  Human  Resource  Management, 
International  Business,  Management,  Management  Information  Systems, 
Marketing,  and  Office  Systems  Administration.  Each  program  includes  a 
variety  of  business  and  business-related  courses  which  are  designed  to  enrich 
the  student's  understanding  of  the  modern  business  system. 

A  student  may  not  pursue  coursework  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  with 
the  expectation  of  graduating  from  the  college  unless  he/she  lias  been 
accepted  as  a  degree  candidate  in  the  college. 

Enrollment  in  all  Eberly  College  of  Business  courses  at  the  30(1  and  Kill  level 
is  restricted  to  students  with  junior  or  senior  standing.  All  students, 
regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must  meet  course  prerequisite 
requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

Eberly  College  of  Business  students  may.  in  consultation  with  their  advisors, 
plan  their  program  of  study  to  obtain  a  minor  in  an  area  of  business 
specialization  other  than  their  major  or  a  related  area  outside  of  the  Eberly 
College  of  Business. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree 

The  Eberly  College  of  Business  seeks  to  serve  the  needs  of  its  students  and 
the  needs  of  business,  industry,  and  education  through  its  diverse  programs. 
The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Business  Education  major  is 
designed  to  prepare  teachers  fin  comprehensive  high  schools,  area 
vocational-technical  schools,  and  community  colleges. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1  9  9  9  -  2  0  0  ( 


EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS       47 


Associate  of  Arts  Degree 


Business  Advisory  Council 


si,,, I,  nu  wbodi  sire  a  two-yeai  program  tliai  prepaid  them  to<  nti  >  thi 
business  world  may  ele<  I  to  pursue  the  Assoi  late  ..I  A. is  degree  program 

gpecializ mputi  i  ind  I  Iffici  Inl ation  Systems. 

Eberly  COB  Academic  Policies 

Junior  Standing 

■|H  |„   ,,  | ,  pted  i,, i  junioi  Standing  .1  business  majoi  must  have: 

I       \, ,  umulated  57  semi  stei  hours  .>i  more  "I  academii  .  redit;  and 

■>.      Vchieveda  2.0oi  highi ulativi  I  iPA  .mil 

'I      Successful!)  completed  the  following  courses;  VG2GT,  AG202, 

i;i  ,  ;o  l\ IL235,EC121,EC122,EN101,EN202,MA121, 

\i  \  m  1  ri  l01,andQB215. 

Business  majors  (except  diose  majoring  in  Business  Educal )  win.  ha\ 

|unioi  Standing  are  normally  not  permitted  to  mi.  .11  in  inn  01 
inn  1,  v,  I  courses  in  the  EC(  IB.  Those  who  have  .it  least  57  semestei  hours 
with  .1  2.0  ,.i  bettei  cumulative  G PA, but  who  have  noti  ompleted  one  ... 

mm.  ,.l  tlu  required  courses  listed  above,  may,  with  penniss .enroll  on  .1 

one-tinu  only  basis  in  up  to  nine  1 rs  of  300-level  Et  !OB( sea. 

Distribution  Requirement 

Ml  M  t  ill  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  must  takes 
minimum  ..I  50  percent  of  their  degree  requirements  (i.e.,  at  least  62 
semestei  hours)  in  non-business*  coursework. 

Residency  Requirement: 

\ll  EC(  >H  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  must  take  a 

1 1 11 1 1111111 1 1 1  of  50  percent  ..I  their  required  business*  credit  hours  in  IUP 

coursework.  II  P  credits  earned  b)  examination  such  asCLEPare  >  minted 

toward  II  P  residenc  y. 

Restriction  for  Non-Business  Majors: 

Students  not  majoring  in  business  may  count  a  maximum  >.l  30  semestei 

1 1 s  iu  business*  coursework  toward  the  124  semester-hour-degree 

minimum.  Business  credits  in  excess  ofSO  w  ill  be  permitted  only  as  credits 
beyond  the  1 2  1  for  graduation. 

*Foi  purposes  of  all  policies  above,  "business"  coursework  consists  ..I  all 
E<  t  >B  courses  except  1M101,QB215, and  courses  in  Business  Education 
(BE).  EC33  I  is  als.i  treated  as  a  "business" course.  "Non-business" 
coursework  consists  of  all  BE  courses,  1M10I.OB2I  5,  and  all  in.n-KC.OB 
courses  except  EC33 1. 

Office  of  Academic  Services 

This  office  provides  academic  assistance  to  lower-clivision  and  probationary 

students.  The  stall  in.  hides  student  peer  advisors  and  is  dnci  ted  l.\  the 
assoi  late  dean  of  the  Eberly  College  of  Business.  Peer  advisors  are  available 
in  answei  questions  on  the  processes  related  to  registration,  change  of  major, 
removal  of  incompletes,  grade  appeals,  etc. 

The  ( (ffice  ol  \.  ad<  mil  Services  also  houses  the  internship  coordinator  for 
the  Eberly  College  of  Business.  IUP  offers  one  of  the  largest  business 
internships  in  Pennsylvania.  Students  can  choose  horn  a  wide  range  ol 
organizations  to  gain  real-world  experience  while  earning  academic  credit 
1  hi  internship  coordinator  counsels  students  regarding  internship 
prerequisites,  procurement  of  the  internship  position,  and  scheduling  to 
maximum  benefit. 

School  of  International  Management 

With  the  increasing  demand  tor  cross-cultural  knowledge  and  international 
competence,  Eberly  College  of  Business  has  committed  itsell  to  a 
comprehensivi  strateg)  of  providing  future  business  leaders  with  a  global 
foundation  so  they  max  become  the  world-class  managers  ol  tomorrow.  The 
School  ol  International  Management  oilers  a  rich  program  that  will 
strengthen  business  students  and  provide  regional  businesses  with  personnel 
who  have  a  global  perspective  and  internationally  competitive  management 
skills    ["his  global  perspective  is  provided  to  OUI  students  through  broad 
exposure  to  cross-cultural  coursework.  integration  of  international  concepts 
in  selected  business  courses,  direct  exposure  to  individuals  from  Othei 
cultures.  and  a  period  of  residency  in  anothei  country. 


1 1„  1  ...      '  Business  tdvisoi    I  mpol  more 

1 1 .1  hundred  business  leaders.  The  council  helps  the  colli ;,.  in  us 

educational  and  servici  mission  through  counsel  and  feedback  on  mall 
such  as  program  objectives,  curriculum  development,  program  devi  loptnenl 
and  promotion,  and  n  1  ruitmi  nl  .u.<l  n  tendon  ol  students  and  Dai  ulty, 


Service  Units 


1  In  Management  Services  Group  u  a  confederation  ..I 1 onsulting  units 
instituted  in  1991  by  thi  I  berl)  Collegi  ..1  Business  in  support  of  ongoing 
ami  si. hi  up  businesses  in  the  Indiana  cow 

.rial  opportunities  through  an  ongoing 

scheduli  ol   nai    ind  workshops  foi  Iw  al  bu 

The  Indiana  Count]  Small  Business  Incubator  was  established  in  I  • 

a  1 1  1  II.  nl  In  I  w  eel  1  II    P,  the  Ind  1 <  OlUlt)  I  olllllilssloneis.  jud  several 

1  ount)  and  si. in  agi  in ..  1    l  hi  I'.,  n  I  ranklin  Partnership  has  provided 
operational  capital  and  other  support  senates  since  the  ini  ubator*i 
inception. The  ini  ubatoi  provides  small  start-up  business  with  consultation, 

sen  11  <  s.  .Hid      |  . 

The  Small  Business  Institute  (SHI)  wjs  established  to  assist  existing  small 
businesses  with  lalioils  Ivpcs  ..I  problem  resolutl' Hi.  'I  hrOUgfa  thi    Mil. 

undergraduate  and  graduate  business  students  work  under  1  lose  supervision 
..I  fai  ■  1 1  e %  members  i"  assist  1  lients  with  ai  1  ounting  systems,  tnarkct  studies. 

computer  syste stallation,  business  planning,  and  operations 

management 

The  Government  Contract  Assistance  Program  helps  area  bill 

identify  and  n  iand  state  requests  lor  bids  lor  products  and 

services    1  hi  program  is  funded  by  the  Department  ..I  Defense.  Contract 
sales  generated  through  this  program  add  to  the  vitality  of  me  local  economy 

The  Center  for  Family  Business  was  n  the  unique  needs  of 

family  owned  businesses    Issues  such  as  pi  I  loin  1.1 11.  1  1  ompcnsalion. 

establishment  of  an  effei  n»-  corporate  board,  conflict  resolution, 
management  of  siblings  and  cousin  teams,  sun  ession,  and  estate  planning 
are  critically  important  and  virtually  ignored  by  other  educational  lorums. 
The  center  provides  an  edui  ationa)  program  consisting  of  four  meetings  ]>er 

veal  which  I.  .ills  on  the  topics  outlined  above. 


Department  of  Accounting 

Thomas  R.  Prcssly.  Chairperson:  Anderson.  Bradwick.  DaUVUI, 
Ghobashy.  Ilyder. Joseph,  Kline.  Lindh.  Punku.  Rahman.  Robbins. 
Woan,  Yerep:  and  professor  emeritus  Cooper 


The  Accounting  Department  provides  the  training  necessary  for  one  to  enter 
the  Gelds  ol  |.nl .In  a.  11  uniting,  managerial  accounting, and  governmental 
accounting. 

Bachelor  of  Science— Accounting 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  tlu  following  specifications:  54-56 

Mathematics!  MAI 21 

Social  Science:  KC 1 21.  PC  1111 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA214.  EC122.  BE  COIM101. 

no  courses  with  AG  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  (ore  33 

Required  Courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  1  Ssh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  U  3sh 

BL235  Inlroduilii.n  to  Business  Law  3sh 

Flint  Finance  1  Ssh 

[M300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MG310  Prim  i]  i  ment  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Opi  gemem       3sh 

MG495  ss  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  Ssh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


48       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS 


Major:  Accounting  ( 1 ) 
Required  Courses: 


27 


9sh 


AG301 
AG302 
AG311 
AG321 
AG401 
AG412 
AG431 


Intermediate  Accounting  I 
Intermediate  Accounting  II 

Cost  Accounting 
Federal  Taxes 
Advanced  Accounting 
Advanced  Cost  Accounting 
Auditing 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


0 
8-10 


Controlled  Electives: 

Two  courses  from  this  list:  ( 

AG422,  AG435,  AG44 1 ,  AG45 1 ,  AG46 1 ,  AG47 1 ,  BL336 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Students  must  meet  die  grade  prerequisite(s)  listed  in  the  course 

description  section  of  this  catalog  prior  to  advancing  to  die  next  course. 


Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Ibrahim  J.  Affaneh,  Chairperson;  Ames,  Boldin,  Duhala,  Eastman, 
Ray,  Troxell,  Welker 


Finance  Major 


The  Finance  major,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  is  designed 
to  prepare  students  for  careers  in  financial  management  and  in  the  financial 
services  industry,  which  includes  insurance,  investments,  and  banking.  In 
particular,  students  are  prepared  to  deal  with  financial  problem-solving  and 
investment  analysis. 


Legal  Studies 


Legal  Studies  offers  a  variety  of  law  and  law-related  courses  with  a  special 
emphasis  on  business  applications.  Legal  Studies  provides  die  student  with  a 
solid,  legally  oriented  background  necessary  to  a  career  in  business  or  as 
preparation  for  pursuit  of  a  law  or  law-related  career. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Finance 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Social  Science:  EC121,  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA214,  EC122,  BE/CO/ 

IM101.  no  courses  widi  FI  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  Courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3sh 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice     3sh 

MG310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Operations  Management       3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

Major:  Finance  27 

Required  Courses: 

EC325  Monetary  Economics  I  3sh 

FI320  Finance  II  3sh 

FI322  Life  Insurance  3sh 

FI324  Principles  of  Investments  3sh 

FI420  Investment  Analysis  3sh 

FI422  Seminar  in  Finance  3sh 


0 
8-10 


Controlled  Electives: 

Three  courses  from  the  following:  AG321,  EC326, 
EC334,  EC345,  EC356,  FI312,  FI355,  FI385,  FI410, 
FI424,  QB380 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Pre-Law  Track  in  Business 

The  Pre-Law  track  is  intended  for  die  student  who  is  a  business  major 
concentrating  in  one  of  the  business  areas  and  interested  in  law  as  a  career. 
The  pre-law  track  consists  of  21  semester  hours  selected  by  die  student  from 
a  predetermined  list  of  courses  spread  over  six  areas  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences.  The  goals  of  diis  track  are  academic  accomplishment, 
guidance,  and  advisement.  Interested  business  students  should  contact  die 
pre-law  advisor  in  die  Finance  and  Legal  Studies  Department. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Business/Pre-Law  Track(1 ) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 ,  PC  1 0 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA214,  EC122.  BE/CO/ 

1M 1 0 1 .  no  courses  widi  major  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  Courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications 
Accounting  Principles  I 
Accounting  Principles  II 
Introduction  to  Business  Law 
Finance  I 

Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 
Principles  of  Management 
Production  and  Operations  Management 
Business  Policy 
Principles  of  Marketing 
Business  Statistics 


AG201 

AG202 

BL235 

FI310 

IM300 

MG310 

MG330 

MG495 

MK320 

QB215 

Major:  One  Major  in  Business  Administration  Areas  (I) 

Accounting  Major 

Finance  Major 

Human  Resources  Management  Major 

Management  Major/Industrial  Management  Track 

Management  Major/General  Management  Track 

Management  Major/Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Track 

Management  Information  Systems  Major 

Marketing  Major 

Office  Systems  Major 

Pre-Law  Interdisciplinary  Program  for  Business 

Seven  courses,  with  at  least  one  course  from  six  areas 

Criminology-:  CR210, 260, 357 

Economics:  EC  1 2 1,122,332 

English:  EN212,  220, 310 

History:  HI320, 321, 346 

Philosophy:  PH101,222,450 

Political  Science:  PS358, 359, 361 


0-1 


Free  Electives: 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements 

(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 


124-125 


i  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 
(1)   This  program  is  the  generic  oudine  for  die  pre-law  program  i 
the  listed  Eberly  College  of  Business  majors. 


ith  any  of 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS         I') 


Department  of  Management 

I'l.isli.iiilli  It.  Nagcndra.  Chairperson:  Mi.  \ndcison.  Ashamalla, 

Rdconc, Cibba,  Mohamed,  t  »iil< .  <  >s|(.n  at .  Ryan,  Slick,  Semi, 
w  ImiIi  ski;  and  professors  Emeriti  McGovem,  Stevcnwn 

( Sraduatea  holding  tl»  Bat  helor  of  Science  degree  in  Management  or  Human 

Id  s i  Management  maj  find  employment  opportunities  in  both  the 

publii  and  private  sectors,  \r  th.  beginning  of  the  new  century, 
opportunities  are  expected  to  be  especially  plentiful  in  the  services  sector 
(e.g..  retailing,  health  i  an  .  (bod  sen  ii  es,  Bnani  e,  and  traiuporta i) 

I  "I  i»-  Bacheloi  ol  Si  iero  i  in  Management  program  offers  three 
concentrations:  Industrial  Management,  General  Management,  and 
Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management.  Students  in  the 
Industrial  Managemi  nl  i  "in  entration  are  well  grounded  in  both 
management  theory  and  application,  Inn  theii  focus  is  more  upon 
production/operations/industrial  management.  Tin-  concentration  in  General 
Management  is  distinguished  by  us  low  level  ol  structure  or  specificity.  The 
greatet  flexibilitj  of  this  majoi  i  an  be  useful  to  the  student  who  wishes  i<> 

in  .1  customiced  management  specialization  (e.g.,  line  .mts  management). 
Students  taking  the  Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management 
concentration  will  focus  on  *  reation  and  operation  nl  a  small  business.  This 
concentration  might  also  be  desirable  for  graduates  who  will  he  working  in 
small  businesses  where  thi  manage]  often  must  wear  several  hats. 

The  Bacheloi  "l  Science  in  Human  Resource  Management  prepares 
indh  iduala  in  1  ►<  >  •  I » the  theoretical  and  applied  aspects  of  managing  the 
human  resoun  es  (unction  in  organizations  is  i  generalisl  or  specialist. 

The  Bachelui  ol  Science  111  International  Business  oilers  students  an 
opportunity  to  ai  quire  a  thorough  understanding  of  managing  global 
operations  in  the  contemporary  business  environment  In  addition,  students 
develop  skills  in  a  traditional  font  tional  area.  The  combination  of  these  two 
objectives  enable  students  to  successfully  perform  in  today's  competitive 
global  economy. 

■a«iB«BBaBl««BBS«BiBBBBaBl««l«aBB««l««BiBBlBBBBIBBBiaBBB«BBB««BB« 

Bachelor  of  Science— Management 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  spei  ifii  ations: 

Mathematics:  MA12I 

Social  Science:  EC121,PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Elcetives:  MA214,  EC122,  BE/CO/ 

IMldl.  no  courses  with  MG  prefix 

( loDeget  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  Courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications  3sh 

KJ201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

M3202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

F1310  Finance  I  Ish 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theor]  and  Practice     3sh 

MG310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Operations  Management       :ish 

Mi:  it,  Business  Poke)  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  Ssh 

QB215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

Major:  Concentration  27 

Industrial  Management  Concentration 
Required  Courses: 

AtoOO  Managerial  Accounting 

MG300  Human  Resource  Management 

MG428  Seminal  in  Management 

Controlled  Eleetives:  (2) 

One  course  from  list:  CO]  lOor  IM251 

Two  courses  from  two  areas  ..n  list:  MG402  or  LR480, 

Mi-  nil  oi  100.AG311 

Three  courses  from  list  or  additional  eleetives 

from  above:  BL336,EC371,EC372,  EN310oi  JN326, 

FI320,  MA317,MG481,MG490,MG49  l(3sh  max), 

MK420,QB380,SA101 


3sh(l) 
3sh 


t.i  iiii.il  Management  <  on<  i  ntratioa 

Required  (  oursrs: 

\< .  100  i  jI  \i  i  ounting 

Mi.  wo  I h mi. in  Id  some i  Management  Ssh 

\H .  (28  Seminal  in  M  inagi  meni 

Controlled  EketWcn 

Two  advani  i  d  Btisini  m  i  Ii  i  tivi      100  KM  Ii 

Two  advanced  Ecoi 100  K)0  level  count        6ah 

Two  other  advanced  eleetives:  Jim  100  level  o  6sh 

Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management  <  ana  i  titration 
Required  I  iourteai 

\i  ■  100  i.il  V  i  ounting 

MG275  Introduction  to  Entrepreneurship  ish 

M'  ■  125  small  Busini  u  Management 

MG403  Small  Business  Planning 

MG492  Small  Busini  ssl.ntn  |.ii  in  ihsIm|. 

Internship  6th 

Major  Area  Restricted  Elective*  9tfa 

Other  Requiremenls:  0 

Free  Eleetives:  s- 1  Ii 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  I  2  I 

(1)  AG.'iOl  may  be  substituted. 

(2)  Non  prerequisites  for  controlled  t  lei  nves  in  planni 

(3)  Only  one  MG  and/or  one  At,  i  ourae  ma\  he  included  in  tins  cai, . 


Bachelor  of  Science— Human  Resources  Management 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  spei  Locations: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC121,PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Eleetives:  M  V214,  EC122,  BE/CO/ 

IM 101.  no  courses  with  MG  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  Courses: 


Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications 

Accounting  Principles  I 

A,  counting  Principles  II 

Introduction  t,,  Business  Law 

Finance  I 

Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

Principles  ol  Management 

Production  and  I  Operations  Management 

Business  Policy 

Principles  of  Marketing 

Business  statistics 


ish 
3sh 

ish 

3sfa 

3sh 


AD321 

AG201 
AG202 

BL235 

FI310 

IM300 

MG310 

MG  ,  ,n 

MG495 

MK320 

QB215 

Major:  Human  Resource  Management 

Required  Courses: 

AG300  Managerial  Accounting 

MG300  Human  Resource  Management 

MG400  Compensation  Management 

MG428  Seminal  in  Management 

Controlled  Eleetives: 

One  course  from  list:  EC330  or  PC390 

One  course  from  hst:  MG401  Ol  MG402 

Three  courses  from  list:  EC>7  1.1 

EN310.  EN312.JN326,  LR426,  LR480,  MG31 1. 

MG493(3sh  max),  EC330  or  PC371,  !'■ 

(ifnotal, 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Eleetives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  AG301  may  be  substituted, 

(2)  Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  eleetives  in  planning  sequence. 


Ssh  ( 1 ) 

ish 

Ssh 


0 
8-10 


9sfa 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


50       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS 


Bachelor  of  Science— International  Business 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

witli  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Humanities:  PI  1222 

Social  Science:  E( :  1 2 1 .  PC101,  AN  1 10/AN2 1 1/GE104/PS101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA214,  EC122,  BE/CO/ 

[M 101,  no  courses  with  prefix  of  concentration  area 

( ollege:  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  Courses: 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications  3sh 

Accounting  Prirtcrples  I  3sh 

Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

Finance  I  3sh 
Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice     3sh 

Prim  iples  ol  Management  3sh 
Produi  tion  and  Operations  Management       3sh 

Business  Policy  3sh 

Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

Business  Statistics  3sh 


\(.2I)I 
\(.2(I2 
BL235 

M  110 

[M300 
MG  110 
MG330 
MC  195 
MK320 
QB215 

Foreign  Language  Requirement  (1) 

Foreign  Residency  Requirement  (2) 

Major:  International  Business 

Required  Courses: 

ECS  15  lnlrnialinii.il  Trade 

MG/MK350        International  Business 

M(  145  I  International  Competitiveness 

M( .  )r>'i  Seminar  in  International  Management 

Concentration  area  courses:  (selet  I  one  concentration) 
Finance  Concentration: 
FI320  Finance  II 

FJ32  I  Principles  ol  Investments 

Fl  1 1 II  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets 

1112  1  International  Financial  Management 

Human  Resources  Management  Concentration: 

M(  .  100  Human  Resources  Management 

MG400  Compensation  Management 

^l(i  152  Comparative  Management 

\"  '402  Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Management 

Marketing  Concentration 


MK321 
MK420 
MK42I 
MK4  10 


Consumer  Behavior 
Marketing  Management 
Marketing  Research 
International  Marketing 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


Free  Electives: 
Other  Requirements: 
Total  Degree  Requirements: 


0-9 


12 


4-6 
0 


124 


(1)  Candidates si  demonstrate  a  conversational  proficiency  in  a  foreign 

gi    This  requirement  may  be  met  by:  (a)  successful  completion  of 
9  interim  diati  level  si  mester  hours  in  a  specific  language,  or  (b) 

sl"  '  essful  ' |>1<  lion  of  an  exemption  or  credit  examination  in  lieu  of 

■  ign  student,  registered  as  such  at  IUP,  whose  acquired 
native  language  is  othei  than  English  and  who  demonstrates  an 
ptable  proficieni  j  in  English,  can  meet  the  foreign  language 

I"  SUCI  essful  completion  of  an  exemption  examination  in 

the  acquired  native  language. 

(2)  Candidates  must  document  one  semester  of  foreign  residence  (minimum 

*'•  three  n ths).  Normally,  the  foreign  residency  requirement  will  he 

met  in  conjunction  with  a  work  experience,  internship,  or  student 
exchange.  A  substitute  cross-cultural  experience  may  he  permitted  with 

''"   "  ' mendation  of  the  academic  advisor. 'File  foreign  language 

requirement  is  a  prerequisite  to  the  foreign  residency  requirement. 


Department  of  Management  Information 
Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 

Louise  B.  Burky,  Chairperson;  Albobali,  Chen,  Halapin,  Lloyd, 
Nahouraii,  Pierce,  Solak,  Wibowo;  and  professor  emeritus  Spencer 

The  Management  Information  Systems  major  prepares  students  for  careers 
in  the  business  computer  and  information  sj  sic  ins  profession:  Computer 
programming  languages,  software  engineering,  systems  analysis,  design 
concepts,  computer  architecture,  data  base  management  systems, 
microcomputer  applications,  and  computet  networks  are  integrated  with 
other  business  disciplines  to  prepare  students  to  develop  and  maintain 
business  information  systems.  The  major  also  incorporates  an  emphasis  on 
managerial  and  end-user  concerns  related  to  modern  information  systems. 
Decision  Sciences  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  of  statistical  and 
other  quantitative  techniques  that  will  help  decision  making  in  business.  The 
techniques  include  mathematical  programming,  forecasting,  inventory 
"'MI,"L  simulation,  queuing  theory,  stochas .ess.  and  network  models. 

Bachelor  of  Science— Management  Information  Systems 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Social  Science:  ECU  1,  PCI 01 

Liberal  StudiesElectives:  MA214.  EC122.  BE/ 

CO101,  no  courses  with  IM  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  Courses: 


AD321 

AG201 
AG202 

BL235 

FI310 

IM300 

MG310 

MG330 

MG495 

MK320 

QB215 

Major:  Management  Information  Systems 

Required  Courses: 

CO220  Applied  Computer  Programming 

IM350  Business  Systems  Technology 

IM370  Advanced  COBOL 

1M450  Data  Base  Theory  and  Application 

IM451  Systems  Analysis 

IM470  Systems  Design 

Controlled  Electives: 

At  least  one  course  from  list:  CO]  10.  250,  300,  3  I  0,  345 

Two  courses  fr list:  [M382,  IM480,  IM  181,QB380, 

or  above  CO  courses 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)   One  course  from  AG300,301,or3U  may  be  substituted. 


Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications  3sh 

Accounting  Principles  I  3sb 

Accounting  Principles  II  Ssh 

Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

Finance  1  3sh 

Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Principles  of  Management  .Ssh 

Production  and  ( (perations  Management  Ssh 

Business  Policy  3sh 

Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

Business  Statistics  3sb 


Ssh 
Ssh 
3sh 

3sh 
Ssh 
3sh 

3  si  1 
6sh(l) 


0 
8-10 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     I 


9  9  9-2  000 


EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS        51 


Department  of  Marketing 


Kriih  s.  Kriahnan,  <  Juu'rpewon;  Batra,  Bebko,Garg,  Sci.illi.  Sharma, 

1 .11.1111.  \\i  ii  i  - 

The  Bachcloi  ol  Si  ii  ro  -  in  W  irl »  | • 

maj0i    fol  ,  vu,i,  ,,,,,,,,  o| ,  an  i  rs  in  private  and  publii  sei  toi  marketing 

ln,  ludinp  lali  s  "'." il   ri  I  tilin]    I I  m  u  i  •  • -  itomi  I  affairs 

marketing  resean  h,  publii  relal s d national  marki  ting.  I  hi 

al  knowledge  in  all  areas  "l  marketing 

with  analytical  and  ci unication  skills  to  prepari  thi  students  for  thi 

challenges  ol  thi  global  i petition  in  the  twent)  first  1 1 

Bachelor  of  Science— Marketing 

Liberal  Studies*  Vs  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

u In  Following  specifications: 

Mathematical  M  V121 

Social  Science;  EC121,PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  M  v'l  1. 1  i :  I .:.!.  Ill  I  I  i 

l\l  101   ourseswith  \IK  prefix 

(  ollegei  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  Com  sis: 


Business  and  Interpersonal 
Communications 

Vi  i  oui g  P iples  I 

An  ounting  Principles  II 

Introduction  to  Business  Law 

Finance  1 

Information  Syst<  ins:  Theor)  and  Practii  e 

Principles  of  Management 

Produi  t!i hi  .uul  ( Iperations  Management 

Business  Polii  y 

Principles  of  Marketing 

Business  Statistics 


VDS21 

\i.  :n 

i;i  |35 
F1310 

iM.iim 
MG  110 

\li.  .  10 
MC  195 

MK  I  'ii 

QB2 1 5 

Major  Marketing 
Required  Coursesi 

AG300  Managerial  Accounting 

MK321  ( lonsumer  Behavior 

\lk  120  Marki  ting  Management 

MK  121  Marketing  Resean  h 

\lk  122  Seminar  in  Marketing 

EC—  Advanced  Ei  onomi<  sElei  tivi 

100  100-level  course 
Controlled  Electives: 

Three  courses  from  list:  EC331,  EC  145,  MG  MK350, 
\lki  10,  MK  1  '.l.Mkl  I2,MK4  I  I,  Mki  14,  MK435, 
MK436,MK437,  MK493(  Ish  max) 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Ish 
Ish 
Ish 
Ssh 
Ish 
Ish 
Ish 
Ssh 
Ish 

ish 

Ssh 


ish 

Ish 
3sh 

ish 

.ish 


0 
8-10 


Department  of  Technology  Support  and 
Training 

Wayne  A.  Moore,  Chairperson;  Brandenburg,  Golden,  llcmby. 
McPherson,  Howell,  Saul,  Wilkinson.  Woodland;  and  professors 
emeriti  Beaumont,  Bianco,  Patterson  Cordera,  Malum.  Moreau, 
Morris.  PoUsky.  Sheeder,  Steigmann,  Thomas,  Wooraer 

This  department  offers  tin  following  degrees:  Bai  heloi  "I  S<  ience  in 
Education  with  a  Business  Edu<  at  urn  major,  Bai  lielor  ofSi  ience  with  a 
tnajoi  in  Office  Systems,  and  a  two-yeai  Issociatt  of  Vrts  degree  in  Business 
with  a  Computer  and  Office  Information  Systems  emphasis. 

Office  Systems  Major  (Bachelor  of  Science) 

1  lie  Office  Systems  majors  are  equipped  to  b<  versatile  professionals  who 
"bridge  the  gap"  between  die  developer  of  computer  systems  and  the  typical 

users  of  computers,  ["hi  progi   men ipasses  the  knowledge,  skills,  ami 

.iiiiiiules  required  of  a  professional  who  provides  support  to  users  ol 


inform; ti  i  hnolog)  to  maintain  and  improvi 

cffectiveni 

ontributi  s  in  individual  and  ivurk  group 
performanci  and  to  behavioral  I  communication 

and  i  hange. 

i  hi  Ofl 

understand  thi  ii  dynamii  role  from  bod  onal  and  an  indi 

viewpoint '  Iraduab  i  ol  thi  program  i  an  put  u 

s/supervisort,  local  area  network  administrators,  telecommuiui 

(  oiisiili.iiiis.  web  sin  .iihiiinisii.il. us.  ti .  l al  trainers,  lielp  desk 

administrators,  .mil  doi  umentation  devi  lop 

I sed  solutions,  supp  nd  technical  training. 

Business  Education  Major  (Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education) 

The  I  IT  Business  Edui  ation  program  is  accredited  b 
l..i  Accreditation  ol  Teai  hei  Edui  ation  (NCAT1 

degn  '  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Edui  al and  to  certification  in 

Pennsylvania  .is  ,i  busim 

l  )ui  program  in  business  edui  ation  is  dedii  ated  to  preparing  u 
.m II  In  qualified  and  i  ertificated  to  instruct  students  to  live  ami  wi 
business  environment. 

The  major  is  intended  for  those  interested  in  teaching  ii  publii    u      >  ji«I 

senior  high  schools,  vocatii l-tei  hnicalscl Is,  privati 

industry.  Students  have  a  choice  ol  the  following  certification  auas: 

accounting,  data  processing,  marketing,  office  teel Ii  jiuI 

marketing/distributive  edui  ation.  Th< )  must  select  two  oi  mon 
certification;  one  of  the  two  areas  must  be  office  technology  -  Students 
seeking  certification  in  marketing/distributivt  edui  ation  must  select  d  i 

marketing  and  marketing  distributive  education.  The 

i  .a  h  .in  .i  are  .is  follows: 

Secretarial:  BE260*,  21)1*.  2d2*  (Students  can  transfei  i  n  dil  form 

anothei  regionalr)  accredited  uistitutii 

Accounting:  AG  100,  101,  121 

Office  Technologies:  BE250,<  IS  101,  OS3    l,OS400 

Data  Processing:  OS400, 1M251,IM255,  I5E312 

Marketing:  DE3  II, MK  I  15,  Mkl  16 

Distributive  Education)  MK421,MK433,MK  elective,  Dl  HI" 

♦Students  should  transfei  these  courses  from  another  Middli  S 
accredited  institution  or  obtain  credit  hi  exam. 
**Offered  on  an  individualized  basis. 

A  student  iiiusl  apply  to  the  (lean  of  the  College  ol  Education  to  receive  an 
initial  ceriil'u  ate  to  teach  in  Pennsylvania's  public  schools.  Certification  to  be 
j  business  education  teat  her  is  approved  by  the  clean  ol  the  Co- 
Education  when  a  student  has  met  all  the  requirements  in  profi  • 
education,  Liberal  Studies,  and  business  edui  ation  major  courses.  Students 

must  attain  a  2.5  overall  average rdei  to  student  teach.  See  details  of  the 

4-Step  Process  in  the  sec  lion  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and 
i  ertifii  ation"  in  the  College  of  Education  sec  don  of  this  catalog.  The 
candidate  for  certification  must  also  complete  successfully  the  core  batten 
.uul  specialization  sec  dons  of  the  National  Teachers'  Examination. 
All  students  who  lake  a  business  edui  ation  major  also  complete  a  tuck  in  die 
( lollege  of  Education  and  must  meet  the  standards  set  by  that  co 
Department  ofTechnology  Support  and  Training  Student  Handbook 
s). 

Practical  Business  Experience 

Before  graduation,  each  business  education  student  inusi  document 
completion  of  500  hours  of  secretarial  practice,  accounting  practice,  data 
processing,  clerical  practice,  or  office-related  experience.  Tin* 
should  he  in  the  held  or  fields  in  which  the  student  is  contemplating 
certification  and  can  be  acquired  during  summer  vacations  jiuI  in  ofl 
ilu  campus  during  the  regular  school  term.  Previous  documented  expi 
may  also  he  counted. 


INDIANA    UNIVFRSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


52       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Business  Education  (* 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  5* 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  I'.l  I  I  I 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 ,  PC  1 0 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  EC122,  MA214,  BE/CO/IM101 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 


BE3 1 1 


CM301 
ED242 

ED342 

ED441 
ED442 
EP202 
EX301 

FE202 


Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business 

and  Marketing  Education  I 

Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business 

and  Marketing  Education  II 

Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  I 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II 

Student  Teaching 

School  Law 

Educational  Psychology 

Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings 

American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice 

Major: 

Required  Courses:  Business  Education  Core 

AD  101  Introduction  to  Business 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications 
AG201  Accounting  Principles  I 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II 

BE132  Computer  Keyboarding  and  Formatting 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

1M300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

Controlled  Electives: 

Areas  of  Certification  ( 1 )  21 

Accounting:  AG300, 301, 421 
Data  Processing:  IM205,  251,  and  one  approved 
programming  elective 

Distributive  Education:  DE413,  MK  421, 433,  one 
MK  elective  (advisor  approved) 
Marketing:  DE331,  MK435,  MK436 
Office  Technologies:  BE250,  OS301,  OS313,  OS400 
Secretarial:  BE260,261,  262  (2) 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  130-132 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 

(1)  According  to  Pennsylvania  Commonwealth  guidelines,  students  must  be 
certified  in  office  technologies  and  at  least  one  other  area  (accounting, 
data  processing,  marketing,  or  secretarial).  An  exception  to  this  is 
certification  in  marketing/distributive  education. 

(2)  Students  can  transfer  credit  from  another  regionally  accredited 
institution. 

(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Office  Systems 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 ,  PC  1 0 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA2 1 4,  EC  1 22,  BE/CO/IM 1 0 1 


32              College: 

33 

Required  Courses:  Business  Administration  Core 

AD321 

Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications3sh 

Ssh 

AG201 

Accounting  Principles  I 

Ssh 

AG202 

Accounting  Principles  II 

3sh 

3sh 

BL235 

Introduction  to  Business  Law 

Ssh 

Ssh 

FI310 

Finance  I 

Ssh 

IM300 

Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

lsh 

MG310 

Principles  of  Management 

3sh 

MG330 

Production  and  Operations  Management 

3sh 

lsh 

MG495 

Business  Policy 

Ssh 

I2sh 

MK320 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3sh 

lsh 

QB215 

Business  Statistics 

3sh 

3sh 

Major: 

27 

2sh 

Required  Courses: 

IM251 

Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design 

Ssh 

3sh 

OS301 

Advanced  Microcomputer  Applications 

3sh 

OS313 

Office  Systems  Technologies 

Ssh 

45-48 

Records  Administration 

Ssh 

OS400 

Telecommunications 

3sh 

Ssh 

OS411 

Microcomputer  Support  for  Office  Systems 

Ssh 

OS480 

Seminar  in  Office  Systems 

3sh 

Ssh 

Business  Electives 

6sh 

Ssh 

3sh 

Other  Requirements:  (1) 

0-1 

3sh 

Free  Electives: 
Total  Degree  F 

9 

3sh 
3sh 

Acquirements: 

124-128 

Ssh 

(1)    Student  must  pass  BE  130  with  a  "C"  or  better  or  pass  an  exemptic 

!4sh 

exam. 

Associate  of  Arts  Degree 

3. 


Offering  specialization  in  computer  and  office  information  systems  (COIS), 
the  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  Business  is  designed  to  be  a  two-year 
curriculum  with  these  objectives: 

1.  To  provide  business  occupational  education  with  the  opportunity  for 
specialization  in  COIS. 

2.  To  enable  the  student  to  enter  COIS  positions  in  business  and 
government. 

To  enable  the  student  to  upgrade  his/her  skills  and  knowledge  to  qualify 
for  higher  positions  in  business  and  government. 

4.     To  provide  the  foundation  to  continue  education  in  a  four-year  degree 
program.  This  program  is  offered  at  the  Indiana  campus  only. 

Tech  Prep 

The  Technology  Support  and  Training  Department  has  signed  articulation 
agreements  with  high  schools  throughout  Western  Pennsylvania.  Graduates 
of  these  approved  programs  have  the  opportunity  to  schedule  advanced 
courses  and  develop  higher-level  skills  to  enhance  employment  options.  For 
additional  information,  contact  the  department  secretary  at  724-357-3003. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS       53 


Associate  of  Arts— Business-Computer  and  Office 
Information  Systems  Specialization 

Liberal  Studiesi  As  followB! 
English  EN101 

I  in.   \iis:  "ii »e  from  lisi 

Humanities!  HI19!  and  one  course  from  LS  lisl  of 

Philoiophj  .ml  Relig sStudies 

Liberal  Studies  Elective*  ( I ) 

BE/CM  CI  i  IM  LB201,CO/IM101,EC122 

Machi  BE1 II  in  MA12I 

Social  Science!  P<  1101  and  one rse  from  non-western 

( lultures  LS  Soi  ial  S<  ience  lisi 

Majori  Business  (Associate)  <  :.n< 

Required  ( loursesi 

\Dloi  Introduction  to  Business  3sh 

,\l)i!;'i  Business  Technical  Writing  Ish 

\i .  'in  \ nting  Principles  I  Ish 

AG202  lecou g  Principles  II  3sh 


Other  Kequirementsi 

( lomputer  and  <  tffice  Specialization! 


BE250 

Electronic  Office  Procedures 

BE273 

Word  Processing  Applii  ations 

LM205 

Foundations ol  MIS 
Vdvisor-Approved  Elective 

Free  E)e< 

lives: 

Other  It. 

squire) 

ncnts: 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


loi.il  I ).'u,i .  r  Requirements: 
(I )   Students  can  nol  repeal  the  same  prefix  in  this  category. 


Minor— Office  Systems 

(tin  Business  Maims  in  ihe  Eberly  College  ol  Business  only) 

Required  Courses: 

( >S  ioi  Advanced  Microcomputer  Applications  3sh 

OS31  ■  Office  Systems  Technologies  3sh 

Records  Administration  .'ish 

i  IS  ion  Telecommunications  .isli 

I  IS  II  1  Microcomputer  Support  lor  < )llicc  Systems  ,'isli 


15 


Business  Minors  for  Eberly  College  of  Business 
Students 

Minoi    in   ■ intin]    I  inance,  Human  Reaoura  -  Man 

i mini  1 1 il.iiin.iii.il i  Systems,  Mark)  ting,  and  Office  Systems  arc 

offered  oiuj  for  students  who  ari  majoring  in  one  ..I  tin-  othei  majors  in  tlie 
i  bi  rl)  (  .ill.  gi  ofBusini  the  common  thirty-six-credil 

Business  con 

Minor  in  Business  Administration  for  Non-Business  Majors 

The  Eberly  <  iollege  ..l  Business  often,  as  a  joint  i  Bon  ol  ii  di  partments,  a 
21  semestei  hour  minoi  foi  non-business  majors.  The  program  is  dedgned 
in  give  non-business  majors  a  general  bai  kground  in  business  with  1 1 
semester  hours  of  prescribed  1  courses  and  20  semeater  hours 

.il  ii  i|iiil'e(l  business  i  inn    . 

Prescribed  Liberal  Sluilies: 

Social  Science:  I '.( 1121 

Mathematics:  MA214  or  MA217 

Liberal  Studies  Klectives:  BE/CO  LM101,]  ' 

Required  Business  Courses:  15 

AG201  \.  i  ounting  Prim  iples  I  *sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

FI310  Finance!  3sh 

M(l.'310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  6 

Two  of  the  following  with  advisement: 
AD32 1  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications  Sab 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  Ssh 

IM.'iUO  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice     3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


54       THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION 


The  College  of  Education 


John  W.  Butzow,  Dean 

Joyce  Lynn  Garrett,  Associate  Dean  for  Administration  and 
Academic  Affairs 

John  R.Johnson,  Associate  Dean  for  Educational  College- 
School  Partnerships 

Since  its  founding  in  1875  as  the  Indiana  Normal  School,  Indiana  LIniversity 
nl  Pennsylvania  lias  been  widely  recognized  for  its  excellent  programs  in 
teacher  education.  Although  the  scope  of  the  university  has  been  greatly 
expanded,  the  College  of  Education  continues  the  tradition  of  preparing 
outstanding  teachers  to  serve  the  students  of  the  commonwealth  and  the 
n.it 

The  College  ol  Education  comprises  nine  multidimensional  departments 
which  oiler  twenty-live  programs  leading  to  the  bachelor,  master,  and 
doctoral  degrees.  Undergraduate  programs  prepare  students  in  teacher 
i  dm  atinn  (elementary,  early  childhood,  secondary,  vocational,  and  special 
education),  communications  media,  and  rehabilitation.  In  addition,  a  diverse 
sel  ol  graduate  programs,  detailed  in  the  Graduate  School  Catalog,  meet  the 
needs  ol  practitioners  in  basic  education,  higher  education, counseling,  and 
communications  media. 

The  departments  in  the  college  are  Professional  Studies  in  Education. 
Foundations  of  Education.  Communications  Media.  Special  Education  and 
Clinical  Services,  Educational  and  School  Psychology,  Counselor  Education, 
Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education.  Adult  and  Community  Education,  and 

the  University  Scl I.  Each  department  makes  a  unique  contribution  to  the 

total  preparation  of  students  within  the  college.  Some  programs  provide 
sen  ice  courses  to  enhance  the  professional  preparation  of  students;  odiers, 
such  as  professional  programs  in  teacher  education,  public  school 
administration,  and  personnel  services,  lead  to  certification  for  public  school 
teaching  or  supervision  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 


The  College  ol  Education  is  well  known  for  its  opportunities  to  practice 
'"hands-on"  learning.  Over  five  hundred  students  enjoy  early  field 
experiences  each  semester.  In  addition,  the  College  of  Education  places 
about  six  hundred  student  teachers  each  year  in  public  schools  which 
provide  a  hill  semester  of  supervised  teaching  experience.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  take  advantage  of  a  full  range  of  activities  offered  in  urban, 
rural,  and  multicultural  settings. 

Practical  experiences  are  important  for  students  majoring  in  communications 
media  and  rehabilitation  as  well.  Students  in  these  programs  are  prepared  in 
one  of  the  largest  internship  programs  in  Pennsylvania.  They  select 
supervised  work  experiences  with  agencies  throughout  the  commonwealth 
and  neighboring  states:  many  students  are  so  successful  in  their  internship 
placements,  they  are  hired  immediately  upon  graduation. 


Summary  of  Certification  Programs  Offered 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  (B.S.Ed,  with  certification) 
Elementary  Education 
Early  Childhood  Education 
Secondary  Education 

For  details,  see  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences: 

English,  French,  German.  Social  Science.  Spanish 
For  details,  see  tile  College  oj  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics: 

Biology,  Chemistry,  Earth  and  Space  Science,  General  Science, 

Mathematics,  Physics 
For  details,  see  the  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services: 

Health  and  Physical  Education,  Family  and  Consumer 

Sciences  Education  (Home  Economics) 
For  details,  see  the  College  of  Fine  Arts: 

Art,  Music 
For  details,  see  the  Eberh  College  of  Business: 

Business 


N  A    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION       55 


S|i.  i  ill  Education 

Speech  I  anguagi  Patholog)  and  ludiolog) 

Mm. i I  Except I  Person* 

Etluea 10I  Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss 

Vocational  /laconical  Education 

Bachcl is,;. M. i  Degree (B.S.) 

Rehabilitation 

i ations  Media 

Graduate  Prog i»  (See  **  Gradual*  s,h,wl  (  «tal<%) 

Muter1!  Degree  (M.I  d. unless otherwise ooted)i  \<lnli  andC tnunit) 

Education  (M. A.),  Business,*  ounselor  Educal Early  Childl I 

n  ..I  Exi  epti I  Persona,  Edui  ational  Psyi  holog 

I  I.  in.  lit... %  Math  Edui : n,  Liti  rai  v.  Masters  in  Edui  ation 

I  ducal Musii  Education  (M.  L),  Speech-Language 

Patholog)  (M.S.),Studenl  Vffairsin  Highei  Educal M.A  I, 

[1  ii i  nglish  (M.A.) 

Doctoral  Degree  (D.Ed.)i  Elemental)  Edui i,Scl I  Psychology, 

Edui  I  i  adership  (witli  Superintendent's  Lettei  of  Eligibility) 

(  .  i  liti.  .niori  Onlv:  Reading  Spei  ialist,  Si  hod  Psyi  hologist, 

I  lementarj  Secondarj  Principal,  Superintendent's  Lettei  "I  Eligibility 

Teacher  Certification  Programs 

mis  111  teacher  education  provide  students  with  opportunities  to  gain 
1 1  in  both  generic  and  program-specifii  compi  teni  ies.  Studi  tits 
whoprepan  tobeconu  teai  hers  should  be  able  to: 
1.     Demonstrati  di  pth  and  breadth  of  knowledge  in  subjeel  mattei  content 

and  pi  dagogii  .il  skills. 
■I.     Demonstrate  an  understanding  ol  and  the  ability  to  apply  the  theoretical 

and  prai  rii  al  aspi  ctsol  human  growdi  and  development  .is  the)  n  late 

i ii  I'll.-,  and  Ii  arning. 

;i.     Demonstrate  skills  and  abilities  to  work  collaborativel)  with  others. 
I.     Demonstrate  professional  commitment  to  students,  i  olleagues,  .mil  the 

community. 
5.     Demonstrate  the  beliel  thai  professional  development  is  an  ongoing 

(i.     Demonstrate  an  understanding  of  the  historical  and  philosophical 
foundations  ol  American  education. 

Teacher  education  programs  at  IUP  focus  on  student  learners  who  are  taught 

.iml  guided  b)  a  facult)  committed  to  me  preparatii f competent  teai  hers. 

Students  preparing  to  become  teaching  professionals  must  exhibit  humanism 
.in.l  adaptability,  prai  tice  and  communicate  critical  thinking  skills,  and 
In',  ome  excellenl  role  models.  These  qualities  are  developed  through 
coursework  and  activities  that  emphasize  the  liberal  studies  in  concert  with 
appropriate  professional  pedagogy.  Collaboration  is  modeled  .is  uraw  raitj 
i. ii  ulix.  public  si  lin.il  personnel,  and  students  work  together  to  accomplish 
v,ii.ils  of  the  II  P  teacher  education  programs. 

Degree  Requirements 

All  degree  candidates  in  the  College  of  Education  (except  for  three  spi 
programs)  must  satisfai  toril)  complete  a  minimum  of  1-  t  semestei  hours  in 
three  categories:  Liberal  Studies,  a  specialized  majoi  Geld,  and  professional 
education.  Program  revisions  are  ongoing  in  an  attempt  to  provide  teachers 
in  training  with  the  most  current  information  related  to  teaching  and 
learning.  Students  should  always  consult  with  advisors  to  determine  what 
,  hanges,  if  any,  have  been  made  in  their  chosen  program  of  study. 

Liberal  Studies    52  55  semestei  In  mis.  des<  ribed  in  tins .  atalog  undei 
Requirements  for  Graduation. 

Specialized  major  field    requirements  listed  undei  department  offerings. 

Professional  Education    30  semestei  hours,  .is  follow  s: 

i  M301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction        Ish 

I  DS  I-  Pre-studem  lea.  lun- Clinical 

Experieni  e  I  Isli 
ED342               Pre-student  Teaching  Clinii  al 

Experience  II  lsh 

ED442              Si Il.au  lsh 

EP202               Educational  Psychologj  3sh 

EP377               Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

II  -11-'  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practict  3sh 

Methods  Course  •  (Teaching  of )  3sh 

Stii.lent  Teaching  -  (One  semester)  1  -Mi 


Change  of  Major  to  the  College  of  Education 

i  iwhowiah  totrarufei  to  a  lead lucal pi 

..i  I  .In.  ,,i urn  i  ha i ili  -  GPAol  ould 

completi  'I"  ' '  i  it)  '  hangi  ol  Maj  ii  Ii  n  i  ind  submit  it  to  the 

il<  partnn  nt  i  liairpi  -  ion  foi  tl «  program  ol  study.  'I  hi  applii  atioi 

i  wed  l>\  il"  departmi  nl 

,  ...ml i  I.. i  [hi  ti  ai  program  to  whii  h  application  I. 

in. nl.    II I.  ,|n.i  ind  approval  i»j 

the  College  of  Education  processes  thi  application. 

Some  programs  in  onrequin  internal  rrai 

■ plete  Step  I  "I  tin   l-Su  p  P i.  Studi  nts ring  thi  n  pi 

ubmil  all  Step  I  paperwork  with  the  Changi  ..I  Majoi  form. 
Sim  I.  nts  should  .  ..nsiili  widi  tin  departmi  nt  i  hairperson  oi  pn 
.  oordinatoi  ol  thi  m  m  majoi  to  di  ti  nun,.  >p<  ■  ilii  n  q 
i  i  hangi    il 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education  Programs 

i  lit)  polic)  outlines  a  1-Step  Process  foi  all  studi 

i  ition;  tin  pi...  i  ss  ,i]i|ili.  s  to  students  from  the  time  they  are  admitted 

to  the  teachei  certifical program  until  they  ^railiutc  with  reeniiiiiieiidatn.ii 

for  certification  Thi   l-Step  Process  policy  consists  of  four  separati  ph 

Teacher  Certification,  Junior  St ling,  Student  Teachii 

Recommendation  foi  Certifical It  is  imperative  that  students  thorough!) 

undent I  the  polii  ies,  procedures,  ami  consequent  .->  .•!  the  l-Step  Pi 

as  it  applies  to  thi  study. 

Admission  to  teacher  ed  ins  is  competitive  and  n  q 

students  i eel  thi  requirements  outlined  in  Step  1  of  the  l-Step  Pro 

Toqualifi  for  admission  to  teacl ic a, all  students  must  romplrtr  j 

minimum  ol  2H  semestei  hours  with  a  cumulative  GPA  ..I  2.5  ..r  higher;  in 
addition,  students  an  required  to  submit  the  four  items  listed  below. 
Students  who  do  not  achievi  and  maintain  a  cumulative  GPAi 

highei  are  unable  to  take  c rework  in  the  teacher  eilmatn.ii  core.  Some 

programs  .i|.].l\  thi  same  st.niil.iril  t< >  courses  in  the  professional  core  as  well. 

Details  of  specific  program  requirements  .  an  be  found  in  tin  so  lion  ..I  the 
catalog  which  .lis.  ribes  ..ii  1 1  department's  programs  ..I  study.  For  example,  a 
description  of  the  Chemistr)  Education  pr.  .^ram  may  he  found  under  die 
t  lollegi  ol  Natural  S.  ienc  es  and  Mathematics.  Chemistry  Department. 
Secondarj  Chemistr)  Education;  a  description  of  the  Mush  Education 
program  is  located  undei  the  College  of  Fine  Arts.  Music  Department, 
Education;  and  the  Elementary  Education  program  is  described  under  die 
( lollege  ol  Education,  Professional  Studies  in  Education  Department. 
Elemental)  Education. 

Admission  to  teai  hci  education  programs  is  governed  by  the  4-Stcp  Pi 
This  procedure  is  designed  to  improve  the  qualit)  ol  teacher  education  and 
maintain  program  integrity.  The  process  ...nsists  of  lour  steps,  with 
evaluation  and  advisement  occurring  at  each  step. 

I.      Admission  to  Teacher  Certification 

Procedure:  Admission  to  teacher  education  programs  at  II 'P  is 
competitive.  Although  students  may  be  accepted  into  the  Col 
Education  at  initial  application,  they  arc  not  officially  admitted  to 
teachei  edui  ation  programs  until  qualified  under  die  4-Stcp  P 
qualify  foi  admission  to  Step  1:  Teacher  Certification,  a  student  should 
follow  the  guidelines  listed  below. 

Requirements:  At  the  point  a  student  believes  he  or  she  will  complete 
_'n  or  more  semester  hours  widi  a  cumulative  GPA  of2 
he  she  must  file  an  application  for  admission  to  die  teacher  education 
...  ..in.  The  application  includes  die  following  materials: 

1.  verification  ..I  completion  of  at  least  29  semester  hours 

2.  verification  ol  a  cumulative  GPA  of2.5  or  higher 

3.  a  completed  Teacher  Certification  Application  signed  bv  the 
advisor 

4.  official  ACT  34  151  clearance  forms 

5.  a  physician's  statement  ol  IB  clearance 

6.  a  clinic  l.in's  statement  ol  speech  test  clearance 

7.  ..  clinician's  statement  ol  hearing  test  clearance 

When  all  papers  are  prepared,  they  are  submitted  to  the  academic 

,ul\  ism  lor  rc\  lew  .iml  evaluation.  The  advisor  recommends  approval  or 

denial  and  forwards  the  application  to  the  Dean's  Off 

Education,  for  processing.  Applications  are  processed  immediately  il  all 

requirements  are  met.  Applications  may  be  held  for  second  semester 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


56       THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION 


freshmen  waiting  for  grades/credits  ONLY;  applications  will  be 
processed  following  posting  of  semester  grades. 

Results:  If  all  Step  1  requirements  are  met,  the  student  will  he  notified 
by  letter  of  his/her  admission  to  the  Teacher  Certification  Program.  This 
official  admission  makes  the  student  eligible  to  take  Core  Education 
courses  including:  CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction; 
FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice;  EP202 
Educational  Psychology;  and  ED242  Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical 
Experience  I.  No  student  is  allowed  to  register  for  Core  Education 
courses  until  he/she  has  been  granted  admission  to  Teacher 
Certification. 

In  some  programs,  official  admission  to  Teacher  Certification  is  required 
before  enrollment  in  program  coursework  is  permitted.  Students  should 
consult  with  their  advisors  or  department  chairperson  to  determine 
specific  requirements  for  their  program  of  study. 

No  student  is  guaranteed  admission  to  the  Teacher  Certification 
Program.  Acceptance  into  a  program  is  at  the  discretion  of  the  advisor, 
department,  and  College  of  Education.  Any  student  widi  a  criminal 
record  should  contact  the  College  of  Education  immediately  to 
determine  his/her  eligibility  to  become  a  commonwealth  teacher. 

Any  student  denied  admission  to  the  Teacher  Certification  Program 
must  reapply  at  the  time  deficiencies  are  met. 

II.  Admission  to  Junior  Standing 

Procedure:  When  a  teacher  education  candidate  believes  he/she  will 
complete  59  or  more  semester  hours  with  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA 
of  2.5,  she/he  must  file  an  application  for  Junior  Standing  with  the 
Dean's  Office  in  the  College  of  Education. 

Requirements: 

1.  Admitted  to  Teacher  Certification 

2.  Completed  at  least  57  semester  hours  which  may  include  accepted 
transfer  credits 

3.  Minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.5 

4.  Completion  of  EN  1 0 1  or  equivalent  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 

5.  Completion  of  ED242  and  EP202  widi  grades  of  C  or  better 

6.  Final  speech  and  hearing  clearances  for  students  not  cleared  at 
initial  testing 

7.  Submission  of  a  Planned  Program  of  Study  on  an  approved  form 

Some  programs  have  additional  requirements  for  admission  to  Junior 
Standing;  students  should  consult  with  their  academic  advisor,  program 
coordinator,  or  department  chair  to  determine  specific  program 
requirements. 

The  application  is  reviewed,  evaluated,  and  signed  by  the  academic 
advisor.  If  all  requirements  are  met,  the  application  is  forwarded  to  the 
Dean's  Office  in  the  College  of  Education  for  processing. 

Results:  The  student  is  sent  written  notification  of  his/her  acceptance  to 
Junior  Standing.  Upon  official  admission,  the  student  is  eligible  to  enroll 
in  die  following  courses:  ED342  Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical 
Experience  II;  ED442  School  Law;  EP377  Educational  Tests  and 
Measurements;  and  courses  in  the  methods  of  teaching. 

If  a  student  has  not  met  die  requirements  of  Step  2:  Junior  Standing,  the 
student  will  be  so  informed  by  the  Dean's  Office  in  die  College  of 
Education.  Enrollment  in  Core  Education  courses  will  be  denied  until 
all  deficiencies  are  met. 

A  student  may  reapply  for  admission  to  Junior  Standing  when  he/she 
has  met  all  prerequisite  requirements. 

III.  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Procedure:  Students  who  have  completed  all  university,  college,  and 
departmental  requirements  are  eligible  to  apply  for  admission  to  Student 
Teaching.  An  application  should  be  filed  with  the  Office  of  College- 
School  Partnerships  at  least  one  semester  before  the  actual  experience. 

Requirements 

1.  Admission  to  Junior  Standing 

2.  Satisfactory  completion  of  at  least  91  semester  hours  with  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  2.5  or  higher 

3.  Completion  of  the  required  Liberal  Studies  science  courses  with 
grades  of  C  or  better 

4.  Completion  of  the  required  Liberal  Studies  madiematics  course 
widi  a  grade  of  C  or  better 


5.  Completion  of  all  required  professional  education  core  courses 
with  grades  of  C  or  better  (FE202,  EP202,  CM301,  ED242, 
ED342,  ED  442,  EP377  (when  required),  and  methods  course(s) 
in  the  major  area) 

6.  Affirmative  recommendation  by  the  student's  major  department 
advisor  or  program  coordinator 

7.  Verification  of  the  special  education  competency  by  a)  EX300 
Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in  Inclusive  Elementary 
Classrooms  (for  elementary  and  early  childhood  majors),  b)  EX301 
Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in  Inclusive  Secondary 
Classrooms  (for  majors  in  secondary  subject  areas  and  K-12 
specialty  areas),  or  c)  the  Special  Education  Competency  Test. 

8.  Submit  evidence  of  final  criminal  and  child  abuse  clearances  (Acts 
34/151  for  Pennsylvania  residents  or  FBI  clearance  for  out-of-state 
students). 

9.  Satisfy  supplemental  departmental  requirements,  if  any,  as  approved 
by  the  Faculty  Senate  and  described  in  the  department  section  of 
the  undergraduate  catalog. 

Results:  Students  who  make  application  and  meet  all  requirements  for 
Admission  to  Student  Teaching  will  be  placed  for  the  final  clinical 
experience  by  the  Office  of  College-School  Partnerships.  Placement  is 
at  the  discretion  of  the  student's  major  department  and  the  Office  of 
Educational  College-School  Partnerships.  Confirmation  of  acceptance 
and  approval  is  made  in  writing  and  permits  the  student  to  register  for 
student  teaching  during  the  normal  registration  process. 

It  requirements  for  Student  Teaching  have  not  been  met,  the  student  is 
informed  in  writing  and  will  be  administratively  removed  from  the 
student  teaching  placement.  The  student  may  not  register  for  student 
teaching  until  deficiencies  are  removed. 

In  keeping  with  university  policy,  all  student  teachers  are  required  to 
be  registered  for  Student  Teaching  before  they  enter  the  classroom 
on  the  first  day. 

IV.   Recommendation  for  Certification 

Procedure:  Complete  application  for  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of 
Education  Certification  and  file  widi  the  Office  of  Educational  College- 
School  Partnerships  by  the  listed  dates  appropriate  to  the  anticipated 
date  of  graduation. 

Requirements: 

1.  A  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  professional  education  courses  and  an 
overall  grade-point  average  of  2.5. 

2.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  advisor 
indicating  completion  of  all  departmental  teacher  education 
requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  student  teaching  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

4.  Successful  completion  of  the  PRAXIS  Core  Battery,  PRAXIS 
General  Knowledge,  and  PRAXIS  Specialty  Area  tests. 

Appeal  Provision:  A  student  who  believes  that  any  requirement  of  this 
policy  has  been  inequitably  applied  or  that  he/she  merits  special 
consideration  may  appeal  through  the  proper  channels:  academic 
advisor,  chairperson,  College  of  Education  dean  (or  designee),  teacher 
education  appeals  committee.  Appeals  must  be  made  before  the  end  of 
the  next  regular  academic  semester  following  the  application. 

Every  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  appeal  dirough  the  process 
so  described.  If,  at  the  conclusion,  the  student  is  still  in  disagreement 
with  die  findings,  the  student  may  request  review  before  a  special 
Teacher  Education  Appeals  Committee.  The  committee  will  be 
composed  of  three  voting  members  representing  the  faculty,  cooperating 
teachers,  and  students  to  be  elected  each  year  by  the  Teacher  Education 
Coordinators  Council  of  the  Academy  for  Teacher  Preparation. 

To  initiate  an  appeal,  the  student  must  file  a  form  obtained  at  die  Dean's 
Office,  College  of  Education.  Appeals  will  be  heard  only  during  the 
regular  academic  semester.  The  student  will  be  expected  to  submit 
written  documentation  of  his/her  complaint  about  the  process  of  review 
for  continuation  or  eligibility  in  the  teacher  education  program.  The 
committee  will  review  the  materials  and  make  its  recommendation  to  the 
dean,  College  of  Education.  A  final  decision  rests  with  the  associate 
dean  of  College  School  Partnerships. 

End  Notes:  In  all  cases  where  advisor  action  is  required,  a  department 
may  choose  to  use  a  committee  or  odier  departnientally  approved 
process.  In  cases  where  recommendations  are  supplied  by  someone 
other  than  the  academic  advisor,  the  department  needs  to  place  a  copy 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION       57 


ofit.  policy  and edurea  on  file  with  the  del Coll I 

Edi in. 

Some  departments  have  additional  Junioi  Standing  requirements  in 
i,l  h  .   Department)  maj  continue  to  apply  those  requirementa  but  need 

,',,i  ep, i  copy  ol  thi  i win  mentson  file  with  the  dean  ol  the 

College  of  Ed 

Tl„  polii )  .is  here  Jtaled  applies  to  .ill  students  applying  to  Teai  hei 
i :.  mil,  ,111,111  Programs  on  oi  aftei  Septembei  I.  1988, and  in<  ludes 
upd  ,i.  ,i  procedun  sand  i  ditorial  r<  visions  as  submitted  to  the 
i  niverait)  SenateinMay,  1990; May,  1992; and  Vpril,  1997. 


Student  Teaching 


Student  teaching  ia  designed  to  be  the  culminating  learning  experii  no  fbi 

peci I,,  is  Student  teachers  practice  teaching  and naginga 

1 1 1  iS m, l, ,  Hi,  supervision  ofa  full-time  mastei  teai  hei  in  an  off- 

i  .iiii|iiis  center.  A  university  supervisor  is  assigned  to  work  with  individual 
student  teachers  and  cooperating  teachers.  To  gain  admission  to  student 
teai  hing,  applicants  must  have  achieved  a  minimum  cumulative  grade-point 
average  "l  2.5.  In  addition,  students  must  complete  .ill  requirements  of  the  1- 
Step  I'u"  ess  and  should  complete  all  other  components  of  the  Liberal 
Studies  and  professional  core  before  student  teaching.  Souk-  programs  have 

standards  abovi  the  minimum  2.5  cumulative  GPA  and/or  c sc  grade 

expei  i. in, his  above  the  minimum  grade  of  C.  Each  student  should  counsel 

idvisoi  tm  information  about  specifii  program  requirementa 

related  to  qualification  foi  student  teaching. 


Field  Placements 


The  Office  ol  Student  Teai  hing  determines  final  placements  tor  all  field 
»,uk ,, hi, In.  ted  in  iln  public  schools.  In  accordance  with  university  policy, 
•.mil,  nis  must  In  officially  enrolled  in  the  course  fbi  whi<  h  the  field  work  is 
being  done,  Students  entering  a  classroom  without  being  duly  registered  are 

in  \  milium  of  university  policy  and  may  place  themselves  at  risk  legally. 

Removal  of  a  Student  Teacher  from  a  Student 
Teaching  Placement 

Purposei  To  establish  reasons  or  a  process  for  removal  ofa  student  teacher 
from  the  student  teaching  assignment.  The  first  two  items  are  consistent  with 
Vet  3  I.  (  niiimal  Record  Check;  item  3  establishes  a  procedure  il  student 
behavioi  is  not  consistent  with  appropriate  expectations  of  the  school 
district;  item  t  establishes  a  process  and  assures  that  the  student  teacher 
learns  of  unsatisfactory  progress  as  early  as  possible;  and  item  .5  is  an  appeal 

pnM  ess 

Policy!  Student  teachers  are  ultimately  guests  of  the  cooperating  school 
districts  and  may  he  removed  by  the  district  officers.  A  student  teacher  may 
also  be  removed  b)  1 1 '  1*  from  the  student  teaching  assignment  for  any  of  the 

following  ids, mis: 

1.  If  indicted  (bra  felony  which  is  covered  in  the  School  Code  and  Act  34, 
there  shall  he  a  removal  ol  the  student  teacher  from  die  school 
assignment  until  the  matter  is  cleared.  When  the  student  is  cleared  of 
the  indictment,  the  student  teaching  assignment  will  he  extended  to 
cover  the  time  missed  during  student  teaching. 

2.  If  com  icted  ofa  felony  which  is  covered  in  the  School  Code  and  Act 
34.  the  student  teacher  will  he  withdrawn  from  the  student  teaching 
assignment  and  will  forfeit  the  time  spent  during  the  student  teaching 
assignment. 

3.  II  the  beha\  ior  exhibited  by  the  student  teacher  is  not  acceptable  to  the 
school  district,  it  should  he  documented  by  the  school  administrator/ 
principal  in  collaboration  with  the  cooperating  teacher  and  the 
university  supervisor/coordinator  and  director.  Student  Teaching  Office. 
It  alter  discussion  with  the  student,  improvement  is  evidenced,  no 
lurthei  action  will  he  taken  by  the  Student  Teaching  Office. 

4.  II  it  is  determined  either  by  the  cooperating  teacher  or  university 
supervisor  that  the  teaching  competency  of  the  student  teacher  is  at  an 
unsatisfactory  level  based  on  the  teaching  competencies  indicated  on  the 
evaluation  form  and  not  in  the  best  interest  of  the  students,  a  three-way 
Conference  of  cooperating  teacher,  university  supervisor,  and  student 
will  he  held  to  discuss  die  concern,  possible  outcomes,  and  remedial 
strategies.  If  after  consultation  with  the  university  director  of  Student 
Teacliing,  removal  from  this  student  teaching  placement  is 
necessary,  this  action  shall  be  done  bv  the  director  of  Student 


leai  hing  and  llli ■  Hr.ni  ol  tin   <nll.gci.IIHiiidlM.il     I  I.      L>  liavior 

should  l»  d,„  hum  ni,  ,1  ind  di*  ideal  teat  lung 

experiencea   po 

5.      Decisions  made  under  this  policy  may  be  appealed  t»  the  dean. 
College  ol  I  Hin  ..lion  (.  i  tlilii  ation  ollin  t). 

Certification  Requirements 

( College  ..I  l-.dii.  ation  requirements  foi  recommendation  fbi  certification  at  a 

teai  hi  i.  ..s  well  .is  il n  r in,  rli.ii-  steps  leading  to  commonwealth 

certification,  are  outlined  in  thi   I  Step  Process.  Thi  requirementa  mrmdr 

a  minimum  grade  of  ( ■  in  ..II  professional  edui  anon  ,  ouraes  and  a 

cumulative  GPA  of  2  r. 

—  review  and  recommendation  by  the  majoi  or  indicating 
completion  of  all  university  and  departmental  leai  her  education 
requirements 

—  completion  nl  Student  tl  ai  lung  with  a  minimum  grail,  ol  ' 

successful  i  ompli  don  ol  the  PRAXIS  <  Ion  Battery,  PR  \MS  ' 
Knowledge,  and  PRAXIS  Specialt)  V 

—  competency  in  working  with  students  with  spa  ul  needs  (S|>ei  lal 
Education) 

Applications  for  i  ertifii  ation  i  annol  U  pnx  eased  unul  the  student 
completes  the  Bai  heloi  ol  Si  ii  ii,  e  in  Education  degree  or  its  equivalent. 

Dual  Certification 

The  departments  of  Professional  Studies  in  Education  and  Special 
Education  and  Clinic  al  Services  have  developed  guidelines  for  students 
wishing  to  complete  academic  requirements  for  a  second  certification. 

Students  majoring  in  Elementary  Education  may  do  diis  in  Education  ol 
Persons  with  1  learing  Loss,  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons,  or  Early 
Childhood  Education;  Early  Childhood  Education  majors  may  do  this  in 
Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss,  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons, 
or  Elementary  Education. 

Majors  in  Education  of  Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss  or  Education  of 
Exceptional  Persons  may  do  diis  in  eidier  Early  Childhood  Education  or 
Elementary  Education. 

Forms  for  applying  for  dual  certification  are  available  in  die  offices  of  the  two 
departments.  Applications  must  be  approved  by  die  student's  advisor  and  by 
die  department  chairperson  or  assistant  chairperson  of  bodi  departments. 
Students  are  advised  that  the  completion  of  requirements  will  take 
approximately  two  extra  semesters,  and  they  may  wish  to  explore  the 
possibility  of  completing  die  second  certification  at  a  graduate  level. 

Commonwealth  Requirements  for  Teacher 
Certification 

(Excludes  Vocational  Instructional  Certification.  See  section  called  "Center 
for  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation.*') 

Certification  standards  for  commonwealth  public  school  teachers  are 
established  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  and  the 
Pennsylvania  Board  of  Education.  The  academic  advisor  of  die  student's 
major  department  must  verify-  for  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  that 
all  academic  requirements  are  met.  The  student's  name  is  then  placed  on  the 
graduation  list. 

Applicants  for  certification  must  sign  an  attesunent  of  I'nited  States 
citizenship.  Applicants  who  are  not  citizens  must  have  an  immigrant  visa 
which  permits  them  to  seek  employment  widiin  die  I'nited  States,  and  thev 
must  have  declared  die  intent  to  become  citizens  of  die  United  States. 
Applicants  must  also  submit  a  physical  examination  report  and  certify-  they 
are  not  in  die  habit  of  using  narcotic  drugs  in  any  form,  do  not  use  ex, 
amounts  of  intoxicating  beverages,  are  not  currently  under  indictment  by- 
legal  audiorities,  and  have  not  been  convicted  ofa  criminal  offense. 
Applicants  who  are  unable  to  meet  one  or  more  of  diese  requirements  must 
submit  a  full  explanation  with  the  application.  In  addition,  diey  must  attest  to 
die  fact  diat  all  information  supplied  in  the  application  is  accurate. 

The  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  issues  an  Instructional  I 
certificate  to  beginning  teachers  upon  graduation  from  and  recommendation 
bv  the  College  of  Education.  .All  candidates  for  the  Instructional  I  certificate 
must  successfully  pass  the  National  Teacher  Exam  general  knowledge  battery 
and  selected  specialty  areas  tests.  Since  IL'P  is  a  designated  test  site. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    Of     PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


58       THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION 


registration  tor  the  PRAXIS  may  be  completed  through  University  Testing 

Services  in  the  Career  Services  office.  After  completii I  24  additional 

semester  hours  of  collegiate  and/or  in-service  coursework  and  with 
successful  teaching  experience,  students  are  eligible  to  receive  an 
Instructional  II  certificate,  which  is  a  permanent  certification  to  teach  in  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

Professional  Certification  Application  Fee 

Beginning  Fall  Semester,  1998,  all  applicants  lor  Teacher  Certification  or 
Professional  Education  Certifications  from  the  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania  through  IMP  will  he  assessed  a  $40  application  fee.  Of  that  fee, 
$15  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Bureau  of  Teacher  Certification.  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education,  in  Harrisburg  with  the  IUP  recommendation  for 
certification.  Add-on  and  second  certifications  processed  through  IUP  will 
also  he  assessed  this  fee.  Requests  for  processing  out-of-state  teacher 
certification  applications  will  he  assessed  a  $25  processing  fee  per  request. 

The  University  Clinics 

Two  clinics  under  the  supervision  of  the  College  of  Education  offer 
diagnostic  testing,  remedial  services,  and  instruction.  The  Speech  and 
Hearing  Clinic  is  organized  and  managed  by  the  Department  of  Special 
Education  and  Clinical  Services.  The  Child  Study  Center  is  housed  in  the 
Department  of  Educational  and  School  Psvchology. 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  is  started  by  Special  Education  faculty  and 
supervised  graduate  students  working  toward  advanced  degrees  in  Speech- 
Language  Pathology.  Using  state-of-the-art  equipment,  clinic  personnel 
provide  diagnosis  "I  speech  problems  and  hearing  tests  and  evaluations,  as 
well  as  a  regular  program  of  therapy  for  clients.  As  part  of  this  program, 
clinic  stall  niembers  provide  testing  and  necessary  therapeutic  services  to  all 
teacher  education  candidates,  who  must  meet  strict  speech  and  hearing 
clearances.  Regularly  enrolled  students  at  the  university,  including  all  teacher 
certification  candidates,  are  eligible  to  receive  these  services  without  charge. 

The  Child  Study  Center  provides  opportunities  for  Educational  Psychology 
graduate  students  in  the  post-master's  certification  and  doctoral  programs  to 
acquire  professional  skills  under  the  supervision  of  certified  faculty 
supervisors.  Clinic  personnel  provide  psychological  assessment  for  children 
and  adolescents  with  learning  and/or  behavior  problems.  They  also  provide 
consultation  for  parents  and  public  school  personnel  involved  with  these 
children. 

Graduate  Programs 

Information  describing  master's  and  doctoral  programs  in  education  may  be 
lound  in  the  current  issue  of  the  Graduate  School  Catalog. 


The  University  School 

Marilyn  S.  Howe,  Director;  Beisel,  Ellermeyer,  Ford  Grove, 
Hcchtman,  Mambo,  Stephenson,  Yost;  and  professors  emeritae  Davis, 
Fleming,  Lingenfelter,  Martin,  Walthour 


The  University  School  is  located  in  Davis  Hall  on  the  IUP  campus,  where  it 
is  housed  with  the  departments  of  Professional  Studies  in  Education  and 
Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services.  The  University  School  provides  a 
program  of  instruction  for  students  in  kindergarten  through  sixth  grade.  In 
addition,  the  school  oilers  a  rich  variety  of  experimental  and  research 
activities  for  IUP  faculty  and  students.  Faculty  members  from  disciplines  as 
varied  as  music,  physical  education,  Spanish,  elementary  education,  and 
special  education  have  ongoing  programs  which  are  carried  out  at  the 
University  School.  Each  year,  hundreds  of  teacher  education  students 
participate  in  activities  such  as  observations,  lesson  presentations,  and 
student  teaching.  Graduate  students  utilize  the  University  School  to  conduct 
research  on  teaching  and  learning.  Research  and  experimental  activities  are 
scheduled  with  the  director  of  the  University  School. 


Center  for  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation 


Thomas  W.  O'Brien,  Director 


Vocational-Technical  Professional  Studies 

Jane  A.  Whisner,  Chairperson;  Boyd,  Debow,  Dolecki,  I  )iu  bin, 
Gamble,  Keith,  Monaco,  Rivosecehi,  Spewock,  Sylvcs,  Toth 


The  Vocational-Technical  Professional  Studies  program  offers 
undergraduate  curricula  that  prepare  prcservice  teachers,  in-service  teachers, 
supervisors,  and  administrators  in  vocational-technical  education.  Students 
enrolling  in  one  of  the  vocational  education  programs  may  specialize  in  an 
area  related  to  interest  and/or  previous  work  experience.  Programs  may  lead 
to  either  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  degree  with  certification  or  to 
professional  certification  only.  Program  graduates  have  a  broad  range  of 
employment  opportunities  as  teachers/trainers  in  secondary  schools. 
vocational-technical  schools,  postsecondary  schools,  antl  business  and 
industry. 

Certification  to  teach  vocational-technical  education  in  the  commonwealdi's 
secondary  schools  is  issued  to  individuals  who  meet  statutory  requirements, 
demonstrate  occupational/technical  proficiency  on  a  nationally  standardized 
occupational  competency  examination,  and  complete  ()()  semester  hours  of 
the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education's  approved  university  program. 
In  the  IUP  program,  a  plan  of  studies  will  he  tailored  to  each  student's 
unique  background  (i.e.,  electrical,  electronics,  data  processing,  drafting, 
welding,  dental,  etc.)  and  professional  needs. 

Certification  to  serve  as  a  cooperative  education  teacher-coordinator  in  the 
commonwealth's  secondary  schools  can  be  earned  by  completing  a  program 
of  studies  tailored  to  each  student's  individual  background  and  professional 
needs.  The  program  prepares  individuals  for  managing  industrial 
cooperative  training  and  school-to-work  transitional  experiences.  For 
persons  holding  a  valid  Pennsylvania  Instructional  Certificate,  the  program  of 
studies  will  be  individualized  based  upon  educational  credits  earned. 

Each  program  offered  by  the  Center  for  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation 
requires  completion  of  the  following  semester  hours: 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Cooperative  Education  Teacher/Coordinator  Certificate 

Vocational  Technical  Education  Certificate 


124sh 

75sh 
ri0-62sh 


The  University  School  is  a  member  of  the  National  Association  of 
Laboratory  Schools.  Facult}  members  at  the  University  School  have  received 
many  grants  and  teaching  awards  in  recognition  of  their  contributions  to  the 
education  profession. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Vocational-Technical 
Education 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  VO  prefix 

College:  6 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  P 

ractice  3sh 

Major:  30 

Required  Courses: 

VO100  Preparation  of  the  Vocational 

Professional  I  15sh 

VO400  Preparation  of  the  Vocati il 

Professional  II  15sh 

Other  Requirements:  27 

Vocational  Technical: 

EN310  Public  Speaking  Ssh 

VO401  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical 

Preparation  3-12sh 

VO402  Special  Topics  in  Vocatii  inal 

Pedagogical  Preparation  3-15sh 

VO450  Technical  Preparation  of  the 

Vocational  Professional  24sh 
Other  as  approved 

Free  Electives:  6-8 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF     PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION       5.9 


Certificate— Vocational-Technical  Education 

Liberal  Studiesi  As  billows: 
Mathematical  MA101 
English:  EN101 

Humanities!  one »e  I lists 

I  mi  Aii.s:  mil  .  ourse  In. in  lisi 

Natural  Sciencei  one  course,  lab  01  non-lab 

Social  Science.  I''  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electivesi  on si   no  course 

mil.  VO  prefix 

( lollegei 

Professional  Educational  Sequence! 


EPS08 

Edui  ational  Psychology 

:isi, 

11  'n  ! 

\m.  ii.  .in  Edui  .in. .ii  in  Theorj  .mil 

Practii  < 

Ssh 

Major: 

33 

Required  Com 

si's: 

EN310 

I'ul.li.  Speaking 

Ssh 

\(  HOO 

Preparation  ol  the  Vocational 

Professional  1 

L5sh 

\i  iiiin 

Preparation  ..I  the  Vocational 

Professional  II 

15sh 

Free  Electivesi 

0 

l.n.il  Certification  Requirements: 

60-62 

Certificate  as  Secondary  School  Cooperative  Education 
Teacher/Coordinator 

Liberal  Studiesi  As  follows:  2 

Mathematics:  MA  101 

English!  EN101 

Humanities!  one  course  from  lists 

Fine  Arts:  iinc  course  from  list 

Natural  Science':  one  course .  I.ih  or  non-lab 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Eleetives:  one  course,  no  courses 

with  VO  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 


KP202 

Educational  Psychology 

Ssh 

FE202 

American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice 

.Ssh 

Major: 

48 

Required  Courses: 

EN310 

Publii  Speaking 

.'Jsli 

VOl  00 

Preparation  ..1  the  Vocational 

Professional  1 

15sh 

VO400 

Preparation  of  the  Vocational 

Professional  II 

15sh 

VO402 

Special  Topics  in  Vocational 

Pedagogical  Preparation 

15sb 

Free  Eleetives: 

0 

Total  Certification  Requirements: 

75-77 

Department  of  Adult  and  Community 
Education 

Trenton  R.  Ferro,  Chairperson;  Dean 

I  lie  Department  ol  Adult  and  Community  Education  is  a  graduate 
department  offering  two  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree. 
Adult  and  Community  Education  helps  students  learn  about  teaching  and 
planning  educational  programs  lor  adults  in  a  wide  vanetv  of  settings 
including  business  and  industry,  the  community,  health  agencies  and 
hospitals,  colleges  and  universities,  and  religious  institutions.  The  Master  ol 
Aits  m  Adult  Education  and  Communications  Technology. jomtlv 
administered  by  the  Department  of  Communications  Media,  prepares 


■null  nts  i..  I.,  i  oi 

let  linolog)  bui  Ii mputi  i  I  produi  tion  design, radio    n 

distani  e  edui  ation  ti  i  lim 


Department  of  Communications  Media 

Km  i  P.  Dud  I.  Chairperson)  Uisel,  Handler,  Juliette,  Kanyanuokc. 
Koinli  hi.  Lambersld,  Lcddman-Golub,  Start,  Willis.  \\ ilson)  and 
professors  emeriti  Kb'ngensmith,  Mai  ls.u< .  Murray,  s.u^i  m.  Young 


I  he  departmi  nt  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  i  lis  and 

i  wo  Illinois.  .1  in  ml  ..in i.  an. .ns  Mi  .1 idoni  in  Educational 

Technology    ITii  m n  Communications  Media  is  an  18-scmcstcr-houi 

Tei  hnolog]  is  t24    emi  itei  bout  | ram  designed  for  student 

( a.lli :ge  ol  Edui  rtmenl 

also  serves  preset  mdothei  students  who  are  required  to 

complete  CMS01  Technology  fo   i  d  Instruction 

The  philosophy  of  the  C lunications  Media  Department  is  to 

gem  i.ilists  in  the  area  ol  i  ommunii  ations.  <  )ur  students  maj    ■ 
number  of  electh trses,  depending  on  their  career  im 

i  hi  d<  pat  ii i  fai  tdt]    il 

11111111..11 s  media.  With  tb om  work  and  the 

optional  tnti  rnship  | gram,  di  parti  u  rat  i 

posit s  iii  var g  areas.  Students  graduating  with  .i  di 

<  on im,  adon  \h  dia  havi  obtained  positions  in  >u,  It  areas  as  radio. 

tih  vision,  i  able  television,  publii  i<  lations.  advertising  media,  media 
relations,  and  corporate  media  relations. 

Students  changing  majors  from  other  academic  departments  within  the 
university  are  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing  before  the  transfer 

will  be  approved. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Communications  Media 

Liberal  Studies:   \s  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  tin  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Eleetives:  HI    (  (  I  IM  101  (to  be  taken  in 

the  freshman  yeat ).  no  i  ourses  with  CM  prefix,  not  to 

include  courses  cross-listed  with  <  M 

Major:  I J 

Required  (nurses: 


CM10I 


m  American 


(Air.it 


CM  195 


CM475 

t  M4<)  : 


Communii  ations  M.  di; 

S...  ii  tj 

Aesthetii  s  and  Theory  of 

Communications  Media 

Career  Planning  in  <  ommunicarioos 

Media 

Senioi  Portfolio  Presentation 

Internship  (summers  6,9, 

Minimum  ol  one  course  from  the  following  list: 
CM302  Research  in  Communications  Media 

CM303  Scriptw  tiring 

CM330  Instructional  Design  lor  Training  and 

Development 
CM403  Broadcast  Newswriting 

Minimum  oi  two  courses  from  the  following  list: 
(  \l_'  to  ( lommunications  Graphics 
CM249  Basic  Audio  Recording  Techniques 
CM251  Television  Produi 
CM271  Beginning  Photo 
CM340  Advanced  Communication  ( rraphii  s 
CM349  Radio  Production 
CM351  Advanced  Video  Production 
CM371  Photograph)  II:  The  Print 
CM  l  to  Multimedia  Prcw 
CM449  Advanced  Audio  Recording  Techniques 
CM451  Broadcast  News  Process 
CM471  Electronic  Imaging 


Ish 
Ish 

ir  12sh 

.'ish 
Ssh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


60       THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION 


Controlled  Elecrives:  13 

Other  Communications  Media  elective  courses  including 
courses  from  the  above  lists  not  taken  as  part  of  those 
requirements. 

Other  Requirements: 

Courses  outside  Communications  Media  that  augment  the 
student's  major  course  of  study  (advisor  approval) 

Free  Electives: 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements 

(#)   A  maximum  of  12sh  of  CM493  can  be  applied  to  requirements  for 
graduation. 


Minor — Communications  Media 

Required  Courses: 

CM  101  Communications  Media  in  American 

Society  3sh 

CM —  Electives  in  Communication  Media  15sh 


18 


Minor— Educational  Technology 

Required  Courses: 

CM  101  Communications  Media  in  American 

Society  3sh 

CM460  Emerging  Trends  in  Communication 

Technology  3sh 

BE/CO/IM101    Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3sh 

CM —  Electives  in  Communications  Media  15sh 


Department  of  Educational  and  School 
Psychology 

Mary  Ann  Rafoth,  Chairperson;  Barker,  Briscoe,  Damiani,  Hoellein, 
Levinson,  Quirk,  Rattan;  and  professors  emeriti  DeFabo, 
Meadowcroft,  Shank,  Yanuzzi 

The  department  provides  courses  to  undergraduate  and  graduate  students. 
Undergraduate  students  may  declare  a  minor  in  Educational  Psychology  by 
making  application  to  the  director  of  the  minor  program.  Fifteen  semester 
hours  of  Educational  Psychology  courses  are  required  for  the  minor. 

The  department  also  offers  the  M.Ed,  in  Educational  Psychology  as  well  as  a 
post-master's  certification  and  a  Doctor  of  Education  in  School  Psychology. 
Refer  to  the  current  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  details. 

Department  of  Foundations  of  Education 

Kurt  P.  Dudt,  Interim  Chairperson;  Rotigel,  Thibadeau;  and  professor 
emeritus  Chu 


The  Department  of  Foundations  of  Education  serves  all  undergraduate 
students  in  teacher  certification  preparation  with  an  introductory  course, 
American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice.  Additional  areas  of  coursework 
include  urban  education,  curriculum  development,  and  contemporary  issues 
and  trends  in  education. 

Graduate  courses  offered  by  this  department  include  Comparative, 
Historical,  Philosophical,  and  Social  Foundations  of  Education;  Curriculum 
Development;  Professional  Negotiations  in  Education;  and  International 
Education  Studies  Program.  For  specific  information  concerning  these 
courses,  see  the  current  edition  of  the  Graduate  School  Catalog. 


Department  of  Professional  Studies  in 
Education 

George  R.  Bieger,  Chairperson;  Briscoe,  Carreiro,  Cole  Slaughter, 
Corbett,  Doverspike,  Elliott,  Fennimore,  Gerlach,  Illig-Aviles,Jalongo, 
Kaufman,  King,  Kupetz,  Mikkelsen,  M  ill  ward.  Nastase,  Stamp, 
Sullivan,  Tidwell,  Mark  Twiest,  Meghan  Twiest,  L.  Void,  Yan;  and 
professors  emeriti  Dorsey,  Glott,  Lott,  McFeely,  Mott,  Reilly,  Rizzo,  E. 
Void 


Elementary  Education  Program 

The  Elementary  Education  program  is  designed  to  provide  learning 
experiences  which  will  assist  students  in  developing  into  highly  competent 
and  effective  teachers  in  grades  K-6.  Students  are  able  to  expand  dieir 
knowledge  through  coursework  and  field  experiences  which  embody 
content,  knowledge  of  liberal  studies,  pedagogy,  curriculum,  human 
development  and  learning,  and  a  historical  and  philosophical  basis  to 
undergird  one's  professional  behavior.  A  2.5  cumulative  GPA  is  required  to 
apply  for  teacher  certification,  to  take  major  courses  in  the  department,  to 
apply  liir  Junior  Standing,  and  to  student  teach. 


24        Early  Childhood  Education  Program 


The  Early  Childhood  Education  Program  is  designed  to  provide  learning 
experiences  which  assist  students  to  become  competent  and  effective 
teachers  in  N-Grade  3.  It  prepares  the  students  to  select  from  among  a 
variety  of  techniques  and  strategies  those  which  appropriately  expand 
children's  cognitive,  social,  emotional,  and  physical  development.  Through 
lectures,  research,  and  on-site  experiences  with  young  children,  students  are 
able  to  expand  their  own  knowledge  of  and  attitudes  toward  education  of 
young  children. 

A  2.5  cumulative  GPA  is  required  to  apply  for  teacher  certification,  to  take 
major  courses  in  die  department,  to  apply  for  junior  standing,  and  to  student 
teach.  Students  must  meet  die  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification 
as  oudined  in  this  catalog. 


Graduate  Programs 


Programs  leading  to  the  M.Ed,  and  Ed.D.  degrees  are  described  in  the 
current  issue  of  die  Graduate  School  Catalog.  Internships  and  assistantships 
are  available. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Elementary  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 51 

Natural  Science:  SC 1 0 1 ,  1 02,  1 03,  and  1 04  ( 1 ) 

Social  Science:  GE 1 0 1 ,  1 02,  or  1 04  (one  course),  PC  1 0 1 

Fine  Arts:  TH 101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA152  (2);  no  courses  with 

EL  prefix;  not  to  include  HE218 

College: 
Professional 

CM301 
ED242 


Education  Sequence:  (3) 

Technology  for  Learning  and  Instructioi 
Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 
Experience  I 
ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II 
ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

ED499  Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education 

EL2 1 1  Music  for  the  Elementary  Grades 

EL213  Art  for  die  Elementary  Grades 

EL2 1 5  Child  Development 

EL221  Children's  Literature 

EL222  Reading  for  the  Elementary  School 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


lsh 

lsh 
12sh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


2sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION        67 


Ish 
2sh 


2»h 

ish 

Ish 
Ssh 


EL257  Pedag I 

ii  iij  Teai  hingol  Elementar)  Si  u  no 

||    HI  Hat  hing  M.llliclll.llli  I  III  tin 

I'.Iciih  nl.in  School 

MiM  Teaching ol  Health  and  Physical 

l  <  1 1 1 <  al 

ii.,  Pedagog]  II 

I  I   I  I  I  I,  ,„  I,,,,.,  ol  Soi  ial  Si, i, lies 

Mi'.  Languagi   tota  It  rosa  thi  I  lurrii  ulum 

I  ,|M,  ,,,„,,,  ..I  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

I,,,  lusive  Elementary  <  ilassrooms  2sh 

Other  rUquirementsji  (> 

Special  electives  from  a  defined  discipline  (3) 

Total  Degree  Requirements!  1 2.*>-l  2« 

(*)   Set  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 

i.  ichei  Edui  al ."  in  the  College  "I  Ed ion  sei  don  of  this  catalog. 

ol  in  semesti  i  hours  fulfills  the  Liberal  Studies  natural 
cienci  requirement. 

(■j)   !■,.,  students  who  test  i fMA152,consultyouradvisoi  foi  suggested 

math  courses, 

(3)   More  than  (went)  opt s  are  available  foi  groupings  in  specific 

departments  oi  i  ross-departmental  areas.  This  requirement  is  also 
fulfilled  bj  .  ompletion  of  an  approved  specialt)  such  .is  I'l.ISKT.  math, 
,,i  reading. 

FLISETj  see  requirements  in  this  <  atalog. 

Mad atics:  MA317,  120,  156,  157,  158,  159,  171,  183  (math 

concentration  requires  15sh  to  include  MA  151, 152) 
Reading:  ED408, EL422, EE220 oi  4r>l  (reading concentration 
requires  L5sh  to  include  EL221, 222, 425) 
Students  ma)  seta  i  a  set  of  spec  ial  electives  from  the  list  of  Liberal 
Studies  i  In  lives  oi  non-Western  courses  that  have  not  been  used 
previous!)  in  theii  program.  With  permission  of  the  chairperson  ol 
Professional  Studies  in  Education  and  a  specific  department,  a  student 
ma)  be  allowed  to  create  an  area  of  specialty  other  than  those  listed.  See 
,!,  pat  urn  in  ullii  e  I'm  full  listing;  check  prerequisites  carefully.  Submit 
plan  in  advisor  for  approval. 


Dual  Certification 

Students  majoring  in  Early  Childhood  Education,  Persona  with  Hearing 
I  oss,  oi  Education  ol  Exceptional  Persons  may  complete  academic 
requirements  for  certification  in  Elementary  Education  by  completing  the 
following  requirements.  Students  are  advised  that  completion  ..I 
requirements  for  a  second  certification  "ill  take  approximately  two  extra 
semesters.  In  certain  circumstances,  such  as  for  transfer  students,  students 
who  must  repeat  cm.rses.  or  when  students  take  courses  out  ol  sequence, 
earning  this  second  certification  may  take  longer. 

Dual  Certification— Elementary  Education  for  Majors  in 
Early  Childhood  Education 


1  D421 
ELSJ2 


I. s|, 


Student  Teaching  (Grade  I.  5,  or  6)  (2) 

'leaching  ol  Elementary  Science 

(Junior  Block) 

Teaching  Mathematics  in  the 

Elementary  School  (I) 

Teaching  of  Social  Studies  (Junior  Block) 

Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum 

(1)  MA152isa  prerequisite  for  EL313  and  should  be  taken  as  a  Liberal 
Studies  elective. 

(2)  Student  teaching (12sh)  for  the  first  certification.  Earl)  Childhood 

Education,  in  grade  k.  1.  2.  or  3  will  be  completed  prior  to  student 
leaching  lor  this  second  certification. 


Ii   III 


2sh 

.'ish 
3sh 
3sh 


Dual  Certification— Elementary  Education  for  Majors  in 
Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

I  D342  I'n  student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experienci  [J  (EL)  let 

ED421               Student  Teaching  6fh(l) 

EE3I2               Ai  si i 
EL221               Children's  Literatun 
EL257               P<  dagogy  I 
ELS  12                           .  ol  Elementarj 
EL313  Teat  rung  Mad tut  ■  in  tin 

Elementary  S<  hool 
i  i   ...  P,     ,gog)  II 

II. II  I  Teaching  ol  Social  Studies 

EL425  Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum 

Ki  i  ommended  ElectiVesi 

II  151  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary 

School 


,  fin  Young  CrriMn 

Ish 

Ish 

2sh 


3sh(2) 
Ish 

ish 


Ssfa 

(1)  Students  an  required  to  do  6  semester  hours  ol  student  teai  lung  in  die 
ii  gulai  elementary  i  lassroom  in  addition  to  die  1 2  semester  hours 
required  in  the  KI  I  major,  01  a  total  ol  is  semester  hours  ill  student 

1 1 .11  bing  mi  lusive  l"i  both  certifii  ations. 

(2)  \l  \  I  52  is  a  prerequisite  l"i  ELS  13  and  should  he  taken  as  a  Liberal 
Studies  i  Ii  i  uve. 


Dual  Certification-  Elementary  Education  for  Majors  in 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

ED342 

Prc-student  Teaching  Clinii  al 

1  \|.l  !  nine  II  (EL) 

Ish 

ED421 

Student  Teaching 

6sh(l) 

EE312 

Aesthetic  Experiences  foi  V 

Children 

3sh 

EL221 

Children's  Literature 

3sh 

EL257 

Pedagog)  I 

3sh 

ELS  12 

Teaching  ol  Elementary  Science 

2sh 

ELS  13 

Teai  hing  Mathematics  in  the 

Elementary  School 

Ssh  (2) 

EL357 

Pedagog  11 

3sh 

EL411 

Teaching  ol  Social  Studies 

3sh 

EL425 

Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum 

3sh 

Recommended  Electives: 

EL351 

Creative  A<  ti\  ltus  in  die  Elementary  School  3sh 

(1)  Stink  ills  are  required  to  do  6  semester  hours  of  student  teaching  in  the 
regular  elementary  classroom  in  addition  to  die  12  semester  hours 
required  in  the  EX  major,  or  a  total  of  18  semester  hours  of  student 
teaching  inclusive  lor  both  certifications. 

(2)  MA  I  rr2  is  a  prerequisite  lor  KL313  and  should  be  taken  as  a  Liberal 
Studies  elective. 


■IBSSSIBSBBSSISSSBSaieSSSBSSSSSBSSSSSaBH^^SSSBaSSSSSSBSBHBSBHSSSSSBSSSIBiSSI 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Early  Childhood 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  Aa  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  151 

Natural  Sciences:  SOOT,  102.  103.  and  104 

Social  Science:  C-E 101.  102.  or  10I:PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  EE 

prefix:  not  to  include  HE218 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  lor  Learning  and  Instruction       3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I    Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  D  Ish 

ED441  Student  Teai                                              12sh 

ED442  S,  hool  Law                                                         Ish 

EP202  Educational  Psychology                                  Ssh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements               3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theorv  and  Practice  Ssh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


62       THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION 


Major: 
Required 

ED499 

i  i   100 

EE220 

EES10 
EE311 
EE312 
EF.il  5 
EI  151 
EL215 
EL257 
EU57 
EX300 

EX  1 1 5 

HE426 
MA320 

Fret  Electives: 


Courses:  (1) 

Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education 
Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 
Education 

Language  Development  and  Children's 

Literature 

Integrated  Curriculum  I  (Math,  Science) 

Integrated  Curriculum  II  (Social  Science) 

Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  Children 

Development  and  Learning  Through  Play 

Teaching  Primary  Reading 

Child  Development 

Pedagogy  I 

Pedagogy  II 

Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities 

in  Inclusive  Elementary  Classrooms 

Preschool  Education  for  Children  with 

Disabilities 

Techniques  of  Parent  Education 

Mathematics  for  Early  Childhood 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3 


1^') 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 

(1 )   A  2.5  overall  grade-point  average  is  required  to  register  for  major 
courses. 


Dual  Certification — Early  Childhood  Education  for  Majors  in 
Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 


ED242 


ED342 


3sh 

3sh 
Ssh 
3sh 

ED421 
EE200 

Ssh 

3sh 

EE220 

Ssh 

EE310 

:ish 
Ssh 

EE311 
EE315 

2sh 

EL357 
EX415 

Pre-student  Teaching '  llinical 
nee  I 

Pre-studenl  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  (EE) 

Student  Teaching  (N-3)  (2) 

Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 

Education 

Language  Development  and  Children's 

Literature 

Integrated  Curriculum  I 

Integrated  Curriculum  II 

Development  and  Learning  Through  Play 

Pedagogy  II 

Preschool  Education  for  Children  with 

Disabilities 
Recommended  Electives: 

EE312  Aesthetic  Experiences  lor  Young  Children 

EL351  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary 

School 


lsh(l) 

Ish 

fish 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


Ssh 


(1)  EX  majors  must  complete  10  hours  of  observation  in  an  N-3  classroom. 

(2)  EX  majors  must  complete  6  semester  hours  of  student  teaching  in  EE 
(N-3)  in  addition  to  the  12  semester  hours  required  in  the  EX  major,  or 
a  total  of  IS  semester  hours  of  student  teaching  inclusive  for  both 
certifications. 


Dual  Certification 


Students  majoring  in  Education  of  Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss,  Elementary 
Education,  or  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  may  complete  academic 
requirements  for  certification  in  Early  Childhood  Education  by  completing 
the  following  requirements.  Students  are  advised  that  completion  of 
requirements  lor  a  second  certification  will  take  approximately  two  extra 
semesters.  In  certain  circumstances,  such  as  for  transfer  students,  or  students 
who  must  repeat  courses,  or  when  students  take  courses  out  of  sequence, 
earning  this  second  certification  may  take  longer. 

Dual  Certification — Early  Childhood  Education  for  Majors  in 
Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  I  1 sh  ( 1 ) 
ED342                 Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  (EE)  lsh 

ED42 1                Student  Teaching  (N-3)  (2)  6sh 
EE200                 Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 

Education  3sh 
EE220                  Language  Development  and  Children's 

Literature  3sh 

EE310                 Integrated  Curriculum  I  3sh 

EE311                 Integrated  Curriculum  II  3sh 
EE315                 Development  and  Learning  Through  Plav      3sh 

EL357                Pedagogy  II  3sh 

MA320                Mathematics  for  Early  Childhood  3sh 
Recommended  Electives: 

EE3 12  Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  Children     3sh 

EL351  Creative  Activities  in  die  Elementary 

School  3sh 

(1)  EH  majors  must  complete  10  hours  of  observation  in  an  N-3  classroom. 

(2)  EI  I  majors  must  complete  6  semester  hours  of  student  teaching  in  EE 
(N-3)  in  addition  to  the  12  semester  hours  required  in  the  EH  major,  or 
a  total  of  18  semester  hours  of  student  teaching  inclusive  for  both 
certifications. 


Dual  Certification — Early  Childhood  Education  for  Majors  in 
Elementary  Education 

ED421  Student  Teaching  (Grade  K,  1,2  or  3)  (2)       6sh 

EE200  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood 

Education  Ssh 

(Spring  semester-Sophomore  Block  only) 
EE310  Integrated  Curriculum  1  Ssh 

(Spring  semester-Junior  Block  only)  (1) 
EE311  Integrated  Curriculum  II 

(Spring  semester-Junior  Block  only)*  3sh 

EE315  Development  and  Learning  Through  Play 

(Fall  semester)  3sh 

EX4I5  Preschool  Education  for  Children  with 

Disabilities  (Spring  semester)  3sh 

(1)  These  are  block  (field  experience)  courses.  Plan  carefully  to  have  time 
for  a  field  placement,  ('heck  with  your  advisor  and  the  coordinator  of 
the  Early  Childhood  Junior  Field  Experience. 

(2)  Student  teaching  (12sh)  for  the  first  certification,  Elementary  Education. 
in  grade  4,  5,  or  fi  will  he  completed  prior  to  student  teaching  for  diis 
second  certification. 


Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies  for 
Elementary  Teaching  (FLISET)  (2) 

Elementary  Education/Early  Childhood  majors  may  develop  an  academic 
specialty  in  Spanish  and  International  Studies,  which  will  prepare  them  to 
teach  in  elementary  programs  in  which  content  teaching  in  the  foreign 
language  is  the  objective.  To  complete  this  specialty  area,  students  must:  (1) 
attain  a  minimum  level  of  intermediate-high  on  the  ACTFL/ETS  scale:  (2) 
successfully  complete  a  six-week  summer  stuck /internship  abruad  at  a  site 
approved  by  the  department  (usually  the  summer  following  the  junior  year): 
(3)  successfully  complete  the  student  teaching  experience  in  a  bilingual  or 
immersion  elementary  school  classroom;  and  (4)  complete  the  following 
minimum  number  ol  credits  in  Spanish: 


Required  Courses: 

SP201                 Intermediate  Spanish  4sh 

SP221                 Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation  3sh 

SP230                Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  >sh 

SP290                Spanish  for  Elementary  Teaching  3sh 

SP321                 Advanced  Spanish  Conversation  Ssh 
SP340                 I  lispanic  Civilization  Through  the 

19th  Century  .'ish 


22(1) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    U  N  D  E  R  G  R  A  D  U  A  I  E    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION        63 


SP390  n  ii  Wnj  dI  I  li  - an  '  ' 

1 1 h  thi  Spani  h  I 

Controlled  Electivei  oni  

SPXXX  Elective  (takem ) 


, 


Othei  Requirements! 

i's  I87,oi  \\  I-  i  as  il m  Wi  stern  course 

risliip  in  Mi  icico  foi  si»  ghl  wei  1    thi 

era class 0«h 

(I)   Wlnl,  ili.  total  numbei  of  credits  req d  in 

li  vri  I  «ill  varj  li Jtudi  nl  to  studi  m 

,!,.,„  ,hi  .    I.  vel  "I  profu *  mosl  studi 

hours. 
(->)  Students  interested  in  the  program  Omul. 1 1  ontai  I  the  direi  tot  ol 

i  Progn I"  Departi I  Spanish  and  <  ilassical 

tin  FLISET mIiii.ii.h  in  ili.  li.  partment  ..I 

l*i.  .1 .  ssional  Studii  -  in  Edui  ation. 


ICCl  '" 

>li< 


Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical 
Services 

Richard  C.  Nowell,  Chairperson;  Baker,  Domaracld,  Ferrell,  Glor- 
shi  ih.  ll.tvcl-.-n.  Hoffman, Jackson,  Klein,  Marshak,  Newell,  Reber, 
Robertson, Smith,  Stein,  Teuis,Turtoni  and  professors  emeriti  M. 
It.ilm.W.  II.iIiti.  Fiddler,  Morris,  Scanlon,  Shane 

Tins  departmenl  offers  the  degree  ..I  Bai  helorofSciena  inEduci ninan) 

one  offoui  majors.  Each  of  the  four  majors  follows  a  prescribed  sequence  ..I 
.  ourses.  Students  ma\  elei  i  to  majoi  in  an)  .>m  ol  the  following  fit-It  Is: 

\.     Edui  .itinii  nl  l\i  i  ptional  Persons 

il.    Speech  Language  Pathology  and  Vudiolog) 

bilitation 
I).    Education  ..I  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

The  following  grade  polic)  applies  to  all  four  undergraduate  programs  ol 
stud)  in  the  Departmenl  ol  Spe<  ial  Education  and  Clinical  Services. 
Individual  students  maj  appeal  an)  aspei  i  ol  the  polii  j  b)  making  a  formal 
written  request  to  the  Departmental  Appeals  ( lommittei 

1.  No  more  than  one  "D"  m  majoi  courses  will  be  accepted  toward 
graduation  and  1 1  rtification. 

2.  NouD"ia  permitted  as  the  final  recorded  grade  in  an)  of  the  following 
courses. 

1 1 1 1 _'  i  Student  Teai  hint, 

ED441  Studenl  fea<  hing 

II I  .ids  Language  for  Persons  widi  Hearing  I  .oss 

EX425  Mediods  and  Curriculum  (Mild-Modi  rati  Disabiliti 

EX435  Mediods  and!  urriculum  (Severe-Profound  Disabilities) 

RH322  Rehabilitation  I  lase  Stu.lv  and  Interpretation 

RH488  Field  Training  in  RehabUitation  1 

RH493  Field  Training  in  RehabUitation  II 

SH122  Clinical  Phonology 

The  following  enrollment  polic)  applies  to  three  undergraduate  programs  in 
the  Department  ..I  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Servici  i  I  ducationol 

J  Persons,  Education  of  Persons  widi  I  learing  Loss,  and  Spee<  h- 
Patholog)  and  Audiology.  To  enroll  in  a  IOOoi  100  level  course  in 
rams,  a  student  must  have  a  cumulative  I  IPA  of  2.5  and  inust  meet 
the  other  provisions  >>t  the  t-Step  Process  for  admission  to  teacher  education 
.mil  must  either  be  ,i  departmental  majoi  .n  have  permission  ol  the 
department  chairperson. 

A.  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

Completion  ..I  the  sequenci  ol  stud)  m  this  majoi  leads  i.>  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education  special  education  certification  (Mentally  and/oi 
Physicall)  Handicapped  Certificate).  Students  will  be  prepared  to  teach 
persons  with  mental  retardation,  autism,  developmental  disabilities,  learning 
disabilities,  brain  injuries,  emotional  behavioral  disorders,  ph)  sical 
disabilities, and  multiple  disabilities.  Vcademii  .  oursework  and  field 
experii  nces  an  integrated  within  the  course  of  study.  The  program  also 
pro\  idi  s  .i  foundation  foi  pursuing  additional  stud)  al  the  graduate  level. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Education  of  Exceptional 

Persons  (*) 

I  il..  I.. I  siinli.s:  Kb  outlined  in  Liberal  5l 

with  the  following 

Mathematics)  \l  \  I  r>  I 

Sii.i.ilS 

Natural  Science!  Ial 

n  quin  d  (SC 105  106  n  •  oi nded) 

Liberal  Studies  I  I.  ctivi  SI 

CoUegei  -'" 

Professional  I  dui  ation  Si  qui  no  i 

(  \|;ni  rechnology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED2  12  '  link  .il 

ii  in .  I 
EDS42 

ED421  Student  Teaching  (M  i 

ED44I  Studenl 

ED442  ilLav, 

Educational  Psyi  hology 
EPS"  tional  Tests  and  M 

FE202  American  Edui  ation  in  I  heor)  ami 

I'm.  in  . 

Majon  •' 

Required  Courses: 

KX  I  1  I  Introdui  tion  to  Exceptions   P 

EX112  Typical  and  Atypical  Growth  and 

ipment 

EX221  MethodsofTei 

Pi  rsons  «  ith  Disabilitii  s 

EX222  Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  to 

Persons  with  Disabilities 

I  X231  Methods  of  Teaching  Content  Area 

Subjei  Is  to  Persons  with  Disabilities 

EX321  Mi  thods  >l  I 

tn  Persons  with  Disabilities 

EX340  Introduction  to  Behavior  Management 

in  Spei  ial  Edui  ation 

EX4  lt>  Edui  ation  ..I  Persons  with  Emotional  or 

Behavioral  Disorders 

K\  1 1  7  I  .In.  ation  .>i  Persons  with  Mental 

Retardation  or  Developmental  Disabilities 

EX418  Education  of  Persons  with  Ph 

Ol  Multiple  Disabilities 

(•\  1 1 'i  Education  ..I  Persons  with  Brain 

Injuries  m  Learning  Disabilities 

EX  125  Methods  and  Curriculum  (Mild- 

Moderate  Disabilities) 

EX435  Methodsandl  urriculum  (Severe- 

Profound  Disal 

I  Mill  Ethical  and  Profess al  Behavior 

MIJ'.I  Class i  Management  of  1 

Disorders 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124-125 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teachei  certification,  tided  "Ai 

Teachei  Education,"  in  the  College  ..I  Educati. 
(1)   A  minimum  GPA  of  2.5  is  required  to  enroll  in  •  major 

courses. 


INDIANA    UNI  OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAD 


64       THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION 


Dual  Certification 


Students  majoring  in  Elementary  Education  or  Early  Childhood  Education 
nuv  complete  academic  requirements  tor  certification  in  Education  of 
Ex(  eptional  Persons  l>\  completing  the  following  requirements.  Students  are 
advised  that  completion  of  requirements  lor  a  second  certification  will  take 


'"PI" 


ately  tv 


Dual  Certification — Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  for 
Majors  in  Early  Childhood  in  Education  or  Elementary 
Education 


ED342 


ED421 
EX111 


Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  (EX)  lsh 

Student  Teaching  (EX)  6sh(l) 

Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3sh 


Education  of  the  Students  with 
Disabilities  in  the  Inclusive  Elementary 
Classroom 

Education  of  Persons  with  Emotional  or 
Behavioral  Disorders 
Education  of  Persons  with  Mental 
Retardation  or  Developmental  Disabilities 
Education  of  Persons  widi  Physical  or 
Multiple  Disabilities 

Education  of  Persons  with  Brain  Injuries 
or  Learning  Disabilities 
Methods  and  Curriculum  (Mild- 
Moderate  Disabilities) 
Methods  and  Curriculum  (Severe- 
Profound  Disabilities) 
Ethical  and  Professional  Behavior 


EX300 

EX416 
EX417 
EX418 
EX419 
EX425 
EX435 

EX440 

Recommended  Electives: 

EX340  Introduction  to  Behavior  Management 

in  Special  Education 
SH254  Classroom  Management  of  Language 

Disorders 


2sh 


3sh 


3sh 


3sh 
lsh 


3sh 


(1)   The  b  semester  hours  of  student  teaching  in  EX  widi  students  with 

severe  and  profound  disabilities  are  in  addition  to  the  12  semester  hours 
normally  required  for  Elemental-)'  Education  or  Early  Childhood 
Educauon  majors. 


B.  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology 

Completion  of  the  sequence  of  courses  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  and 
Audiology  serves  as  a  preprofessional  program  for  students  planning  to 
become  practicing  speech-language  pathologists  or  audiologists.  Students 
entering  the  undergraduate  program  should  be  aware  of  the  following: 

1.  IUP  is  accredited  by  the  Educational  Standards  Board  of  die  American 
Speech-Language-Hearing  Association  and  qualifies  a  person  for  die 
Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  from  the  American  Speech- 
Language-Hearing  Association  and  Pennsylvania  State  Licensure. 

2.  National  certification,  state  licensure,  and  Pennsylvania  Department  of 
Education  Certification  in  Speech-Language  Impaired  are  available  only 
to  holders  of  the  master's  degree  in  Speech-Language  Pathology. 

3.  Students  will  need  to  project  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0  to  qualify  for 
admission  to  most  graduate  schools. 

4.  Upon  completion  of  a  master's  degree  at  IUP,  students  will  be  prepared 
to  provide  services  in  work  settings  such  as  hospitals,  community 
clinics,  public  health  programs,  and  rehabilitation  settings. 

5.  Students  who  elect  to  prepare  for  certification  in  Speech-Language 
Impaired  from  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  must 
mii  cessfully  complete  die  College  of  Education  requirements  listed 
below  prior  to  enrollment  in  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  the 
Speech-Language  Pathology  program  at  IUP. 

The  University  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  serves  as  the  laboratory  for  die 
undergraduate  clinical  practicum.  Prior  to  registration  for  die  clinical 
practicum  course  (SH420),  students  must  earn  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0  and 
complete  the  following  hours  of  observation  through  enrollment  in  ED242 
and  ED342: 


25  hours  of  observation  in  speech-language  pathology  supervised  by  an 
IUP  faculty  member  who  holds  a  Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  in 
Speech-Language  Pathology. 
20  hours  of  classroom  observation 

1.  Five  hours  in  regular  education  classrooms,  K.-3. 

2.  Five  hours  in  special  education  classrooms. 

3.  Five  hours  in  regular  education  classrooms  widi  integrated  special 
students. 

4.  Five  hours  in  community  facilities  such  as  preschools,  sheltered 
workshops,  etc.  Services  in  this  category  should  be  of  a 
noneducational  nonspeech  pathology  type. 

m 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Speech-Language 
Pathology  and  Audiology  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Science:  PC  1 0 1 

Natural  Science:  laboratory  science  sequence  required 

(BI103-104  recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PC310,  no  courses  with 

SH  prefix 

College  (*):  The  following  are  required  ONLY  for  students 
electing  the  pre-teacher  certification  track: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 


CM301  Technology  for  Learning  Instruction 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice 
SH4 1 2  Organization  and  Administration  of 

Speech  and  Hearing  Programs 


3sh 
lsh 
3sh 


Major: 

Required 

Courses: 

ED242 

Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  I 

ED342 

Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II 

EX111 

Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons 

EX222 

Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  to 

Persons  with  Disabilities 

SH111 

Introduction  to  Communication  Disorders 

SH122 

Clinical  Phonology 

SH222 

Introduction  to  Audiology 

SH242 

Speech  Science  I 

SH251 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech 

and  Hearing  Mechanism 

SH311 

Aural  Rehabilitation                                    3: 

SH334 

Language  Development 

SH342 

Speech  Science  II 

SH406 

Articulation  and  Language  Disorders 

SH408 

Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders 

Optional: 

SH420 

Speech  Clinic 

lsh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh(l) 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


Free  Electives:  ED499  recommended 
General  Track 
Pre-Teacher  Certification  Track 


28-32 
15-19 


124 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  dlis  catalog. 

(1)   A  minimum  GPA  of  2.5  is  required  to  enroll  in  all  300  and  400  level 
courses  for  bodi  pre-teacher  certification  and  noncertification  speech- 
language  pathology  majors. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     EDUCATION        6.5 


C.  Rehabilitation 


i  ump] fthii g eada  to  the  Bachelor  ofScience  with  a 

hmi  ialin mi  r <  h..l..l>i. i.  Tin  program  ia  designed  fa  student 

,    .  |  opportunitiea  with  health  and  welfare  agi *  and  institution 

ilto  provide!  .1  foundadon  foi  pursuing  additional  work  at  tin-  pacta 

Bachelor  of  Science— Rehabilitation 
Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studiei  section 
«nli  (In  following  ipedfii  ations: 

Mathematics:  \1.\2  I  7 

Natural  Sdencci  laboratory  science  sequence  required 
Boeial  Sciencei  PC101,SO15] 
I  a>.  ill  Sunlii  s  Electiveai  PC321,  no  courses  with 
KM  prefix 

Maj 

Require 

RH200 
III  I.' II 
RH220 
RH312 
RH321 
RH322 


seeking 
and 

tc  level. 


(I  Courtesi 

Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  3sh 

Medical  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  Ssh 

Neurological  Basis  of  Disability  3ah 

fgyi  hological  Basis  of  Disability  Ssh 

Principles  and  Methods  of  Rehabilitation  Ssh 
Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and 

Interpretation  Ssh 

Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies  3sh 
Vocational  Assessment  in  Rehabilitation 

C seling  Ssh 

Occupational  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3sh 

Current  Topics  in  Rehabilitation  3sh 

Advanced  Rehabilitation  Counseling  3sh 

Directed  Rehabilitation  Activities  3sh 

Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  I  6sh 

Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  II  6sh 


RH360 

Itllllii 

RH412 

Kill.'.' 
KM  loll 
KIIISI 
RH488 
RH493 
other  Requirements) 

Required  Course: 

I'  \  I  I  1  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons 

Controlled  Elective:  (1) 

BJ150,BI151,BI155,EH115,EH244,EH331, 

EX340,EX416,EX4I7,EX418,EX419,HP221, 

PC312,PC378,S0251,S03S5 

Free  ElectiveSi 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Ssh 

3-4sh 


(I)   Some  controlled  elective 
lu<  electives. 


choices  have  prerequisites  diat  may  be 


124 

used  as 


D.  Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

( lompletion  ol  the  sequence  of  courses  in  Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing 

Loss  leads  to  a  bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Education  and  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education  certification  as  a  '"Teacher  of  the  Hearing 
Impaired,  k- 12."  Students  are  provided  with  die  basic  skills  to  teach  in 
special  classes  lor  liard-of-hearing  or  deaf  individuals. 

Students  enrolled  in  tliis  sequence  of  study  are  prepared  to  assume  positions 
as  itinerant  hearing  therapists  and  classroom  teachers  for  individuals  ranging 
from  preschoolers  to  adults.  Work  settings  may  include  public  schools. 
continuing  education  programs,  and  home  training  situations. 

t  Ibservations,  clinical  experience,  and  practicuni  are  required  prior  to 
placement  in  a  school  environment  for  die  student  teaching  experience.  The 
student  will  complete  the  following  50  hours  of  observation  through 
enrollment  in  ED242. 

A.  25  hours  ol  observation  of  itinerant  and  self-contained  classrooms  lor 
tilt  hearing  impaired. 

B.  10  hours  ol  observation  in  regular  education  classrooms. 

C.  10  hours  ol  observation  in  special  education  classrooms. 
I).    r>  hours  ol  observation  in  a  noneducational  setting. 

The  student  will  complete  30  hours  of  individual  clinical  experience  through 
enrollment  in  EH329  and  EH330  and  25  hours  of  school-based  practicuni 
through  enrollment  in  ED342. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Education  of  Persons 
with  Hearing  Loss  (*) 

I  ihi  III  Studies:    \  I  ..nllm.  tl  ITJ  I    ID!  I   J      '         I  54 

with  tin  Inflowing 

Mathematics:  MA  I  r>  I 

Hariri  flricnrn  PC101 

Natural  Science:  laboratory  science  sequence  required 
Liberal  Studies  I  h<  lives:  no  ionises  with  Ell  prefix 

CoOecei 

Professional  Education  Scquem  i  : 


CMIIII 

If .  hnology  lor  Learning  and  Instim  turn 

Sail 

ED242 

Pre-student  Teat  hingCfink  •■! 

ED342 

Kx|.i  in  m  i  1 

Prc-stiidcut  leal  lung  Clinn  al 

Mi 

ED421 
ED441 

1   •  .pi  in  me  II 

Studenl  Teal  limn,  1  ll  anng  Impaired 

(Pri-Elem) 

Student  Teaching-Hearing  Impaired 

(Jr-S,  M.S.) 

Ish 
fish 
6sfa 

ED442 

s.l Il^w 

Ish 

EH360 

General  Mediodologv  for  Education  ol 

Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss 

3sh 

EP202 

Educational  Psv<  oology 

ish 

EP377 

EducationalTests  and  Measurements 

ish  (  1  ) 

FE202 

American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice 

3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EH1 14  Introduction  to  Persons  with  Hearing 

Loss 
EH  1 1 5  Introduction  to  Sign  Language 

EH244  Intermediate  Sign  Language 

EH307  Speech  for  Persons  with  I  learing  Loss 

EH308  Language  for  Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss 

EH329  Hearing  Practicuni  I 

EH330  Hearing  Practicuni  II 

EH331  Advanced  Sign  Language 

EH35 1  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  widi 

Hearing  Loss 
EH365  Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Persons 

widi  Hearing  Loss 
EX1 1 1  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons 

SH222  Introduction  to  Audiology 

SH242  Speech  Science  I 

SH3 1 1  Aural  Rehabilitation 

SH334  Language  Development 

Controlled  Elective: 
One  course  from:  EX  1 12  or  EL2 15  or  HE218 

Free  Electives:  '•- 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certiBcation.  tided  -Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  die  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 

(1)  MA217  Probability  and  Statisucs  mav  substitute  for  EP377  but  may  not 
replace  MA  151. 

(2)  A  minimum  GPA  of  2.5  is  required  to  enroll  in  all  300  and  400  level 
major  courses. 


Sah 

Ish 

Ish 
:ish  (2) 

ish 

Kb 
Mi 
Ish 

ish 

3sh 
3sh 
Ssh 

3sh 

3sh  (2) 
3sh  (2) 

3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


66       THE    COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION 


Dual  Certification 

Students  majoring  in  Early  Childhood  Education  or  Elementary  Education 
may  complete  academic  requirements  for  certification  in  Education  of 
Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  by  completing  die  following  requirements. 
Students  are  advised  that  completion  of  requirements  for  a  second 
certification  will  take  approximately  two  extra  semesters. 


Dual  Certification — Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 
for  Majors  in  Elementary  Education 


Dual  Certification — Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 
for  Majors  in  Early  Childhood  Education 


ED342 

ED421 
EH114 
EH115 
EH244 
EH307 
EH308 
EH329 
EH330 
EH331 
EH365 

SH222 
SH311 
Recommended 

EH351 

SH242 
SH334 


Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  lsh 

Student  Teaching  ( 1 )  (EH)  6sh 

Introduction  to  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3sh 


ntroduction  to  Sign  Language 
Intermediate  Sign  Language 
Speech  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 
Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 
Hearing  Practicum  I 
Hearing  Practicum  II 
Advanced  Sign  Language 
Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Persons 
with  Hearing  Loss 
Introduction  to  Audiology 
Aural  Rehabilitation 
Electives: 

Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  widi 
Hearing  Loss 
Speech  Science  I 
Language  Development 


lsh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 

lsh 
lsh 
lsh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


(1)    Student  Teaching  Configuration— In  addition  to  their  regular 

requirement  of  12  semester  hours  in  Early  Childhood  Education,  dual 
cerdfication  students  must  do  an  extra  6-semester-hour  placement.  The 
recommended  pattern  is  as  follows: 

—  6  semester  hours  in  K-3  regular  classroom 

—  6  semester  hours  in  K-3  classroom  with  deaf  and/or  hard-of-hearing 
pupils  included 

—  6  semester  hours  in  upper  school  classroom  with  deaf  and/or  hard- 
of-hearing  pupils 

—  Total  =  18  semester  hours  inclusive  for  both  certifications 


ED342 

ED421 
EH114 
EH115 
EH244 
EH307 
EH308 
EH329 
EH330 
EH331 
EH351 

SH222 
SH311 
Recommended 

SH242 
SH334 


Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 
Experience  II  lsh 

Student  Teaching  ( 1 )  (EH)  6sh 

Introduction  to  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss    3sh 

lsh 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
lsh 
lsh 
lsh 


Introduction  to  Sign  Language 

Intermediate  Sign  Language 

Speech  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

Hearing  Practicum  I 

Hearing  Practicum  II 

Advanced  Sign  Language 

Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  widi 

Hearing  Loss 

Introduction  to  Audiology 

Aural  Rehabilitation 

Electives: 

Speech  Science  I 

Language  Development 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


(1)   Student  Teaching  Configuration— In  addition  to  their  regular 
requirement  of  12  semester  hours  in  Elementary  Education,  dual 
certification  students  must  do  an  extra  6-semester-hour  placement.  The 
recommended  pattern  is  as  follows: 

6  semester  hours  in  a  regular  elementary  classroom 
6  semester  hours  in  an  elementary  classroom  with  deaf  and/or  hard- 
of-hearing  pupils  included 

6  semester  hours  in  upper  school  classroom  widi  deaf  and/or  hard- 
of-hearing  pupds 
Total  =  18  semester  hours  inclusive  for  both  certifications 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS       67 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts 


Michael  J.  Hood  Dean 
Douglas  E.  Bish,  Associate  Dean 

The  <  lollcgc  ol  I'liu  Aif.  I). is  |ircili'ssiniial  programs  in  art.  music,  and  theater 
and  awards  die  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  ol  Fine  Arts  degrees. 
Programs  leading  to  i  ertiGcation  to  teach  are  offered  in  cooperation  with  the 

( iollegi  ol  Educat and  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

ii  collegi  offers  minors  in  art.  music,  theater,  and  dam  e. 

With  out-  ol  the  largest  arts  programs  in  the  commonwealth,  H'P's  College  of 
urts  offers  members  of  both  the  university  and  the  extended  community 
many  opportunities  to  learn  and  grow.  Dedicated  facilities  for  each 
department  are  augmented  1«  a  1,600-seal  auditorium,  two  theaters,  two  art 
galleries,  .1  univcrsit)  museum,  a  recital  hall,  a  computet  laboratory,  and  a 
dance  studio.  Turn  ally,  the  collegf  sponsors  tun  hundred  to  three  hundred 
aits  events  annually,  tnd  out  students,  who  currently  enjoy  the  strongest 
academic  profile  ol  any  of  the  university's  colleges,  have  opportunities  to 
dew  lop  their  talents  locally,  regionally,  nationally,  ami  internationally  through 
.;  v.uieix  oflong-established  field-based  programs. 
There  are  four  objectives  for  the  College  of  Fine  Arts: 

1.  to  provide  quality  academic  programs  foi  majors  in  the  arts 

2.  to  provide  service  courses  foi  othei  departmental  majors 
.'>.     to  of&i  all  university  students  general  courses  in  the  arts 

4.     to  make  i  ultural  programs  in  the  arts  available  to  the  university,  the 
surrounding  community,  and  the  local  region 

1  here  are  no  additional  college  requirements  lor  graduation  beyond  die 
universit)  ami  departmental  requirements  listed  in  other  sections  of  this 
i  atalogi 


Mission  Statement 


The  mission  ol  the  College  ul  fine  Ails  at  HP  is  to  provide  excellent 
programs  of  study  lor  all  ol  its  ma|ors.  balancing  high  professional  standards 
with  rigorous  and  current  educational  practice,  and  to  provide  coursework 
and  programs  of  an  equally  high  standard  in  service  to  majors  in  other 
departments  which  niav  require  arts  <  lasses  and.  as  part  ol  die  university's 
general  studies  mandate,  to  the  entire  university  student  body. 

The  College  of  Fine  Aits  takes  as  its  special  mission  the  presentation  ufarts 
events  including  plays,  nunc  its.  exhibitions,  and  recitals,  featuring  die  work 
of  our  students  and  (acuity  as  well  as  the  work  ol  visiting  arts  professionals. 
as  a  gift  of  enrichment  ami  as  a  celebration  of  the  human  spirit  for  the 
university,  the  community,  and  the  region. 

Finally,  die  College  of  Fine  Arts  takes  as  its  mandate  and  its  privilege  die 
inclusion  in  its  presentations,  studios,  and  classrooms  the  works,  thoughts, 
and  performances  of  a  culturally  and  ethnically  diverse  world  of  art. 


College  Majors 


Art  (History  or  Studio  Track) 

Art  Education 

Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts 

Music  (History  and  Literature.  Performance,  i 

Track) 
Music  Education 
Theater 


r  Theory  and  Composition 


Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts  Major 

An  unci  -disciplinary  fine  arts  majoi  program  is  available  tor  diose  students 
desiring  to  take  coursework  in  art.  dam  e.  interior  design,  media,  music,  and 
theater.  This  program  is  offered  in  conjunction  widi  die  College  of 
Education  and  die  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services.  This 


'U    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999 


68       THE    COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS 


interdisciplinary  program,  including  an  opportunity  for  an  internship 
(FA493),  is  coordinated  through  the  Office  of  the  Dean,  College  of  Fin 
where  additional  information  is  available. 

Bachelor  of  Arts-Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  tlie  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  FA  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

Coursework  must  combine  at  least  three  disciplines, 

one  of  which  must  come  from  the  College  of  Fine  Arts. 

Controlled  Electives: 

Art:  Art  Education  (AE),  Art  History  (AH), 

Art  Studio  (AR) 

Music:  Music  (MU),  Music  History  (MH),  or 

Applied  Music  (AM) 

Theater:  Any  theater  (TH)  courses 

Dance:  Any  dance  (TH)  courses 

Communications  Media:  Any  communications  media 

courses  (CM) 

Human  Development/Environmental  Studies:  Interior 

Design  (ID),  Fashion  Merchandising  (FM) 

Other  Requirements: 

At  least  one-third  (12)  of  die  major  credits  must  be  in 
courses  numbered  in  the  300s  and  400s.  No  course  diat 
is  used  to  fulfill  Liberal  Studies  requirements  may  be 
used  again  to  meet  major  requirements. 

Free  Electives:  ; 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Department  of  Art 

Vaughn  H.  Clay,  Chairperson;  Ali,  Ben-Zvi,  Boerner,  Burwell, 
Ciganko,  DeFurio,  Cillham,  Hanson,  Hedman,  LaRoche,  Mitchell, 
Nestor,  Palmisano,  Villalobos,  Weiland;  and  professors  emeriti 
Balsiger,  Battaglini,  Dongilla,  Dropcho,  Hamilton,  Innes,Johnson, 
McVitty,  Seelhorst,  Slenker,  Vislosky,  Wert 


The  Department  of  Art  provides  both  general  and  special  courses  in  art, 
directed  toward  die  development  of  die  student's  creative  and  expressive 
abilities.  Degrees  offered  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  tracks  in  either  Art 
History  or  Art  Studio,  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Art  Studio,  and  the 
Bachelor  ol  Science  in  Education  in  Art  Education.  The  degree  in  art 
education  provides  certification  for  teaching  art  in  grades  K-12  in  the  schools 
of  Pennsylvania. 

The  Department  of  Art  offers  a  cooperative  program  with  the  Art  Institute  of 
Pittsburgh.  Students  interested  in  commercial  art,  with  departmental 
approval,  may  earn  credit  toward  dieir  major  at  die  Art  Institute. 

All  art  majors  are  obligated  to  fulfill  the  university  requirements  for  Liberal 
Studies.  Art  educadon  majors  must  maintain  a  2.5  average  overall  GPA.  and 
this  is  a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching. 

An  exchange  program  exists  between  the  IUP  Department  of  Art  and  the 
National  Art  Academies  of  Slovenia  and  Croatia.  Qualified  and  highly  skilled 
juniors,  first-semester  seniors,  and  graduate  students  may  gain  participation 
through  screening  and  professor  nomination. 

A  minor  in  art  is  available,  consisting  of  at  least  18  semester  hours  in  art 
courses  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Art. 

Acceptance  by  the  Department  of  Art  as  a  major  requires  the  submission  of  a 
portfolio  and  approval  of  the  portfolio  committee.  Detailed  information  will 
be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 


Bachelor  of  Arts-Art/History  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications; 

Fine  Arts:  MH  101  orTHlOl 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  AH  prefix 


Major: 

Foundation 

Required: 

15 

AR100 

Arts  of  die  20th  Century- 

3sh 

AR111 

Figure  Drawing 

3sh 

AR112 

Fundamentals  of  Drawing 

3sh 

ARI 13 

Three-Dimension  Design 

3sh 

AR114 

Color  and  Two-Dimensional 

Design 

3sh 

Art  History  Required: 

30 

AH205 

Ancient  to  Medieval  Art 

3sh 

AH206 

Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 

3sh 

AH211 

Modern  Art 

3sh 

AH222 
AH407 
AH408 
AH409 

Art  in  America 
Medieval  Art 
Italian  Renaissance  Art 
Baroque  and  Rococo  Art 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

AH412 

Classical  Art 

3sh 

AH413 

Senior  Seminar  (to  be  taken 
senior  year) 

during 

3sh 

AH416 

Nordiern  Renaissance  Art 

3sh 

Free  Electives:  ( I ) 

24-26 

AH406 

Ancient  Migratory  Art 

3sh 

AH424 

Art  of  the  East 

3sh 

AH426 

Pre-Columbian  Art 

3sh 

AH493 

Internship 

3-12sb 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


124 


(1)    It  is  recommended  that  the  student  of  art  history  make  judicious  choices 
of  elective  courses  in  consultation  widi  the  major  advisor.  Students  may 
consider  additional  foundation  or  advanced  studio  electives,  advanced 
art  history,  and  related  academic  electives.  Course  selection  in  a  foreign 
language  is  strongly  recommended. 


Bachelor  of  Arts-Art/Studio 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  Fulfilled  by  Art  History  (AH205)  counted  in  major 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  AH206;  no  courses  widi  AR  prefix 


Major: 

Foundation 

Required: 

AR100 

Arts  of  the  20di  Centurv 

3sh 

ARI  11 

Figure  Drawing 

3sh 

ARI  12 

Fundamentals  ol  Drawing 

3sh 

ARI  13 

Three-Dimension  Design 

3sh 

AR114 

Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design 

3sh 

Foundation  Electives:  (select  5  of  die  following  8  courses) 

AR211 

Painting 

3sh 

AR213 

Woodworking:  Function  and  Form 

3sh 

AR214 

Ceramics 

3sh 

AR215 

Sculpture 

3sh 

AR216 

Basic  Metals 

3sh 

AR217 

Printmaking 

3sh 

AR218 

Graphic  Design 

3sh 

AR219 

Fibers 

3sh 

Art  History  Required: 

AH205 

Ancient  to  Medieval  Art 

3sh(l) 

AH206 

Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 

3sh  (2) 

AH211 

Modern  Art 

3sh  (3) 

AH413 

Senior  Seminar  (to  be  taken  during 

senior  year) 

3sh 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     FINE    ARTS 


69 


Advanced  Siiidi"  Required:  (4)  21 

\,K I  stud rses  I"  l»  »  I"  i"l  from  ii 

\  K  i  '  I    151    152   15  I   154   155   15,"    159   1(0 
isi    (93(5) 

Free  Electivesi  12-14 

Total  Degree  Requirements)  124 

(1)  Credit! counted  in  Liberal  Studies  Fine  Vrts  req < 

(2)  (  lulus  counted  undi  i  Lib)  ral  Studii  selei  tivi 
(I)    VH222  ma)  be  substituted  foi  UI2I  I. 

(I)   Students  must  complete  3  si  mi  stei  h s  widiin  an  adi ed  studio 

befon  permission  "ill  be  granted  to  enroll  in  the  six  i  redil  i | enl 

ofthi  advanced  level  Permisai F  the  ins toi  is  a  prerequiaiti  to  all 

m\  i  redil  advani  ed  studios. 

IS)   Inclusion  of  internship  credits  toward  an)  portion  of  fulfillment  ol 

requirements st  be  approved  bj  the  departmental  chair  and 

student's jor  advisor.  Approval  must  be  obtained  in  writing  prior  to 

enrollment. 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts— Studio 

I  ili.  r.il  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  so  tion  50-53 

with  the  following  spei  ifications: 

Fine  Arts:  Fulfill)  db)  Vrt  History  (AH205)  counted  il Jor 

I. ilui.il  Sunlit".  Electives:  Al  1206,  m  i  muse  s  w  ith  VR  elective 

Major) 

Foundation  Required:  1.5 

AR100               \iiM>l  the 20th Centur)  3sh 

AKI 1 1               Figure  Drawing  ish 

ARII2               Fundamentals  of  Drawing  3sh 

AR113              Three-Dimension  Design  3sh 

AKI  I  l               Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design  3sh 
Foundation  Electives:  (Select  ri  ol  the  follow  ing  8  courses)                      15 

AR2II               Painting  Ish 

Woodworking:  Function  and  Form  3sh 

\K.'II              Ceramics  3sh 

AR215              Sculpture  Ssh 

U1216              Basil  Metals  3sh 

\U2I7              Printmaking  Ssh 

\R2l.s              Graphic  Design  3sh 

AR219              Kiln  is  3sh 

ili  History  Required:  9 

VH205  Ancient  to  Medieval  \n  Ish  ( 1 1 

VH206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  \u  Ssh  (2) 

VH211  ModernArt 

Mini  Senior  Seminar  Ish 

Advanced  Studio  Required:  (4) 

Primar)  Advanced  Studio  Concentration  27 

Mi Advanced  Studio  Concentration  I8sh 

I  nurses  from  list:  AR421,  451,  152,453,454,455, 
159,  160,  181,  193(5) 

Free  Electives:  6-8 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  124-I2fi 

(1 )  I  redits counted  in  Liberal  Studies  Fine  Arts  requirement 

(2)  Credits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

(3)  All.'.',' m.n  be  substituted  for  AH2 11. 

(1)    I'lie  foundation-level  course  must  be  sua  i  ssfulrj  completed  before  a 
student  "ill  be  permitted  to  enroll  in  the  six-credit  component  of  thai 
spei  ili,  studio  course.  Permission  "I  the  instructor  is  a  prerequisite  to  .ill 
six -.  redil  advanced  studios. 

(:>)   Inclusion  ol  internship  credits  toward  an)  portion  of  fulfillment  ol 
degree  requirements  must  be  approved  by  the  departmental  chair  and 
student  a  major  advisor.  Approval  must  be  obtained  in  writing  prioi  to 
enrollment 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
m  the  section  on  Requirements  foi  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Art  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  10-91 

with  the  follovi  ing  ipi  i  ifii  ations 

Fim    kitsi  Fulfilled  b    Vrt  History  counted  in  major. 

Social  Science:  I'l    Mil 

I  ili.  1. 1 1  Sni.li,  s  l  1, 1 1 ims:  VH206,  no  coum  -  with  \n 
College, 

Professional  Education  Seqn 24 

CM  Jul  Technology  foi  Learning  and  Instruction        Ish 

ED  121  Studi  nl  i  n  i  ntary  i>sh 

I  I M 1 1  Studi  nl  I  ondar)  'ish 

II 12  12  Pre-studi  nl  l>  "  King  i  linii  al 

Experii  Ish 

ED342  I'o  studi  nl  R  ai  hing  '  links! 

Experience  II  I  sli 

KIM  12  s,  I ILav.  Ish 

EP202  Educational  Psychol 

I  I  202  Vmi  rii  an  I  du< : n  in  I  heor)  and 

Major: 

Foundation  Required:  15 

AH100  Arts  ofthe  20th  Century 

AR1 1 1  I  igure  Drawing 

AR112  Fundamentals  ol  Drawing 

\K1  I  I  Three-Dimension  Desi 

ARII4  Color  and  Two-Dimensional  D 

Foundation  Electives:  (Selei  l  5  ol  the  following  ! 


ish 
ish 
ish 
ish 

ish 
ish 

ish 
ish 

3sh 
3sh 

isl, 

Ssh 


ish 

Ssh 

*sh  (3) 

ish  (4) 
ish 


AR21I  Painting 

\K_M  J  Woodworking:  Function  and  Form 

AR214  Cerainii  9 

AR215  Sculpture 

AR216  Basil  Metals 

AR217  Printmaking 

kR218  Graphic  Design 

AR219  Fibers 

Art  Education  Required: 

AES15  Surve)  ol  \n  Edui  ation 

AF.il/  Art  Education  Methodology  al  the 

Elementary  Level 
AE318  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the 

Secondary  Level 
Art  History  Required: 
AH205  indent  to  Medieval  Vrt 

\l  1206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 

AH211  Modern  An 

AH413  Senior  Seminar 

Controlled  Electives:  1 2 

Additional  courses  from  lists:  1 5 

Advanced  Studio:  AR421,451.  452,  153,  154, 

455,457,459,460 

Advanced  An  History:  AH219,222,  106,408, 

409,412,  116,  124,  I2<> 

Art  Education  elective:  AE330 

Free  Electives:  0 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  134-136 

(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  diis  catalog. 

(1)  Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 

eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EX:illl  (2sh). 

(2)  ( IreditS  counted  in  Liheral  Studies  Fine  Arts  requirement. 
(:i)   ( Iredits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  ela  m.  s. 

(4)  AH222  may  be  substituted  for  UI211. 

(5)  Courses  can  only  he  taken  following  siu  c  essfid  completion  ol  die 
foundation  prerequisite  course. 

(s)    Sec  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  die  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    199v 


70       THE    COLLEGE    OF     FINE    ARTS 


Department  of  Music 

John  F.  Scandrett,  Chairperson;  Bird,  Borst.  Casavant.  Chepaitis, 
Dearing,  Dickinson,  Diet/.  Eisensmith,  Fry.  Godt,  kauffman,  Kuehn, 
Lloyd,  Luchsinger,  Mantel,  McBride,  Olmstead,  Pcrlongo,  Radell, 
Sartori,  Stamp,  Staples,  Teti,  Thorell,  Wheatley,  Wilson,  Worzhyt, 
Wulfhorst,  Voung:  and  professors  emeriti  Becker,  DiCicco,  Malitsky, 
Perkins,  Vansteenkist,  Weber 

The  Department  of  Music  lias  a  threefold  mission:  (1)  professional 
preparation  of  music  educators  and  performers.  (2)  liberal  studies  for  the 
university,  and  (3)  programs  of  music  for  the  community.  Degrees  offered 
include  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  and  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education. 

Admission  to  the  Music  Department  requires  satisfactory  completion  of  an 
audition  in  addition  to  the  university  general  requirements.  Detailed 
information  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 

A  student  wishing  to  minor  in  music  must  elect  a  minimum  of  15  semester 
hours  in  music  courses  as  approved  by  the  department  chairperson.  The 
program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Music  has  been  designed  to  give 
the  student  a  general  experience  in  music.  The  student  seeking  this  degree 
has  the  choice  of  three  tracks:  Music  History/Literature,  Music 
Theory/Composition,  or  Performance. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Music  (equivalent  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degree)  is  a  special  program  with  a  major  in  one  of 
twenty-one  areas  of  performance.  The  student  in  this  program  prepares  to 
pursue  a  career  as  a  professional  performing  musician. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  music 
major  leads  to  certification  to  teach  in  the  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

Special  Requirements 

1.  Each  student  must  declare  a  primary  performing  medium.  Those  who 
elect  voice  as  tlieir  primary  instrument  normally  elect  piano  as  a 
secondary  instrument.  Performance  juries  are  held  at  the  end  of  each 
semester.  Students  are  expected  to  complete  the  requirements  for  their 
performing  area  and  level.  Piano  proficiency  is  required  in  all  degree 
programs. 

2.  Ensemble  participation  of  5  hours  a  week  is  required  eacli  semester. 
Students  may  fulfill  this  departmental  requirement  by  participation  in 
either  one-credit  or  zero-credit  ensemble(s).  In  meeting  the  degree 
requirements  of  7-8  semester  hours  of  ensemble  credit,  enrollment  in 
credit-bearing  ensembles  is  flexible  across  semesters. 

3.  Students  must  register  for  MU47.5  (Music  Lab)  and  attend  (1)  all 
department  and  area  recitals  and  (2)  eight  campus  recitals  and  concerts 
each  semester  in  attendance. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/History  and  Literature  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH 101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  HI305,  no  courses  with  MH  prefix 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
Ssh 
2sh 
2sh 
Ssh 
Ssh 
3sh 
Ssh 


Major: 

Required 

Courses: 

MUlll 

Theory  Skills  I 

MU112 

Theory  Skills  II 

MU115 

Theory  I 

MU116 

Theory  II 

MU211 

Theory  Skills  III 

MU212 

Theory  Skills  IV 

MU215 

Theory  III 

MU216 

Theory  IV 

MH301 

Music  History  I 

MH302 

Music  History  II 

Controlled  Electives: 

Five  courses  from  this  list:  M  11.120,  32 1 .  (22. 323, 
324,325,326,420.421 


Other  Requirements: 

Music  Ensembles  (MU120-136) 
Music  Electives 
Jury  Clearance  in  piano  C 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester 
(MU475,  S  grade,  8  semesters) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Ssh 
7sh 
Osh 

Osh 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Music  Performance  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  HI305,  MH301,  no 

courses  with  MU  prefix 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Major: 

Required 

Courses: 

MUlll 

Theory  Skills  I 

MU112 

Theory  Skills  II 

MU115 

Theory  1 

MU116 

Theory  II 

MU211 

Theory  Skills  III 

MU212 

Theory  Skills  IV 

MU215 

Theory  III 

MU216 

Theory  IV 

Controlled  Electives: 

Applied  Music  I  through  VIII:  private  lessons  in 
performance  area-2sh  eacli  of  eight  semesters 
Major  related: 

M  H 1 03  Perspectives  in  Jazz 

MH302  Music  History  II 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  ensembles  (MU120-136) 

Music  electives,  with  advisor  approval 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

(if  any),  and  piano  (if  not  major  or  minor  instrument) 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

8  semesters) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Theory  and  Composition  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 01  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MH101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  HI305,  MH301,  no 


3sh 
3sh 


8sh 
6sh 


Osh 
Osh 


courses  w 

itli  MU  prefix 

Major: 
Required 

MUlll 

Courses: 

Theory  Skills  I 

2sh 

MU112 

MU115 
Mill  16 

Theory  Skills  II 
Theory  I 
Theory  II 

2sh 
3sh 
3sh 

MU211 

Theorv  Skills  III 

2sh 

MU212 
MU215 
MU216 
MU217 
MU218 
MU306 

Theory  Skills  IV 
Theory  III 
Theory  IV 
Keyboard  Harmony  I 
Keyboard  Harmony  11 
Counterpoint  I 

2sh 
Ssh 

3sh 
lsh 
lsh 
2sh 

MU315 

Theory  V 

Ssh 

MU411 
MU412 
MU413 
MU414 

Composition  I 
Composition  II 
Composition  III 
Composition  IV 

2sh 
2sh 

2sh 
2sh 

) N  DE  RG 

RADUATE    CATALOG,    1  999-  ; 

'000 

THE    COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS        71 


Co »lled  Elecriveai 

Onefromli  I    HI    104    107,309 

Vpplied  Muaii  I  \  II:  Private  lessons  in  performance 

,.  1.  "I  leven  eaters 

M lated  MHS02 

Othei  Requirements! 

Mus bles(MU120-136) 

|un  i  li  ai  i iajoi  instrument,  mi id i  ill 

(il  any),  .iihI  | H 

\,i,  nd B  recitalspei  semestei  (Ml   l75,Sgrade 

8  semeati  ra) 
I'ni-  Elecdvesi 

lni.il  Degree  Requirementai 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts— Music  Performance 

Liberal  Studies:  \t  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  se<  don 
with  ili.  following spei  ifications: 
Mathematics:  M Aim  recommended 

I  in.    WtsiMHIOl 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdvesi  HI305,  MH301,  no  courses 
Willi  Ml    | > t i  fix 

Major: 

Required  <  ourses: 

Ml  1  I  I 
Ml  i  12 
Ml  115 

Ml  l  16 

Ml  .'i  i 

MU215 
MU216 


Theory  Skills  1 

Il Skills  II 

Theorj  I 
Theorj  II 
Theorj  Skills  III 
Theorj  Skills  IV 
Theorj  III 
Theorj  l\ 

( lontrolled  Electives: 

\lnsii  I  through  VIII:  private  lessons  in 
irmance  area    4sh  each  ol  8  semesters 
Majoi  related:  MH302 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  ensembles  (Ml  120-136) 

Music  elei  rives 

Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

(if  any),  and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor) 

Attendant  e  al  8  recitals  pel  semester  (MU475,  S  grade, 

B  semesters) 

Junioi  .mil  Senioi  Recitals 

Free!  lecdves: 

I  ■  Miii.iI  Dcgnc  Requirements: 


isl, 
Ssh 


2sh 
2sh 
Ssh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
Ssh 
Ssh 


S2sh 

isl, 


Ssh 
12sh(l) 


llsll 

Osh 


128-130 


(I)   Majors  with  piano  or  organ  performance  specialization  must  elect 

Ml  .'IT.m.l  218,  Isheach. 
(tt)  See  a.  K  isorj  paragraph  "Timelj  ( lompletion  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  me  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Music  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studii  n  Vs  outlined  in  I 
wiili  the  following 
Mathematical  M  \  loi  m  ,,i 

\.ls:  MIIIOI 

Social  Sciencei  PC101 

I  ibcralS leal  I n  Bl  '  0  IM101   HI 

MM  .mi    i tneawith  Ml    pi 

College, 

Profeasional  I  ducal St  qu i 


ED242 

ii  hingCI 1 

Exp<  mi  in  e  1 

1st, 

ED342 

Pre-studenl  Teai  hing  '  Inn,  jI 
1  cperii  n, ,  II 

Mi 

ED421 

Studi  nl 

6sh 

KIM  II 

Stud.  Ill    H                                         Level 

6sh 

ED442 

s.  hool  Law 

lsl, 

EP202 

Educal il  I'sv,  hology 

EX  101 

Educadon  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

In,  lnsiv,  s,  i  ondarj  Settings 

2afa 

FE202 

Ann  in  .in  Edui  an.,,,  in  1  heory  and 

M 12  III 

lology  in  the  Musii  Classroom 

2sh 

Mi   ;  ;i 

Elementarj  Methods 

tab 

Ml   133 

S<  ■ ,, i„lan  Methods 

Major: 

Required 

Courses) 

Mil  II 

Theory  Skills  1 

Ml   1  12 

1  rteorj  Skills  II 

2sh 

Mil  15 

Theory  1 

.isl, 

Ml    1  II. 

1  heory  II 

MU151 

Class  Voice  1 

lsh(l) 

MU152 

( Ilass  Voice  11 

lsll(l) 

Ml  153 

( ilass  Piano  1 

MU154 

Class  Piano  II 

lsl,  (2) 

Ml'  155 

(  lass  Strings  1 

Isll 

Ml  157 

( Ilass  Pt  n  uss 1 

1st. 

MU159 

(   lass  liiass  1 

lsh 

Ml   H,  1 

( Ilass  Woodwinds  1 

M, 

Ml  21  1 

Theory  Sk.lls  III 

MU212 

Theorj  Skills  IV 

- 

MU215 

Theorj  111 

isl, 

MU216 

Theorj  l\ 

Ml    ill 

Fundamentals  ol  ( londucdng 

Controlled  F.leetives: 

One  from  lisc  MU312oi  II  I 

Applied  Mush  I  through  VII:  private  lesson  in 

Performance  area  -  _'sh  eat  li  ol  seven  semesters 

Majoi  related:  MH  102 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  Ensembles  (MU120 

Jury  ilea, ai ue  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

(il  am  ).  and  piano  t    (unless  major  or  minor) 

Attendance  at  8  rei  itals  per  semester  (MU475,  S  srailc. 

7  semesicis) 

Free  Electives:  0 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements!  1  MM4H 

(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  -Admission  to 
Teachei  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  section  ol  this  catalog. 

(1)  For  majors  with  voice  as  performance  specialization, any  three  ,,t  the 
following maj  be  substituted:  MU351,353,  i5-t.-10ti. 

(2)  Private  Piano  I  ami  II  (AM101,  151 )  mav  be  substituted. 

(»)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


I4sh 


Osh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAT 


72       THE    COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS 


Department  of  Theater 

Barbara  S.  Blackledge,  Chairperson;  Ault,  Boda,  Bowes,  Jones, 
McCreary,  Simpson,  Wheal;  and  professors  emeriti  Eisen,  Lommock 

The  Department  of  Theater  is  dedicated  to  theater  as  a  collaborative  and 
highly  disciplined  fine  art  diat  demands  a  broad-based  education  and  offers  a 
wide  view  of  the  world  as  a  part  of  a  liberal  and  humanistic  education. 
Students  wishing  to  share  in  this  will  find  the  Department  of  Theater 
committed  to  die  following: 

1.  providing  comprehensive  coursework  from  introductory  dirough 
advanced  levels  of  study,  in  all  major  areas  of  theater 

2.  providing  production  opportunities  to  develop  and  enhance  expertise, 
as  well  as  stimulate  artistic  and  intellectual  growth  of  both  the  students 
and  the  faculty 

3.  augmenting  and  complementing  the  aesthetic  offerings  of  the  university 
community 

The  Department  of  Theater  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  as  well  as 
minors  in  bodi  theater  and  dance.  The  department  offers  courses  in  theater 
history,  drama,  and  criticism  as  well  as  basic  and  advanced  coursework  in 
acting,  dance/movement,  voice,  directing,  design,  and  technical  dieater.  A 
minor  in  theater  consists  of  15  semester  hours  in  coursework  approved  by 
die  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Theater.  The  requirements  for  the 
minor  in  dance  are  oudined  elsewhere. 

As  a  practical  extension  of  die  academic  program,  the  Department  of  Theater 
offers  a  variety  of  production  opportunities  in  the  Theater-by-the-Grove 
Mainstage  and  Studio  dieaters.  The  1UP  Dance  Theater  performs  twice 
annually,  and  the  department  has  a  professional  theater  company,  Summer 
Theater-by-the-Grove,  to  offer  students  summer  options. 

Admission  to  the  Department  of  Theater  requires  satisfactory  completion  of 
an  audition  or  interview,  in  addition  to  the  university's  general  admission 
requirements.  Detailed  information  will  be  sent  to  applicants  upon  request. 

The  Department  of  Theater  is  an  accredited  institutional  member  of  the 
National  Association  of  Schools  of  Theater  (NAST). 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Theater 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  AHI01,  MH101,or  TH102 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  TH  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

TH110  Script  Analysis  3sh 

TH116  Fundamentals  of  Theatrical  Design  3sh 

TH201  Theater  History  1  3sh 

TH202  Theater  History  II  3sh 

TH301  or  302  Tragic  Mask  or  Comic  Mask  3sh 

TH310  Theater  Criticism  3sh 

Any  diree  of  the  following: 

TH120  Stagecraft  I  3sh 

TH122  Costume  Workshop  3sh 

TH221  Basic  Stage  Lighting  3sh 

TH223  Makeup  for  die  Stage  3sh 

Any  three  of  the  following: 

TH130  Stage  Voice  3sh 

TH131  or  150  Stage  Movement  or  Fundamentals  of  Dance      3sh 

TH240  Acting  I  3sh 

TH350  Directing  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

TH486  Practicum  in  Production 

(minimum  of  six  semesters)  4sli 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Dance  Minor 


The  Dance  Minor  program  provides  a  foundation  for  those  interested  in 
teaching  dance,  working  with  a  dance  company,  managing  a  private  dance 
studio,  working  with  theater  productions,  or  desiring  a  broad-based 
education  within  the  dance  discipline. 

The  Dance  Minor  is  an  eighteen-credit  program  with  nine  required  credits 
and  nine  elective  credits.  The  required  credits  include  the  pertinent 
foundation  courses  and  higher-level  dieory  courses.  The  required  courses 
also  provide  design  elements  of  production,  fundamental  and  historical 
theories  of  dance,  and  dance  choreographic  and  teaching  theories  diat 
cannot  be  obtained  in  any  of  the  elective  courses.  The  elective  credits  include 
the  technique  courses. 

The  Dance  Minor  is  based  on  the  National  Standards  for  Arts  Education 
dance  requirements.  Using  diis  basis  for  the  program  ensures  fundamental 
preparation  for  a  number  of  student  needs,  for  example:  the  dance  teacher, 
the  performer,  and/or  the  dance  studio  owner. 

The  program  is  also  designed  to  fulfill  the  needs  of  a  Liberal  Arts  minor  in 
dance.  Through  advisement,  die  minor  program  can  serve  the  individual 
student's  needs.  The  program  would  be  of  interest  to  secondary  and 
elementary  education  majors,  small  business  majors,  recreation  and  physical 
education  majors,  and  anyone  else  who  has  an  interest  in  dance  and  wants  to 
broaden  his  or  her  Liberal  Arts  education. 

Minor— Dance  (1) 

Required  Courses: 

TH1 16  Fundamentals  of  Theatrical  Design 

One  of  the  following: 

TH102  Introduction  to  Dance 

TH150  Fundamentals  of  Dance 

One  of  the  following: 

TH35 1  Choreography 


TH353 


Dance  Curriculum  and  Instruction 


Any  three  of  the  following  as  advised: 


TH150 

Fundamentals  of  Dance 

TH250 

Contemporary  Dance 

TH260 

Jazz  Dance 

TH270 

Ballroom  and  Taj)  Dance 

TH280 

Ballet 

TH290 

Ethnic  Dance 

TH485 

Dance  Studio 

Total  Credits: 

3sh 

3sb 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


( 1 )   The  Dance  Minor  consists  of  1 8  semester  hours.  Fundamentals  of 
Dance  cannot  be  counted  twice. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF     PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES        7.) 


The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


CarleenC.Zoni,  Dean 

Robert  D.  Soule,  Interim  Associate  Dean 

Tin-  ( '.ollcgc  i>l  I  Icalth  .uul  1  liuiuti  Services  comprises  eight  multifac  eted 
departments  which  offer  programs  leading  to  seventeen  baccalaureate 

and  Eve  master's  degrees,  three  minors,  two  credit-bearing  certificate 
programs,  and  one  noncredil  certificate  program.  The  departments  in  the 
college  areCulinar)  \ns.  Food  and  Nutrition.  Health  and  Physical 
Education, Hotel,  Restaurant, and  Institutional  Management,  Human 
Development  and  E  m  ironmental  Studies,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations. 
Nursing  ami  Allied  Health  Professions,  and  Safety  Sciences. 

The  college  offers  degrees  in  areas  relevant  to  workforce  needs  and  prides 
itself  on  having  established  a  learning-centered  environment  in  which  the 
curricula  bridge  theory  and  practice.  Hands-on  fieldwork,  observations, 
clinical  experiences,  internships,  co-operative  education,  and  service-learning 
opportunities  are  regulai  components  of  the  curricula  and  provide  valuable 
learning  experiences  foi  students.  Instructional  methods  are  often 

ative  and  collaborative,  affording  students  die  opportunity  to 
understand  what  they  can  contribute  to  and  gain  from  collective  efforts. 
Discovery-based  instruction  provides  opportunities  to  learn  about  a 
discipline  l>\  practicing  in  the  field.  Media  technology, an  ever-expanding 
prcn  ul,  sacct  ss  to  worldwide  information.  Faculty  members 
'i  the  central  role  of  the  learner  in  the  learning  process  ami  strive  to 
clean  integrated,  holistic  learning  environments.  The  focus  on  learning  is  a 
commitment  to  the  continuous  improvement  of  the  quality  ofedw  ation 
offered  by  the  college. 

I  he  College  of  Health  anil  Human  Services  is  committed  to  providing 
Students  with  challenging  academic  programs  designed  to  enhance 
achievement  ol  educational  and  piolcssion.il  goals,  to  develop  appropriate 
skills  and  attitudes  foi  future  employment,  to  develop  critit  al  dunking  skills, 
and  to  prom,  lie  synthesis  of  knowledge.  Students  are  encouraged  to  develop 
an  understanding  of  and  respet  i  for  individuals  from  diverse  backgrounds 
and  cultures. 


College  Majors 


Child  Development  Family  Relations 

Consume!  Vffairs 

Consumer  Services/Community  Services  Track 

Culinary  Arts  (nondegree  Certificate  program) 

Dietetics 

Family  and  ( lonsumer  Sciences  Education 

Fashion  Merchandising 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Hotel.  Restaurant,  Institutional  Management 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  (graduate  program  only) 

[nterioi  Design 

Medii  al  Tr,  hni 

Nucleai  Medit  ine  Te<  hi 

Nursing 

Pli\  sit  al  Education  and  Sport 

Respiratoi 

Safer)  Sciences 

College  Minors 
Child  Development 

Nutrition 
Safety  Si 

Credit  Certificate  Programs 
Driver  Education 
Gerontology 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAT  'LOG.    1999-2000 


74       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Bachelor  of  Science — Dietetics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  tbe  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  EC  1 0 1 ,  PC  1 0 1 ,  SO  1 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  BE/CO/IM 101 ;  HE218  or 

PCS  10,  no  courses  with  FN  prefix 


Department  of  Culinary  Arts 

Albert  Wutsch,  Director;  Blake.  DeMane,  Brown,  Fitting,  Klinger, 
Pike,  Wygonik 

The  Department  of  Culinary  Arts  oilers  a  four-semester  (sixteen  calendar 
months),  competency-based,  noncredit  certificate  program.  This  distinctive 
program  provides  hands-on  learning  experiences,  including  fundamental 
culinary  theory  and  on-the-job  work  experience,  giving  each  student  the 
in  i  essary  skills  and  know  ledge  to  begin  a  successful  career  in  the  field  of 
culinary  arts.  During  the  last  semester  of  study,  students  are  placed  with  a 
distinguished  employer  in  a  prestigious  resort  or  restaurant  for  a  paid 
externship  experience. 

This  contemporary  approach  to  learning  enables  students  to  achieve 
advanced  levels  of  proficiency  in  both  culinary  techniques  and  business 
management  skills  while  they  advance  through  this  certificate  program.  The 
Culinary  program  holds  accreditation  by  the  American  Culinary  Federation 
Educational  Institute.  Web  browsers  may  visit  the  site  at 
h  ltt>://ii  nvw.iup.  edu/cu  la  its/. 

This  program  is  offered  at  the  Academy  of  Culinary  Arts  in  Punxsutawney, 
Pennsylvania. 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 

Joanne  B.  Steiner,  Chairperson;  Barker,  Cessna,  Dahlheimer,  Johnson, 
Taylor-Davis:  and  professor  emerita  Minnick 

The  Food  and  Nutrition  Department  offers  degree  programs  in  dietetics  and 
food  and  nutrition  science.  These  curricula  prepare  students  as  professionals 
tor  a  diversity  of  career  opportunities  in  Health  care,  food  service,  the  food 
industry,  and  food  and  nutrition  research. 

In  addition,  the  department  provides  Liberal  Studies  courses  which  are 
available  to  all  university  students.  These  include  FN  143,  an  option  in  the 
university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements  for  Health  and  Wellness:  FN  145,  a 
Liberal  Studies  elective;  and  LS499:  Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns,  a 
synthesis  course. 

Dietetics 

The  dietetics  program  meets  the  didactic  academic  requirements  approved 
by  the  American  Dietetic  Association.  This  program  will  prepare  an 
individual  to  serve  as  translator  of  food  and  nutrition  science  information  for 
members  of  the  larger  community  with  respect  to  healthful  food  preparation, 
healthy  eating  behaviors,  medical  nutrition  therapy,  management  of  nutrition 
deliver)  and  food  service  systems,  and  advocacy  for  the  profession  of 
dietetics.  The  individual  who  completes  this  program  will  exhibit  in-depth 
knowledge  of  food,  nutrition,  behavioral  sciences,  and  management  theory. 
The  student  will  also  have  the  ability  to  apply  these  theories  at  an 
intermediate  level  and  will  develop  the  ability  to  problem  solve  at  an  entry 
level  using  synthetic  thinking. 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science  provides  a  student  with  a  background  in  die 
basic  sciences  that  gives  a  solid  foundation  for  theoretical  and  applied  food 
si  mice  and  nutrition.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  laboratory  work  in  nutrition 
.mil  food  composition.  The  program  meets  the  needs  of  students  motivated 
in  the  biological-physical  sciences  who  wish,  with  graduate  education,  to 
enter  careers  in  food/nutrition  research,  nutrition  service  professions, 
medical  science,  and  educatii  in. 

Nutrition  Minor 

This  minor  sequence  is  recommended  for  students  majoring  in  the  related 
health  disciplines  such  as  child  development,  family  and  consumer  sciences 
education,  nursing  and  allied  health,  food  service  management,  and  health 
and  physical  education.  Students  electing  a  minor  in  nutrition  must  complete 
1 5  semester  hours  of  coursework  from  the  courses  listed  in  the  requirements 
for  the  minor.  Students  must  note  that  the  completion  of  this  minor  neither 
meets  the  requirements  for  practice  as  a  credentialed  nutritionist  nor  satisfies 
the  academic  requirements  of  the  American  Dietetic  Association  for  a 
registered  dietitian.  For  additional  information  about  these  careers,  contact 
the  Food  and  Nutrition  Department. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


Major: 

39 

Required 

Courses: 

FN110 

Careers  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

lsh 

FN  150 

Foods 

3sh 

FN151 

Foods  Laboratory 

lsh 

FN212 

Nutrition 

3sh 

FN213 

Life  Cycle  Nutrition 

3sh 

FN355 

Nutrition  in  Disease  I 

3sh 

FN362 

Experimental  Foods 

3sh 

FN364 

Methods  of  Teaching 

3sh 

FN402 

Community  Nutrition 

3sh 

FN430 

Professional  Topics  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

Ssh 

FN455 

Nutrition  in  Disease  II 

Ssh 

FN458 

Advanced  Human  Nutrition 

Ssh 

FN463 

Nutrition  Counseling 

Ssh 

FN470 

Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns 

3sh 

FN484 

Senior  Seminar 

lsh 

Other  Requirements: 

Food  Service  Requirements: 

13 

HR259 

Hospitality  Purchasing 

Ssh 

HR313 

Food  Systems  I 

4sh 

HR356 

Human  Resources  in  the  Hospitality 

Industry 

Ssh 

HR408 

Institutions  Management 

3sh 

Addidonal  Sciences: 

13 

BI105 

Cell  Biology 

3sh 

BI155 

Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 

4sh 

BI232 

Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 

Ssh 

CH255 

Biochemistry  and  Nutrition 

3sh 

Free  Electives  (minimum): 

4-5 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

124 

Bachelor  of  Science— Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Natural  Science:  CHI  1 1-1 12 

Social  Science:  EC101,  PC101,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  MA217,  no  courses  with  FN  prefix 

College: 

Human  Ecology  Requirements: 

One  course  from  list:  HE218  or  HE224 

One  course  from  list:CS315,  CS10I,  or  ID213 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


3sh 
3sh 


FN  150 
FN151 
FN212 
FN213 
FN362 
FN458 
FN462 
FN464 
FN470 
FN484 


Foods 

Foods  Laboratory 

Nutrition 

Life  Nutrition  Cycle 

Experimental  Foods 

Advanced  Human  Nutrition 

Advanced  Experimental  Foods 

Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Mediods 

Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns 

Senior  Seminar 


3sh 
lsh 
Ssh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
lsh 


Controlled  Elecdves: 

Three  courses  from  list: 

FN213,355  (1),  444.  447.  455  (1),  482 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES        75 


l,h(2) 

MX-') 
(ati 
Ish 

Ish 
Ish 


Oil..,  Kcipiimnciils: 

Science  Sequence! 

BH50  Human  Anatomy 

Klir,  |  Human  Physiology 

Fundi mtalsol  Microbiology 

,  1 1  •  ,  i  Irganii  ( Ihemistry  I 

CH351  Biochemistry 

PYlll  Physics  I  Lecture 

I",  i  .'i  Physics  I  Lab 

I  „,  Elective*  (3)  ^ 

Total  Degree  Requirements!  I2'< 

(1)  FN  153  and  ir>r>  musi  be  completed  aaa  sequence,  if  ele  ted 

(2)  Alternate  Biology  sequence  re< nended  foi  graduate  study 

preparation:  BI105,  151,361. 

(•f)  Tomeel  American  Dietetic  Association  requirements:  FN1 10  FN213 
FN355,FN364,FN402,FN430,FN455,  FN463,HR259,HRS13, 
Hi;  156,  HR358,HR408(38sh  total). 


Minor— Nutrition 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh(l) 
3sh 
3sh 


FN212  Nutrition 

FN213  Lift  Cycle  Nutrition 

FN245  Sports  Nutrition 

FN355  Nutrition  in  Disease  I 

FN470  1  luman  Food  Consumption  Patterns  m 

I  \  |08  I  lommunity  Nutrition 

(1)    Students  not  interested  in  FN245  could  select  both  KN402  and  470  in 
plao  ofFN245. 


Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 

James  <;.  Mill.  Chairperson;  Bayles,  Black,  Blacksmith,  Blair. 
<  cltiiieks,  Cortazzo,  Dicicco,  Klingaman.  Montgomery,  Moore. 
Rivera.  Sloniger,  Smith.  Trenney:  and  professors  emeriti  Aierstock, 
Beck.  Dakak.  Da\  is.  Dickie,  Godlasky.  Liscinsky,  Neal,  Slcdzik, 
Sloniger,  Tucker 

The  Department  ol  Health  and  Physical  Education  provides  the  following 

services: 

1.  instruction  in  health  and  wellness  courses  as  part  of  the  university's 
Liberal  Studies  requirement 

2.  instruction  in  health  and  physical  education  courses  as  1'liysical 
Education  course  electives 

:i.     an  undergraduate  major  in  health  anil  physical  education  that  leads  to 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Education  with  potential  certification 
to  teach  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 
•1.      Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Physical  Education  and  Sport 
5.      i  iiilorseiiient  program  in  Driver  Education-Sale  Living 

Required  Program — Liberal  Studies 

The  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  through  its  Health  and 
Wellness  course  in  the  Liberal  Studies  program  seeks  to  enhance  tin  overall 
well-being  of  students  through  instruction  planned  to  promote  and  maintain 
desirable  levels  of  physical,  mental,  emotional,  and  social  well-being,  sell 
responsibility  in  the  following  dimensions  of  wellness  is  emphasized: 
nutritional  awareness,  stress  awareness  ami  management,  exercise  ami  fitness, 
substance  use  and  abuse,  and  sexually  transmitted  diseases   VIDS.  The 
important  c  ol  reducing  nsk  factors  for  chronic  degenerative  disease  and 
managing  lifestyle  factors  for  promotion  of  health  is  presented  with 
implication  for  both  the  present  and  future.  Information  is  provided  iluring 
ilas*  lectures  and  enhanced  by  a  variety  of  practical  learning  experiences 
which  give  students  opportunities  for  self-assessnient  and  personal 
application  of  the  subject  matter. 

hi  addition,  the  department  offers  a  variety  ofone-credit  activit)  cqui  sc 

Ionising  on  physical  fitness  and  the  development  of  skills  essential  tor 
u\  nation  and  lifetime  sports.  Instruction  is  offered  in  many  at  th  ities 
including  golt.  resistive  exercise,  scuba,  swimming,  and  tennis. 


i  an  i  Liberal  Studies  requii is.  i  1989, 

requiri  il a.  h  student  iucci  ssfully  completi  HP143oriu  ah' 

Modems  iii.is   lis  B  bonis  ol  the    K<  n  < 

'•..  UMly 

„  ,,11,  ,.,i  aid  '  required  It  is 

i  in  ouraged  am  I  recoi 'I"  I  thai  students  <  noose  tin  ■  ■ .  nw 

i  mills 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree— Physical 
Education  and  Sport 

IK,  Bachelor  of  Scienct  degrct  in  Physical  Education  and  Sport  provides 
greatet  emphasis  on  subji  1 1  main  i  .  ontenl  and  less  on  pedagogy.  Students 
who  select  this  major  general!)  apply  then  knowledge  in  the  areas  ol  exercise 

ii  ii  n mmunity  ami  ■  orporate  fitness.  <  ardiai  rehabilitation.  pre-physicaJ 

therapy d/oi  i  ki  i  utive  fitness  progra ling  The  sports  study  major  is  a 

■  in  Physical 

film  a i  and  Spoil  im  Imle  I  |  the  university's  Liberal  Studies 

requirements;  -'i  II  s steTl rsinthi  HI'K  <  ore:  and  S)  1'*  semester 

hours  Ii the  Physii  al  Ed lion  ami  Sport  n  quirements. 

Specialty  tracks  hav<  been  developed  foi  the  degree  program  in  physical 
eilm  ation  ami  Bport.  These  different  trai  ks  provide  emphasis  in  specific 
subjei  1 1  ontenl  areas  ami  U  ai  h  skills  m  i  <  wm  foi  students  to  assume 
leadership  roles  in  I  anus  in  the  health  ami  fitness  industry  as  well  as  die 
spoit  si  lem  i  industry,  rhese include: 

a.  Aquatics 

b.  Exercise  s  ii 

c.  Sport  Administration 

d.  Athletic  Training 

Creation  ofthefoui  n™  tracks, in  addition  to  the  Nutrition  minor  within  die 
Physical  Education  and  Sport  major,  pinnies  students  with  an  innovative, 
relevant,  ami  .  I  i  Ilium  and  at  the  same  time  encourages  die 

pi ition  ol  inn  nhsi  iplinar)  wo  itenl  is  loeuscd  toward 

spei  ilii  professions  within  tin  major,  as  weD  as  toward  different  national 
credentialing  possibility  s.  Student  internships  ami  preprofessional 
experieni  escanbe  more  appropriate)}  fo<  used  to  enhance  opportunities  for 
postgraduate  employment 
In  addition,  the  Department  ol  Health  and  Physical  Education  has  developed 

two  programs  approved  by  the  Nat al  YMCA  Phvsical  Education  Office  to 

provide  foi  the  professional  preparation  ol  YMCA  aquatic  directors  and 
physical  directors.  Both  programs  emphasize  high  standards  and  are  vitally 
,.im  emed  with  the  majoi  objei  lives  ol  \  \l(  !A  phvsical  education. 
Specialized  "V  ionises  ale  offered  through  the  IIP  Aquatic  School  and 
through  oilier  special  Y\l<    V  programs  conducted  on  die  IIP  campus  and 
sponsored  111  cooperation  with  the  Middle  Adantic  Region  Physical 
Education  Program. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree— 
Health  and  Physical  Education 

Requirements  for  the  degr  3      rice  in  Education  with  a 

major  in  Health  ami  Pin sn.il  Education  include  the  university's  Liberal 
Studies  requirements,  Professional  Education  requirements,  and  die  Health 
and  Physical  Education  core  requirement  I 'pon  completion  of  the  degree 
program  and  successfully  passing  die  PRAXIS  Exam,  the  student  is  qualified 
lor  an  Instructional  I  Certificate  in  Health  and  Physical  Education,  issued  by 
the  Pennsylvania  Department  ol  Education  in  Harnsburg.  This  certificate  is 
valid  for  teaching  health  ami  pin  sua!  education  in  grades  K  through  12  for 
three  years  in  the  public  schools  of  Pennsylvania.  All  students  seeking 
Pennsylvania  certification  must  follow  the  4-Step  Process  described  in  the 
section  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Certification"  found  in  die 
College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Core 

The  Health  ami  Physii  al  Education  curriculum  identifies  a  required  core  of 
studies  which  emphasizes  a  body  ofknowledge  relevant  to  die  study  of 
professional  health  ami  physical  education,  as  well  as  the  smdy  of  physical 
education  an. I  sp  itained  in  the  core  are  those  which  are 

intended  to  enable  students  to  identify  and  solve  problems  by  applving 
relevant  knowledge  and  also  t..  engage  in  self-directed  learning. 
Candidates  tor  the  degree  program  in  Healdi  and  Physical  Education  must 
demonstrate  acceptable  cognitive  and  psychomotor  qualifications  as  well  as 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAT 


76       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


desirable  character  and  personality  traits.  The  professional  program  seeks  to 
foster  those  qualities  of  individual  character  and  competence  that  are 
inherent  in  personal  and  professional  maturity.  These  competencies  are 
evaluated  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  The  student  is  either  granted 
Advanced  Standing  in  die  department  or  restricted  in  scheduling  advanced 
courses  for  not  less  than  one  probationary  semester.  Continuation  in  the 
major  program  is  based  upon  attainment  of  department  Advanced  Standing. 

Driver  Education — Safe  Living  7-12 

Candidates  for  the  driver  education  certification  must  possess,  or  be  a 
candidate  for,  a  valid  Pennsylvania  certificate  in  any  area  of  certification.  A 
student  must  currently  complete  the  following  four  courses:  HP251,  252. 
353,  and  354.  Students  must  request  the  certificate  in  driver  education-safe 
living  7-12  when  they  apply  for  graduation.  For  students  who  have  already 
graduated,  contact  die  Office  of  the  Dean,  College  of  Education,  for  correct 
procedures. 

Aquatics  School  Course  Offerings 

Each  summer  the  department  offers  the  annual  Aquatics  School.  Students 
attending  must  possess  the  necessary  aquatic  prerequisites.  A  fee  will  be 
charged  which  will  include  room,  three  meals  a  day,  use  ol  equipment, 
accident  insurance,  transportation  to  and  from  the  lake,  and  special  one-night 
programs.  Certification  will  be  granted  by  the  American  Red  Cross,  National 
YMCA,  Professional  Association  of  Diving  Instructors,  and  the  American 
Heart  Association  upon  completion  of  courses.  All  courses  may  be  taken  for 
college  credit,  if  the  student  is  eligible  and  pays  the  additional  tuition  fee.  For 
more  information,  contact  the  aquatic  director. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and  Sport 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Health  and  WeUness:  FN  143  or  MS  101- 102 

Natural  Science:  BI103-104  or  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  PC  1 0 1 ,  SO  1 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  FN145,  CO/BE/IM101. 

no  courses  with  HP  prefix 

Major: 

Core  Requirements:  31 

HP142  Foundations  of  Health,  Physical 

Education,  and  Sport 
HP200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

H  P2 1 0  Motor  Development 

HP221  Human  Structure  and  Function 

HP251  Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency 

Health  Care 
HP26.3  Aquatics 

HP315  Biomechanics 

HP341  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical 

Education 
HP343  Physiology  of  Exercise 

HP344  Adapted  Physical  Education 

HP441  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
HP442  Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation  I 


Professional  Requirements: 

HP319  Preprofessional  Experience  II 

HP345  Athletic  Training  I 

HP346  Athletic  Training  Lab 

HP375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training 

HP410  Exercise  Prescription 

HP4 1 1  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal 

HP412  Physical  Activity  and  Stress  Management 


3sh 
lsh 

2sh 

3sh 

3sh 
lsh 
Ssh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Ssh 

l-3sb 
3sh 
lsh 
Ssh 
Ssh 
3sh 
3sh 


Controlled  Electives:  (I)  (2) 

BI151,  BI155,  HP408,  HP413,  HP426,  HP482,  HP493 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


0 
10-16 


124 


(1)  Nutrition  minor  may  substitute  for  Controlled  Electives;  see 
Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition. 

(2)  Specialty  tracks  will  substitute  for  Controlled  Electives;  see  following 
descriptions. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and  Sport — 
Exercise  Science  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FN143  or  MS101-102 

Natural  Science:  BI103-104  or  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  PC  1 0 1 ,  SO  1 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  FN145.CO/BE/IM  101. 

no  courses  with  HP  prefix 

Major: 

Core  Requirements: 

HP142  Foundations  of  Health,  Physical 

Education,  and  Sport  3sh 

HP200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity  lsh 

HP210  Motor  Development  2sh 

HP221  Human  Structure  and  Function  3sh 

HP25 1  Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency 

Health  Care  3sh 

HP263  Aquatics  lsh 

HP315  Biomechanics  3sh 

HP341  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical 

Education  3sh 

HP343  Physiology  of  Exercise  3sh 

HP344  Adapted  Physical  Education  3sh 

HP441  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health 

and  Physical  Education  3sh 

HP442  Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation  I  3sh 

Sport  Science  Requirements: 

HP319  Preprofessional  Experience  II  l-3sh 

HP345  Athletic  Training  I  Ssh 

HP346  Athletic  Training  Lab  lsh 

HP375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training  3sh 

HP410  Exercise  Prescription  Ssh 

HP4 12  Physical  Activity  and  Stress  Management  Ssh 

Exercise  Science  Track: 

BI151  Human  Physiology  4sh 

PY151  Medical  Physics  Lecture  Ssh 

PY161  Medical  Physics  Lab  lsh 

HP4 1 1  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  3sh 

HP413  Physical  Activity  and  Aging  3sh 

Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


124-125 


Bachelor  of  Science— Physical  Education  and  Sport- 
Sport  Administration  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FN143  or  MS101-102 

Natural  Science:  BI 103- 104  or  CH 101-102 

Social  Science:  PC  1 0 1 ,  EC  1 2 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  CO/BE/1M101,  EC  122, 

no  courses  with  HP  prefix 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES        77 


M.ljnr: 

( mi  Require 

iih-iiIs: 

HP!  IS 

Found ns  of  Health,  Physical 

Edui in ISporl 

Ish 

HP200 

Fund entail  ol  Physical  Activity 

Mi 

HP210 

Motoi  Develo] nl 

2sh 

HP221 

1  1 .in  Sinn  Inn   .mil  Finn  lion 

isll 

111*251 

1 lationa  "1  Safety  .mil  Emergi  n<  v 

Health  Can 

Ssh 

HP263 

Aquatics 

Isll 

HP31S 

Biomecl ica 

Ssh 

HPS41 

Evaluation  in  Health  .mil  Physical 

1  dU0  limn 

.ish 

HPS43 

Phyaiolog)  ol  Exen  ise 

.'isll 

linn 

adapted  Physical  Education 

Ssh 

IIIMII 

Psychosocial  Implications  foi  Health 

.mil  Phi  li(  .'1  Edui  alum 

.ish 

iii'ii.: 

Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation  I 

.'ish 

Spoil  Science 

Requirementsi 

HP319 

Preprofessional  Experience  II 

l-.'isli 

HPSS3 

Psyi  hology  of  Coaching 

2sh 

HP335 

( loai  hing  and  Managing  of  Athletic 

Programs 

.'isll 

HP345 

Athletic  Training  I 

:isli 

HP346 

\ilil.  n.   [raining  I  ab 

Isll 

HP373 

Physiologii  a]  Basis  "1  Strength  Training 

.isll 

HP412 

Phj  sii  il  Activity  and  Stress  Management 

.'ish 

91  nri  10 

llu  American  Woman  and  Sport 

Ssh 

Business  Minor  Id  quiri  in.  ins: 

AD.)  21 

Business  and  Interpersonal 

(  ainiimniii  ations 

Ssh 

AG201 

Accounting  Principles  1 

Ssh 

\*  ;_*i)_> 

Accounting  Principles  11 

Ssh 

BL839 

Introduction  to  Business  Law 

.isll 

I'l  110 

Finance  1 

3sh 

Menu 

Principles  nl  Management 

Ssh 

MK320 

l'i mi  iples  "1  Marketing 

.ish 

Free  Klcctitcs: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and  Sport- 
Aquatic  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  ill  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FN  I  43  or  MS  1 0 1  - 102 

Natural  Science:  Bl  1 03-1 04  or  CH 1 0 1  - 1 02 

Social  Science:  PC101,SOl51 

Liberal  Studies  Elective*:  FN  1 45,  CO/BE/IM  101. 

no  course  with  IIP  prefix 

Major: 

COM  Requirements: 

HP142 


Foundations  ofHealth,  Physical 

Education,  and  Sport 
HP200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

I II'- I II  Motor  Development 

HP221  Human  Structure  and  Function 

HP251  Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency 

HealthCare 

HP263  Aquatics 

HP315  Biomechanics 

HP341  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical 

Education 
HP343  Physiology  of  Exercise 

HPS44  Adapted  Physical  Education 

HP441  Psychosocial  Implications  loi  Health  an. 

Physical  Education 
HP442  Seminar  m  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation  I 


Ssh 

Ish 
2sh 
Ssh 

3sh 

Ish 
Ssh 

.ish 
Ssh 
Ssh 


.'ish 


Spun  Science  Requirements! 

I IP319  Preprofessional  Expi  rieni  e  II 

HP345  Uhletii  Training  I 

HPS4A  Uhletii  Th 

HP375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training 

HP410  ription 

III'II  I  I'h.  iii  al  Fitru 

MM  1 2  Physical  Vctivity  and  Stress  Management 

Aquatic  Track: 

HP185 
HP281 
HP264 

III'.-, ii 
HP276 

Ml'2,'1 

HP280 
HP335 

Free  Eleetives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements! 


I7-I'( 


Lifeguarding 

Wall  l  S,il(  l\   Inslrii,  tOI 

Vdvani  i  d  tqu 

Insliiii  tOI  "I  I  I.iiiiIh  apped  Suimmii 

Coai  hmn  ill  Swimming 

Pool  M.imti  nam  i-  and 

( Ihemistry 
Aquatii  Fai  ilitii 

l  Vthletii 


I    ish 
ish 

Ish 

ish 

Ish 

ish 

M, 
Mi 
M, 
M> 
M, 

2sfa 
2sh 


BBSSBamBM 


Bachelor  of  Science— Physical  Education  and  Sport- 
Athletic  Training  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FN143  Ol  MS  101    102 

Natural  Science:  III  I  Oil  (M  or  (  1 1 101-102 

Social  Science:  PC  10 1.  SO  15 1 

Liberal  Studies  Eleetives:  FN  145.  CO/BE/I  M  101, 

no  i  ourse  with  IIP  prefix 


Major: 

Core  Requirements*!: 

HP142 

Foundations  ol  Health.  Physical 

Education,  and  Sport 

ish 

HP200 

Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

Ish 

HP210 

Motor  Development 

2sh 

HP221 

1  Ionian  Structure  and  Function 

3sh 

HP251 

Foundations  ol  Safer)  and  lii' 

HealthCare 

3sh 

HP263 

Aquatics 

Ish 

HP.il  5 

li lechanics 

Ssh 

HP341 

Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical 

Education 

.ish 

HP343 

Physiology  of  Exen  ise 

3sh 

HP344 

Adapted  Physical  Education 

.ish 

HP  141 

Psychosocial  Implications  for  Healdi 

and  Physical  Education 

3sh 

HP442 

Seminar  in  Health.  Physical  Education. 

and  Recreation  I 

.ish 

Spurt  Science  Requirements 

HP175 

Prevention  and  Care  ol  Injuries  to  die 

Physically  Active 

2sh 

HP345 

Athletic  Training 

3sh 

HP346 

Athletic  Training  Lab 

Ish 

lips;-. 

Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training 

Ssh 

HP411 

Physical  Fitness  Appraisal 

3sh 

Athletic 

Training  Track  Requirements 

BII51 

Human  Physioli  igj 

4sh 

HP:ib5 

Advanced  Athletic  Training 

4sh 

HP376 

Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  I 

Ish 

HP377 

Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  11 

Ish 

HP446 

Therapeutic  Modahtil  s 

4sfa 

HP448 

Therapeutic  Exen  ise  for  Athletic  Injury 

Management 

4sh 

HP476 

Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  III 

Ish 

HP477 

Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  IV 

Ish 

PY151 

Medical  Physics  Lecture 

3sh 

PY161 

Medical  Physics  Lab 

Ish 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


78       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Free  Electives:  2-3 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

Note:  The  office  of  the  Athletic  Training  Curriculum  Coordinator  can 
provide  additional  information  related  to  specific  requirements  regarding 
initial  health  screening,  criminal  record  checks,  and  liability  insurance  needs. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education- 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  (allowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA2 1 7 

Health  and  Wellness:  FN  143  or  MS101-102 

Natural  Science:  BI 1 03- 1 04  or  CH 1 0 1  - 1 02 

Social  Science:  PC  1 0 1 .  S( )  I r>  1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  FN  145.  PC378,  or 

approved  alternatives 


-Health  and  Physical 


Major: 

Course  Requirements: 

HP142 

Foundations  of  Health,  Physical 

Education,  and  Sport 

3sh 

HP200 

Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity 

lsh 

HP210 

Motor  Development 

2sh 

HP221 

Human  Structure  and  Function 

3sh 

HP251 

Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency 

Health  Care 

3sh 

HP263 

Aquatics 

lsh 

HP315 

Biomechanics 

3sh 

HP341 

Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical 

Education 

3sh 

HP343 

Physiology  of  Exercise 

3sh 

HP344 

Adapted  Physical  Education 

3sh 

HP441 

Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health 

and  Physical  Education 

3sh 

HP442 

Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 
and  Recreation  I 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
lsh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Professional  Requirements 
Health  and  Physical  Education: 

HP21 1  Dance,  Rhythmic  Activities,  and 

Gymnastics 
H  P2 1 2  Team  Sports 

HP213  Individual  and  Dual  Sports  and 

Adventure  Activities 
HP318  Preprofessional  Experience  I 

HP321  Methods  in  Elementary  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
HP325  School  and  Community  Health 

HP42f>  Health  Science  Instruction 

HP450  Curriculum  and  Programming  in 

Sexuality  Education 

Professional  Education  Requirements:  (1) 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience 

ED421  Student  Teaching 

ED441  Student  Teaching 

ED442  School  Law 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  0 

(#)Total  Degree  Requirements:  131 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education.'"  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 

(1)   Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 
eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EX301  (2sh). 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  'Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation 


3sh 

I  lsh 

II  lsh 
6sh 
6sh 
lsh 
3sh 

Ssb 


Certification-Driver  Education— Safe  Living 

Certification  in  Driver  Education-  Safe  Living  may  be  added  to  a  \alid 
Pennsylvania  Instructional  Certificate  with  the  completi I  the  following 


courses: 

HP251 

HP252 
HP353 
HP354 


Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency 
Health  Care 

Introduction  to  the  Driving  Task 
Driving  Education  Program  Manageme 
Application  of  Driver  Education 
Instructional  Modes 


3sh 

Ssh 
3sh 


Highway  Safety  Center 


IUP's  Highway  Safety  Center  attempts  to  address  the  highway  safety  needs 
of  the  commonwealth  through  a  variety  of  programs  and  activities.  The 
Highway  Safety  Center  programs  encompass  activity  in  five  major  areas:  1 ) 
research,  surveys,  and  studies,  2)  education  (teaching),  3)  training  and 
conferences,  4)  field  and  extension  services,  and  5)  traffic  safety 
communications  and  information  exchange. 

Teacher  Certification  in  Driver  Education 

Through  cooperative  effort  with  IUP's  Department  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education,  the  Highway  Safety  Center  coordinates  and  directs  IUP's 
Teacher  Certification  Program  in  Driver  Education. 

IUP  Regional  Highway  Safety  Project 

The  IUP  Regional  Highway  Safety  Project  is  a  federally  funded  program 
contracted  with  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Transportation's  Center  for 
Highway  Safety.  Originating  at  IUP  in  January,  1987,  under  the  title  of  the 
Indiana  County  Seat  Belt  Program,  its  purpose  was  to  increase  public 
awareness  and  the  usage  of  occupant  restraints.  The  program  expanded  its 
emphasis  and  territory  in  1989  and  now  includes  the  counties  of  Armstrong, 
Jefferson,  and  Clearfield.  Programs  for  corporations,  schools,  civic  groups, 
law  enforcement  agencies,  etc.,  include  topics  such  as  occupant  safety, 
bicycle  safety,  pedestrian  safety,  safe  driving  characteristics,  and  DUI.  The 
project  also  serves  as  a  resource  to  other  community  safety  groups  by 
providing  printed  materials,  audiovisual  aids,  crash-car  dummy  costumes, 
and  the  "Seat  Belt  Convincer."  A  Car  Seat  Loaner  Program  also  provides  car 
seats  to  residents  in  Indiana  County. 

Driver  Training  Programs 

From  basic  driver  education  programs  for  beginning  drivers  to  truck  driver 
training  to  advanced  driver  training  programs  in  emergency  driving 
techniques,  the  Highway  Safety  Center  provides  a  cadre  of  courses,  all 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student. 

Emergency  Services  Training 

This  is  a  program  area  designed  to  meet  the  training  needs  of  ambulance, 
fire,  and  police  personnel  in  the  areas  of  emergency  medical  services  and 
rescue. 

Traffic  Accident  Investigation 

Traffic  Accident  Investigation  programs  are  available  for  safety  directors, 
insurance  adjusters,  and  police  personnel.  Courses  range  from  basic 
investigation  up  to  and  including  accident  reconstruction. 


Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 
Institutional  Management 

Jeffrey  A.  Miller,  Chairperson;  Baker,  Marshall,  Shiring,  Van  Dyke; 
and  professors  emeriti  Simkins,  Woods 

The  department  offers  students  an  academic  preparation  leading  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 
Management.  Students  take  general  courses  in  business,  chemistry,  biology, 
computer  literacy,  and  foreign  language.  Students  elect  to  concentrate  in 
either  food  service  management  or  lodging  management.  The  program  has 
received  accreditation  from  the  Accreditation  Commission  tor  Programs  in 
Hospitality  Administration. 

The  food  service  management  track  prepares  students  for  management 
positions  in  restaurants,  corporate  food  services,  entertainment  or  recreation 
food  service,  health  care,  or  other  institutional  and  contract  food  service. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES        79 


I  in  lodging  managemenl  trw  k  prepares  students  foi  management  poa ■ 

within  In. irk  reaorta  and  othi  i  lodging  open a.  Emphasis  is  on  the 

.in. I\  i.i  housekeeping,  rooma,and  galea  de| in  nta  but  alio  ini  ludea  I I 

produi  tion  and  w  rvici 

Id  ill i  programs  requin  thi  student  I pleb  880  hours  of  hospitalit) 

induatry  work  experience  before  graduation.  The  firal  1 10  houn  in 
.  ompleted  during  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  an)  typeol 

hospitalit)  poa n  selected  b)  the  student  and  must  be  completed  before 

the  internship  ia  bi  heduled.  The  Bei  ond  I  l<>  I ra  an  i pleted  .is  an 

jhip  Thi  Intemsliipia  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  who  assists  the 

itudenl  in  developing  the  learning  package  to  be  a<  hieved  during  the 

internship  and  wl Iviaea  the  intern  on  university,  department,  and  site 

requirements. 

Professional  type forms  are  prescribed  as  pari  of  the-  dress  code  foi 

departmental  majors  in  .ill  food  production  <  ourses. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 
Management 

I  Iberal  Studiesi  Va  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  aei  don  54-55 

h  nli  ilu  follow  ing  specifications: 

Mathematical  MA217 

Natural  9dencei  CH101-102 

Social  Science)  EC121.PC101 

I  iberal  Studies  Elective*!  <  If  (/IM/BE10 1 .  FN  145, 

ii..  with  I  IK  prefix 

Majon 

Required  Courses!  33 

FN150  Foods  Ssh 

FN151  Foods  Laboratorj  lsh 

I  IK  Mil  Introducl to  Hospitality  Management       Ssh 

HR259  Hospitalit)  Purchasing  Ssh 

llK.il  i  Food  Systems  1  4sh 

HR356  Human  Resources  in  the  Hospitalit)' 

[ndustrj  3sh 

HR401  Cosi  Management  Ssh 

HKlll  Seminar  in  Hospitalit)  Management  Ssh 

I  IK  1 1  I  Food  Systems  II  4sh 

HR493  Internship  in  Hospitality  Management       6sh  (1) 

Controlled  Kleetives:  ( >nc  Irak  required  12-15 

I  ond  Sei  vice  Management  Track:  KN  1 45  (2).  I IRS06, 
HR358,  HR406,  HR408 

I  odging  Management  Track)  1IKI  15,HR360,HRS65, 
HR420,  |\|  100 


15-21 


Ssh 
Ssh 
Ssh 
Ssh 
3-9sh  (3) 


Other  K.  1 1 nli.  mk  nis: 
WJ20]  Accounting  Principles  I 

Fundamentals  of  Microbiology 
BL235  Introduction  to  Business  I  aw 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 

T—  Foreign  Languages 

Free  Electives:  0.  j 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  12 

(1)  K.acli  student  must  complete  880  hours  of  work  experience,  of  which 
440  hours  must  be  tin. .ugh  supervised  experiences  in  HR493.  See 
department  internship  coordinator  for  detailed  information. 

(2)  Credit  counted  in  Liberal  Studies  F.lectives. 

(■'!)   Each  student  must  have  foreign  language  proficiency  of  either; 
a.     Intermediate-level  -  SP201/FR202/GM252  or ' 
u.     Successful  i  ompletion  of  two  semesters  of  one  language. 

Intermediate-level  courses  may  be  used  as  Liberal  Studies  electiv* 


Department  of  Human  Development  and 
Environmental  Studies 

Linda  5.  Ni  Ison,  <  hairpcrtoni  Bowers,  Cordon,  Hi  <  kroda,  Ki  sM. ,. 

I  miii.  \.  \c  Ison.  Rodgl  is.  Si  IiiiiiII.  Swinki  r.  \  iggiano:  and  BI 
e  me  lilac  (  i.iiiii  l.  (..ill.ili.  Moms.  K.i/iin  i.  Sin  illli.iu.  Worn! 


I  hi  Departmenl  ..I  Human  Developmenl  and  Environmental  Studk 
.  ii  Med  b)  the  merging ol  the  Famil)  and  <  lonsumi  i  S  tion  and 

'  ionsumei  Si  rvices  di  partmi  nl     l  I ■  u     fthi  D  p  .•  r mt m 

ol  Human  Developmenl  and  Environmental  Studies  ia  to  empower 
individuals  to  support  human  and  environmental  needs,  enabling  them  to 
perform  professionally  in  a  changing  d  leal  and  global 

I  he  departmenl  is .  omposi  .1  ..I  majors  thai  an  interdi*  iplinary  and  share 

I .hush,  values.  All  majors  ha  earch  focus  and  stress 

1  ritii  al  thinkin  taking,  and  synthi  - 

information  writh  dirw  t  foi  ua  upi ,., , ,  paths. 

I  In  1 1 1 in i. in  I),  velopment  and  Environmental  Studies  Departmi  ntol 
i.  nl.  mil  programs  leading  t..  the  Bai  helot  ..I  s.  u  rv  .  degree  in  the 
following  majors:  child  Development/Famif)  Relations, Consumei  Allans. 
Fashion  Merchandising, and  Interioi  Design.  The  Famil)  and  Consumer 
Sciences  Edui  ation  program  I.  ads  to  a  Bai  helot  of  s,  „  ,„,  ,,,  Education. 
'I  Iksc  majors  prepare  men  and  women  foi  positions  in  business,  die 
community,  and  education.  The  majors  also  prepare  students  for  graduate 
study  in  the  areas  of  interioi  design,  housing,  1 1.. thing,  textiles,  consumer 
economics, human  service,  child  development,  famil)  studies,  or  education. 

Faculty  advisors  work  closely  with  students  in  planning  and  inu-grating  the 
academic  program  to  meet  the  Students' career  goala  and  to  supplement 
classroom  experiences.  Internships  are  available  and  encouraged  so  students 

.  in  apply  academil  knowledge  to  actual  situations.  International  stuck  is  als., 
available  to  provide  an  enriching  cultural  exrx  i 

Consumer  Affairs 

The  Consumer  Allans  major  prepares  individuals  lor  professional  positions 
in  government,  business,  and  the  community.  This  option  concentrati  ■ 
consumer  economic  behavioi  and  consumer  protection  and  their 
relationship  to  the  Bui  exchange  ami  consumption  of  products  and  services. 
The  increased  interest  in  consumer  concerns  has  resulted  in  creating  and 
expanding  positions  for  persons  with  an  understanding  of  consumer  needs, 
business  operations.  ,uk\  regulator)  agencies.  The  interdisciplinary  approach 
provides  the  necessary  knowledge  and  skills  to  fulfil]  die  requirements  of 
sin  h  positions. 

Community  Services  Track 

Within  the  Consume!  Affairs  major,  students  can  elect  a  community  services 
track  which  oilers  a  broad  selection  ..I  curses.  Electives  may  be 
concentrated  in  specific  areas.  A  concentration  of  courses  is  elected  in  an 
outside  field  of  study  such  as  sociology  or  psychology.  Craduates  mav  be 
employed  by  the  Extension  Services  ,.i  b)  governmental  and  social  agencies. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Consumer  Affairs 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specific  ations 

Mathematics:  MA101  or  higher 

Natural  Science:  CH101-]  02 

Social  Science:  EC  1 0 1 .  PC  1 0 1 .  - 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  CS  prefix 

Major: 

Required  ("ourses: 

CS101  Personal  and  Family  Managemenl  3sh 

CS121  Introduction  to  Consumer  Services  lsh 

CS315  Consume!  Economics  and  Family' Finance     Ssh 

Problems  in  Consumer  Ec. mics  3sh 

CS416  Problems  in  Fanulv  Finance  jsh 

CS421  Senior  Seminar  2sh 

FM110  Introduction  to  Fashion  3sh 

FM30S  Visual  Merchandising  jsh 

FM314  Textiles  3sh 

FN2U  Nutrition  3sh 


vNA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999 


80       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


ID213  Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer 

Electronics  3sh 

ID312  Housing  and  Culture  3sh 

JN120  Journalistic  Writing  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Three  credit  courses  from  list: 
CS433,CS461,CS482,FM112,FM212, 
FM303,  FM350,  FM4.r>0,  HR259,  FN362,  HR313, 
HR358,ID105  6sh(l) 

Other  Requirements: 
Outside  Concentration: 
Required: 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

BL336'  Law  of  Business  Organizations  3sh 

BL337  Consumer  Law  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  Three  courses  from  list: 
AD321,  MG300,  MK320,  MK321,  MK433  9sh  (1) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)    Substitutions  may  be  approved  by  department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Consumer  Services/Community 
Services  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA101  or  higher 

Natural  Science:  CH 1 0 1  - 1 02 

Social  Science:  EC101,  PC101,  S0151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  course  with  CS  prefix 


Major: 
Required 

AR120 
CS101 
CS121 

Courses: 

Principles  of  Design 

Personal  and  Family  Management 

Introduction  to  Consumer  Services 

2sh 
3sh 
lsh 

CS315 

Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 

3sh 

CS421 

Senior  Seminar 

2sh 

FM110 

Introduction  to  Fashion 

3sh 

FM314 

Textiles 

3sh 

FN212 

Nutrition 

3sh 

HE224 
ID213 

Marriage  and  Family  Relations 
Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer 

3sh 

Electronics 

3sh 

1D312 

Housing  and  Culture 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  list:  FMI 12  or  FM212 

Other  Requirements: 

Human  Ecology  Requirements: 

FN150  Foods 

FN  1 5 1  Foods  Laboratory 

HE218  Child  Development 

Outside  concentration: 

Six  courses  from  list:  AN2 1 1 ,  AN3 1 9,  PC290,  PC3 1 0, 

PC31 1,  PC312,  PC320,  PC321,  PC322,  PC330,  PC361, 

PC373,  PC374,  S0231,  S0332,  S0333,  S0336,  S0339, 

S0357,  S0435,  SW238. 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


3sh 


3sh 
lsh 
3sh 

18sh 


Fashion  Merchandising 


The  Fashion  Merchandising  program  provides  course  emphasis  in  clothing 
and  human  behavior,  apparel  production  and  analysis,  textiles  and  quality 
control,  apparel  distribution,  merchandising  and  promotion,  global  diversity, 
historic  textiles  and  apparel,  color  and  aesdietics,  and  apparel  construction. 
Communications,  problem  solving,  group  project  organization,  professional 
presentation,  and  analytical  and  critical  thinking  skills  are  incorporated  in 
course  content.  The  Eberly  College  of  Business  complements  die  Fashion 


Merchandising  major  by  providing  study  in  one  of  diree  options:  Business 
Administration,  Marketing,  and  Small  Business  Management. 

A  cooperative  program  between  IUP  and  the  Fashion  Institute  of 
Technology  in  New  York  City  allows  students  to  study  one  of  seven  majors: 
accessories  design,  advertising  and  communications,  advertising  design, 
fashion  design,  manufacturing  management,  textile/surface  design,  and  textile 
development  and  marketing. 

Graduates  of  the  Fashion  Merchandising  program  are  being  prepared  for 
entry-level  positions  such  as  manufacturer's  sales  representative,  production 
assistant,  ready-to-wear  quality  control  analyst,  textile  testing  laboratory 
technician,  management  trainee  leading  to  position  of  store  manager, 
executive/merchandising  trainee  leading  toward  position  of 
buyer/merchandise  manager,  museum  curator  assistant,  persona]  color 
consultant,  and  personalized  shopping  specialist  for  an  upscale  retail  firm. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Fashion  Merchandising 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA101  or  higher  level  MA  course 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  EC121;  GE104  or  PC101;  AN1 10  or 

AN211  orS0151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM101,  EC  122; 

MA214  or  MA217;  no  course  with  FM  prefix 


Major: 

Required 

Courses: 

FMI  10 

Introduction  to  Fashion 

3sh 

FMI  12 

Fundamentals  of  Clodiing  Construction 

3sh 

FM314 

Textiles 

3sh 

FM350 

Apparel  Industry  I 

3sh 

FM385 

Ready-to-Wear  Analysis 

3sh 

FM434 

Quality  Control  in  Textiles  /W/ 

3sh 

FM450 

Apparel  Industry  II 

3sh 

FM456 

Historic  Costume 

3sh 

FM480 

Seminar  in  Fashion  Merchandising 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Four  courses  from  list:  FM212,  FM252,  FM281, 
FM303,  FM357,  FM433,  FM453,  FM454, 
FM455,  FM457,  FM481,  FM482,  ID205 


12sh 


Additional  Requirements: 
Required  Courses: 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

JN 1 20  or  EN3 1 0  Journalistic  Writing  or  Public  Speaking         3sh 

Students  will  complete  courses  in  one  of  the 

following  options:  12-1 5sh 

Option  1:  Business  Administration  Minor  (15sh) 

AG202,  FI3 1 0,  MG3 10,  select  two  from  AD32 1 , 

BL235,  IM300 

(Note:  students  must  meet  all  minor  requirements  listed  in  catalog) 

Option  2:  Marketing  (12sh) 

MK321,  MK420,  select  two  from  DE332  (1),  DE333, 

MK421(1),MK430,MK433 

Option  3:  Small  Business  Management  (12sh) 

MG275,  MG325  (1),  select  two  from  MG300,  MG310, 

MG350,  MG403  (2) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Prerequisites  to  be  waived. 

(2)  Student  will  need  to  take  AG202  and  AG300. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       HI 


Interior  Design 


The  Interioi  Deiign  program  enables  graduate*  to  analyze  problems, 

jynth,  iizi  informi n,and  implemenl  design  solutions  supportive  -.1  the 

needs  "I  people  and  the  enviroi .Thi  program  emphasizes  synthesizing 

,,l  information  and  i  reative  problem  solving  based  on  interdisi  iplinar) 
experiences  and  communicating  solutions.  The  program  enabli  -  gradual)  I 

,,,  [Japttoai  I ging  world  by  drawing  on  history  and  multidisi  iplinar) 

experie ind  applying  principles  ol  research. 

1 1„  , ,„,  0|  ||„  in,, Design  program  includes  i  ourses  addressing  space 

planning,  drafting,  design  graphics,  coloi  theory,  building  systems,  i erials 

.mil  Brushes,  human  fa<  tors,  computet  aided  drafting  and  design  (CADD), 
in  lopment,  textiles,  lighting,  residential  and  contra  i  design,  and 
professional  practice.  Detailed  information  is  available  from  instructors 

qui| in  and  supplies  to  be  pun  hased  by  students  tor  individual 

courses  in  ilns  program.  Internships  present  an  excellent  opportunity  for 

itudents  to  gain  pi cal,  on-the-job  training  and  ire  high!)  re< mended. 

t  icp,  M,  mi.il  learning  opportunities  in  thee nunit)  augment  the  program. 

Itudents a  variety  "I  settings  ini  luding  offices,  museums,  l.n es, 

showrooms,  retail  outlets d  construction  sues.  Supportive  courses  are 

,.il,  i,  ,1  in  .hi  and  business.  Graduates  are  prepared  foi  entry-level  positions 
in  commercial  and  residential  design,  sales, historii  preservation,  and 
sli.iw  M m .in  management. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Interior  Design 

Liberal  Studies!  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

wuli  the  following  spei  ideations: 

Mathematics!  MA101  oi  higher  level 

Hnnuuiiries-Philosophy/Religious  Studies:  PH223 

ret  ommended 

Fine  Altai  AH101 

Natural  Science*  SC105-106 

Social  SdeuceiPC101,SO151 

I  jbenl  Studies  Electives!  AH205  or  206.  BE/CO/ 

PM101, EC122,  no  courses  with  II)  prefix 


Major: 

K<  l|MIII'll    <    "Ml  '.IV 

m  i]  i 

Textiles 

3sh 

DD105 

Introduction  to  Interior  Design 

3sh 

inns 

Drafting  liir  Construction  I 

3sh 

uoaos 

Color  Theory  and  Application 

3sh 

©818 

Drafting  lor  (  ^instruction  II 

3sh 

©305 

Interioi  Lighting 

3sh 

ID310 

Human  Factors  in  Interior  Design 

3sh 

DJS1  • 

Materials  and  Finishes 

3sh 

IDS  15 

Residential  Design  I 

3sh 

1D319 

Residential  Design  II:  Kitchen,  Bath, 

Media  Room  Design 

3sh 

ID370 

Development  of  Design  1  /W/ 

3sh 

ED380 

Development  of  Design  II  /W/ 

3sh 

DD405 

Interior  Design  Professional  Practice 

3sh 

ID464 

Contract  Design  1 

3sh 

ID465 

<  null. lit  Design  II 

3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Outside  Concentration: 

Business:  VD101,  MK320 

fish 

An:  AR120.  213;  one  course  from  list:  AR214, 

215,216,218, 

219 

8sh 

Free  F.leetives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education 

I  he  Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education  major  prepares  students  for 
thl  teat  hing  ot  family  and  consumer  sciences-related  subjects  in  die  public 
schools.  Coursework  is  required  in  all  areas  of  family  and  consumer  services. 
including  child  development  anil  family  relations,  consumer  economics. 
clothing,  loods.  and  interior  design  'housing.  Professional  education  courses 
are  also  required. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education-Family  and  Consumer 
Sciences  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Stiidi,  s:  v  lined  m  Liberal 

section  with  the  following  S 

Natural  Science:!  HIM 

s.„,.d  Sdcncci  P<  1 1' i 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  CS31  r>.  no 

<  OUTSeS  with  Ft  I  prefix 

College: 

Professional  him. Sequence: 


CM  101 

I,,  hnolog)  l"!  1  i  anting  and  In 

ED242 

1  ■  .p,  i  h  in  i  1 

Ish 

ED342 

Pre-studenl  Teai  hing ' 

...  ll 

Ith 

ED431 

Student  Teaching  in  Famih,  and 

'III  1    s,,  |,  ,,,  , ., 

t.sh 

ED441 

Student  Teal  hing 

fish 

ED442 

Si  boo!  Law 

Ish 

EP202 

Edui  ational  Psyi  hology 

ish 

EP377 

Kdiu.itiou.il  Tests  and  Measurements 

ish 

E.YJill 

ImIii.  .in. in  -.I  Studi  nl  -  v.  ith  Disabilities  in 
Inclusivi                      'rograms 

2sh 

FC350 

Teaching  Family  Lif   I  i 

FC450 

Teaching  Vocational  Home  Economics 

FE202 

American  Education  in  Thcorv  and 

Practice 

isl, 

Major: 

35 

Required  Courses: 

CS101 

Personal  and  Family  Management 

FM112 

Fundamentals  of  Clothing  Construction 

ish 

FM3I4 

Textiles 

ish 

FN  150 

Foods 

ish 

FN151 

Foods  Laboratory 

Ish 

FN212 

Nutrition 

HE21H 

Child  Development 

HE220 

Teaching  in  Child  Development  ( lenters 

Isl, 

HE224 

Marriage  and  Family  Relations 

IDS  12 

Housing  and  Culture 

ish 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  from  list: 

CS41.ior  11)21  3 

One  from  list: 

HE424  or  463 

isl, 

Free  Electives: 

0-2 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  12 4- 12b 

(*)  See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  Id 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Education  so  turn  of  tins  catalog. 

(#)  See  advisory  paragraph  Timely  Completion  ot  Degree  Requirements 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Child  Development/Family  Relations  Major 

The  Child  Development/Family  Relations  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree.  Primary  objectives  ol  the  program  are  to  prepare 
professionals  to  administer  and/or  work  in  programs  that  entail  as|>cctsot 
child  development  and  taniilv  relationships:  teach  at  the  adult  level;  Of 
administer  human  services  agencies  at  federal,  state.  01  local  level.  The 
program  also  provides  preparation  for  students  who  want  to  pursue  graduate 
Study  in  child  development  or  famih  studies. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Child  Development/Family  Relations 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

widi  die  following  specific 

Mathematics:  MA101  or  1 10  or  121  or  217 

Natural  Science:  CI  11 01  -1112 

Social  Science:  AM  10.  PC101.  S015I 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  HE  prefix 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


82       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Major; 

Required  Courses: 

Consumer  Ec< mics  and  Family  Finance     .Ssh 

FN212               Nutrition  3sh 

Child  Development  :3sli 

HE220              Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers  W  l-.li 

HE224                Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3sh 

HE317               Infant  Development  ;Jsli 

HE426              Techniques  of  Parent  Education  3sh 

HE463                Family  and  the  Community  3sh 

Controlled  Electivesi  (one  track) 
Track  A:  Child  Development/Family  Relations 
HES21,  324,  118,  122,  124 

Track  1!:  Child  Development  (by  permission  only) 
HE321,  lis.  120,422 

Track  C:  Family  Relations  (by  permission  only) 
\\  -  124,493 

Other  Requirements: 
Outside  Courses: 


CM  101 
BI155 

EP202 

Free  Fleetives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements 


I"  I logy  for  Learning  and  Instruction        .'isli 

Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sli 

Educational  Psychology  3sh 


18-23 


124 


practice  within  the  professional  code  of  nursing  ethics,  to  function,  effectively 

as  a  member  ol  the  health  care  professions,  and  to  utilize  scientific  principles 
in  planning  and  implementing  health  care.  The  nursing  program  emphasizes 
concepts  in  health  promotion  and  maintenance  and  restoration  of  wellness 
for  people  of  all  ages. 

The  first  three  semesters  are  devoted  mainly  to  Liberal  Studies  and  science 
courses  considered  essential  to  the  nursing  major.  The  first  clinical  nursing 
courses  begin  in  the  fourth  semester.  Clinical  experiences  in  patient  can  are 
provided  in  acute  and  long-term  care  facilities  as  well  as  community  health 
agencies  throughout  the  last  five  semesters.  Detailed  information  is  available 
in  the  department  office  regarding  health  screening  requirements, 
professional  uniform  requirements,  liability  insurance  needs,  and 
transportation  requirements.  There  is  an  option  to  complete  the  program  in 
five  years. 

Registered  Nurse  students  are  enrolled  in  the  basic  baccalaureate  program  in 
nursing.  They  will  have  an  upper-division  major  in  Nursing  and  will  fulfill  all 
degree  requirements  set  by  the  university  and  the  Nursing  Department.  The 
Registered  Nurse  student  may  be  awarded  advanced  standing,  based  on 
prior  work  completed  at  an  accredited  college  or  university  and  on 
exemption  tests  in  nursing  at  a  given  point  in  the  curriculum. 

Bachelor  of  Science— Nursing 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-56 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217  (1) 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  PC  1 0 1 .  SO  1 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PY151/161,  PC310,  no 

courses  with  NU  prefix 


Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

James  F.  Byers,  Chairperson;  Billiard.  Gaylor,  McCollester, 
McPherson,  Sedwick;  and  professor  emeritus  Gates 

The  Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  offers  a  graduate  program 
within  the  College  of  1  Iealth  and  Human  Services  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Arts  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations.  The  42-seniester-hour 
program  consists  of  a  required  core  of  27  semester  hours,  including  an 
>  In  tive  thesis  and  elective  course  offerings  totaling  15  semester  hours. 
Internships  are  available  and  strongly  encouraged. 

The  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  program  is  multidisciplinary.  combining 
analytical  and  human  relations  skills  with  knowledge  drawn  from  social 
s<  i<  tic.es  and  business  disciplines.  The  degree  is  designed  to  prepare 
professional  industrial  and  labor  relations  practitioners  in  public  and  private 
management,  unions,  neutral  agencies,  government  agencies,  and  arbitration 
panels.  It  has  as  a  special  emphasis  labor  relations  in  the  public  sector. 
While  the  department  does  not  offer  coursework  leading  to  an 
undergraduate  major  or  degree,  it  does  offer  several  undergraduate  courses 
which  are  open  to  students  of  any  major  or  college. 


Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Professions 

Jodell  L.  Kuzneski,  Chairperson;  Barlow,  Beck,  Bellak,  Bouman,  Doas, 
Gerwick,  Hartman,  Holmes,  Labant,  Polansky,  Poorman,  Rossiter, 
Sadler,  Sctileinyer,  SheUenbarger,  Snyder,  Twal,  Walz,  Waszak, 
Zuraikat:  and  professors  emeritae  Blair,  Kresak,  Murray,  Smatlak, 
Thistlethwaite 

rhe  ( lollege  ol  Health  and  Human  Services  offers  a  curriculum  leading  to 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Nursing.  Students  are  admitted  to  the 
nursing  major  as  freshmen.  Upon  completion  of  the  program,  the  graduate  is 
prepared  to  write  the  examination  tin  licensure  as  a  Registered  Nurse  in 
Pennsyh  tnia  and  other  states.  The  program  is  hilly  accredited  by  the 
National  I  ,eague  fbi  Nursing  and  has  preliminary  approval  from  the 
( Commissi 11  ( lollegiate  Nursing  Education. 

The  nursing  curriculum  has  as  its  primary  goal  the  development  of 
competent  professional  nurses  who  are  liberally  educated,  clinically 
1  ompi  tent,  and  aware  of  their  social  responsibilities  as  members  of  the  health 
professions.  The  program  is  designed  to  provide  a  broad  background  in 

<li nation,  coupled  with  the  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  required 
loi  professional  nursing.  Additionally,  the  curriculum  prepares  the  nurse  to 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


Major: 

53 

Required  Courses: 

NU280 

Introduction  to  Nursing 

3sh 

NU285 

Introduction  to  Clinical 

3sh 

NU302 

Core  I 

2sh 

NU303 

Clinical  Laboratory  I 

5sh 

NU304 

Core  II 

2sh 

NU305 

Clinical  Laboratory  II 

5sh 

NU322 

Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  I 

3sh 

NU323 

Maintenance  and  Restoration 

of  Wellness  II 

3sh 

NU402 

Core  III 

2sh 

NU403 

Clinical  Laboratory  III 

5sh 

NU404 

Core  IV 

2sh 

NU405 

Clinical  Laboratory  IV 

5th 

NU422 

Maintenance  and  Restoration 
Wellness  III 

of 

3sh 

NU423 

Maintenance  and  Restoration  of 

Wellness  IV 

Ssh 

NU430 

Nursing  Research 

3sh 

NU480 

Seminar  in  Nursing  (2) 

4sh 

Other  Requirements: 

19 

Science  Sequence: 

BI105 

Cell  Biology 

3sh 

BI150 

Human  Anatomy 

Ssh 

BI151 

BI241 

Human  Physiology 
General  Microbiology 

4sh 
Ssh 

FN212 
PC321 

Nutrition 

Abnormal  Psychology 

Ssh 

3sh 

Free  Electives: 

0 

(#)Total  Degree  Requirements:  127-128 

(1)  The  Pennsylvania  State  Board  of  Nursing  requires  two  units  of  high 
school  mathematics  (one  of  which  is  algebra)  for  admission  to  the 
nursing  major. 

(2)  NU480  must  be  taken  four  semesters,  focusing  011  a  different  topic  each 
semester. 

(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES        H.l 


Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 


I    II. io,C 


Respiratory  Care 


Respirator)  therapist*  assist  physicians  in  tin  can  of  pi ts  who  have 

respirator)  system  problems  01  illnesses  thai  relate  i"  breathing   I  h(  ii 

ii.  Si. 1. 1  adminisl gaseous  drugs  and  i    - 1  titing  tin  i  ipi  utii 

procedures.  Ini  luded  are  tin  operal and  maintenanci  ofspei  ialized 

equipment. 

Tin  program  leads  to  the  Bachcloi  ol  Si  ience  ileum  in  Respirator  I  ari 
Presented  joind)  b>  II  P  and  die  Western  Pi  nnsylvania  I  lospital  in 

Pittsburgh,  the  progr offers  intensivi  il erica!  and  applied  knowledge  u< 

I In,,  highl)  skilled  graduates  who  an  prepared  to  enter  th(  profession  as 

therapists  01  instructors. 

I,,,,  I,  ,1,1,  nn,  years  of  university  studies,  followed  b)  twoacademii 
hospital  studies  and  clinical  practice,  consutute  the  program.  Students  musl 
earnaGPAol  !,25  in  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  courses  to  be 
considered  foi  admission  into  the  clinical  years  in  Respirator)  Care. 

I  [owever,  sini  t  admiss to  the  hospital  is  i  ompetitive,  II  IP  cannot 

guarantee  admission  into  the  hospital  program. 

Bachelor  of  Science— Respiratory  Care 

Liberal  Studios:  As  follows:  45-47 

Compositioni  EN101.202 

Humanities:  three  courses,  one  in  each  area 

(PI  IJ.V  recommended) 

I  nn  Aits:  ,iiu  ,  ourse 

Mathematical  MA105oi  higher  level 

fatund  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Sciences:  I'd  1 01 .  St  )1  SI, -Western  course 

Health  and  Wellness  ROTG  H&V\  ended 

I  ibi  mI  Studies  Elei  tives:  one  course,  UK/CO/ 
l\l  nil  recommended 
Synthesis)  not  required 
Writing  Intensive:  nut  required 

Major:  62 

Required  Courses!  (1)  (2) 


Kl  101  The  Profession  of  Respiratory  Ca 

RT32G  Respirator]  ( lare  <  llinii  al  Practice  I 

RT327  Pharmacolog) 

RTS28  Introduction  to  Respirator)  Care 

RT  129  Respiratory  ("are  Instrumentation 

RT330  Cardiopulmonar)  Resuscitation 

RT333  Respirator)  Care  Clinical  Practice  II 

RT334  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  and 

Application 

Nursing  Arts 

i  lardiopulmonar)  Evaluation  and  <  linii  al 

Correlation 

Introduction  to  Pulmonai)  rum  don 

Studies 

Clinical  Case  Studies 
Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  111 
Essentials  of  Eleitroc.uiliolooT 
Design  and  Function  ol  a  Respiratory 
( lare  Program 

Pulmonary  Function  Studies 
Pediatric  Respirator)  ( lare 
Respirator)  Care  Clinical  Practice  l\ 
Neonatal  Respiratory  Care 
Respiratory  Care  Teaching 
Methods  in  Critical  (  are 
Cardiopulmonar)  Rehabilitation 

Other  Requirements! 

Science  Courses: 

BI105  CellBiologj 

BI150  Human  Anatom) 

BI151  Human  Physiolog) 

BI241  General  Microbiolog) 

pY151  Medical  Physics  Lecture 

PY161  Medical  Physics  Lab 


RT33S 
RT336 

RT337 

RT426 
Kl  128 
RT429 

RT430 

RT431 
ii  l  133 
RTI.il 
RT436 
RT437 
RT438 


Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
2sh 
4sh 

4sh 
3sh 


lsh 
3sh 
5sh 
2sh 

2sh 

3sh 
lsh 
5sh 

3sh 

^sh 

2sh 

lsh 


3sh 
(sh 

4sh 

ish 

3sh 

lsh 


I  M  i  I  I,  .  lives:  II 

(H)'lni.il  Degree  Requirement*!  124-126(1) 

(I)   i  in., Lt 

credits  would  bi  126  i  10 
{!)   I:  I    100- and  400-level  courses  are  completed  at  YVcstci 

l  lospil  •!  in  Pittsburgli. 
(#)  See  ad  Ii"! K  <  lompli  tioi 

in  the  section  on  Require ts  for  Graduation. 


Medical  Technology 


Medii  .il  Ii '  I log)  '  m  ompasses  the  study  "I  analytic  al  and  diaj 

],,,,,  edures  used  in  i  linii  .il  laboratories  and  in  medii  al  n 

' '  i logists  perform  ,i  variet)  "I  laborator)  tests  upon  whii  h  tl 

depends  foi  ai  i  urati  diagnosis,  prognosis,  and  propi  i  in 

I ,  in    I  I,,  program  of  studies,  presented  jointly  h)  H  P 

in  lnis|Hi.ils.  prepares  the  simli  ni 
profession,  Upon  completion  of  the  four-yeai  pn 
Bachelor  of  Scienci  in  Medical  Hcchnology  is  granted.  Tin  progi 
prepares  tin  studenl  foi  graduati  and  professional  si  hools. 

II  Pmaintaini    hi  rm  affiliations  with  selected  hospital 

schools.  The  \  II  nil  Health  Professions  coordinator  provides  si 
counseling  and  maintains  .i  liaison  with  hospital  si  hools.  II 
admission  to  any  hospital  pi  titive  hasis.  II  I'  cannot 

guarantee  admission  into  an\  hospital  program. 

I  he  following  programs  maintain  pennant  nl  ,■. 

Ill':  Abington  Memorial  Hospital,  Abington;  Utoona  HospitaL  Altoona: 

( lonemaugh  Memorial  Medii  .il  ( lenter,  |ohnstown:  EDtins  I'ark  1 1 

I'.lkius  Park;  Lancastei  <  ieneral  I  loBpital,  Lancaster;  Latrobe  Area  Hospital, 

I be;  St.  Vincent  Health  Center,  Erie;  and  University  ol  Hartford.  Vtfest 

Hartford,  Connei  tii  ut,  •  iiher  temporary  afiiliations  Jie  negotiated  for  the 
,  onvenience  ol  the  student 

1  pietionol  academic  studies  .it  III'  and  ol  one  year  ofdinii 

qualifies  the  student  to  take  a  national  certification  examination.  Nil  i  essful 
results  mi  this  examination  lead  t"  i  ertification  .is  a  professionally  qualified 
medical  technologist. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Medical  Technology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows:  l"i- 17 

Composition:  EN  101.  202 

Humanities:  thru  courses     one  in  each  area  (PH222  recommended) 

Fine  Arts:  one  I  ourse 

Mathematics:  MAI  III  or  higher  level 

Natural  Science:  dill  11-1  I.' 

Social  Sciences:  three  courses 

Health  and  Wellness/ROTC:  H&W  recommended 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PY1  I  I 

Synthesis:  not  required 

Writing  Intensive:  one  required 

Major:  32 

Required  Courses:  ( 1 ) 

Ml"  19  I  Clinical  Mi,  rob 

MT495  Clinical  Chemistry  IOsh 

MT496  Clinical  Hematology/Coagulation 

al  Immunobemati  4sli 

MT498  Clinical  Immunology/Serology  2s.li 

Clinical  Seminar 


Other  Requirements:  Science  sequence 

Required  dourses: 

Bill]  Principles  of  Biology] 

BI250  Principles  of  Microbiology 

BI364  Immui 

CH231  Organic  Chemistrj  I 

CH232  Chemist!)  II 

Analytical  Methods 
t  1 1  ;',  I  Biochemistry 

PY121  PhysicsILab 

PYU2  122         Physics  U  l.eaure/Lab 


4sh 

lsh 

4sh 


NOIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999 


84       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Controlled  Elecrives: 

Two  courses  from  list: 

BI112,  120,  151,263,331,350,352,360,432,466,476        6sh 

Free  Electives:  6-10 

(#  (Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

(1)   These  courses  are  offered  by  our  affiliating  hospital-based  clinical 

programs.  These  areas  of  study  are  consistent  with  requirements  of  the 
National  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences.  All  six  of 
diese  areas  of  study  are  completed  during  the  final  twelve  months  of  the 
degree  program  at  one  of  the  affiliating  hospitals. 


Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Nuclear  Medicine  is  the  medical  specialty  that  utilizes  the  nuclear  properties 
of  radioactive  and  stable  nuclides  to  make  diagnostic  evaluations  of  the 
anatomic  or  physiologic  conditions  of  the  body  and  to  provide  dierapy  with 
unsealed  radioactive  sources.  A  nuclear  medicine  technologist's  skills 
complement  diose  of  the  nuclear  medicine  physician  and  other  allied  health 
professionals. 

The  nuclear  medicine  technologist  is  a  highly  trained  individual  who  has 
completed  an  approved  course  of  study  in  the  theory  of  nuclear  medicine 
technology.  This  allied  health  profession  utilizes  radioactive  materials  for  the 
diagnosis  of  various  pathological  disease  states  and  for  the  treatment  of  some 
specific  disorders.  The  American  College  of  Radiology,  American  Medical 
Association,  American  College  of  Medical  Technology,  American  Society  of 
Technologists,  Society  of  Nuclear  Medicine,  and  the  Society  of  Medicine- 
Technologist  Section  cooperate  to  establish,  maintain,  and  promote 
appropriate  standards  of  quality  for  educational  programs  in  nuclear 
medicine  technology. 

The  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nuclear  Medicine 
Technology  consists  of  diree  years  of  study  at  IUP  and  one  year  at  the 
University  of  Findlay/Nuclear  Medicine  Institute  in  Findlay,  Ohio.  Incoming 
students  must  maintain  a  GPA  of  2.25  in  the  natural  sciences  and 
madiematics  to  be  considered  for  admission  to  the  Nuclear  Medicine 
Institute.  Since  admission  to  the  Nuclear  Medicine  Institute  is  competitive, 
IUP  cannot  guarantee  admission  into  the  institute's  program. 

Bachelor  of  Science— Nuclear  Medicine  Technology  (@) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows:  54 

Composition:  EN  101,  202 

Humanities:  three  course,  one  in  each  area 

Fine  Arts:  one  course 

Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  higher  level 

Natural  Science:  CH101-102 

Social  Science:  PC10I,  SO  151,  non-western  and 

social  science  (AN1 10  recommended) 

Health  and  Wellness/ROTC:  HP143  or  FN143 

orMSlOl-102 

Liberal  Studies  Electives/Synthesis:  four  Liberal 

Studies  electives  or  three  Liberal  Studies  electives 

and  one  Synthesis  course 


Major: 

Required  Courses:  ( 1 ) 

NT427 

NT428 
NT429 
NT430 

NT431 
NT432 
NT433 
NT434 


32 


Nuclear  Scintigraphy 

3sh 

Radiation  Physics 

3sh 

Nuclear  Medicine  Instrumentation 

3sh 

Radiation  Biologv  and  Radiation 

Protection 

2sh 

In  Vivo/In  Vitro  Non-Imaging 

lsh 

Radiopharmaceuticals 

3sh 

Introduction  to  Tomographic  Imaging 

lsh 

Clinical  Nuclear  Medicine 

16sh (2) 

3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
lsh 
Ssh 
lsh 

3sh 


Other  Requirements: 
Science  Courses: 

BI 1 50  Human  Anatomy 

BI 151  Human  Physiology 

PV111  Physics  I  Lecture 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab 

PY112  Physics  II  Lecture 

PY122  Physics  II  Lab 

Required  course: 

EN310  Public  Speaking 

Free  Electives:  1 7. 20 

At  least  two  of  the  selected  courses  must  be  Writing  Intensive. 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(@)  This  program  is  being  revised  and  will  change  in  the  near  future. 

(1)  These  courses  are  offered  at  the  University  of  Findlay/Nuclear  Medicine 
Institute.  Findlay,  Ohio.  These  areas  of  study  are  consistent  with 
requirements  of  die  Committee  for  Allied  Health  Education 
Accreditation.  All  eight  of  these  areas  of  study  are  completed  during  the 
final  twelve  months  of  the  degree  program. 

(2)  NT434  is  only  offered  on  a  pass/fail  basis. 


Gerontology  Certificate  Program 

The  Gerontology  Certificate  program  provides  an  interdisciplinary  approach 
to  the  systematic  study  of  the  aging  and  is  designed  to  be  combined  with  any 
undergraduate  major  at  IUP.  The  2 1  -semester-hour  program  entails  diree 
core  courses,  three  elective  courses,  and  an  internship  that  will  provide 
experiential  learning  in  an  agency  or  program  serving  older  adults.  Many 
courses  fulfill  die  requirements  for  the  Liberal  Studies  program.  Applications 
are  available  at  244  Johnson  Hall.  For  information,  call  724-357-7647. 

Gerontology  Certificate  Program 

Core  Courses:  9 

HP350  Health  Aspects  of  Aging  3sh 

PC312  Adult  Development  and  Aging  3sh 

S0357  Sociology  of  Aging  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  9 

AN340,AN444,CS315,GN281,GN481,GN482,HE324, 
HP413.  MG300,  MG311,  PC376,  PC378,  PH400,  PH405. 
RH312,  SA380,  S0336,  S0342.  S0345 

Other  Requirements:  3 

Internship  (GN493  or  internship  in  student's  major)  3sh 

Total  Requirements:  21 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES        H5 


Department  of  Safety  Sciences 

l. |.Ferguaon,Chalrperaoiul  togler,  Joseph,  McOosky,  Reed, 

Rhodes,  Rivera,  Rodrigues 


I  |„  dtp, , Ren  ili.  Bbi  hel I  Science  degree  in  Safety  Si  ii  no  I 

,,,,1,   pei  ialii ■ pational  safet)  and  health  .'I  'In  program  in  Safety 

Sciences  pn  pares  tin  studenl  foi  professional,  administrativi    mana| 

rvisorj  po« sin  industry,  manufai  Curing,  insun 

jporl ility,  government,  construction  tradi  servici  industries,  and 

othi  n   il ins  a  need  in  Pennsylvania  and  the  m n  foi  univi  rsit) 

itional  safet)  I  health  professionals.  The  curriculum 

includes  a  majoi  "I  M  semestei  hours  in  Safer)  Sciences  and  an  additional 
.   emester  hours  in  related  professional  courses,  \variqt)  of  elective 

,  available  in  botli  thi  majoi  and  pii.lrsMnii.il  fields  thai  enable 

stn.lt  mis  i,.  strengthen  tlieii  primar)  interest  areas. 


Minor— Safety  Sciences  18 

Required  <  lounen 

S  \  mi  Inn. 1. 1. 1 H  to  •>"  upational 

..ml  Health 
SA111  Prim  ipli    ..i  I...!.,  trial  Safi  t)  I  Seh 

SA301  Health  Hazard  Identification  t-h 

(  ontrolled  Electivesi 

I  in. ,  s  \  i  oum  i  approved  by  departmenl  i  bairperaon         Dab 


Bachelor  of  Science— Safety  Sciences(*) 

I  [bend  Stuclif.:  Vs  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  ii"  following  spei  ifi<  ations: 

Mathematical  \l  V123 

Natural  Science!  CH 101  and  1(12 

Social  Science!  PC101,SO151, -western 

,  llllHK    ii  i, .nun.  li.l.  .1 

Liberal  Studies  Electivesi  EC122,  MA217,and  BE/CO/ 

l\l  mi .  no  .  oursi  with  SA  prefix 

Majon 

Required  Courses! 

S A  nil  Introduction  to  ( Iccupational  Safety 

and  Health 
SA111                   Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I 
SA  J 10  Envir lental  Safety  and  Health 

Regulations 
SA21  I  I'..",  iplesol  Industrial  Safet)  II 

SA301  Health  Hazard  Identification 

SA  103  Control  of  Health  Hazards 

SA311  Industrial  Fire  Protection 

SAS45  Systems  Safer;  Analysis 

SA347  Ergi cs 

S  \  m  J  Health  Hazard  Evaluation 

SA412  Evaluation  ofSafety  Program  Efiei  riveness 

SA488  |93         Safet)  Internsliip 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Science  and  Mathematics: 

lill,r).r>  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy 

l'Ylll  Physics  I  Lecture 

PY112  Physics  II  Lecture 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab 

Physics  II  Lab 
Professional  Courses: 
\  I '  121  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications 
MG31 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations 

I  In.  i  professional  courses  approved  by  student's  adi  isoi 

Free  Electives:  3 

Inial  Degree  Requirements:  126-127 

(*)  This  program  is  being  revised  and  will  change  in  the  neai  future. 


Ssh 
3sh 

Ssh 
4sh 
Ssh 
Ssh 
3sh 
Ssh 
Ssh 
3sh 

Isl, 

6sh 


4sh 
3sh 

isl, 

Ish 
lsh 


Ssh 
Ssh 
9sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


86       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


Brenda  L.  Carter,  Dean 

Alphonse  N.  Novels,  Associate  Dean 

Yaw  A.  Asamoah,  Interim  Associate  Dean 


The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  provides  a  liberal  education 
as  an  essential  foundation  for  the  student's  preparation  for  a  satisfying  career. 
The  college  maintains  an  emphasis  on  the  fundamental  understanding  of  our 
cultural  heritage,  combined  with  development  of  a  thorough  background  of 
knowledge  in  the  student's  specific  area  of  interest.  It  seeks  to  promote  in 
students  critical  and  objective  thinking,  analytical  skill,  and  a  keen  awareness 
ol  their  responsibilities  to  society. 


Degrees 


College  Majors 


Anthropology 

Criminology 

Economics 

English 

Foreign  Languages  and  International  Trade 

French 

Geography 

German 

Government  and  Public  Service 

History 

International  Studies 

Journalism 

Philosophy 

Political  Science 

Regional  Planning 

Religious  Studies 

Sot  tolog] 
Spanish 


The  departments  of  Anthropology,  Criminology,  Economics,  English. 
French,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning.  German.  History.Journalism. 
Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies,  Political  Science.  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages,  and  Sociology  offer  work  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 
The  Bachelor  of  Science  is  offered  in  Regional  Planning.  Master  of  Arts  or 
Master  of  Science  degrees  are  offered  by  Criminology,  English.  Geography 
and  Regional  Planning,  History.  Political  Science,  and  Sociology.  The 
English  and  Criminology  departments  oiler  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree.  Information  about  these  graduate  programs  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Graduate  School. 


Degree  Requirements 


In  addition  to  die  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  all  students 
seeking  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  as  established  by  die 
department  through  which  they  wish  to  specialize.  Statements  of  these 
requirements,  and  the  requirements  for  those  minoring  in  a  specific  field, 
appear  in  the  department  sections  that  follow.  A  double  major  or  minor  may 
encompass  a  discipline  outside  as  well  as  within  the  college  but  should  be 
selected  only  with  advisor  approval.  As  a  general  principle,  there  is 
considerable  latitude  in  course  choice  for  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
majors.  The  intermediate-level  foreign  language  requirement  (a  description 
follows)  applies  without  exception  to  all  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
four-year  degree  programs. 

College  Foreign  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  colleges  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  and 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  must  demonstrate  an  intermediate  level  of 
foreign  language  proficiency  as  a  college  requirement  for  graduation.  They 
may  choose  any  of  the  languages  offered,  including  self-instruction  in  the 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       HI 


C I  i ..,,, di  i  ribcd  below.  Intel liati  level  I gn  la 

,,„„.,,  s  |n  i  .,,„.  |,  <„  rman  Larin,and  Spanish  will  also  count  as  Liberal 

foi  students  with  prei i  foreign  language  instrucl i 

individual  plai to  foreign  languag rsesma)  bi  done  during 

pli nl  U  i and  registration  | to  thi  Brsl  semestei  al  II  P. Students 

,,    1 11  .1 urates  competence  equivale he 

|i  ,,  I,  m  i sidered  to  have  fulfilled  di<  foreign  language 

,,,   Students  with  no  previous  fori  ign  lai  i  tnd  will 

level 11  v  whii  h  ma)  be  counted  as  frei  electives  in  Uu  total 

i,  quired  foi  graduation. 

ign  itud gisti  n  d  as  such  al  II  P,  whox  acquired  native 

.,..,,  ,i  i  ,   nthi  i  ilii"  i  nglisli  and  whode strates  an  aci  i  ptabli 

...  i, n  i  n  li  ill,  is  i  vi  mpl  I In  I gn  I  inguagi  n  q I  il 

thi  .i.  partmenl  ol  die  student's  majoi  doi  s  nol  requin  a  spei  ifii  I gn 

Critical  Language  Program 

I  Languagi  Progn s  a  s<  II  instructional  tutorial  approach  to 

less commonl)  taughl  foreign  languagi  s.  Students  unci  withatutoi  diree 
hours  pel  week  in  addition  to  practicing  with  audio  cassettes.  Most  tutors  an 
native  speakers  ofthi  languagi   Professional  teachers  "I  the  spi  i  ifii  lan| 
ma)  be  broughl  in  from  other  universities  to  evaluate  student  pi  rformam  i 
The  final  grade  is  based  on  final  examination  as  well  as  on  performam  i 
during  the  tutorial  sessions.  Interested  students  must  contai  i  the  i  oordinator 
riatral I  ai  h  i  ourse  carries  three  semestei  hours  "I  i  redit. 

i  1 1,  following  languages  ma)  be  available  foi  study:  Arabic,  Chinese,  Dutch, 
Modern  Greek,  Modern  Hebrew,  Hindi,  Hungarian.  Italian.  |apanese, 
Korean,  Portuguesi .  Russian,  and  Turkish. 

Foreign  Study  Programs 

College  majors  m.i\  be  interested  in  die  various  Foreign  Stuck  Programs  and 

Tours  offered.  Credits  obtained  tli gh  such  arrangements  normall)  are 

applicable  toward  a  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  degree.  Vlsool  interest 
are  die  college's  ( redit-awarding  programs  at  Valladolid  (Spain),  Duisburg 
(( iermarrj ).  and  Nancj  (France),  as  well  as  the  Summei  Study  in  Mexico 

i  l  ..i  1 1  u  ilu  i  information,  contact  the  chaii  of  the  appropriate 
language  department. 

11  1'  at  Valladolid!  Through  the  Spanish  and  <  llassical  Languages 
Department,  the  university  has  offered  a  spring  semester  of  study  at  the 

I  Iniversit)  ol  Valladolid.  Spain,  for  more  than  thirty-five  years.  The 
participants  live  in  private  homes.  Foi  details  and  brtx  limes,  contact  the 
Spanish  and  ( llassical  Languages  Department. 

II  I'  ai  liuisburg:  II' I'  lias  a  stud)  abroad  program  at  the  Universit)  "I 
Duisburg,  Wesi  Germany.  The  program  is  open  to <  lerman  maims  and  other 

nts  having  specific  interesl  in  a  foreign  stud)  experience,  Students  must 
registei  for  FL100  and  paj  a  foreign  exchange  fee  for  each  semester  in  the 
program,  Foi  furtliei  information,  contact  the  German  Department. 

Ill'  ai  Nancyi  HT  lias  established  a  study  program  with  the  University  of 

Partii  ipants  in  the  Nancy  program  must  pay  a  foreign 
exchange  fee  foi  each  semestei  in  the  program.  Foi  details,  contact  the 
French  Department. 

Il'Pat  Mexico  Summer  Program:  The  Spanish  and  Classic  ,il  I  auiuiain.  s 
Department  sponsors  a  program  of  study  in  Spanish  language  in  Mexico. 
The  program  is  located  at  Cuernavaca,  and  die  cost  of  the  program  includes 
transportation,  complete  mom  and  heard,  insurance,  and  tuition.  The 
student  may  earn  up  to  six  hours  of  undergraduate  oi  graduate  credit. 
Internship  opportunities  are  available  for  students  with  fluency  in  Spanish. 
For  details  and  brochures,  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Lan| 
Department. 

II  r  at  Costa  Rica  Summer  Program:  The  Department  ol  Spanish  and 
Classic  ,,|  Languages  has  also  established  a  four-week  stud)  program  at  the 
National  I  niversit)  ol  Costa  Rica,  located  in  IK  He  ha.  Participants  five  with 
<  osta  Rican  families  and  take  classes  at  the  university.  This  progi 
intended  foi  students  who  are  going  abroad  for  the  first  time,  ami  preri 
is  given  to  beginning  students.  Participants  earn  lour  transfei  credits  in 
Spanish  from  the  I  NA.  Foi  details  and  brochures, contact  the  Spanish  and 
Classical  Languages  Department 


Pre-Law  Track 


I  l,,  i  olli  gi  ol  I  lum  mil i  Soi  ■  thai 

tin  -.in.l.  nt  l.,i  applii  ation  to  ■  in  the 

following  So.  nl  s,  I.  in  .  s.  1 1, mi. nun.  s.  and  Business  departrni 

Ci m  i  lish,  History,  Philosoph 

All  ti.i.  ■ 

foi  law  school. 

U)  devi  loped 

ml.  i.Iim  i]  i|  Indents  should 

COnSull  1 1  ii   pie  -law  achlsoi  in  1 1 Iiajol  d.  pat  lluelit. 


Internship  Programs 


I  lum. Hutu  s  and  Soi  nil  s.  i.  hi  is  departments  have  extensive  internship 
programs  which  allow  students  toi  rviaed  off-campus  work 

expi  rience  for  credit.  II  P  students  have  worked  in  Harrisburj 

lators,  with  the  Governor's  Justice  <  ...m  mission  and  the  Local 
Government  Commission,  and  with  thi  Invi  stigations  Division,  Penniytvania 
I),  partmi  nl  ofjustii  e.  <  Ithers  have  worked  at  correctional  institutions  in 
Pittsburgh,  <  Ireensburg,  and  Warrendali .  as  pi  1 1  group  counselors  on  the 

1 1 1  ainpus.  as  assistants  t..  tin  Pennsylvania  state  Republican  i  hair] 

as  on-site  guides  al  the  I  nited  .Nations.  .,s  workers  on  an  Israeli  kibbutz,  and 
as  student  aides  for  thi  Department  of  Education  in  Puerto  Rico.  <  ithcr 
students  have  worked  in  the  Pittsburgh  federal  probation  office 

students  have  worked  with  majoi  political  parties  and  candidates  jt  the-  loral 

and  state  levels.  It  the  count)  level,  the)  have  been  attai  hed  to  the  offii 

tin  county  planner,  the  < non  Pleas  ( lourt,  the  i  oroner,  the  in 

i  omimssioii.  is.  and  the  borough  manager.  Students  have  also  worked  in  die 
Washington  offii  es  ol  Pennsylvania  i  ongressmen  and  in  man)  federal  and 
iiiternation.il  organizations  in  Washington  as  well.  Opportunities  tor 
internships  in  other  countries  also  exist.  For  mote  information  aboul  - 

hip  programs,  students  should  consult  with  the  chair  ol  the 
department  in  winch  the  student  is  majoring. 


Pan-African  Studies  Minor 


The  Pan-African  Studies  minoi  is  a  multidiscipunary  program  that  brings 
together  courses  foi  using  on  the  vitality  and  accomplishments  ofpre-colonial 

Aim  an  soi  ie  in  s.  the  cultural  and  racial  heritages  ol  people  ol  African 
descent  in  relationship  to  western  societies,  and  aspects  ol  modern-day 
African  cultures.  The  clustei  of  courses  included  in  diis  program  represents 
a  broad,  diverse  look  al  the  diaspora  of  people  ..I  Aim  an 
The  minoi  helps  II  P  students  to  enrich  their  eross-e. ulturaJ  studies:  to 
heighten  then  awareness  of,  and  sensitivit)  to,  cultural  diversity;  and  to 

expand  then  knowledge  of  world  contributions  of  persons  ol  African 
heritage.  A  Pan-  Mm  an  studies  minor  is  thus  valuable  in  an  increasingly 
diverse  soi  iet)  and  attrat  rive  to  employers  and  graduate  schools  alike. 


Minor — Pan-African  Studies 


18 


3sh 


Isfa 


12(1) 


Required  (anuses: 

AF131  fntrodui  tion  to  Pan-  Mucin  Studies 

III  lo'i  History  of  Black  America  Since 

Emancipation 

Kleitives:  I  inn  courses  from  the  following  list: 

UF281                Special  Topics  in  Pan-African  Studies  Ssh 
AF4S1                         al  Topics  in  Pan-African  Studies 

\Kls_'               Independent  Study  3sh 

VN/S0271         Cultural  Area  Study:  Africa  3sh 
CM380               Tlie  History  of  African  Americans  in  Film     3sh 

inie  Development  I  3sh 

EN348               African-American  Literature  3sh 

GE255                          iph)  ol  Vfrica  Ssh 

H1355                African  History  I:  Antiquity  to  1600  3sh 

HI356               African  History  II:  1600  to  Present  3sh 

H1366               African-American  Women  Ssh 

PS382                Political  Systems:  Africa  3sh 

\lm  an  Religions  3sh 

(1)    With  the  program  coordinator's  approval,  three  credits  of  an  internship 
may  he  counted  towards  tile  Pan-African  studies  minor. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG 


88       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Department  of  Anthropology 

Phillip  O.  Neusius,  Chairperson;  Chaiken,  Conelly,  Garcia, 
Kruckman,  S.  Neusius;  and  professors  emeriti  Lanham,  Olin-Fahle 


The  Anthropology  Department  promotes  awareness  of  anthropological 

knowledge  and  mediods  and  seeks  to  further  the  discipline  and  its 
applications  to  the  problems  of  die  contemporary  world.  Through  teaching, 
research,  and  involvement  in  campus  and  community  events  and  programs, 
die  anthropology  faculty  members  contribute  to  die  liberal  education  of  IUP 
students.  The  anthropology  major  itselt  equips  students  with  knowledge  and 
skills  needed  for  full  participation  in  the  global  environment  of  die  twenty- 
first  century. 

Andiropology  emphasizes  the  study  of  human  biological  and  cultural 
diversity  widiin  its  four  subfields:  sociocultural  anthropology,  biological 
anthropology,  linguistics,  and  archaeology.  All  students  receive  a  solid 
foundation  in  the  discipline  of  anthropology  and  tailor  dieir  major  to  specific 
interests  by  following  one  of  the  three  tracks. 

The  General  Anthropology  track  continues  the  student's  educadon  in  all  of 
the  subfields  of  anthropology,  preparing  the  student  for  a  graduate  education 
in  anthropology  or  in  one  of  many  related  fields.  The  general  track  also 
provides  a  solid  base  for  interdisciplinary  study  with  a  number  of  odier  fields 
including  biology,  philosophy,  political  science,  psychology,  religious  studies, 
sociology,  and  Spanish. 

The  Archaeology  track  provides  an  emphasis  on  the  study  of  culture  through 
the  material  remains  of  human  behavior.  This  track  provides  training  for 
careers  in  die  growing  fields  of  cultural  resource  management  and  historic 
preservation,  with  opportunities  for  employment  in  bodi  government  and  the 
private  sector.  A  wide  variety  of  internship  opportunides  provide  hands-on 
training  in  these  areas. 

The  Applied  Anthropology  track  provides  students  widi  a  background  in 
anthropological  method  and  theory,  a  cross-cultural  perspective,  and  an 
avenue  to  translate  diis  knowledge  into  action  through  internships  and 
research.  Examples  of  career  opportunities  include  program  design, 
implementation,  and  evaluation;  policy  analysis  and  administrative  and 
managerial  development;  assessment  of  current  and  future  human  needs;  and 
creation  of  strategies  for  social  intervention  and  advocacy.  In  consultation 
widi  an  advisor,  each  student  will  develop  his  or  her  own  curriculum  in  order 
to  build  expertise  in  a  specific  topical  area. 

The  department  also  offers  preparation  for  teaching  social  studies  with  a 
concentration  in  andiropology.  This  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  degree.  Widi  its  emphasis  on  cross-cultural  comparisons,  die 
realities  of  contemporary  global  cultures,  and  cultural  resource  management, 
anthropology  provides  a  solid  foundation  for  teaching  social  science  at  the 
secondary  level.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor  in  andiropology. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — General  Anthropology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-54 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA2 1 7 

Social  Science:  SO  151  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM101 

(recommended),  no  courses  with  AN  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  33 

Required  Courses: 

AN211  Cultural  Anthropology 

AN222  Biological  Anthropology 

AN233  Language  and  Culture 

AN244  Basic  Archaeology 

AN456'  Field  Research  Methods 


Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


0 

37-38 


Controlled  Electives: 

One  dieory  course: 

AN480  or  S0447  (2) 

Three  courses  in  Topical  Area  Ethnography  such  as: 

AN271, 272, 273,274,314 

Two  additional  AN  electives  (300  or  400  level) 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
9sh 
fish 


124 

hided  in  Liberal  Studies 


(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be 
electives. 

(2)  S0447  may  be  taken  only  with  approval  of  the  advisor, 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Anthropology/Archaeology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  GS121/122-131/132  (recommended) 

Social  Science:  S0151  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM101  (recommended), 

no  courses  widi  AN  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major:  36 

Required  Courses: 

AN211  Cultural  Andiropology  3sh 

AN222  Biological  Anthropology  3sh 

AN233  Language  and  Culture  3sh 

AN244  Basic  Archaeology  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 
Three  methods  courses: 

AN3 1 7  Archaeological  Research  Design  and 

Analysis  3sh 

AN320  Archaeological  Field  School  6sh  (2) 

AN4 1 5  Cultural  Resource  Management  3sh 

One  dieory  course:  AN480  or  S0447  3sh  (3) 

Two  area  courses,  one  in  archaeology  and  one  in 
edinography,  such  as:  6sh 

AN213  or  315  and  AN314  or  AN271/272/273/274 
One  topical  course  such  as:  AN401  or  420  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  (4)  37-38 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  For  approval  by  advisor,  an  equivalent  field  school  of  another  university 
must  have  a  lab  component. 

(3)  S0447  may  be  taken  only  with  approval  of  the  advisor. 

(4)  A  minor  in  Geoscience,  Geography,  History,  or  odier  approved  field  is 
recommended.  An  internship  (AN493)  also  is  recommended.  Your 
advisor  should  be  consulted. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Anthropology/Applied  Anthropology 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Science:  SOI 51  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM 1 0 1 ,  no 

courses  with  AN  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

AN2 1 1  Cultural  Anthropology 

AN222  Biological  Andiropology 

AN233  Language  and  Culture 

AN244  Basic  Archaeology 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       89 


Controlled  Elective* 

Two  methods  i res:  AN  160   156 

One  theory re:  AN480oi  SO  1 47  (2) 

On ieiAN314orAN271/272/273/274 

TWoaddil J  IN  electives  (  I >i  WOIevd) 

Internship  in  Anthropol | 

Other  Requirement!)  (recommended) 

|.;N'i22  [1 1  Iiiiic.iI  Writing 

30231  Contem] ryS I  Problems 

90437  Compute!  Use  in  So<  iology 

in ,  Elecdvcii 

Ibul  Degree  Requirements: 


6sh 

(si, 

Ish 
6sh 
6sh 


121 


(1)  Intermediate-level  hut-inn  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 

idies  <!i<  lives. 

(2)  S0447  may  be  taken  only  with  permission  "I  the  advisor, 

(3)  Internship  is  highly  "' ""  tded  I ay  bi  n  plai  i  d  by  6sh  ol 

pragmatii  skill  courses  upon  approval  of  advisor, 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Social  Sciences 
Education/Anthropology  Concentration  (*) 

Liberal  Studies!  As lined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

h  ith  ili,  following  spe<  ifii  ations: 
Social  Science!  AN21  l,EC121,PC101 
I  ibcral  Studies  Electivesi  E<  1122,  ( 1E2S0,  no 
courses  with  \N  prefix 


<  lollegei 

Profi  vmiiii.iI  Education  Sequence: 


(  \t  101 

Technology  leu  Learning  and  Instruction 

3sh 

ED242 

Pre-studenl  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  1 

lsh 

M" 

Pre-studenl  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II 

lsh 

Kill  11 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

ED442 

School  Law' 

lsh 

leaching  of  Social  Science  in  Secondary 

Schools 

3sh 

EP202 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

Educational  Tesis  and  Measurements 

3sh 

EX301 

Education  ol  Students  with  Disabilities 

in  Inclusive  Secondary  Settings 

2sh 

FE202 

American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice 

Ssh 

Major: 

Required  Ai 

ithropology  Courses: 

AN2I1 

Cultural  Anthropology 

*sh(l) 

VN22S 

Biological  Anthropology 

3sh 

Language  and  Culture 

3sh 

W'li 

Basic  Archaeology 

Ssh 

[wo  area  ethnography  courses: 

AN271,272,273,or314 

Two  additional  Anthropology  i  ourses  numbered  300 

or  above 

History  Distributional  Requirements: 

An)  two  I  listorv  courses  which  focus  on  the  U.S. 

\m  Non-Western  or  World  History  course 

Required  Social  Science  Distribution: 

PS280o 

GE104,252,255,256,or257 


6sh 


6sh 
Ssh 


3sh 
Ssh 


Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  (2)  1-6 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 24 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  diis  catalog. 

(1)  Courses  counted  toward  Liberal  Studies  credits  do  not  receive  duplicate 
i  lolit  in  major. 

(2)  II  a  course  is  chosen  for  a  Social  Sciences  major,  it  may  also  fulfill  a 
Libera]  Studies  elective  and  permit  additional  free  electives. 


Minor-Anthropology 

Kcqilin  (I  f  imiisi  : 

\Nlln  Contemporary  Anthropology 

( lontroDed  Electivesi 

Fbui  additional  i  ourses  in  Anthropology 


15 


Jsh 

I2sl, 


3( _.,r)  Department  of  Criminology 


Dennis  M.  Clever,  Interim  Chairperson:  Austin,  t  laus.  t.ihhs.  Coin. 
Ilaor.ilian,  Martin.  McCaulcy.  McNabb.  Mcrlo.  Mul(  Inn.  k.  Myc  rs. 
Scottg  Smilli.  |.  I hninas.  \\ 'ikon,  Zimmerman;  and  professor  cim  rilus 
Moyer 

Tlie  Department  ,,l  <  Iriminolog)  oners  students  seeking  i  areas  in 
criminology  a  broad  liberal  art.s  edui  ation  supported  by  j  professional 
i  dui  ation  program,  I  I"  di  gra  ofiered  is  the  Bai  heloi  ..I  Arts  with  a  major 
in  Criminology;  students  may  also  minoi  in  Criminology.  Through  die 
Graduate  S,  hool  the  departmenl  oilers  graduate  work  at  the  master's  and 
doi  t'U.il  level. 

The  program  in  Criminology  has  a  five-fold  objective: 

1.  The  education  of  students  foi  il  and  leadership  in  the 
expanding  field  ol  criminology  and  criminal  justice 

2.  Tin  i  clue  ation  ol  presently  employed  c  nminal  justice  personnel  who 
recognize  a  need  lor  furthering  their  edu<  ation 

3.  The  instruction  of  students  who  wish  to  acquire  an  understanding  of 
die  processes  of  criminal  justice  as  a  cultural  part  of  their  higher 
education 

4.  The  instruction  of  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  graduate  study 
and/or  research  in  criminology 

5.  A  curriculum  that  provides  an  excellent  foundation  for  students 
preparing  for  a  career  in  law 

Nearly  every  level  of  government  offers  opportunities  for  professional  careers 
in  criminology.  Employment  opportunities  normally  exist  in  more  than  fifty- 
federal  agencies,  including  die  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation.  U.S.  Secret 
Service;  U.S.  Postal  Inspectors;  Drug  Enforcement  Agency;  Bureau  of 
Alcohol,  Tobacco,  and  Firearms;  National  Security  Agency;  I  l.S.  Marshals; 
the  Internal  Revenue  Service:  and  military  investigative  branches.  Graduates 
will  find  employment  in  local  and  state  law  enforcement,  probation,  parole, 
and  the  custody  and  treatment  of  adult  and  youthful  offenders.  There  is  also 
a  wide  variety  of  opportunities  in  the  expanding  fields  of  private. 
commercial,  and  industrial  security.  In  addition,  mam  governmental  agencies 
have  specialized  units  dealing  widi  juveniles,  community  relations,  training, 
education,  and  research. 

Career  opportunities  are  available  also  in  research  and  teaching  at  the  college 
and  university  levels  and  in  research  divisions  of  various  agencies. 

Students  who  wish  to  change  their  major  or  minor  to  Criminology  or 
Criniinology/Pre-Law  track  must  have  an  overall  GPA  of 2.5  to  declare  the 
major  or  minor  and  to  be  accepted  formally  by  the  department. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Criminology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  see  don  53-55 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  CR  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major:  56 

Required  Courses: 


CR102  Survey  ol  Criminology 

CR210  Criminal  Law 

CR300  Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice 

Organizations 

CR306  Criminological  Research  Mediods 

CR400  Theoretical  Criminology 

CR401  Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CR4 1  b.  45 1 .  471).  49 1 

Five  additional  Criminology  courses 


ish 

3sh 

Ssh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

Ssh 
I5sh(2) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


90       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Free  Electives:  (3)  27-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CR493  may  be  applied  to  36sh  minimum  in  major. 
(1)   Students  selecting  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside  the 

College  of  Humanities  anil  Social  Sciences  without  special  approval. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Criminology/Pre-Law  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  CR  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


Survey  of  Criminology 

Criminal  Law 

Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  justice 

Organizations 

Criminological  Research  Methods 

Theoretical  Criminology 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology 


CR102 
CR210 
CR300 

CR'306 
CR400 
CR401 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CR4 1 6,  45 1 ,  470, 49 1 
Five  additional  Criminology  courses 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
15sh(2) 


Other  Requirements:  Pre-lavv  interdisciplinary  track  15-21 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  AG20I,  AG202,  BL235 

Economics:  EC121,  122,332 

English:  EN212, 220, 310 

History:  HI320, 321, 346 

Philosophy:  PH101,  222,  450 

Political  Science:  PS358,359,361 

Free  Electives:  (3)  6-20 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CR493  may  be  applied  to  36sh  minimum  in  major. 

(3)  Students  selecting  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  without  special  approval. 


Minor-Criminology  (1 )  18 

Required  Courses: 

CR102 
CR210 
CR300 

CR306 
CR400 

CR401 

(1)    Must  have  formal  criminology  department  approval  to  be  admitted  to 
minor  in  Criminology. 


Department  of  Economics 

Nicholas  Karatjas,  Chairperson;  Asamoah,  Brewer,  Cross,  Dyal, 
Jozefowicz,  Martel,  Radakovic,  Radell,  Stonebraker:  and  professor 
emeritus  Walker 


Survey  of  Criminology 

3sh 

Criminal  Law 

3sh 

Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice 

Organizations 

3sh 

Criminological  Research  Methods 

3sh 

Theoretical  Criminology' 

3sh 

Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology 

3sh 

Indeed,  many  students  completing  an  undergraduate  major  in  Economics  do 
not  pursue  careers  as  professional  economists:  they  enter  such  fields  as  law, 
management,  finance,  and  labor  relations.  By  helping  to  develop  a  student's 
ability  to  think  and  communicate,  economics  provides  a  linn  foundation 
upon  which  the  student  can  build  any  one  of  a  large  number  of  possible 
careers. 

Four  different  degree  programs  are  available:  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Economics  that  prepares  students  for  immediate  employment  or  graduate 
school:  Bachelor  ol  Arts  in  Economics/Pre-Law  track  for  students  who  wish 
to  attend  law  school:  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Economics/Mathematics 
combining  courses  in  both  areas  to  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  in 
economics  as  well  as  possible  immediate  employment;  and  die  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  that  prepares  students  to  teach  economics  and  other 
social  sciences  in  secondary  schools. 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  concentrations  in  seven  areas  of 
Economics.  The  concentrations  are  designed  to  equip  students  with  the 
education  and  skills  that  will  help  to  enable  them  to  obtain  a  position  in 
government  or  private  business  upon  completion  of  the  undergraduate 
program.  The  concentrations  available  at  present  are 

—  Competition  and  Public  Policy 

—  Economics  of  Government  Affairs 

—  International  Economics 

—  Labor  Economics 

—  Managerial  Economics 

—  Monetary  Economics 

—  Quantitative  Economics 

Detailed  information  regarding  these  concentrations  may  be  obtained  from 
the  department  chairperson.  Concentrations  are  not  restricted  to  Economics 
majors. 

Either  EC  101  or  EC121  will  count  as  a  Liberal  Studies  social  science 
course.  However,  EC101  is  intended  for  students  who  will  take  only  one 
course  in  the  field.  Students  who  anticipate  taking  more  than  one  economics 
course  should  schedule  EC121.  EC  101  will  not  count  toward  either  a  major 
or  minor  in  economics  and  may  not  be  taken  after  the  successful  completion 
of,  or  in  concurrent  registrations  with,  any  other  economics  course. 

Economics  majors  are  encouraged  to  minor  in  one  of  die  other  Social 
Sciences,  in  Business,  or  in  Mathematics. 

The  Department  of  Economics  houses  the  Center  for  Economic  Education. 
The  center  is  a  nonprofit,  nonpartisan  organization  affiliated  with  both  the 
Pennsylvania  Partnership  for  Economic  Education  and  the  National  Council 
on  Economic  Education.  Its  mission  is  to  upgrade  the  quality  ot  economic 
education  in  kindergarten  through  twelfth  grade.  The  center  performs  the 
following  functions:  teacher  training,  consulting  services,  research,  materials 
development,  and  programs  in  economic  education  for  adults.  Drs.  Yaw 
Asamoah  and  Arthur  H.  Martel  are  the  co-directors  of  the  center. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 

Mathematics:  MA  1 1 0  or  1 2 1  ( 1 ) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  EC  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 


Major: 

Required 

Courses: 

EC121 

Principles  of  Economics  I 

*sh 

EC  122 

Principles  of  Economics  II 

3sh 

EC355 

Statistics  for  Economists 

3sh  (3) 

EC421 

Macroeconomic  Analysis 

3sh 

EC422 

Microeconomic  Analysis 

3sh 

MA121 

Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural. 

and  Social  Sciences 

*sh  (1) 

Controlled  Electives: 

Four  other  EC  courses 


12sh(4) 


Economics  provides  a  background  and  educational  base  that  open  a  broad 
range  of  professional,  educational,  and  vocational  opportunities.  As  part  of  a 
Humanities  and  Social  Science  degree,  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Economics 
pro>  ides  a  liberal  education  as  well  as  professional  and  technical  training. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        ')  i 


Free  Electivesi  3I''47 

Total  Degree  Requlrementai  '24 

(i)   MAIM I  ma)  I"  substituted  foi  MA121. 

(j)   i,,i i,  id  I,  vel  Foreign  Language y  be  included  cm  Liberal  Studii  I 

I  I.  ,  lues, 

(I)   MA214    »17,oi   163  may  be  substituted  for  EC355, 

,  |,   \, than  six  I raol  Internship  i  redil  ma)  be  applied  toward 

in  i  ■ 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Economics/Prelaw  Track 

Liberal  Studiesi  \s lined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

wiili  the  following  specifications: 
Social  Sdencei  E<  121 
Mathematicii  MAllOor  121  (I) 
I  Iberal  Studies  Electivesi  no  i  '» 

Collegei 

I  uiguagc  Ini'  inn. iuii  1 .1 


!•'.(  I  prefix 


el  (2) 


Majori 

Required  Courses! 

El  1 .'  1 

Principles  "1  Economics  1 

*sh 

E(  1 .'-' 

Prim  iples  of  Economics  II 

3sh 

Statistics  Ini  Ei  onomists  (3) 

3sh 

K'l.'l 

Mai  mi '  onomic  Analysis 

3sh 

M i  "i m  Analysis 

3sh 

MA121 

Calculus  1  Ini  Business,  Natural,  and 

Social  Sciences 

*sh(l) 

Controlled  Electives: 

I'n thei  E( !  courses  12sh  (4) 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  track  6-21 

Severn  ourses,  including  .it  least  one  from 

eai  1 1  "I  m\  areas: 

Business:  AG201,  VG202.BL235 

Criminology:  CR210, 260, 357 

English:  EN212, 220,310 

Historj  HI320,  121,  146 

Philosophy:  PH101,222,450 

Political  Science:  PS358,  159,361 

Free  Electivesi  17-36 

loi.il  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  MA123oi  127  maj  be  substituted  foi  MA  1 21. 

(2)  [ntermediate  level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(3)  MA214,217,oi  163  ma)  be  substituted  for  EC355. 
( I)    \.i  limn  than  six  hours  of  Internship  credit  may  be  applied  toward 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Economics/Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  se<  don 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Social  Science:  EC121  (included  m  major) 
Mathematics:  \l  \  I  27  (included  in  major) 
Electives:  Intermediati  foreign  language,  no  course 
uuli  EC  oi  MA  prefix. 

Major: 
("ore: 

Principles  ,.l  Economics  1 

Principles  ofEconomics  II 

Mai  roeconomu  Analysis 

Microeconomic  Analysis 

Calculus  I 

Calculus  II 

Calculus  III 

Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 
M  U16oi  EC355  Probability  and  Statistics  lor  Natural 

Sciences  oi  Statistics  for  Economists 


EC122 

EC422 

M  AI27 
MA12N 
\l  \227 
MA171 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 


Economics  Electivesi 

Students  d  ti   lain  I  '   ■  I  l  ami 

Imii  any  i our*  i  •  •  ept EC101  n 

l.i  1493  maj  be  a tedonl)  with  thi  approval  of  the 

program  i  ooitiinstor. 

Mathematics  I  l<  I  liic  s: 

At  leasl  "in  "I  ili'  following  two 

MA241  Din.  rential  Equations  and  M  \  >7I 

Lineai 
MA36S  •""'  16  i  Mathi  matii  .il  si.itistn  s  I  and  II 
\l  \  l  l'i  mill  1 16Programming  and  Probabilistii 

in  <  Iperation   Fti 
Two  additional  i  muses  eithei  h ilu  above  oi  from  the  following: 


MA27I 

IntrodiH  nun  to  Mathi  main  .il  Proofs  1 

MA.M2 

A < i \ .hi.  '  J  Mathi  n>  itii    E  ii  tpplii  ations 

MA417 

Si.ihsin  il  Applii  aiions  ii 

MA  IIS 

Sampling  Survi     '              .ills 
Vpplii  ations 

MA  121 

Vdvani  edl  all  "Ins  1 

MA422 

Advani  ed  <  lali  ulus  II 

MA423 

ili  k  Variables  I 

MA425 

Applied  Mathematii  al  Analysis  1 

MA427 

liitrodiu  Him  i.i  ropology 

MA465 

1  i  ipil  s  in  Stjllstles 

MA476 

Abstract  Algebra  I 

MA477 

Abstrai  i  Algebra  II 

Other  Requirements: 

0 

Free  Elective 

19-23 

Total  Degree 

Requirements: 

124 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 
Education/Economics  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  spei  iiii  ations: 

Social  Science:  PC.  1 01.  PS  1 1  1.  AN  HOoi  AN211 

Mathematics:  MAI  1(1  or  217  or  121 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  GE230.  Si  I 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  foi  Learning  and  Instruction        ish 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  1 
ED'342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II 
ED441  Studeni  reaching  12sh 

ED442  Si  I I  Lav, 

ED455  Teaching  of  Social  Scienct  m  die 

ssBSSBBBsi  Secondarj  Schools 

EP202  Educational  Psvchologj 

m ™ " ™ *  EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

EX301  Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities 

47.49  Inclusive  Secondarj  Settings 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice  ish 

Major: 

Required  Economics  Courses: 
EC121  Principles  of  Economics  I 

54.56  EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II 

Controlled  Economics  Electivesi 
Upper-level  Economics  courses  including  at  least  one 
writing-intensive  course  and  at  least  one  course  from 
each  of  the  following  three  groups: 
International  courses  I  1  50,351 

Macroecononuc  courses:  EC325,  34J.  421 
Microeconomic  e ourses    EC283,330,33 
335.336.373,383 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    199- 


92       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Other  Requirements:  15-18 

Required  Social  Science  distribution 

HI203  U.S.  History  for  Historians  3sh 

GE 3sh 

PS280  or  PS285  Comparative  Government  3sh 

Social  Science  Minor  6-9sh  ( 1 ) 

Free  Electives:  0-3 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 

(1)   Students  must  complete  a  minor  in  second  Social  Science  of  their 

choice.  The  coursework  lor  each  alternative  is  described  below.  Some  of 
the  courses  chosen  may  also  fulfill  the  tliird  Liberal  Studies  elective 
course  above. 

1.  Anthropology:  AN1 10  or  21 1,  12  additional  sh  in  AN 

2.  Geography:  GE230  and  1 2  additional  sh  in  GE 

3.  History:  HI  195, 203, 9  additional  sh  in  HI 

4.  Political  Science:  PS  1 1 1 ,  280  or  285, 9  additional  sh  in  PS 

5.  Sociology:  SQ151, 237,  9  additional  sh  in  SO 


Minor — Economics 

Required  Courses: 

EC  1 2 1  Principles  of  Economics  I 

EC  1 22  Principles  of  Economics  II 

Three  courses  from  EC200  or  higher 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
9sh 


Department  of  English 

Donald  S.  McClure,  Chair;  Gail  I.  Berlin,  Assistant  Chair;  Aghbar, 
Alvine,  Bencich,  Berlin,  L.  Black,  Bower,  Cahalan,  Carse,  Chow, 
Comfort,  Dandurand,  Donna,  Downing,  Emerick,  Fritz,  Gatti, 
Gebhard,  Goebel,  M.  Hayward,  N.  Hayward,  B.  Hudson,  S.  Hudson, 
Hurlbert,  S.  F.Johnson,  Kilwein-Guevara,  Kraszewski,  Krupnik, 
Marsden,  Masiello,  Mc Andrew.  McClenahan,  McClure,  Murphy, 
Norris,  Orchard,  Pagnucci,  Perdue,  Rafoth,  Hoffman,  Savova,  Sell, 
Shafer,  Siller,  Slater,  Smits,  Stilwell,  Tannacito,  Vella,  Villa,  Ware, 
Watson,  Welsh,  Willen,  M.  M.  Williamson,  M.  T.  Williamson,  Wilson; 
and  professors  emeriti  Anderson,  Belts. J .  Bright,  L.  Bright,  Brown, 
Craig,  Davis,  Freund,  Hartwell,  Miller,  Nania,  Ray,  Roumm,  Seinfelt, 
Smith,  Swigart,  Thomas,  Walla,  Woodworth 

The  program  of  studies  in  the  English  Department  at  IUP  focuses  on  critical 
thinking  and  effective  reading  and  writing  at  all  levels.  English  majors  study  a 
wide  variety  of  subjects  ranging  from  literary  theory  to  practical  pedagogy,  in 
an  atmosphere  that  encourages  and  fosters  a  high  degree  of  professional 
commitment. 

Course  choices  depend  upon  a  student's  career  goals;  three  specialized 
majors  are  offered,  each  of  which  undergoes  regular  revision  to  reflect  the 
needs  ol  students  and  the  structure  of  a  changing,  competitive  job  market. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  English  Humanities  offers  a  wide  range  of  courses  in 
both  traditional  and  nontraditional  areas,  which  allows  students  to  tailor 
their  programs  to  reflect  their  own  interests  and  career  plans. 

English/Pre-Law  track  offers  specialized  training  for  those  interested  in  a 
career  in  law  or  some  related  field. 

The  English  EducaUon  program  offers  special  training  for  prospective 
secondary  school  teachers.  IUP's  consistent  success  in  placing  graduates 
from  this  major  in  teaching  positions  suggests  dial  tile  program  is  highly 
regarded  among  educators  outside  die  university. 


English  Humanities 


The  English  Department's  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Humanities  curriculum 
emphasizes  the  traditional  concerns  of  English  literary  study  by  providing  a 
common  core  of  four  courses  that  provide  students  widi  a  uniform 
background  in  English  and  American  literature,  after  which  they  are  offered  a 
wide  range  of  choices  in  six  substantial  areas  of  required  study.  These 
required  and  controlled-elective  courses  constitute  30  semester  hours  of  a 


major  that  totals  36;  the  remaining  courses  can  be  any  upper-level  English 
elective  offerings,  but  students  are  urged  to  explore  possibilities  carefully 
with  their  advisors  so  as  to  complete  die  program  best  suited  to  their  future 
goals. 

Specifically,  after  completing  the  four  prerequisite  courses  and  the  Liberal 
Studies  English  requirements,  students  must  take 

—  one  Period  Course  (Category  A) 

-     one  Form  and  Theory  of  Genre  Course  (Category  B) 

—  one  Alternative  Literatures  Course  (Category  C) 

—  one  European  Tradition  Course  (Category  D) 

—  one  Major  Authors  Course  (Category  E) 

—  one  Writing,  Speech.  Linguistics  Course  (Category  F) 

—  a  minimum  of  two  courses  beyond  these  group  requirements.  These  two 
courses  may  be  from  one  or  more  of  die  groups,  or  may  be  Topics 
Courses  in  literature,  film,  or  literary  theory. 

Students,  especially  those  for  whom  die  B.A.  is  a  terminal  degree,  are 
encouraged  to  seek  an  internship  in  their  junior  or  senior  year  as  a  means  of 
developing  and  demonstrating  the  skills  they  have  acquired. 

Since  die  major  can  be  completed  with  36  semester  hours  of  coursework, 
students  have  27-35  semester  hours  outside  of  the  Liberal  Studies 
requirements,  depending  on  dieir  foreign  language  status,  of  unspecified 
coursework.  Students  should  explore  their  options  carefully  widi  dieir 
advisor.  Beyond  die  basic  requirements  of  the  major,  opportunities  exist  for 
students  to  elect  courses  allowing  diem  to  concentrate  further  in  such  areas 
as  writing,  film,  and  British  or  U.S.  literature. 

English/Pre-Law  Track 

Successful  lawyers  possess  excellent  skills  in  writing  and  speaking  and  can 
analyze  a  problem  and  explain  its  solution  in  clear,  logical  terms.  Pre-Law 
English  prepares  the  student  especially  well  in  diese  areas  and  provides  the 
skills  and  knowledge  needed  to  do  well  in  the  law  school  admissions 
examination. 

Most  graduates  have  had  successful  internships  in  die  offices  of  practicing 
attorneys  and  government  agencies,  although  an  internship  remains  optional. 
Students  wishing  an  internship  should  contact  die  department  director  of 
internships  early  in  dieir  career  at  IUP. 


Education  Program 


The  English  Department  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  degree  in  English  Education.  This  program  has  been 
accredited  by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education 
(NCATE).  Graduates  are  prepared  to  teach  in  middle,  junior  high,  and 
senior  high  schools. 

English  EducaUon  majors  fulfill  all  the  requirements  for  state  certification, 
including  practical  experience  in  methods  courses  and  student  teaching: 
content  preparation  in  a  variety  of  literature,  language,  and  composition 
courses;  and  philosophical  background  in  current  theories  of  teaching. 
Although  most  students  choosing  an  English  Education  major  will  be  fitted 
botli  by  training  and  desire  for  tile  secondary  school  classroom,  those  who 
opt  not  to  teach  will  find  that  their  speaking,  writing,  and  management  skills 
can  be  useful  to  the  media,  governmental  services,  and  business. 

Program  requirements  are  available  at  the  English  Department  office.  Majors 
must  maintain  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.5.  They  must  be  formally 
admitted  to  the  Teacher  Certification  Program,  a  process  which  includes 
application  and  screening  within  the  English  Department.  This  screening 
involves  review  of  the  student's  portfolio  of  written  work  and  faculty 
evaluations,  as  well  as  an  interview  with  English  Education  faculty.  Refer  to 
die  section  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Certification"  in  the 
College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog  and  the  English  Education 
handbook. 


Minor  in  English 


To  minor  in  English,  15  semester  hours  in  English  are  required  beyond  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirement  of  EN  1 0 1 ,  121,  and  202. 

Students  who  choose  to  minor  in  English  should,  if  their  major  department 
concurs,  substitute  EN  1 22  for  EN  121. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        93 


Bachelor  of  Arts— English 

I  ,i 1  si.xli.  s:  Va  outlined  in  Liber 

rnth  il>.  following   i "< 

Hnnunidea  I  ilenturei  EN12S 
Liberal  Studiei  Electivesi »i 


llll  EN  prefix 


Coilegei 


Lai 


H»''H'- 


Intermedial.  Level(l) 


M.ljul  : 

Itcqilii 

EN210 
EN211 
EN212 
EN213 


36 


Isl, 

lsh 
3ah 

Mi 
24sh 


27-35 


(I  (  iiiiisis: 

British  Liti  i .H nt .  to  1660 

British  Literature  1660-1900 

\ini  in  ,in  Literature:  Begii ga  to  1900 

British  and  Amerii  an  Literature 

Since  1900 
Controlled  Elecdveai  |  !)|  I) 
One  course  from  Category  V  (Period):  EN  101,302, 
103,  104,  103,  106    107,315,316,317,319 

oi rse  from  Categorj  B  (Form  and  Theorj  of  Genre): 

EN208    11  i    115,216,217,332,  135,  I  17,  138 

i  in,  , s,  from  Categorj  C  (Alternative  Literatures): 

14,348    |g  i    186    196 

i  in is,  li ( lategorj  I)  (The  European  Tradition): 

EN349    154    18;    191    193    194,395 
i  iin  course  from  Categorj  E  (Majoi  Authors): 
EN430  132   i  ;i   136 

i  in,  coursi  from  Categorj  F  (Writing,  Speech, 
Linguistics):  EN220,221,310,  111,312,313,320, 
136   120,422 

IwOi jes  from  Category  G:  \m  combination  of  six 

semester  hours  from  EN28 1,356, 357, 390, 401, 
11,0.  161,  Hi-'.  181,  182,  I93,and/oi  any  other 
courses  livii  il  above  under  categories  A  through  F. 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives:  (.1) 

Ibtal  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  lie  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
dec  lives, 

(2)  Am  EN281,  181,  or  182  course  must  have  prior  approval  from 
department  chair  it  it  is  to  apply  to  the  student's  majoi  other  than  in 
Categorj  1 1 

(3)  \m  internship, aside  from  counting  for  six  semestei  hours  toward  die 
major,  makes  the  B.A.  degree  recipient  much  mine  employable  by 
providing  job  experience.  Students  should  see  the  English  B.A. 
Program  Internship  Director  for  advice  about  available  openings. 


Bachelor  of  Arts— English/Pre-Law  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  Vs  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Humanities-Literature:  EN122 
1  iln  i  a  I  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  EN  prefix 

College: 

i  anguagt  Intermediate  Level  (1) 
Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EN210  British  Literature  to  1660 

EN211  British  Literature  1 660- 1 900 

Vmerican  Literature:  Beginnings  to  1900 
EN21  >  British  and  American  Literature 

Since  1900 


124 


Ssh 

:!sh 
Ssh 


Controlled  Electives:  (2)  (3) 

( »ne  course  from  Category  A  (Period):  EN301, 302, 303, 

304,305,306,307,315,316,317,319 

One  course  from  Category  B  (Form  and  Theory  of  Genre): 

EN208,214,215,216, 217,332, 335, 337,338 

One  course  from  Category  C  (Alternative  Literatures): 

EN225.344,  I  is.  385,  iSfi.396 

One  course  from  Category  »  (The  European  Tradition): 

I  N349.  154.  !S7. 391. 393. 394. 395 


t  In,  .  ouis,  fror    '  :    |oi   \utliors): 

14    136 
One  coursi  from  Categorj  F  (Writing,  Speech, 
Linguistics):  EN220,221,  110,  111,312 

!0,  122 
Two  i  ourses  fron  ,\  ,  ombination  of  six 

semestei  ho  10,401, 

160,  161,  162,  181,  182,  193,  and  an)  othei  courses 

\  through  F. 
Other Reuuirementsi Pre-lav  interdisciplinarj  track  '-21 

Si  mii  ,  oiusi  s.  in,  luding  al  It  ssl  oru  from  each  ol   ■  ■ 
Business:  BUT,.  VG201,  VG202 

t  riminology!  I  R210  I  K. 

Ecoi i  I  <  121.  EC122,  I  ' 

History:  H1320,  HI321,  HI  146 
Philosophy:  PH101,PH222,PH450 
Political  Sum,,:  l-s;r,s.  PS359  PS361 

Free  Electives:  (3)  6-26 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  I 2  i 

(1)  Intel lial  ly  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

elec  Iim  s 

(2)  AnyEN281,  181, oi  l82cours<  must  have  prior  approval  from 
department  chaii  il  it  is  to  apptj  t,,  the  student's  majoi  other  than  in 
Categorj  t . 

(3)  An  internship  with  a  law  firm,  publii  agency,  or  legislative  oltitc  grtadv 
strengthens  law  school  applications. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — English  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liher.il  Studies  -  53 

with  the  following  spec  ilk  all, , ns: 

Humanities-Literature:  EN  1 22 

Fine  Arts: '111  I  111 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Kleetives:  Intermediate-Level  Foreign 

Language,  no  courses  with  FN  prefix 

College: 
Professional 
CM301 
ED242 


3sh 


Fducation  Sequence:  ( 1 ) 

Technology  foi  Learning  and  Instruction 

Pre  student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  1  lsli 

ED342  Pi ,    Mm  lent  leaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  lsh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law  lsh 

ED452  Teaching  of  English  and  Communication 

in  the  Secondarj  School  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychol,  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measun  3sh 

FE202  vmerican  Edut  ation  in  Theory  and 

Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EN212  \nu man  Literature:  Beginnings  to  1900        3sh 

EN220  Advanced  Composition  1  3sh 

ENS  14  Speech  and  Communication  in  the 

Secondarj  English  Classroom  3sh 

EN318  Literature  for  Adolescents  3sh 

FN  >2.  •  Teaching  Literature  and  Reading  in  die 

Secondarj  School  3sh 

EN324  Teaching  and  Evaluating  Writing  3sh 

1  N  129  The  llistorx  ol  the  English  Language  lsh 

EN330  The  Structure  of  English  3sh 

EN434  Shakespeare  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Choose  one  Genre  course:  EN214,  215,216,  217  3sh 

Choose  one  British  Literature  Survey:  EN210, 211  Ssh 

Choose  one  Theme  course:  EN344, 348  3sh 

Choose  two  additional  courses  from  list:  EN208,  210.  6sh 

211,213,214,215,216,217,221,319,320,  122 
333,336,337,344,348     • 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


94       THE    COLLEGE    OF     HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


o 

2-4 


Other  Requirements: 

Tree  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 

i  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 
(1)   Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 
eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EX30I  (2sh). 


Department  of  French 

Renee  P.  Liscinsky,  Chairperson:  Henry,  Hurt,  Jones,  McCreary,  Op  de 
Beeck:  anil  professors  emeriti  Fisel,  Wliitmer 


The  Department  ol  French  offers  a  varied  curriculum  designed  to  provide 
not  only  basic  language  instruction  but  also  the  more  advanced  competencies 
needed  by  language  specialists  and  students  hoping  to  take  advantage  of  an 
international  study  experience. 

For  the  French  major,  the  department  has  three  degree  programs:  the  B.A.  in 
French,  the  B.A.  in  Flench  for  International  Trade,  and  the  B.S.  in  French 
Education  (K-l  2).  The  degree  program  in  French  for  International  Trade 
provides  the  solid  undergraduate  training  preparatory  to  an  M. B.A  in 
International  Marketing  and  Finance. 

Students  majoring  in  French  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of 
language  and  enter  more  deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of 
Francophone  countries.  They  will  also  gain  knowledge  of  the  linguistic 
development  of  the  language  throughout  the  centuries.  French  majors 
generally  find  employment  in  government  work,  librarianship. journalism, 
fi  ireign  trade,  airlines,  tourism,  business,  and  teaching.  Students  choosing 
careers  as  teachers  will  find  the  close  supervision  and  advanced  methodology 
offered  by  the  department  a  distinct  asset. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and  in  most 
departments  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  must  pass 
the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language  (in  French,  FR201-202  or 
FR203)  or  demonstrate  that  they  have  somehow  acquired  the  equivalent 
proficiency  level.  Students  from  the  other  colleges  may  choose  to  take  French 
(FR201  and  202  or  the  accelerated  FR203)  to  fulfill  a  Liberal  Studies 
ele<  five.  Any  student  who  chooses  French  has  an  option  to  enroll  in  the 
traditional  thrce-credits-per-semester  courses  or  the  accelerated  six-credit 
track. 


Placement/Exemption 


The  student  with  no  previous  French  study  will  take  FR101  (four  credits)  as 
a  prerequisite.  Students  with  previous  French  study  will  be  placed  into  the 
appropriate  course  level  by  means  of  a  written  departmental  exam 
administered  in  the  summer  for  entering  freshmen  and  during  the  first  week 
ol  tin  semester  for  other  students.  No  student  judged  to  be  a  native  speaker 
ot  French  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  any  course  below  the  300  level,  with 
the  exception  of  FR254. 

Study  Abroad — Nancy,  France 

IIP  has  established  a  study  abroad  center  in  Nancy,  France.  All  majors  are 
in.  ■  mraged  to  participate  in  the  Study  Abroad  Program,  especially  those 
seeking  the  International  Trade  degree.  Students  have  an  option  to 
participate  in  a  full-year  or  one-semester  (spring)  program.  A  six-week 
summer  session  has  also  been  added  to  the  options  available.  Nonmajors 
may  lie  accepted  into  any  of  the  programs  and.  unless  they  have  advanced 
proficiency,  must  enter  the  language  courses  offered  in  the  Conn  pour 
Strangers  (Courses  for  Foreign  Students).  All  foreign  program  credits  are 
evaluated  by  the  department  as  transfer  credits.  For  further  information 
about  cost  and  application  procedures,  contact  die  French  Department 


able  to  place  interns  in  Paris  and  other  sites  in  France.  The  internship 
(generally  six  to  twelve  credits)  is  viewed  as  a  highly  desirable  culminating 
experienci   following  study  in  Nancy.  For  further  information,  contact  die 
French  Department  at  least  six  months  in  advance. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — French  (@) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-5, 

with  tile  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  FR  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required 

Courses: 

FR202 

College  French  11 

3sh 

FR2.54 

Civilization  ol  Modern  France 

3sh 

FR331 

Intermediate  French  Conversation 

3sh 

FR341 

French  Grammar 

3sh 

FR353 

Intermediate  French  Composition 

3sh 

FR370 

Introduction  to  French  Literature 

3sh 

FR373 

French  Civilization 

3sh 

FR375 

French  Literature  from  Medieval  through 

17th  Century 

3sh 

FR376 

French  Literature  from  18th  through 

20th  Century 

3sh 

FR441 

Advanced  French  Grammar 

3sh 

Controlled  Elective: 

One  course  from  the  following  list:  3sh 

FR431.4S2.  Hill.  41.2.  463 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(@)  Program  revision  pending  Council  of  Trustees  approval. 


Bachelor  of  Arts-French  for  International  Trade  I 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  Any  LS  math  course  except  MA217 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 ,  PC  1 0 1 ,  PS  1 0 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM101.  EC122. 

MA214,  no  course  witfi  FR  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


Internships 


The  Department  ol  French,  through  contacts  with  certain  French  companies 
and  through  its  affiliation  with  the  ICN  (Institut  Commercial  <li  Afeney),  is 


FR202  College  French  II 

FR254  Civilization  of  Modern  France 

FR331  Intermediate  French  Conversation 

FR341  French  Grammar 

FR353  Intermediate  French  Composition 

FR354  Business  French 

FR370  Introduction  to  French  Literature 

FR373  French  Civilization 

FR441  Advanced  French  Grammar 

Controlled  Electives:  ( 1 ) 

i  Ine  course  from  the  following:  FR'i75,376 

Two  additional  FR  electives  (advanced  levels) 

Other  Requirements: 
Business  Sequence:  (2) 
AD321  Business  ami  Interpersonal 

Communications 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  1 1 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law 

FI3f0  Finance  I 

MG310  Principles  ol  Management 

MG350  International  Business 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sli 

3sh 
6sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       95 


6-10 


Free  Eleethn  ii  

Total  Degree  Requirement*!  ' -' ' 

(r„)  Program  revii pending  I  iouni  tl  ol  frusta  i  ippr 

i  rediti  (up  to  18)  mi  ■ sti  i  oi 

(J)   Students  not  majoring  in  business  ma) I  irai  imu I  lOshm 

rework  toward  tin  d "" 

Buain, ,: in,  in  excess  ol  10  will  I"  i«  rmitted  onl)  as  credits  beyond 

the  I-  I  foi  graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education-K-1 2  French 
Education  (»)  (@) 

Liberal  Studiesi  \s lined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  Hi.  R  itionsi 

Social Sdencei  VNI  lOoi  21  I  arid  P(  mi 

I  ili,  i. J  Studies  Electivesi  no  courses  with  IK  prefix 

Couegei 

Professional  Education  Sequencei 

I  \i  |0|  Technolog;  foi  I  i ■  and  Instrui  don        Ish 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

I  \|u  rience  I  I sh 

I'n  studenl  leai  hing  (  lini  al 

I  \|»  in  in  e  II  Ish 

llnil  Studenl  leaching  12sh 

ED442  s.Iiiii.I  l..iu  lsli 

I 1 1 1  ■  ;  I,  .i.  hing  dI  Foreign  Languages  in  the 

I  I.  in.  hi. m  Si '  undar)  Si  I Is  3sh  (1) 

onal  Psycholog)  -'ish 

KiliKjiniii.il  Tests  .mil  Measurements  Ssh 

I  \  ;nl  Education  "I  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings  2sli 

American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

FR202  College  French  II  Ish 

Intermediate  French  Conversation  Ssh 

French  Grammai  Ssh 

Intermediate  French  Composition  3sh 

Iniuiiliii  nun  in  IVi  nch  Literature  >sli 

I !ii  iviliza Ssh 

FR432  French  Phonetics  and  Phonologj  .isli 

FR44I  Advanced  French  Grammar  3sh 

(  i.iiii.iIIi  il  Electivesi 

Vnj  othei  9sh  from  FR25 

Other  Requirements: 

I  in  I  lectivesi 

l.ii.il  Degree  Requirements:  124 

id  ng  in  teai  In  i  . .)  iili.  ation,  titled  "Admission  to 
■  I 'ilm  ation,"  in  the  ( College  ol  Edui  ation  sei  nun  ..I  this  i  atalog. 

(")  Program  revis pending  Council  oFTrastees  approval. 

(U   ED453  offered  ouh  in  fall  semester. 


(in  stud)  abroad) 


9sh 


0 
4-b 


Minor-French  (@)  21 

Required  <  oursesi 

FR201  College  French  1 

FR202  CoUege  French  I 

FR331  Intermediate  French  Conversation 

French  Grammai 

Intermediate  French  Composition 
FR370  Introduction  to  French  Literature 

Controlled  Elective: 
One  course  from  the  following: 
FR253,  173,375,376,  131,432 

(")  Program  revision  pending  Council  of  Thistees  approval. 


Ssh 
Ssh 
Ssh 

Ish 
Ssh 

Ish 

Ssh 


Department  of  Geography  and  Regional 
Planning 

Robr  rl  P.  Sechriat,  <  hairpi  mont  Ii.  gg.  It.  ni  lost.  ii. 

Buckwalb  r.  Patrick,  G.So  briet,  shir.  \.  Walt*    ind  i 

Imix  s.  (.null.  KiilU.iini.  Mill.  r.  Ii  |i|«  i.  Wi  I"  i 

I  In  Department  of  Geography  and  Regional  Plannim 
ographi  r,  planni 

pli)  has  several  U  u 

I s  .in  il,.  stud)  ..I  i<  lationship   i 

il ilogii  ..I  ii. M In and  thi  stud)  ..I  spatia  i 

the  ».i\  pi  opli  use  spa In  both  ir.nln.- 

ins  ..I  ili.  world  diin  ami 

between  th  ers  mak<  imporunl  i  onti 

understanding  of  all  aspei  is  ..I  humanl 

Regional  Plan g  involvi  i  pn  paring  foi  tin  fun 

and  growing  population  requin 
settlement  patterns,  transportation  systems,  and  economii  a.  in 
planned,  Regional  plannin 

(  n\  ni.iiiiicnt.il  aspei  is  ..I  tl  ii  s.  planning  decisions  Ii 
developmc  nl  has  become iportant  focus  foi  planners 

lln'  geography  track  in  social  scienci  education  offi 

equivalent  foi  the  studenl  interested  in  teat  hing  at  the  junior  oi 

levels,  New  edui  ation  requirements  instituti  d  foi  the  i  ommon 

that  geography  b<  taught  .it  .ill  levels  in  Pennsylvania.  Nationally,  gi  ograph) 

program 

ih)  and  Regional  Planning  are  in  the  same  department.  I 
"Planning  is  the  art  ofvi  I 

opportunities  foi  geographers  and  regional  planners  are  ran  client. 
( ieographi  and  planning  rx  i  upations  have  been  identified  ami 

growing  job  fields  b)  U.S  News  and  Worii  Report.  Uumi 

varietj  ol  positions  in  government,  business,  industry,  p 
nine  ation  available.  Environmental  and  locational  kno' 
department's  programs  proi  idi  skills  m  i  ded  in  tin  job  i 
interested  in  obtaining  additional  careei  information  should  via 
il(  pai  inn  ni.il  ullii  i-  in  Room  10,  I  eonard  Hall. 

I  In. .  di  .1  by  the  department: 

1.     Bachelor  of  Arts  in  ( ieography 

i.     Bachelor  of  Science  in  Regional  Planning 

3.     Bad  id Is 

In  addition  t..  geograph)  core(Gl  I,  there  are  foul  Irai  - 

phii  .  ompeteni  ies:  GIS  <  lartogi  ipher,  En 
Economii  Geographer,  and  General  Geographer.  The  n  g 
(IIP)  major  offers  specific  career  opportunities  in  four  somewhal 
tracks:  <  IIS  I  artographer,  Environmental  Planner,  K, 
Town  Manager. 

Aminoi  in  geograph)  oi  regional  plai igisappropi  nail 

ni  In  i  I'u  liK  ..I  tin-  natural  ami  social  sciences.  Students  in  mi  rki 
find  a  minor  in  cither  field  relevant  A  minor  consists  ..i  15  m 
GEor  Rl'  courses.  Tin  department  suggests  students  take  th< 
program  il  graduate  study  is  anticipated. 

Geograph)  and  Regional  Planning  departmei 

I  .  Payne  (.Is  i  Cartography  l.al,  workspace, which  has  twelve  computers 

linked  via  our  Windows  NT  network  server  to  the  universit)  \ 

with  peripheral  devices  which  include  color  printers. 

plotters,  a  scanner,  ami  appropriate  mapping  software.  I 

used  software  indudes  ARC  INFO,  ArcView,  Maplnl 

Vutot   VD,  and  MiniCAD.  The  department  a  • 

_,n/.iti.,n  of  Pennsylvania  s.d  ilaia  with  \n  Int.   N 

1000  \\  indows  N  i  workstation.  An  important  part  ol  studenl 
and  l.ii  ulty  interaction  in  the  geograph)  and  regional  pis 

iround  department  lab  facilities.  The  Spal 
Centei  (SSRC),  directed  by  Dr.  Robert  S 
(. ; IS  database  development  using  \R<    INFO,  Maplnfo. 
These  packages  atul  twenty-five  workstations 

The  Census  Documents  Library,  in  conjunction  * 
In, uses  population  housing  sodoeconomi<  mapping 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    C  A  T  A 


96       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


publications  used  for  teaching,  research,  and  planning  in  community  service 
.ind  local  .mil  county  governments.  The  department  is  also  an  affiliate  of  the 
Bureau  of  Economic  Analysis  at  the  Census  Bureau. 

The  department  houses  both  the  National  Council  for  Geographic 
Education  (NCGE).  which  serves  geography  educators  at  all  levels  widi 
activities  and  programs  that  address  geography  learning  and  instructional 
and  research  issues  in  North  America,  and  the  Pennsylvania  Geographic 
Alliance  (PGA),  which  is  supported  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of 
Education.  PGA  provides  leadership  and  professional  development 
opportunities  in  geography  teaching  and  learning  in  Pennsylvania.  Dr.  Rudi 
Shirey  is  executive  director  of  NCGE  and  one  of  two  PGA  coordinators  in 
Pennsylvania. 

A  strong  internship  program  directed  by  Dr.  John  E.  Benhart  offers 
placement  in  conservation,  land  management,  and  planning  agencies  at  die 
local,  state,  and  federal  levels. 

Specific  core  requirements  in  Geography  and  Regional  Planning  offer  a 
structured  approach  for  majors.  Appropriate  subfields  or  tracks  are  available 
in  both  programs  to  prepare  students  for  graduate  work  and  to  support 
different  career  options  for  majors.  There  are  four  tracks  for  the  geography 
major  and  four  tracks  for  the  regional  planning  major. 

•  Geography— General  Geography  Track 

The  General  Geography  Track  encourages  the  major  to  sample  courses 
from  different  subfields  of  the  discipline.  This  track  prepares  die  major 
for  graduate  work  in  geography  and  related  fields  o(  employment.  Job 
options  include  report  writing,  research  analysis,  and  data  gathering.  In 
government  employment,  the  State  Department,  Department  of 
Commerce,  and  the  Census  Bureau  are  significant  places  for  geography 
skills. 

•  Geography—Geographic  Information  Systems  and  Cartographer 
Track 

•  Regional  Planning— Geographic  Information  Systems  and 
Cartographer  Track 

The  Geographic  Information  Systems  and  Cartographer  Track  prepares 
students  for  employment  as  Geographic  Information  System  Specialists, 
Facilities  Managers,  Cartographers,  and  Remote  Sensing  professionals. 
Coursework  includes  methods  for  identifying,  modeling,  and  analyzing 
the  spatial  organization  of  human  and  environmental  systems  from  bodi 
practical  and  theoretical  perspectives.  Data  collection,  spatial 
information  management,  and  graphic  presentation  are  integral  skills 
taught  in  track  courses.  Such  skills  could  be  used,  for  example,  for 
analysis  of  wildlife  habitat,  utility  facility  management,  or  transportation 
system  design  and  maintenance. 

•  Geography— Economic  Geographer  Track 

•  Regional  Planning    Economic  Developer  Track 

The  Economic  Track  provides  a  broad  framework  of  ideas  and  dieories 
in  addition  to  a  task-oriented  approach  to  location  analysis.  Site 
planners  articulate  the  needs  of  the  community  for  economic  space,  the 
demands  for  convenient  transport,  the  role  of  private  enterprise,  and  the 
management  of  growth.  This  interrelated  group  of  courses  is  useful  to 
students,  because  economic  geographers  and  developers  are  expected  to 
analyze  the  interactions  of  concepts  and  variables.  Market  analysis  for 
the  location  of  new  shopping  centers,  for  example,  requires 
understanding  of  economic  principles,  population  characteristics,  and 
the  local  political  milieu,  all  in  a  spatial  context. 

•  Geography— Environmental  Geographer  Track 

•  Regional  Planning— Environmental  Planner  Track 

The  Environmental  Track  is  designed  to  prepare  majors  in  geography  or 
regional  planning  for  careers  in  environmental  fields  or  graduate  study 
that  leads  to  a  variety  of  environmental  positions.  Students  who  elect 
this  track  will  acquire  knowledge  of  the  physical  and  human  processes 
that  shape  the  environment,  strategies  for  analyzing  environmental 
issues,  and  concepts  that  underlie  strategies  for  ameliorating 
environmental  problems.  The  skills  acquired  in  this  track  will  enable 
students  to  assess  the  causes,  consequences,  and  solutions  to  a  wide 
variety  of  environmental  issues  such  as  water  pollution,  acid  rain,  or 
tropical  deforestation. 

•  Regional  Planning    Town  Manager  Track 

The  Town  Manager  Track  is  designed  to  prepare  planning  students  for 
careers  in  local  government  and  graduate  work  in  public  administration. 
Students  electing  this  track  will  become  familiar  with  the  structure, 
operation,  and  actions  of  municipal  government  and  die  political, 
organizational,  and  institutional  basis  of  municipal  management  and 


0-6 
36 


3sh 
3sb 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

15sh 


decision  making.  Skills  acquired  with  this  track  will  enable  students  to 
undertake  a  variety  of  analytic  activities  designed  to  describe,  project, 
and  prescribe  courses  of  action  for  municipal  improvement. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Geography/General  Geography  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-58 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21  or  217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  No  courses  widi  GE  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

GE213  Cartography  I 

GE230  Cultural  Geography 

GE23 1  Economic  Geography 

GE4 1 1  History  of  Geography 

GE4 1 2  Research  Seminar 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  GE25 1-257 

One  course  from  GE34 1-342 

Five  courses  (I5sh)  from  any  GE  courses 

(only  one  GElOO-level  course  permitted) 

Free  Electives:  24-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Geography/GIS  and  Cartographer  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudiued  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-58 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21  or  217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM101  recommended, 

no  courses  with  GE  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1)  0-6 

Major:  36 

Required  Courses: 

GE213  Cartography  I  3sh 

GE230  Cultural  Geography  3sh 

GE231  Economic  Geography  3sh 

GE411  History  of  Geography  3sh 

GE4 1 2  Research  Seminar  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  GE25 1-257  3sh 

One  course  from  GE34 1-342  3sh 

Track  Courses: 

GE313  Cartography  II  3sh 

GE314  Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3sh 

GE316  Introduction  to  Geographic 

Information  Systems  3sh 

GE415  Remote  Sensing  3sh 

GE417  Technical  Issues  in  GIS  3sh 

Free  Electives:  24-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2001 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       97 


\>„u  heloi  of  Arts     Geography/Economic  Geographer  Track 


Liberal Studleii  As I"" 'I  in  Libi  ral  Si 

with  the  following  spa  ifical i 

Mathematics:  MAUI  or 217 

Sim  i.il  Sdenceti  L<  ^121 

I  iberal  Studio  Elecdvesi  E< !  1 22,  n<>  coi 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  Couismi 

GE213  I  graphy  I 

GE2  in  I  ultural  Geography 

K. in ( leography 

i  ,i  II  l  Hiator)  "I  Geography 

GE412  Kim. in  li  Seminai 

(  lontroDed  Elective*: 

, s nGE251-257 

i  in n  ii  I GE341-342 


Bachelor  of  Science— Regional  Planning/GIS  and 
Cartographer  Track 

Liberal  Studied  Vj  outlined  in  Liberal  Studii 

Willi  till    following  spci  it'll  ,1,1011s 

Mathematics:  MAUI 


Track  Courses: 

GE331 

Population  Geography 

civet.; 

i  ili. hi  i  .i  ography 

Trade  .mil  Transportation 

I'.iIhii  al  <  leographj 

i.l  164 

i  and  i  se  Policy 

Free  Elecdvesi 

EC383  i  rban  Regional  Economics 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)     Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  lie  Included 
Studies  clii  rives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Geography/Environmental  Geographer 
Track 

Liberal  Similes:  \s  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-5 

wiib  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematical  M  U21  or  MA217 
Liberal  Studies  Elecdvesi  CO/I  M/BE 101 
recommended,  no  ionises  with  GE  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

GE213  (  artograph)  I 

GI  230  Cultural  Geography 

I  ■'■  23 1  Economic  <  leography 

CE41 1  History  ol  ( leographv 

GE412  Research  Seminar 


with  '-I  prel 

ix 

Liberal  Studies  Electivesi  Bl  (  0  IM101 

n 

ended, 

no  i  ourses  with  RP 

(Ml 

College 

to 

• "i 

Language  bib  rroediati  I  t 

Major: 

lab. 

Require 

(1  Coin  ses  in  Planning: 

.isl, 

RP21  1 

i  tph)  1 

isl, 

.isl. 

Kl'ilb 

Introdui  tion  toGi  ographii 

Information 

Ssh 

Systems 

isl, 

Isl, 

RPS50 
RP352 

Introduction  to  Planning 

Planning  Methods 

(si, 
isb 

Ssh 

RP354 

Plan g  Design 

isl, 

Ssh 

RP412 
RP458 

Research  Seminal 

Land  1 1st   1  .iw 

isl, 
isl, 

isb 

Kl'11,1 

Land  1  si   Polil  v 

3sh 

RP4(i8 

Planning  1 

Ssh 

Track  C 

ourses 

3sh 

KIM  11 

( lartography  1 1 

Ssh 

RP3I4 

Map  and  Photograph  [nti  tpn  tation 

■Isl, 

22-34 

RP415 

Remote  Si 

isl. 

commended 

RP417 

In  linn  al  Issues  in  (  .IS 

i-12 

27-11 


0-6 
36 


Other  Requirements: 

Internship  (RP4li)  strongly  recommended 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  I  2  \ 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  UK  luded  m  Liberal  Stu<bes 

electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning/Economic 
Developer  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  In  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  follow  mg  iperifii  ations: 

Mathematics:  MAI2I  or  217 

Social  Sciences:  E(   121 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  EC  122.  no  i  ourses  with  RP  prefix 

College: 


Ssh 

.isb 
.isb 
3sh 
Ssh 

Ssh 

.isb  (2) 


Controlled  Elecdvesi 

Due  course  from  GE251-257 
One  course  from  GI  141-342 
li.uk  Courses:  Five  of  the  following: 
CK.il  l  Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3sh 

GE316  Introduction  to  Ceograpbic  Information 

Systems  3sh 

Geography  of  Energy  Ssh 

GE341  Climatology  Ssh 

GE342  Physiographj  Ish 

GE343  ( leography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources  isb 

GE415  Remote  Sensing  3sb 

GE440  Conservation:  Environmental  Analysis  3sb 

Free  Electives:  • 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  I'Ik  same  course  cannot  also  count  in  the  track. 


Foreign 

Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

0-6 

Major: 
Require 

RP213 

il  Courses  in  Planning: 
<  lartography  I 

Ssh 

39 

RP316 

Introduction  to  Geographic  Information 
Systems 

3sh 

RP3M1 
RP352 

Introduction  to  Planning 

Planning  Methods 

Ssh 

3sb 

RP354 
RP412 

Planning  Design 
Research  Seminar 

3sh 
3sh 

RP458 

Land  Use  Law 

3sh 

RP464 

Land  1  si  Policy 

3sh 

RP468 

Planning  Theory 

3sh 

Track  Courses 

:  Four  •'!  the  following: 

GE231 
GE331 
GE334 

Economic  Geography 
Population  Geography 
Political  Geography 

Ssh 

Ssh 
Ssh 

RP332 

Urban  Geography 

3sh 

RP333 

Trade  and  Transportation 

3sh 

3-12 

27-11 


Other  Requirements: 

Internship  (RP493)  strongly  recommended 

Free  Electives: 

Urban  Regional  Economics  recommended 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

electives. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


98       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning/Environmental 
Planner  Track 

liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Libera]  Studies  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 2 1  or  2 1 7 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM101 

recommended,  no  courses  with  RP  prefix 


Sab. 

l-12sh 


College: 

Foreign 

Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Require 

d  Courses  in  Planning: 

RP213 

I  '.u  u  igraphy  I 

3sh 

RP.'Slh 

Introduction  to  Geographic  I 

uformatioti 

Systems 

3sh 

RP350 

Introduction  to  Planning 

3sh 

RP352 

Planning  Methods 

3sh 

RP354 

Planning  Design 

3sh 

RP412 

Research  Seminar 

3sh 

RP458 

Land  Use  Law 

3sh 

RP464 

Land  Use  Policy 

3sh 

RP468 

Planning  Theory 

3sh 

Track  Courses:  Four  of  the  following: 

GE335 

Geography  of  Energy 

3sh 

GE341 

Climatology 

3sh 

GE342 

Physiography 

3sh 

GE343 

Geography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources 

3sh 

GE440 

Conservation:  Environmental 

Analysis 

3sh 

RP314 

Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation 

3sh 

RP415 

Remote  Sensing 

3sh 

Free  Electives:  21-32 

RP493  Internship  (strongly  recommended)  l-12sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning/Town  Manager 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121  or  217 

Social  Science:  PS1 1 1  recommended 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  GE230,  BE/CO/IM101 

recommended,  no  courses  with  RP  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  Courses  in  Planning: 


RP213 

Cartography  1 

3sh 

RP316 

Introduction  to  Geographic  Information 

Systems 

3sh 

RP350 

Introduction  to  Planning 

3sh 

RP352 

Planning  Methods 

3sh 

RP354 

Planning  Design 

3sh 

RP412 

Research  Seminar 

3sh 

RP458 

L.iikI  I  si:  Law 

3sh 

RP4(>4 

Land  Use  Policy 

Ssh 

RP4(J8 

Planning  Theory 

3sh 

Track  Course) 

Either: 

PS354  and  355  Metropolitan  Problems/ 

Ssh 

Intergovernmental  Relations 

3sb 

Or: 

PS370/371 

Introduction  to  Public  Administration/ 

Ssh 

Issues  in  Public  Administration 

3sh 

And  two  of  the  following: 

GE231 

Economic  Geography 

3sb 

RP332 

Urban  Geography 

3sh 

RP333 

Trade  and  Transportation 

3sh 

Free  Electives: 

PS251  State  and  Local  Political  Systems 

(recommended) 
RP493  Internship  (strongly  recommended) 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 
Education/Geography  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 ,  GE 1 02,  PC  1 0 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  EC  122.  S0337,  and  one 

of  the  following:  AN271-274  (S0271-274) 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301 

Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

3sh 

ED242 

ED342 

ED441 
ED442 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  I 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II 

Student  Teaching 

School  Law 

Ish 

lsh 
12sh 

lsh 

ED455 
EP202 

Teaching  of  Social  Science  in 
Secondary  Schools 
Educational  Psychology 

3sh 
3sh 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

3sh 

EX301 

Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

FE202 

Inclusive  Secondary  Programs 
American  Education  in  Theory  and 

2sh 

Practice 

3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

GE230                Cultural  Geography 

GE241                 Physical  Geography- 

3sh 
3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

At  least  one  course  from  each  of  the  following  three  groups: 

Environmental  Geography:  GE341,342,343,  440 

Human  Geography:  GE231, 331, 332, 333. 334. 336.337.  431 

History,  Tools,  and  Techniques:  GE213, 314, 41 1, 412,  415 

Two  of  the  following  regional  geography  courses: 

GE  25 1, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257 

Geography  Electives  3sh 

Social  Science  Distribution  Requirements:  1 

The  following  courses  are  required: 

PS280  Comparative  Government  I:  Western 

Political  Systems  3sh 

HI203  United  States  History  for  Historians  3sh 

Plus  one  of  the  following  options:  9-12sh 

1.  6  additional  semester  hours  in  one  social  science  field  (history 
recommended)  and  3  semester  hours  in  another. 

2.  9-12  additional  semester  hours  in  one  social  science  field  (history 
recommended),  sufficient  to  meet  the  requirements  for  a  minor. 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  125 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


THE 


COLLEGE    OF     HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        .9.9 


Department  of  German 

II, ...I..  It,. „h.  Sullivan 

M p,  in. Hers  three  degree  program*  the  BA .in 

,i„  i!  \  inGerraan  foi  International  Trade,  and  the  B.S.in 

I.I,,. , Secondarj  Gi  rman  Education. 

Why ginthi  I partment,  student!  will  acquire  prol ) 

,1 i  tl„  language I  develop  ai lerstanding  and  appreaaj 

,.i  ,i,,  |,i8| I ind literatun  ofth<  German  speaking countrii  i    fne) 

will  il»o  gain  knuwledgi  ofthi  linguisti.  development  of  the  language 

,1 |,outtl •  ' i »j »)  look  forward  to  rewarding 

m Journalism,  foreign  trade,  tourism,  busineM, 

in, I  librarianship. 

.<im. International  Trade  provides  an  <  ccelli  ni 

nbine  language  profii  iem  j  and  i  ultural  awareness  in  < lermaii  with 
business.  With  this  undergraduate  background, 

i  M.B.A.  degree  programs  and  pursue lersin 

al  business  and  trade.  Stud)  abroad  foi  oneoi  two  semesters  u 
d  is  .in  integral  partol  the  program.  Qualified  students  may 

.,U,,  choose  to  pa pati  in  internship  programs  with  ( lerman-based 

.  orporadons  and  Bnani  ial  instituoons. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  departments  of  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Soda! 

,„l  „i  mosl  ,1,  pariincnts  nl  the  College, 'I' Natural  Sciences  and 
Madiematics  musl  pass  th<  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language 

,.,  monstrateby  the  CLEP  exam  in  German  that 
the]  have  acquired  th<  equivalenl  proficiency  level.  Students  from  the  other 
colleges  maj  eleel  to  take  two  courses  in  German  at  the  intermediate  (III/IV) 
level  toward  (ulfilling  the  requirement  for  Liberal  Studies  electives.  Any 

mm, lint  «lin  chooses  German  , tee!  the  requirement  through  enrollment 

in  the  traditional,  three-credit  courses  or  in  the  combined  six-credit  courses. 

Study  Abroad  


Tin'  Department  of  German  encourages  all  students  who  study  German  at 
nsidei  stud)  abroad  foi  one  oi  two  semesters.  German  majors  are 
tudy  two  semesters  or  one  academic  year  at  a  German 
university.  To  provide  this  opportunity  at  a  relatively  modest  cost,  die 
unjversit)  has  irran  ed  in  exchange  of  students  between  Duisburg 

I  and  II  P.  B)  participating  in  this  or  other  approved  programs, 
m  earn  from  12  to  1  (hours  pel  semester.  For  further  information 
Ik  . .  .--l  .ukI  application  procedures,  contact  the  office  of  die  dean 
nl  [In  college. 


Minor  in  German 


completing  i  igliteen  credits  beyond  GM152  will  be  recognized  as 
having  minored  in  German.  Nine  of  the  twelve  credits  must  be  taken  at  die 
300  level  with  onh,  diree  credits  from  the  conversation  sequence.  GM221. 
his  achievemenl  will  be  noted  on  the  student's  transcript 
and  thus  provide  more  career  flexibility. 

Bachelor  of  Arts— German 

1  iberal  Studies:  53-55 

As  outlined  it i  Libera]  Studies  section 

with  tin  following  spe<  ifii  ations: 

1  iberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  GM  prefix 

College:  « 

j  (induded  in  major) 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
lsh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 


Major: 

Required 

Courses: 

GM221 

Conversation  111 

GM222 

( lonversation  1\' 

GM251 

German  III 

GM252 

German  fV(l) 

GM32J 

Advanced  Conversation  I 

GMS22 

Advanced  Conversation  11 

GM351 

Advanced  German  Language  I 

GM352 

Advanced  German  Language  II 

I2«h(2) 


i  Dew  lopmenl  ol  <••  rman  Culture  and 

i  H.  i  iturc  I  '','1 

CM  jli2  .'".  ni  "I  '■<  rman  Culture  and 

Lib  i.ii'in  II 

Controlled  I  l<  ctrvi  n 

(  nl,.  ,  1 1M  '  li  •  mi  1 1. 1, 1'-. hi.  '  'I 

Other  Requirements: 

III.    II,,  I  i\<  s: 

Total  Degree  Requirement* 

(I)   GM253  ..i  2r>\  nut)  be  substituted  foi  GM 

(1)   Depai m  i,,  ontmends  at  least  one  additional  lit/ 

(GM36S  171)  and  one  linguisti,  scour*  (GM410, 


Bachelor  of  Arts— German  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  m  Liberal  Siii.Ih  -  se<  linn 

with  the  following  spei  ili,  ations: 

Mathematics:  MA  121 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MAJ  II.  no 

courses  with  <  .\l  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  language  (in<  In, led  in  majoi 

Major 
Required 

GM221 

GM222 
GM251 
GM252 
GM253 


Courses: 

Conversation  111  2sh 

Conversation  IV 

German  III 

German  IV 

Intcnnedi.il.  I  i  mpoi  ition  and 

Conversation 
GM254  Business  German 

GM321  Advanced  Conversation  I 

GM322  Advanced  Conversation  II 

GM351  Advanced  German  Language  I 

GM352  Advanced  German  Lang 

GM361  Development  ol  German  Culture  and 

Literature  I 
GM362  Development  of  German  Culture  and 

Literamre  II  :is'' 

6sh  ( 1 1 


Controlled  Electives: 

Two  additional  GM  electives  (advanced  levels) 

Other  Requirements:  Business  Sequence: 
BL235 

AD321 


Introduction  to  Business  Lav, 

Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications 
AG20I  \.  i  ounting  Principles  I 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II 

EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II 

QB2 1 5  Business  Statistics 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Them  and  Practice 

FI310  Finance  1 

MG311  Human  Behavior  in  Oi 

MG360  Management  and  Production  Concepts 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing 


3sh 

3>h 
ish 
3sh 

.ish 

3sh 

:ish 
3sh 


(I 

iir, 


Free  Electives:  

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)    Most  students  earn  additional  language  credits  (usually  12-14)  in 
semester  stud)  abroad. 


ANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-200 


100       THE    COLLEGE    OF     HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Secondary  German 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  1 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  GM  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence:  ( 1 ) 

C.M301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction       Ssh 

ED242  Pre-studcnt  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  I  lsh 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  lsh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law  lsh 

ED453  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the 

Elementary/Secondary  Schools  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice  3sh 


Major: 
Required 

Courses: 

GM221 

Conversation  III 

2sh 

GM222 

Conversation  IV 

2sh 

GM251 

German  III 

3sh 

GM252 

German  IV 

3sh  (2) 

GM321 

Advanced  Conversation  I 

lsh 

GM322 

Advanced  Conversation  II 

lsh 

GM351 

Advanced  German  Language  I 

3sh 

GM352 

Advanced  German  Language  II 

3sh 

GM361 

Development  of  German  Culture  and 

Literature  I 

3sh 

GM362 

Development  of  German  Culture  and 

Literature  II 

3sh 

0 

6-8 


Controlled  Electives: 

Other  GM  electives  9s 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 

(1)  Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 
eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EX301  (2sh). 

(2)  GM253  may  be  substituted  for  or  taken  in  addition  to  GM252. 


Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  History  are  33  semester 
hours  in  history.  Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  with  a  major  in  Social  Studies,  concentrating  on  history,  are  a 
minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  history  within  the  .'54  semester  hours 
required  lor  social  science  certification.  The  requirement  for  a  minor  in 
history  is  1.5  semester  hours  of  courses  with  an  HI  prefix.  For  majors  in 
history  programs,  courses  in  history  in  Liberal  Studies  are  applicable  only  if 
numbered  300  or  higher.  All  programs  should  be  planned  with  an  advisor. 
Every  major  and  concentrate  in  history  will  be  advised  by  History 
Department  stall  members. 

Admission  to  HI482  and  483,  initiation  in  the  local  chapters  of  Phi  Alpha 
Theta  and  Pi  Gamma  Mu.  participation  in  study  tours  and  study  abroad 
programs,  and  other  activities  should  be  investigated  by  every  history 
student.  The  department  is  committed  to  die  ideal  of  a  broad  liberal  arts 
education. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — History 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  HI  prefix 
Humanities-History:  Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  33 

Required  Courses: 

HI200  Introduction  to  History  3sh 

HI201  Western  Civilization  Before  1600  3sh  (2) 

HI202  Western  Civilization  Since  1600  3sh  (2) 

HI203  United  States  History  for  Historians  3sh  (2) 

Controlled  Electives: 

HI480                  Senior  Seminar  (3)  3sh 

Non-Western  HI  course:  Latin  America,  Africa,  or  Asia  3sh 

Five  additional  history  courses  (4)  15sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  33-41 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  For  students  who  have  taken  HI  195,  210,  212,  or  214  prior  to 
becoming  History  majors,  this  course  may  not  he  appropriate.  Consult 
History  advisor  before  scheduling. 

(3)  This  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  completing  either  the  departmental 
honors  program  or  graduate  seminar  with  a  concluding  paper. 

(4)  Courses  selected  from  300  and  400  level  offerings;  no  more  than  six 
credits  from  HI493  as  major  elective. 


Department  of  History 

Gary  L.  Bailey,  Chairperson;  Bodle,  Botelho,  Cashdollar,  Landon, 
Lamer,  Marcus,  McDonough,  Shissler,  Vogel,  Wagner,  Wang,  Whited; 
and  professors  emeriti  Cord,  Gallanar,  Gelbach,  Goodrich,  Fricke, 
Hatfield,  Mastro,  Mervine,  Oliver,  Rife 


Programs  in  history  are  designed  to  give  both  those  who  major  in  history  in 
the  College  ol  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and  those  who  concentrate  in 
history  in  the  College  of  Education  an  opportunity  to  study  in  some  depth 
the  past  story  of  peoples  and  their  world.  Degrees  offered  by  the  History 
Department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  History  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  with  a  major  in  Social  Studies,  concentrating  in  history.  The 
first  program  is  under  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  and 
the  second  is  under  the  College  of  Education. 

The  history  student  will  find  that  the  program  is  excellent  preparation  for 
government  service,  for  pre-law  training,  for  broad  business  opportunities, 
for  work  in  varied  fields  of  journalism,  for  archival  positions,  and  for 
teaching.  Not  only  the  story  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  but  also  that 
of  other  peoples  is  covered,  in  the  belief  that  global  historical  understanding 
is  essential  for  the  future  of  civilization. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — History/Pre-law  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  HI  prefix 
Humanities-History:  Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  33 

Required  Courses: 

HI200  Introduction  to  History  3sh 

HI201  Western  Civilization  Before  1600  3sh  (2) 

HI202  Western  Civilization  Since  1600  3sh  (2) 

HI203  United  States  History  for  Historians  3sh  (2) 

Controlled  Electives: 

HI480                 Senior  Seminar  (3)  3sh 

Non-Western  HI  course:  Latin  America,  Africa,  or  Asia  3sh 

Five  additional  history  courses  (4)  15sh 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  Interdisciplinary  Track  3-21 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  AG201,  AG202,  BL235 
Criminology:  CR210,  260,357 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        101 


121 
l  ibei  J  Studies 


Ecoi i  EC121, 122,332 

i  ,,  lish  EN21 HO 

Phil |>li)    P 222   I  10 

Pol .1  s PS338,  159,361 

I  i.  [  I  I. noes: 

[but  n.v,".  Rcqnin mental 
(I)   Intermedial!  level  1  ig  ma)  beincl 

electi 
(J)   Poi  students  who  have  taken  HI195, 210,212 

.  ,  ,.  ii,  itorj  majors,  this  course  ma)  nol  I"-  appropriate.  <  lonaull 
,  j  adviaoi  l« -l"ii  w  heduhng. 
(:))  This  requirement  maj  befulfilledb)  completing  eithei  the  departmental 

honors  |>i"g> i  graduate  si  minai  with  a  concluding  paper. 

(i)   i  Bes  selected  from  300  and  100  level  offerings;  no n  than  six 

dita  from  I  U  19  ;  as  majoi  elei  tive. 


(1)  Students  entering  i dary  to    i    •  ■■•  ■    education  n   wpr   ent  tin 

follow  ing  in  ordi  I  to  ga dmisaion: 

(.i)    \  2  75  GPA  with  grad<  ,  ..I  ( .  ..i  bettei  in  history  and  v.. 
is*  s  requin  d  foi  i  ertifii  ation. 

(Il)       \   li  Hi  I   "I  .11  III II is tO  li  .H  In  I   "  Hill'  .llH  ill  ll"lr 

Edu Vets  14  and  151  must  be  current  al  .ill  tit 

(2)  Eligibility  foi  itudenl  ti  ai  hing  and  i  ertifii  ation  in  -<<  ondarj  •>•»  Lai 

(history  concentral |  requires  a  cumulativi  CPAol 

ii  in  ti.  i  in  histor)  '  our*  i  and  in  thi  n 
si.i  i.il  si  n  in  i  .li, ml. .in m 

(3)  I. ii  students  who  havi  talu  n  HI  195,  210,  212,  or  -'I  I  prioi  to 

In  i  in g  I  listorj  majors,  this  i  out  i\  nol  l«  appropriate.  Consult 

I  listor)  adS  isoi  l»  I""  n  hi  doling. 
(I)   S02  II  required  on!)  il  SI  »2  17  oi  162  an  nol  I  • 

(In  Inn 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Social  Science 
Education/History  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies!  \a  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  sec  don 

with  the  following  spei  ifications:  50-52 

Humanities    History:  Fulfilled  b)  required  courses 

Sodal  Sciencei  EC  l21,PCI01,and  WHO 

I  Iberal  Studies  Electives;  E(  i  22,  ( 1E230,  and  either 

irseswith  III  prefix 

('ollegc:  32 

Professional  Education  Sequence:  (1) 

CM301  Qschnolog)  foi  Learning  and  Instruction       Ssh 

I'h  itudent  Teaching  Clinical 
Experienci  I  Ish 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 
Experieni  e  II  Ish 

ED441  Student  reaching  I2sh 

SchoolLaw  Lab 

li.ii  hing  nl  Sot  ial  Si  ience  in 
Secondar)  Si  hools  ish 

Educational  Psychology  Ish 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  .'isli 

Edui  ation  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 
In.  lusivi  Sei  mill. in  Programs  2sh 

II  202  \im  in  .hi  Education  in  Theor)  and 

Practice  isli 

Major:  (I)  (2)  27 

Required  History  (muses: 

Introduction  to  I  listor) 
Ill-Mil  Ui  sum  Civili/.itnin  Before  1600 

H1S0S  Western  Civilization  Since  1600 

HI203  I  nited  States  Histor)  fbrHistoriai 

I II 180  Senioi  Seminar 

Controlled  History  Elective: 

One  course  from  the  fields  of  Middle  East,  Africa, 

\si.i.  hi  l  .inn  Aim n,  .i  ,u  ilu  300  level  or  higher  3sh 

llisinrv  Electivess 

Three  histor)  courses  al  the  300  level  or  higher, 

Ix  li.iiu  I  nited  States  history  9sh 

Required  Social  Science  Distribution:  (2)  9-12 

1  ••  W\  200-level  or  higher  Geography  course  ,'lsh 

Vmi  in  .in  Politii  s  .ish 

PS280  Comparative  Government  1: 

Western  Political  Systems  oi  Ssh 

native  Government  II: 
Non-Western  Political  Systems  5-.li 

S0231  Contemporar)  Soi  ial  Problems  ish  ( I) 

Free  Electives:  j_5 


Ssh 
}Sh(3) 
Ssh  (3) 

Jsl)  (3) 
Ish 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(  )   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
readier  Education,''  in  the  College  of  Education  section  ol  tins  catalog. 


Department  of  Journalism 

Robert  II.  Knssi  II.  Chairperson!  EOerbach,  IK  ilm.ui. Jean  k.  Mukaaai 
and  professors  emeriti  DeGeorge,  riirgiuclc.  Swaugcr.  Inihv 


Students  interested  in  .i  i  areei  in  news-editorial  m  publit  relations  fields, 
with  opportunities  in  «»  h  related  areas  js  advertising,  desktop  publishing, 

puter-assisted  reporting,  ami  marketing,  should  enjo)  tins  innovative, 

flexible  program,  The  journalism  majoi  i  ombines  journalism  i  li 

1 1  mi  sis.  iln  student's  choice  "I  .i  variety  "I  courses  from  other  university 

ih  | mi  i n K  nis.  plus  internships  which  provide  on-the-job  experii 

The  III'  journalism  major  is  flexible  lor  the  individual  student,  who  do 
with  an  advisor,  what  directions  his  or  her  education  will  take  lur  j  maai 

i  'iiniinnin  .iliuli  c  arccr. 

A  studenl  wishing  i"  entei  the  program  he  omes  ajoumahsi ajor  in  the 

( lollege  nl  Humanities  and  Social  Scii  aces.  Then,  the  student  chooses  an 

individual  program  within  a  large  group  "I  elective journalisi i-i-.  plus  a 

niiu  1 1  largei  group  ol  courses  from  various  other  areas  ol  the  university.  A 

student  wl impletes  1 1  ii  major  graduates  with  a  B.A.  in  Journalism. 

Because  journalism  itself  i  ovi  is  all  areas  ol  Life,  the  journalism  majoi  i 
many  areas  of  stud)  preparation.  There  are  only  Imir  required  courses,  so  the 
student  is  free  to  mold  the  program  i"  his  her  own  special  interests  thi 
both  majoi  and  tree  elet  tives. 

The  journalism  major  «ill  use  journalism  courses  t"  lullill  the  minimum  of 
in  hours  required  lur  the  major.  AD  journalism  majors  must  complete  the 
intermediate  sequence  "I  .i  foreign  language.  I'lns  may  be  dune  in 
three  wavs:  by  examination,  by  earning  i  redil  in  third  and  fourth  level- 
foreign  completing  fbm  levels  of  a  new  language.  If  the  hart 

procedure  is  used,  the  two  beginning  foreign  lanj  may  be 

applied  .is  free  electives  i"  the  total  number  "I  credits  needed  for  graduation. 

The  Department  ofjournalism  "Hers  an  eighteen-credil  minor  design 
complement  any  major.  Three  three-credil  courses  are  required: JN 1" 
and  1 20.  The  remaining  nine  i  redits  may  be  taken  from  the  following 
Journalism  major  courses:  JN  126,  138,  144, 347, 375, and  designated 
Spe<  ial  Topii  s  i  ourses.  Internship  credits  do  not  apply  toward  the  eigiuceu- 
eredit  minor;  however,  .•  student  in  tlie  minor  program  may  tak 
internship  and  apply  the  credits  as  free  electives. 

Course  Sequence 

The  journalism  faculty  offers  the  following  operational  policy  for  its  course 
sequence  anil  prerequisites.  The  basit  idea  is  (or  students  t"  take  Level  1 

■  prioi  to  level  II  courses,  etc.  We  ask  that  special  attention  be  given 
to  course  prerequisites  to  avoid  scheduling  students  without  proper 
experieni  e  into  courses.  We  do  retain  flexibility  of  waiving  sequence  and 
prerequisites  in  indrvidua 

I  evel  I 

JN102      Basic  Journalism  Skills  (required  for  all  journalism  majors  and 

minors) 
|\  111"      Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media  (required  for  all  journalism  majors 

and  minors) 
JN120     Journalistic  Writing  (tor journalism  minors  and  nonmajors) 
JN220      Writing  for  the  Print  Media  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999 


102       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Level  II 

JN243 

History  of  American  Press 

JN250 

Women  and  the  Press 

JN321 

Feature  Writing 

JN326 

Public  Relations  1 

JN327 

Layout,  Design,  and  Production 

JN328 

News  Reporting  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 

JN337 

Editing 

JN344 

Issues  and  Problems 

JN345 

Sports  Journalism 

JN375 

World  News  Coverage 

JN393 

Document  Design  1 

Level  III 

JN347 

Journalism  Law 

JN348 

The  Editorial  Page 

JN423 

Management  in  Mass  Communications 

JN430 

Public  Opinion  and  the  News  Media 

JN446 

Research  Methods  in  Journalism 

JN450 

Advertising  Writing 

JN482 

Independent  Study 

JN490 

Public  Relations  II 

JN491 

Presentation  Making 

JN492 

Problem  Solving  in  PR 

JN493 

Internship 

JN494 

Document  Design  II 

Bachelor  of  Arts— Journalism 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

will)  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  JN  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

JN102  Basic  Journalistic  Skills 

JN105  Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media 

JN220  Writing  for  the  Print  Media 

JN328  News  Reportitig 

Controlled  Electives: 

Other  JN  courses  (as  listed  in  this  catalog) 
Other  Requirements: 

Department  recommends  a  planned  program  of  dual 
major,  niinor(s),  or  electives.  (3)  (4) 

Free  Electives: 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

18sh(2) 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  Maximum  of  six  credits  Internship  applied  to  major. 

(2)    Students  may  take  no  more  than  I5sh  outside  the  College  of  Humanities 
and  Social  Sciences  without  prior  approval  of  advisor. 

(5)    Majors  in  the  public  relations  sequence  should  make  ever)'  effort  to 
schedule  MK320,  MK433.  and  AD32 1 . 


Minor — Journalism 


18(1) 


Required  Courses: 

JN102                 Basic  Journalistic  Skills  3sh  (2) 

JN105                 Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media  3sh  (2) 

JN120                 Journalistic  Writing  3sh  (2) 

Three  controlled  electives  from  following  fist:  9sh 
JN243, 326, 338, 344, 347, 375,  481  (3) 

(1)  Internship  credits  do  not  apply  toward  die  eighteen-credit  minor; 
however,  a  student  in  the  minor  program  may  take  an  internship  and 
apply  the  cretlits  as  free  electives. 

(2)  The  above  three  courses  are  to  be  taken  in  sequence. 

(3)  Minors  may  substitute  only  with  departmental  permission. 


Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious 
Studies 

Albert  E.  Bouffard, Chairperson;  Begres,  Boone,  Caraway,  Feirara. 
Gibson,  Holm,  Lin,  Mlecko,  Montgomery,  Smith,  Yirenkyi;  and 
professors  emeriti  Hermann,  Kannwislier.  Schaub 

Philosophy 

The  program  in  philosophy  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a 
capacity  for  thinking  clearly,  a  critical  attitude,  and  die  ability  to  reason 
theoretically. 

Major 


The  major  offers  the  background  required  for  graduate  work  in  philosophy. 
Those  whose  primary  interests  are  in  other  disciplines  will  find  philosophy 
courses  which  relate  direcdy  to  their  fields  on  a  theoretical  level.  Both  the 
minor  and  double  major  are  especially  desirable  for  dieir  reflective  benefits 
and  because  of  the  essentially  interdisciplinary  nature  of  philosophy. 

Individually  Designed  Philosophy  Minor 

As  a  minor,  philosophy  has  much  to  offer  in  helping  individuals  of  various 
backgrounds  better  understand  the  fundamental  assumptions  of  their 
disciplines.  For  that  reason,  the  minor  in  Philosophy  will  be  individually 
designed  to  meet  special  career  needs  and  personal  interests.  Selection  of 
courses  will  be  accomplished  through  discussions  with  and  approval  of  the 
department  advisor.  The  minimum  requirement  for  a  minor  is  15  semester 
hours  with  the  restrictions  on  the  major  applying  to  die  minor  also,  except 
that  no  more  than  three  non-classwork  credits  may  be  counted  toward  the 
minor.  Students  must  expect  careful  planning  in  any  program  approved.  For 
further  explanation  and  suggestions,  see  departmental  advisor. 

Liberal  Studies  Offerings 

The  Philosophy  program's  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  all  introductory  in 
nature;  none  of  them  presupposes  any  philosophical  background.  The 
student  may  choose  from  the  following:  PHI 01,  120,  221,  222,  223. 

Pre-Law  Track 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies  participates  in  die 
University  Pre-Law  Track  program  whereby  a  student  majors  in  one  of 
several  academic  disciplines  including  philosophy  and  also  meets  the  pre-law 
track  requirements.  Students  interested  in  the  philosophy  major/pre-law 
track  should  consult  the  departmental  pre-law  advisor.  Philosophy  courses 
included  in  the  pre-law  track  are  as  follows:  PH101,  PH222.  and  PH450. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Philosophy 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  PH  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  30 

Required  Courses: 

PH22I  Symbolic  Logic  I  3sh 

PH222  Ethics  3sh 

PH324  History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and 

Medieval  3sh 

PH325  History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance 

and  Modern  3sh 

PH420  Metaphysics  3sh 

PH421  Theory  of  Knowledge  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 
Four  other  PH  courses  (with  restrictions)  (2)  (3)  1 2sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  33-41 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-21 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        103 


(1)  [ntei liati  level! |  n  I ma]  I ludedinl  iberal  Studies 

clcctivi 

(2)  No  more  than  threi  100-200  level  courses b idtowarUtht 

lllil|MI  ( i„|,  I'll nes  ma)  I inted  toward  'I ajoi  i  nli  aa 

nth,  . ii  I  oui  icDesi  ripl II  (00  100  level 

n  i.. >  oi  senioi  standing oi  pi  nnission  ..I  tin  instrui  toi 

rei applies  both  to  Philosoplv  mi land  I ajors  in 

Ii*  iplim  ,.  ,  ,  , 

(I)   \ m  classwork credits  ma)  I inted  toward  tni 

Non  classworki  redits  im  ludi  independi  nl  study, indepi  ndi  nl 
urujci  i  and  inti  niship  in  philosophy. 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Philosophy/Pre-law  Track 

1  M .....  I  Studies!  V edin  Liberal  Studiesse n 

with  the  following  spei  ifii  a s: 

Liberal  Studies  Electivesi  no  i  ourscs  with  I'll  prefix 

College: 

"  igi  I ii  diati  Level  (1) 

Majori 

Required  Council 

I'llliil  I  nl lal  Logii :  Methods  ol  Critical 

Tluitkiiig  (oi  PH221  Symbolii  Logii  I) 

Ethics 
I'll  124  MisioiN  ofPhilosophj  I:  Ancienl  and 

Medieval 
PH325  Historj  ol  Phili 

and  Modern 
PH420  Metaphysics 

I'llUl  Theorj  ..I  Knowledge 

I i  ..IK  .1  Electives: 

■  i  othei  I'll 


.pliv  II:  Renaissano 


(with  Usui,  in. us)  (2)  i  I) 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-lav.  Interdisciplinarj  Sequence 
Seven  .  ourses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  ..I  six  areas: 
Business:  U3201.  VG202.BL235 
Criminology:  CR210, 260,  157 
Economics:  EC121, 122 
English:  EN212, 220,310 
i.  146 
Political  Science:  PS358.  I 


Ssh 

Ish 


Ssh 
Ish 
Ssh 

I2sh 


12-29 


124 

in  luded  in  Liberal  Studies 


,1  the 


I  iee  I  lectives: 

I..1.1I  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  ma) 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  tlian  three  100-200  level  courses  m.i\  be  counted  toi 
major.  Oui)  PH  courses  ma;  be  counted  toward  the  major.  I  nless 
otherwise  indicated  in  the  Course  Des(  riptions,  .ill  300-  100  level 

courses  require  junior  oi  senioi  standing  "i  permissii I  the  instrui  tor. 

Tins  prerequisite  applies  bodi  to  Philosoph)  majors  and  to  majors  in 
any  other  discipline. 

(.'()  N..  in. .ie  ili.m  nine  non-classwork  i  redits  maj  be  i  ounted  toward  the 
major.  Non-classwork  credits  include  independent  study,  independent 
honors  project,  and  internship  in  philosophy, 


I  hi  progr ■  alu  tblc  for  dios.    i 

t.  ligiou  ii  "  lig 1 1""'" 

in. I  foi  gradual!  i  plannii 
Iddil .ill\.  It.  ligiou 

Inicii on.ii  Si 

Soi  iology.  Religious  Sb 

witliin  the  univcrsit)  i  urrii  ulum. 

In  addition  to  the  2  I  si  mi  itei  hours  of  H 
majoi  6  '".ii.  a  numlx  i 

im.  nis  win.  Ii  compli  mi  nl  tlio 

Opp ■ 'ht 

hid    o "  -us  ili.  in.  s  .mil  is  required  in  tl 

at  IUP.  Revisions  are  pending  in  die  Religious  Studies  pro 

Minor __ 

The  requ  1  5sh: 

I.     I -Mi  must  In  taken  from  I 
n  required  t  oui  -• 

i.       ish  nnisl  b.  I  ".I  I" 

"religion  related"  courses. 
:(.     \ in  than  three  non-classwork  credits  m  d  minor. 

i  . .i.Mih  .i.Kis.ii  in  Religious  Studies  l". 


Liberal  Studies  Offerings 


The  Religious  -  ill  introductory 

in  nature;  none  presupposes  an)  Religious  Studii  i  I....  kground.  The  student 
may  choose  from  the  following:  RS100, 

Bachelor  of  Arts— Religious  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  5J-55 

h  uli  the  following  spe<  ifii  ations: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  RS  prefix 

College:  "'' 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  I 

Major: 

Controlled  Ekcth 

One  course  from  list  \:  RSI 00  or  1 1(1 

trse  from  list  B:  RS210  o 
Oni  i  ourse  from  list  <  '.  RS  I70o 
One  course  from  list  I):  RS380,  H0,oi  I  10 
F..U1  additional  Us  ,  qui 
Two  courses  from  religion-related  . ..." 

Other  Requirements! 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Intermediate-level  1  ge  ma)  be  included  in  die  Liberal 

Studies  (  lei  lues. 

(2)  Odier  courses  ina\  be  approved  in  consultation  with  adt 
(.{)  Consult  Religious  Studies  advisor. 


Ssh 
12sh 


0 

J.J-tl 


Minor-Religious  Studies 

RSlOOor  lid 
RS370oi  175 

,1  4111...   till 
Elective  in  Religious  Stud 
Religion-related  course  ( 1 ) 

(I)    Consult  Religious  Similes  advisor. 


15 


Minor-Philosophy  15 

Individual!;  designed  minoi  worked  out  in  consultation  with  advisoi  No 
more  than  tliree  100-200  level  philosophy  .  ...uses  ma)  he  counted  toward 

the  nun.':. 


Religious  Studies 

rhi  program  in  Religious  Studies  is  designed  i"  provide  a  balanced, 
noiisect.il i.in.  cross-cultural  approach  leading  t..  a  bettei  understanding  "I 
the  phenomenon  of  religion  in  human  experience.  Ii  emphasizes  an 
interdisciplinary  approach  In  a)  requiring  religion-related  e.  mi  ses  outside 
Religious  Studies  .mil  In  10  encouraging  the  minor  .u  a  double  major,  rather 
than  a  single  major  in  Religious  Studies. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG 


104       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Department  of  Political  Science 

Steven  F.  Jackson,  Chairperson;  Bahgat,  Chambers,  Dejene,  Kufrher- 
Hirt,  Lynch,  Sitton,  Strachan,  Torges;  and  professors  emeriti  Chaszar, 
Lee,  Morris,  Palmer,  Smith 


Political  scientists  focus  upon  political  systems,  including  the  effect  of 
environment  on  the  system,  inputs,  the  decision-making  agencies  which 
render  binding  public  policies,  and  system  outputs.  Approaches  to  the  study 
of  government  and  politics  include  the  normative  approach,  in  which 
philosophical  attention  centers  on  values  by  asking  die  question  "What 
ought  to  be?"  and  the  behavioral  approach,  in  which  an  attempt  is  made  to 
develop  verifiable  theories  through  scientific  methods  by  asking  the 
questions  "How"  and  "Why?" 

Students  majoring  in  political  science  have  employment  opportunities  in 
federal,  state,  and  local  governments  and  widi  private  civic  groups,  interest 
groups,  and  political  groups.  Students  who  go  on  to  graduate  work  find 
appoinUnents  at  higher  levels  and  in  college  teaching.  Students  graduating  in 
political  science,  as  in  any  of  the  social  sciences,  are  in  demand  by  employers 
in  business  and  industry.  Students  completing  the  Political  Science 
Internship  Program  have  experienced  considerable  success  in  finding 
employment  upon  graduation.  The  political  science  major  is  also  especially 
suitable  for  the  pre-law  student. 

Degrees  offered  by  the  Political  Science  Department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
in  Political  Science,  in  Government  and  Public  Service,  and  in  Political 
Science  Pre-Law  track.  An  interdisciplinary  major  and  a  minor  in 
International  Studies  are  sponsored  by  the  Political  Science  Department. 
The  department  also  offers  a  minor  in  political  science. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PS  1 1 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  PS  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  33 

Required  Courses: 

PS101  World  Politics  3sh  (2) 

PS  111  American  Politics  *sh  (3) 

Controlled  Electives:  30sh 

At  least  one  course  in  three  of  first  four  areas: 

American  Studies:  PS25 1 ,  300, 346, 350, 35 1 ,  353, 

354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359 

Political  Theory:  PS360,361,362 

Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PS250, 370, 371,  444 

International  Studies:  PS280, 282,  283,  285, 320, 321, 

380, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389  (4) 

General  Political  Science:  PS300  (strongly  recommended), 

PS377, 480, 48 1 ,  482, 485, 493 

Other  Requirements:  15-27 

Second  major,  minor,  or  concentration  as  approved 
by  advisor  with  maximum  of  1 5  credits  outside 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  unless 
specifically  approved 

Free  Electives:  3-23 


Tola  I  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  PS101  satisfies  non- Western  requirement. 

(3)  Credit  for  PS1 1 1  is  counted  in  die  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

(4)  PS280  and/or  285  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PS380  through  389. 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Political  Science/Pre-Law  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PS  1 1 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  PS  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

PS101  World  Politics  3sh(2) 

PS111  American  Politics  *sh  (3) 

Controlled  Electives:  30sh 

At  least  one  course  in  diree  of  first  four  areas: 

American  Studies:  PS25 1 ,  300, 346, 350, 35 1 ,  353, 

354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359 

Political  Theory:  PS360, 36 1 ,  362 

Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PS250,370,371,  444 

International  Studies:  PS280, 282,  283, 285, 320, 

32 1 ,  380, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389  (4) 

General  Political  Science:  PS300  (strongly  recommended), 

PS377,  480, 481 ,  482, 485, 493 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  track 
Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 
Business:  AG201,  AG202,  BL235 
Criminology:  CR210, 260, 357 
Economics:  EC121, 122,332 
English:  EN212,  220, 310 
History:  HI320, 321, 346 
Philosophy:  PH 1 0 1 ,  222, 450 

Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  PS101  satisfies  non-Western  requirement. 

(3)  Credit  for  PS  1 1 1  is  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

(4)  PS280  and/or  PS285  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PS380  through 
PS389. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Government  and  Public  Service 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 ,  PC  1 0 1 ,  SO  1 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  CO  101,  no 

courses  widi  PS  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 


Major: 

Required 

Courses: 

EC335 

Public  Finance 

3sh  (2) 

EC336 

State  and  Local  Finance 

3sh  (2) 

PS111 

American  Politics 

3sh 

PS250 

Public  Policy 

3sh 

PS251 

State  and  Local  Political  Systems 

3sh 

PS300 

Research  Mediods  in  Political  Science 

3sh 

PS370 

Introduction  to  Public  Administration 

3sh 

PS371 

Issues  in  Public  Administration 

3sh 

PC330 

Social  Psychology 

3sh 

S0458 

Political  Sociology 

3sh  (3) 

Controllei 

il  Electives: 

9sh 

Three  courses  from  list:  PS350, 351, 352, 353, 
354, 355, 358, 377,  444,  481, 482, 485, 493 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        /  05 


Olhei  Requlrenunlii 

i  ),„. ,  om  ,,  h iiNiinii  ations  areas 

,  i  ,,.,1,  i,  loumaliun, C inie ni  MedU)  u 

approved  b)  adviaoi 

[nterdiai  ipuiutn  minor:  Government  Management, 

his id  \<l itrarion,  Finani  ial  Adi 8U n, 

I'l g  " 

in  i  i  k  ctivesi 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  I 

(1)  [nterniediati  level  I iign  Language  nuty  be  included  in  the  Liberal 

Simlic  s  ,li.  fives 

m    Approved  aubadtutea  for  EC335 1  136  E(  283,332,333,373. 

(.•()  Approved  aubadtutea  for  S0458:  SO303, 335, 345. 


J- 1 1 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Political  Science/International  Studies 

Liberal  Studies!  Vs  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  aei  don  5J- 

wild  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  I'SI  1 1 

Liberal  Studiea  Electivesi  mi.  courses  with  PS  prefix 


l(D 


.Ssh 
*sh  (2) 
I5sh(3) 

l.r)sli(4) 


0(5) 
30-38 


College) 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Le 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

PS101  World  Polidca 

I'si  1 1  American  Politics 

Inii  i.Iim  iplinarj  sequence 

i  i ili in .il  spei  ialization  sequent  e 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electivesi 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
elecdves.  Only  courses  300  level  ami  beyond  may  count  in  the  cultural 
>P<i  ialization  sequence. 

(2)  Credit  for  I'SI  1 1  is  included  with  Liberal  Studies. 

(.'()    riie  interdisciplinary  sequence  includes  an  introductory  or  comparative 
international  course  from  each  of  five  social  science  disciplines: 
antlim) tiling,  cci ii unities,  geography,  history,  political  science,  and 

logy.  Selection  depends  on  goal(s)  of  major  and  should  be  planned 
in  consultation  with  the  International  Studies  advisor. 

(t)    The  specialization  sequence  focuses  on  one  area  or  culture  and  three 
disciplines:  economic  systems,  political  systems,  language,  literature, 
history,  geography.  ( lurrendy,  three  specializations  are  offered:  Latin 
\iiu nca.  tlie  Far  East,  and  Soviet  Studies.  Consult  with  advisor  lor 
planning  course  selection. 

(5)    Majors  are  strong!)  encouraged  to  take  advantage  of  the  study  abroad 
opportunities  available  through  IUP  department  programs  and 
exchange  opportunities  available  through  the  Center  for  International 
Simlies. 


Minor-Political  Science 

Required  Courses: 

I'SI 01  World  Politics 

rail]  American  Politics 

Controlled  Elective*: 

Three  additional  PS  courses 


15 


Ssh 
3sh 


'Mi 


Minor— International  Studies  18 

Required  Courses: 
PS101  World  Politics 

Poll]  American  Politics 

Controlled  F-leetives: 

Interdisciplinary  sequence  (see  major) 

(1)    Credit  counted  with  Liberal  Studies  Social  Sciences. 


3sh 

*sh(l) 


Department  of  Sociology 

Herbert  M.  Hunter, 4  bafapcnoti  <  I  .til  IM0fe,  Stephen  K. flnndf run, 
t  hairpenoo (Spring, 2OO0)i  \i  k.  men  <  bang,  Darling,  (.onrlolf. 

(.i.uil.  Mil  ki  II.  Mull/.  Now.ik.  It  i  wiiilils.  S.inilrrsun.  Snvdt  r 


lli.    I  i,    ,  nun.  m  i,l  S,„  ■  .i  lop  both  iln   s.  ii  nlilii  .mil 

liiiin.iiiisii,  foundation  imunity  as  u> 

the  signifn  am  i  ol  soi  iologil  si  I  [,|>U  so.  lologn  ,1  knowledge 

i ii,  ni  s.n  ial  problems,  and  to  advani  ■  the  profession  by  promoting  die 

'.v.  ll,n,   ,,l  mill.     Ill  I  hi   disi  iplim   ot  so.  lologv  Em  uses 

I H mi. ink  on  the  analysis  ol  modem  industrial  sex  ieties  by  examining  their 
h.isii  patterns  of  social  organization,  thi  various  changes  that  oocui  within 
these  patterns,  and  the  impai  I  ol  thi  patterns  on  imhviilu.il  tlmuglit  and 
a.  Hon  Studi  nis  ,iu  prepared  foi  employment  in  human  service  fields  of  for 
graduate  stud]  in  ««  iology  ot  related  fields. 
Students  majoring  in  sot  iolog\  may  telet  i  one  ol  three  tracks:  General 

Sociology,  CI ilS. logy,  and  Applied  Socia   '  general 

track  attempts  i"  broadly  educate  those  atudi  nta  who  nu\  wish  to  pursue 

graduate  training  in  sociology  and  make  KM  iology  a  i .aieei  and  profrssinn. 

Because  ol  its  flexibility,  it  is  also  appropriate  for  students  who  want  to 

pursue  double  majors  that  would  include  sin  h  fields  as  psvi  hology  or 
criminology.  The  general  track  gi^es  students  the  broadest  possible  training 
ill  sociology.  Students  graduating  with  majors  in  general  so.  iology  often  find 
employment  in  business,  industry,  and  government 

"Fhe  clinical  ttac  k  in  «  iology  seeks  to  help  students  understand  the  causes 
of  many  of  the  problems  thai  plague  modern  mx  ieties,  Rich  as  poverty,  racial 
discrimination,  substance  abuse,  and  domestic  violence.  It  is  designed  to 
provide  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  bo  ome 
practitioners  in  various  human  sen  icea  an  aa  (i  .g.JuvenDe  delinquency, 
medical  sociology,  gerontology,  and  interpersonal  dynamics  and  familv 
sociology). 

The  applied  social  research  track  emphasizes  the  development  ol  research 

ami  assessment  skills  in  students.  Such  skills  are  important  in  carrying  out 
program  assessments,  needs  assessments,  program  development,  and  odier 
activities  that  focus  on  gathering,  analyzing,  and  interpreting  data  important 
for  polu  vinakeis. 

The  department  also  prepares  teachers  for  secondary  school  social  studies 
with  a  concentration  in  sociology.  The  program  leads  to  the  degree  Bachelor 
ol  Science  in  Education.  Widi  its  emphasis  on  patterns  ol  social  organization 
in  modern  industrialized  societies,  »o<  iolog)  provides  a  solid  foundation  for 
teaching  social  science  at  die  secondary  level.  Minors  are  available  in 
sociology  and  in  applied  social  research. 

Bachelor  of  Arts— Sociology/General  Sociology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifii  ations: 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Social  Science:  SO  1 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  no  courses  with  SO  prefix 

College:  0-6 

anguage  intermediate  Level  ( 1  i 

Major:  27 

Required  Courses: 

S0151  Principles  of  Sociology  *sh 

SO320  igical  Theory  Ssh 

SO380  Social  Research  Methods  Jsh 

One  of  the  following  courses: 

50361  SocialStratifaati.nl  3sh 

50362  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities  3sh 

50363  Sociology  of  Sex  and  Gender  3sh 
At  least  one  clijjtnnt  course  from  four  of  die  following 
substantive  areas:                                                                12sh 
Social  Inequality  and  Social  Change:  SO303, 337. 
361,362,363,  M8,  158 

Deviance  and  Social  Problems:  S023 1.333. 335. 

427,428 

Individual  and  Society:  S0251, 

Social  Organization  and  Institutions:  S0286, 336. 339. 

340,341,342,348,352,421, 

Comparative  Sociolog]   S0233, 271, 27S   i 

303,314.337.342 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


106       THE    COLLEGE    OF     HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Free  Sociology  Elective*:  <j 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  36-44 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)   Credit  ( ounted  in  Liberal  Studies,  not  in  the  major. 

(1)   Intermediate-level  Foreign  Languagt  ma)  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Sociology/Clinical  Sociology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217  recommended 

Social  Science:  S0151  required,  AN1 10  and 

PC101  recommended 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  c sea  with  SO  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 
Required  Course 


*sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
12sh 

15sh(3) 


50  151  Principles  of  Sociology 
SO301               Clinical  Sociological  Theory 
S<  1302               Clinical  Sociological  Practice 

51  1303  Si  icial  and  Cultural  Change 
SO320  Sociological  Theory 
S<  I  ;^o               Social  Research  Methods 
S0493  Internship  in  Sociolog] 
Controlled  Elecdves:  One  substantive  area  (2) 
Medical  Sociology:  AN444  or  S0342,and  -I  courses 
from  list;  AN222,  10.1511.51  or  155.  EC335,  FN212. 
PC321,378,S0231,336,  142,357,459 
( lerontology:  PC378  or  S0357,and  4  courses  from 
list:  AN444,  EC.3.35.  GE360,  PC312, 378. 
S023 1, 251,  336,  342,  .152.  357 
Juvenile  Delinquency:  CR451  orS0333,and  I  courses 
from  list:  CR102,  270, 370,  451,  GE432,  HI.374. 
S(  )23 1 .  333,  336, 339,  34.5,  36 1 ,  362 
Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  S0336  or  345.  and 
1  courses  from  list:  HE218,  224.  PC 3 1 1 ,  32 1.  3.30. 
S<  >25 1 .  335.  336,  339, 335. 36 1 .  363,  127.  428 
Labor  and  Industry:  SO340  or  348,  and  4  courses 
from  list:  EO.330,  350, 371. 372,  373,  HI37.3. 
LR426,  ISO.  PC420,  S02.il .  303. 340.  348, 361,458 

Community  Development:  S0339,and  I  courses  fr 

list:  AN271, 272, 314,  EC336, 383,  FN402, 
GE33 1,332, 360,  PS251, 354,  S023 1,3  13    136 

139,341,363 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    Credit  counted  in  Liberal  Studies,  but  not  in  the  major. 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  Students  may  create  their  own  substantive  area  with  the  approval  ol  the 
department  chairperson. 

(3)  At  least  two  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SO  (Sociology) 
courses. 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Sociology/Applied  Social  Research  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Social  Science:  S0151  required,  AN1 10 

recommended 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  CO  1 01.  no 

courses  «  ith  S( )  prefix 


0 
21-29 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (I) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

SOK51  Principles  of  Sociolog)  *sh 

SO.320  Sociological  Theory  3sh 

SO380  Social  Research  Methods  ish 

SO450  Field  Research  Methods  3sh 

S04.57  Computer  Use  in  Sociolog}  3sh 

S04.5S  Political  Sociology  3sh 

S0471  Internship  in  Sociology  l2sh 

Controlled  Elecdves:  One  substantive  area  (2)  I5sh  (3) 

Medical  Sociology:  AN444  or  SO.3  12.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  AN222,444,  BI1.51  or  15.5.  EC.3.35.  FN212 

GE360,  PC321, 378,  S0231, 335, 336, 342.  3.57.  I 59 

Gerontology:  PC378  or  S0357,and  4  courses  from 

list:  A.\444,EC335,360,GE360,PC.3]2.  178, 

S0231, 25 1,336, 342, 352,  3.57 

Juvenile  Delinquency:  CR451  or  St  )333.  and  4  courses 

from  list:  CR102,  270. 361,  370,  451 ,  GE4.32,  HI374, 

S023 1 ,  333, 336, 339, 345.  36 1 .  302 

Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  S(  1335  or  345,  and 

4  courses  from  list:  AN319,  HE21S.  224. 1'C.31 1.  321. 

330.  St  >25 1 .  3.3.5. 336, 337. 3.30.  3  15.  36 1 .  302.  427. 

428,  435 

Labor  and  Industry:  SO340  or  348,  and  4  i  ourses  from 

list:  EC330, 350, 371, 372,  .373,  H1373.  LR426, 480, 

PC420,  PS352,  S023 1,303, 340.  348, 361,  458 

Community  Development:  S0339,  and  4  courses  from 

list:  AN27 1 .  272, 3 1 4,  EC3.36. 383,  FN402,  CE.33 1 . 

332.  300.  PS2.5 1 ,  354,  S023 1 ,  33.3,  336, 338. 339, 

341,363 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Elecdves: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    Credit  counted  in  Liberal  Studies,  not  in  the  major. 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
elective. 

(2)  Students  may  create  their  own  substantive  area  with  the  approval  of  the 
department  chairperson. 

(3)  At  least  two  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SO  (Sociology) 
courses. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Social  Sciences 
Education/Sociology  Concentration  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PC  1 0 1 ,  SO  1 .5 1 ,  EC  1 2 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  EC  122.  GE230,  PS346, 

no  courses  with  SO  prefix 

College: 

Professional 

CM301 

ED242 


0 
21-29 


Education  Sequence: 

Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction        3sh 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  I  Ish 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  lsh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law  lsh 

ED455  Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  Secondary 

Sc K  3sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  Ssh 

EX301  Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings  2sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice  3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        10/ 


•I  the  following 


M.ljol: 

Required  Sodology  »>  Related  Council 

(  ultural  Vnthropolog 

si  ii  ,i  Prindplesol  S log 

ti  mporary  Soi  ial  Prol 

m  i ;  'ii  Sociological  1  lieory 

Soi  i.iI  Kim. in  Ii  Mi  thoda 

< rolled  Elective* 

nil.  d  from 

I  areas  "i  S log; 

Social  Structures  and  Processes:  SO336,340,S41, 

121    I5H    159 
S i  Problem     •"  '  :      151    133    135    157,362, 

.    I2H 
n ii;.  iearch    VN317,321;SO301,  156    i  u 

Distributional  Requirementa 
\m  two  History  courses  which  focua  on  the  U.S. 

\n\  Non  Weate World  I  listory  ( ' ai 

Required  Soi  ial  Si  ii  ni  i  Distribution 
.,1  oi  liiglu  i 

IOI  -'Nr> 

Other  Requirements: 
Free  Elecdvesi  (2) 
Ibtal  Degree  Require 

iqi 


lah 

♦sli  (I) 

3ah 

I  h 


6ah 
3ah 


Tsll 

3sh 


(I 
1-3 


(*)    S, 

I.  ii  hi  i  Educatioi 
(l|   S0151  ia nted 


Ills: 

is  leading  to  tea 
in  the  Col 
pari  "i  thi 


124 


;  Ik  i  certification,  dded  "Admission  to 
ege  "i  iMi"  adon  sei  don  "I  this  catalog. 
53-55ah  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 
(-.')   Students  who  do  not  pass  a  spedal  education  competency  teal  mual  t .i k< 
EX  100:  this  iv  ill  reduce  theii  free  elecrives. 


Minor— Sociology 

Required  course: 

S0151  Principlea  of  Sociology 

Controlled  Elecdvesi 

ilisi  S0231    120,380 
ddidonal  i ses  in  Soi  iolog) 


15 


3sh 


3sh 
9sh 


15-21 


Minor— Applied  Social  Research 

Required  Courses: 

SO380               Social  Research  Methods  3sh 

Field  Research  Methods  3sh 

Computer  Use  in  Sociology  >sh 

Political  Sodology  3sh 

Controlled  Elective: 

arch  course  in  College  of  Humanities  and 

Social  Si  iences.  .is  approved  In  department  chairperson  3sh 

Optional  internship:  AN  193  oi  Si  1493  6sh 


•ins    S|i ill  til  •  ni  in 

mi  ni  work,  librariansliip.  journalism,  (on  ign  tradi  .  airlines,  tourism, 
buaini  ..Hilary  si  hool 

i.  ,i.  Ii.  is  «ill  find  il"  do  methodology  ■•!■< 

:    1 1 1 1 1,  iii  .i  distini 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  ...  thi  '  ollegi  "I  Natural  s,  ienci  land  Malhematii  -  ..ml '  alleged 
I  liiiii.iniiii  t  and  Soi  ial  Si "  ni  i  s.  who  mual  pass  an  intermediate-leVd 

for  graduation,  may  choose  any  one  of  the  five 
languages  offered  by  il"  Fori        I  h,  Gciniau, 

Italian,  Latin  and  Spanish    I  li"s.  choosing  the  Spanish  oi  Latin  options  will 

fulfill  1 1 pin  i  mi  in  by  successfully  completing  SP20I  or  211*orLA201 

The  student  with  no  previous  foreign  language  stud)  will  lake  SP101-102o? 
si'i  i  i        i  .  c In s,  will  urn  be  applicable  ui 

any  collegi  oi  departmi  nl  requii a(i  to  pi  Eoi  students  in  1 1  RIM  who 

may  fulfill  theii   l-9-hourl  i  rement  with  SP1 11*  or  211*  or 

sl'l  I]   i  12  oi  with  two  i  hou •    )  bul  may  1 inted  as  general 

electivea  in  the  total  requ  in  the  other  i  alleges 

may  <  I ae  to  take  one  "I  tl il  languages  offered  (ji  the  intermediate  level)  in 

fulfilling  il"  requiremi  ms  of  Lib  a  lives. 

*  Count  ii  currm 

Students  with  pn  \  bus  Spanish  study  in  high  si  hool  will  he  plai  ed  into  the 

approprial "si  levels  by  means  of  a  written  departmental  exam, 

administered  prioi  i"  il"  beginning  nl  the  semester.  In  addition,  as  deemed 
necessary,  eapedally  in  the  i  ase  "I  native  oi  heritage  speakers,  students' 
writing  .mil  speaking  profii  issi  sskI  by  one  or  more  faculty 

members  in  the  Spanish  department  Eai  l>  student's  individual  requirements 
and  the  judgment  ol  the  i  lassroom  instrut  tors  will  also  be  considered  in 
placement. 

Spanish  for  Elementary  Education 

A  student  in  Elementary  Education  may  elect 
hours  of  Spanish,  consisting  of  the  following: 


a  concentration  nl  \'i  semester 


Sl'201  in  equivalent 

SP221  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation 

SP2  in  ii" liati  si  i  inisl  I  omposition 

SP26'0  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature 

si' ..'  I  Advanced  Sj > ah  ( lonversation 

SP404  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar 


4  si. 
3sh 
3sh 

>sh 

Ssh 

3sh 


Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages 

It.  Roger  Smith,  ( Chairperson;  Barton,  Broad,  Carranza.  Delbrugge. 
Drescher,  1  nit/,  tdisun.  Hernandez,  Miltz,  Spickcr.  Thornton,  Young 

Tlie  Departme f  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  oilers  a  varied 

ourriculum  designed  to  provide  nol  only  basic  language  instruction  in 
Spanish, Greek, and  Latin  but  also  the  more  advanced  competencies  needed 
In  language  specialists  ami  students  hoping  to  take  advantage  ol  an 

interm ial  study  experience.  Km  the  undergraduate  Spanish  major,  the 

department  lias  three  degree  programs:  the  B.S.  in  Education,  the  BA  in 
Spanish,  and  the  B.  V  in  Spanish  lot  International  Trade.  The  lattei  degree 
program  provides  solid  undergraduate  degree  training  preparatory  to  an 
M.B.  V  in  Intel  national  Management 

Suuleiits  majoring  in  Spanish  cull  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the 
language  andentei  more  deeply  mi.,  die  history,  culture,  and  literature  of 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


Elementary  Education  students  wishing  to  prepare  to  teach  in  elementary 
programs  where  content  teaching  in  Spanish  is  the  objective  should  enroll  in 
the  Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies  foi  Elementary  Teaching 
(FIT SIT)  program  desi  ribed  under  the  Department  ol  Professional  Studies 
in  Education. 

Study  Abroad  and  Internships 

Studv  Abroad:  The  university  has  established  study-abroad  centers  in 
Spam.  Mexico,  ami  ( losta  Rica.  The  program  in  Valladolid,  Spain,  is  a 

i  semester-only  program,  whereas  the  ones  in  Mexico  and  Costa  Rica 
are  summer  programs.  All  majors  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  study- 
abroad:  nonmajors  are  also  accepted  into  these  programs.  The  Is  hours  in 
Spam  or  7  1 1. mis  ui  Mexico  or  I  hours  in  Costa  Rica  arc  applicable  to  a 
majot  or  .1  minor  in  Spanish.  Students  interested  in  more  information  should 
contact  the  Spanish  department. 

Internships:  internships  in  Spain.  Mexico,  and  Costa  Rica  are  available 
through  il"  department  All  internships  take  place  during  die  summer  and 
varv  from  six  weeks  to  two  months  in  duration.  Internship  is  a  credit-bearing 
coi use.  SP493, and  all  interns  are  enrolled  in  the  first  session  of  summer 
school.  None! edit  internships  cannot  he  considered.  Students  enrolled  in  the 
Spanish  for  International  Trade  program  are  strongly  urged  to  do  an 
internship  in  on  dibility  in  the  field  of  international  business. 

Internships  are  available  m  banking, government,  social  work. 
communications,  education,  marketing,  and  many  odier  fields.  Arranging  an 
internship  abroad  takes  considerable  long-range  planning,  and  anyone 
interested  should  contact  the  Spanish  Department  at  least  three  months  in 
advance. 


108       THE    COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Spanish 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  SP  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major)  0 

Major:  37 

Required  Courses: 

SP201  or  equivalent  4sh 

SP221  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation  3sh 

SP230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  3sh 

SP260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 

SP321  Advanced  Spanish  Conversadon  3sh 

SP340  Hispanic  Civilization  Through  die 

19di  Century  3sh 

SP342/344  20th-century  Spanish  Civilization  and 

Culture/20th-Century  Spanish- 
American  Civilization  and  Culture  3sh 
SP404                 Advanced  Spanish  Grammar                           3sh 
Controlled  Electives: 

At  least  two  courses  from  those  numbered  410-431  6sh 

Any  other  six  credits  in  courses  342  or  above  6sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  32-34 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Spanish  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  GE252,  MA214,  CO/BE 

/IM 1 0 1 ,  no  course  with  SP  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

SP201  or  equivalent  4sh 

SP222  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation- 

Business  3sh 

SP230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  3sh 

SP260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 

SP321  Advanced  Spanish  Conversation  3sh 

SP340  Hispanic  Civilization  Through  die 

19th  Century  3sh 

SP342/344  20di-Century  Spanish  Civilization  and 

Culture/20th-Century  Spanish-American 

Civilization  and  Culture  3sh 

SP354  Commercial  Spanish  3sh 

SP404  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3sh 

Controlled  Elecdves: 
Other  Spanish  Electives  6sh 

Other  Requirements:  Business  Sequence 

AD321  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications  3sh 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3sh 

EC  122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

FI310  Finance  I  3S„ 

IM300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice     3sh 

MG311  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3sh 

MG330  Production  and  Operations  Management       3sh 

MG495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MK320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QB2 1  r>  Business  Statistics  3sh 


Free  Elecdves: 

Total  Degree  Requirements 


0 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Secondary  Spanish 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  AN  1 1 0,  PC  1 0 1 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  no  courses  with  SP  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction        3sh 

ED242  Pre-Student  Teaching  and  Clinical 

Experiences  I  l  sh 

ED342  Pre-Student  Teaching  and  Clinical 

Experiences  II  lsh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

ED442  School  Law  lsh 

ED453  Teaching  of  Foreign  Language  in 

Secondary  School  3sh 

ED499  Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education  2sh 

EP202  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3sh 

EX301  Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings  2sh 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

SP201  or  equivalent  4sh 

SP221  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation  3sh 

SP230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  3sh 

SP260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 

SP321  Advanced  Spanish  Conversation  3sh 

SP340  Hispanic  Civilization  Through  the 

19th  Century  3sh 

SP342/344  20di-Century  Spanish  Civilization  and 

CuIture/20th-Century  Spanish-American 

Civilization  and  Culture  3sh 

SP353  Spanish  Phonetics  and  Phonemics  3sh 

SP390  Teaching  of  Elementary  Content  Through 

the  Spanish  Language  3sh 

SP404  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3sh 

Controlled  Elecdves: 

Any  odier  three  (3)  credits  from  SP300  or  above  3sh 

Free  Elecdves: 


Total  Degree  Requirements  124 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 


Minor— Spanish 

Required  Courses: 

SP201 
SP221 
SP230 
SP260 
SP321 
SP342/344 


22 


or  equivalent 

Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation 
Intermediate  Spanish  Composition 
Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature 
Advanced  Spanish  Conversation 
20di-Century  Spanish  Civilization  and 
Culture/20th-Century  Spanish-American 
Civilization  and  Culture 


4sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


Controlled  Elecdves: 

One  course:  SP340, 342, 344, 362, 364, 353 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-21 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        /  ()9 


The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 


John  S.Eck,  Dean 

Aleksandra  B.  Kaniasty,  Assistant  Dean 

Raymond  P.  Pavloski,  Dean's  Associate 

( >m-  of  the  characteristics  ol  the  twentieth  centur)  is  il  n  marked  •  hange  in 
the  relation  ol  citizens  to  then  environment.  Space  probes,  orbiting  satellites, 
ii  nve  research  on  the  stru<  tme  and  synthesis  of  living  m.itter  have 
brought  i"  tin  forefront  for  reexamination  such  time-honored  queries  as. 
"Wh.n  is  the  nature  of  the  universe.'"  01  "Can  people  control  their  natural 
environment?'' or  "How  did  life  begin?"  Si  ientifically  found  answers  to  these 
ami  othei  questions,  coupled  with  proper  application  of  this  knowledge  foi 
humankind's  betterment,  must  be  .1  significant  part  ol  thi  goal  ol  educated 
people  everywhere. 

The  objectives  of  the  College  ol  Natural  S<  iences  and  Mathematics  are  to 
acquaint  the  student  with  the  kinds  of  problems  which  lend  themselves  to 
possible  solutions  through  the  use  of  science;  to  introduce  different  scientific 
techniques  through  significant  illustrative  experiences:  to  givi  a  sense  ol 
perspective  in  the  development  of  science;  and  to  develop  an  understanding 
ol  the  basic  community  ol  .ill  s(  ientific  disciplines. 

Degrees  Offered 


Degrees 


Applied  Mathematics 

Applied  Physics 

Biochemistry 

Biology 

Biology  Education 

1  Ihemistrj 

Chemistry  Education 

Computet  Science 

Earth  and  Spate  Science  Education 

Economies  Mathematics 


Environmental  Geoscience 
Environmental  Health 
General  Science  Education 

Geolog) 

Mathematics 
Mathematics  Education 
Natural  Science 

l'!i\si,  ^ 

I'hvsk  s  Education 

Psychology 


The  departments  ■  ■!  Biology,  Chemistry,  Computer  Science,  ami  P 
offer  work  leading  to  either  a  Bachelor  "I  Science  or  a  Bachelor  ol  Arts 

depending  upon  the  specifo  course  program  pursued.  The  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  is  awarded  lor  successful  work  in  the  departments  ol 
Geoscii  nee  and  Matht  matii  s.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  awarded  by  the 
Department  ofPsyt  hology.  A  Bat  heloi  ■  •!  S.  ience  degree  is  also  awarded  in 
Natural  S.  ii 

Several  departments  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
sponsor  Master  of  Arts  o  jus  in  the  unm 

Graduate  School.  The  Department  ol  1- 

1 1  mation  on  these  programs  should  be 
obtained  from  the  Graduate  School. 


Degree  Requirements 


In  addition  to  the  university's  1  iberal  Studies  requirements, all  students 
seeking  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  the  (  ollegi  of  Natural  Sciences  and 

M.uliein.itu  s  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  as  established  by 
the  department  dirough  which  they  wish  to  specialise.  Statements  ol  these 
requirements  and  those  lor  minoring  In  a  specific  field  appear  in  die 
department  sections  that  follow.  A  double  major  or  minor  mav  encompass  a 
discipline  outside  as  well  as  within  the  college  but  should  lie  selected 
with  advisor  approval.  As  a  general  principle,  there  is  considerable  latitude  in 
courst  choice  for  Natural  S*  iences  and  Mathematics  majors:  for  specifically 
required  courses,  substitution  in  any  program  must  have  die  written  approval 
of  the  student's  department  chairperson  or  the  college  dean. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


110       THE    COLLEGE    OF     NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


The  Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Unless  otherwise  indicated,  each  department  adheres  to  the  following  foreign 
language  requirement: 

A  candidate  for  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must 
demonstrate  a  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language  equivalent  to  diat  attained 
upon  completion  of  two  years  of  college  instruction  in  dial  language.  This 
requirement  may  be  met  by  one  of  the  following: 

a.  successful  completion  of  die  intermediate  level  in  a  specific  language 

b.  successful  completion  of  an  exemption  or  credit  examination 

Anviforeign  student,  registered  as  such  at  IUP,  whose  acquired  native 
language  is  other  than  English  and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable 
proficiency  in  English,  is  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  requirement  for  a 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  degree  if  the  department  he/she  is 
majoring  in  does  not  require  a  specific  language  not  dius  covered. 

Preprofessional  Programs 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  offers  programs  for  die 
preparation  of  students  for  acceptance  by  a  professional  school:  pre-medical 
(including  osteopathic  medicine)  and  pre-veterinary  medicine.  In  addition, 
die  college  oilers  a  major  in  die  Natural  Sciences  for  diose  students  whose 
goal  is  dentistry,  pharmacy  or  pharmacology,  optometry,  podiatry, 
chiropractic  medicine,  or  physical  therapy.  All  programs  are  so  designed 
diat.  should  work  at  a  professional  school  not  ensue,  die  student  may  earn  an 
IUP  baccalaureate  degree,  provided  he/she  has  been  faithful  to  faculty 
advisement. 

The  preprofessional  health  programs  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  presuppose  that  the  student  has  an  excellent  background  in  die 
high  school  sciences  and  mathematics  and  will  prove  to  be  an  excellent 
college  student.  Students  should  identify-  their  proposed  field  of  study  upon 
admission  to  IUP. 

Cooperative  Programs 

IUP  has  been  fortunate  to  enter  into  cooperative  agreements  with  a  number 
of  outstanding  institutions  to  provide  significant  career  opportunities  to  our 
students.  These  formal  agreements  provide  for  accelerated  graduate  or 
professional  degree  programs  or  carefiillv  planned  and  coordinated 
undergraduate  programming  with  the  cooperating  institution.  Programs  are 
intended  to  assure  acceptance  of  properly  qualified  students  by  the 
cooperating  professional  schools.  Additional  information  concerning  the 
specific  programs  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  academic  department 
in  this  catalog. 

Primary  Care  Scholars  Program 

The  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine  (PCOM)  has  established 
the  Primary  Care  Scholars  Program  with  six  Pennsylvania  State  System  of 
Higher  Education  universities.  The  program  will  enable  students  who  have 
demonstrated  both  academic  excellence  and  a  commitment  to  the  practice  of 
primary  care  in  Pennsylvania  to  gain  early  admission  to  PCOM.  Contact  Dr. 
Allan  Andrew  for  specific  information  regarding  this  program. 

Allegheny  General  Hospital  Scholars  Program 

This  program  has  been  established  to  attract  highly  qualified  students  who 
five  in  the  Pittsburgh  area  and  southwestern  Pennsylvania  to  enter  the 
medical  disciplines  ot  family  medicine,  internal  medicine,  and  general 
pediatrics.  This  is  an  integrated  program  for  IUP,  Allegheny  General 
Hospital,  and  MCP<>Halinemann  School  of  Medicine  of  die  Allegheny 
University  of  the  Health  Sciences.  Contact  Dr.  .Mian  Andrew  for  specific 
information  regarding  this  program. 

Chiropractic  (see  Natural  Science) 

The  New  York  College  of  Chiropractic  Medicine  Program  is  designed  to 
accelerate  the  professional  training  of  IUP  students  in  die  field  of 
chiropractic  medicine. 


Engineering — Drexel  University  (See 
Department  of  Physics) 

The  program  with  Drexel  University  combines  the  opportunity  for  two  years 
of  study  at  IUP  widi  the  remaining  three  years  of  study  as  part  of  the  Drexel 
plan  of  cooperative  education.  A  student  completing  this  program  will 
receive  a  bachelor's  degree  in  engineering  from  Drexel  University. 

Engineering — University  of  Pittsburgh  (See 
Natural  Science) 

The  program  with  University  of  Pittsburgh  allows  the  student  to  enroll  at 
IUP  for  the  first  diree  years  of  college  and  conclude  degree  work  by  enrolling 
in  an  engineering  program  at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh  lor  the  last  two 
years.  The  student  will  earn  a  B.S.  degree  in  Natural  Science  from  IUP  and 
die  appropriate  engineering  degree  from  the  University  of  Pittsburgh:  see  the 
Natural  Science  section  for  IUP  degree  requirements. 

Family  Medicine  (See  Department  of  Biology) 

The  program  with  Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Thomas  Jefferson  University' 
increases  the  opportunities  for  IUP  students  to  he  admitted  to  Jefferson 
Medical  College  in  die  Family  Medicine  Program.  The  program  is  designed 
to  provide  physicians  to  rural  communities  in  Pennsylvania  where  diere  is  a 
physician  shortage. 

Primary  Care  Partnership 

The  program  widi  Pennsylvania  State  University  College  of  Medicine 
enables  the  college  to  identify  students  with  primary  care  potential  and 
provide  these  students  widi  die  opportunity  to  interact  widi  primary  care 
faculty  at  die  Pennsylvania  State  University  College  of  Medicine.  Contact  Dr. 
.'Ulan  Andrew  for  specific  information. 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  (See 
Department  of  Biology) 

The  program  with  Duke  University  is  designed  to  coordinate  the  education 
of  students  from  IUP  widi  the  graduate  programs  in  forestry  and 
environmental  management  offered  at  Duke  University  in  Durham,  North 
Carolina. 

Podiatry  (See  Natural  Science) 

The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  program  accelerates  the 
professional  training  of  IUP  students  in  the  field  of  podiatry. 

Optometry  (See  Natural  Science) 

The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  program  accelerates  the  professional 
training  of  IUP  students  in  the  field  of  optometry. 

Marine  Science  Consortium 

College  majors  may  be  interested  in  the  programs  available  through  the 
Marine  Science  Consortium.  The  Marine  Science  Consortium  was 
established  in  1968  for  die  purpose  of  promoting  teaching  and  research  in 
the  marine  sciences.  Participating  institutions  include  IUP  and  thirteen  odier 
colleges  and  universities.  Although  no  separate  major  in  the  Marine  Sciences 
exists,  elective  courses  may  be  taken  and  credited  toward  undergraduate 
curricula  ill  Biology.  Geology,  Geography,  and  Earth  Science.  The  Marine 
Science  Consortium  offers  five  three-week  sessions  during  the  summer  at  die 
NASA- Wallops  Island  Station,  Virginia.  Normally,  several  research  cruises 
are  offered  each  summer. 

Students  must  register  for  credit  and  pay  credit  fees  to  a  participating 
institution.  Room  and  board  lees  are  paid  to  the  consortium.  Applications 
for  all  summer  sessions  must  be  submitted  to  the  institutional  director  by 
April  1.  Students  must  be  accepted  by  the  consortium  before  registering  at  a 
participating  institution.  See  section  on  Marine  Science  Consortium  lor  a 
listing  of  courses.  For  brochure,  summer  bulletin,  and  application  tonus, 
contact  Dr.  Ray  L.  Winstead,  Biology,  or  Dr.  Darlene  S.  Richardson. 
Geoscience,  who  are  die  IUP  directors  and  assist  students  in  program 
planning. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        /// 


Internship  Programs 


Cooperative  Programs 


Seven]  depi sin  thi  I  ollegi  of  Natural  Science*  and  Mad atics 

I,.,,,  established  extensive  internship  programi  undi  i  whii  h  i Ii 

,,, ii  eampui  supervised  wort  i  -i"  rii  nci  I lil 

I „,„,  informi iiboul  Bpei  iGi  internship  programs,  students  should 

consult  with  tin  chairperson  of  tht  department  in  which  tht  student  is 

,IU| i.Studcnl   cligibli  For  internships  may  receivi  federal  or  stau 

lin 


Department  of  Biology 

W.  Berkley  Butler,  4  lhairpersoni  Alico,  Andrew,  Ayebo,  Bharathan, 
Browc,  <  iakowski,  Dietrich,  Ferrence,  Forbes,  Gendron,  Hinricbsen, 
Hulse,  Humphreys,  [ack,  Kesner,  I  iniey,  I  ord,  1  udano,  Nastase, 

Newell,  IVanl.  Peterson,  Pickering,  Pistole,  Sinn is.  Winstead, 

Wnlin:  end  professors  emerid  GaJJati,  Liegey,  Moore,  Schrock 

Web  site:  AMp.;  'www.iup.fdu  h 

(fcred  b)  the  Departme fBiologj  are  the  Bachelot  ofScienci  in 

h    Bachel I  Vrts  in  Biology,  die  Bachelot  ol  Science  in 

Envit Kiii.il  Health,  and  the  Bat  hel fScienct  in  Edut  ation  with  a 

i  ufication.  The  first  three  degree  programs  are  undi  i  tin 
ol  Natural  St  it  n<  es  and  Matltematics,  and  tlie  fourth  is  under  the  ( lollege  ol 

Eduo On  di  partmi  nl  also  offers  .1  Biolog)  minor. 

II,,  program  leading  to  a  B.S.  in  Biolog)  is  designed  to  provide  maximum 
depth  in  the  sciences  and  mathematics  with  less  elective  opportunity. 
Students  who  plan  to  attend  graduate  school  01  professional  si  hools,  sui  h  as 
those  in  human  01  veterinar)  medicine,  most  often  choose  this  program  "I 

n  U.S.  111  Biology  automatical!)  qualifies  .1  student  foi  .1  minoi  in 
chemistry  and  thus  represents  more  than  adequate  preparation  foi 
employment  opportunities  tli.it  require  expertise  in  both  biology  and 
1  hemistry, 

1  mi  leading  to  the  B. A.  in  Biolog)  is  designed  to  aHow  for  greater 
electivi  choice,  [his  freedom  could  be  used  to  pursue  interests  in 
nonbiological  areas,  allowing  for  .1  more  broadl)  based  I  libera]  Arts 
education.  Alternatively,  the  B.A.  degree  student  would  have  the  Bexibilitj  to 

depth  (tominoi  in  or  perhaps  even  to  double  major  in)  a  particulai 
nonbiological  discipline.  Biology  combined  with  othet  sciences  sui  h  as 
Computet  Science,!  Ihemistry,  Physics,  <  leoscience,  Mathematics  or 
Psychology,  01  non-st  iences  such  as  Art.  English,  Business,  or  a  foreign 

hi  make  attractive  packages  for  the  student  and  for  potential  future 
employers. 

Environmental  Health  Program 

Tins  program  fot  uses  on  environmental  and  ecologii  al  fai  tors  as  the)  relate 
well-being,  including  food  safety,  clean  water  and  air,  vector-borne 
diseasi  s,  and  waste  management.  The  Environmental  1  lealth  Program  is  .1 
preparation  foi  employment  m  local,  state.  and  federal  agencies  and  industry 
as  well  as  graduate  school  in  a  public  health-related  field.  Between  tl 
and  senior  year,  each  student  should  serve  an  internship  in  the  private  or 
public  sector. 

B.S.  in  Secondary  Biology  Education 

Hie  Department  ol  Biology,  in  •  onjunction  with  the  College  of  Education, 

program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  certification  to 
teat  1 1  biology  Die  program  is  <  ommitted  to  preparing  teachers  who  possess 
a  Strong  foundation  in  biolog)-.  .1  broad  b.u  kgtotind  in  assm  iated  sciences, 
and  in  extensive  preparation  in  pedagogy. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

E 11  Biolog)  Education  majors.  Biology  majors  must  complete 
intermediate  level  oi  two  semesters  of  foreign  language  starting  at  the  highest 
level  recommended  b)  the  freshman  Pre-registration  Placement  Test  in  that 

tnaj  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies  electives).  ["his  requirement 
i. in  also  be  met  by  demonstrating  proficient  \  in  a  foreign  language 
equivalent  to  the  intermediate  level. 


I  In  Biola 

( lollege,  Duki  I  nivi  rsit)  Si  I I  < 

Marini  Si  ii  m  1  •  onsorti Im    and  Pymal 

Duke  Cooperative  College  Program  in  Forestry  and 
Environmental  Studies 

I  hi  Cooperative!  ty  Si  hool  of  the 

I. inin, 1, in.  nl  1/1"  .  nt  tl  to  t  oordin 

1 1 tion  of  students  at  II  P  widi  graduati  programs  in  the 

areas  ol  resoun  es  and  environment  offered  al  Dul 

in  om  ol  iln  natural  si  iem  es,  mathi  matii  s,  1 1  onomii  Jitical 

s,  11  in  1  .in  sun,  d  to  thi  hould 

includi  at  least  om  peareacl  ■■>  I -.-•  with  work  in  botany,  c<  onomica  with 

a  signifii  anl  1  omponenl  ol  mil  roei  onomii  s,  and  mathi  tnatii  ■  which  should 
im  lutlt  1  ali  uliis. ,  omputi  1  si  ii  in  1 .  ami  statisui  s.  Applii  ants  to  the  Duke 

and  a  fori  ign  languag tdditional  .  01  uses  1  biology,  ei  onomii  s,  and 

1. .in  s  will  be  given  preft  rential  1  onsideration  Students  an  11 1  cpted 
in  eitbei  of  two  degree  programs  at  Duke:  the  Mastei 
Mastei  ol  Environmi  ntal  Managen (M 

Students  ma)  be  ai  cepl 

nl  high  quality  undergraduate  study  al  III'  01  upon  1  ompletion  « »t  die 
baccalaureate.  Students  who  qualif)  alter  three  years  will  have  completed 
most  ol  iln  undi  rgraduate  degree  requirements  al  II  Pexot  pi  lor  total  hours. 

1  ses  at  Duke  will  be  applied  to  thi  !  •  it  II  P.  Dr.  Jerry  L. 

Pickering,  Department  of  Biology,  is  thi  facult)  advisor  at  II  Pandas 
stutlents  m  program  planning. 

Jefferson  Medical  College-IUP  Physician  Shortage  Area 

Program 

\  1  ooperative  Famil)  Medicine  Physii  ian  Education  Program  has  been 

established  b)  II  P  and  Jefferson  M  Berson 

I  oiversit)  in  Philadelphia  for  the  purpose  ol  improving  the  distribute 

ph)  sii  ians  in  Pennsylvania.  The  program  is  designed  i 

opportunities  for  young  women  and  men  to  practice  family  medicine  in  the 

rural  communities  ol  Pennsylvania  where  there  is  a  shortage  ol  physicians. 

Students  interested  in  this  program  should  enroll  as  Family  Mediant  1 

The  program  at  Jefferson  Media  al  ( lollege  will  admit  approximately  lour 
graduates  ol  II  I'  and  twenty  graduates  ol  other  colleges  each  year.  Students 
from  II  I'  will  be  admitted  only  if  properly  qualified  according  to  the 
admission  standards  and  policies  of  Jefferson  Medical  <  lollege.  Applications 
are  reviewed  by  the  Joint  lUP-Jefferson  Subcommittee  and  recommendations 
made  to  the  Jefferson  Committee  on  Admissions. 

Admission  to  Jefferson  Medical  College 
A  strong  preparation  in  the  sciences  and  mathematics  basic  to  medical 
school  studies  is  required.  A  variety  ol  college  course  formats  and 
combinations,  including  biology,  general  and  organic  chemistry,  and  p 
are  a  minimum.  ( lourses  taken  to  meet  the  basic  requirements  should  be 
rigorous  and,  in  general,  comparable  to  courses  accepted  for  concentration  in 
tbest  tlist  iplines.  Courses  taken  should  be  supplemented  by  laboratory 
experiences.  Stutlents  may  take  upper-level  science  courses  out  of 
educational  interest  01  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  their  major.  Taking 
additional  scieni  1  ovei  material  taught  within  die  medical 

school  curriculum  is  not  helpful  to  gaining  admission. 

Breadth  of  education  is  expected.  Pursuit  of  some  discipline  in  depdi  is 
encouraged.  A  successful  medical  student  must  actively  aoquii 
apply,  and  communicate  information.  These  are  skills  that  can  be  developed 
through  a  great  variety  of  academic  disciplines.  Studies  in  the  humanities  and 
the  simal  and  behavioral  sciences  and  development  of  effective  writing  skills 
arc-  strongly  suggested.  Additional  requirements  tor  admission  can  be  found 
in  "Information  for  Prospective  Students,"  published  by  Jefferson  Medical 

Stutlents  win.  qualify  for  die  Physician  Shortage  Area  Program  iPS\Pi  must 
certitv  then  intentions  to  adhere  to  the  following  plan  of  education  and 
practice:  (a)  complete  die  fanulv  medicine  curriculum  during  their  four  years 
of  medical  education  at  Jefferson  Medical  College,  including  a  si\-week 
clerkship  111  a  rural  area:  (b)  complete  a  three-year  family  medicine  residency: 
and  (c)  agree  to  practice  fanulv  medicine  in  an  underserved  area.  Preference 
will  bt  given  to  Pennsylvania  residents  who  are  interested  in  diis  program. 
with  highest  priority  given  to  those  who  actually  live,  at  die  til 
application,  in  die  underserved  area  in  which  diev  hope  to  practice.  (Dr. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAT 


112       THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Allan  Andrew,  pre-medical  advif 
students  in  program  planning.) 


the  Biology  Department,  will  assist 


Marine  Science  Consortium 


Biology  majors  interested  in  marine  biology  are  encouraged  to  investigate 
summer  courses  offered  through  the  Marine  Science  Consortium  at  Wallops 
Island,  Virginia,  by  contacting  Dr.  Ray  Winstead  in  the  Biology  Department. 
Courses  offered  have  included  Marine  Biology,  Tropical  Marine  Ecology, 
Fish  Biology,  Marine  Invertebrates,  and  many  more.  These  courses  count  as 
biology  electives. 

Pymatuning  Laboratory  of  Ecology 


Biology  majors  can  expand  their  selection  of  course  offerings  by  participating 
m  a  cooperative  program  with  the  University  of  Pittsburgh's  Field  Station  at 
the  Pymatuning  Laboratory  of  Ecology  located  in  northwestern 
Pennsylvania.  These  elective  courses  center  on  ecological  and  environmental 
topics,  i.e.,  Ecology,  Field  Botany,  Vertebrate  Ecology,  Aquatic  Entomology, 
Behavioral  Ecology,  and  Experimental  Design.  Application  and  registration 
for  both  summer  sessions  must  be  completed  by  April  1.  Students  register 
for  credit  and  pay  fees  at  IUP.  Books,  lab  fee,  and  room  and  board  are  paid  to 
the  Pymatuning  Laboratory  of  Ecology.  Dr.  Anthony  J.  Nastase  is  the  faculty 
advisor  for  this  cooperative  program  and  assists  students  in  program 
planning,  application,  and  registration. 

Mentor  Program  and  Biology  Residence  Floor 


The  Department  of  Biology  offers  a  Peer  Mentor  Program  that  allows 
incoming  students,  new  to  IUP  and  new  to  Biology,  to  quickly  gain  an 
academic  home.  New  students  are  assigned  an  upper-level  Peer  Mentor  to 
help  guide  them  through  the  curriculum,  requirements,  and  programs  within 
our  department  and  college.  A  fall  off-campus  retreat  is  an  important 
component  of  our  Mentor  Program,  and  students  are  expected  to  attend. 
Gordon  Hall,  just  behind  Weyandt  Hall  (die  home  of  the  Department  of 
Biology),  has  a  single  residence  floor  dedicated  to  Biology,  Environmental 
Health,  Biology  Education,  and  Preprofessional  (Pre-Med,  Pre- Vet)  students. 
Students  with  similar  professional  and  academic  interests  can  share  life 
experiences  by  being  part  of  diis  component  of  our  academic  community. 
Undecided  or  Natural  Science  students  with  interests  in  Biology  may  also 
apply  to  be  on  this  floor. 

Degree  Programs 

In  die  programs  of  study  that  follow,  no  more  than  6  semester  hours  total 
from  internships,  independent  study,  and  special  topics  can  be  counted 
toward  biology  course  requirements.  Credits  beyond  six  earned  from  these 
sources  are  counted  as  general  electives.  Note:  Students  changing  into  the 
majors  of  Biology,  Biology  Education,  or  Environmental  Health  are  required 
to  have  a  2.5  GPA  or  permission  of  die  chairperson. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Biology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Natural  Science:  CH 1 1 1  - 1 1 2 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  BI  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

BII11  Principles  of  Biology  I 

BI1 12  Principles  of  Biology  II 

BI210  Botany 

BI220  General  Zoology 

BI250  Principles  of  Microbiology 

BI263  Genetics 

Controlled  Electives: 

Biology  electives  (major  courses  only) 

Other  Requirements: 
Chemistry  Sequence 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH351  Biochemistry  (2) 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (3) 


55-56 


32 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

12sh(l) 


4sh 

4sh 

0-6sh 


Free  Electives:  „» 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  j^7 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics  or 
Internship  applies  to  major;  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 

(2)  The  two-semester  (six-credit)  sequence  of  BC30 1-302  can  be 
substituted  for  CH351  to  meet  the  biochemistry  requirement. 

(3)  See  Foreign  Language  requirement.  Intermediate-level  foreign  language 
may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies  electives.  Introductory-level  foreign 
language  courses  count  as  free  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Biology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 2 1 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PY1 1 1  and  either 

MA  122  OR  MA216,  no  courses  with  BI  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

KI  111  Principles  of  Biology  I 

BI112  Principles  of  Biology  II 

BI210  Botany 

BI220  General  Zoology 

BI250  Principles  of  Microbiology 

BI263  Genetics 

Controlled  Electives: 

Biology  electives  (major  courses  only) 

Other  Requirements: 
Chemistry  Sequence 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232  Organic  Chemistry  II  (2) 

CH35I  Biochemistry  (3) 

Physics  Sequence 
PY121  Physics  I  Lab 

PY112  Physics  II  Lecture 

PY122  Physics  II  Lab 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (4) 
Free  Electives: 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

18sh(l) 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 

lsh 

3sh 

lsh 

0-6'sh 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  or 
Internship  applies  to  major;  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 

(2)  Students  may  substitute  a  third  math  course  (MA  122  or  MA216)  for 

(3)  The  two-semester  (six-credit)  sequence  of  BC30 1-302  can  be 
substituted  for  CH351  to  meet  the  biochemistry  requirement. 

(4)  See  Foreign  Language  requirement.  Intermediate-level  foreign  language 
may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies  electives.  Introductory-level  foreign 
language  courses  count  as  free  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Biology  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI  10  or  121 

Natural  Science:  CH  1 1 1  - 11 2 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PY1 1 1,  no  courses 

widi  BI  prefix,  one  course  must  have  a  GS  prefix 

from  the  Liberal  Studies  Natural  Science, 

Option  II,  Nonlaboratory  List. 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence:  (1) 

CM301  Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction       3sh 

ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I    lsh 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  lsh 

ED441  Student  Teaching  (2)                                      12sh 

ED442  School  Law                                                    lsh 

ED451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG, 


9  9  9-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        II) 


EP202 

ii'.. 

ii  mi  ■ 


Edua I  P»ychologj 

i  ,iu al  [)  >u  and  Mi  asun  mi  nui 

American  Education  in  Theorj  and 
Practio 


\lajol: 

Required  ( oursci 


iiiiii 
III  1 1 2 
BI210 

BUSO 

,i  !6 
Itl  180 


Prim  iplea  "I  Biology  I 

Principle* ol  Biology  II 

Bourn 

i  leneral  Zoolog) 

1'ini.  i|il<-s  ol  M biolo 

I  .,  ii,  In  j 

Biolog)  Seminw 

Controlled  lie.  lives: 

Biolog}  eli  i  tivi  s;  | joi  i  "ins,  s  onl)  I 

Oilu-i  rUquirenientsi 
Chemistry  Sequence 

CH2  II  "'n i  Chemistr)  I 

i  ii  ;', i  Biochemistry (4) 

Phyrica  Sequence 


P,  i. 'i 
I'V  1 1 2 
PY122 


Physics  I  Lab 
Physii  a  II  Lecture 
Physics  II  Lab 


Mi 
3sh 


4sh 

4sh 
Ish 
lah 

•)sl, 

ish 

Ish 
9sh  (3) 


Ish 
3sh 
Ish 


Free  ElecrJvesi 

(tf)'liiiul  Degree  Requirements! 


127 


(♦)   Sei  requirements  leading  to  teachei  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
[eachei  Edui  ation,"in  tin  <  allege  ol  t'.din  . n  section  i  if  this  catalog. 

( 1 )  Special  Education  ( lompetency  Requirement;  Revision  pending  will 
eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EX301  (2sh). 

(2)  Eligibilit)  foi  student  teaching  and  certification  in  secondary  biology 
education  requires  .i  cumulative  GPA  of 2.75  and  a  grade  ofC  or  better 
in  .ill  biology  courses.  The  program  in  secondary  biology  education 
requires  .i  cumulative  1 1PA  ol  2.7ri  for  all  majors. 

(.1)   No  more  than  (ish  from  Independent  Study  (BI482),  Special  Topics 
(BI481),  in  Internship  (BI493)  applies  to  major:  excess  applied  as  free 

elci  tl\cs 

(•1)  The  two  semestei  (six-credit)  sequence  ofBC301-302  can  be 
substituted  forCH351  to  meet  the  biochemistry  requirement 

C)  Sec  advisor]  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements'1 
in  the  se,  lion  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Environmental  Health 

I  ihci.il  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-112 

Social  Science:  EC101 

liberal  Studies  Kleclives:  BK/CO/IM 101.  MA2 16,  PY1 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


HI  1  1  I  Principles  of  Biology  I 

HI1I2  Principles  ,,i  Biolog)  II 

BI210  Botany 

BI820  General  Zoology 

B1241  General  Microbiologj 

HI  HO  Vpplied  EntOmolog]    .Hid  Zoonoses 

BI321  Environmental  Protection  I 

1  m  iioninental  Protection  11 
HI  BO  Biology  Seminar 

Controlled  Kleclives: 

Biology  clectives  (major  courses  only) 

Other  Requirements: 

Required  Courses: 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I 

1  H  '•' 3  Analytical  Methods 

PS250  Public  Policv 

PY121  PhysicsILab 

PY112  Physics  DUcture 

PV122  Physics  II  Lab 


4sh 
4sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 

Ssh(l) 


4sh 

4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 


SA301 


Introdu I  i 

and  Hi  .ill). 

Health  Hazard  Id,  ntifii  ado 


(   oiilioll,  d  II,  ,  111,  s: 

BI498  Biolog)  Internship  (l)oi 

,  onio, II,  deleci 

Free  Electiveii 


124 


lolal  Degree  K,  ipiii,  in,  nls: 

(1)  N ore  than  6sb  total  from  Independent  Stu 

Internship  applies  i ajor,  excess  applied  ai  I 

writing-ini,  iisim  ,  ourse  within  the  > 

be  taken  to  Inllill  Liberal  Studies  n  quin 

(2)  II,,  following ,  ours,  s  i  mint  as  controlled  i  Ii 

BI476,  ( :i  12  (2.  CS121,GSI22,GS331,SA  102,  SA46I   5A  162 
(.))   See  Foreign  Language  Requirement  I 
,  ounted  as  frei  i  lei  tivi  s. 


Minor — Biology 


20 


Required  Courses: 

BI103-104  General  Biology  I  and  II  or 

Bill  1-1 12  Principles  ol  Biolog)  I  and  II 

Additional  Bl  coins,  s 


Other  Requirements: 

a)  Student  must  hav<  al  leasl  a  2  u  ( .PA  in  all  HI  courses  foi  the  minor. 

b)  Student  must  take  al  least  Ii  semeSU  r  lioms  ..I  in-  I > 

IUP. 

c)  Must  have  permission  of  biology  department  chairperson 

(1)  With  approval  of  department  chairrx  raon. 

(2)  At  least  s  ol  the  12  required  additional  HI  semester  hours  must  nunc 
from  2oo  loci  oi  highei rses. 


Biochemistry  Program 


Roy  Harding  and  N.  Bharathan.  Co-Coordinators:  Butler.  Dietrich. 
Ford,  Hinricbseii.  Luciano.  Southard.  Sowa.  Biology  and  (  hemistrv 
faculties 

The  B.S.  in  Biochemistr)  is  a  four-year  degret  >.  uniculum  often 

cooperative  program  by  the  Biolog)  and  Chemistry  departments. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  a  B.S.  in  Bio,  bet 
,  ourses  in  biology,  chemistry;  niatbemati,  s.  and  physics  in  the  first  rw 
Specialization  in  biochemistr)  commences  in  the  third  year  with  cours 
biochemistry,  genetics,  physical  chemistry,  Special  Topics  in  Biocha 
and  Biochemistr)  Seminar. 

A  unique  feature  ol  tins  undergraduate  program  is  that  biochemistry 

research  is  a  requirement.  After  consultation  with  l.u  nlrv.  the  students  will 
define  a  problem  and  devise  an  experimental  plan  through  library  research. 
Laboratory  research  will  be  done  under  die  direct  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member.  Finally,  the  student  will  report  on  the  results  of  tlu-  research  in  bndi 
written  and  oral  forms. 

The  B.S.  in  Biochemistry  Program  is  intended  for  those  student! 
interests  lie  in  a  most  exciting  ticld  of  modem  s,  .    .flhis 

program  can  expect  to  be  qualified  to  enter  graduate  programs  in 
biochemistry,  biology,  chemistry,  and  molecular  biolog; 
in  the  healdi  sciences,  and  positions  in  industrial  and  government  research 
laboratories  and  in  industrial  production  feci] 

Bachelor  of  Science— Biochemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  die  Liberal  Studies  section  S6-59 

with  the  following  specifii 

Mathematics:  \l  \1  _'  I 

Natural  Science:  PV 131   141-132  142 

Liberal  Studies  Kleclives:  M  \  I  2  :.  ni       KITS*  -  with 

BC  prefix;  one  course  must  be  200-level  or  higher. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CAT  A. 


114       THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Major: 

51 

Required  Con 

rses: 

Bill! 

Principles  of  Biology  1 

4sh 

BI263 

( lenetics 

3sb 

BI250 

ipli  s  ofMk  robiolog) 

3sh 

111  101 

Laboratory  Methods  in  Biology  and 

Biotechnology 

3sh 

Biochemistry  I  and  Lab 

4sh 

aistry  11  and  Lab 

4sh 

BC480 

Biochemistry  Seminar  I 

Ish(l) 

IK    IM 

Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry 

3sh 

B(   182 

Independent  Research  in  Biochemistry 

2sh 

BC490 

Bioc  hemistrj  Seminar  II 

lsh(l) 

ciin  : 

<  ioni  epts  in  Chemistry 

4sh 

CIII14 

Basic  Inorganii  ( chemistry 

4sli 

CH231 

( Organic  Chemistry  I 

4sh 

CH232 

( >rganic  Chemistry  II 

4sh 

CH  123 

Analytical  Methods 

4sh 

CH340 

I'lu  sical  <  ihemistr;  for  the  Biological 

Sciences 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

6-7 

Advanced  Bioli 

igy  course  chosen  from:  BI331,350, 

352,364,oi  ir>i 

3sh 

Eithei  MA216 

oi  cono 

3-4sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  intermediate  Level  (2) 

0-6 

Free  Electives: 

7-11 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  lsh  each  semester  of  senior  year. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be 
electives. 


icluded  in  Liberal  Studies 


Department  of  Chemistry 

Rtiiess  V.  Bravo,  Chairperson;  Asting,  Ballas,  Crumm,  Eddy,  Elcesser, 
Ford.  Harding.  Ko,  Kondo,  Kupehella,  Long,  Southard,  Sowa,  Syty, 
Varughese,  Wood,  Woolcock;  and  professors  emeriti  Bordas,  Costa, 
Fazio,  McKelvey,  Patsiga.  Scroxton,  Tackett,  Wunz,  Zambotti 


chemistry.  The  department  also  offers  pre-medical  programs  in  both  the  B.S. 
and  B.A.  curricula.  These  programs  prepare  the  student  to  satisfy  the 
entrance  requirements  of  medical  schools. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Chemistry  major  is 
designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  teach  chemistry  at  the  secondary  school 
level.  Upon  completion  of  the  specified  coursework  and  the  requirements  for 
teacher  certification  processes,  the  student  is  eligible  for  Pennsylvania 
certification  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Chemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  121  or  123 

Natural  Science:  PY1 1 1/121-1 12/122  or 

PY131/141-132/142 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA122  or  124.  no 

courses  with  CH  prefix 

Major:  29 

Required  Courses: 

CHI  13                Concepts  in  Chemistry  4sh 

CHI  14               Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  4sh 

CH231                Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232                 Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

CH321               Quantitative  Analysis  4sh 

CH322                Instrumental  Analysis  4sh 

CH34I                 Physical  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH343               Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  I  sh 
Other  Requirements:                                                                                15-21 
Planned  program  in  complementary  field                          1 5sh  ( I ) 
(advisor  approval)  with  (ish  in  300/400  level  courses  (2) 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  0-6sh 

Free  Electives:  1 7-24 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Recommended  fields:  Biology,  Business.  Computer  Science, 
Criminology,  Dietetics,  Economics,  English,  Foreign  Language, 
Geoscience,  Mathematics,  Safety  Science,  Physics,  Political  Science, 
Psychology. 

(2)  Chemistry  Pre-Med  program  requires  BI 1 1 1 .  1  1 2.  263.  33 1 . 

(3)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Degrees  offered  In  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Chemistry,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Chemistry,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
hi  I. dm  ati.in  with  a  Chemistry  major.  The  first  two  degree  programs  are 
undei  die  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  third  is 
under  the  College  of  Education.  The  department  also  offers  a  Chemistry 
minor. 

The  B.S.  in  Chemistry  is  a  professional  degree  and  is  certified  by  the 
\in<  i  lean  ( Ihemical  Society.  The  student  completing  this  major  should  be 
qualified  to  assume  a  position  in  industry  or  government  as  a  chemist  or  to 
apply  for  admission  to  graduate  school  to  pursue  advanced  studies  leading  to 
the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degree.  The  student  considering  going  to  a  professional 

ho  also  wishes  to  complete  this  degree  should  elect  appropriate 
courses  as  required  by  the  professional  school  in  addition  to  the  courses 
required  here.  Tin  ise  students  who  are  particularly  interested  in 
I'll"  hemistrj  si Id  elect  a  few  selected  biology  courses. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  the  B.A.  in  Chemistry  is  designed  to  allow  for  the 
workable  union  ol  nonscience  areas  with  chemistry  in  such  a  way  as  to  retafri 
the  fundamental  science  ami  mathematics  requirements  needed  for  a  career 
in  chemistry.  A  careful  selection  of  electives  will  qualify-  the  student  for 
entrance  into  many  fields  in  which  there  is  an  acute  need  for  educated  people 
and    ii  1 1  ii  same  time,  satisfy  tile  entrance  requirements  of  various 
professional  anil  graduate  schools. 

Some  possible  and  useful  combinations  between  chemistry  and  other 
disciplines  would  include  chemistry-biology,  chemistry-business 
administration,  chemistry-computer  science,  chemistry-criminology, 
chemistry-government,  chemistry-pre-dental,  chemistry-pre-law,  chemistry- 

ii    .  i  hemistry-pre-medicine, and  chemistry-English  (technical 
writing).  The  student  must  arrange  a  practical  sequence  of  non-chemistry 
i  consort  with  his/her  advisor  and  the  department  chairperson 
1    \  student  seeking  a  career  in  forensic  science  should  major  in 


Bachelor  of  Science— Chemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Sciences:  PY 1 3 1  / 1 4 1  - 1 32/1 42 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA124.  no  courses 

with  CH  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

CH113 

Concepts  in  Chemistry 

4sb 

CHI  14 

Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 

4sb(l) 

CH231 

Organic  Chemistry  I 

4sh 

CH232 

Organic  Chemistry  II 

4sb 

CH301 

Chemistry  Seminar 

lsh 

CH321 

Quantitative  Analysis 

4sh 

CH322 

Instrumental  Analysis 

4sh 

CH341 

Physical  Chemistry  I 

4sh 

CH342 

Physical  Chemistry  II 

3sh 

CH343 

Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

lsh 

CH344 

Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II 

lsh 

CH410 

Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 

Laboratory 

lsh 

CH411 

Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Additional  Chemistry  electives  from  list: 

ush  (2) 

CH33 1,335, 

351,376,412.421,441,498 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG, 


1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        115 


Other  Requirement* 

\,l,l ImathtCOllO 1 addii al . 

i ..... .  m  \  1 7 1 .  287,241,    i 

I'..  Med  progn I) 

Foreign  Languagi  Intermediate  Level(4) 

In,    Mi  , 'livi-s:  (r>) 

liii.il  Degree  Requirements! 


124 


(1)  ThoM  "I ^  CHI  11  and  112  should  lake  CH116foi  American 

I  S)  certified  B.S. 

(2)  CH498(2»h)  required  foi  V<  S Bcarion. 

(.1)  Chemistr;  Pn  Med  program  requires  MM  1 1.  1 12.  263,  331,  ir>2  and 

.11  151 
mi   [nterinediati  level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

ilr.  lives. 
(5)   Pre  Med  requires  Biolog)  sequence  18sh. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Chemistry  (*) 

l  iln ml  suicliis:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

..,  ill.  ill.  following  spei  ifications: 

Mathematical  MA  123 

Natural  SdencetPYl  11/121-1 12/122 

Social  Sdencei  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Electivesi  MA  1 24,  GS  111  ..r  113, 

do  .  ourses  with  '  1 1  prefix 

CoUegei 

Professional  Education  Sequence 

c  M  '.in 
ED242 


Technology  for  Learning  and  Instruction 

Pre-studeni  Teaching  Clinical 

Experiem <  I 

Pre-studenl  leaching  Clinical 

Experience  II 
Mil  II  Student  leaching 

M)i  rj  School  Law 

ED45I  leaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School 

EP202  Educational  Psychology 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

E  \ SOI  Education  ofStudents  with  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings 
FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice 


Lsh 

Ish 

12sli 
lsh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Major: 

Require 

[1  Courses: 

CM  lit 

Concepts  in  Chemistr) 

CH11  i 

Basie  Inorganic  Chemistry 

CH231 

( Irganic  Chemistry  1 

(  H232 

( Irganic  Chemistry  11 

CH321 

Quantitative  Analysis 

liistnnnciii.il  Analysis 

CH341 

Physical  Chemistry  1 

CH  14  1 

Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  1 

CH498 

Problems  in  Chemistry 

4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 

4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
lsh 
l-2sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  additional  chemistr)  course  from  list:  3-4sh 

CH342, 351,411 

Other  Requirements: 

BI111  Principles  of  Biology] 

GS1 12  ..i  1 1 1  Earth  Science  for  Educators  Lab  I  or  11 

Pre*  Electives:  0 

(#)Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 26- 1 29 

(*)   Sec  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 

leachei  Education."  in  the  College  ofEducation  section  of  this  catalog. 
(«)  Sec  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  ofDegree  Requirements" 
m  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


4sh 

lsh 


Minor  Chemistry  20 

Required  (  muses: 

ruin  Genei    I  Mi 

CH112  4th 

CH231  i  Chi  mutt)  I  ish 

'  H232  Organic  Chemistry  II 

'  In  i  hi  miitr  elective  from<  H  lsh 


Department  of  Computer  Science 

Gary  L,  Mutcrbaugh.  Chairperson:  (toss.  <  iiimingliam.  Grove,  Mu  i ... 

Ohlilcy.  Shnlii.i.  Walls.  Wnlli  :  anil  pinfessoi  emeritus  Inmpkius 

I  >i%<<  is  oil.  i.  .1  iii  1 1  ii  Depart t  of  Computer  Scii  elorol 

Science  and  the  Bacheloi  ..I  Arts  in  Computi  i  ; 

designed  primarily  to  prep  for  productive  work  in  highly 

computer-oriented  areas  of  business,  government,  and  ind  i 

years,  students  graduating  from  thi  program  have  attained  their  liist  jobs  in 

business  a|)|>li<  an. .ns.  programming  ami  systems  analysis, 

development,  n  ientifi.  and  applied  mathematical  programming,  ami  other 
computer-related  areas  and  haw  gone  to  graduate  si  hool. 

In  a  rapidly  developing  field  «n  h  as  Computer  Si  iem  e,  n  is  important  dial 
the  graduate's  education  be  broad  and  fundamental  so  that  new  In  nd 
more  icadih  be  followed.  '  Mu  goal  is  to  balance  funilainentalily  and  breaddi 
widi  sufficient  supervised  practice  so  thai  our  graduates  are  produi  tivi 
tunc  they  graduate  but  ready  and  willing  to  i  hange  with  the  held. 

Most  applied  compute!  si  lenllsls  work  il Deration  with  profi  • 

trained  in  other  areas  and  with  managers.  Heine,  die  ability  to  work  and 

communicate  with  others  of  different  educational  bai  kground 
important  characteristic.  To  that  end,  w< 

majors  to  take  a  strong  minor  (or  area  concentration)  in  a  s< .  ond 
interest  Some  students  may  wish  to  double  major.  Maj. 

disciplines  at  IUP  are  also  welcome  to  lake  Computer  Sciel 
which  they  are  qualified  or  a  Cnmputi  i  Si  il  m  (  minor. 

Students  majoring  in  Computer  Science  should  set  theil  _ 
simple  programming  and  should  be  preparing 

1.  to  program  well,  both  in  design  and  implementatii  ■ 
document  what  they  have  programmed 

2.  to  analyze  real-world  problems  in  preparation  foi  gnand 
implementation 

3.  to  manage  activities  that  are  strongly  computer  dependent 

4.  to  improve  the  tools  that  programmers  and  systems  analysts  is  . 
develop 

a.  better  machine  systems 

b.  better  software  systems 

c.  better  languages  for  communicating  with  mac  I 

d.  better  methods  l..r  solving  intractable  problems 

5.  to  teach  about  computers  at  college  or  high  sch,„,|  level 

6.  to  advance  the  fundamental  theory  ol  digital  information  pr 

Bachelor  of  Arts-Computer  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  >ci  In  in 
widi  die  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MA123  (or  MA121-122  or  1271 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  M  1216  (ol  MA2I4or 

2 1 7).  no  courses  with  CO  prefix 

Majon 
Required 
CO  105 
CO110 

CO220 
CO300 
CO310 
COS  15 
CO380 
i  O480 


Courses: 

Fundamentals  of  Computer  v 

Problem  Solving  and  Stnalured 

Programming 

Applied  Computer  Programming 

Assembly  Language  Programming 

Data  Structures 

Large  File  Organization  and   \ 

Seminar  on  die  Computer  Pi 

Seminar  on  Technical  Topics 


3sh 

3sh 
lsh 
lsh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG      199? 


116       THE    COLLEGE    OF     NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Controlled  Elecrives:  Select 

CO201  Internet  and  Multimedia 

CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods 

C0319  Software  Engineering  Concepts 

CO320  Software  Engineering  Practice 

C0345  Data  Communications 

C0355  Computer  Graphics 

CO360  IBM  Job  Control  Language 

C0362  UNIX  and  C 

C0481  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 

(only  sections  approved  for  majors) 
C0482  Independent  Study 

C0493  Internship  in  Computer  Science 

Upper-level  Electives  by  Categories: 
Computer  Architecture:  CO410 
Theory  of  Languages:  C0419,  420, 424,  460 
Systems  Programming:  CO430,  432 
Numerical  Methods:  CO450, 451 
Artificial  Intelligence:  CO405 
Data  Base  Management:  C0441, 444 

Other  Requirements: 
Additional  Writing: 

EN322  Technical  Writing 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 

Additional  Mathematics: 

MA  123  Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry, 

and  Mathematics 

(MA121  and  122  or  MA  127  may 

be  substituted) 
MA2 1 6  Probability  and  Statistics  for 

Natural  Sciences 

(MA363  and  364,  MA214  and 

417,  or  MA217  and  417  may  be 

substituted) 

Discrete  Mathematics 


9sh(l) 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
l-4sb 

l-4sh 
12sh(2) 
6sh  (3) 


3sh 

0-6sh (4) 
3-13sh(5) 


MA219 

Free  Electives:  9-28 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Select  at  least  9sh  from  the  list  of  controlled  electives  and/or  tire  list  of 
upper-level  electives.  Note:  Only  4sh  of  C0493  may  be  counted  toward 
these  9sh. 

(2)  C0493  may  be  selected  in  eitiier  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year 
or  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  selected  and 
approved,  CO380  should  be  taken  in  the  immediately  preceding 
semester. 

(3)  Select  at  least  two  additional  courses,  from  at  least  two  different 
categories,  from  the  list  of  upper-level  electives. 

(4)  Foreign  Language  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(5)  Any  of  the  Mathematics  options  satisfy  the  Learning  Skill  requirement, 
and  one  course  may  be  counted  as  a  Liberal  Studies  elective.  The  3sh 
minimum  applies  to  students  who  take  MA123  and  216.  The  13sh 
maximum  applies  to  students  who  take  the  MA  12 1-122  calculus  option 
and  the  MA363-364  statistics  option. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Computer  Science/Applied  Computer 
Science  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-58 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  1 23  (or  MA  1 2 1  - 1 22  or  MA  1 27) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA216  (or  MA214  or 

MA2 1 7),  no  courses  with  CO  prefix 

Major:  38 

Required  Courses: 

CO  105  Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  3sh 

COl  10  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming  3sh 

CO220  Applied  Computer  Programming  3sh 

CO300  Assemblv  Language  Programming  3sh 

CO310  Data  Structures  3sh 

C0315  Large  File  Organization  and  Access  3sh 

C0319  Software  Engineering  Concepts  3sli 


CO380  Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  lsh 

C0441  Data  Base  Management  3sh 

CO480  Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  lsh 

Select  one  of  the  following  two  courses: 

CO320  Software  Engineering  Practice  3sh  ( 1 ) 

C0493  Internship  in  Computer  Science  12sh(2) 

Controlled  Electives:  Select  6sh  (3) 

CO201  Internet  and  Multimedia  3sh 

CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Mediods  3sh 

C0345  Data  Communications  3sh 

C0355  Computer  Graphics  3sh 

CO360  IBM  Job  Control  Language  lsh 

C0362  UNIX  and  C  3sh 

C0481  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  l-4sh 

(only  sections  approved  for  majors) 
C0482  Independent  Study  l-4sh 

Upper-level  Electives  by  Categories:  Select  3sh  (4) 
Computer  Architecture:  CO410 
Data  Base  Management:  C0444 
Theory  of  Languages:  C0419,  420, 424, 460 
Systems  Programming:  CO430, 432 
Numerical  Methods:  CO450, 451 
Artificial  Intelligence:  CO405 

Other  Requirements: 
Additional  Writing: 

EN322  Technical  Writing  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  0-6sh  (5) 

Additional  Mathematics:  3-13sh(6) 

MA  123  Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry, 

and  Madiematics 

(MA121  and  122orMA127 

may  be  substituted) 
MA216  Probability  and  Statistics  for 

Natural  Sciences 

(MA363  and  364.  MA214  and  417, 

or  MA2 1 7  and  4 1 7  may  be 

substituted) 
MA219  Discrete  Mathematics 

Complete  a  minor  from  one  of  the  following  areas: 

a)  From  any  department  in  the  College  of  Natural 
Sciences  and  Mathematics 

b)  From  designated  Business  courses 

c)  From  designated  Economics  courses 

d)  From  designated  Geography  courses 

e)  From  designated  Communications  Media  courses 

Free  Electives: 


6-18sh 
18sh 
15sh 
15sh 
18sh 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


124 


(1)  Credit  for  both  CO320  and  C0493  may  be  counted  toward  the  degree, 
but  only  one  will  be  counted  toward  the  major  requirements. 

(2)  C0493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year 
or  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  selected  and 
approved,  CO380  may  be  taken  in  die  immediately  preceding  semester. 

(3)  Select  at  least  6sh  from  the  list  of  controlled  electives  and/or  the  list  of 
upper-level  electives. 

(4)  Select  at  least  one  additional  course  from  die  list  of  upper-level  electives. 

(5)  Foreign  Language  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(6)  Any  of  the  Mathematics  options  satisfy  the  Learning  Skill  requirement, 
and  one  course  may  be  counted  as  a  Liberal  Studies  elective.  The  3sh 
minimum  applies  to  students  who  take  MA123  and  216.  The  13sh 
maximum  applies  to  students  who  take  the  MA121-122  calculus  option 
and  the  MA363-364  statistics  option. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


ii 


B<i<  helor  of  Science     Computer  Science/Languages  <md 

Systems  Track 

liberal  Studies!  \    itated  in  I  iberal  Studu  -  Requin  ments  r>  I 

'ill.   111!    foil | 

Mathematical  MA123oi  127 

Lib,  rml  Studiea  Ekctiveai  MA124,  no  course  with  (  Oprefu 

Major 

Required  Couraeai 

ci  inir,             1 1 1 r  11 1 . 1 1 r i •  ntala  ol  I ! puti  i  Si  ii  »»  Ssh 

i  i  ii  in  Problem  Solving  and  Stru 

imming  Ssh 

Vpplii 'I  I  puti  i  Programming  Ssh 

i  1 1 100              Van  mblj  Language  Progran g  'ah 

•  1 1  .in             DataStru  l«h 

l  irgi  i  ii.  i  Irganization  and  Access  Sah 

C0319              Softwan  E  ngin  ■  lah 

i  1 1  ;sii                      In  ( lomputei  Profess lsh 

i  1 1 1  hi  I'm,  mm  Vn  linn  ture  and 

M programming  lsh 

Modem  Programming  Languages  Sah 

[nrrodui  don  to  <  Operating  Systems  3sh 

i  1 1 180             Si  mm n  In  Inn.  al  Topics  lah 

(  ontrolled  Electivesi  Selecl  9sh(l) 

Lntemel  .mil  Multimedia  Ssh 

LntrodiH  don  to  Numerii  .il  Methods 
i  ii  IJO  Softwan  Engineering  Practice  3ah(2) 

Data  Communications  :ish 

Computei  ( Iraphii  s  Ssh 

CO360             IBM  Job  Control  Language  lah 

UNIX  .in.l  c:  Ssh 

CO405               Vrtificial  Intelligence  Ssh 

C0419              Softwan  Development  with  Ada  Ssh 

(  i  M.'  I              Compilei  Construction  Sah 

i  O430              farroduction  to  Syateins  Programming  Ssh 

C0441              Data  Base  Management  lsh 
C0444              Productivity   rools  and  Fourth  Generation      >sh 

Language 

'  1 1 150              Applied  Numerical  Methods  isli 
C0451              Numerical  Methods  foi  Supercomputers       Ssh 

CO460             Theory  of  Computation  Ssh 
C0481              Special  Topics  in  Computer  Scii 

(as  approved  foi  majors)  l-4sh 

Independent  Study  l-4sh 

C049S  Internship  in  Computer  Si 12sh(.i) 

Other  Requirements:  1J-21 

Additional  writing; 

Technical  Writing  I  Sah 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  0-6sh  (4) 

Maihematicsi  Iminoi  in  mathematics  10-12sh(5)  (6) 

im  luding  the  following  courses 

Calculus  I  foi  Physics,  Chemistry, 

and  Mathematics 

(MA 1 27  may  be  substituted) 
MA124  Calculus  II  l,„  Physics, 

Chemistry,  and  Matin  niatii  s 

(M  1128  maybe  substituted) 
MAI  71  Introdw  Hon  to  Linear  Algebra 

M  V216  Probabilit)  and  Statistics  foi 

Natural  Sciences 

(MA363and364,MA2]  I  and 

417,orMA217and  417  may  be 

substituted) 

MA219  Discrete  Mathematics 

Free  Electivcs: 


5-23 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

al  lust  'isl,  from  the  list  of  controlled  electives.  Note:  Onlj  lab  ol 
C0493  may  be  counted  toward  these  9sh. 
(2)  Credit  for  bothC<  (320  andCt )  193  may  be  counted  toward  the  degree, 
but  only  one  will  be  counted  toward  the  major  requirements. 

(■>)    (  0  193  ni.iv  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year 
Or  the  first  semesu  i  ol  the  senior  year.  If  C0493  is  seleete.l  and 

approved,  CO380  may  be  taken  in  the  immediate!)  pre<  eding  semester. 


i 
studu  s  i  In  tives 

t  for  MAI  2  I  127  and  MA124  128 1  ounted  in  Liberal  Studu  ■ 
(<i)    knyofthi  Mathematics  options  satial 

and  one rn  ma)  I"  i  ounti  .1  .is ,.  I  ibi  ral  Si 

ii  him  ii  nun  applies  to  students  who  talu  MA123and216.  The  1  Ssh 
maximum  applii  LAI2 1-122  calculus  option 

..ml  lh. 


Minor-Computer  Science  15 

Required  Counted: 

CO  electives  I5ab(l) 

(1)  Thi  tninoi  in  Computi 

.  I.  i  tun   At  leasl  'I  semester  hours  ol  the  I  ri  must  he  l 

numbered  highei  than  200 

(2)  CO  101  is  an  appropriafa  entrj  .  ..ins,  i..i  minora  or  for  students  who 
wish  to  take  only  one  i  ouree. 

( s)   See  <  lomputei  Si  ieni  i  tninoi  adviaoi  foi  suggestions. 


Department  of  Geoscience 

Harlem  S.  Kiehardson.  Chairperson:  <  crconc.  (  lark.  Hall.  Hovan. 
I'ulirk.i.  Sutton,  Taylor 

The  Geoscience  Department  provides  curric  ulj  in  areas  of  natural  science 
dealing  with  and  related  to  die  earth  ami  us  environment  by  offering  . 
iii  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  and  o<  eanography. 

In  addition  to  on-campus  instrw  don,  opportunities  exist  lor  summer 
coursework  and  research  in  geology  and  oceanography  at  the  Marine  S 
Consortium  located  al  Wallops  Island.  Virginia. 

Degrees  uflered  by  the  Department  ol  Geost  lence  are  the  Bachelor  of 
St  ience  in  Geology,  the  Bachelor  ol  Scieni  ein  Environmental  GeoMaenoe, 
and  die  Bachelor  ol  Science  m  Education  with  a  major  in  Earth  and  Space 
Sen  nee  or  with  a  major  in  General  Science.  The  first  two  degree  programs 
are  under  die  College  of  Natural  Sc  iences  jm\  Mathematics,  and  die  baa 
are  under  the  College  of  Education. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Geology  is.  in  a  sense,  a  dual-purpose  degree  program. 
Not  only  is  it  designed  to  graduate  well-trained,  competent  geologists,  able  to 
compete  for  positions  as  professional  geologists  in  die  job  market:  It  is  also 

ed  to  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary  allied  science  and 
mathematics  background  to  enable  the  good  student  to  qualify  tor  admission 
to  the  graduate  school ..!  his  hei  i  hoice  in  Geology. 

The  U.S.  degree  in  Environmental  Geoscience  oilers  the  student  a  broad- 
based  science  background.  In  addition  to  a  firm  foundation  in  (■• 
Geoscience  courses,  the  student  will  also  acquire  a  background  in  Bio 
and  Chemistry.  This  will  provide  thorough  training  for  the  rapidly  growing 
field  of  Environmental  ( ieoscient  e.  both  lor  students  who  plan  to  pursue 
postgraduate  training  in  this  field  and  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  direct!) 
into  jobs  in  federal  and  state  agencies  and  private  consulting  firms. 

The  department  recognizes  as  one  ol  its  functions  the  role  .•!  serving  die  field 
ol  public  education  h\  the  preparation  ol  qualified  and  certified  teachers  of 
earth  and  space  science  Also,  because  of  die  interdisciplinary  nature  ofbotli 
the  department  arid  the  requirements  for  preparing  general  science  teachers, 
die  department  administers  the  program  designed  to  lead  to  general  Sc 
certification  and  includes  majors  of  thai  category  as  department  members. 


Minor  in  Geology 


The  minor  in  Geology  consists  ol  I  7  semester  hours.  Required  are 
GS121  122  and  GS131/132.  Three  upper-level  (.500  or  higher)  curses  in 
geology  (total  nine  credits)  will  make  up  die  remaining  requirements  for  die 
minor  in  Geology  totaling  seventeen  credits. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


118       THE    COLLEGE    OF     NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Minor  in  Geoscience 


The  requirement  tor  the  minor  in  Geoscience  will  be  16  semester  hours  of 
geost  ii  nee,  taken  within  the  following  framework.  Students  must  complete 
one  course  in  each  discipline  within  the  department:  Astronomy,  3  semester 
hours:  Geology,  I  semester  hours;  Meteorology,  3  semester  hours; 
( Iceanography,  3  semester  hours.  For  a  total  of  13  semester  hours.  The 
additional  3  semester  hours  can  he  taken  in  any  one  of  the  aforementioned 
disi  iplines.  Liberal  Studies  nonlaboratory  courses  GS141,  150,  151,  and 
221  will  not  In  acceptable  toward  the  minor  in  Geoscience. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Geology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  CHI  1 1-1 12  or  1 13-1 14 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA124,  no  courses 

with  GS  elective 


Major: 

42 

Required  Courses:  ( 1 ) 

GS121 

Physical  Geologv 

3sh 

CS122 

Physical  Geology  Laboratory 

lsb 

GS131 

Historical  Geology 

3sh 

GS132 

Historical  Geology  Laboratory 

lsb 

GS321 

Mineralogy 

3sh 

GS322 

Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology 

3sh 

GS325 

Structural  Geology 

3sh 

GS326 

Field  Geology  or  summer  field 

course 

(offered  by  other  universities)  ('. 

',2) 

3sh 

GS330 

Paleontology 

3sh 

GS362 

Plate  Tectonics 

3sh 

GS411 

Sedimentary  Petrology 

3sh 

GS412 

Stratigraphy  or  GS327  Geomorphology 

3sb 

GS480 

Geoscience  Seminar 

lsb 

Controlled  Electives: 

9sh 

( ;s  courses  .'>()( 

1  or  above 

Other  Requirements: 

8-14 

Additional  Science: 

mil 

Physics  I  Lecture 

4sh 

PY112 

Physics  II  Lecture 

4sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (3,4) 

0-6sh 

Free  Electives: 

11-18 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )  Summer  field  camp  in  geology  (5-9sh)  is  strongly  recommended. 

(2)  A  maximum  of  six  credits  from  approved  summer  field  camp  may  apply 
to  a  required  core  and  controlled  electives  (3). 

(3)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(4)  Six  credits  of  computer  languages  may  be  used  to  meet  foreign  language 
requirement:  CO220,310,  or  other  higher-level  CO  courses  with 
departmental  permission  in  consultation  with  the  Computer  Science 
Department. 


Minor — Geology 

Required  Courses: 

(.SI  21  Physical  Geology  3sb 

(^S122  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  lsb 

GS131  Historical  Geology  3sh 

GS132  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  lsb 

Three  upper-level  (300  or  higher)  courses  in  Geology  9sh 


17 


Bachelor  of  Science — Environmental  Geoscience 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  tin  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  CHI  1 1-1 12  or  CHI  13-114 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MAI 24,  no  courses  with 

( IS  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

GS121  Physical  Geology  3sh 

GS122  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  lsh 

GS131  Historical  Geology  3sh 

GS132  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  lsh 

GS310  Environmental  Geology  3sh 

GS321  Mineralogy  3sh 

GS322  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  3sh 

GS325  Structural  Geology  3sh 

GS331  Hydrogeology  3sh 

GS332  Geochemistry  3sh 

GS480  Geoscience  Seminar  lsh 

Other  Requirements: 
Biology  Sequence 

BI  111  Principles  of  Biology  I  4sb 

BI250  Principles  of  Microbiology  3sb 

Chemistry  Sequence 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH323  Analytical  Methods  4sb 

Controlled  Electives: 

BI112,BI272,BI321,BI362,CH322,CH341, 

COlI0,CO220,CO250,CO310,GE314,GE415, 

GS326,  GS327,  GS41 1,  GS432,  GS440,  PY1 1 1/121  (1), 

PY1 12/122 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2,3)  0-6sh 

Free  Electives: 


10-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Students  who  plan  to  pursue  an  advanced  degree  in  environmental 
geoscience  are  strongly  advised  to  take  the  physics  sequence  as  their 
controlled  electives. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(3)  Six  credits  of  computer  languages  may  be  used  to  meet  foreign  language 
requirement:  CO220, 310,  or  other  higher-level  CO  courses  with 
departmental  permission  in  consultation  with  the  Computer  Science 
Department. 


Minor-Geoscience 

Required  Courses: 

One  course  from  each  of  the  following: 

Astronomy 

Geology 

Meteorology 

Oceanography 

Additional  3sh  from  one  of  the  above  fields 

(300  level  or  higher) 


16 


3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Earth  and 
Space  Science  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CH 1 1 1  - 1 1 2 

Social  Science:  PC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM  101,  PY1 11, 

no  courses  with  GS  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence:  ( 1 ) 


CM301 
ED242 

ED342 

Technology  lor  Learning  and  Instruction 
Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 
Experience  I 
Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

ED451 
ED441 
ED442 

Experience  II 

Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  Scboi 

Student  Teaching 

School  Law 

EP202 

Educational  Psychology 

lsh 

lsh 
3sh 
12sh 
lsh 
3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG. 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        I  I 'J 


1  p 

i.l.L  ..i il  Tests  an 

.1  \l.  ..'.nil  in.  hi  . 

1  l 

li  !0S 

\ anEdu.  il 

hi       1              ..ml 

I'....  in  i 

lab 

M.ljm: 

Required  (mil 

si  s: 

linn. 

General  Biolo     1 

Kli 

,i  'i 

M,    icald  olo 

lsh 

■ 

Physical  Geofo|     1 

lorator) 

Mi 

il  i J  Geology 

lab 

il,  torical Geolog)  1 

aborator) 

Mi 

i  ;s  1 1 1 

Solai  Sysli  m 

3sh 

Stella!  Utroi | 

3»h 

Operation ol  thi  I'!." 

a!. "in" 

Mi 

Physical  Oceanograp 

fat) 

Ish 

\l,  H  orolog)  I 

Mi 

n  i  IS 

Physii  s  II  Lectun 

3»h 

Phyaicil  Ub 

Mi 

n  i  ' 

PhymcaU  Lab 

Mi 

(  ontrolled  Electivesi 

Geolog)  electives(nolGS101,  103,  105,  111,1  13,  III) 

Othei  Requirements: 

In.  Electivesi  _ 

I. "..i  Degree  Requirements! 


124-125 


(*)   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certific; n  in  the  catalog 

.."  Ai  ademic  Policies,  "Admission  to  Tea<  her  Education." 
( I )   Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 
i.  dim. ii.  exam  option  and  will  require  EX301  (2sh). 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— General  Science 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies!  \s  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  set  l 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics!  \l  \I2I  (I) 

Natural  Sdencei  CH1 1 1-112 

Social  Science:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  lil  CO/IM101,  no  courses 

with  prefix  of  chosen  track  in  majoi 


3sh 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence  (1) 

<  MS01  rechnolog)  foi  Learning  and  Instruction 

Pre-studenl  reaching  Clinical 

Experience  I  lsh 

Pre-studenl  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  lsh 

I  I'  i  1 1  Student  Teaching  1 2sli 

MM  12  SchoolLaw  lsh 

Teaching  Si  ience  in  the  Si  i  ondarj  S.  I I     ish 

Educat ..I  Psycholog)  3sh 

:  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  'ish 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice  3sh 

Major: 
Required  Courses: 

General  Biologj  I 
BI104  General  Biologj  II 

•■Sill  Earth  S,  ience  fbi  Educators  I 

Earth  Science  foi  Educators  1  Lab 

Earth  Si  ience  foi  Educi s  II 

•■si  I  I  Earth  Science  foi  Educators  II  Lab 

PY111  Physics  I  Lecture 

Physics  II  Lecture 
I'M -I  Physics  I  Lab 

PY122  PhysicsIILab 


.19-40 


(ontrolled  Electives: 

-  track:  BI210,220,250,272,  180,  BI  elective 
Chemistrj  tackjCH231,  121,  151,232,01  340or341 
Geoscience track: GS121,  12:;.  131,341  oi  342,361,371 
Physics  track:  PY222,231,242,331,350(2) 


Ish 
4sh 

ish 

lsh 
lsh 

lsh 
3sb 
3sh 

lsh 

lsh 

15-I6sh 


I  lllii  i   Kt  ipiinini  ills: 

I  1. 1  I  1. 1  tivesi 

(ii)  loi.il  Degree  Req 

(*)    Seerci 

Teai  hi  i  Edui  ation,"  ii 

(1)  S|m  .  i  ding  will 

t.  exam  option 

(2)  N..ii :  II  Physii  ■  track  is  elected,  MA  123  .n..i  12  t 
(«)   s, ,  .,.  i  iph  -'I  mi.  h  <  >.i"|.l.  dm 

in  the  mi  nun  on  Requirements  foi  Graduation 


Department  of  Mathematics 

(.i  laid  M.  liniiok.  (  h,iii|i.  isuii:    \dkiiis.   Man  on.  \iidirs4k).  Haki  r. 

Balenovich,  Bertnese,  Broughton,  Burkett,  Btuovidd,  Davit,  DotuV  j 
Diilmvskv.  Early,  Enderson,  I  eldman,  Frank,  Gorman,  Mad.  1. 1. 
Massey,  Mitchell,  Morgan,  Myers,  Peterson,  K.n.  Reber,  Ri  iiij;. 
Si  hoi/.  Shawer,  Shepler,  Steelman,  Su  mpien,  G.  Stoudt,  K.  Stoudt, 

Zhang;  and  professors  emeriti  Angelo,  \rins.  Dun.  .in.  Gibson, 
llaiiman.  HoM.  I).  Mi  Bride.  K.  MiHridc.  Morrill.  Mueller,  (lakes. 
Shafer,  I..  Smith,  W.  Smith,  Stilw.  II.  \\  Iffison,  WoUV .  \\ lard 


The  Mathematics  Department  prepares  students  for  work  in  industry, 

graduate  scl I  mathematics,  and  teaching.  I  legrees  offered  b\  the 

.lr|  i."  im.  hi  in  thi  Bachelor  of  S  ematics,  die  Bachelor  ol 

Si  "in  r  in  Applied  Mathematics,  and  the  Bai  h  n  Education 

with  a  major  in  Mathematics  Edui  ation.  The  first  two  degree  programi 
..Hit.  I  will""  il..  i  olleg  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematii  s,  .mil  the 
third  is  in  conjum  tion  with  the  ( lollege  ..I  Education.  The  department  also 
offers  a  minor  in  Mathematii  s  and  a  minor  in  Applied  Statistii  s. 

The  program  foi  .i  mathematii  a  majoi  in  the  College  of  Natural  Scieni 
Mathematics  is  two-phased.  A  student  may  pursue  a  degree  in  Applied 
Mathematics  or  Mathematics.  Those  completing  a  .1.  gn  t  in  Mad 
will  be  prepared  to  continue  theii  studies  in  mathematii  s  in  gi 
though  some  may  enter  business,  industry,  oi  govemmi  nl  -.  n  ii  e.  Those 
studi  "I-  rei  i  h  ing  a  .1.  gree  in  Applied  Mathematics  will  be  primarily 
prepared  to  enter  business,  industry,  or  government  service  in  an  area  where 
mathematics  oi  i  omputei  scieni  e  is  used  or  to  continue  their  studies  in 
applied  mathematii  s  or  computer  m  ience  in  graduau  -  ..lent 

would  not  be  expected  toe  tte  studies  in  pure  mathematics. 

The  Mathematii  s  1  >.  partmenl  shares  in  j  joint  degree  « ith  tl  i  i 

Departmenl  Students  with  ability  and  interest  in  ecoi ics  discover  that  a 

solid  bai  kg "<1  in  mathematii  s  is  an  essential  prerequisite:  tor ... , 

theoretical  and  applied  work  in  the  discipline.  Similarly,  students  widi  talent 
and  interest  in  mathematics  End  economics  an  excellent  field  in  which  to 
employ  then  skills  and  knowledge.  The  Bacheloi  ..l  Aits  in 
Mathematics  Economics  allows  students  to  combini  these  i  omplementary 
subjects  in  a  joint  degree  program  administered  cooperatively  by  die 
Departments  of  M  nroOed  students  wfll  be 

in  advisor  in  each  department. 

tnpleting  the  program  will  have  an  exceptional  background  for 
graduate  study  in  economics  and  such  related  fields  as  business,  public 
policy,  or  operations  research.  They  also  will  be  ideal!)  prepared  to  till  a 
wuli  variety  ol  technical  and  quantitative  positions  in  both  government  and 
private  industry. 

The  program  leading  to  the  U.S.  in  Education  widi  a  major  in  Madm 
Education  prepares  the  student  for  teaching  mathematics  in  junior  or  senior 
high  school.  Man)  graduates,  however,  continue  their  formal  education  in 
mathematics  at  the  graduate  level  or  work  in  government  or  industry. 

Elementary  education  majors  may  elect  to  take  a  concentration  of  at  let  • 
hours  in  mathematics.  The  program  of  courses  for  this  concentration  in 
mathematics  is  as  follows:  in  addition  to  MAIM  and  1.^2.  select  9  hours 
from  the  following  courses:  MA317,42 


MA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAD 


120       THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Minor  in  Mathematics 


The  minor  in  Mathematics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  17  semester  hours  in 
mathematics.  The  minor  in  Mathematics  may  offer  preparation  for  advanced 
study  in  areas  such  as  Economics,  Computer  Science,  Physics,  and  other 
natural  sciences.  Any  student  who  is  required  to  take  a  year  ot  calculus 
should  consider  this  minor. 


Minor  in  Applied  Statistics 


The  minor  in  Applied  Statistics,  consisting  of  17  semester  hours,  may  be  of 
interest  to  students  who  are  required  to  take  a  calculus  course  and  a  course 
in  probability  and  statistics.  This  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  students  in 
the  Eberly  College  of  Business.  Safety  Science  majors,  and  Computer 
Science  majors. 

A  cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  2.0  in  MA  courses  is  required  for  a  minor  in 
Mathematics  or  Applied  Statistics.  The  Mathematics  Department  will  not 
certify  a  minor  for  a  transfer  student  unless  at  least  two  ol  the  courses 
counting  for  the  minor  have  been  completed  in  the  1UP  Mathematics 
Department. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Applied  Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  50-52 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  MA  prefix 

Major:  40-41 

Required  Courses: 

MA  123 


Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics 
MA124  Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics 
MAI 71  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

MA216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural 

Sciences 
MA241  Differential  Equations 

MA271  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  I 

MA272  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  II 

MA480  Senior  Seminar 


4sh 

4sh 
3sh 

4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
lsh 

fish 
6-7sh 


Controlled  Electives:  ( 1 ) 

Two  courses  from  list: 

MA371 ,  42 1, 422,  423,  424, 427,  476, 477 

One  of  die  following  two-course  sequences: 

MA342/CO450  or  C0451  or  MA451;  MA363-364; 

MA445-446 

A  minimum  of  three  additional  semester  hours  from 

the  list  of  controlled  electives  above  or  die  following: 

MA353,425,447,465,481 

Other  Requirements: 
Computer  Science: 

COl  10  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming 
CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Mediods 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  A  student  may  select  courses  to  fulfill  requirements  for  specialized  track. 

a.  Actuarial/Statistics:  MA363, 364, 366, 371,  421,446,  465 

b.  Math  Analyst/Engineering:  MA342/CO450,CO451,  MA371,  423, 
447,451 

c.  Operations  Research:  MA371,  421,  445/446, 447 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


124 


Bachelor  of  Science — Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  MA  prefix 


Major: 
Required 

Courses: 

MAI  23 

Calculus  1  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics 

4sh 

MA  124 

Calculus  11  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Madiematics 

4sh 

MA171 

Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

3sh 

MA216 

Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural 

Sciences 

4sh 

MA241 

Differential  Equations 

3sh 

MA271 

Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  I 

3sh 

MA272 

Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  II 

Ssh 

MA480 

Senior  Seminar 

lsh 

3sh 

6-12 

Major: 
Core: 

EC121 
EC  122 

3sh 

EC421 
EC422 

0-6sh 

MA  123 

19-28 

MA  124 

Controlled  Electives: 

Four  courses  from  list:  12sh 

MA371, 421,  422, 423,  424, 427, 476,  477 

A  minimum  of  3  additional  semester  hours  from 

the  list  of  controlled  electives  above  or  the  following: 

MA342, 350, 353, 355, 363, 364, 425, 445, 446, 447, 

465,481  3-4sh 

Other  Requirements: 
Computer  Science: 

CO  1 1 0  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (I)  0-6sh 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Libel 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics/Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 
Social  Science:  EC121  (included  in  major) 
Mathematics:  MA  1 23  (included  in  major) 
Electives:  Intermediate  foreign  language,  no  course 
widi  EC  or  MA  prefix. 


Principles  of  Economics  I  3sh 

Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

Macroeconomics  Analysis  3sh 

Microeconomics  Analysis  3sh 
Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics  4sh 
Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Madiematics  4sh 

Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 
MA216  or  EC355  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural 

Sciences  or  Statistics  for  Economics  3-4sh 

Economics  Electives:  1 2sh 

Students  are  especially  encouraged  to  take  EC334  and 
EC356,  but  any  course  except  EC  101  may  be  used. 
EC493  may  be  counted  only  with  the  approval  of  the 
program  coordinator  and  only  up  to  6sh. 

Mathematics  Electives:  15-1 6sh 

At  least  one  of  the  following  two-semester  sequences: 

MA241  and  371,  MA363  and  364,  MA445  and  446 

Three  additional  courses  either  from  the  above  or 

from  die  following: 

MA271,  272,  342, 417  or  418,  421,  422, 423, 425, 

427,451,465,476,477 


MA171 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS         121 


oihii  Requirement!) 

1 1, ,  i  Icctiveai 

1..1.1I  I). hi..  RequlremenUi 


Mathematics 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Education  (") 

l  ,1..  i.<l  siiKliis:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Si...  Ins  rectioi 

wiili  the  following  spa  ifii  ations; 

Mathematical  (in<  l.i.l. 'I  hi  major) 

Social  Sdencei  PC101 

I  lliri.il  Stnttiea  Elecavesi  m rses  witli  M  \  pn  fix 

( loDegei 

Professional  Education  Sequence 


Pit  sin. 1.  in  leaching  Clinical 

Experii  tu  i  1 

Ish 

Pre  siii.lini  Teaching  Clinu  .il 

Experieni  e  II 

Ish 

11)111 

Siu. Inn  leaching 

ISsh 

11)11.' 

s,  hool  Law 

Ish 

i,  ii  lung  Math  in  the  Secondary  S<  1 Is 

3sh 

l.l.i.  ational  Psy<  holog) 

'isl, 

EP377 

Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

3sh 

1  KS01 

Edui  an.. n  ..1  Students  with  Disabilities  in 
Inclusive  Set ondar)  Settings 

2sh 

PESOS 

\  n  1.  ■in.  in  Education  in  Theory  and 

I'i.i.  in . 

3sh 

Major: 

Required  ' 

nurses: 

MA11 

Principles  ol  Math 

.ish 

MA183 

Calculus]  Foi  Physics, Chemistry, and 

Mathematics  4sh 
Call  ulus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics  -Ish 

Introduction  to  Lineal  Algebra  .'ish 
Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural 

Sciences  -Ish 

Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proufs  I  .'ish 

Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  II  3sh 

Theory  of  Numbers  3sh 

Foundations  ofGeometry  I  3sh 

1  [istorj  ..I  Mathematics  3sh 

rechnolog)  in  Mathematics  Instruction  3sh 

ring:   \l  \  152/  153/454  Math  Seminar  2sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Programming  Languages  for  Secondary 

Education  .'ish 

free  Electives: 


MA1S4 

MA171 
MAS16 

MAS71 

MA353 

M  \  150 
MA460 
Iwoofthi  foil 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)   Set  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teachei  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  section  of  this  catalog. 


Minor— Applied  Statistics  17 

The  minor  in  Applied  Statistics  consists  of  17  semester  hours  in 
Mathematics  selected  as  follows: 

a)  Introductory  calculus  course:  MAI  21. 123.  or  127 

b)  Introductory  statistics  course:  MA214.  21fi.  or  217 

c)  MA417 

d)  MA418 

The  remaining  hours  may  he  chosen  from  the  follow  lii.i,: 
»)      \  second  calculus  course:  MA122.  124.  or  128 

b)  MA17I 

c)  \nv  course  for  mathematics  majors  approved  by  the  Applied  Statistics 
Ail\  isor. 


Minor— Mathematics 

Required  *  otmeii  1 7*h 

MA1S1  and  IS2oi  M  1123 1  134 

Controlled  I  Icctrreii  8»h(l) 

< iihi  i  .  ...us,  s  loi  in.iih  in.i|..is.  M  Ujlfl  and  S10 

m.i\   I.,    in.  l.i.l.  .1 

(I)    II,.  following reea an  excluded  MA  100,  101,  102.  110,  117.211. 

217,417,  118,  and  courses  foi  education  com  entrarion 

III    III. llllt  III. lilt   s. 


Natural  Science 

Allan  I.  Andrew.  Coordinator 

II,.  program  leading  to  tfai  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Natural  & 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  early  admission  to  professional  m  hoola 
optometry,  podiatry,  chiropractic,  physical  therapy,  pharmacy,  and  dentistry. 
Anothei  it. ii  Is  prepan  s  students  foi  further  study  m  engineering.  The  B.s. 
degree  in  Natural  Science  will  be  <  arned  by  students  who  transfer  to 

professional  schools  thai  havi  an  artii  illation  agn nl  with  II  P.  In  some 

cases,  students  inb  n  so  .1  in  obtaining  a  four-year  baa  alaureatc  degree 
before  entering  a  medical  or  professional  school  should  enroll  in  a  |irngram 
..I  studies  Ii  ading  to  a  B.  V  oi  U.S.  degree  in  the  departments  ol  Biology  or 

Chi  iiiistrv.  Students  I  onridering  a  professional  career  in  a  higli-tcchnologv 
business  ..i  industr)  in.iv  wish  to  obtain  a  foundation  in  die  Natural  Sciences 
while  using  then  free  electives  to  pursue  additional  work  in  areas  such  as 

Ecoi in  S,  Pie-Law,  or  ■  minor  in  Business  Administration.  The  B.S.  in 

Natural  Si  iem  e  may  not  be  used  for  a  second  major  or  a  second  degree  by 
majors  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Madicniatics.  For  further 
information  about  diese  programs,  contact  the  coordinator  of  the  Natural 
Science  Program. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  13-44 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  included  in  major 

Natural  Science:  included  in  major 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  SC  prefix 

Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students  who 

transfer  to  a  professional  school  with  an  articulation 

agreement 

Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-yeai 

students  who  transfer  to  a  professional  school  with  an 

articulation  agreement 

Major:  1 1-  •" 

Controlled  Electives:  (*) 

BI  courses 
CH  courses 

PY  courses 

MA  courses 

Computer  science  and/or  advanced  courses  in  Biology, 

Chemistry,  Mathematics,  or  Phj 

Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

CO101  Mn  rohased  Computer  Liters 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirement*:  124 

(*)    Preprofessional  advisors  will  outline  die  courses  required  lor  admission 
to  a  professional  school. 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Libera    5 
electives. 

(2)  Not  required  for  tracks  which  include  COl  10  or  CO250;  ma) 
included  in  Liberal  Studies  electives. 


Bsh 

l.M4sh 


n-osh 

O-.ish 


25-37 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Bachelor  of  Science— Natural  Science/ 
Pre-Chiropractic  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA121 

Natural  Science:  CI  1 11 1-1 12 

Social  Sciences:  PC101,  n<  in-Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  CO  101,  MA2 1 7,  no  courses 

with  SC  prefix 

Synthesis:  not  required  lor  three-year  students  who 

transfer  to  a  professional  school  with  an  articulation 

agreement 

Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  tor  three-year 

students  who  transfei  to  a  professional  school  with  an 

articulation  agreement 


4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
lsh 
3sh 
lsh 

Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Free  Electives: 

Electives  to  meet  minimum  of  ninety  IUP  credits  and 

minimum  of  twenty-four  credits  in  Humanities  and 

Social  Sciences  for  admission  to  New  York  Chiropractic 

College 

Maximum  credits  for  work  at  New  York  Chiropractic 

College  34sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


29-34(1) 


124 


Major: 

Required  C 

ourses: 

Bill! 

Principles  ot  Biology  I 

BI150 

Human  Anatomy 

Ml  51 

Human  Physiology 

BI241 

General  Microbiology 

CH231 

Organic  Chemistry  1 

CH232 

Organic  Chemistry  II 

PY111 

Physics  I  Lecture 

PY121 

Physics  I  Lab 

PY112 

Physics  II  Lecture 

PY122 

Physics  II  Lab 

124 


(*)    Accelerated  three-year  New  York  Chiropractic  College  (NYCC) 

program:  students  are  admitted  to  the  NYCC  accelerated  program  only 
as  incoming  freshmen.  A  maximum  of  thirty-five  credits  of  work  may  be 
transferred  after  the  first  year  at  NYCC.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  first 
year  of  studies  at  NYCC,  a  transcript  from  NYCC  is  to  be  sent  by  the 
student  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
with  a  note  requesting  application  materials  for  graduation. 

(1)   3  or  4  sh  of  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  he  included  in 
Liberal  Studies  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Natural  Science/Pre-Dentistry  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  52-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1  12 

Social  Sciences:  PC  101,  non-Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  CO  1 0 1 ,  MA2 1 6  or  2 1 7,  PY 1 1 1 

Synthesis:  one  course 

Writing  Intensive:  two  courses,  at  least  on  in  College 

of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

Bll  1 1  Principles  ol  Biology  I 

Bll  12  Principles  of  Biolog)  II 

BI150  Human  Anatomy 

BI 151  Human  Physiology 

BI241  Genera]  Microbiology 

CH23 1  l  Organic  Chemistry  I 

CH232  Organic  Chemistry  II 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab 

PY  1  1  2  Physics  II  Lecture 

PV122  Physics  II  Lab 


4sh 

4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
lsh 
3sh 
lsh 


(1)    Student  is  to  work  with  his/her  advisor  to  select  appropriate  free 

electives  for  professional  school.  Biochemistry  and  Ceramics  are  highly 
recommended  courses. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Engineering  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Humanities/Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies:  PH222 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Science:  EC  1 2 1 ,  PS  1 0 1  or  1 1 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA124,  no  courses  with  SC  prefix 

Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students 

Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year  students 

Major:  33-35 

Required  Courses: 

COl  10  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming  3sh 

CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3sh 

MA171  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

MA241  Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342  Advanced  Calculus  for  Applications  4sh 

PY131  Physics  I-C  Lecture  3sh 

PY132  Physics  II-C  Lecture  3sh 

PY141  Physics  I-C  Lab  (or  PY1 21  Lab)  lsh 

PY142  Physics  II-C  Lab  lsh 

PY331  Modern  Physics  (2)  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  One  package,  depending  on  program 
Chemical  Engineering: 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232  Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

Civil  Engineering: 
MA216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural 

Sciences  4sh 

Technical  elective  3-4sh 

Electrical  Engineering: 

MA216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences4sh 

Technical  elective  3-4sh 

Industrial  Engineering: 

MA2 1 6  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences4sh 

Technical  elective  3-4sh 

Materials  Science  and  Engineering: 

CH231  Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CH232  Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

Mechanical  Engineering: 

Technical  electives  6-8sh 

Other  Requirements:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Free  Electives:  9 

Other  Requirements:  about  64 

Two  years  at  University  of  Pittsburgh  School  of  Engineering  (2) 

(#)Total  Degree  Requirements  159-161 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  A  2.5  CPA  is  required  for  transfer  to  the  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

(3)  For  curriculum  information  about  the  cooperative  program  in 
engineering  with  Drexel  University,  refer  to  the  catalog  section  for  the 
Physics  Department. 

(#)   See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  lor  Graduation. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF     NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS         123 


!5,,<  helot  -I  Sc  ience     Natural  S<  ienCt/Pw  Optometry 
Track  (") 

i, s leu  \ edinLiberalS iesnecl 

willi  lln  following  spccifu  ition 
Mathematics*  M  U21 

Natural  Sdcncci  I  n ' 

Social  Science*!  l'<  101,  ECI01, Wi  H ursi 

I  Iberil Studies Elecdvesi  M  V216ot  217,CO101, 

'Mill   SI      |.l,ll\ 

Synthesis!  n |uiredfoi  threi  yeai  students  who 

i  los  profess al  school  with  an  articulation 

VVridng Intensive! oi "'•'  required  foi  lh"'  ,'" 

students  who  transfe i  professional  school  with  an 

.inn  ulation  agreement 


Major 

Require 

il  (  inn  sis: 

linn 

Principles  of  Biologyl 

Mi 

BI150 

Human  Anatomy 

3sh 

iiir.i 

1  lum.iii  Physiolog) 

4sh 

Bl  'ii 

( .,  mii  Mil  robiolog; 

Ish 

Organic  Chemistry  1 

Ish 

i  iiv, 1  Ihemistrj  II 

4sh 

CH351 

Bid  In  mistr) 

4sh 

PY111 

Physics  1  Lecture 

3sh 

n  i  i  i 

I'livsu  s  1  Lab 

Ish 

Pi  1 1! 

Physii  s  II  In  ture 

3sh 

n  1 22 

Physics  II  Lab 

Ish 

oiln  r  iUquirementsi 

1  bn  ign 

Intermediate  Level  ( 1) 

Calculus  II  foi  Business,  Natural, and 

Social  Si  iences 

4sh  (2) 

Free  Electives: 

nut  minimum  of  ninety  1UP  credits 


0-3sh  (3) 

5  ls.li 


124 


( Iredits  from  work  at  Pennsylvania  College  ol  ( >ptometry 
Ibtal  Degree  IUquirementsi 

(*)    Accclciatid  (line  \car  Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  (PCO) 

progn students  are  admitted  to  the  PCO  accelerated  program  only  as 

incoming  freshmen.  A  maximum  of  thirty-four  credits  oi  work  may  be 
transferred  aftei  the  lift  vear  at  PCO.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  first 
yeai  "I  studies  at  PCI ».  a  transcript  from  PCO  is  to  be  sent  by  the 
student  to  the  dean  of  die  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
with  a  note  requesting  application  materials  for  graduation. 

:  sh  "I  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in 
Studies  il,,  rives. 

12)    It.  quin  ,1  foi  ni.nn  si  hools  of  optometry;  recommended  for  l'<  !<  >. 

(S)    Additional  elective:  if  needed  to  meet  mi turn  ol  ninety  U'P  credits 

si  H  mii  I  be  selected  from  the  following  suggestions:  BII 12  anil  BI2fi.'5. 


I'VI  ||  II  ..on. 

PYI2I  Physics  I  Lab 

PY112  Pliyiics  II  Lectun 

II  I. all 

Oiln  i  Requin  mcntai 
Fon     i   Languagi  InU  rmi  di 

I  in    I  liitiws: 

Ibtal  Decree  ReqniremenUi 


ish 
Ish 


(2(7(1) 


121 


(I)   A  student  should  work  widihis/hei  idvisoi  to  lelect  appt 

.  i,  <  mm  i  foi  j»i. .).  isional  si  hool. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Natural  Science/Pre-Podiatry  Track 

Liberal Studiesi  Vs outlined  in  I  '•■'■ 

with  tin-  following  spet  iin 

Mathematics:  MAI 21 

Natural  Science:  I  .1 1  I  11-112 

Social  Sciences:  PC101,  non-Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  Electh  is:  (  O101,  MA217,  I'V  1  I  1 

Synthesis:  not  required  foi  threi  yeai  students  who 

transit  i  to  a  professional  Si  hool  with  an  articulation 

agreement 

Writing  Intensive:  one  i  ourse  required  for  three-year 

students  who  transfei  to  a  professional  school  with  an 

jiih  ulation  agreement 


4sli 

Ish 
4sh 

Jsll 

Ish 

Ish 


Major: 

Require 

d  Courses: 

nun 

I'riin  iples  nl  B 

mi  12 

Principles  "1  Biolog)  II 

BI2fi.'3 

( .i  netics 

CH231 

nil  '  h,  misin  I 

CH2.S2 

•  rrganic  ( Ihemistr)  II 

CH351 

Bid  hiinistrv 

PY112 

Physics  I!  Lecture 

PY121 

Physics  1  Lab 

PY122 

Physics  II  Lab 

Controlled  Electives: 

Biology  electives3-6sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 

Free  Electives: 

Electives  to  meet  minimum  of  nine  t)  III' 

Credits  from  work  at  Temple  I  Iniversit]  I 

Podiatric  Medicine 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


-Natural  Science/Pre-Physical 


Bachelor  of  Science- 
Therapy  Track 

1  ihcral  Studies:  As  outlini  .1  in  I  iberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  spe<  ifications: 

Mathematics:  MA12I 

Natural  Science:  CHI  11-112 

Social  Sciences:  PC101,  non-Western  course 

1  iberal  Studies  Electives:  CO101.  MA217.  no 

with  SC  prefix 
Synthesis:  one  course 

Writing  Intensive:  two  courses,  at  least  one  in 
College  ol  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

Bllll  Principles  of  Biolog}  1 

mi  12  Principles  of  Biolog)  II 

BU50  Human  Anatomy 

BUS!  Human  Physiolog] 

CH231  I,  Chemistry  I 

CH351  Biochemistry 


Ish 

Ish 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 


Department  of  Physics 

Richard  D.  Roberts.  Chairperson:  Freeman.  Gaggini.  Ginicwiiv. 
Hershrnan.  Kariini.  Malolyak.  .Nuinan.  Raniscv.  Soholewski.  lalwar. 
Whitson.  Wijckuniar:  and  professors  emeriti  Birrs.  Buikwalur.  h.\. 
Matous.  McNamara,  Riban,  WaddeU 

The  goal  of  die  Department  of  Physics  is  to  prepare  fully  qualified 
individuals  for  productive  careers  in  physics.  Tht  ffered 

within  die  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics:  the  Bachelor  ol 
Science  in  Physics,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Physics,  and  die  Bail  t 
Science  in  Applied  Physics.  These  programs  offer  adequate  preparatii 
graduate  stud)  in  physics  or  for  research  in  industrial  let  I 
applied  physics  degree  provides  a  strung  technical  background  lor  w.,rk  in 
solid-state  electronics  or  for  interdisciplinary  research  in  the  ai 
computer  science,  chemistry,  biology,  and  geology.  A  Bachelor  ol  S 
degree  in  Education  with  a  major  m  Ph\  mo  is  offered  througl 
Education.  A  two-year  pre-engineering  program  is  offered  in  cooperation 
with  Drexel  University  wherein  students  transfer  to  Drexel  ah; 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    C  t 


124       THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


The  department  also  oilers  a  minor  in  Physics,  as  well  as  general  science 
courses  which  satisfy  the  Natural  Science  requirements  of  the  Liberal  Studies 
program. 


Minor  in  Physics 


To  minor  in  Physics,  a  student  must  successfully  complete  15  semester  hours 
in  Physics  which  must  consist  of  at  least  diree  courses  at  the  200  level  or 
higher. 

Cooperative  Pre-Engineering  (Chemical,  Civil, 
Electrical,  Materials,  Mechanical)  Program  with 
Drexel  University 

Common  to  all  pre-engineering  programs  are  the  following  science  and 
mathematics  requirements:  *PY  13 1  - 1 4 1 ,  PY  1 32- 1 42,  PY322,  PY342, 
*MA123,  *MA124,  MA171,  MA241,  *CH1 1 1,  *CH1 12  (*or  appropriate 
substitute). 

Further  requirements  depend  on  the  particular  engineering  program  chosen. 
Complete  information  regarding  a  specific  program  may  be  obtained  from 
the  physics  department. 

For  information  on  the  Cooperative  Pre-Engineering  program  with  the 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  see  the  catalog  section  for  Natural  Science  and  die 
program  outline  for  "Bachelor  of  Science  in  Natural  Science/Pre- 
Engineering." 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Physics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  PY131/141  and  132/142 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA  124,  no  courses  with  PY  prefix 


Major: 

Require 

d  Courses: 

PY131 

Physics  I-C  Lecture 

*sh 

PY132 

Physics  II-C  Lecture 

*sh 

PY141 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

*sh 

PY142 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

*sh 

PY222 

Mechanics  I 

2sh 

PY223 

Mechanics  II 

2sh 

PY231 

Electronics 

4sh 

PY322 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

2sh 

PY323 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  11 

2sh 

PY331 

Modern  Phvsics 

3sh 

PY350 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 

3sh 

PY351 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  II 

3sh 

PY473 

Quantum  Mechaiucs  I 

4sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  additional  PY  majors  course  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  mathematics  and  computer  science: 

CO  1 1 0  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming  3sh 

MA241                Differential  Equations  3sh 

MA342                Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications  4sh 

Additional  natural  science  sequence  6sh 

Additional  social  or  natural  science  sequence  (advanced)  6sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1)  0-6sh 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  i 
electives. 


124 
i  Liberal  Studies 


Bachelor  of  Science— Physics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA123 

Natural  Science:  PY13 1/141  and  132/142 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA124,  no 

courses  with  PY  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

PYl.il                  Physics  I-C  Lecture 

37 

*sh 

PY132 

Phvsics  II-C  Lecture 

*sh 

PY141 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

*sh 

PY142 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

*sh 

PY222 

Mechanics  I 

2sh 

PY223 

Mechanics  II 

2sh 

PY231 

Electronics 

4sh 

PY242 
PY322 

Optics 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

3sh 
2sh 

PY323 
PY331 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 
Modern  Physics 

2sh 
3sh 

PY342 

Thermal  and  Statistical  Phvsics 

3sh 

PY350 
PY351 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 
Intermediate  Experimental  Phvsics  II 

3sh 
3sh 

PY473 

Quantum  Mechanics  I 

4sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  list:  PY472  or  PY490 

3sh 

One  additional  PY  majors  course 

3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

13-19 

CO110 

Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

MA241 

Programming 
Differential  Equations 

3sh 
3sh 

MA342 

Advanced  Mathematics  tor  Applications 

4sh 

One  from  list: 

CO250;MA171,363,421,423 

3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

0-6sh 

Free  Electives 

11-18 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Applied  Physics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA  123 

Natural  Science:  CH 111-112  (replaced  by 

CHI  13-1 14  for  Chemistry  track) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MA  124,  no  courses 

with  PY  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 


PY131 
PY132 
PY141 
PY142 
PY222 
PY231 
PY242 
PY322 
PY331 
PY352 
PY355 


Physics  I-C  Lecture 

Physics  II-C  Lecture 

Physics  I-C  Lab 

Physics  II-C  Lab 

Mechanics  I 

Electronics 

Optics 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

Modern  Physics 

Applied  Physics  Laboratory 

Computer  Interfacing 


Other  Requirements: 

MA241  Differential  Equations 

CO  1 1 0  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming 
CO250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 


3sh 
3sh 
lsh 
lsh 
2sh 
4sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

0-6sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        125 


Controlled Electireii  Iccordingto  track 

,„  i  lecti i  [Vac!   I  0300  MA342, 

142    ;  ,  :    |3J    l. 
..„,„,   i,„  I   PY342.353,  132,  173,  I7fi 

cosoo  no  ii"  i  io 

Chemistrj  [rack  MA  142  CH231, 232,323,341, 
142,343  24  ah 

h.„k:  Bill  1, 120, CH231.323    151, 
Two  biolog)  i  Io  lives  from  tin  follow  inj 

Ml      !.    ! 

track i.smi    122,  I  II,  132 

Fivi  i  leosi  ii  no  i  lei  tives  f i  the  fbllowin 

6    162   112,  140,  181 

In,  I  I.  cdvesi 

I.  1. 1 1  Degret  Requirements! 

(I)   Inte tdiatc  level  Foreign  Language  maj  be  ini  lui 


23  si  i 


124 
Liberal  Studies 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Physics  (•) 

Liberal  Studied  Va  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  sec  tn  >n 
with  the  Following  specifii  adons: 
Matbemadcai  M 

Ni al  Science:  CHI  11-1 12 

Social  Sciences:  PC101 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  MA241;  BI103;GS1  10,121, 

I  II, or  221;  no  courses  with  PY  pn  lis. 


( loUegci 

Professional  Education  Sequence  ( 1 ) 


CM301 

Technology  for  Learning  and  li 

s  traction 

Ssh 

ED242 

Pre  student  Teaching  <  Ihnii  al 
Experience  i 

lsh 

1  D342 

Pre-studenl  Tea:  hing  ( llinical 

Experience  II 

Ish 

MM  II 

Student  Teaching 

I2sh 

Si  1 1  Lav, 

lsh 

leaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School 

.'ish 

EP802 

Educational  Psychology 

Ssh 

Kcliuation.il  'lists  and  Measurements 

3sh 

i  i  202 

kmerican  Education  in  Theory 

.mil 

Prai  ii.  . 

.lsh 

Major: 

Required  Cow 

"Ms: 

I'VUI 

Physics  I-C  Lecture 

3sh 

Physics  II-C  Lecture 

Ssh 

I'M  11 

Physics  l-C  Lab 

lsh 

n  i  u 

Physics  II  i    1  ab 

lsh 

PY222 

Mi-.  Ii.iiii.  s  1 

2sh 

n  a  i 

Mi .  hanics  11 

2sh 

tonics 

4sh 

PY242 

( Iptics 

3sh 

Pi  122 

KIci  tricity  and  Magnetism  I 

2sb 

PY331 

Modern  Physii  s 

Ssh 

n  M2 

Thermal  .mil  Statistical  Physics 

.ish 

PY3M 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 

.'Ssh 

Controlled  Elecdves: 

Physics  ehx  tive 

2sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Math  Courses: 

MA124  Calculus  II  foi  Physics, Chemistry, and 

Mathematics 
MA342  Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applit  adons 

Free  Elecdves: 


4sh 

4sh 


Department  of  Psychology 

Mary  I  on  /.nili  h.  (  Ii.oijii  raotU.  II.uk  ii.  Id  ram,  I  la<  k.  (.iMiduiii. 

Graver,  Kaouuty,  I  aporti .  I  no,  Marqui  to  .  Mi  Hugh.  M<il.  Pavtaald, 

K.u  II.  Kllll.  .  It. .l.i  ilsnn.  S.nlh  r.  Si  Inn  id,  i.  Sun  s.  Siissiiijliii. 

I  hoi  II 1 1  ill.  W.I  I/,  /in,  in:  .mil  |ii  of,  ssi  us  i  in.  till  MagCC,  I'..  IN. ii.  Ill  i  I. 

1  I.,  progn npsyebolog)  leads  to  a  Bau  helot  '.I  Ans  degree  and  is 

il.  signi  d  to  givi  tin  itudenl  an  understanding  "I  the  methods  and  major 
Endings  in  the  x  ii  m  e  "l  I"  havioi  and  tm  ntal  pro  i  ss(  »,  I  hi  tnajof  off  rs 
Hi.  bai  kground  n  quired  foi  graduati  »..ik  in  |isy  hology  .mil  also 
preparation  for  such  related  fields  as  social  w..ik.  personnel  work. 
advi  rtising  mi  dii  ini .  law,  and  theology.  The  departmi  rninot 

in  |isyi  hology. 

\n  hunois  program  has  bei  n  devi  loped  to  enrii  h  the  edui  adon  of  qualified 
|ism  holog)  majors  and  .issisi  s.»  h  students  in  gaining  entrance  Id  graduate 
school  by  providing  classroom  and  research  i  xperieru  es  which  will  prepare 
them  h.i  »..ik  .ii  il"  graduate  level. 

A  track  in  applied  psychology  offers  students  a  firm  background  in  tlic 

s.  1. 1 f  psychology, preparation  for  nond al  applications  nl  psychology 

to  the  solution  ..1  human  and  s...  ial  problems  in  private  and  puMii 
organizations,  and  preparation  foi  graduati  stud)  in  the  applied 

psycholog)    II..  ...i.  l..i  ih.  track  is  thes e  as  for  the  psychology  major; 

coursework  in  applied  psychol  d  by  enrolling  in  appropriate 

psychology  elecdves  and  a  carefully  di  signed  concentration  of  courses 
uiitside  tin  department 

All  psychology  maims  an  required  to  take  a  minor  ..r  a .  oncentradon  in 
anothei  dist  ipline. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Psychology 

liberal  Studies:  \s  outlined  in  Libera]  Studies  section  54-55 

with  ilu-  following  spei  ilii  adons: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  BU03-104  recommended 

Social  Science:  PC  1 01 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  BE/C< )  I M  I II 1 .  1,.. 

i  ourses  with  l'( !  prefix 

Major:  33 

Required  Courses: 

I'1 1290  Research  Design  .mil  Analysis  I 

PC2°1  Resean  h  Design  and  Analysis  II 

l  i.in i ..Ih  d  Elecdves: 

A  minimum  ..I  one  i  nurse  from  each  ..I  these  si\  core  areas: 

A.  Developmental  Psychology:  PC310,311, 312,315 

B.  Individual  Differei  . 

C.  Social/Environmental:  PC330,331, 

PC340,  Ml.  142,345 

E.  Biological  Bases  ..I  Behaviot  V5.356 

F.  MetaihiiiretK.il  Perspectives  in  Psychology: 
l'(  tin.  Ill 
Other  PC  elecdves  beyond  PC101 


lsh 
lsh 

(1) 

J-tsh 

is|, 

t-4sh 

3-4  sh 
S-4sh 

3sh 
3-5sh 

0-6sh 

15sb 


Other  Requirements: 

Fort  Ign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 

Mm.. i  i  ..in  inn ati>>ii: 

Free  F.lcctivcs:  15-22 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  I  24 

(1)  At  least  two  must  be  content-based  laboratory  courses. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Libera]  Studies 
ilii  tives. 


(»)  lotal  Degree  Requirements:  126-127 

(  )   See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  'Admission  to 

leachei  Education,"  in  die  College  of  Education  m.ii.hi  ol  this  catalog. 
(1)   Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 

eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EX301  (2sh). 
(#)  See  advisor)  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  oi  Degree  Requirements" 

m  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


126       THE    COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Psychology/Applied  Psychology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MA217 

Natural  Science:  BI 103- 104  recommended 

Social  Science:  PC  101,  EC121 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BE/CO/IM101,  no 

i  ourses  with  PC  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

PC290  Research  Design  and  Analysis  1  4sh 

PC291  Research  Design  and  Analysis  II  4sh 

PC42I  Psychology  of  Work  Ssh 

PC425  Experimental  Organizational  Psychology        4sh 

P(    193  Psychology  Practicum  ( 1 )  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 
\  minimum  of  one  course  from  each  of  these  six  core  areas:  (2) 

A.  Developmental  Psychology:  PC3 10, 3 11, 3 12, 3 15        3-4sh 

B.  Individual  Differences:  PC320, 321, 322  3sh 
<:.     Social/Environmental:  PC330,331,335                       3-4sh 

D.  Cognition/Learning:  PC340, 34 1 ,  342, 345  3-4sh 

E.  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior:  PC350, 352, 355, 356      3-4sh 

F.  Mrtatheoretical  Perspectives  in  Psychology: 

PC410. 411  Ssh 

Other  Requirements:  15 

Outside  Concentration: 

EC  122  Principles  of  Economics  II 

EC330  Labor  Economics 

LR480  Principles  and  Practices  of  Collective 

Bargaining 
Two  courses,  as  approved  by  advisor  (3) 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (4) 

Free  Electives: 


3sh 
Ssh 

3sh 

6sh 

0-6sh 


11-18 


124 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Department  recommends  at  least  six  credits  of  PC493. 

(2)  At  least  two  must  be  content-based  laboratory  courses. 

(3)  Department  highly  recommends  PC424  and  recommends  one  course 
from  business  or  another  applied  area. 

(4)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Minor — Psychological  Science  17-18 

Required  Courses: 

PC  1 0 1                 General  Psychology  3sh  ( 1 ) 

PC290                 Research  Design  and  Analysis  I  4sb  (2) 

One  course  from  core  areas  A,  B,  or  C  3-4sh  (3) 

One  course  from  core  areas  D  or  E  3-4sh  (3) 
One  PC  elective  3-4sh 

(1)  Meets  Liberal  Studies  requirement. 

(2)  Prerequisite  MA2 17. 

(3)  At  least  one  course  must  be  a  content-based  laboratory  course. 


Minor — Psychology  20 

Required  Courses: 

PC  1 0 1                 General  Psychology  Ssh  ( 1 ) 

PC280                Psychological  Inquiry  or  3sh 

PC290                 Research  Design  and  Analysis  I  4sh  (2) 

Four  other  PC  electives  beyond  PC101  I2sh  (3) 

(1)  Meets  Liberal  Studies  requirement. 

(2)  Prerequisite  MA2 17. 

(3)  Selected  in  consultation  with  the  director  of  the  undergraduate 
program. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


THE    SCHOOL    OF    CONTINUING    EDUCATION        127 


The  School  of  Continuing  Education 


Nicholas  E.Kolb  Dean 
Edward  W.  Nardi  I  ml  Dean 

I  In  mission  ol  tin  Si  hool  ol  i  ontii in  Edu<  ation  is  to  serve  the  lifelong 

ol  i  ii  mi  i.  hI  ii  mm  i;  il  students,  working  adults,  professional 

organiiations,  local  and  state  agencies,  and  the  citizens  of  the  ( monwealth 

to  tin    ii  adi  mil  and  human  resources  ol  II T. 

The  School  of  C luiugEduc wasci id  by  die  IUP  Board  of 

rhistei  s  in  May.  1966,  roday.  tin  si  Ii  "'I  i  omprises  <  Iredit  Programs, 
Conferences  and  Noncredil  Programs,  and  the  Criminal  Justici  Training 
Center. The  school  is  characterized  by  its  commitment  in  academic 

excellence  and  high-qualit)  programs.  I  In  scl I  maintains  a  dynamic 

envi ent  which  fosters  innovation  and  experimentation  in  ordei  to 

improve  programs  continual];  and  respond  to  the  ever-changing  needs  ol 

MM    II   IV 


Credit  Programs 


offers  a  variet)  of  opportunities  foi  the  adult  and 
inmti.uliiiim.il  learna  to  access  tin  academii  resources  of  II  P  on  a  part-time 
ii  lected  from  day  or  evening  offei  inj  s. 

i!  Studies  is  designed  foi  the 
iiimti.iiliiiim.il  in  .11  lull  learnei  who  seeks  to  acquire  a  broad  I  use  of 
knowledge  in  the  liberal  arts.  This  program  consists  of  the  core  ol  Liberal 
Studies  requirements  of  die  II  P  bat  helor's  degree  programs  plus  nine  to 
twelve  credits  of  electives.  The  student  is  encouraged  to  develop  a  plan  ol 
stuck  witli  liis  hi  her  academic  advisoi  which  will  brine,  focus  toliisorhei 
interest  in  a  particulai  areaoi  subject.  No  more  than  ilmt\  credits  ma)  b( 
transferred  into  tins  degree  program  from  odiei  colleges. 

I'lie  Bachelor  ol  v  in  ( leneral  Studies  is  designed  foi  the 

lult  student,  wli tdei  facult)  advisement  can  explon  and  develop 

plan  of  stud)  which  does  not  approach  an)  existing  IUP 

majoi    rhi  i|; f  study  must  be  based  on  a  specific  theme 

whit  Ii  incorponiU  s  basic  and  applied  coursework  within  a  theoretical 
framework  culminating  in  a  senior-yeai  independent  research  project  \t  the 

tune  "I  application  foi  degrei  .  andidai  \  tl tgh  tin  Si  I I  of  Continuing 

Education  oi  transfei  from  anotht  i  major,  the  student  must  submit  a  plan  of 
sunk  which  contains  the  proposed  theme,  rationale,  and  courses  needed  to 
s.uistv  the  Special  Interest  Vrea.  \  facult)  member  will  be  assigned  to  assist 
with  the  plan  ol  stink  | hum  to  acceptance  i"  degree  candidacy  Students 

othei  than  Si  I I  0|  Continuing  Education  students  must  have  completed 

I5sh  bi  fori  transfei  will  be  honored. 

!""s  plan  ol  study,  whii  li  is  designed  to  fulfill  the  Special  Interest 
L>  approved  b]  I  qN  ism  ind  the  deanofthe  Seln.ul 

uing  Education. 


Associate  of  Arts— General  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  \s  outlined  m  tin  Liberal  Studies 
Section  with  the  following  spec  ifications  and  moduli  ati 

Learning  Skills  10-llsh 

Humanities 

Fine  Arts 

Natural  Si 

Soi  Lai  Si  ii  ti« . 

Health  and  Wellness  ROT< 

( lontrolled  Libi  i  ■  tives 


Free  Elective* 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Bachelor  of  Science — General  Studies 

I  liberal  Studies!  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studii  t 

General  W.i  of  Stud)  -'  • 

i    it  least  6sh  from  three  of  thi  four  areas  listed 
below.  At  least  I2shmustbi   100-level  or  above  I 
si  H  mlc  I  relate  to  tl  huh  devi  loped  in  Special  Interest  \ 
Human  Behavior  and  Devehipineiil  Vrea 

Anthropology,  1 1<  alth  I  lomi  E< ii  -    '• 

Sociolo© 

Social  and  Political  Systems  \rea 

Economics, Geography  .mil  Regional  Planning,  H 

liiilusui.il  and  Labor  Relations.  Political  Si 

Arts.  Letters,  and  Culture  Area 

Ait.  ( Communications  Media,  English,  French,  German, 

Journalism,  Music,  Philosophy,  Religious  Studies, 

Spanish,  Theater 

Science, Mathematics, and  fechnolog)  \uj 

Biology,  Chemistry,  ( Computet  Si  ience,  ( 

Mathematics,  Physii  s 

Special  Interest  kits  -1 

With  approval  of  advisor,  student  may  select,  from  any 
department  listed  above,  courses  which  focus  on  a 
particular  need  or  interest.  At  least  1  ils-li  must  1 
level  or  above.  The  program  must  include  eith< 
research  course  which  provides  opportui 
extensive  writing  i>r  an  independent  study  pr.  • 
Smile  courses  will  not  be  available  to  Gem  ral  Studies 


INDIANA    UNIVERs  NNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADE 


128       THE    SCHOOL    OF    CONTINUING    EDUCATION 


Electives  25-26 

At  least  (ish  must  be  300-leveJ  or  above 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Individually  planned  theme  may  not  duplicate  any  existing  degree 
programs  which  are  otherwise  available  at  1UP,  nor  may  diey  be  used  to 
circumvent  specific  requirements  within  an  existing  major. 

(2)  No  more  than  ,'iO  semester  hours  taken  in  any  one  department  will  count 
toward  graduation. 

(3)  In  the  application  of  university  policies,  the  Special  Interest  Area  is 
considered  as  the  major.  Specifically,  in  order  to  graduate,  students  must 
be  in  academic  good  standing  and  attain  a  2.00  grade  point  average  in 
the  Special  Interest  Area. 


Special  Programs 

The  education  and  training  needs  of  health  and  human  service  professionals 
are  met  through  course  offerings,  one-day  workshops,  seminars,  and 
conferences.  Additionally,  Youth  Experience  in  Summer  (YES)  provides 
educational  enrichment  for  youth  in  elementary  grades. 

Conferences 

The  office  facilitates  conferences  offered  by  academic  departments  during 
the  year  and  hosts  off-campus  groups  and  organizations  during  the  summer 
months.  The  conference  staff  also  provides  consulting  services  and 
coordinates  conferences  throughout  the  state  for  IUP  and  odier 
organizadons. 


Part-time  Studies  Program  (Nondegree) 

The  Part-time  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  oiler  the  adult  and 
nontraditional  learner  the  opportunity  to  begin  or  renew  a  college  education 
at  IUP.  Through  this  program  an  individual  may  enroll  in  undergraduate 
credit  courses  to  pursue  personal  interests,  acquire  new  skills,  or  work 
toward  formal  admission  to  degree  candidacy.  Credit  earned  in  this  program 
ma)  be  applied  to  a  degree  upon  formal  admission  to  an  IUP  degree 
program. 

Postbaccalaureate  Program 

The  Postbaccalaureate  Program  is  designed  to  provide  access  to 
undergraduate  courses  to  individuals  who  have  an  earned  baccalaureate 
degree.  Students  may  be  seeking  a  second  bachelor's  degree,  additional 
teacher  certification,  or  personal  enrichment.  Postbaccalaureate  students  may 
attend  IUP  on  a  part-time  or  full-time  basis. 

Off-Campus  Studies  Program 

The  Off-Campus  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  support  the  efforts  of  IUP 
anil  its  faculty  to  offer  academic  programs  at  off-campus  locations.  The 
Master  of  Education,  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Adult  and  Community  Education, 
the  Executive  MBA  Program,  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Criminology,  and  die 
Master  nt  Arts  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  are  offered  in  the  IUP 
Center  in  Monroeville.  In  addition,  the  Executive  MBA  is  offered  in 
Johnstown  and  the  Master  ofScience  in  Safety  Sciences  is  available  in 
Harrisburg.  Undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  are  also  available 
periodically  at  various  off-campus  locations  throughout  the  commonwealth. 

Adult  Advisement  Services 

Adult  Advisement  Services  provides  the  part-time,  nontraditional,  and  adult 
learner  access  to  academic  exploration  and  planning  through  individual 
conferences  and  workshops.  Seminars  are  offered  throughout  the  year  to 
provide  the  opportunity  for  adult  learners  to  become  acquainted  widi  the 
many  resources  of  the  university. 

Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education  offers  a  wide  variety  of  noncredit 
programs  which  meet  community  needs  in  the  areas  of  public  service, 
professional  development,  and  personal  enrichment. 

Business,  Industry,  and  Labor 

Courses  and  workshops  are  offered  in  the  following  areas:  Computer 
I  jteracy.  Management  Development,  Small  Business  Development,  and 
Customized  Training.  Courses  may  be  offered  at  IUP  or  at  the 
business/industry  site,  as  preferred. 

Community-University  Studies 

Noncredit  courses  jnd  workshops  are  offered  in  Indiana,  Kittanning,  and 
Piinxsulawuey.  Personal  growth  and  enrichment  topics  include  creative 
leisure,  self-improvement,  Fitness,  culinary  arts,  languages,  money  and 
finances,  art/music/literature,  Elderhostel,  and  Mornings  with  the  Professors. 
There  are  no  exams,  no  glades,  and  no  pressure.  The  program  is  provided  as 
a  service  to  the  community. 


Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

Gary  M.  Welsh,  Director 

The  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center's  role  in  bodi  the  university  and  the 
community  is  to  provide  high-quality  education  and  training  programs  for 
die  continuing  professionalism  of  die  criminal  justice  system. 

These  programs  include  seminars  for  in-service  personnel  in  fulfillment  of 
mandatory  continuing  education  requirements.  They  are  conducted  on  an 
"as  needed"  basis  covering  an  unlimited  range  of  topics,  such  as  vehicle  and 
criminal  law  updates,  search  and  seizure,  accident  investigation,  alcohol 
enforcement,  and  driver  proficiency.  Special  programs  are  provided  to  offer 
the  basic  600-hour  academy  training  required  for  law  enforcement  service 
under  Mandatory  Act  120.  Training  under  the  Lethal  Weapons  Act  235 
provides  the  basic  requirements  and  mandatory  recertification  for  armed 
security  personnel. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


129 


Course  Descriptions 


Crrdit  designation  at  right  tj  till*  is  expressed  in  (i )  <  lass  knurs  pet  week,  (I) 
lah  or  (d)  discussion  section  hours  per  week,  and  (sh)  semester  hears  of  credit 
per  semester. 


AD 


Administrative  Services 
Department  ofTechnology  Support 
and  Training 
Eberly  ( lollege  of  Business 


Notet  ML,  hums  .[[  tin  300  and  lOOlevelarc  open  onl)  to  students  with  junior 
01  Mm,, i  standing  Ml  studi  tits,  regardless  of  majoi  or  program  afEliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisiti  requirements  inordei  to  enroll  foi 

AlilOl  Introduction  to  Business  3c-01-3sb 

Overview  ofthi  principles,  practices,  and  methods  common  to  most  business 
firms  in  a  privati  enterprisi  system  (Not  open  to  ju s  and  seniors  in  Business) 

AD22I  Business  Technical  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN101 

Apphcation  ,,|  business  and  technical  writing  styles,  letters,  memos,  n 
procedures,  and  manuals  are  some  areas  of  concern.  Emphasis  on  clear,  concise 
writing  styl<  (Maj  not  be  used  .is  a  subs t<  foi   U  i 

AD  S21  Business  and  Interpersonal  (  ommunications  3o01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN10I,  202 

Stud)  ol  i,, milium,. i theor)  and  principles  as  applied  to  business  Mtu.nu, us 

and  practices;  development  ol  communii  ation  skills  in  areas  ol  communicadon 
such  as  speaking,  writing,  listening,  and  nonverbal  communicating.  Emphasis  on 
building  eSective  interpersonal  relations  in  a  business  environment. 

AIM  12  Intereultural  Business  Communication  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisiie:Jim„,i  standing 

I  In  courst  provides  an  in-depth  stud)  and  theorel  cal  understanding  ol 
intereultural  business  communication,  including  international,  national,  ethnic, 


racial,  and  socioeconomit  culturi  explore  practices,  trends,  and 

difficulties  "I  people  primaril)  identified  with  one  culture,  attempting  to  interact 

w  nil  people  ,  ,l  anothei  t  ulturi  tl tgh  speaking,  listening,  writing,  jnd  iu,n verbal 

means.  Problems  "I  intereultural  communication  situations  for  business  will  be 
pinpointed,  elements  of  the  problems  <  larified,  and  guidelines  projected  for 
ation. 

VD481  Special  Ibpia  ini  I  Sdk 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  ofiered  on  an  experimental  or  temporarj  basu  I 

that  are  not  included  in  the  established  i  urriculum  A  given  topic  tnay  be  offered 

iiii.li  i  an)  s|n,  i.d  topit  identity  t re  tlian  three  times.  Special  i 

numbered  181  .ire  ofiered  primarily  lor  upper  level  undergraduate  students. 


var-1-tsh 
.  raculfy  member,  department 


ID482  Independent  Study 

l'iem|uisite:  Prior  approval  through  m\ 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  '  Iffice 

Students  with  interest  in  independenl  >tud\  ofa  topk  not  offered  in  tire 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  ol  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  avatlahihrv  of  resources. 


Art  Education 
Department  ol  An 
College  of  Fine  Arts 


var-l-M 


AE28  1  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  ofiered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 

lliat  are  not  included  in  die  established  cuiriculu;,  may  be  offered 

under  arty  special  topic  identity  no  m, ,re  than  three  times.  S|iecia! 

numbered  281  are  ofiered  primaril)  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    P  E  I  N  I  A    UNDERGRADUATE  1999-2000 


130       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


AE3 15  Survey  of  Art  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

A  seminar  to  introduce  the  arl  education  major  to  the  principles  and  practices  of 
teaching  visual  arts  K  through  12.  Field  experiences,  pre-student  teaching 
activities,  introduction  to  literature,  and  history  and  philosophies  of  art  education 
emphasized.  (Prerequisite  to  Student  teaching)  Fall  only. 

AE317  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  Elementary  Level  lc-3l-3sh 

Examines  children's  artistic  development,  art  programs,  planning,  motivation,  and 
evaluation.  Weekly  teaching  experience  is  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 
(Prerequisite  to  student  teaching)  Fall  only. 

AE318  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  Secondary  Level  lc-3l-3sh 

Relationship  of  art  education  to  the  total  secondary  curriculum  is  studied  to 
determine  goals  of  junior-senior  high  school  art.  The  adolescent  creative  products 
are  analyzed  to  help  die  prospective  art  teacher  to  identify  with  problems  of 
students.  (Prerequisite  to  student  teaching)  Spring  only. 

AE48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  hasis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity-  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

AE482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  ottered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  o(  resources. 


AF 


Pan-African  Studies 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


Accounting 

Department  of  Accounting 
Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  die  .'300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  widi  junior 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

AG201  Accounting  Principles  1  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  die  student  to  die  accounting  cycle  in  service  and  merchandising 
concerns  using  the  single  proprietorship  form  of  business  organization;  covers  use 
of  special  journals  and  subsidiary  ledgers  in  the  accounting  system  as  well  as 
accounting  and  internal  control  procedures  for  cash,  receivables,  inventory,  and 
plant  and  equipment. 

AG202  Accounting  Principles  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C  or  better  in  AG201.  sophomore  status 
Covers  accounting  principles  and  procedures  for  payroll,  partnerships, 
corporations,  long-term  liabilities  and  invesunents,  and  manufacturing  firms  with 
a  general  accounting  system.  Introduces  the  student  to  cost  accounting  systems, 
financial  statements  analysis,  budgeting,  and  use  of  accounting  information  in 
making  managerial  decisions. 

AG281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  bo  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity-  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

AG299  Cooperative  Education  I  0c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  55  credits  with  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.0  including  at 
least  a  "C"  in  AG20 1 ,  AG202,  and  1M24 1 ,  and  approval  of  die  cooperative 
advisor 

The  initial  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory  with 
practical  application  diroughjob-related  experiences.  Students  are  actively 
employed  in  the  accounting  area  in  business,  industry,  government,  and  a  variety 
of  organizations  and  agencies  with  a  work  focus  which  relates  to  their  academic 
training  and  career  objectives  in  accounting.  The  student  is  expected  to  complete 
subsequendy  AG399  or  an  internship. 

AG300  Managerial  Accounting  3c-0!-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AG202  (not  open  to  Accounting  majors) 
Emphasizes  the  use  of  accounting  information  in  performing  the  managerial 
functions  of  planning,  control,  decision  making,  and  performance  evaluation. 
Note:  Accounting  majors  will  not  be  granted  degree  credit  for  AG300. 

AG301  Intermediate  Accounting  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG202 

An  overview  of  die  foundation  of  accounting  theory  dealing  widi  application  of 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as  promulgated  in  professional 
pronouncements  to  die  reporting  process  and  to  accounting  for  various  asset 
items  in  die  financial  statements. 

AG302  Intermediate  Accounting  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG301 

Application  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  various  areas  such  as 
accounting  for  corporations,  long-term  investments  in  securities,  bonds,  pension 
costs,  leases,  etc. 

AG31I  Cost  Accounting  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG202 

Cost  accounting  mediods  and  procedures  including  cost  accumulation  under  job 
order  cost  system  and  process  cost  system,  cost  allocation,  budgeting,  and 
accounting  for  spoilage. joint,  and  by-products.  The  planning  and  control  aspect 
of  cost  accounting  is  emphasized. 

AG32 1  Federal  Taxes  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C  or  better  in  AG202 

Acquaints  the  student  widi  Federal  Income  Tax  Laws  as  they  apply  to  individual 
taxpayers  and  partnerships.  (Offered  as  AG421  prior  to  1999-2000) 

AG399  Cooperative  Education  II  0c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG299:  completion  of  85  credits  with  an  overall  GPA  of  2.0;  a 
GPA  of  2.3  in  AG30 1 ,  302,  and  3 1 1  with  at  least  a  "C"  in  each  course;  and 
approval  of  the  cooperative  advisor 
The  subsequent  course  in  cooperative  education  is  designed  to  combine 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


AF131  Introduction  to  Pan-African  Studies  3c-0l-3sh 

A  multidisciplinary  introduction  to  Africa  and  die  African  diaspora.  The  course 
explores  the  effects  of  Africa's  history,  in  particular  colonialism  and 
independence,  on  present-day  Africa;  it  examines  the  relationship  between  Africa 
and  die  African  diaspora  with  special  attention  to  African  arts,  social  systems,  and 
political  and  economic  development;  it  also  looks  at  Africa's  contribution  to 
contemporary  culture  in  die  Americas. 

AF281  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  281  are  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

AF481  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  die  instructor  and  program  coordinator 
Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

AF482  Independent  Study  var  l-to-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  program 
coordinator,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  Pan-African  Studies-related  topic 
not  offered  in  die  curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a 
faculty  member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability 
of  resources. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        I J  I 


mil i iractical  appl in  through  job  rel Ii  cp 

(  ooperauVi  Edua n  itudentsani  n  M)  employed  in  tl nil 

"i  uid  ■  variety  of  organiii i  and [agencies  with  ■ 

i.  ,.  i , ih.  M  I i  training  indi  irei  i  obje.  tivei  m 

■ci ling. 

\(.iiil  Advanced  Ace ii"u  3c-0l-3»h 

I'n  iii|nis!ii  ■■  M  •  102 

Smdyol  ol  ipecialized  nature  including  partnerships, 

, nd  lii I. 'i )  "'.I  bram  h  i iting  i nting  foi 

union    M"  pan I  •  onsolidati  d  lni.nn  ial  Matemenla, 

i.. i  government  and  nol  foi  profil  entities,  ai nting  foi  estates  and 

.lllltlllg. 

AG412  advanced  Coal  Accounting  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisitci  <  01  bcttei  in  AG311 

Stuch  "I  budgets,  standard  costs, direi  land  absorption  costing,  analysis  "I  i  oal 

tensive  analysis  of  various  cosl  control  and  profit  planning 
programs, 

\i.  122  initial  land I  Corporations,  Partnerships, 

i  states I  Ousts  3c-01-3sh 

Prcrequiauasi  AC  :"-'  and  321 

hi ,i.  i.i  mi  mill  taxation  asil  applies  to  taxpayers  othei  than 

iniliMiluals  I  'mm  lilt  l.i\  ticatiiieul  ul  those  property  transfers  subject  to  federal 
and  slate  pfl  and  death  taxes.  Tlie  tax  planning  aspect  of  the  various  course 
lopii  ■  .i .  well  .is  i. is  h  si  .h.  h  mcihodologv  .ire  also  discussed. 

U.I  il   Auditing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  VI 

tuditing  tln-mx  .mil  practical  application  of  auditing  standards  and 

I.,  tin  uMiu.  iisini;;.  .mi  I  i  \.  ili  i,  n  Ion  of  accounting  controls  and  to  die 

I  ii. ii  is. i.  tions  and  balances  to  express  an  opinion  in  an  audit  report 

on  the  laiiiHss  ol  liri.ni>  ial  statements'  presentation. 

u.i  IS  Internal  Auditing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  AG431 

in  isstus;  foundations  lot  internal  auditing,  administering  internal 

Dpi  rational  .mas.  ami  s|ni  ial  relationships  and  evaluation  foi 
internal  iui 

\t.lll  Accounting  foi  Government  and  Nonprofit  Organizations    3c-01-3sh 

I'll  iti|lllsin  :    Al 

Presents  the  views  ol  authoritative  professional  organizations  as  to  desirable 

iting  and  reporting  for  governmental  and  nonprofit  entities. 
Topics  include  budgeting  and  budgetary  accounts,  accounting  for  various  funds. 

fixed  assets  group  of  accounts,  the  financial  reporting  process,  and 
application  ol  the  principles  of  fund  accounting  in  specific  anas. 

AG451  Seminar  in  Accounting  Standards  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisitci  u,iti2 

Simlv  ol  professional  standards  having  authoritative  support  in  the  field  of 

i    APB  opinions,  FASB  interpretations,  and  SEC  Accounting  Series 
nssed. 

AG461  Accounting  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  \i .  102,  AGSII.  1M  100 

Stud)  ol  Concepts,  principles,  and  procedures  of  accounting  system  design. 
installation,  implementation,  auditing,  and  maintenance  in  relating  to  system 
[•formation  requirements,  constraints,  system  elements,  and 
itions  on  a  i  mnputerized  basis. 

AG47)  International  Accounting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite!  AGS  II  foi  \ mting  majors  or  AG300  for  non-Accounting 

maims 

A  comparative  stud)  of  the  eftei  ts  of  differences  in  cultural  and  business 

philosophies  on  national  anil  iiiteriialioii.il  accounting  policies.  Specific  financial 
accounting  controversies,  such  as  accounting  for  transactions  involving  foreign 

Hi  hanges,  "  ill  be  disi  ussed.  International  management  accounting 
topics  «ill  mi  link  iiiiciiiaiion.il  transfer  pining  policies,  performance  evaluations 
ol  multinational  managers  and  divisions,  and  management  information  Systems. 
International  aspects  of  financial  planning,  auditing,  and  taxation  practices  will 
also  be  reviewed, 

AG481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

rsesait  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
red  undei  an)  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  1M  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


AG482  liuliio  ikIi  in  Sludy  var-l-li 

Prerequisite:  Priol  ipproval  through  advi  sunncnl 

i  haiiprison  dean,  and  Pi 

Students  with  inti  idyofatupi I  offered  in  the 

i  null  iilniii  1 1 i.i \  propoat  i  plan  ol  study  in  i  onjum  Don  with 
Approval  is  but  .1  on  ii  adi  mil   ippn 


At. -INK  Inlcrniiliip  in  Accounting  (Industrial  ami  Gon  iinn.  at)  hah 

Prerequisites:  <  ...us,  Hi 

i.l'A  in  a.  loiinh, 

I'M.  in  .il  i  icpet  '  totaling  400  hours,  in  an  i  nunetM 

accouiitm> 

AG493  Internship  In  A<<  limiting  (I'llhlli)  '.sfi 

Prerequisites.:  <  iunv  nl     I  hairpi  ismi  and  ilc an.  EbeH)  <  ollcsjc  of 

Business;  oveiall  GPAol  1.00 audi  1FA  m  accounts' 

Practical  experiences,  generally  totaling  400  hours.  with  a  puhln    . 


AH 


Art  History 
Department  ol  An 
College  of  Fine  Arts 


AH  101  Introduction  to  Art  k-Ot-Sah 

Designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  iht  si^niln  an.  c  ->f  art  as  i  dated  to 

contemporary  living  and  qui  historical  heritage. 

AH205  /Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  i.  -Ul-  Ish 

Study  of  art  Irmn  prehistoric  times  to  the  Middle  Ages.  Man' 
development  is  seen  in  relation  to  politii  al,  social,  economic,  and  religious  events. 
Course  was  offered  as  AMI  la  pi  im  to  Summer, 

AH206'  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  3c-0l-3sb 

Study  of  art  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  Baroque  in  light  of  die  histonial  events 
which  affect  man's  artistic  impulses  and  development. 

AH2 1 1  Modem  Art  3c-0l-3sa 

A  survey  of  the  revolutionary  movements  which  began  about  1850;  concludes 
widi  trends  m  contemporary  arts. 

AH222  Art  in  America  k -ill- Ish 

Surveys  American  art  and  us  relation  to  the  development  ol  American  ideas  and 
ideals. 

AH28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -Ish 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  <  ontenl 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  i,,  explm 

that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 

under  anv  special  topic  identit)  no  mote  than  three  times,  Spet  ul  topics 

numbered  28]  are  ofiered  primarily  lor  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

AH300  Native  American  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AH  101.  junior  standing,  or  permission 
A  survey  of  die  broad  forms  of  visual  arts  and  crafts  dial  reflect  die  lifew..   - 
Native  Americans  from  paleo-indian  unguis  t..  .VI).  1900. 

AH407  Medieval  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

Art  and  architecture  of  Europe  during  the  Middle  Ages,  beginning  widi  carlv 
Christian  and  Bvzanunc  and  concluding  widi  the  Godiic  period.  Dual  hsied  lor 
graduate  credit  as  AH507. 

AH408  Italian  Renaissance  Art  H-nl-Uh 

Italian  art  from  14011s  through  1650  and  Mannerist  movement.  Special  attention 
paid  to  great  masters  ol  the  period.  Dual  listed  lor  trraduate  credit  as  AH508. 

AH409  Baroque  and  Rococo  Art  3c-0l-3sfc 

A  general  survey  ol  an  from  1 575  to  1 775.  will  include  architecture,  sculpture, 
painting,  and  other  arts.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  AH509. 

AH412  Classical  Art  n-nl-lsh 

Historical  survev  of  the  architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  and  minor  arts  ol  the 
classical  period  ol  Greece  anil  Rome,  including  die  Minoari.  Mvccnacari.  and 

Etniscan  cultures. 

AH4 1 3  Senior  Seminar  3c-0l-3sb 

Intended  to  help  students  develop  adequate  vocabularies  and  methods  to  be  used 
in  discussion  and  cnucism  of  works  of  art. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999 


132 


SE    DESCRI  PTIONS 


AH4 1 6  Northern  Renaissance  Art  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  phenomena  of  art  north  of  the  Alps  from  1400  to  lfiOO,  especially  as  it 
appears  in  the  Lowlands,  as  well  as  side  explorations  into  art  of  France,  Germany, 
Austria,  and  the  court  at  Prague. 

AH4X 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  he  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

AH482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  wiUi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Applied  Music 

Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 


Music  majors  and  others  who  may  qualify  take  private  instruction  in  their 
respective  major  areas  of  performance  in  instrument  or  voice  for  up  to  eight 
semesters.  Half-hour  lessons  are  given  each  week  (2  sh)  for  students  enrolled  in 
the  B.S.  and  B.A.  degree  programs.  A  one-hour  lesson  (4  sh)  is  scheduled  by 
students  enrolled  in  the  B.F.A.  degree  program  only. 


AM  101, 151,201,251,301,351.401,451 
AM  102, 152, 202, 252, 302, 352, 402, 452 
AM  103, 153,203,253.303,353,403,453 
AM  104. 154,204,254,304,354,404,454 
AM  105, 155,205,255,305,355,405,455 
AM  1 06, 1 56, 206, 256, 306, 356, 406, 456 
AM  107, 157. 207, 257, 307, 357, 407, 457 
AM  108, 158, 208, 258, 308, 358, 408, 458 
AM  109,  159,209,259,309,359,409,459 
AM  1 10, 160, 210, 260, 310, 360, 410, 460 
AM  111,161,211,261,311,361,411,461 
AM  1 1 2, 162, 212, 262, 312, 362, 412, 462 
AM  113,  163.213,263.313,363,413,463 
AM  114, 164,214.264,314,364.414,464 
AM  115,165,215,265,315,365,415,465 
AM  116,166,216,266,316,366,416,466 
AM  117,167,217,267,317,367,417,467 
AM  1 18.  168, 218, 268, 318. 368, 418, 468 
AM  1 19, 169, 219, 269, 319, 369, 419, 469 
AM  120, 1 70.  220. 270. 320. 370. 420, 470 
AM  121,171.221.271,321.371.421,471 


Piano  I-VIII 

Organ  I-VIII 

Harpsichord  I-VIII 

Harp  I-VIII 

Voice  I-VUI 

Violin  I-VIII 

Viola  I-VIII 

Cello  I-VIII 

String  Bass  I-VIII 

Flute  I-VIII 

Clarinet  l-YIII 

Oboe  I-VIII 

Bassoon  I-VIII 

Saxophone  I-VIII 

Trumpet  I-VIII 

French  Horn  I-VIII 

Trombone  I-VIII 

Baritone  Horn  I-VIII 

Tuba  I-VIII 

Percussion  I-VIII 

Guitar  I-VIII 


AM482  Independent  Study  var.  j  .jsn 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Anthropology 

Department  of  Anthropology 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


AN  110  Contemporary  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  of  andiropological  inquiry.  By  using  the 
anthropological  perspective,  current  relevant  topics  will  be  discussed.  Topics 
could  include  but  are  not  limited  to  changing  mydis  and  rituals,  legal 
anthropology,  cross-cultural  aspects  of  aging,  gender  roles,  evolutionism  and 
creationism,  cultural  extinction,  and  world  hunger. 

AN2 1 1  Cultural  Anthropology  3c-0l-3sh 

Explores  die  nature  of  culture  as  a  human  survival  technique.  Provides  a 
framework  for  appreciation  and  understanding  of  cultural  differences  and 
similarities  in  human  societies,  past  and  present. 

AN2 1 3  World  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  die  preliistory  of  Western  and  non-Western  cultures  with  emphasis  on 
the  development  of  technology  and  on  the  evolution  of  adaptive  strategies  widi 
particular  attention  to  die  origins  of  agriculture.  This  course  exposes  die  students 
to  die  diversity  of  past  cultural  systems  and  to  die  mediodological  and  theoretical 
questions  of  concern  to  archaeologists. 

AN222  Biological  Anthropology  3c-0I-3sh 

Introduction  to  die  goals  and  techniques  of  biological  andiropology  widi 
emphasis  on  primatology,  paleoanthropology,  genetics,  and  osteology.  Provides  a 
basis  for  evaluating  the  role  of  biology  in  human  behavior. 

AN233  Language  and  Culture  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  social  and  cultural  (unctions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis  given  to 
problems  in  andiropology  with  respect  to  non-Western  languages. 

AN244  Basic  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  die  goals  and  mediods  of  anthropological  archaeology  with 
particular  attention  to  die  analysis  of  cultural  chronology,  past  lifeways,  and 
cultural  process.  Provides  laboratory  experience  widi  artifacts  and  other 
archaeological  data. 

AN27I  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  cultural  diversity  of  die  continent  of  Africa.  The  first  unit  examines 
the  historical  processes  which  shape  modern  society,  including  die  formation  of 
indigenous  African  empires,  die  evidence  for  trade  routes,  slave  trading,  and 
colonialism.  The  second  unit  examines  die  nature  of  African  traditional  societies, 
including  analyses  of  forager  and  agricultural  groups.  The  last  unit  covers  issues 
of  contemporary  development  in  Africa  such  as  famine  and  agricultural  policy,  die 
status  of  women  in  economic  development,  and  apartheid.  Reading  includes 
ethnographic  and  historical  accounts  of  African  society  as  well  as  selections  by 
African  writers  on  the  issues  of  contemporary  society.  (Also  offered  as  S0271; 
may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

AN272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  assist  the  student  in  developing  an  understanding  of  contemporary 
China.  While  die  course  will  begin  widi  prehistoric  and  historic  aspects  of  China, 
die  focus  will  be  on  contemporary  issues  presented  in  the  context  of 
andiropological  dieory.  Specific  Chinese  cultural  components  diat  will  be 
investigated  include  values,  attitudes,  norms,  social  organization,  linguistics,  and 
folklore.  (Also  offered  as  S0272;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

AN273  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  of  Soudieast  (SE)  Asia.  Prehistory 
and  die  development  of  indigenous  states  in  SE  Asia  and  analysis  of  impact  of 
world  religions,  such  as  Islam,  and  Western  colonialism.  Also  examines  modern 
hunter-gatherer  and  farming  societies  and  discusses  contemporary  issues  in  social 
and  economic  change,  including  die  Green  Revolution,  tropical  deforestation,  the 
struggle  of  ethnic  minority  tribal  peoples,  and  die  plight  of  Indochinese  refugees. 
(Also  offered  as  S0273;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


W.'V'M  11I111...I   Art*  Studies!  Latin   \iii.im.i  Ic-lll-lsh 

j ,,,,,1 [o    I,     pi  opl| I  I  ill 1  "I  I Ann  11.  .1    I        U 

mddevcloi I  I1"  '  olumbian  complex  societies  in  M 1 

idea  ind  1 lyzei  thi  im| II peancol iliam  on  tliei mm 

iminei  1  onti  mpoi  hi  •  ■  ml  wan,  c nil 

:  urbi vi and  migi and  immigration  ol  Latin 

|il     inKi  tin  1  nileel  Si  11.       11 Hi  1  .I  as  S(  1274; )  he 

lup I"  I 

AM81  Bpedal  lopiei  var-1-Sab. 

Prerequisite!  Ai  ipproprial urac  1  onti  ill 

I  i,  1  lM,  ofl!  red  on  an  1  Kperiniental  01  n  mporai )  baaia  to  explore  topica 

11  ludi  d  in  thi  1  itablisln  d lum,  \  givi  n  topii  |  I"  off  n  d 

mj  ipecialtopii  identit)  re  than  three  timea  S] iltopii 

!    '  1  mi  offered  | ilyforlowct  level  undergraduate atudenta, 

AN  186  Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family  Sc-01-3sh 

,1  .nnl  anthropological  stud)  ol  patterns  ..I  marriagi .  kinahip,  and 

I. K  life,  with  emphasia he  reli niliip  betwei  n  famil)  pal j  and  othei 

1. 1 vered  includi  tin  I ly  and  marriage  in  historical 

worldwidi  patti  rna  ol  gi  ridi  1  itradfii  .11 :  incesl 

1  laa    md  n ta  ol  famil)  patterns; 1.   11  li  1  Lion 

i  and  child  rearing;  domestic  and  sexual  violent  e;  alternathn 
rrenl  crisis  and  possible  future  ol  the  Family.  Intended 
,  ui.  In  in.  but  also  open  to  soi  iologj  and  anthropology  majore  and 
i  ..  offered  as  S(  1286  ma)  nol  I"  1  il  en  foi  duplii  ati  <  n  dil  1 

VVH  1  Native  Americans  tc-OI-.Mi 

id  1  nliiiu  .111.1  characteriadca  of  die  Indians  of  North 
\nn  in  .1  Detailed  stud)  "I  representadvc  groups  related  to  historical,  functional, 
icepl 

ANSIS  Ninth  American  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

Prensquiaitei  ANllOot  244  01  pennission  of  die  instructor 

Surve)  of  North  \ mi  in  .in  prehistory  with  emphasis  on  cultural  ecology  and 

technology.  Attention  is  given  to  all  geographii  areas  ninth  of  Mexico,  but  the 

tin  ua  ii  mi  iIh  Eastern  Woodlands. 

Wild  Anthropology  of  Religion  .(c-Ol-.fsh 

Prerequisite!  VN1  IO01  211 

Explores  nature,  funi  don il  universal  1  liarai  u  ristit  9  ol  religion  in  human 

utilizing  cross-cultural  approai  h.  fheories  1  om  1  rning  rehgioua 
phe nrn.i  serve  u  topii  1  foi  discussion. 

ANSI 7  Archaeology  Research  Design  and  Analysis  Sc-lll-.ish 

Prerequisite!  AN2  1 1  "i  permission  oftht  instrut  toi 

Introdui  lum  tn  theor)  .nnl  niiili.nl  in  an  haeologit  al  research  through  let  hire, 
laborator)  exercises,  and  individual  projet  ts.  Provides  students  with  actual 
experience  analyzing  and  interpreting  an  haeologii  al  data  seta 

ANSIS  Museum  Methods  ic-(ll- ish 

Prernraisitei  \\l  IO01  21  I  01  24  I 

oratory  course  surveying  the  role  ol  museums  as  social  and 
educational  institutions,  types  ol  must  urns,  museum  administration,  and  museum 

architecture.  Proced  ,  curation,  preserval ,  and  storage  ol 

anthropological  and  natural  liistorj  specimens  exi ned. 

A.N.120  Archaeological  Field  School  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  AN  I  10,  2  I  I.  01  pi  rmission  ofinstructoi 

Introduction  to  an  hi  ,.  field  excavation,  .mil  laboratory  pi 

■  students  partii  ipate  in  one  01  more  ol  die  on-going  research  projects 
ui  tin-  III'  Archaeolog)  Program. 

AN340  Anthropology  of  Aging  .k-Ol-.KIi 

Introduces  the  student  to  various  experiences  faced  by  elderl)  people  in 
numerous  world's  societies.  Explores  the  impacl  ..I  sui  h  factors  aa  ethnicity; 
nationality,  race,  and  class  and  the  processes  of  cultural  change  on  the  fives  ol 

1  parativi    cross-cultural  perspectives  will  be  stressed. 

AY;.,ti  Anthropology  of  Women  k-llkisli 

Designed  foi  an)  student  with  an  interest  in  the  lives  ol  women  around  the  world, 
regardless  ofwhediei  01  nol  he  01  she  h.is.i  str  d  in  anthropology. 

Examines  the  social  roles,  rights,  .mil  responsibilities  of  women  1  ross-culturaUy, 
viewing  bodi  women's  produt  five  (economic)  functions  as  well  .is  reproductive 
functions.  Reading  desi  ribesthi  position  ol  womi  nin  technologically  simple 
siHuiks.iinl  addresses  th<  comparative  position  ol  women  in  the  industrialized 

socialist  and  capitalist  countries    M ralthemi  ofthi  course  is  an 

raaminanoD  ol  how  the  position  ol  women  has  .  hanged  in  the  twentieth  century. 


\n  11,11  \|,|, l„,i  Anthropolofy  1. -nl- i.h 

Applii  d  am  m  llu  anthropolo] 

ui.  tnporar  culti 
lublii  idministration  nnl  tl 
applied  anthropologj  11   in  proj  ra 

ing  and 
nation,  and  in  iheii  rob  -is  advoi  ■* 
noritii  1. 

\N  til".  Nairn    SiiiiIi    \iii,  11,  .10  Ki  liy.iniis  J.-llli.h 

All  iiiImhIiii  Don  '"  'In    null/'  1 

win.  pi.n  in  1  these  in  h  and  varii 

hut 

includes  a  historical  perspecth North  American  Ind  in    fewaya    Tins 

perspective  involvea  discussion  of  the  1  lash  with  En 
contemporary  n 

1  ma,  not  be  taki  11  l"i  duplii  ati  1  rcdit) 

\miii  Social  and  I  nltnral<  hange  i<-nl-t.h 

Prerecjiiisitei  AN  H0or8O151 

Exploralion  ol  i  muni  lln  ..n  In  al  |'-  '    i 

Spi '  ial  in-  MMi.n  given  to  planned  1  hange  al  tlu  '■ 

AN415  Cultural  Resource  Management  tt-ul-uh 

Prerequisite!  AN2  Mori  onsi  nl  ol  the  insU 1 

Provides  an  understanding  ■•!  how  1  ulnn.il  1 

in  .mi.  r  ■  "  Ami  in  .in  law  -  and  n  gulal  om 

on  hisioiii  properties,  such  as  hislorii  buildings  and  aid 

studies  and  field  trips  an 

understanding  of  key  problems  ami  issues  in  bistorii  preservation  ami  1  ultural 

M  sinn.  r  managi  ment 

AN  120  <  ultural  Ecology  (c-01-  tsh 

Prerequisite!  AN110or211 

Introduces  the  student  to  tin  field  "1 1 1  ologii  >l  anthropology  by  exploring 

concept  ol  the  e<  osystem  in  relationship  to  varying  human  adaptive  si 

Illustrates  the  important  e  "l  understanding  man-environment  intcrai  nous  both  in 

studying  the  developing  world  and  1 vi  stigating  the  past. 

AN  I  I  1  Medical  Anthropology  )c-lll-  Ish 

Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  anthropology  or  permission 

Focuses  mi  i  In  stud)  ol  human  confrontation  with  ,  I  is,  as,  and  ilim  -s  and  on  the 

adaptive  arrangements  madi  by  various  human  grouj  -  li  i  di  •  ng  rith  these 

dangers.  Health  and  disease  are  viewed  from  a  broad  array  ol  niiin.  and  tmv. 

perspectives,  e.g.,  evolutionary,  ecological,  and  ps^ 

nursing  and  sn,  ial  work  students  as  well  as  social  A'.\d  In.  ilog 

students. 

AN456  Field  Research  Methods  ;,  -nl-  ish 

Prerequisite:  H  credits  in  anthropology 

Examination  ol  methods  and  prai  _■  and  anthropolog)-  in  die  areas 

ol  qualitative  and  quantitative  methods.  Concentrates  u|>on  the  dl 

field  notes,  inten  iew  ing  tet  hniques,  participant  observation,  etc  Qualitative 

methods  ol  > plmg  ami  analysis  will  include  theoretical  sampling  and  an.-. 

induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community,  organizational,  and  group 
■  ill  also  lie  emphasized. 

AN  ISII  Anthropology  Seminar  ,ar-l-.ish 

Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  anthropolog)  "r  pennisi 

A  seminar  approach  tn  the  integration  of  the  fields  ofanthi  j  ed  to 

assist  the  advanced  student  in  understanding  die  nature  nf  anthro|»ilngy.  die 
major  theoretical  issues,  and  die  history  ol  intellectual  development. 

\NISI  Special  Topics  in  Anthropolog  var-1- ish 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  miitst  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporarx 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  tin 

may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  direc  units.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  arc  primarily  foi  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

\N  IN.'  Independent  Sludv  var-1 -ish 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  ( Mfice 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  m  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  undi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  avauabtl 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG 


134       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


AN483  Readings  in  Anthropology 
Directed  readings  on  special  topics  ir 
readings. 


var-l-3sh 
iithropology.  Instructor  guides  selection  of 


AN493  Internship  in  Anthropology  var-3-12: 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

The  course  is  designed  to  offer  students  practical  experience  in  any  of  the 
specialized  fields  of  anthropology  (physical,  social-cultural,  archaeology,  or 
linguistics).  Each  student  develops  objectives  m  consultation  widi  a  particular 
departmental  faculty  member  who  is  supervising  the  internship.  Detailed  field 
notes  and  a  major  paper  based  on  the  experience  are  required. 


AR 


Art  (Studio) 

Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 


AR100  Arts  of  the  Twentieth  Century  lc-3I-3sh 

Designed  to  expand  student  response  to  visual,  aural,  and  kinetic  art  forms  of  diis 
century  widi  special  emphasis  on  recent  decades.  The  course  includes  lecture, 
studio,  and  field  experiences. 


AR1 1 1  Figure  Drawing 
A  foundation  course  in  d 


0c-6l-3sh 

rawing,  including  a  study  of  the  structure  of  drawing  and 
composition  with  a  variety  of  media  and  subject  matter. 

AR1 12  Fundamentals  of  Drawing  0c-61-3sh 

A  course  which  seeks  to  integrate  basic  principles  and  fundamentals  of  drawing 
and  design. 


AR1 13  Three-Dimension  Design 

Basic  elements  and  principles  of  design  i 
dimensions. 


0c-61-3sh 

:  in  design  in  diree 


AR1 14  Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design  0c-61-3sh 

Focuses  on  die  consistent  properties  of  color  and  die  manner  in  which  two- 
dimensional  design  can  be  organized.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  the  complex 
interactions  of  color  widiin  two-dimensional  design. 


AR120  Principles  of  Design 

Principles  of  design  and  color  are  studied  and  applit 
emphasis  on  aesthetic  quality  inherent  in  designing  i 


0c-41-2sh 

d  to  a  crafted  object.  Major 
ith  materials. 


0c-6l-3sh 

variety  of  materials,  techniques, 


AR2II  Painting 

An  introductory  course  in  painting  in  which 
and  approaches  are  explored. 

AR2 13  Woodworking:  Function  and  Form  0c-61-3sh 

Involves  the  study  of  woodworking  and  furniture  design  as  it  relates  to  the 
individual  designer-artist.  Students  will  experience  a  formal  background  in  both 
woodworking  technique  and  the  application  of  design. 

AR2 1 4  Ceramics  0c-61-3sh 

A  general  introduction  to  die  techniques  and  aesthetics  of  clay.  The  student  will 
work  bodi  at  the  wheel  and  with  hand  building  methods. 


AR2 15  Sculpture 

Introductory  course  in  sculpture  with  emphasis  on  study  of  form  i 
visualizing  in  die  diird  dimension. 


0c-fil-3sh 


A  R2 1 6  Basic  Metals  0c-61-3sh 

Introduction  to  metal  work  with  emphasis  upon  creation  of  functional  and 
nonfunctional  art  objects.  Approached  from  die  viewpoint  of  beginner  learning 
basic  processes  of  metal  fabrication. 

AR2 1 7  Printmaking  0c-61-3sh 

Introduction  to  basic  techniques  of  production  of  fine  prints  including  work  in 
relief,  intaglio,  lithograph,  and  serigraph  processes. 

AR2 18  Graphic  Design  0c-fil-3sh 

Students  explore  various  techniques  and  their  application  to  such  commercial  art 
projects  as  package  design,  trademark,  and  odier  design  problems.  Lettering  is 
stressed,  both  instant  type  and  band  lettering. 


AR2 19  Fibers  0c-61-3sh 

Provides  students  widi  introductory  working  knowledge  in  design  and  execution 
of  projects  in  non  4/harness  loom  weaving  and  related  fabric  areas.  Other  fiber 
techniques,  including  handmade  paper,  available  for  students  to  explore  as 
desired. 

AR281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

AR42 1  Advanced  Drawing  0c-6'l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AR1 1 1  and  1 12 

Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student  who  has  some  background  in  the  field. 
Problems  of  composition,  two-  and  diree-dimensional  relationships,  and  surface 
are  on  an  individual  basis.  (Offered  as  AR321  prior  to  1994-95.) 

AR45 1  Advanced  Woodworking:  Function  and  Form  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR213 

Offers  advanced  training  and  skills  involving  die  study  of  contemporary  furniture 
design  and  woodworking.  Emphasis  on  a  technical  and  aesthetic  point  of  view. 

AR452  Advanced  Ceramics  0c-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2 1 4 

Continued  exploration  of  die  field  of  ceramic  production,  along  widi  kiln  firing 
and  glaze  formulation. 

AR453  Advanced  Sculpture  0c-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2 1 5 

Gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  pursue  independent  study  in  sculpture. 
Materials  and  processes  will  be  individually  chosen  and  die  work  related  to 
broadening  concepts. 

AR454  Advanced  Painting  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR21 1 

Individual  experimentation  and  exploration  by  the  painter  and  investigation  of  the 
various  technical  approaches. 

AR455  Advanced  Graphic  Design  0c-6i-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2 18 

Stresses  advanced  techniques  in  layout  and  illustration.  The  student  explores 
ideas,  such  as  creation  of  trademarks  and  how  products  are  designed.  Layouts  are 
analyzed  as  to  dieir  quality.  Package  design  is  studied. 

AR457  Advanced  Printmaking  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR2 17 

Student  elects  to  study  one  of  die  printmaking  processes  in  greater  depth  and 
works  toward  development  of  own  techniques,  working  processes,  and  ideas. 

AR459  Advanced  Fibers  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR219 

Provides  student  with  a  working  knowledge  in  design  and  execution  of  projects  in 
weaving  and  related  areas.  Odier  fiber  techniques,  including  handmade  paper, 
will  be  available  for  the  students  to  explore  as  desired. 

AR460  Advanced  Metals  0c-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR216 

Design  and  processes  associated  widi  art  of  metal  are  given  greater  concentration. 
The  developing  artist  is  encouraged  to  investigate,  in  depth,  one  or  more  of  the 
metal  arts  as  an  extension  of  the  basic  course. 

AR481  Special  Topics  var-I-3sh 

May  provide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowly  defined  area  of  die  discipline. 
Subject  matter  may  change  widi  repeated  offering  of  die  course.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

AR482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 


AR493  Internship  var-3-I2sh 

Designed  for  art  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience  working  widiin 
professional  situations  which  relate  to  the  student's  artistic  and  occupational 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-21 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        135 


Biochemistry 

Biochemistry  Progr 

(  li  >  1 1  <  ge  nl  Natural  Si  icni  1 8  and 

M.iilu- tics 


lt(     llll    Hi. 1.1 IMI>    I  (llll-isll 

Prerequisitesi  Bill  I  and*  11232 

mpl ii I 

Illll     !|| 
,id 

in  jos  Biochemislr)  M  •<  (l1  '-^' 

Prerequisitei  BI    01 

ll bol I  n 

mil  iln  I'm ii  of  ccl brain  s  liunnom  a I 

IK  ill  Biochcmistr)  I  ..I ■)  I  "«'-  ll-lsh 

Prerequisites!  BII  i  i  and 

lion  in  IK  .  nil  mi  luding  cxpi  i nts  ill  phol try, en     m 

lipid  iwilal mtl  i  harai  Icrization,  ele<  Iron  transport  m 

tin  sis,  and  use  "I  radioii pi  s 

BCS1S  Biochemisrr)  Laboratory II  0c-4l-lsh 

Prerequisitei  B(   ill 

pi  riments  in  membrane  i  haracterization, 
i  nl  mm  in  mi  nl  nu.  leii  ai  ids,  and  synthesis  of 

.  .u  ids, 

BC480  Biochemistry  Seminar  I  lc-01-lsb 

Prerequisitesi  B< 

Dis<  ussion  "I  n  1 1  in  in  rids  in  bioi  beniii  .1!  thought. < fral  and  w  1  itten  reports  on 
assigned  readings,  libran  01  laborator)  r<  search.  Guest  lecturers.  The 

.iiinlnii.il Hi'  |mi  .111.I  Bi  one  writing-intensive  c 


IK'isi  Special  Topics  in  Biochemist!*)  var-l-Ssh 

Prerequisite!  Bl 

\  lectun  discussion  coursi  of  recent  biociiemical  topics  01  tltose  of  uruqui 
d   nsti  uctors  to  ch  ingi  annually. 

B(  182  Independent  Kim-.ihIi  in  Biochemistry  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisitesi  BI   102  and  II  I  1 ssion  by  program  coordinatoi 

.in.  an  .1  "I  bioi  In  mistrj  W  >rs  supen  isc.l 
b)  l.i.  ulty.  Does  not  involvi  regular  class  or  lab  limns.  Enrollment  l>v  permission 

B(  190  Biochemistry  Seminar  II  Ic-Ol-lsh 

Prerequisiti  and  180 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biochemical  diought.  Oral  and  written  reports  on 
assigned  read  ..  h.  Gui  si  lei  turers.  I'lu 

lation  Hi'  ini  and  1  is  one  writing-intensive  course. 


Business  Education 

Department  ofTechnology  Support 

.mil  Training 

I.Ih  1 K  ( lollege  of  Business 


ursesal  the  300  and  4011  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 

irdli  »>  ..I  majoi  ..1  program  ..Dili in,  must 

meel  com  1  quirements  ill  ordei  to  enroll  foi  .1  giw  n  1 

HUH  I  Micrabased  Computer  Literac)  3c-0l-.S-.li 

uiintrod  to  provide  students  with  a  fundamental 

understandiiig  ol  computers.  The  course  familiarizes  students  with  the  interaction 
lis  is  placed  on  the  application  of 
us<  ofproductivit)  softwan  (word  processing,  spreadsheet 
Rli  and  data  base  management),  and  the  social  and  ethii  al  aspects  of 
ilu  impact  of  computers  on  societ) 

cross  listed  asCOlOl  and  IM101.  Am  ofthesi  courses  maj 
be  substituted  fbi  each  othei  and  ma)  be  used  interchangeabl)  for  D  ot  K  repeats 
bul  ma)  not  be  coui  1  ti  credit. 


HI  III  Foundationj orBusines* Mathcnn 

Devi  lopn an  undi 

ml :tii  .11,1  uuonof. 

.111.1 .  j  ■  ■  1  il 


s 


npute  inti  '     I 
.in.l  |n.  pai 


III  130  Kcyboarding  le-M-lan 

Exception!  Tlii 

.Mill   llll     I. II. .In 

iiil. .mi. in.,  11  .{in.  Id)  and  ai  ■  urati  ,-.   n  fou 
lur  iln  studenl  wh 

.mil  doc ml  lui Mm 

tabulatii  m  Ii  nis  11 puti 

mi  in  information 

BE  132  Computer  krvl rdingand  I  <  0111.01  in-  d  -ol-  uli 

Prerequisitei  BI  1    '  complefi ifprof 

1  on  the  developmi 

pni'.lii ading,  formatting  tabu  

limns,  rough  drafts,  and  manual  ripl 
racy,  and    , 

BE20I  Internet  and  Multimedia  Ji-nl- Mi 

Prerequisitei  BE/CO/IM  101  or] 

1  1 1 

I'lu  majoi  focus  will  l>c  on  the  evaluation  ol  information  and  multii 

resoun  es  available ill  1  tronii  networks  when  d< 

,  I1..1. .     I  :n     nfo 

11  id  |iii>  1111. 1.  1  itandin      fth       foi 

nl  how  in  utilize  il mon  1  Bi  1  tivcly  in  commui 

to  access  and  utilizi  these  resources  foi  two-wa)  communications  and  supj 
(K.  ision  malting  wink-  incorporating  selected  elements  in  multimedia 
presentations  of  their  own  design.  (BE/(  M/CO/IM/LB  201 
inten  hangeably  for  D  01  F  repeats  and  may  not  h 


BE250  Electronic  Office  Procedures 

Prerequisite   BI 

A  study  of  the  theory  ami  prai  0. .  "I  the  systems  in  an  elei ' 

managenji  nl 

iphics,  .nnl  office  procedi 


i.-lll-isl, 


-lll-fsh 


BE264  Office  Procedures 
Prerequisite!  BE]  >  1  01  equivalent 

A.k.ui.  ( ,1  stud)  -.1  thei  ir)  and  practici  in  ictivitiej 
il  mail:  telephone  .uul  teli  ! 
writing  1  m  equipment;  bank.  financial,  and  le-jal 

transactions;  shipping  and  rei  eh  ii 

BE273  Word  Processing  Applications  Ic-Ol-Ssn 

Prerequisitei  BI  131  on  quivaleni 
In  ilns  course  students  will  develop 

'kills  in 
formatting,  texl  editing,  and  understanding  word 
used  as  a  sub iteforBE  CO  IM101. 

BE281  Special  Topics  -.ar-l-ish 

Prerequisite:  taappro]  intent 

d  on  .in  experimental  01  ti 
that  arc  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum  tiered 

under  any  spei  ial  topic  identity  no  more  dian  dm 
numbered  -SI  are  offered  primaril)  fur  low* 

BE31 1  Methods  and  t  valuation  in  Business  ami 

Marketing  Education  1  u  -ol-  Mi 

Prerequisites:  Pi  101,  E  P202,  andi  ompleo'on  ol  tin-  freshman  ai 

courses  in  the  student's  maj 

Includes  general  method:  nation 

111  basic  business  ,  ourses.  Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  and  unit  tests  arc  emphasized. 

lechniques  and  prooedu  .1  arc  studied. 

nal  education  such  as  advisor)  ...mmitiees.  adult 
education,  and  federal  legislation  foi  hi 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNS- 


136       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


BE312  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business  and 

Marketing  Education  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE3U,  EP202 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  methods  and  strategies  for  making 

effective  classroom  presentations  and  working  with  students  in  bodi  the  skill  and 

cognitive  areas.  Students  will  be  provided  opportunities  to  undertake  the  many 

responsibilities  assigned  to  the  business  classroom  teacher. 

BE48 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

BE482  Independent  Study  var-I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


BI 


Biology 

Department  of  Biology 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 


BI103  General  Biology  I 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

A  basic  introduction  to  ecology,  biochemistry,  and  cell 

evolution. 


3c-2l-4sh 

genetics,  and 


BI 104  General  Biology  II  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BI103,  non-Biology  majors  only 

A  basic  introduction  to  plant  and  animal  physiology,  neurobiology,  animal 
behavior,  and  plant  and  animal  reproduction  and  development. 

BI105  Cell  Biology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

An  introductory  course  to  provide  concepts  and  applications  for  understanding 
human  biological  function  from  die  point  of  view  of  cellular  biology. 

BI  1 1 1  Principles  of  Biology  I  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  be  taken  after  or  concurrent  widi  CH 1 1 1 
Introduces  the  student  to  principles  of  biology,  specifically  in  die  topics  of  cell 
structure  and  function,  genetics,  and  physiology.  Develops  skills  in  the  use  of  the 
scientific  method.  Designed  for  biology  majors. 

BI  1 1 2  Principles  of  Biology  II  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  BI  1 1 1 

Introduces  the  student  to  principles  of  biology,  specifically  in  die  topics  of 
reproduction,  development,  evolution,  ecology,  and  animal  behavior.  Develops 
skill  in  die  use  of  the  scientific  mediod.  Designed  for  biology  majors. 

BI  1 1 4  Environmental  Science  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

An  introduction  to  environmental  science  widi  an  emphasis  on  human  impacts. 
The  course  uses  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  die  consideration  of  population 
growth,  pollution,  preservation  of  species,  and  establishment  of  public  policy. 
Students  will  learn  basic  principles  in  ecology  as  die  basis  for  understanding 
problems  of  the  environment. 

BI  1 1 5  Biotic  Diversity  of  North  America  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Non-Biology  majors  and  non-Biology  minors  only 
An  introduction  to  die  biological  diversity  of  Nordi  America  from  Barrow,  Alaska, 
to  Tehuantepec.  Mexico.  All  major  aquatic  and  terrestrial  biomes  occurring  in 
Nordi  America  will  be  examined  widi  regard  to  plant  forms,  animal  composition, 
and  environmental  (abiotic)  conditions. 

BI  150  Human  Anatomy  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

Study  of  die  functional  systematic  anatomy  of  the  human.  Lab  studies  center  on 
nonhuman  mammals  whose  anatomy  is  dien  related  to  die  human  condition. 


BI  1 5 1  Human  Physiology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BI  105,  non-Biology  majors  only 

Course  deals  widi  acquiring,  through  lecture  presentations  and  laboratory 
experiments,  an  understanding  of  the  basic  functions  and  control  of  the  major 
organ  systems  of  die  human  body.  Organ  systems  examined  include  die  following: 
muscular  system,  cardiovascular  system,  respiratory  system,  endocrine  system, 
renal  system,  digestive  system,  reproductive  system,  and  nervous  system. 

BI155  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only  (Food  and  Nutrition,  Dietetics,  Family 
and  Consumer  Sciences  Education,  Physical  Education,  and  Safety  Sciences 
majors) 

Study  of  structure  and  function  of  the  human  body.  Emphasis  is  on  normal 
function,  widi  particular  attention  to  functional  anatomy,  control  mechanisms,  and 
interrelationships  among  systems.  Laboratory  studies  will  include 
experimentation  and  dissection.  For  students  widi  little  or  no  science 
background. 

BI2 10  Botany  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI  1 1 1  - 1 1 2  or  permission  of  instructor 
A  survey  of  die  major  plant  groups,  dieir  physiology,  structure,  life  cycles, 
evolution  and  ecology,  and  economic  roles  of  plants.  Combined  lecture- 
laboratory. 

BI220  General  Zoology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Bll  1 1-1 12  or  permission  of  instructor 

Examination  of  the  evolution,  form,  and  function  of  all  major  animal  phyla,  from 
sponges  through  chordates.  Interactive  lecture-laboratory  sessions  follow  a 
phylogenetic  approach  to  die  Animal  Kingdom  and  incorporate  essentials  of 
animal  ecology,  physiology,  functional  morphology,  and  behavior. 

BI232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH101  or  equivalent,  non-Biology  majors  only  (Food  and 
Nutrition,  Dietetics,  Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education,  and  Hotel, 
Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management  majors) 

Study  of  microorganisms  and  the  role  they  play  in  water,  food  disease,  and 
infection.  Food  spoilage,  poisoning,  and  disease  are  emphasized.  General  methods 
and  techniques  are  emphasized  in  die  laboratory. 

BI241  General  Microbiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Non-Biology  majors  only  (Environmental  Healdi,  Nursing  and 
Respiratory  Therapy  majors),  Bll 05,  CHI 01,  or  equivalent 
Study  of  microorganisms  and  die  role  diey  play  in  water,  soil,  food,  and  infection. 
Microbes  and  disease  will  be  emphasized.  Standard  methods  and  techniques  are 
emphasized  in  laboratory. 

BI242  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI220 

An  investigation  of  the  comparative  structure  and  function  of  die  vertebrate  body 
widi  emphasis  on  the  diverse  solutions  to  die  problem  of  design  for  survival  and 
die  evolutionary  mechanisms  that  provide  those  solutions.  Meets  twice  per  week 
for  two  and  one-half  hours.  Each  meeting  will  include  bodi  lecture  and  laboratory 
experiences.  (Offered  as  BI432  prior  to  1999-2000) 

BI250  Principles  of  Microbiology  2c-3I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Bll  1 1-1 12  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  die  structure,  nutrition,  and  biochemical  activities  of  microbes.  Survey  of 

viruses,  blue-green  bacteria,  bacteria,  algae,  fungi,  and  protozoa  and  their  diversity 

in  natural  environments.  Course  designed  for  biology  and  biology  education 

majors. 

BI251  Field  Botany  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI210 

The  collection,  preservation,  identification,  and  distribution  of  selected 
herbaceous  and  woody  plants  of  Western  Pennsylvania.  Emphasis  on  taxonomic 
principles,  die  use  of  keys  and  manuals,  and  the  recognition  of  local  flora. 


BI252  Field  Zoology 

Prerequisite:  BI220 

Field  natural  history  of  vertebrates;  identification,  collection, 

techniques. 


BI26I  Ornithology 

Prerequisites:  BI  1 1 1  - 1 1 2  or  BI  1 03- 1 04 

A  study  of  birds  of  the  region.  Indoor  laboratory  as  well ; 

possibly  weekend  field  trips  required. 


2c-31-3sh 


[id  preservation 


i  early  morning  and 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        137 


BUtUCt I  I oology  2.-II-M. 

Preraqulfilei  BIS20 

Morpliolog)  anal y,  ecology,  taxonomy,  and mil  ■* •  <■  1  publii  hi  ilth 

;mporli •  itiaci  i  orders,  partii  ularh,  those  "I  W<  item  Pennsylvania 

cXcl I  field equired 

Itl^t.t   (.....  IMS  2«-  *|-   fsh 

rirlrqllisit.':  HI  I  I  I 

li,  ,K  with  ill,  diatrib nd  fiiiii I  the  hereditar)  material:  ipeciil 

i.i.l  viral,  and  molet  ulai  genetics. 

Btt69  li;,„  il,,,  s  ,lml  ( devolution  Sc-01-Sik 

mdexplon nofd evolul I i  and  nature  Ares 

volution,  I I"'  s.  resource  utilization, and  possible 

l ,,  hi,  i  lot  majors  and  r ,i|"iv 

HI27I  Kvnlllti.ni  lY-llMsl. 

P nkhMiBUll  U2ot  limit  104,B1263 

HU caldeveloi I  evolutionary  thought;  evident  eand  operational 

reived  origin  and  phylogenetii  telal ships  ol  biological  groups. 

IU272  Conservati I  flam  and  Animal  Resources  2c-3l-3sh 

r,,,,,|i,isii,s:  Bill  I  I12oi  B1103-104 

V  study  of  accepted  prat  ticesin  soil,  water,  forest,  and  wildlife  conservation, 

Satunfa)  field  trips 

HI2KI  Special  lupus  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topit  B  are  "lit  reel  on  ,\n  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  .in  in ii  included  in  ilu-  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 

i.il  topit  identity  no  more  tban  three  times.  Special  topics 
nix  i,  ,1  .'n  I   in  ,,11,  i,  ,1  |,iimi.imIv  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

HI  11(1  Vpplicd  Entomology  and  Zoonoses  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  B1220  or  permission 

Study  "I  the  measures  l"i  abatement  ,,i  control  ol  arthropods,  rodents,  birds,  and 
othi '  disease  \< ,  tors  ol  public  importance;  selection,  chemistry,  formulation,  and 

[.li,  .in,, n  ,,l  insecticides,  rodenticides,  and  fumigants;  pesticiding 
equipment;  application  ,,t  biological  and  other  measures  of  control. 

BI3I 1  Environmental  Biology  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Restricted  to  Elementary  Education  and  Earth  Science  Education 

iu.ii,,is  onl) 

I  .ihnralorv  .iml  lielil  course  providing  basic  knowledge  in  biology  and  its 

prat  iic.il  implications,  Physical  and  biological  aspects  of  the  environment  axe 

studied. 

BUS  l  I  nvironmental  Protection  I  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HI  I  1 1  ■  I  1 2.  CH  1 1 2.  Environmental  Health  majors  only  or 

ion  of  instructor 
(  ,, Usui,  is  ilu  impact ,,,  important  components  of  the  physical  environment  on 
health  and  deals  with  principles  and  methods  for  identification,  evaluation,  and 
l  ontrol  ,,l  such  health  hazards.  Major  attention  to  principles  and  methods  of 
epideiniulogic.il  investigation.  Major  credit  only  for  Environmental  Healdi  majors. 

BI322  Environmental  Protection  II  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Bill  1-1 12, CHI  12,  Environmental  Health  majors  onh  01 

n  of  instructor 
Subjet  is  ret  en  ing  attention  include  water  and  food  supplies,  domestic  and 

iiuliisin.il  sewage  anil  wastes,  housing,  accidents,  community  air  pollution. 
domestic  ami  industrial  poisons,  ionizing  radiations,  occupational  health  hazards. 

KUl I   \nimal  Developmental  Biology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI220  or  by  permission 

1  Omparativc  and  molecular  development  of  vertebrate  animals  are  die  major 
considerations.  General  principles  of  development  are  illustrated  using  vertebrate, 
invertebrate.  ,nn\  plant  materials. 

BI350  Cellular  Physiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Bill  I.  CHS31 

Topics  include  cell  membrane  systems,  bioenergetics,  and  information  processing 

systems  as  well  .is  grow  th  and  differentiation  of  cells  and  dicir  organelles. 

(  , implements  plain  md  animal  physiology  and  biochemistry. 

BI352  Comparative  Animal  Phvsiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI220,CH231 

l  oinpai.iine  study  ol  homeostatic  mechanisms  and  svstenis  in  animals  and  dieir 
relation  to  mndamental  chemical  and  physical  events  in  cells. 


itl  ii.ii  Medical  Mycology 

Prerequisites:  HI  I  I  II  12 

A  slmlv  ,,l  the  u.v,  olog)  "•  p.illi,,;'.  in,   luugi   (.onsiiir  ration  will  in,  lu.lr  , 

ol  ml,  ■  1 1, .M  distribution    ymptomaiology,  dtagncms,  pirjgnosis,  Immunol,  »gy.  and 

treatmi  nl  Pathogt  n   art  used  in  the  i  ourec ,1  emphasis  is  pla,  ed  upon  a,  mal 

laborator)  techniqui  and  procedures, 

HI  11.2  l,„l,,g,  2c-3l-3ah 

Prerequisites:  llll  I  I    I  I2,BI21001  HI22II 

Si  i  ii  K  of  interrelations  and  adaptation   of  oigarusms;  inclu  m  ol 

phyrii  il  an,l  I, i,, 1 1,  environmental  fa.  tors  field  trine. 

HI  it,)  Medical  Microbiology  2.  -  tl-i.li 

Prerequisite!  BI250ot  permission 

Stud)  ofdiseast  caused  b)  rnicrrofgajusms  with  emphasifl  on  human  natht 

Both  epidemiology  and  aspci  Is  ,,l  host-parasite  o  lalioustiip*.  will  Ik-  discussed 

Lab  so,  ss,  s  methods  ,,1  isolation  and  idt  nrifinrinn  of  pathogens. 

Ill  ll.l  Immune, lugs  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BI250,  <   I  12  12.    ,1  by  |.eriiussioii 

Phyrii  aj  and  1  hemit  al  properties  "I  antigens  ami  anlihftdtrt;  nature  ..I  antigen- 
an  11  l.oth  intent  nous:  im,  haniam  "I  antibody  fbrnttwon;  and  mumine  reaction 
ami  ,lisc. is,   Lab  emplo)  1  <pu-s 

Blstlll  Laboratory  Methods  in  Biology  and  Hii.lcchnologv  2<  -  II-  Ish 

Prerequisite:  CH55I 

Tneoryand] ofmajoi  ajndyticsj  and  preparative  techniques 

currently  in  use  in  physiology,  mole,  ulai  biology,  and  biotechnology. 

BI420  Biology  of  Higher  Invertebrates  2c-3l-3th 

Prerequisite:  B1220 

A  phylogenetit  overview  ,,l  the  higher  invcrlehratcs.  Annelida  through  l./wer 

Chordata.  A  systematit  appt li  on  hirn  tnuiaJ  morphology  and  microstruc-ture. 

behavior  and  physiolog)  itionary  umbrella.  l.aboratory  sessions 

offer  additional  research  opportunitit  s 

Bl  12.  Hcrpetology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI220 

A  , pi,  In -usivi  surve)  ••!  the  I  lasses  Amphibia  and  Repuha.  including  their 

classification,  stun  ture,  origin,  evolution,  phjdogenetk  relanonshi|is.  tintuibulion, 
and  natural  history.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  hcrjictofauna  of 

I\-imsvK.ini. 1 

BI450  Pymatuning:  Field  Studies  var-  ish 

During  die  summer  session,  van,, us  licld  courses  arc  offered  dirough  die 
Pymatuning  Laboratory  of  Ecology.  The  offerings  will  vary  depending  on  die 
summer.  Some  of  the  possible  offerings  include  Experimental  Design.  Fish 
Ecology.  Behavioral  Ecology,  Aquatic  Botany,  and  Ecological  Genetics. 
Information  regarding  specific  offerings  available  from  Biology  Department  in 
spring. 


BI-153  Plant  Physiolog)  2c-3l-3*h 

Prerequisites:  BI210,CH231 

Studies  physiological  processes  occurring  in  plants  considered  in  relau,  ,11  to 
growth,  development,  and  ecology  of  plants. 

BI463  Limnology  2c-3l-3sb 

Prerequisite:  BI362 

An  investigation  into  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  aspects  of  inland 
waters  and  their  interrelationships.  In  the  laboratory  the  student  will  gain 
experience  in  die  techniques  involved  in  aquatic  sampling  and  the  analysis  of 
data.  1  Vilui, 1. 1\  ,'[  Sunday  labs  may  be  required.) 

BI4h'6  Principles  of  Virology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI263  01  equivalent  course  in  Genetics,  or  CH351  or  equivalent 
course  in  Biochemistry  or  permission  of  instructor 

Topu  s  include  structure,  classiticauon.  assay,  and  transmission  of  viruses: 
methods  used  in  the  study  ol  viruses;  viral  replication,  gene  expression,  and  gene 
regulation;  host-viral  interactions  and  subviral  padiogcns. 

BI475  Mammalogy  2c- il-.ish 

Prerequisite:  BI220 

A  general  discussion  of  mammals  emphasizing  systematica,  distribution,  and 
structural  and  functional  modifications  related  to  evolution  of  this  group.  Lab 
work  samples  numerous  techniques  that  can  be  appbed  to  mammalian  biologv 

BI476  Parasitology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BI22U 

Structure,  phv  siology,  ecology.  Ufe  cycles,  pathology,  and  treatment  of  parasitic 

protozoa  and  flatworm  and  roundworm  species  of  man.  Dissection  of  li   - 

parasites. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


138       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


Bt47*  Mv< BT  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  H1J1II 

Involves  a  study  of  the  systemics,  morphology,  and  physiology  of  the  kingdom 

Nhl '  UJl  "Hl1  emphasis :coi cally  importanl  and  experimentally  useful 

organisms. 

BI480  Biology  Seminar  lc-OI-lsh 

Discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biological  thought  and  research.  Students  report  on 
assigned  readings  and/or  personal  research. 

BI48 1  Special  Topics  var.  j  .3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Tins  course  varies  from  semester  to  semester  covering  diverse  topics  in  specific 
areas  oi  biology. 

BI482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Prim  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office.  A  2.5  GPA  overall  and  in  major  courses 
required. 

Students  H ith  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 
Work  is  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  but  does  not  involve  regular  class  or 
laboratory  hours. 

HI  I'l.l  Biology  Internship  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Biology  major  widi  at  least  57  semester  hours.  2.5  overall  GPA. 
and  permission  of  the  director  of  internships  and  the  chairperson 
Selected  students  have  opportunity,  under  department  supervision,  to  Rain  off- 
campus  practical  experience  in  area  ofinterest.  Only  six  credits  may  be  applied 
toward  major;  total  number  of  credits  will  be  decided  in  consultation  involving 
student,  his/hei  advisor,  and  director  of  internships. 

Business  Law 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal 

Studies 

Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

BL235  Introduction  to  Business  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  legal  systems,  torts,  contracts,  and  sales  law. 

BL28 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  tupics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 

under  any  special  topic  identity re  than  three  times.  Special  topics 

numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

BL336  Law  of  Business  Organizations  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BL235 

A  study  of  the  law  dealing  with  c ercia)  paper,  agency,  partnerships, 

corporations,  and  bankrupt!  j 

BL337  Consumer  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Nature  of  law  as  it  pertains  to  the  consumer.  Attention  to  consumer  protection 
relationships:  real  and  personal  property;  credit:  environmental  law;  law 
pertaining  to  employment;  landlord-tenant  relationships:  product  liability: 
insurance:  and  family  law. 

BL382  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  language,  principles,  and  laws  that 
govern  the  business  of  real  estate.  Emphasis  on  the  underlying  concepts  of  land, 
property,  rights  ill  realty, and  the  means, methods,  and  laws  that  govern  the 
conveyance  ol  these  rights.  Required  course  for  taking  the  Pennsylvania  Real 
Estate  Sales  Exam. 


3c-()l-3sh 


BL383  Real  Estate  Practice 
Prerequisite:  BL382 
One  of  the  two  i  ourses  required  by  the  Pennsylvania  Real  Estate  Commission  in 
order  to  lake  the  Pennsylvania  Real  Estate  Sales  Licensing  Exam.  Topics  include 
real  estate  brokerage,  the  real  estate  market,  listing  contracts,  the  Pennsylvania 
Real  Estate  Licensing  and  Registration  Acl  and  its  rules  and  regulations, 
appraisal,  properr;  management,  fair  housing  laws,  ethical  practices  for  real  estate 
professionals,  and  real  estate  math. 


BL440  Business  Negotiations  Jc-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BL235,  junior  standing 

This  course  is  open  to  all  majors  meeting  the  prerequisites.  It  covers  the  basic 
theories  and  strategies  of  negotiation  in  die  business  environment  and  provides 
instruction  and  practice  to  develop  negotiation  skills.  The  course  focuses  on  the 
knowledge  and  skills  needed  in  intercompany  and  intracompan)  negotiations. 
The  course  focuses  on  neither  collective  bargaining  nor  labor  negotiations. 

BL481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  cm  riculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  limes.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

BL482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirougb  advisor,  faculty  member,  dcpaiiment 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabilit)  i  if  resources. 


•#•>»¥     ^'k^mv 


Counselor  Education 

Department  of  Counseling,  Adult 
Education,  and  Student  Affairs 
College  of  Education 


CE250  Developing  Interpersonal  Relationship  Skills  lc-OI-lsh 

Teaches  interpersonal  relationship  skills:  listening,  communicating, group 
dynamics,  decision  making,  leadership,  assertivencss.  time-use  management, 
problem  solving,  and  conflict  resolution.  Restricted  to  residence  hall  counselors. 

CE253  Counseling  in  School  Settings  3c-0I-3sh 

An  elective  course  designed  to  provide  in-service  teachers  and  school  personnel. 
otiier  dian  counselors,  with  a  basic  understanding  of  the  knowledge,  information, 
and  skills  appropriate  to  counseling  with  individuals  and  groups.  Restricted  to 
peer  tutors. 

CE281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  tunes.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

CE48I  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  mure  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

CE482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirougb  advisor  fa<  ulty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  ofa  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

Chemistry 

Department  of  Chemistry 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 

CH101  College  Chemistry  I  3c-21-4sh 

The  basic  principles  and  concepts  of  inorganic  chemistry  are  developed  from  die 
standpoint  of  atomic  and  molecular  structure  with  illustrative  examples  from 
descriptive  chemistry.  The  laboratory  portion  of  the  course  illustrates  physical 
and  chemical  properties  in  a  qualitative  and  quantitative  manner.  The  curse  is 
designed  for  selected  majors  within  die  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999- 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


139 


CH10K ollegi  <  l»p»'-"vll  i< -.'l-isl, 

l',,,,.|Ulsil.:<  'IIHII 

I  lM  {,g  ,,  | |iini,  ,,i.,|  |, pics  md  i  om  epta  ol  org« ind  bioi  I 

0ra|,  primarily  with  structural  fa forganii  i  ompoundj,  ihi 

n il I Ip" ''  temples luseaofot 

laboi  tlory  porti Uuatrab    propi  rt lions  ol 

mil  eom| nda    ITn  rsi  ii  designed  foi  selected] ra 

ol  Mr. , hli.i ii.l  Human  Servio 

(Mill  i.n Ii  hemistry  I  ><-tl-Mi 

a I  prim  ipli  ioI  chi  miatry,  im  Imbue  iheor)  and  triplications 

.1.  s.Iim  uaaed  Topica  dial  uaaed  ini  ludi  n  ientifii 

l>li  . It  In, n sand  concepts  tl Ii    i I try, gaa  laws, 

I  il,,  atom, bonding, thermochemistry Ideacriptivi 

,  Ii,  miatry  •>!  il"  i  lementa. 

<  HI  IS  General  Chemistry  II  Sc-SMeh 

I'..  ,.  .(Ols.C,  :  ill    1 1 

I  ..i  in, in. ii  of  General  Chemistry  I    ropicsdisi  ussed  include  thi  solid  and 

liquid  state,  solutions,  kinetics,  equilibria,  acid9  and  bases,  solubility  equilibria, 
ml  ili  :s<  riptive  i  hemistr)  ol  thi  i  Ii  ments. 

illilil  oncepts  in  Chemistry  3c-31-4sh 

irj  • sc  forchemistiy  majors.  Topics  covered  include  at beorj 

to  chemical  reactions,  stoichiometry,  then hemistry,  chemical 

bonding, lecularg y,  kjnetic-moleculai  theory  ol  gases,  the  liquid  and  the 

si.lnl  states, and  solul I | 

I  MM  I  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisitei  till  I  * 

[bpics  include  chemical  kinetics,  equilibrium  and  thermodynamics,  acids  and 
inn  hemistry,  i  oordination  chemistry,  and  descriptive  chemistry  •■! 
Ii  ments 

(III  Mi  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  3c-3l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  < 'l  ll  1 1  and  112 

,m  majors  who  have  taken  (111  1 1 1  and  1 1 2.  A  systematii 
stud]  ol  thi  i  hemistr)  of  the  elements  will  be  presented  m  both  the  lecture  and 
the  laboratory.  Also  im  I  mini  will  In  the  i  hcniistn  nl ,  <  n  hiIhucu  m  compounds. 
I  Im  course  starts  al  the  beginning  of  the  second  hall  of  the  spring  semesh  i  and  is 
taugj ncurrend)  with  CHU  l. 

CII23I  Organic  Chemistry  I  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisitei  CHI  12  oi  111 

\  study  ol  compounds  of  carl ,  widi  special  emphasis  on  structure  real  tivit) 

reladonships,  Laboratory  work  emphasizes  methods  of  separation  and 
purification  of  organic  compounds. 

(  H232  Organic  Chemistry II  1,-11- uh 

Prerequisite:  I  IL'    I 

\  continuation  ol  Organic  Chemistry  I  with  an  introduction  to  spectrosi 

techniques.  Laboratory  work  emphasizes  the  synthesis  ol  representative 

compounds. 

CH255  Biochemistry  and  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

f^ereqnisitetCH102 

Course fbi  II,. m,  Economics  majors;  studies  chemistry  and  biological  function  of 

biologically  active  compounds  with  respeel  to  nutritional  requirements. 

CH281  Special  ropics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  \s  appropriate  to  course  content 

Spet  ml  topica  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  in  expli 

|"  mil. I  in  ili,  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  ma)  I.. 
ii 1 1. 1,  i  any  spei  ial  topic  i  lentit)  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

CH301  Chemistry  Seminar  lc-Ol-lsh 

Lost  ussion  ol  current  technical  literature  ami  current  research  problems  "I  stall 
Lectures  b)  outside  i  hemists  and  studenl  piesentations.  Open  to  junioi  oi  senioi 
chemistry  maims  and  to  others  by  permission  of  the  chairperson. 

CH32I  Quantitative  Analvsis  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH 1 1 2  or  1 14 

1  practice  of  quantitative  analvsis,  including  gravimetric  and  volumetric 
special  emphasis  on  perfecting  student's  laboratory  techniques  and 
application  of  general  chemical  knowledge  through  problem  solving 


c  ll  122  Instrumental  Uulyais  l.-ll-lsl, 

Prerequisite  il  1 1  ;  1 1 

Modi  in  instrumental  methoda  "l  ■  hi  nm  .il  analysis  Studenl  learm  theory  bdhind 
of  operation,  interpn  ration  ol  data  obtained,  <ml 
thods, 

(HUM  Inalytical  Methods  i.-il-ish 

I'n  ii  ojuisiti  n CH 

Pi |'l<  s  ol  |  ii  i  i  ipilal  i.  n  i.  -ii  nl  I  i.is,  .  omi  lad  i  mi  ii  1 1  in  lion,  am  I  ,,|iijlj|jru  *tt 

m  solving  and  to  .huiioum  instrumental 

im  Munis  ol  analysis,  nil  h  ibsorption  ami  fljmr  emission 

H,.is  ,  In..,. 

CH3S1  Organic  Molecular Structun  Di  tc  nnmauim  i.  >ar   ish 

Prerequisitest  I  I  •  mh  i 

Gives  the  student  <    pi  tcmatic  identilication  of  ivriotai  da 

organii  compounds  by  both  chemical  and  physical  mi 

CH33S  kdvanced  Orgaruc  Chemistry  i«  -ol-  isl, 

Prerequisites:  (   II.'  ;.'  .,, 

Selected  topics  of  current  interest  covered  Possible  topic  s  inc  hide  reaction 

mechanisms, lee  ulai  ipec  troa    i  strv.  natural  proda  ts. 

.  in  s  porymi  i  i  hemistry,  and  organic  n  till 

CH340  Physical  ( hemistry  foi  the  Biotogii  il  Sciencea  fc-ol-  isl. 

Prerequisites:  MA122  oi  I24oi  128, and  PY112 oi  132;  i  H232 
One-semester  course  for  Bio  I  liemicaJ 

urns,  and  sj>ef  troscopy 

especially  as  applied  to  biomechanical  systems. 

(Hill  Physical (  hetnistry  I  i.-ul-isi, 

Prerequisites:  MA122.  l24,oi  128 and  PY112oi  I  12; <  II 112  or  114 

i  I il  tlier lynamic  s  with  applii  ationi  to  solutions,  phase,  and  chemical 

equilibria-kinetic  theory. 


(II 342  Physical  (hemistrv  II 
Prerequisite:  (   II  141 

Stud)  ,.fs,,luls.h,|,n.ls. surfaces, 

It  i  iil.ii  BtTUC  lure. 


.tt-lll-fsh 


.  Ileum  al  kilietn  s.  clei  tro,  beinistrv.  atomic  and 


CH343  Physical  Chemistry  l-aboratorv  1  Oc-31-lsh 

l'lcici|llisilcs:l    II 

Experiments  illustrating  appUl  ation  oi  fundamental  laws  tu  actual  systems. 

Carries  writing-intensive  credit. 

CH344  Physical  Chcmislrv  1  aboiatorv  II  0c-3l-lsh 

Prerequisites:  ill 

Extens I  Physical  Chemistry  I  aboratory  I:  experiments  related  to  chemical 

kinetics,  molecular  spectroscopy,  ami  other  topica  "f  pbysica]  chemistrv. 

C.H.'J.r>l  Rinchcmi.stry  4<-(M-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CH231 

Study  of  i  ben  ii  st  n  .  lions  nt  i arbohvd  rales,  lipids,  proteins. 

i. minis,  .mil  hormones. 

CH410  Advanced  Inorganic  (  hemistrv  laboratory  Oc-.tl-lsh 

Prerecpiisile:  I    I 

\  Ial., mat. m  course  in  which  the  techniques  used  in  die  synthesis  and 
characterization  of  inorganic  compounds  will  be  explored.  Emphasis  will  be 
:  a  wnlc  \  am  tv  ol  inorganic  compounds  and  the 
methods  by  which  they  are  identified  and  characterized. 

(II  II  I  Advanced  Inorganic  ('.hemistrv  3c-Ol-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH341 

Gives underatanding ol  advanced  theories  ,.|  atomic  structure,  chemical  bonding. 

ai  uls  ami  liases,  coordination  compounds,  and  selected  topics. 

CH412   Vdv  anted  Structural  and  Svnthctic  Methods 

in  Inorganic  4  hemistrv  2c-2l-3sh 

Prerequisites:!;  MM  1  and  either  CH410< 

Advanced  techniques  used  in  the  synthesis  and  characterization  of  inorganic 

compounds  w  ill  he  explored.  In  lecture,  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  dleory 

and  application  of  structural  and  -  nethods  of  characterization.  In 

lab,  emphasis  w  ill  be  placed  on  advanced  methods  of  synthesis  and  structural 

ihaiactcri/.iti.m  using  representative  examples  of  important  classes  of  inorganic 

coin  pounds. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAT  2000 


140       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


CH421  Advanced  Instrumental  Analysis  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH322 

Study  of  modern  chemical  analysis,  using  advanced  instrumental  techniques; 
emphasis  on  dieory.  principles  of  operation,  capabilities,  and  limitations  of 
advanced  analytical  instruments  used. 

CH441  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CH342 

Study  of  fundamental  ideas  of  quantum  and  statistical  mechanics,  molecular 
structure,  and  other  topics  of  current  interest. 

CH481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Spa  ial  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.' A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

CH482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

CH493  Internship  in  Chemistry  var.4  ysn 

Prerequisites:  CH 1 1 3.  1 1 4.  23 1 .  232. 32 1 .  34 1 .  and  departmental  approval 
Full-time  involvement  in  an  actual  "on-the-job"  situation  in  an  industrial  or 
research  laboratory  under  the  tutelage  of  a  selected  preceptor.  A  department 
faculty  member  will  work  closely  with  the  student  and  preceptor  and  will  assume 
responsibility  for  making  die  final  evaluation  and  assigning  a  grade. 

CH498  Problems  in  Chemistry  var.  y  .2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  chairperson 

Course  of  independent  study  on  selected  problems,  including  lab  work,  library 
reading,  and  conferences  with  staff  member.  A  minimum  of  4  hours  per  week 
required  per  credit. 


Critical  Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


Critical  Languages  are  offered  in  four  levels.  See  program  description  in  the 
opening  section  of  die  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  Specific 
languages  are  offered  as  available. 

CL101  -  120  Critical  Languages  I  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  vocabulary  and  pronunciation  in  die  target  language.  Oral/aural  skills  are 


CL101 
CL102 
CL103 
CL104 
CLI05 
CL106 
CL108 
CL109 
CL110 
CL111 
CL112 
CL113 
CL114 
CL115 


Arabic  I 

Chinese  I 

Dutch  1 

Finnish  1 

Hindi  I 

Hungarian  I 
Japanese  I 

Korean  I 
Modern  Greek  I 
Portuguese  I 
Russian  1 
Swedish  I 
Hebrew  I 
Swahili  I 


3c-0l-3sh 


CL151  -  170  Critical  Languages  II 

Prerequisite:  Level  I  or  acceptable  equivalent 

A  continuation  of  the  first-semester  course.  Depending  on  die  language  being 

studied,  reading  and  writing  may  be  introduced  at  this  level. 

CL15I  Arabkll 

CL152  Chinese  II 

CL153  Dutch  II 

CL154  Finnish  II 

CL155  Hindi  II 

CL156  Hungarian  II 


CL158 
CL159 
CLI60 
CL16I 
CL162 
CL163 
CL164 
CL165 


Japanese  II 
Korean  II 
Modern  Greek  II 
Portuguese  II 
Russian  II 
Swedish  II 
Hebrew  II 
Swahili  II 


CL  201  -  220  Critical  Languages  III  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Level  II  or  acceptable  equivalent 

At  this  first  intermediate  level,  students  will  begin  to  develop  a  degree  of  oral 
proficiency  that  wiU  vary  widi  the  language  studied.  Reading  and  writing  will  be 
studied  in  all  languages  by  diis  level. 

CL201  Arabic  III 

CL202  Chinese  III 

CL203  Dutch  III 

CL204  Finnish  III 

CL205  Hindi  III 

CL206  Hungarian  III 

CL208  Japanese  III 

CL209  Korean  III 

CL210  Modern  Greek  III 

CL211  Portuguese  III 

CL212  Russian  III 

CL213  Swedish  III 

CL214  Hebrew  III 

CL215  Swahili  III 

CL  25 1  -  270  Critical  Languages  IV  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Level  III  or  acceptable  equivalent 

By  die  end  of  this  course  die  student  should  be  able  to  communicate  in  simple 
terms  widi  an  educated  native  speaker  on  a  topic  with  which  die  student  is 
familiar.  Ability  in  reading  and  writing  will  vary  with  language. 

CL251  Arabic  IV 

CL252  Chinese  IV 

CL253  Dutch  IV 

CL254  Finnish  IV 

CL255  Hindi  IV 

CL256  Hungarian  IV 

CL258  Japanese  IV 

CL259  Korean  IV 

CL260  Modern  Greek  IV 

CL261  Portuguese  IV 

CL262  Russian  IV 

CL263  Swedish  IV 

CL264  Hebrew  IV 

CL265  Swahili  IV 


Communications  Media 

Department  of  Communications 

Media 

College  of  Education 

CM  101  Communications  Media  in  American  Society  3c-0l-3sh 

Required  of  Communications  Media  majors 

Introduction  to  the  evolution,  status,  and  future  of  communications  media. 
Students  explore  mtrapersonal  communication  dirough  self-assessment,  values 
clarification,  and  feedback;  interpersonal  communication  through  interviews, 
observations,  case  studies,  and  gaming;  and  mass  communications  through  the 
examination  of  the  processes  and  die  technology  utilized  to  disseminate  and 
manage  information.  Career  padis,  field  applications,  professional  associations, 
and  the  primary  literature  are  investigated.  (Previous  title:  Survey  of 
Communications  Media) 

CM150  Aesthetics  and  Theory  of  Communications  Media  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM101 

Examines  die  theoretical  assumptions  of  sight,  sound,  and  motion  as  applied  to 
die  design  of  communication  products  for  different  media  formats.  Within  the 
course,  strategies  for  creative  composition  are  demonstrated.  The  psychological 
and  physiological  implications  of  images  are  discussed.  (Offered  as  CM200 
Images  prior  to  1999-2000) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        /■// 


CM201  l ■■«•  •  ■■• ' I  Multimedia  Sc-OUSiB 

Prerequisite!  BE/I  0/1M  101  or  prioi  exposuri  to  word  | uingind 

ii    iii.n! 

I  L  majoi  foi  us  will  be  on  the  evaluad fmfomiauon  and  multimedia 

,.,,,„  networlu  when  doing  rem  •"<  h  in  m  in  .1  ol 1 

111   mi .,1 lid  rac) *  i«  designi  .1  i"i  itudi  nu  to  gait ...1, 

„,  ,1,  |,il,  underaund 1  l! i-11" nreaourcei  available  elei  tronicall)  and 

itili  1  ii Bei  in.lv  in  communicating.  Student!  will 

,1 ,,,,!,,,  these  resources  foi  two  wa)  commui naand  lupporl  foi 

,1,,  1, Halting  whili  in.  orporating  si  lei  led  elements  in  multi lia 

rt|,eirowndeaign.(BE/CM/CO/IM/LB201  ma)  bi  used 
ibl)  i,.i  M  "i  I  repeats  and  ma)  nol  1 inted  foi  duplicate  credil  I 

(  MS09  Media  Presentation  Skills  Sc-01-Sib 

I'ii  requisilesi  (  All  .11  CM  majors  only 

I duces  students  to  basii  preaentadon  skills,  emphasizing  thi  u  1  ol lia  to 

.,1 1  Studi  nts  «iH  n  si  an  I.  organizi   and  write  presentadons, 

design  sppropriati  media,  and  deliver  presentadons  in  vai s  settinga,  including 

uups, ra  and  in  groups  with  othei  students 

<  MS  in  issues  in  International  Communication  tc-nl-  Sab 

Survey  of  intemi al  communicadons  with  pardi  ulai  emphasis  on 

communicadona  Dow,  foui  press  llieories,  ownership,  structure  and  access  to 

uiin,  ui  media  relationships,  and  the  impai  1  ,.l  communicadona  on 
.1  reloped  and  developing  countries. 

(  MS  Hi  Communications  Graphics  3c-01-Ssh 

PrercquisicestCMlOl  01  pe ssion 

I .In.  11. .11  1..  giaphir  design  concepts  and  related  processes  .mil  techniques  l.,i 

i  forms  ..I  preaentadon  media  in<  luding  television,  multimedia,  and  on- 
line 1 -.1111111 1 1  foi  educational,  corporate  training,  and  communications 

Both  two*  and  time  dhnens .il  design  and  basic  animati pti 

will  In-  explored.  Hands-on  experiences  using  a  varictv  ..I  graplui  software 
appUcationa.(O6eredasCM440p 1999-2000) 

i  M249  Basic  kudio  Recording  Techniques  3c-0l-3sh 

I'.,  •.  quiaitesi  CM101,  permission 

I  lu.'iv  anil  practice  ..1  recording  sound,  developing  an  understanding  of  the 

ol  - nd  rei  ording  as  well  as  the  abilit)  1 ake  sound  ret  ordings. 

i  Hid  >  exposun  to  rei  ording  foi  various  media  including  radio,  music,  motion 
pictures,  television,  and  multimedia  production.  Material  also  appropriate  for 
teacherawhowiali  to  make  use  ..I  tape  i (cutler  in  the  classroom.  Students  will 
e,.uu  hands  on  experiem  1  through  tabs  and  projects  t"  be  completed  ,. inside  of 

.  lass   Students  will  he  expected  to  provide  an  audio  tape  recorder.  (Offered  as 

CM449prioi  10  1999  1000) 

CMS51  television  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  101,  permission 

Develops  baaii  skills  in  television  production  and  direction.  Consideration  ol 
operating  problems  of  a  television  studio,  as  well  as  functions,  limitations,  and 
capabilities  ..I  television  equipment  and  facilities.  (Offered  asCM451  prior  to 
nun) 

(  \IJ7l  Beginning  Photography  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  101  oi  pi  rmission 

Wot  king  with  lila,  k-and-wliite  materials,  the  student  learns  to  operate  a  camera. 
develop  Elm,  make  contact  prints  and  enlargements,  and  mount  prims  lor  display. 
\iu  illatv  topics  are  introduced  such  as  filtration,  print  sporting,  Hash,  and  the  use 

Student  is  required  to  have  a  35mm  camera,  preferably  a 
ungle-lens  reflex,  with  folly  manual  fix  using  and  exposure  capability. 

i  MS81  Special  topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite;  \S  appropriate  to  course  content 

Spec  ial  topic  s  are  ..Here  1  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 

included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topu  mav  be  offered 
imdei  .ins  spec  ial  topic  identic)  no  more  than  tliree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

t  M.'llll   lechnolog)  Ini  I  earning  and  Instruction  3c-01-3sh 

l'ieie,|uisite:  EP202  or  permission 

■  achersgain  competencies  in  selection,  evaluation,  ami  utilization  ol 
various  instructional  technologies,  Application  of  new  technologies  to  teaching 
ami  learning  will  be  emphasized,  along  with  performance-based  activities  in 
iiisinictii.nal  design    \  majoi  portion  of  the  course  is  devoted  to  die  integration  of 
computer-based  instniction.il  activities  in  the  school  curriculum.  Does  not  count 
towards  credits  needed  for  Communications  Media  major. 


(  M  MM  It,  s,  an  b  in  <  ommunii  aliona  Mi  dht  l<  -ill-  km 

P |ius,i.s  CM150,  EN  101 1 

ed  to  providi  kni 

used  III  ibr  ,  omnium,  all. .us  in,  .1,.,  Ii<  I.I    Students  will  design  ha-. 

instruments,  .  ..il,-,  i  data d  lacfimuaif  infornution  from  various  v.un  es  and 

(  \l mi  SciiptwrUing  ii-nl-M, 

I'icii  quisitcs:  <   \IIHI    EN101  in  r)  ,.i  |Hniiissioii  ol  in-' 

Introduction  to  thi  di    .     ol Lterials  and  script  writing  s- 

techniques  of  writing  will  I  is  on  writing, 

i  ritiqut  s.  and  rcrt  isi I  designs  and  si  ripts  Si  ripes  foi  audi...  uiuliiincdu 

|>ii  s.  in..  I  ions,  and  motion  pil  tun  and  telcn  Lsion  produi  tioni  Will  !•• 

(  IM30S  I  lei  n.ilil,    Media  I'logiamiiiiiig  and  Sail  s  Ii  -<l|.  tsti 

Prerequisite:  CM1  50 

Explores  two  primar)  functions  of  thi  eleccronii  media  providing  programming 
for  audiences  and  providing  economii  viabilit)  to  media  outlets  by  selling 

c.l o.  ttfl   Students  will  .  ch  as  piugiaui 

i  .uieni.  scheduling  and  promotion.  I  he  i  ourse  will  also  explore  the  bctctii 

ronii  ten  di.i  t"  sell .  ornmc  n  ial  til nd  d 

audience  and  ratings  anal)  sis  in  the  proi .  sai  i  ol  jifogiamming  ami  sales. 

CM330  Insiruclional  Design  lor  liaiuliig  and  Development  3c-OI-3»h 

Prerequisites!  I  Mini ,240  I SN101  and  orrjeTmisaioo 

Examines  the  systems  approac  h  foi  the  design,  development,  and  evaluation  -.1 

instructional  material  Students  will  learn  about  the  histor)  design 

and  di  velopmenl  and  the  current  status  ..I  the  fii  Id.  f-n  l.  student  will  pr.«tu<e  a 
sell  tnstrui  iioual  prototype  that  will  require  the  student  to  svslcmaliiaily  and 

pes  and  niles  learned  in  die  class.  (Previous  udc: 
( lommunications  Media  in  Training  and  Kdination) 

CM335  Communications  Consulting  and  Project  Management  t<  -Ol-  Kh 

Prerequisite:  CM101 

Presents  the  theoretical  views  and  clinical  applications  ol  tolisullinii  skills  and 

-  associated  with  and  needed  by  communication  prolessionals.  Presented 
will  be  the  functions  and  role  of  the  i  onsultant,  the  >  hem's  perspe  I 
consulting,  hiring  a  consultant,  ethics  m  consul!  -._ 
.mil  related  literature  ^iul  models. 

CM340  Advanced  Communication  Graphics  Ii  -ill-  Kh 

I'rereipiisites:  I   MJ  III.  permission 

l'i.,\  ides  in-depth  experienc  e  in  plartning  ami  preparing  graphic  materials 
commonly  used  in  die  ruiuinunic.iii  rapine  materials  include 

.I,  sign,  photoskl  l.  lung,  lettering,  slide  titling  and  duplication,  prcparauon  of 
camera-ready  art.  lithographic  film  and  master  lavout  sheets,  professional  slide  flat 
production  and  photocopv.  large-format  transparency  production,  color  key.  and 
coloi  systems.  (Offered  as  CM44 1  prior  to  1999-2000) 

CM345  Television  Criticism  3c-l)l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  150  01  permission  of  instructor 

The  medium  ol  television  oilers  a  unique  environment  for  development  and 
delivery  ol  mlotmation.  entertainment,  and  news.  This  course  explores  and 
analyzes  television  programming.  It  includes  examination  of  genres  ranging  from 
situation  comedy  to  drama,  to  mini-sencs  and  madc-for-TY  : 

CMS  ID  Radio  Production  k-0|.  Ish 

Prerequisite:  CM150  01  permission  of  instructor 

\u  inn i, dm  1 1.. n  to  production  techniques  as  they  pertain  to  radio.  The  student 
will  be  exposed  to  programming,  scripting,  producing  pnsgrams.  - 
commercials,  public  service  announcements,  station  identifications,  and 
promotional  announcements.  Will  also  deal  widi  the  interaction  of  a  radio  - 
with  national  networks  and  with  die  real-life  concerns  of  deadlines.  (Offered  as 
l  M  III -prior  to  1999-20 

CM351  Advanced  Video  Production  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  I   M25I  and'   M  .(113  or  403 

Production  course  thai  esnphasiBes  advanced  field  production  techniques  5 
..I  the  topics  covered  will  include  field  lighung.  video  txvst-production  editing 
w  itb  A-B  roll,  on-line  editing,  and  nonlinear  editing.  Students  will  gain  hands-on 
experience  dirnugh  projects  and  field  trips. 

CMS54  Broadcast  Regulation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  n  of  instructor 

Delves  int..  die  areas  ol  law  affecting  broadcasters.  Topics  covered  ai 
pertaining  to  cable  television,  station  licensing  and  renewal,  political 
broadcasting,  libel.  copvngliL  die  right  of  replv.  and  prrvacv.  The  historical 
development  of  die  FCC  and  itsjurisdicuons  will  also  be  examined.  Case  studies 
will  be  discussed  along  with  die  relevant  ol  s.  .me  laws  as  thev  pertain  to  todav'5 
SOC  ictv  (Offered  as  CM454  pnor  to  1999-2000) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


142       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


CM371  Photography  Ui  The  Print  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM271,  permission 

Students  will  develop  camera  and  print-making  skills  to  the  degree  diat  they  can 
produce  salon-quality  photographic  prints.  Students  will  understand  the 
photographic  processes  utilized  in  producing  a  high-quality  negative  and  print  to 
the  extent  that  they  can  manipulate  those  processes  to  communicate  an  intended 
message  with  their  photographs.  Emphasis  on  camera  and  print  control  as  well  as 
composition  and  negative  and  print  manipulation.  (Offered  as  CM472  prior  to 
1999-2000) 

CM375  Mass  Media  and  Behavior  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101  and  junior  or  senior  status 

Theory  and  research  on  die  influence  of  the  mass  media  on  human  behavior  and 
altitudes.  Topics  include  the  effects  of  news  and  political  advertising  on  public- 
opinion;  the  effects  of  racist  and  sexist  portrayals;  and  the  effects  of  violence  and 
pornography  on  aggressive  behavior.  (Also  offered  as  PC375;  may  be  taken  only 
once) 

CM380  The  History  of  African  Americans  in  Film  3c-01-3sh 

Traces  die  historical  development  of  die  roles  of  African  Americans  in  film  and 
television.  Students  examine  die  early  stereotypic  portrayals  of  diis  group,  die 
origins  ot  these  stereotypes,  and  die  ongoing  changes,  positive  and  negative,  that 
have  occurred  regarding  the  media  representation  dirough  research,  Elm,  and 
archetypal  analysis,  observation,  and  discussion.  The  new  generation  of  African 
American  filmmakers  and  their  creative  efforts  to  promote  more  realistic 
portrayals  are  analyzed. 

CM390  Practicum  in  Communications  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM101,  written  permission 

An  opportunity  with  credit  for  students  to  make  contributions  to  department  and 

campus  media-related  facilities  and  offices  including  WIUP-TV,  W1UP-FM, 

Prnn,  Public  Relations,  and  Media  Resources.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six 

credits. 

CM395  Career  Planning  in  Communications  Media  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  CM  credits 

The  course  serves  as  a  primary  skill-building  and  strategy-seeking  experience  for 
the  internship  program  and  later  career  entry  and  growth.  Extensive  writing, 
research,  and  individual  counseling  are  involved.  Travel  may  be  necessary. 

CM401  Media  Field  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CMlOlJunior  standing,  and  permission  of  instructor 
A  hands-on  course  designed  to  help  die  students  learn  about  die  production 
process  involving  on-location  production.  Will  have  three  distinct  phases: 
students  will  begin  with  research  and  pre-production  tasks  on  campus;  students 
may  travel  to  a  remote  site  to  collect  additional  information  and  images  and  use 
those  images  to  complete  a  production;  and  students  will  be  responsible  for  travel 
expenses. 

CM403  Broadcast  Newswriting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C  M 1 0 1 .  EN  1 0 1  and  202  (C  or  better)  or  permission  of  instructor 
Acquaints  students  with  the  various  styles  and  script  formats  used  in  writing  news 
scripts  tor  radio  and  television.  Includes  instruction  in  writing  news  stories  for 
radio  and  television  and  an  introduction  to  broadcast  news  production.  Students 
will  practice  and  work  to  improve  writing  skills  in  this  area  of  broadcast  writing. 

CM440  Multimedia  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM240  or  permission  of  die  instructor 

The  student  will  learn  the  processes  and  techniques  of  planning,  designing,  and 
producing  used  with  interactive  multimedia.  Will  provide  hands-on  experiences 
in  the  use  of  graphics,  audio,  animation,  video,  and  audioring  software 
applications  to  produce  an  aesdietically  acceptable  product  diat  meets  specific- 
objectives.  Designed  to  meet  die  needs  of  educational  media,  corporate  training, 
and  communications  specialists. 

CM445  Applications  and  Techniques  of  Motion  Pictures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM  150  or  permission  of  instructor 

A  survey  of  the  role  that  motion  picture  film  production  plays  in  society.  Major 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  die  variety  of  applications  with  special  consideration 
given  to  motion  pictures  as  a  tool  to  support  research. 

CM449  Advanced  Audio  Recording  Techniques  d  -01-  (sh 

Prerequisites:  CM249,  permission 

Sound  recording  utilizing  advanced  techniques  and  concentrating  on  specific- 
applications.  Student  participates  in  an  intensive  lab  experience  utilizing  die  most 
advanced  equipment  available.  Emphasis  on  application,  editing,  signal 
processing,  and  multi-track  recording.  Student  is  expected  to  produce  a  sound 
recording  lor  a  specific  use  of  professional  quality.  (Offered  as  CM450  prior  to 
1999-2000)  ' 


CM451  Broadcast  News  Process  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM251, 349,  permission 

Reporting  and  presenting  radio  and  TV  news  programs.  Analysis  of  news  and 
public  affairs  broadcasting.  (Offered  as  CM453  prior  to  1999-2000) 

CM460  Emerging  Trends  in  Communication  Technology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  150 

An  introduction  to  the  ever-changing  world  of  telecommunication  technologies, 
focusing  on  modern,  computer-driven  modes  of  information  exchange.  Students 
will  get  an  opportunity  to  syndiesize  several  of  the  technologies  covered  in  the 
course  and  integrate  diem  into  a  workable  solution  to  a  practical 
telecommunication  problem.  (Previous  tide:  Alternative  Systems  of 
Communications) 

CM470  Management  Practices  in  Electronic  Communications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM  1 50.  any  CM  Writing  Intensive  course,  and  junior  or  senior 
standing 

Presents  die  theory  and  practice  of  media  management.  Areas  covered  will 
include  problem-solving,  documenting  and  reporting,  career  systems,  budgeting. 
personnel,  ownership,  unionization,  market  analysis,  and  special  topics  as  directly 
related  to  communications  media  industries.  Students  will  conduct  case  study 
research  related  to  their  career  direction. 

CM471  Electronic  Imaging  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CM271  or  permission 

An  introduction  to  the  use  of  electronic  still  photography  (ESP)  for  the  capture, 
recording,  and  transfer  of  still  images  and  the  use  of  computers  lor  the  storage, 
manipulation,  and  output  of  color  and  black  and  white  photography.  Extensive 
training  in  die  use  of  software  packages  for  image  enhancement,  restoration,  and 
manipulation  will  be  provided.  Students  will  learn  die  applications  of  this 
technology  to  the  print  media  and  will  examine  die  ediical  and  legal  issues  of 
image  manipulation.  (Offered  as  CM479  prior  to  1999-2000) 

CM475  Senior  Portfolio  Presentation  Ic-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Communications  Media  majors  only,  24  CM  credits  and  CM395 
Through  this  course  students  will  compile  and  present  a  series  of  works 
produced  dirough  previous  Communications  Media  courses  and  activities.  The 
result  will  be  a  portfolio  suitable  for  presentation  to  a  potential  employer.  The 
portfolio  may  include  examples  of  student  works  from  a  variety  of  subject  areas. 

CM480  Seminar  in  Communications  Media  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CM302,  junior  or  senior  standing,  other  prerequisites  as 
appropriate  to  course  content. 

A  seminar  in  selected  communications  issues  or  problems.  Will  include  die 
reading  and  review  of  die  current  literature  as  appropriate  to  die  major  topic 
presented  in  die  seminar.  Students  will  be  involved  in  the  research  and  oral 
defense  of  a  major  research  paper. 

CM481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

CM493  Internship  var-6  9, 12sh 

Prerequisites:  CM395.  department  approval 

Supervised  professional  summer  work  experience  in  communications  media. 
Sites  reflect  die  academic  goals  of  die  department  and  are  approved  and 
administered  by  a  department  coordinator.  Location,  duties,  length  of  internship, 
and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  student  career  goals.  Sites  represent  wide 
application  of  process  and  technology  of  communications  in  business,  education, 
allied  health,  or  other  agencies.  Students  must  complete  40  hours  or  of  die 
internship  work  experience  per  semester  hour  earned.  A  maximum  of  15sh  is 
applicable  to  an  undergraduate  degree  program  from  any  combination  of 
internship  and  practicum  experience. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999- 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        143 


CO 


Computer  Science 

Department  "I  ( ! putei  S<  iem  e 

( lollege  hI  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 


(  1 1 1  ii  i  Microbued  <  lompulei  I  itei  ■"  |  '<  :01-  M> 

idui hi  '  [I I  I"  providi  Bhldi  Hi'  '.miIi  J  IiiimI.him  ntal 

,.,  ,[,  |  |  |,u|  ,,     ,|   „ii.  ,  .   il i"  i  i  [miliaria  i  sludi  nta  with  ihi 

,,i puici  I.  in I'. in  and  loftwan    Emphasis  is  placed  on  tin  application  of 

,,.,  ..i  produclivit}  loftwan  (word  proci  ssing, spreadsheet 

in  lil d  data  base  mi gement).  and  di(  i alandediical 

)  (Docs  ii'M ward  Computet  S ci 

\,„i,.  i  |,i k  iscross-lisledasBElOI  andlMlOl    Inyoftl 

In  substituted  fot  each  othei  and  ma)  I"  usi  'I  inten  hangeabl)  foi  D  6i 

Inn  nun  i"  '  "i"1'  dfoi  duplii  at lil 

CO105 1  undami  niala  "I  <  lomputcr  Science  Sc-Ol-Ssh 

puti  i  Si  ii  i"  i  jors.  li  Is  required  ofaD 

tud<  "i    and  ii  appropriate  foi  othei  Natural  Si  ii  ni  i     ind 

Mathematii » students   ropics  include  tin  fund ental  concepts  ol putei 

. .  lopmeni  and  analysis,  programming  languages, 

dataorgani  i and  repn  lentation,  and  systems  software. 

ntroduction  to  compute!  usage  wid emphasis  on  ti  rminologj  and 

il,,  underlying  i  onnei s  within  il»  disi  iplini 

CO]  III  Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  Sc-Ol-Ssn 

"■!  i  lomputi  i  S ajors.and  I'm  others  who 

have  ,i  suflii  ientrj  quantitativi  orienl  ition) 

Basil  structun  of  modern  digital  computers;  problem  analysis  andi  •  .1  ii]>i  itc-  r 

sol using  llowi  liarting  and  the  ( !++  language.  Exemption  bi  1  redil  bj 

.,1,1, 

COS01  Internet  and  Multimedia  3c-01-°3sn 

Prerequisilei  BE  <  ' '  IM  1 "  1  01  prioi  exposure  to  word  processing  and 

lil  in.nl 

ll ajor  focus  will  be  on  die  evaluation  of  information  and  multimedia 

resources  availabl lectronic  networks  when  doing  research  in  arl  area  ofom   . 

,  I fliis  information  literacy  course  is  designed  foi  9tudents  to  gain  1  i i 

pth  understanding  of  die  infor tion  resources  available  electronically  and 

ol  how  i"  utilizi  ili,  1 ir<  effectively  in  c unicatihg.  Students  will  learn  how 

ind  utilizi  thesi  res ces  for  two-wa)  com ications  and  support  foi 

decision  making  while  incorporating  selei  ted  elements  in  multimedia 

present nsofdieii  own  design  (BE/CM/CO/IM/LB  201  m.u  be'used 

interchangeabVj  Ibi  \i  01  F  repeats  and  ma)  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit.) 

C.O205  Programming  languages  for  Secondary  Education  >c-()l-.'(sh 

Prerequisite:  I  dui  majoi 

1  Introduction  to  die  three  high-level  programming  languages  most 
;>  used  in  secondarj  education:  Pasi  al,  LOGO,  and  BASK  !,with 
partii  iil.n  emphasis  on  Pascal.  Uso  includes  .1  comparative  study  of  me  control 

ind  data  structures  present  in  diese  diree  languages.  This  course  is 
ink nih, I  to  establish  .1  solid  foundation  to  prepare  prospective  teachers  of 

,  ourses  K.  12.  (Note:  Previous  experience  with  microcomputi  n  is 
strong!)  recommended.  Does  nol  count  toward  .1  Computer  Science  maj 

idu  a will  not  be  given  if  this  course  is  taken  after  1 pi 

dits  of  computer  science  courses.) 

CO220  Applied  Computer  Programming  :k-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO  1 10  or  equivalent 

uming  pun,  iplesand  techniques,  as  implemented  through  the 
INS  1  1  )BI  i|   language:  program  design  using  top-down  techniques;  program 
and  project  documentation;  introduction  to  sequential  Bit  algorithms. 

CO250  Introduction  t<.  Numerical  Methods  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites!  COl  10,  M  V122oi  123  01  127 

.  methods  foi  function  evaluation,  roots  ol  equations,  -  ■luin m>  to 

"■  ai  equi ns,  interpolation,  1  urve  fitting,  numerical  differentiation 

ition;  errors  in  computa 1.  Introdw  tion  to  K<  )RTRAN90 

rig  .mil  introduction  to  ilu  us<  ol  .1  mathematii  al  software  package  to 

graph  (unctions. 


C028I  Bpcdal  lopus  .ji-l-ish 

Pn  n  quiaiti 

Spa  1. 'I  topii  1  an  off  n  d in 

that  in  n"i  in'  luded  in  the  *  iuu>lishcd  ■  urrii  ulu 

ni" h  1  .in\  spa  t.il  l"pi<   I'lf  nbt)  11"  nior,   1I1.111  ilu- 

1 In  ni  ,  primaril)  lor  lowi 

(  OHIO   \ssiuihk  I gu.ig'   I'M.ui.iiiiiiiiiig  li    III- Ish 

Prerequiaitci  CO110 1 

l-A.iiiiin.il I    1  .1  data, 

liques,  rymbolii  cod 
solution  using  assembl)  Ian 

(  0310  Dau  Structures  (..iil-i-h 

Prerequisite:  (HMO 

Basil  ' terns  and  slructurcs;  lists,  arrays,  at 

bashing  tcchniquea;  scan  hing  and  sorunj  sirm  lures  in 

pfiigi.iininiiig  languages:  slung  |,r",  eating.  Programming  in 
language. 


ml    \, 


tl-(ll-(sh 


COS1S  Urge  File  Organs 

Prerequisile:  (  (  1220 

omputer  filea  for  business  systems,  infoniialioa 
systems,  and  othei  COBOL  for  efficient  fill 

ili, „K  and  directory  organization  Introducban  io 
random  file  algorithnui  and  sterna. 

(  i )  1 1  'i  Software  Engineering  Concept! 

Prerequisites  (  031  i  oi  1 liasion  of  inatructoi 

Includes  d llecl f  tools»  procedures,  methodotogiea,  and  act  tsnxualad 

knowledge  about  thi  development  of  the  softwarelifi 

uieiliiiilnliigus.  tools,  .mil  to  bniques  being  applied  i"  cat h  phase  will  lie 

discussed  in  depth  with  localized  exercises  given  to  reinforce  learning  ol 

,    Mil,    ,    ptS 

CO320 Software  Engineering  Practice  li-Jd-tsh 

Prerequisite:  i  u  ,  l  Li  ,,1  pemussion  nt  instructoi 

Planning^ design,  and  implementation  of  largi  j  -<,h«^re 

engineering  i"  hniques.  Students  work  in  project  teams  <ui  real  <>r  n 

software  develo] nt  projects.  Credit  for  either  (  ISmaycouol 

toward  computet  n  iduarion  but  not  bodi:  the 

other  -  ourse  t  redits  are  free  electives. 

COS4S  Data  Communications  li-nl-ish 

fnn.Hiisit*-:  <  O110or220;MA12l  01  12  i:  MAJ  I  I  or  216  or  217;  01 

equivalents 

Communication  of  digital  data  between  computers  and  to  and  from  terminals  and 

other  peripherals:  computer  networks;  smal  -  or  term  paper. 

C03B5.Computei  Graphics  Ji  -1  i-  i-h 

P  ni  cq  nisi  Us:  (I  l.illl  and  junioi  slalus 

1  "inpiitLi  graphics  hardware  and  software.  An  overview  of  current 
.i|i| ilu  .it urns  .mil  experience  with  representative  software  will  introduce  current 

,    I  oiiml.iiions  in  primitives,  geometry  ami  algorithms  ol  passive  oampntci 
graphics  arc  the  principal  locus  "I  the  1  ourse.  A  hnct  iritnxiucoon  to  mUiatiiVc 
computer  graphics  will  be  included. 

CO360IBM  Job  Control  Language  U-nl-lsh 

Prerequisite:  (  1  I2.M>  01  permission  ol  instructoi 

Detailed  study  "t  the  job  control  language  (JCL)  of  the  IBM  OS  'pcraung 

system;  comparison  ofOS  with  the  locally  available  DEC  opcraung  system.  VAX 

Wis 

C0362UNDCand<  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  <  <  >  i  In  "i  >  structOI 

An  introduction  to  the  history,  features,  syntax,  and  applications  of  UNIX  and  C 

5,  and  hands-on  p  -1  includes  two  or  more 

command  interfaces,  variations  in  C,  and  rjorlabilit)  issues.  UNIX  is  a  trademark 

of  Bell  Laboratories. 

CO380  Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  Oc-ld-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Permission 

Reading,  review,  ami  discussion  "t  the  current  literature  1  ice  and 

industry  trade  journals;  clhctive  oral  presentations;  employment  prospects. 
Should  he  taken  the  semester  before  an  internship  or  the  first  semester  of  the 
Senior  year.  Should  not  Ik-  taken  at  die  same  tune  as  I 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


144       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


CO405  Artificial  Intelligence  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO  ill) 

An  introduction  to  the  field  of  artificial  intelligence,  i.e.,  the  study  of  ideas  that 
enable  computers  to  process  data  in  a  more  intelligent  way  than  conventional 
practice  allows.  The  course  covers  many  information  representation  and 
information  processing  techniques.  Students  will  explore  the  underlying  theory 
including  matching,  goal  reduction,  constraint  exploration,  search,  control, 
prohlem  solving,  and  logic. 

CO410  Processor  Architecture  and  Microprogramming  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300  and  310 

The  logical  description  of  computer  processor  structure  (architecture),  with 

emphasis  on  the  microprogramming  approach.  Project  assignments  using 

minicomputer. 

C04 1 9  Software  Development  with  Ada  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO310 

Introduction  to  the  Ada  programming  language  as  a  tool  of  the  software  engineer. 

Projects  will  use  the  advanced  programming  constructs  resident  in  Ada,  including 

packages,  multi-tasking,  generic  units,  exception  handlers,  and  concurrent 

programming. 

CO420  Modern  Programming  Languages  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO220  and  3 1 U 

Comparative  study  of  the  properties  and  applications  of  a  range  of  modern 
higher-level  programming  languages,  including  Ada,  APL.  C.  LISP  LOGO 
Pascal,  PROLOG,  and  SNOBOL.  Comparison  with  older  languages  such  as 
ALGOL.  BASIC.  COBOL.  FORTRAN,  and  PL/I. 

C0424  Compiler  Construction  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300  and  310 

Relates  the  formal  concepts  of  automata  and  language  dieorv  to  the  practicality  of 
constructing  a  high-level  language  translator.  The  structures  and  techniques  used 
in  lexical  analysis,  parsing,  syntax  directed  translation,  intermediate  and  object 
code  generation,  and  optimization  are  emphasized. 

CO430  Introduction  to  Systems  Programming  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300  and  310 

Concepts  and  techniques  of  systems  programming  with  an  emphasis  on  assembly, 
linking,  loading,  and  macro  processing  for  user  programs.  Overview  of  higher- 
level  language  translation  and  system  control.  Programming  and  research  projects. 

C0432  Introduction  to  Operating  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300.  CO310  or  equivalents 

Introduction  to  the  principles  of  operating  system  design  and  implementation. 
Topics  include  interrupt  service,  process  states  and  transitions,  spooling, 
management  of  memory  and  disk  space,  virtual  storage,  scheduling  processes  and 
devices,  and  file  systems. 

C0441  Data  Base  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C03 1 5 

Review  of  data  base  concepts.  Detailed  study  of  data  base  management 
approaches.  Comparative  study  of  commercially  available  data  base  management 
systems.  Project  on  the  locally  available  data  base  systems. 

C0444  Productivity  Tools  and  Fourth  Generation  Language  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO  441  or  IM  450 

Develop  an  understanding  of  productivity  issues  and  how  Fourth  Generation 
Languages  (4GL)  improve  productivity  as  contrasted  with  3GLs.  Advances  in  the 
programming  paradigm  such  as  event  driven  programming,  objects,  reusability 
graphical  user  interface  (GUI)  design  and  development,  information  systems    ' 
based  i  in  relational  data  bases,  and  client/server  technology  are  addressed. 
Students  will  gain  a  practical  experience  widi  diese  concepts  Uirough  an  in-depth 
study  of  Visual  Basic  and  die  development  of  a  GUI  interface  to  a  relational 
database  using  Visual  Basic. 

CO450  Applied  Numerical  Methods  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO250,  MA171,  and  MA24I,  or  equivalents 
Polynomial  approximations  using  finite  differences,  with  applications  in 
numerical  integration  and  differentiation.  Numerical  solution  of  initial  value 
ordinary  diflerential  equations.  The  APL  language  will  be  introduced  and  used 
along  with  FORTRAN,  in  programming  selected  algorithms. 

C0451  Numerical  Methods  for  Supercomputers  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA121  and  122,  or  MA123  or  127.  MA171,  CO250 
Supercomputers  make  use  of  special  computer  architectures-vector  and  parallel 
processors-in  order  to  achieve  die  fastest  processing  speed  currendy  available 
Students  will  be  introduced  to  these  features  and  will  learn  how  numerical 
algorithms  can  be  constructed  to  exploit  supercomputers'  capabilities.  Students 
will  gain  practical  experience  in  programming  for  die  Cray,  YMP.  in  incorporating 


existing  scientific  software  packages  into  user-written  programs,  in  submitting 
remote  jobs  to  the  Pittsburgh  Supercomputer  Center,  and  in  producing  animated 
graphical  output  to  summarize  die  typically  large  volume  of  output  data  generated 
by  large  scientific  programs.  (Also  offered  as  MA451;  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit) 

CO4fi0  Theory  of  Computation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  C(  >310oi  consent  of  instructor 

Formal  methods  for  describing  and  analyzing  programming  languages  and 

algonthms.  Backus-Naur  forms;  productions;  regular  expressions;  introduction  to 

automata  theory:  Turing  machines:  recent  concepts  in  algoridwn  theory 

computability. 

CO480  Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  Oc-11-lsh 

Prerequisites:  See  text  below 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  literature  of  computer  science  and 

industry  professional  and  technical  journals:  oral  presentations.  Should  be  taken 

die  last  semester  of  die  senior  year.  Should  not  he  taken  at  die  same  time  as 

CO380. 

C048 1  Special  Topics  var-l-'Jsh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Seminar  in  advanced  topics  of  computer  science:  content  will  vary  depending  on 
interests  of  instructor  and  students.  May  be  repeated  for  additional  credit.  Special 
Topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  lor  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

C0482  Independent  Study  var-l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  deparunent 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  facultv  member. 
Approval  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

C0485  Independent  Study  var-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  a  computer  science  faculty  member  who  agrees  to 
supervise  the  student's  project.  Arrangements  for  selection  of  a  specific  topic 
must  be  made. 

C0493  Internship  in  Computer  Science  var-12sh 

Prerequisites:  CO300.  3 1 0,  3 1 5,  3 1 9,  380,  odier  courses  depending  on  type  of 
internship  position  desired,  completion  of  application,  and  selection  by 
committee 

Positions  with  participating  companies  provide  students  widi  paid  experience  in 
computer  science  under  the  supervision  of  the  companies  and  faculty. 
Requirements  include  diree  on-site  consultations,  two  university  consultations, 
completion  ol  progress  reports,  oral  presentation,  and  a  final  cumulative  paper. 
Offered  only  to  students  during  die  second  semester  and  summer  of  the  junior 
year  or  die  summer  and  the  first  semester  of  die  senior  year.  No  more  than  four 
semester  hours  ofC0493  may  be  applied  toward  the  30-semester-hour 
requirement  for  a  major  in  Computer  Science. 


Criminology 

Department  of  Criminology 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


CR101  Crime  and  Justice  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

1  lllsl SL'  introduces  the  field  ol  criminology  through  the  examination  of 

historical  data,  statistical  information,  theories  of  criminal  causation,  social  control 
of  behavior,  development  of  laws,  evaluation  ..I  criminal  justice  system  policies, 
procedures,  and  trends.  Students  will  learn  the  terminology  of  the  field,  gain  an 
awareijejs  ol  the  methods  of  inquiry  utilized  in  die  field,  and  have  die  opportunity 
to  examine  personal  attitudes  and  values  regarding  crime  and  responses  to  crime. 

CR1 02  Survey  of  Criminology  3c-01-3sh 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  discipline  of 
-nminology  through  an  examination  of  its  theories,  basic  assumptions,  and 
tions. 


3c-01-3sh 

upled  with  an  analysis  of  die 


def 

CR2 1 0  Criminal  Law 

A  study  of  die  history  and  sources  of  criminal  la 
substantive  elements  of  specific  crimes. 

CR260  Criminal  Procedure  and  Admissibility  of  Evidence  3c-0l-3sh 

Law  of  arrest,  search,  and  seizure,  with  discussion  of  important  case  law.  Analysis 
ol  salcguards  established  for  protection  of  individual  liberties. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     ,999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        145 


(  IU7II  Jliv.  Mil, |ustii.  Svsl,  in 

\  itud)  "I  ill'  ip * ' 1"'" ' 


ih  juw  nili-  justii  I 


tc-01-lsh 

the  >  '"ml 


■     I      Isl, 


(    IfJNI   S|„,i.il    l.ipiis 

l',i  ,,,|,,,sil,  :    \     ipproprilll    '"     I 

Special  ioi re  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  baiii  to  explon  topici 

tint  an  eluded  in  tin  eatablialied  curriculum   K  given  top t)  bt  offered 

il  to| I )  i1""  d 5p«  '■'  '"I"' s 

.,11,  i,  ,1  primaril)  foi  lowi  i  level  undi  rgraduati  studi  nl 

CBMSNkt  Patrol  \iiiiiinisti.iiiiHi  d  iii-tsh 

|i    ind  ■  Iiarai  ti  riaticaol  thi  police  patrol  rut Spei  ial 

leral ling  lion  patrol  relates  to  othet  polit  e  B 

.mil  us  effect  on 

CRS91  Theory  and  leehniques  of  Interviewing  3c-01-3i*h 

c,„„i,l,  i. hi,, il, 1  the  theory, natun lioda,and  print  iplesol  interviewing, 

t  JUBB  t  iniiiii.il  Investigation  3c-0l-3sh 

rhe  study  "I  logical  and  «  ientifii  principles  necessar)  foi  the  detection  and 

invcatiga! analysis  ol alactivides.  Theories  ofinfi at 

i,  and  interrogation,  and  observation  and  ediii  9  an  a tig  thi  topit  B  to 

be  ,l,s,  ussed, 

(  It  ititi  I  henry  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice  Organizations  Sc-OkSah 

I'u  iripiisiti ■:  (  Kin'.,,  permission  ol  instructor 

Stud)  "i  1 1 11  evolution  and  theories  ol  organizational  alternatives  and  their 

application  to  die  administration  ol  justice. 

CU06  Criminological  Research  Methods  3c-01-3sh 

l'i>  uijiiisitt-:  CR102  or  permission  of  instructot 

\o  hum, lii,  i i, ,  tin  basit  i  riminological  resean  li  methods  designed  toprepan 

il,,  student  to  understand  and  participate  in  quantitative  and  qualitativi  research 


CR39S  Crime  in  the  Workplace 

Stud)  "I  tht  theoretical  and  legal  b: 


3c-0l-3sh 


intheworkplact 


i  iw,  Social  Control,  and  Society  3c-01-.tsh 

[Tie  evolution  and  development  of  du  lern  legal  system.  Topics  include  civil, 

criminal,  and  administration  law,  the  legal  profession,  legal  systems  in  American 

.i.l  the  lav  as  one  of  many  instruments  "I  sot  ial  control  and  sot  ial 


t  R361  Juvenile  I  en 

\n  ,iii.i is    i 


mile  lavi  and  procedur 


3c-01-5sh 

involving  ,  ase  stud)  mi  thi  ids 


CR370  Correctional  Institutions  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  ,,l  ih<  organization  and  function  of  corret  tional  institutions. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  various  social  processes  and  problems  associated  with 
in,  aii  nation. 

CR.17I  Community-Based  Corrections  3c-0I-3sh 

il  noninstitutional  programs,  focusing  on  alternatives  t,,  incarceration  in 
community  settings.  Programs  reviewed  include  prerelease,  probation,  parole, 
halfwa)  houses,  and  restitution-based  programs. 

CR383  PoUee  Administration  3c-0l-3sh 

\  stud)  "I  poliot  management,  structure, and  operations  and  dun  roles  in  die 
,|nalit\  ol  services  delivered.  [Tie  relationship  between  police  administration  and 
.  environmi  nl  "ill  be  examined. 

CR386  Correctional  Administration  3c-0l-3sh 

A  stud)  ,,l  correctional  management,  stun  lines,  anil  ,,|icrati,ms  and  tlleir  roles  in 

ml.  The  relationship  between  correctional 
administration  and  its  social  environment. 

CR_'t,ss  Court  Administration  Sc-Ol-.tsh 

i  siu.lv  of  court  res] sibilit)  within  the  criminal  and  civil  justice  systems; 

jurisdictions,  polit  ies,  and  management  prot  edures  in  court  administration. 

CR390  Women  and  Crime  3c-0l-3sh 

A  stud)  "I  the  nature  and  extent  of  women's  crime,  theories  of  female  criminality. 
processing  of  women  offenders  through  the  criminal  justice  system,  die  response 
ol  police  and  court  officials  to  women  as  victims  ol  crime,  and  opportunities  for 
"omen  as  employees  in  criminal justii  <  agencies. 


t    It  I'll    Siihsl.Hnr  I    s,    anil    \hus.    „,  ( .....I  |,,s,„  , 

SiiiiK  "I  mb 

philosophy,  phynioli 

d  in  terms  •■) ,  onl 

(Kinii  II,,,,, ,n,  ,n  , noLsfj 

J  analysis  ,,l  tin  majoi  ■  riininoloj 

,1  s,  li,„,l;  payt  bologji  ,1  i 

polidcal  theories  of  crime  and  its  causes  will  bt  inch 


(   Kllll   (  null  iii]i,o.n  v   Issik  s  in  (   iiiiuiinlo^v  li -III-  tsh 

Emphasil  bom.  I.ul  not  Inn  I, 

corruption,  and  those  crime  control  strati 

,li ,  i.i,  V 

CH  I  Hi  Criminal  Justice  Personnel  and  Supervision  t,  -III-  Isl, 

Stn.lv  ,,l  publii  i"  i s, .mi,  I  svsiems  v, uli  s|,i ,  ill,  applii  ation  ■■ 

agent  ies.  The  roll  and  hint  don  -<l  nipervis .is ., pi    i  ,  ■ 

personnel  system  as  well  as  the  relationship  b  and  tin 

impact  ,,n  clime  will  l,c  examined. 

CB451  Ktiolngy  of  Delinquent  Itcluvioi 

inanah/sisof  the  prevalent  theories  of  debnquenc)  causation 

developing  prevention,  control,  and  treatment  appti 

CR470  Comparative  Study  oljusn, ,  t,  -ul-  tsl. 

Comparison  ,,t  An  urn  an  lystems  "I  admnnstrali,  ,u  ,,t  justii  '  «rid 

nations. 

CR480  Seminar  in  Criminology     The  Administration  ol  |usti<  t         li  -ill-  )sh 

A  study  of  selected  topics  in  criminolog)     the  administration  ofji 

taken  more  dian  once  lur  a  maximum 

prior  CR480:  Seminar  in  the  Administration  ,,l  | 

CR4H1  Special  Topics  in  Criminology  var-l-ish 

Prerequisite:  Department  consent 

A  seminar  providing  stink  ol  sell  i  n  'I  topit  a  not  emphasized  in  ,,dicr  t,,,,' 
Mav  be  take ire  than  oni  i  i"  .,  maximum  6  M  mi  lb 

CR482  Independent  Study  in  Criminolog)  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  I'rmr  approval  through  advisor,  la,  nlt\  member,  department 
chairperson, dean, and  Provost's  t  Hfice 

Students  widi  interest  in  mdependeut  study  ofa  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  mav  propose  a  plan  ,,1  sindv  in  conjunction  with  a  fai  nity  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  at  ademic  appropriateness  and  availabil 

CR491  Individual  and  Croup  Treatment  Modalities  i,  -ill-  Ml 

A  study  of  die  therapeutic  techniques,  process,  and  applii 
criminal  justice  environments. 

CR493  Internship  var-f-l-'sh 

A  structured  field  placement  designed  to  broaden  the  student's  educational 
experience  dirougli  observauon  and  participation  in  w.,rk  assignments  m 
government  or  private  sectors,  'six  semcstei  hours  "I  i  i,»lu  can  be  applied  to  the 
major  requirements. 


cs 


Consumer  Affairs 

Department  ol  Human  Development 

and  Environmental  Studies 

College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services 


CS101  Personal  and  Family  Management  ii-nl-  tsh 

Management  as  a  systt  m  and  its  relationship  to  individuals  and  fa" 
Formulation  of  goals,  values,  and  standards:  use  of  decision-making  , 
utilization  of  resources. 

CS28 1  Special  Topics  v \ar- 1  -Jsh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporar) 

dial  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum 

under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  S|>cij. 

numbered  2S 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


INDIANA    U  N  I  V  E  R  b  I  T  >     OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG 


146       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


CSS  1 5  Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3c-0l-3sh 

Economic,  sociological,  and  psychological  principles  are  applied  to  family  money 
management  problems.  Information  needed  to  manage  finances  effectively  and  to 
become  .i  rational  consumer  is  presented. 

CS413  Problems  in  Consumer  Economics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS3 15  or  Economics 

Problems  of  consumer-seller  relationships  studied  widi  emphasis  given  to  effects 
ol  current  economic  and  social  forces.  Governmental  and  private  protection 
agencies  u  Inch  aid  the  consumer  are  reviewed.  Individual  investigations  required. 
Fall  semester  only. 

(  St  1  ti  Problems  in  Family  Finance  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CS315 

In-depth  theories  and  principles  in  personal  and  family  finance  and  the  rights  and 
responsibilities  of  consumers  are  emphasized.  Opportunities  are  provided  for 
students  to  explore  specific  areas  of  interest.  Spring  semester  only. 

CS42 1  Senior  Seminar  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Completion  of  90  semester  hours 

know  ledge  gained  in  major  and  outside  concentration  courses  is  applied  to 
individual  careei  goals.  Students  have  die  opportunity  to  pursue  related  areas  not 
directly  covered  in  previous  coursework,  widi  emphasis  upon  independent 
research,  analytical  thinking,  and  communications  skills. 

( 1S433  Study  Tour  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Upper-level  standing 

Opportunity  is  provided  to  visit  business  establishments  and  cultural  centers 

D  interned  with  household  equipment,  furnishings,  textiles,  clodiing.  and  housing 

in  America  as  well  as  abroad.  Museums,  factories,  designers'  showrooms, 

distribution  centers,  stores,  cultural  events,  and  seminars  are  included.  Course 

maj  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6  semester  hours.  (This  course  is  cross-listed  as 

FM/ID433.) 

CS481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
niuv  he  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


var-l-3sh 
faculty  member,  deparunent 


CS482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advi: 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Particular  consumer  considerations  are  independendy  investigated  in  the  area  of 

housing,  home  equipment,  interior  design,  clodiing,  and  textiles,  or  in  die 

management  of  resources.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  3  semester  hours. 

Students  meet  widi  a  faculty  member  at  least  5  hours  per  semester  hour. 

CS493  Internship  var-l-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department  chaiqierson;  upper-level 

standing 

Prat  Ileal  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  area  of  study  widi  objectives. 
supervised  experience,  and  evaluation.  Course  may  he  repeated  for  a  total  of  12 
semester  hours. 


Distributive  Education 

Department  of  Technology  Support 

and  Training 

Eberly  College  of  Business 


Note:  All  courses  at  die  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

DE28 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Spec  ial  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

DE331  Modern  Merchandising  3c-01-3sh 

Techniques  for  planning  and  controlling  inventory,  analyzing  sales,  working  widi 
modern  systems  for  handling  cash,  and  using  color,  line,  and  design.  Practice  in 
preparing  merchandise  display  units. 


DE413  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Distributive  Education  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BE1 11,  MK320.  DE333,  and  EP202 

Includes  two  sections  of  special  mediods  and  evaluation  in  diis  field.  Objectives 
are  to  acquaint  students  widi  the  basic  principles  of  group  and  individual 
instruction  in  various  subject  matter  areas,  as  well  as  methods  of  presentation. 
Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  demonstrations,  and  evaluations  will  be  prepared. 
Students  select  sections  needed  for  certification. 

DE48 1  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

DE482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Economics 

Department  of  Economics 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


ECl 01  Basic  Economics  3c-0l-3sh 

Scarcity,  role  of  prices  in  determining  production  and  the  allocation  of  resources, 
business  cycle  analysis,  policy  options  for  reducing  unemployment  and  inflation, 
economic  role  of  government,  international  trade,  and  selected  current  economic 
problems  are  studied.  For  those  who  do  not  plan  to  take  more  dian  3  semester 
hours  of  economics.  Note:  May  not  be  taken  after  successful  completion  of  or 
concurrent  registration  in  any  odier  Economics  course. 


EC  1 2 1  Principles  of  Economics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Nature  and  mediodology  of  economics;  mixed  capitalism  and  market  economy: 
national  income:  employment  dieory.  including  economics  of  fiscal  policv:  money, 
banking,  and  Federal  Reserve  System;  international  trade  and  finance. 

EC122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Economics  of  die  firm:  dieory  of  consumer  demand:  determination  of  price  and 
ouqiut  in  different  market  structures;  distribution  of  income;  economic  growdi. 

EC241  Contemporary  Economic  Issues  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  101  or  122 

A  rigorous  but  nontechnical  analysis  of  a  variety  of  economic  problems  and  a 
formulation  and  evaluation  of  possible  corrective  policies. 

EC281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
dial  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

EC283  Environmental  Economics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  101  or  122 

Examination  of  economic  costs  and  benefits  of  environmental  control  and 
modification.  Techniques  of  economic  analysis  are  used  to  understand  economic- 
aspects  of  environmental  problems  and  contribute  toward  dieir  solution. 

EC325  Monetary  Economics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EC  121.  122 

Organization,  operation,  and  economic  significance  of  U.S.  monetary  institutions: 
commercial  banks  and  Federal  Reserve  System;  survey  of  monetary  dieory  and 
poUcy;  mechanism  of  international  payments. 

EC326  Monetary  Economics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC325  or  permission  of  die  instructor 

Detailed  study  of  monetary  dieory;  tasks  of  central  banking:  principal  objectives 
of  monetary  policy:  intensive  study  of  recent  monetary  experience: 
complementary  and  competing  aims  of  monetary  and  fiscal  policy. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        /•// 


I  (    :  ill  I  aim.  I ■i.iimmii-s  (<  -01-  Ish 

Prerequisites)  EC121    122 

ration  "I  tradi  ui i  ■ i 

■  li   i     '"'    ll I'  "  I '•'»"■'■ 

ihoi  problenu 


I  (  mi it  OijuuMdonoflndiutrj 

!•,,,,  quiiitei  E<  122  oi  permission  of thi  in«trucuii 

luslrics  analyzed  through  mea« 

mark luctsnd kel  peri no 


l.-Ol-fsl, 

•  >l  markel  itnii  inn  . 
Ic-Ol-fsh 


li  i  tj  Covemmcnl  and  Business 

P |oun(i :  i  i  122  or  pi  rmiss I  tin  Inatrui  tot 

ol  tin   intiti lino  on  the  mi ai I  i  ompi  tition,  the 

prohibit funfait  business) lucl  andthi  a<  hieveme f  desirable 

ii  performanci 

I  (  in  lUfnlad rindustr)  Sc-OMsb 

Prerequisites!  EC121    122  oi  pi  rnii    I  tin  insti i 

Examine*  thi  tl )  andpracl I  regulation,  emphasizing  effects  ol 

lb met  .mil  effii  iency  in  tin  I    S 

Mill  Economics  ol  I  orporate  Decisions  :><  -ol-.lsh 

Prerc ritesi  E(  121   El  122  MAI21  |uivalenl 

ipplicationa  ofecoi i  il.<  ...\  using  algebra,  elementary  statistics,  and  calculus 

i  i him   problems  including  problems  ..I  (brei  astingand 

llsk. 

I  (   13J  Public  Finance  Sc-01-Sth 

1'iiii'ipiisitrs:  E(   121    l22orpermiss fth<  instructoi 

Taxation  and  expenditure  theory  at  the  fed)  ral  level:  federal  budgi  i  and  debt 
s;  public  sector  impact  upon  economy. 

I  (  I  ii.  sin.  and  I  ocad  Finance  3c-01«3sh 

Prerequisite!  E(  I  !2  oi  pi  rmission  ol  tin  instrui  toi 

uialysii  of  character  and  impact  "I  state  and  local  government  revenue  soun  ea, 
expenditures, and  fiscal  s^iun,  intergovernmental  fiscal  relations. 


BOSS  Economic  Development  1 

I'l.M.piisllis:  EC121,  122 

tneory  <<l  growth;  theorj  "i  w  onon 


development  of  underdeveloped  ( 


Kill  History  of  the  Economic  Development  of  the 
i  nit.ci  States  Sofll-3 

Prerequisite!  I  i  nil  or  121  or  122 

Applications  ofeconomii  theorj  and  models  of  economic  development  to  the 
main  patterns  .>t  I  .S.  postrevolutionar)  growth:  emphasizes  the  history  ol 
;  development  a    ilaborati    ■  foi  testing  ecoi lie  hypotheses, 


H  145  International  Trade  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites!  I  i   [  '  i   ni.l  122  oi  p ission  of  die  instructor 

Study  ol  tile  mil  roecoi .  segment  ol  international  specialization  and  ex<  hange, 

including  theories  "I  international  trade  and  their  application  to  commercial 
policies,  historical  survey  and  examination  ol  i  urn  nt  probh  ms  of  international 
trade,  and  the  institutional  setting  of  international  trade. 

li  Hi.  International  Payments  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites!  EC121  and  122  oi  permission  ol  the  instructoi 

mi<  si  gmenl  ol  international  spi  i  ialis and 

exchange,  including  analysis  ol  balance  "I  payments,  exchange  rates,  and  the 
mechanism  ..I  international  economic  and  monetary  adjustments;  international 

"'•"  "•" mil  polii  j :  histoi  i  lamination  ol  current  international 

financial  problems;  and  the  institutional  setting  of  international  payments. 

1  (t."ll  ( ainiparalivc  Economic  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC10I  or  121  oi  I  22 

Evaluation  of  premises,  practices,  institutions,  and  performance  ol  capitalist, 
socialist,  and  mixed  economies  using  economic  theory  and  measurement 

EC351  Russian  Economic  Development  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC101  or  121  01  I  22 

Study  of  the  theory,  institutions,  and  performance  ol  the  Russian  econom) 

ison  of  present  and  past  patterns  of  economic  development 

EC355  Statistics  for  Economists  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  economic  statistic  v  including  rrequenc]  distributions,  probability-. 
distributions  ol  random  variables,  functions  ol  rami. mi  variables, and  tests  ol 
economic  hypotheses. 


II     :   H I.  ..I...  I. no   I..   I   .'I'm    . 

I'm  i.  quinti  it  El  ■  nl  oi  p>  rmiai 

[ntrodui  ii..n  i,. . .  oi tries  m 

,,i t.  random  econometrii  problems,*! 

thai equations 

I  (    Kill  I  i  ......inn  s  nl  Hi  ..III.  S.  i  vii  is  li  -III-  Isli 

Analysis  "l  the  alloi  stum  ol  i  -..I  and 

lupph,  techniques  Pricing  and  output  deci  ion   '■■  | 
other  l.< 

1(171  in mil  s  oi  i  alioi  1 1  gtssatiaa 

i'i.  i.  .jiiimii  :  I '   130  oi  permission 

I-.  ono La.  kground  and  effet  ti  ol  governmental  regulation  ol  lab. 

with  emphasis  on  a  i  ition  of  National  Laboi  Ft 

amended 

EC372  Economics  ol  Wages  ..ml  I  mploj  mi  m  I.  -nl-  Mi 

Prerequisite:  EC330oi  permission  of  du  instructoi 

Analysis  >>!  wages  and  i  mploymenl  undet  various  market  stm.  inr- 

ofthe  impact  of  lain  es,  prices,  and  disti 


1(17  1  Economics  ol  I  Ionian  Kesniirees  li  -III-  Ml 

Prerequisite:  I  I    101  01  122 

Inquiry  into  e<  o i<  demographics  and  rclait.l  t , 

structure,  and  distribution  of  an  e>  onomy'a  labor  fom  intodiflei 

EC383  Urban/Regional  Econonin  s  tc-01-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  EC121  and  122 

Location  theory,  land  use  patterns,  urban  economi. 

urban  economic  problems  and  policies. 

EC421  Macroeconomic  Analysis  k-Ol-  1st. 

Prerequisites:  EC121,  122  or  perrnission  "I  the  tnsl 

Emphasizes  aggregate  income  levels  and  problems  of  unemployment  mil .- 

and  growth.  Covers  consumpiion  and  invt  stment  theories  and  die  r--  - 

and  monetary  policy, 

EC422  Microeconomic  Analysis  (c-Ol-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  EC121,  EC122,  MAUI  ..r  equivalent 
( lonsumer  behavior,  theory  ofthe  finn.  theory  ol  exchange,  market  BtJ 
distribution,  general  equilibriuni  theory,  welfare  economics. 

EC480  Seminar  tc-IIIMi 

Prerequisite:  Permission  ofthe  instructor 
Seminar  in  selected  economic  issues  or  problems. 

EC481  Special  Topics  »ar-IKh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  ofthe  instructor 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  ; 

may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  I 

topics  numbered  481  arc-  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  si 

EC482  Independent  Study  »ar- 1  -hsh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  meml>er.  department 
chaiqicrson.  dean,  and  Provost's  (  HTu  <■ 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  stndc  ol  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabilii 

EC493  Internship  in  Economics  var-2- 1  .'sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  must  be  an  economics  major  who  ha-,  completed 

12  semester  hums  in  economics  anil  who  has  at  least  a  2.5  grade-] 

the  ina|or  and  in  all  coursework. 

The  course  provides  on-the-job  experience  in  economics  positions  with  private 

and  governmental  employers.  The  student  is  also  required  to  complete  related 

academic  work  in  the  form  of  papers  and  selected  readings.  Numbi  i 

earned  will  depend  upon  die  nature  of  die  job  and  amount  of  time  involved  in 

internship.  A  maximum  of  six  ofthe  credits  earned  in  this  course  may  be  counted 

toward  the  30  semester  hours  in  economics  requirement  for  Economics  ma 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


148 


DESCR  I  PTION 


Education 

College  of  Education 


ED242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  var-ls 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  teacher  certification 

Observation/participation  in  a  basic  education  classroom  beginning  not  later  thi 
the  sophomore  year. 


ED28 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

ED342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II  var-Ish 

Prerequisites:  ED242  and  admission  to  junior  standing 
Students  work  toward  the  development  of  specific  competencies  diat  relate  to 
individual  major  fields  of  teaching. 

ED389  Field  Experience  Intervention  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  department  and  instructor;  Elementary  Education 
or  Early  Childhood  Education  major 

This  course  is  designed  to  assist  die  student  in  achieving  the  competencies  widiin 
die  major  necessary  for  performance  in  student  teaching.  Teaching  skills  will  be 
developed  through  one-on-one  tutoring  and  a  field  experience.  Each  student  will 
work  in  collaboration  widi  die  instructor  to  develop  a  personal  learning  contract 
diat  provides  a  means  for  demonstrating  those  competencies  identified  by  the 
instructor  and  student.  Students  are  expected  to  show  commitment  to  self- 
development  and  teaching.  This  course  is  only  offered  on  a  pass/fail  basis. 

ED408  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Problems  related  to  teaching  students  reading  and  study  skills  specifically  needed 

in  each  of  die  subject  areas  at  die  elementary  level.  Content  teachers  learn  how  to 

develop  students'  competence  in  diese  skills  as  part  of  dieir  regular  classroom 

instruction. 

ED415  Computers  in  the  School  Curriculum  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE/CO/IM101  or  permission  of  die  instructor 
Students  will  use  a  variety  of  computer  software  including  word  processing, 
record  management  programs,  and  simulation  programs.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the 
application  of  computer  programs  widiin  die  K- 1 2  school  curriculum. 

ED421  Student  Teaching  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  level;  coordination  and  visitation  by  a 

university  faculty  member  widi  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperating  classroom 

teacher. 

ED423  Professional  Practicum,  Including  School  Lav.  var-3sh 

Series  of  conferences  and  related  activities  to  prepare  students  for  actual  teaching 
experiences.  Parallels  student  teaching  experience  in  junior  and  senior  years, 
(Elementary  Education  majors  only) 

ED43 1  Student  Teaching  in  Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Experience  in  teaching  family  and  consumer  sciences  at  die  secondary  level. 

ED441  Student  Teaching  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  or  secondary  level;  coordination  and 
visitation  by  a  university  faculty  member  widi  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperating 
classroom  teacher. 

ED442  School  Law  1  c-o|.  l  sh 

Required  of  all  teacher  certification  students.  Includes  overview  of  legal  principles 
that  apply  to  special  areas  of  education.  Must  be  taken  prior  to  student  teaching. 

ED451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  2c-2l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Background  to  help  science  majors  meet  die  problems  of  teaching  science. 
Various  inquiry  approaches  useful  in  meeting  objecdves  of  a  contemporary 
science  class  are  taught  and  exemplified. 


ED452  Teaching  of  English  and  Communication  in  the 

Secondary  School  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN314.  323.  and  380  and  admission  to  Student  Teaching 
This  course  is  a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching  in  English.  Introduces  the 
student  to  current  professional  practices  in  die  teaching  ol  English  and 
communications  in  high  school. 

ED453  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the 

Elementary/Secondary  Schools  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Successful  completion  of  321-322  and  351-352  in  die  student's 

major  language;  passage  of  a  language  proficiency  examination  or  permission  of 

die  instructor,  and  admission  to  Student  Teaching 

The  student  will  study  current  dieories  of  language  acquisition  and  methods  of 

language  teaching  for  die  elementary  and  secondary  school.  Through  hands-on 

practice  and  peer  teaching  demonstrations,  die  student  will  develop  techniques 

for  teaching  functional  language,  planning  lessons,  setting  curricular  objecdves. 

testing  language  skills,  and  selecting/adapting  materials  for  bodi  elementary  and 

secondary  school  classrooms.  (Course  taught  fall  semester  only) 

ED455  Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  Secondary  Schools  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Study  of  modem  methods  and  techniques  lor  teaching  social  science  and  of 
current  curricula  in  social 


ED456  Teaching  Math  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Study  of  modern  methods  and  techniques  for  teaching  mathematics  and  current 

curricula. 

ED462  Issues  and  Innovations  in  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  issues  and  innovadons  which  influenced  education  will  be  included  in 
diis  course.  Educational  innovadons  and  issues  which  deal  widi  curriculum, 
school  organization,  and  materials  of  instruction  will  be  examined. 

ED48 1  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  By  permission  only 

Provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  investigate  in-depth  an  area  of  education 
under  professional  supervision. 

ED482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

ED495  International  Study  Tour  in  Education  var-3sh 

Study  of  various  peoples  dirough  dieir  cultural  settings  and  educational  systems; 
on-site  visitation  to  selected  schools  and  odier  social  agencies  and  institutions; 
seminars  with  school  officials  and  directed  readings. 


2c-0l-2sh 

oncurrendv  with. 


ED499  Multicultural/Multiethnic  Education 

Prerequisite:  One  methods  course  must  be  taken  priu 

ED499 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  cultural  diversity  i 

die  United  States.  Students  will  gain  die  ability  to  locate  and  develop  curricular 

materials  appropriate  to  diis  country's  diversity. 


Early  Childhood  Education 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
College  of  Education 


Note:  Courses  in  Early  Childhood  Education  : 
average,  except  with  departmental  permission. 


;  restricted  to  majors  widi  a  2.5 


EE200  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

Introductory  course  for  prospective  teachers  of  young  children.  Provides  students 
with  die  opportunity  to  gain  knowledge  of  historical,  sociological,  and  political 
aspects  of  early  childhood  education.  Emphasis  on  systematically  observing, 
recording,  and  evaluating  children's  behavior  in  classrooms.  (Formerly  EL353: 
Preschool  Education) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE 


DESCRIPTIONS 


liU 


BES20  Language  Derdopmenl  ind  Children'!  Lib  i Sc-Ot-Sfh 

!,,   ||UC|)  ,,l  i  hildri  n  i  languagi  .„  quiail 

lof«  di  vi  lopmi  null)  appropriate  i  u  ii  ulum 

,|  il uli  il..  prim radi      I I  Ibi  di     lop  ■     I     Ira 

i     '( ghoul  •>> 

HI I   -.i    ,i  l  >!.■. i  n  ation  i  inti  i   ii  ■••  ■   tnd  ti  »i  hinf  i  cperienci 

.1  ii ■  |   (TI fFered  i   i  writinj   in 

i  i  |81  Bpadal  i"|ii<-  v.ir-1-lsl. 

Pn  i  ,,.i  i  oursi  '  .mil  in 

i   irarj  basia  to  i    pi 

ludi  d  hi  il"  i  itablishi  dcurrii  ill \  given  topil  nu)  b 

,  ,,,i       ,     pecial  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times. Special  topii 
bered  181  ire  ofli  red  primaril)  foi  lowei  level  undergraduate  attidenta 

I  l  110  Integrated  Curriculum  I  3c-01-3ah 

mi...  .Ii  vi  b| ni  iii  .  hildren  and  thi  implii us 

undi  rstanding  will  1"  applii  'I  to 

1 1. nu m~  ni  iiiiiiii'iii  .il cepts  and  scienci  i pta  Class 

nu  ni  strategies  diatcanbc  utilized  in  varied  environments  will  be 

IK  II I  Integrated  Curriculum  II  Sc-01-Ssb 

Enables  students  to  realizi  tin  importance  and  relevance  of  content  ansa  subjects 

.is  related  to  tlie  early  childh I  years  Pla ng  foi  teaching  with  specific 

emphasis  o idiodi  ind  materials  for  social  and  environmental  living  is 

.  .1  musii  .mil  .in  is  emphasized,  values  systems  ami 
o  locial  living. 


£/ 


Education  •>!  I'<  ismis  with  Hearing 
Loss 

I  )epartmi  ai  oi  Sp<  on  and 

(  .llllll  ,ll    Si   till  IS 

( lollege  ni  Edu<  adon 

i. -<n- io, 


I   II  I  I   I   llllliilllli  I  inn  III  P<  I  suns  with  ll<  .irinji  I  u.s 

I'n  ii  ipu  sites:  A.  I\  i  s.  1 1  permission,  Ml  majomonly 

uing  impaired 
in ill  language1  oral  languagi   and  total munii  ation.  I  be  rtsati 

illi  Us  strengths  and  wi ... 

Criterial  tbushed  in  i onaidi 

exhibited  by  thi  pupil,  thi  agi  of  onset,  and  thi  social  and  psydiol 
implical >.  (Off  apaired  prior  to  1904) 

I  II  I  I  "i  I  ill  I  mini  linn  In  Sign  Ijnguagl  1 1  -Ol-lsli 

ii, .n  ,,f 

basti  iignlangua  i  acquiring  general  inlbftnatioo  from  a 

signed  messagi  and versing  infbnnalh/  on  commonly  used  topica. 


I  I  1 1 .'  Aesthetic  Experiences  foi  Voung  Children 

\n  in,  i.l, -,  iplinary  approach  todifferenl  font 

...  i.  music,  and vemenl  v 

111 I  ,iini 

both  teai hers  and  i  hildn  n  will  be  pr 

experiences.  Students  will  expand  dv 

II  worth  of  the  children. 


(i-OI-.fsh 
expressii  in  in  young 
ill  be  analyzed  ,is  aesthetii  eh  ments  in  a 
ulum.  Development  oi  creative  potendal  in 

mi, in, I  .is  .i  means  "I  enhancing  the  at  fist's 
ii  nsi  ,,|  the  .nis  to  enhance  thi  sell  esh  em 


III.'  1 1  Intermediate  sign  Language  I,  -nl-Nfi 

Prerequisite:  III  1  I  5 

I  mphasis  on  comprehension  "I  signed  information  and  on  developing  Bstenc)  in 
conveying  a  messagi  in  both  signed  English  and  American  Sign  l-inguagc. 
\l,i,litii  .il ii >n  oi  signs  .nnl  iiiilividuali/ali"ii  ,,l  techniques  f,,r 

,, mini, tu,  .limn  \miIi  learning-impaired  or  multuSandicapped  deaf 

II  .11  III    I  s 

EII28I  Special  Topics  sar-l-lsh 

I'k  in|iiisiu-:  As appropriati  i irat  content 

Special  topii     u    offered   »n  temporary  basis  to  c\pl,,i 

ih.it  are  not  included  in  the  i  stablisbed  currii  ulum.  A  given  topii  may  l*c  offered 
nu,!,  i  any  s|k,  i.il  topii  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  social  topics 
numbered  2s  I  are  offered  primarily  tor  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

EH307  Speech  fur  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  fi-tll-  (sh 

Prerequisites!  Kill  14,SH242,2  5  GPA 

lr,  lnin|in-s  t,  ,i  ,l,v,  Imjhi,,^.  ,ji.,^ii,,sni_.  .iri.iU/mu.  .mil  .  .urn  Ini'^  die  speech  and 
mihi  problems  i  it  hearing-impaired  individuals.  Lecture,  demonslraUou.  and 
special  projects.  (Offered  as  Speech  for  the  Hearing  Impaired  prior  i 

EH308  Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  I  ,,«  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EH11  I,  SH334, 2.5  GPA 

Development  and  remediation  "I  language  "t  the  hearing  impaired.  Language 
sampling  ami  diagnostii  9,  senteni  i  patterning,  and  analytic  vs.  natural  teaching 
methods.  Strui  turing  a  ramnrrmicative  environment  (Offered  as  language  for  die 
1  learing  Impaired  prior  to  1994) 

EH329  Hearing  Practicuni  I  var- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  KH  111.  115,  2.5  GPA 

Provides  the  9tudent  with  actual  contact  with  individuals  with  hearing 

i  .il  be  si- 1  up  in  appropriate  s<  in  ml  programs  ami  or  clinics  tor  die 
hearing  impaired,  m  hearing  itinerant  programs,  or  in  clinical  settings  where 
hearing-unpaired  mdividuals  are  receiving  therapy  ,,r  arc  being  tested. 

pies  nl  nl 'si  i\  ing  and  evaluating  behavior  arc  presented  mitialh  to  prepare 
the  student  to  profit  maximal!)  tr,,m  die  observation  experiences.  Written  reports 
oi  the  praebca  arc  submitted  and  dts,  usscd,  and  each  student  is  encoungi 
gain  experienoi  ent  settings  as  available. 

I  H330  Hearing  Practicum  II  -  ar- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  I  II  129,  2  5  GPA 

Provides  students  with  actual  contact  with  mdividuals  with  hearing  loss.  Practica 
will  be  set  up  in  appropriate  school  programs  and  or  clinics  fur  die  hearing 
unpaired,  in  hearing  itinerant  programs,  or  in  clinical  settings  where  hcaring- 
impaired  individuals  are  receiving  therapv  ,,r  arc  being  tested.  Techniqi.   • 

ing  and  evaluating  behavioi  are  presented  initially  to  prepare  die  student  to 
profit  maximally  from  the  observation  experiences.  Writ;.  pracuca 

.iu  submitted  and  discussed,  ami  each  student  is  encouraged  to  gain  experience 

any  different  settings  as  available.  This  is  a  continuation  "t  I 
1  [earing  Practu  um  1  and  bit  hides  support  ami  superrision  of  students  b 

F.H331  Advanced  Sign  language  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisites:  EH1 15, 244, 2.5  GPA 

Studies  the  evolution  of  signs;  dialectical  sign  systems.  Analysis  and  comparison 
ot  the  linguistic  similarities  differences  of  various  sign  languages.  Direct 
translation  of  written  or  spoken  information  on  specific  topics  using  American 
Sign  Language  or  Signed  English.  Practice  using  conversation  on  both  a  social 
anil  academic  level. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


II  315  Development  and  Learning  Through  Play  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  early  childhood  educators  w  ith  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  t,, 
lidi  children's  play  lieliavnu  as  the  child's  basic  learning 
..I  Emphasis  on  definitions,  theories,  and  stages  of  play  within  the 

context  "I  social. emoti il,  physii  al.  and  Intellei  inal  growth  I'm  childn 

B  m.iis.  Students  will  observi  children  at  play,  design  specifii  learning  activities 

thai  utilize  a  play  games  format, I  direct  educ ial  experiences  during  a 

d field  component. (Previous  tide:  Play  .is  t  ognitiveand  Effective 
iuc ni) 

II  l"il   leaching  Primary  Reading  3c-0l-3sh 

^  methods  o  I  to  assist  students  in  developing  the  reading  abilitii 

,,i  young  children.  Dials  with  instrui  tional  issues  related  to  teaching  reading  and 
ts  to  varying  reading  and  pn   reading  processes  winch  are 
witii  young  children.  \lso  emphasizes  diagnostic  and  assessment 
strategii  s  foi  teai  lung  reading. 


:)sh 


II  is  I  Special  Topics  v 

l'icni|iusiic:  Priot  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

\  course  seminal pus  in  education  appropriate  foi  thi  Earl)  Childhood 

Education 


II  182  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  rai  ult)  member,  department 
on,  dean,  and  Provost's  (  HEci 
is  with  interest  in  independent  study  ol  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  ol  study  in  conjuni  tion  with  a  faculty  member. 
based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources, 


150       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


EH35 1  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EH308.  2.5  GPA 

Presents  basic  concepts  of  developmental  reading  instruction  and  systematic 
coverage  of"  the  mediods  of  teaching  reading  to  students  with  hearing  loss  from 
readiness  stages  through  upper  school. 

EH3t>0  General  Methodology  for  Education  of 

Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EH1 14. 307. 308, 2.5  GPA 

Provides  a  systematic  coverage  of  the  basic  procedures  for  teaching  curriculum 

subjects.  Included  are  adaptive  methods  of  instruction  for  teaching  mathematics: 

science  as  it  relates  to  the  child  and  the  curriculum:  content,  objectives,  and 

resource  materials  for  social  studies:  creative  experiences  in  the  field  of  language 

ails,  rhythmics,  and  physical  education  and  health.  (Offered  as  General 

Methodology  for  Education  of  Hearing  Impaired  prior  to  1994) 

EH365  Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Persons 

with  Hearing  Loss  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EH307,  EH308.  EH1 14,  EX1 12,  SH334,  2.5  GPA 
Developing  home/clinic  programs  for  parents  and  hearing-impaired  infants  (0-3 
years).  Teaching  speech,  language,  speechreading,  use  of  residual  hearing,  and 
developing  readiness  skills  at  preschool  level.  (Offered  as  Parent-Preschool 
Programs  for  die  Hearing  Impaired  prior  to  1994) 

EH481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


var-l-3sh 

faculty  member,  department 


EH482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advi, 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Elementary  Education 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 
College  of  Education 


Note:  Courses  in  Elementary  Education  are  restricted  to  majors  with  a  2.5 
average,  except  with  departmental  permission. 

EL2 1 1  Music  for  the  Elementary  Grades  2c-01-2sh 

Geared  for  elementary  education  students.  Includes  basic  ideas  for 
understanding,  development,  and  confidence  for  future  classroom  teachers  and 
their  pupils  in  areas  of  music  education. 

EL2 1 3  Art  for  the  Elementary  Grades  2c-01-2sh 

The  creative  use  of  art  materials  and  an  understanding  of  development  of 
capacities  of  children  dirough  art. 

EL215  Child  Development  3e-01-3sh 

Survey  of  human  development,  from  conception  to  adolescence,  in  terms  of  basic 
scientific  data.  Development,  growth,  and  behavior  are  studied  and  dieir 
implications  for  home,  school,  and  community  are  considered. 

EL22I  Children's  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Acquisition  of  a  wide  acquaintance  with  children's  literature,  old  and  new.  Poetry 
selet  in  ins,  annotated  stories,  and  bibliographies  will  be  assembled.  Ways  and 
means  to  develop,  stimulate,  and  guide  children's  reading  of  literature  presented. 
Principles  and  techniques  of  successful  storytelling  are  studied  and  practiced. 

EL222  Reading  for  the  Elementary  School  3c-0l-3sh 

Systematic  coverage  of  the  teaching  of  reading,  including  mediods,  techniques, 
and  materials. 

EL257  Pedagogy  I  3c-01-3sh 

Competencies  specific  to  the  science  of  teaching  will  be  introduced  in  this  course. 
Students  will  become  familiar  with  die  fundamentals  of  teaching  at  the  elementary 
level.  Areas  dial  will  be  explored  include  models  of  teaching,  including  lesson  and 
unit  planning,  and  creating  a  classroom  environment  dial  is  conducive  to  learning 
(Offered  as  EL356  prior  to  1997-98) 


EL2 81  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

EL3 1 2  Teaching  of  Elementary  Science  2c-0l-2sh 

Emphasis  placed  upon  science  as  it  relates  to  child  and  curriculum,  planning  for 
teaching  science,  and  recent  innovations  in  science  teaching.  Course  offered  on 
die  junior  block  only. 

EL313  Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI51,  152.  EL257 

Recent  developments  in  curriculum  and  mediods  of  instruction  of  contemporary 
elementary  school  mathematics  programs.  Students  will  become  acquainted  widi 
books,  materials,  and  odier  resources  helpful  to  prospective  teachers.  Includes 
observations  of  master  teachers. 

EL3 1 4  Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  2c-01-2sh 

Gaines,  stunts,  rhythms,  relays,  tumbling,  dances,  and  skills  suitable  for  the 
elementary  school  child.  Teaching  of  health  in  elementary  school  is  emphasized, 
including  methods,  materials,  and  lesson  planning. 

EL322  Teaching  of  Reading  II  3c-01-3sh 

Second  course  of  a  two-course  sequence.  Systematic  coverage  of  teaching  of 
reading,  including  mediods,  materials,  and  lesson  planning. 

EL35 1  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  students  with  a  wide  range  of  creative  experiences  in  fields  of  art.  crafts, 
music,  rhythmics,  dramatics,  and  games  in  elementary  school.  Stress  is  placed 
upon  need  to  help  children  in  developing  dieir  capacities  for  creative  expression 
in  diese  areas. 

EL357  Pedagogy  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status 

Principles  based  on  classroom  experience.  Instruction  will  include  classroom 
management  skills,  integration  of  computers  in  die  elementary  curriculum, 
contemporary  issues  in  education,  the  role  of  research  in  elementary  classroom 
teaching,  and  teacher  professionalism  during  and  after  field  experiences.  (This 
course  is  writing  intensive.) 

EL41 1  Teaching  of  Social  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

Overview  of  social  studies  in  elementary  school.  Includes  study  of  objectives, 
trends,  areas  of  content,  patterns  and  principles  of  organization,  and  techniques  of 
teaching.  Variety  of  learning  experiences  and  materials  used  and  evaluated. 

EL422  Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Causes  of  reading  disability;  mediods  of  diagnosis:  procedures  and  materials  for 
remedial  work,  group  and  individual. 

EL425  Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EL222 

Places  emphasis  on  the  view  diat  the  art  of  communication  is  an  interrelated 
process  and  die  task  of  classroom  teachers  is  not  only  integrating  the  language  arts 
among  diemselves  but  also  integrating  them  throughout  die  entire  curriculum. 
Techniques  for  teaching  oral  and  written  communication,  spelling,  handwriting, 
vocabulary  development,  listening,  and  linguistics  will  be  presented.  Special 
emphasis  given  to  recent  trends  and  research.  This  course  is  offered  as  a  writing- 
intensive  course. 

EL481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department 
A  course/seminar  on  topics  in  education  appropriate  for  tiie  Elementary 
Education  setting. 

EL482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 
(Offered  as  EL481  prior  to  1993-94) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        151 


English 

I),  partmenl  "I  English 

( lollege  ol  I  lumanities  and  Social 

Sciences 


I  NIOOBaiii  Willing  i. -ill-Mi 

English  ski  ii  and  i  li.  i  m. 

in    elected  mud I ii  tloesn eel 

ducation  English  01  I  iberal  studii  i  wriung  requirements. 

I  miii  i  olicgc  Writing  i.-i.u-lsli 

Prerequisite*  I    1 100  ■  In  ••  rcqi I  Ii)  |ili esting 

n  il„  lirai  scnicstct  al  II  P  '  the  nature 

and  Itistor)  "I  laiiguagi   si  ma uicJ  linguisti alyais,and  problems  in  rlietorii 

lli Ii  ngtli  i  tpositorj  papi  rs  (oi 

in  idditioi 1 i  ri    erci*    .'"'1  a  writu  n  lm.il 

i 

EN121  Humanities  I  it. «  Sc-01-flsh 

Prcrequisitei  EN101 

nr.  •  through  i  can  I talysia  "I 

ii  ludi    I ri  "I  various  time  pi Is, 

nauonaliu.  . I  in lies, 

I  N122  Introduelion  to  Litcrar)  Analysis  .li-ol-  l.h 

Prcjrequifitei  EN  101 

Vcquaiots  students  wiUi  tin  lite  rar)  gi  iin  s  (<  spei  ialrj  Ei  tion,  poi  try,  and  drama) 

b)  mi  .in-,  of  examples  of  each  and  provides  diem  with  s fthe  various  .  ritical 

u  dial  the)  maj  gain  di<  abilit)  to 

clusi if  die  course,  students  are  expel  ted  to  be  able  to 

I,  I  to  " al  papi  rs  .,1 1  it.  ((  Ifii  red  is 

EN210| 

I  N130  English  foi  Foreign  Students  Sc-01-3sh 

nls  \.  m! i pportunity  to  improve  their  abilit)  i" 

lish  before  die)  take  KM  on  and  I'M  in    Hie  emphasis  is  on 
rcises  and  assignments.  This  i  oursc  carries  graduation  credit 
inn  does  ii" i  meel  I  ibi  ral  Studii  s  English  requirements, 

EN202  Research  Writing  Sc-01-3sh 

Prerequisites!  EN  mi  sophomore  standing 

i, .Inns  to  read,  analyze,  and  evaluate  nonaction  soun  es  and  to  present 
the  results  ,,i  theii  analysis  in  <  lear,  organized, carefully  documented  n 

md  "  11  ii,  1 1  hi  each  section  \\  ill  be  determined  b) 
the  instrui 


I  N208  rhe  V.i  ,,l  the  f  iln 

tlv  ill, n  as 


k-Ol-.ish 
i  artistic  medium.  Eight  to  twelve  motion  pictures 
<l  are  analyzed  in  class  discussions 

K-()l-:ish 


EN210  British  Literature  to  1660 
Prerequisites!  EN101    l22.orpei 

linings  to  about  1660,  acquainting  students 
with  die  ex]                     id  ngniaii)  ofdie  primary  materials  (whole  works 
whenevei  possibli  oi  full,  Ik.  -standing  parts)  .in.1  provides  them  with 
background  infonnatioii  conceniing  die  development  and  flowering  ol  the  various 
genres,  th<  dominant  ideas  ol  eai  h  period,  and  tin  so<  ial  andi  ultural  context  al 
iin  separate  works.  (Offered  as  I  N2I1  pri Spring,  1998) 

EN211  British  I  iterature  ltitiu-1900  Jc-Okish 

Prerequisites!  EN101,  122,  oi  p ission 

om  about  1660  to  tin  beginning  ..I  the  twentieth 
century,  acquainting  students  widi  die  experience  of  reading  man)  of  the  primar) 
materials  (vi  hole  works  whenever  possible  or  lull,  free-standing  parts)  and 

round  information  concerning  die  development  and 
Dowering  ol  die  various  genres,  the  dominant  ideas  <<t  each  period,  and  the  social 
.in.1  cultural  context  ol  the  separate  work.  (Offered  as  '  I  iterature 

prioi  to  Spring,  1998) 

EN212  Imerican  Literature:  Beginnings  to  1900  .k-lil-.i-h 

Prerequisites!  1  \  nil.  122, oi  permission 

i  understanding  ol  American  literature  from  its  beginning  t.>  about 
titrate  primarily  upon  a  relative])  small  number  of 
majoi  works,  each  ofwhich  will  help  to  illustrate  the  "spirit  i  I 

Offered  is  1  N21  I    \  nerican  Literature:  Beginnings  to  the  Present 
prior  to  Spring,  1998) 


I  N.'l   1  II,, I,. I,  .,,,,1    \,„.  in  .in  I  il,. Si. Mill  I.    <Ill.li 

Prercquisitcsi  I 

•    in  British  and  '■ 
1900  Begins  with  the  .lull  from  Vii  lorianism  and 
In, Mini,  mi,,  modi  mum,  ■ 

i  and  continues  with  posu lemism  ami  i  ontemporar)  liti 

I  N21  I  II..  N">.l  i.-nl-t.l. 

Prerequisite  is  miaaion 

Mil.  <  ,,lll.l     MUM 

hhI  forms  in  English  Ii 
consideration  .,1  teai  liing  ii 

EN215  Poetry  to-OWs* 

Prerequuriteai  EN  101,  122,  "i  perm 

\  stud)  ppn  , n  ol  i 

I  .mi,  mi.  ol  poetry,  tni  ludi  scot 

I  N216  Short  Fid J. -nl- i.l, 

Prerequisites!  EN101.  122 

op i  ••!  the  short  .n.n  h he  middl 

,i  w  nli  attention  i"  form 
Includes  consideration  ol  teai  liing  short  Ei  nun. 


I  Ml  7  Drama 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  122,  oi  permission 

A  study  of  selected  plays  fn  odsinan  attempt  to  < 

function  of  drama.  Includes  i  onsiderarion  ol  teaching  drama. 


fi-ill- t.h 


l.-lil-tsh 


1  N JJti  ldvanced  (  otnpositioa  I 

Prerequisite:  I  N202 

Primarif)  seeks  i"  improve  writing  style,  particularly  in  the  more  utilitarian  forms. 

such  as  in  '-  '  rsd  personal  essay. 

I  N22  I  (  native  Writing  h  -Hi-  l-l> 

Prerequisite:  EN202 

This  is  8  in  which  students  are  expected  to  produce  a  .ub.unual 

bod)  "I  written  work  in  oni  oi  more  of  the  creative  genres,  the  partinilai  land  .,1 
w  riring  i  hosen  v.  iih  regard  to  the  special  interest,  and  abihties  of  tat  I,  .indent. 

EN225  Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women  le-0sV  Mi 

Prerequisites:  KM  1 1  oi  122  and  202 

Majoi  trends  and  motifs  across  genre,  (fiction,  tionfiction,  poetry,  autobiography) 
which  reflect  themes  and  subjects  "I  continuing  interest  i"  women  writer..  ITie 
nil.  1. 1.  ti,  hi  nl  genu  with  rate,  ethuicit)'.  anil  social  class  will  be  of  particular 
significance.  ('  rflered  as  EN38  I  |>n,ir  to  Spring, 

F.N28I  Speii.llli.piis  .ar-l-l.h 

Prerequisite:  As  .i|>|i!,'},n.in  i urst  content 

Special  topics  an  offered  on  an  experimental  m  temporan 
thai  are  not  ini  hided  in  the  established  i  luriculur,  may  l<c  ..tiered 

i.  spei  i.il  topii  identity  n,>  more  dun  three  rimes,  S| 
!  281  in  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  ss 

EN301  Itiiiish  Medieval]  iterature 

Prerequisites:  I  N202, 210,211, 212,213 

This  ,  ourse  examines  particular  literan  traditions  in  England  h-..m  die  elcvciidi 

to  the  fifteenth  centuries,  excluding  Chaucer.  The  purpose  will  be  t.<  acquaint 

students  with  the  diversity  of  materials,  ranging  from  prose  ; 

written,  and  serious  to  comic  Mosl  texts  will  l>e  taught  in  the  original  Middle 

English,  accompanied  by  side  glosses.  Translations  will  be  used  where 

appropriate,  [lather  than  survey  tlieperi.nl  comprehensively,  die  purpose 

to  focus  closely  on  particular  aspects  or  writers  as  selected  by  die  instructor. 

EN302  Renal. ...me  I  Iterature  WhV  let 

Prerequisites:  I  N202, 210, 21 1,212, 213 

Examines  majoi  work,  and  genre,  in  Elizabedian  literature  such  as  pastoral  and 
■  andke)  fiction  writers,  dramatists,  and  poets  during  155S-160J.  Rather 
than  survey  the  period  romprehensrvefy.  the  purpose  hen 
specific  literary  period  ami  on  the  "Titers  of  this  |>cnod  as  selected  by  die 
instrw  tor.  (Offered  as  EN361 :  The  Renaissance  prior  to  Sprint. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAD 


152       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


EN303  British  Enlightenment  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  210,  21 1,  212,  213 

British  Enlightenment  Literature  refers  to  die  imitation  of  the  Greek  and  Roman 
authors  of  antiquity.  The  course  begins  with  the  assumptions  and  goals  0f 
neoclassical  literature  and  integrates  the  intellectual  debates  and  contemporary 
politics  (patriarchy,  nascent  capitalism,  empire,  slavery,  class  divisions)  that 
flourished  alongside  of  (and  that  shaped  die  emergence  of)  new  genres  (die  slave 
narrative,  die  novel,  godiic  tales,  die  periodical  essay).  Radier  dian  survey  die 
period  comprehensively,  die  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particular  aspects 
or  writers  as  selected  by  the  instructor. 

EN304  British  Romantic  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  2 10,  2 11,  2 12, 2 13 

Emphasizes  die  relationship  between  literature  and  its  milieu.  Focuses  primarily 
on  English  Romantic  Poets  but  considers  development  in  Germany,  France,  and 
America  and  examines  its  continuing  manifestations  in  literature,  culture,  and 
politics.  Rather  than  survey  die  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to 
focus  closely  on  a  specific  literary  period  and  on  die  writers  of  diis  period  as 
selected  by  die  instructor.  (Offered  as  EN360:  Romanticism  prior  to  Spring, 
1998) 

EN305  British  Victorian  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202.  210.  211,  212.  213 

Examines  literary  works  against  a  background  of  rapidly  changing  social, 
economic,  religious,  and  political  forces.  Counterculture  movements,  such  as  die 
Pre-Raphaelites,  will  be  examined  against  "high  Victor  ianism"  to  develop  a  sense 
of  die  tremendous  intellectual  and  political  energy  of  die  period.  Roots  of  recent 
concerns  such  as  feminism,  political  literalism,  and  capitalism  will  be  explored  to 
help  us  better  understand  our  own  as  well  as  die  Victorian  age.  Radier  than 
survey  the  period  comprehensively,  die  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on 
particular  aspects  or  writers  as  selected  by  die  instructor. 

EN306  Modern  British  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  210,  21 1,  212,  and  213 

Examines  major  works  and  trends  in  modern  British  literature,  such  as 

modernism  or  key  fiction  writers,  dramatists,  or  poets  during  die  first  half  of  the 

twentiedi  century.  Rather  dian  survey  die  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose 

here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particular  aspects  or  writers  as  selected  by  the 

instructor. 

EN307  Contemporary  British  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  210,211,  212,213 

Examines  major  works  and  trends  in  contemporary  British  literature,  such  as  late 
modernism,  postmodernism,  the  age  of  diminishment,  or  key  novelists, 
dramatists,  and/or  poets  from  the  period  1945  to  die  present.  Radier  dian  survey 
the  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particular 
aspects  or  writers  as  selected  by  the  instructor. 


EN3 1 5  American  Literature  to  1 820  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,2I0,  21 1,212,213 

The  beginnings  of  American  literary  cultures  from  sixteenth-century  pre- 
Columbian  indigenous  contacts  widi  European  explorations,  through  diverse 
colonializations  (Hispanic,  French,  and  British)  including  die  importation  of 
African  slaves,  up  to  the  American  Revolution  and  emergent  U.S.  literary 
nationalism  in  die  first  decades  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Rather  than  survey  die 
period  comprehensively,  die  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particidar  aspects 
or  writers  as  selected  by  die  instructor. 

EN316  American  Literature  1820-1880  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  210,  21 1,2 12,  and  213 

Examines  major  works  and  trends  in  U.S.  literature,  from  the  Federalist, 
Romantic,  and/or  Realistic  periods.  Rather  than  survey  die  period 
comprehensively,  die  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particular  aspects  or 
writers  as  selected  by  the  instructor. 

EN3 1 7  American  Literature  1 880- 1 940  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202, 210, 21 1,212, 213 

Examines  representative  U.S.  writers  during  1880-1940.  Includes  traditional 
figures  as  well  as  writers  who  have  recently  entered  die  canon.  Rather  dian  survey 
the  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particular 
aspects  or  writers  as  selected  by  die  instructor. 

EN3 1 8  Literature  for  Adolescents  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  122,  or  permission,  English  Education  major 

Surveys  poetry,  drama,  and  fiction  widi  which  die  adolescent  is  familiar  dirough 

school  work  and  personal  reading.  (Offered  as  EN218  prior  to  1993-94) 

EN3 1 9  American  Literature  1 940-present  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202  and  at  least  two  courses  from  EN2 10,  21 1,  212,  213 
Additional  prerequisites  for  B.A.  English  majors:  EN2 10,  211,  212,  213 
Focuses  on  various  movements,  themes,  genres,  and  autiiors  writing  in  the  United 
States  since  1940.  Not  a  survey  course;  each  section  will  develop  an  extended 
treatment  of  a  particular  topic  selected  by  die  instructor.  Emphasizes  writing  by 
living  writers  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  diversity,  formally  and 
diematically,  of  current  U.S.  literary  production  across  genders  and  ethnicities. 

EN320  Advanced  Composition  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  220 

Workshop  and  tutorial  atmosphere  for  students  who  intend  to  write  or  teach 

writing. 

EN322  Technical  Writing  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN202 

Focuses  on  helping  die  student  to  acquire  and  to  apply  communication  skills 
essential  to  the  technical  and  professional  writer. 


EN3 1 0  Public  Speaking  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN  101 

Fundamental  principles  of  public  speaking,  audience  analysis,  interest  and 
attention,  and  selection  and  organization  of  speech  material. 

EN3I 1  Oral  Interpretation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN3 10 

Emphasizes  understanding  and  appreciation  of  literature  through  developing  skill 
in  reading  aloud. 


EN312  Speech-Persuasion 
Prerequisites:  EN202,  310 
Advanced  study  of  problems  involved  in  influencing  i 


3c-0l-3sh 


EN3I3  The  Rhetorical  Tradition 

Prerequisites:  EN  1 0 1 ,  3 1 0 

Survey  of  rhetorical  theory  from  Greek  and  Ron 


i  through  modern  times. 


EN314  Speech  and  Communication  in  the 

Secondary  English  Classroom  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  122,  202 

Offers  students  practical  and  theoretical  approaches  to  relationships  between  oral 

and  written  communication.  The  course  is  performance  based  (involving  a  variety 

of  communication  activities)  and  knowledge  based  (involving  study  of  research  on 

language  arts  relationships).  Emphasis  is  given  to  integration  of  die  four  language 

arts  tor  improving  teachers1  own  communication  skills  as  well  as  diose  of  dieir 

students. 


EN323  Teaching  Literature  and  Reading  in  the 

Secondary  School  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  122,  202 

Introduces  students  to  die  theory  and  research  on  teaching  literature  and  reading 
in  die  secondary  school.  Reviews  reader-response  literary  theory  and  classroom- 
based  research  on  teaching  literature.  Also  reviews  socio-psycholiuguistic  reading 
dieory  and  classroom-based  research  on  teaching  reading. 

EN324  Teaching  and  Evaluating  Writing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  122,  202,  English  Education  major  or  permission 
A  study  of  modern  approaches  to  die  teaching  of  writing,  including  current 
dieories  on  the  composing  process,  as  well  as  instruction  in  evaluating,  including 
holistic  scoring.  Includes  practice  in  writing. 

EN325  Creative  Writing:  Poetry  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN221,  permission  of  instructor  based  on  samples  of  student's 
work 

This  is  a  writing  workshop  for  students  who  wish  to  focus  intensively  on  the 
writing  and  revision  of  poetry  and  on  developing  an  audience  for  one's  works. 

EN326  Creative  Writing:  Fiction  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN221,  permission  of  instructor  based  on  samples  of  student's 

work 

This  is  a  writing  workshop  for  students  who  wish  to  write  fiction  under  die 

guidance  of  an  instructor.  The  workshop  focuses  intensively  on  the  writing  and 

revision  of  prose  fiction  and  on  developing  an  audience  for  one's  works. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        153 


in  r»i  Hi,  Hilton  "I  il»  ktogJbol k"-'k-  i.-ni-isli 

PnraquiiUei  EN20S 

m,„I„  i  historical  develo] t  of  the  EiigiM  language,  ta  a  ban*  fin  ■  Ik  to 

ding  ol  modem  Ami  i I  nghi  n 

IN  i  hi  Hi.  SlnictareofEngliih  t< -til- ish 

P ritei  i   •  !0  ' 

\ troduc to  die  I Ismentalsol  language  »tudj  with  equal  i  tnphasii  on 

01  ,i   I e ng I  discourse  patti  nu  ol  I 

Ed all)  relew pica,  such  aa  applications  ol  linguistics  to  (hi  ti 

Engliah  language  «nd  literature,  varieties  ol  grammar,  and  linguiaUi  descriptions 

I  i     ind  registers  are  an  integral  pi ftl «   I  u  is  a  prerequisite 

foi  ED452:  Teaching  of  Engliah  in  the  Secondar)  School 

rot;  tdvanced  Film  f.-ol-.ish 

PiwaquUteau  EN101.208 

i  HI,  is  aclosi  examinal fi  I. ism,  and  contemporary  filma  and  film  il y  from 

.,  /arier)  of  critical  perspectives:  spectatorship,  i  mematic  audiorabip,  feminism, 

iphy,  genre,  and  i  nlun.il  itudiea,  Pays  ipei  ial  attention  to  the  treatment 
ol  women  and  Mm  an  Americans  in  film. 


EN348  African   American  [itentam  t.-iH-ish 

P roiailfai  ENI2I md  202 

I     nu,'  I-  ■  nlli    and  lw<  11,11  ll,  >  >  iilinv    Mil,  .in    \iii,  ii-.tn  In. 

taction):  includes  works  b)  Frederick  Dotanaaa,  W  r   li  I  • 

spin la  iii,l  folk  poetr)  Harriet  li  Wilson,  |i  an  Ibomi  r,  Ridtard  Wright, 

Andre)  Lordetand  [bni  Morriaon.  En^najuonbiatoricaJcsxitcxtiiidafl 
Mm, ,  inn   ippron  I, 

I  M  I'l  I  ngtish  llilil,   is  I  ii,  raton  )<  -nl-  tab 

I'mi.iiiiimi.s:  ENlZloi  122 and  202 

tianaUiioQa  to 
il,,  Authorized  Version  of  1611  and  by  tracing  some  "I  dv  majoi  influeni  i 
King  James  Bible  upon  writen  and    |  m  Engliah  oil,, 

reading  ,,l  the  majoi  narrative  and  i»,i  n,  portions  ,.l  dba  Old 

I  \  19  I  (  l.issical  literature  inTransl.iii.m  1. -Ill- Mi 

Prerequisites:  EN  122, 202 

\I.im,  tp  inge  from  ill, .si  ofa  l  najish 

literature  and  Amerii  an  lib  raturt  i  \,  1ml. , I  (I  Hi  n  d  ■    EN  1 15  prioi  to  Spring, 

1908) 


l  mi  i  rsvch, .linguistics  .le-nl-.ish 

Preracmlaitei  EN20  ! 

Paw  holinguistics  concerns  die  interrelation  between  language  system  and 

I,,  li.iM.n  andva ■  factors  of  human  psychology.  Surveys  developments  sum 

ih,  l 'i  UK.  including  relationships  between  language  and  perception,  biology, 

neaning  and  i  ognition,  as  well  as  oral  and  written  behavior.  Students  ol 
language  and  literature  maj  improve  dieit  assumptions  about  how  human  beings 

tis,  langiMfljw. 

I  Ml  I  I  SI  .Methods  and  Materials  3c-0l-3sh 

l'i.u.|iiisiii-: Juimii  standing oi  pe ssion  ,,l  il structor 

\ trodtn  in  in  to  English  .is  a  Second  Language  theorj  and  practii <    Anns  1 1 1 

Knin.il  understanding  of  current  theory  and  methods  ol  teaching  ESL;(2)  ability 
to  ..l.i  appropriate,  and  adapt  existing,  materials  lor  elementary  and  high  school 
ESI  students.  Recommended  foi  all  English  teachers  who  expect  to  have  ESL 
sin, Inns  iii  their  classes. 

EN335TheEsaaj  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202.210.21 1,  212,  213 

Pot  uses  "ii  the  creation  and  development  of  the  essay  in  English,  its  form  ami 

, mi.  ti< .in  us  beginnings  to  the  present.  Students  will  begin  by  studying 

Francis  Bacon,  the  first  English  essa)  ist,  and  follow  the  evolution  of  the  form  to 
the  present  day. 

EN336  language.  Gender,  and  Society  it  -Ol-.fsh 

Prerequisites::  EN202,juniot  standing 

Investigates  the  various  ways  that  language  ami  gender  interact  and  interact  i  in 
amines  such  questions  as:  Does  society  use  language  to  favor  one  sex 
,,\ei  the  oilier:'  Why  is  language  a  crucial  component  in  formulating  constxw  is  ol 
mast  ulinit)  and  fenuninity?  What  stereotypes  of  gender-based  language  are 
promoted  in  out  society?  How  can  we  analyze  language  to  reveal  disparate  views 
nu  lit  of  the  sexes.' 

EN337  Myth  Sc-01-Sah 

Prerequisites:  EN202  and  at  least  two  courses  from  EN210.  21  1,212,213 
Additional  prerequisites  foi  B.A.  English  majors:  EN210, 21 1,212, 213 
Examines  the  nature  and  Function  of  die  mythic  experience  and  explores  die 
archetypal  patterns  ol  myths  From  various  cultures.  (<  Iffered  as  EN370:  Myth  and 
Literature  prior  to  Spring,  1998) 

EN338  Oral  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  210,211,212,213 

Acquaints  students  with  the  nature  of  oral  composition,  the  habits  of  diought  that 
orailt)  Fosters,  and  die  particular  mode  of  awareness  die  oral  dimension  of 
literature  demands  of  an  audience  (and  awakens  in  a  reader).  At  die  conclusion  ol 
■indents  should  luvc  an  understanding  of  the  Formulaic  nature  ol  such 
purer)  oral  forms  .is  the  ballad  and  the  epic  and  an  awareness  of  the  mannei  in 
which  orality  patterns  thought  differendy  from  writing,  and  they  should  be  able  to 
detect  Oral  features  and  patterns  in  works  of  literature  from  cultures  not  primarily 
oral  but  containing  a  high  "oral  residue."  (Offered  as  EN353:  The  Oral 
Dimension  prior  to  Spring,  1998) 

f  NS44  Ethnic  American  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisnes:  EN20S  and  .u  least  two  courses  from  EN210,  211.212.213 
Additional  prerequisites  for  B.A.  English  majors:  EN210, 21 1,212, 2 1  I 
i  , 'ins,  a  concerned  w ith  ethnic  U.S.  experiences  as  expressed  in  poetry,  fiction, 
drama,  and  autobiography  The  fopit  will  vary  and  be  announced  in  advance. 
Examples  include  Asian-American,  Hispanic,  Irish-American,  |ewish-American, 
and  Native-American  literatures. 


FJN35«  FUm  Theory  1< -til- Ish 

Prerequisites:  KM  ill    208 

At rodui  nun  I. i|,,i  film  theories,  studied  in  relation  to  rcpreaetitatirc  films. 

Details  th  lationahip  between  film  produ  dm  ami  film  theory:  i.e.. 

bow  theorists  have  attempted  to  explain  what  appears  on  the  s,  reen,  ns  imp*  t, 
.mil  ns  relation  to  "reality,"  and  how  filmmakers  have  responded  t,,  tbe  works  of 

dv  oi '  .is  (wiib  the  two  s, nines  being  the  same).  Goes  lar  deeper  into 

understanding  film  than  EN208,  which  focuses  mainly  on  how  film  is  constructed 
through aeathetit  and  msiiiuiional  processes. 

I  N  I  ">  7  Major  Figures  in  Film  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN'101,208 

Simlies  major  artists  and  dieir  contributions  to  die  development  of  film  as  an  art 
form  In, in  its  beginnings  to  the  present.  Close  analyses  of  directors, 
cinematographers.  editors,  screenwriters,  or  actors-as  individuals  or  as 
representatives  ofa  movement  in  film.  The  topics  will  vary  from  semester  to 
semester;  dius,  one  semester  may  concentrate  on  a  specific  director  such  as  .Alfred 
Hitchcock;  another  semester  might  study  women  (as  directors,  actresses,  and 
editors);  and  yet  another  semester  might  study  a  collective  movement  such  as  film 
noir. 

EN385  Advanced  Women's  Literature  it  -III-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  EN202  and  for  non-majors  EN225 

Considers  issues  of  genre  and  canon  revision  and  why  particular  genres  nuv  have 
particular  appeal  for  women  writers.  While  many  of  our  readings  will  lie  b) 
"literary  women."  we  will  also  consider  works  by  women  who  were  professionals 
in  unnlitcrary  disciplines. 

EN386  Regional  Literature  in  English  Si  -ill-  ish 

Prerequisites:  EN202  and  at  least  two  courses  from  EN 2  Ml.  21  1.  212.  21  > 
Additional  prerequisites  for  B.A.  English  majors:  EN210, 21 1,212, 213 

I  o lies  die  contributions  ofa  particular  region  t,,  national  literature.  The  focus 

,,t  the  course  might  be  any  of  die  following:  Appalat  loan  writers,  local  color 
writers,  New  England  writers.  Southern  writers,  writers  of  the  American  V. 
Canadian  writers. 

EN387  Irish  Literature  i.-lil-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  EN202.  2 in.  21 1,21! 

An  introduction  to  Irish  literature  since  1 800,  with  particular  —■■[ ***■■■*  on  the 
Literary  Revival  in  the  early  twentieth  ,  ennxry.  Kev  audi, in,  include  Yeats.  1 
Svnge.  O'Casev.  Edge  w.  nth.  SomerviOe  and  Ross.  Gregory.  Beckett,  and  Hcanev. 
The  development  of  Irish  writing  will  be  examined  within  die  context*  of  Irish 
history,  language,  culture,  and  politH  B. 

EN390  Literary  Tour:  Britain  var-  tsh 

Offered  selected  summers.  For  five  weeks  during  the  first  or  second  summer 
session.  Visits  London.  Stratford,  and  Cambridge  or  <  Nlord.  as  well  as  odier 
places  important  in  English  litcrauire. 

EN391  Selected  Works  from  the  Medieval  Period  >.  -Hi-  i-h 

Prerequisites:  EN  FI.I21  or  EN122,  EN202 

Comparative  Btudy  <>t  selected  works  of  major  iiii|>ortance  per  se  and  as 

representative  of  major  diemes  of  medieval  European  hteraturc.  .Also  listed  as 

FL391. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


154       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


EN393  Romanticism  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FLI21  or  EN  122.  EN202 

Study  of  die  principal  authors  .mil  works  of  late  eighteenth-century  and  early 

nineteenth-century  Europe  and  die  unique  national  characteristics  of  die 
Romantic  movement  in  lvnc.  drama,  and  prose.  Also  listed  as  FL393. 

EN394  Nineteenth-Century  European  Novel  in  Translation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FL121  or  EN  122,  EN202 

A  survey  of  major  nineteenth-century  European  novels  in  translation  (excluding 
English),  emphasizing  the  rise  of  realism  and  naturalism  and  the  cultural, 
historical,  social,  and  artistic  relationships  between  the  various  national 
literatures.  Also  listed  as  FL394. 

EN395  Selected  Writers  from  Twentieth-Century  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FL121  or  EN  122.  EN202 

Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  or  as 

representatives  of  major  trends  in  twentieth-centurv  literature.  Also  listed  as 

FL395. 

EN396  The  Literature  of  Emerging  Nations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FL121  or  EN  122.  EN202 

A  comparative  Study  ot  a  selection  of  literature  written  in  major  European 
languages  hut  originating  in  the  nations  of  the  developing  world.  Works  will  be 
mainly  prose  fiction  (although  essay,  theater,  and  poetry  may  be  included)  and 
reflect  a  diversity  of  geographical,  cultural,  and  prior  colonial  circumstances.  Also 
listed  as  FL396. 

EN401  Advanced  Literary  Theory  and  Criticism  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202.  210,  21 1.  212.  213 

Acquaints  students  with  major  issues  and  problems  in  literary  theory.  Rather  dian 
survey  the  history  of  criticism  and  dieory.  this  course  focuses  on  modern  and 
contemporary  critical  schools  and  methods.  The  purpose  is  to  introduce  students 
to  a  select  group  of  influential  theories  and  theorists  and  how  such  dieories 
impact  tlie  way  we  read,  study,  and  teach  literature  and  cultural  studies. 

EN420  Special  Writing  Applications  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN220 

Offers  students  who  are  well  into  tlieir  disciplines  "forums"  tor  advanced  reading 
and  writing  about  the  cultural,  professional,  and  personal  uses  of  textual 
knowledge.  Students  will  read,  analyze,  and  compose  essays  that  build  meaning 
around  disciplinary  knowledge,  independent  reading,  and  personal  or 
preprofessional  experience.  They  will  be  encouraged  to  make  connections 
between  disciplinary  knowledge  and  emerging  knowledge  or  experience. 

EN422  Technical  Writing  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN322 

This  is  an  advanced  workshop/tutorial  that  provides  intensive  instruction  m 
technical  writing.  Technical  Writing  II  builds  on  the  basics  of  audience, 
readability,  proposals  and  reports,  letters,  memos,  and  resumes  which  are  covered 
in  Technical  Writing  I.  The  course  describes  die  writer's  role  in  such  areas  as 
legal  and  ethical  aspects  ol  technical  communication;  planning,  testing,  reviewing, 
and  evaluating  documents:  and  proofreading  and  editing. 

EN430  Major  British  Author  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202.  210.211.212.  213 

Examines  major  works  of  a  single  major  author,  including  biographical,  literary, 
and  cultural  contexts.  Places  die  author  within  both  intellectual/cultural  history 
and  literary  developments.  Major  author  studietl  in  a  particular  semester  to  be 
announced  in  advance. 


EN4B0  Topics  in  Film  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN  101,  208 

Selected  films  dealing  with  a  specific,  advanced  topic  will  be  viewed  and  assessed 
to  explore  the  different  roles  that  film  plays.  Topic  to  be  announced  in  advance. 

EN461  Topics  in  British  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN 202.  210.  21  I.  212.  213 

Examines  major  works  of  a  particular  topic  in  British  literature  by  focusing  on  its 
cultural  and  literary  contexts.  Topic  to  be  announced  in  advance. 

EN462  Topics  in  American  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202.  210, 21 1, 212, 213 

Examines  major  works  of  a  particular  topic  in  American  literature  by  focusing  on 
its  cultural  and  literary  contexts.  Topic  to  be  announced  In  advance. 

EN48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Vary  from  semester  to  semester  covering  such  diverse  topics  as  autobiography, 
science  fiction,  folklore,  die  political  novel,  black  theater,  etc. 

EN482  Independent  Study  var-I-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  (acuity  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


EN493  Internship 

On-the-job  training  opportunities  i 

internship  program  required. 


elated  areas.  Application  and 


var-3-12sh 
cceptance to 


Educational  and  School  Psychology 

Department  of  Educational  and 
School  Psychology 
College  of  Education 


3c-0l-3sh 

standing  in  teacher  certification 


EP202  Educational  Psychology 

Prerequisites:  PC  101.  admission  to  soph 

or  permission 

Designed  to  promote  a  better  understanding  of  the  principles  of  psychology 

governing  human  behavior,  with  particular  emphasis  on  dieir  relation  to  learner, 

learning  process,  and  learning  situation  in  an  educational  environment.  (Offered 

as  EP302  pnor  to  1992-93) 

EP281  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

EP373  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP202 

Study  of  significant  characteristics,  behavior,  and  educational  and  social  problems 
of  adolescents. 


EN432  Chaucer  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  210,  21 1.2 12.  213 

Studies  Chaucer,  his  life,  his  language,  the  development  of  bis  literarv  stvle.  and 
his  art.  with  and  through  bis  major  poetical  works.  (Offered  as  EN340  prior  to 
Spring,  1998) 

EN434  Shakespeare  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202  and  at  least  two  courses  from  EN2 1 0.  2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3 
Additional  prerequisites  for  BA  English  majors:  EN210,  21 1,  212.  213 
Studies  Shakespeare's  development  as  a  poetic  dramatist  against  background  of 
Elizabethan  stage:  examines  audience,  textual  problems,  language  imagerv.  and 
philosophy.  (Offered  as  EN341  prior  to  Spring.  1998) 

EN436  Major  American  Authors  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN202,  210.211,212.213 

Studies  in  the  literary  output  of  a  major  American  audior  or  authors  against  the 
background  oi  the  social  Mid  literary  milieus  in  which  the  works  were  created. 
Specific  subject  or  subjects  to  be  announced  by  die  instructor.  (Offered  as  EN343 
I  hi,,  i  to  Spring.  199.8) 


EP376  Behavior  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EP202 

Examination  of  emotional  and  social  aspects  of  behavior  problems  encountered  in 
classroom  situations  and  potential  remedial  techniques. 

EP377  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101.  admission  to  junior  standing  in  teacher  certification  or 

permission 

Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  major  methods  and  techniques  of  evaluation 

used  to  assess  and  report  growth,  development,  and  academic  achievement  of 

individuals  in  an  educational  environment.  Includes  interpretation  of 

standardized  test  information. 


EP378  Learning 
Prerequisite:  EP202 

Explores  learning  theories  and  educational  application  i 


3c-01-3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        / 5.5 


HMHISpr. i.sii,  l.lmali '•) g*  -  "    '    '"'' 

P Wle.  Speck  W| Ion i>""; J  or pot issuto 

(  N  !  J  ,,         ,|, ,,  ,, ,  in,  luded  in  thi  i  ilablished  i  umi  uluin  A  given  topii 

m,v0(  off'  red  und '   1"  '■''  '"l ''  "'" "  '''''"  '' S| 

;    [feredpi I)  Ibi  uppei  I" Ii  rgraduau 


i  ris.'  Independent  Mod*  v""' 

P riinP ippi hrough.dviror,fiiculty  member,  departmenl 

„„    lean  md  Provo»t'»  Office 

Students  with  interes lependenl  stud)  ofa  topi Bered  inlhe 

I lna.  |„,,| ,,  plan  "I  study  ii i "  with  >  facult)  muni" 

jj.  based  on  acad ippropriatenessandavailabffirvtf  re«nirce«. 

I  P409  Independent  Study  var-' 


EX 


Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 
Departmenl  ofSpeckl  Education  and 
Clinical  Services 
College  of  Education 


EXl  1 1  Introduce' Exceptional  Persona  3c-01-3sh 

I'ii  u,|iiisiii:  Foi  departmenl  majors  and  offii  ial  incoming  transfers  only 
Surveyi  chi  da  problems,  and  behaviot  patterns  of  any  person 

whodi  viatea  niffii  ientl)  from  " tii.iI"  to  be  considered  exi  eptional. 

osi  who  (all  intellei  tuall)  both  above  and  I  ielow  average  and 

,p,,luMl.llh..l,o,ls||,.,|k.l„h.lVlo|.,IU.o,[|„,ptlll.alK. 

neurologii  ill)  n  ipect  to  speech  patterns.  (Offered  as  EX120  prior  to  1993- 

I  \  1 1 .'  I,  pied  and  Atypical  Growth  and  Development  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisitesi  EX11  I.PCIOI 

Presents  ft lations  of  human  growth  B conception,  including  basic 

hi  ms.  up  i"  but  iioi  including  adolescence.  Considers  the  biological, 
cultural,!  ili"  stional,  and  parenting  influences  ili.it  shape  the  child,  as  well  as 

amples  of  normal  .mil  deviant  physical  and  intellectual  development. 
Oprioi  to  1993-94) 

I  VJJI  Methods  ol  leaching  Mathematics  to 

Persona  mil,  Disabilities  3c-0l-3sh 

l',,H.|llisiUv:  \l\l  .1.  KM  I  1 

Emphasises  recent  developments  in  elementary  curriculum  and  instructional 
techniques  foi  developing  concepts;  implications  of  recent  resource  developments 
and  materials  helpful  to  the  prospective  special  education  teacher.  Emphasis  is 
also  placed  on  methods  "I  helping  children  Uarn  mathematical  concepts  through 
physical  u  tivit)  and  on  «a\s  to  adapt  regular  classroom  materials  to  meet  needs 
.iii.l  abilities  of  slow  and  disabled  learners.  (( Mined  as  EX240:  Teaching 
Mathematics  l"i  the  Mentally  and  or  Physically  Handicapped  prior  to  1993-94) 

I  Kit!  Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  with  Disabilities    3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite!  Sophomore  status  or  above 

ni .  pts  of  developmental  reading  insmu  tion  ami  systematic 
.  ill  ill,  methods  of  teaching  reading  In, in  readiness  Mages  line, ugh  eighth 
prescriptive  techniques  are  included.  (Offered  as  EX251: 
i  rung  Reading  prioi  to  1993-94) 

I  VJ  i  I  Methods  of  Teaching  Content  Area  Subjects  to 

Persons  with  Disabilities  3c-01-3sh 

l'urcMiiisilcs:  1X111. GPA2.5 

Presents  methods  foi  teai  hing  science  and  social  studies  to  die  mentally  and/or 
plus,,  .ill,  handii  ipped.  Scope  and  sequence  of  content,  as  well  as  evaluative 
techniques  lot  each  content  area,  are  studied.  Integration  of  other  content  areas 
and  skill  areas  is  stressed.  Uso  stresses  teaching  in  bodi  resource  room  and  less 
restrictive  environments.  (Offered  as  EX322  prior  to  Spring.  1998) 

EX300  Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

linliisiie  Elementary  Classrooms  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  For  Early  Childhood  and  Elementary  Edui  atioii  Majors  only;  to 
In  taken  only  dining  the  semester  ol  the  designated  methods  courses 
Examim  •  thi  issui  s  associated  with  education  of  students  with  diverse  learning 
innl.iiK  those  with  disabilities  01  who  are  at  risk  for  school  failure. 
is  an  emphasis  on  special  education,  particularly  the  legal  rights  of  students 
"ill,  exceptionalities  and  their  parents,  and  the  responsibilities  ol  educators  in 
thosi  rights   ["hi  coursi  examines  the  differential  impact  of  student 
characteristics  on  elementary-level  school  performance  and  instructional  mediods 
proven  to  be  effective  in  educating  students  with  disabilities  and  learning  styje 
chffereni  i 


tl-lll-tsfl 


EX  Hit   I  dm  .in,. n  of  Minimis  with  Disabilities  in 

llnlllso,    Si il.nv   S.  Ilings  -'"I  -2*11 

Prerequisite:  Pol  Si.  ondar)  Edu.  loon  M  got    and  ..il„i,  who  •• 

n,  ii.i.  I,  i  onti  ni  fr 

Id nil.iiion  Ii  '  strong))  >' ' '"," 

tin    S i  :. 

I  ins ,  on,  i  a  uli  education  of  Much  I  I 

irt)  those  with  disahililiri  or  wh.. 
si  hool  failun 
nghis  oi  tudi 
ol  ..I,,'  tti M"     In 

imp. i,  I  ol  soldi  in  '  I,  II  ■ BO 

instructional  method   pi     en  to  hi  eflectivi  in  educating  studenti  undid 

and  learning  st\l,  difl 

KX.)2I   Methods  ol    leaching  I  .ingli.igi     \ns  In  Ci  isinis 

will,  Disabilities  t.-lll-lsh 

Prerequisites:  EXl  1  I,  EX222 1  SH254.GFA  2  5 

K,  vii  h  ol  typii  .,1    i,  I  itypi,  .1  i  ham  It  rurtii  i  ol  I  ■  inship 

io  tin  lai  "I  oniffl  of  inafl  i 

111  language  alts  foi  menially  alld/oi  plnsi,  all,  h.iuili,  ap| 

and  pus,  rip  are  im  hided;  inn  gration  ,,i  language  arts  with  a 

highlight  mi  reading  is  stressed  (Offered  ■   EX353:  Reading  andO 
Language  Arts  foi  tl"  MentaU)  «nd  oi  Physical!)  Handicapped  prior  to  16 

EX340  Introduction  to  Behavior  Management  in 

Special  Education 

Prerequisites:  EX  I  1  I.  EX  1  I  2,  EP202,  GPA2.5 

An  overview  of  systematit  behavioral  change  techniques  lor  use  with  Mudi 

variety  ol  spei  ial  edui  ation  n  ttings  ini  hiding  integrated,  <■  ntcmed, 

special  school,  and  residential.  Emphasis  ■  a  t  as<  analysis  approai  I n-aiing 

and  evaluating  behavioral  i  lunges  for  students  with  mild  to  severe  disabilities 

EX415  Preschool  Education  for  Children  with  Disabilities  ti  -Hi-  Ish 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission.  GPA  2.5 

Provides  inlormatioii  on  assessment,  intervention  strategies,  curriculum,  and 
prescriptive  planning  foi  presi  hool  children  with  disabUitii 

iiiitiit.il  majors  who  BR  specifically  interested  in  early  childhood 
education,  as  an  elei  live  lot  oilier  interested  students  in  related  fields,  ami  as  a 

priority  course  lot  E.irh  Childhood  Education  majors.  (Formerly  EX464: 

Preschool  Education  of  the  Handicapped) 

EX416  Education  of  Persons  with  Emotional  or 

Behavioral  Disorders  t.-fll-ish 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status  or  above,  ( .PA  2.5 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  emotional  and 

behavioral  disorders,  definition  and  identification  ol  die  population,  and 

educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  the  field,  including  current  issues. 

trends,  practices,  and  services.  (Formei     I  3  dally  and  Emotional 

Maladjusted) 

EX417  Education  of  Persons  with  Menial  Retardation 
or  Developmental  Disabilities 
Prerequisite:  Junior  status  or  above,  GPA  2  5 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiolog      t  mental  retardation 
and  developmental  disabUitii  j,  ini  hiding  autism.  Definition,  identification,  and 
educational  approai  hesan  discussed.  Reviews  research  in  die  field,  including 
current  issues,  trends,  practices,  and  services.  (Fonnerlj  I  \  I       Severe  and 
Profound  Retardation  and  Multiple  Disabilities) 


K-lil-»sh 


.k-lll-.tsh 


EX4 1 8  Education  of  Persons  with  Physical  or 
Multiple  Disabilities 
Prerequisite:  Junior  status  or  above,  GPA  2."> 
Focuses  on  major  dieoretical  positions  regarding  etn      i 
range  of  physical  multiple  disabilities,  die  definition  and  identification  of  de- 
population, and  educational  approaches.  Review  s  research  in  die  field,  mcluduig 
current  issues,  trends,  practn.es.  ami  services.  (Former!)  EX.430:  Physical 
Disabilities  and  Psychological  Handicaps) 

EX4 1 9  Education  of  Persons  with  Brain  Injuries  or 

Learning  Disabilities 

Prerequisite:  Juniol  status  or  above,  GPA  2.  i 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  1 1  .-cal  and 

learning  disabilities,  definition  and  identification  of  the  population,  and 

educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  the  field,  including  cur 

trends,  practices,  and  services.  (Formerly  EX45-):  The  Brain  Injured  and  die 

Learning  Disabled) 


k-ul-ish 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG 


156       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


EX425  Methods  and  Curriculum  (Mild*  Mode  rate  Disabilities)  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EX22 1,222,321, 322, 340,  GPA  2.5 

Provides  in-depth  examination  of  assessment  methods,  strategies,  and  curricula. 
Emphasizes  assessment  methods  and  strategies  used  in  a  variety  of  service  models 
that  serve  elementary-  and  secondary-level  students  with  learning  disabilities, 
behavioral  disorders,  mild  menial  retardation,  and  high-function  autism. 
(Formerly  EX450:  Methods  and  Curriculum  Planning  for  Mildly  and  Moderately 
Handicapped) 

I  \  I  f  ">  Methods  and  Curriculum  (Severe-Profound  Disabilities)       3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EX221.  222.  322,321,  340.  GPA  2.5 

Emphasizes  methods  designed  to  facilitate  the  development  of  an  integrated, 
functional,  and  community-based  curriculum  diat  will  prepare  students  for 
participation  in  a  wide  variety  ofpostschool  environments. 

EX440  Ethical  and  Professional  Behavior  lc-0l-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  permission,  GPA  2.5 
Emphasis  on  ediical  and  professional  behavior  for  student  teachers  and 
professional  employees.  Possibilities  for  and  methods  of  initiating  and  profiting 
from  postbaccalaureate  study  are  indicated.  Student  teachers  are  required  to 
complete  and  present  a  curriculum  book  regarding  each  student-teaching 
experience.  (Offered  as  EX490  prior  to  1993-94) 

EX480  Seminar  in  Special  Education  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Interested  students  may  use  this  course  for  die  pursuit  of  knowledge  regarding 
specific  concerns  of  the  exceptional  which  are  not  ordinarily  considered  in  such 
detail  during  regular  classroom  instruction.  Students  wishing  to  enroll  are 
expected  to  submit  a  written  proposal  regarding  dieir  desire  for  study  at  the  time 
permission  for  enrollment  is  sought.  With  permission,  die  course  may  be  repeated 
for  credit.  (Previous  tide:  Selected  Problems) 

EX481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  Uiat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  Uuee  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students 


Fine  Arts 

College  of  Fine  Arts 


FA281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FA481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

FA482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


FC 


Family  and  Consumer  Sciences 
Education 

Department  of  Human  Development 
and  Environmental  Studies 
College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services 


FA493  Internship 

Covers  die  areas  of  the  visual  and  performing  arts. 


var-3-12sh 


FC281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FC350  Teaching  Family  Life  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FC250,  ED242 
Corequisite:  EP302 

Emphasis  on  teaching  family  life  education  in  family  and  consumer  sciences 
classrooms  and  through  community  organizations  and  agencies.  Lessons  are 
planned  and  implemented  using  a  variety  of  instructional  methods  incorporating 
adaptations  and  modifications  for  special  needs  learners,  basic  skills,  global 
concerns,  and  use  of  a  problem-solving/decision-making  approach.  Planning  of 
content,  learning  activities,  instructional  materials,  and  evaluation  based  on  clearly 
suited  objectives  are  emphasized.  A  microcomputer  spreadsheet  is  utilized  to 
manage  a  department  budget  and  a  gradebook.  Participation  in  professional 
organization  activities  is  expected. 

FC450  Teaching  Vocational  Home  Economics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FC350 

Emphasis  is  on  teaching  vocational  family  and  consumer  sciences  in 
consumer/homemaking  and  occupational  family  and  consumer  sciences 
programs.  Federal  legislation  impacting  on  family  and  consumer  sciences  is 
analyzed  for  use  in  program  decisions.  Emphasis  is  given  to  program  development 
using  CBVE  model,  development  of  individual  learning  packets,  vocational  youdi 
organizations,  advisory  committees,  family  and  consumer  sciences  and  vocational 
educational  priorities,  professional  organizations,  proposal  development  for 
funding,  impact  on  public  policy,  marketing  family  and  consumer  sciences,  and 
development  of  a  personal  philosophy  of  family  and  consumer  sciences 
education. 

FC481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  nu  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

FC482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Upper-level  students  with  high  scholastic  achievement  pursue  tiieir  particular 
interests  outside  the  realm  of  the  organized  home  economics  education 
curriculum.  May  be  taken  more  dian  once  to  a  maximum  of  3  semester  hours. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Foundations  of  Education 

Department  of  Foundations  of 

Education 

College  of  Education 

FE202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Students  must  have  sophomore  status  and  be  enrolled  in  a  teacher 
certification  program 

Provides  an  introduction  to  some  of  die  major  traditional  and  contemporary 
philosophic  concepts  which  have  played  a  role  in  die  formation  of  educational 
policies  and  practices.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  educational  theory 
and  practice  in  such  areas  as  the  role  of  the  school  in  society,  curricular  content, 
teaching  and  learning  methodology,  educational  goals,  and  professionalism. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        157 


I  UK  IS »    I  ■'-'' 

I'.. iiltei  v  ippropriali "" 

, ;.  , ■  .1  ....  ...  ■   i wloi  i.m,| plon  topics 

ncludei I sblished I Ifj U>| *j  I-  offered 

Jlo| I >  noi h hree .Spe topii 

.,.,...} I  .'si ffercdp iril)  fbt  lowei  level  undergraduate  students. 

II  140  Orieolalio reaching  in  Urban  Center*  i.-nl-lsl. 

id mil. .  Handing  ol  lei i  and  tl iniqui  learning 

i    md I n    i  mplia  iaoi lei  itandinf  thi  orig attitudeaand 

,ii,  , .  tin  ,, i  liipn  whii  h  i  cist  bi  twi  i  n  itudi  ..is  and 

HI  nl practical  applici I  dieoretical  inl don  to 

duci n  I  ',  l.l  trips  and  guesl  speakers  will  be  emphasized 

ll  hi  Field  Experiences  in  Urban  Centers  rar-6ah 

is.  requlsiti  i  FE4  10 

Providi  ce  for  students  desiring  to  teach  in  inner-cit) 

liasiied  in.  lude  physical  characteristics  of  coi unit) 

id  md  ispiri ns  ofchildre "I  youth,  and  specialized  teachei 

i , , nag.  merit  planning,  instructi I  materials,  tea.  hing 

.      md  eval ions  Records  ..I  i prehensive  expi sinurl areas 

will  I sidered iking  field  experienci  assignments.  S(  liools  Belei  ted  I". 

student  ■  n  located  in  Pittsburgh 

ll  1 12  Interpreting  Urban/Field  Experiences  var-Ssh 

Preraquiaiteai  Fl  140,  III 

I  val flearningand  behavioi  problems  encountered  during  field 

n  urban  si  I Is.  Flexibli  apj u  h  stressed  to  em  outage  wide  range 

itioi lexploral fpsy.  hological  and  ....  iologii  .il  problems  as 

. ,  Supervision  and  guidance  for  investigating  specifi. 

problems  provided  b)  ipei  ialiats  I psyi  hology,  soi  iology.  ,n.<l  educat who 

will  hull  ii. ...  u  ..  soun  i  pi  rsonncl  giving  direi  tion.  I  nabli  s  studi  nis  i ..I ..... 

experiencea  gained  bj  teaching  in  urban  schools  widi  recent  and  pertinent 
,i  informal 

II  154  Public  School  Administration  3c-01-3sb 

Study  of  thi  develop fpubli.  school  ad :nt  organizational 

patterns  for]  .n  at  die  local,  county,  state,  and  national  levels;  and 

die  impai  tofadmimsu i  upon  the  total  educational  program. 

I  I  i "...  Issues  and  IVends  in  Education  3c-0l-3sh 
i  ritical  analysis  of  issues  and  inn,  Is  in  education  with  emphasis  on  philosophical 

i  lions  ol  topi.  ■  i  overed.  Attention  to  work  of  some  majoi 
tics  ol  education. 

II  is  I  Special  fbpics  var-1-Ssh 
Prcrequiaitei  Is  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topii  i  courses  are  ottered  on  an  experimental  oi  tempi y  basis  to 

explore  topics  thai  an  not  ....  ludi  ,1  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
ma)  In  ottered  under  an)  spe.  ial  topi,  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Spei  ial 
topics  numbered  isi  arepnniaril;  l.u  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

I  I  182  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
.  nairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  ( 'Hi.  i 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  sunk  ofa  topic  not  offered  in  the 
.  urriculun)  nut)  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  facult)  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabilit)  of  resources. 


Fl 


Finance 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal 

Studies 

Eberly  College  of  Business 


N..U-:  Ml  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  onl)  to  students  with  junior 
tl  uiding.  All  students,  regardless  ol  majoi  oi  program  affiliation,  must 
n  quisite  requirements  in  ordei  to  enroll  ibi  a  given  courw 

I  1280  Essentials  of  Finance  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  students  with  a  surve)  ..I  three  fundamental  areas  of  finance:  1) 
I  orporatt  Finance,  2)  Basil  Investment,  and  ))  Financial  Intermediation  and  the 
System.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  iuiancisJ  analysis,  planning,  and 
control;  to  the  management  (the  acquisition  and  alio.  ation)ol  funds;  and  to  the 
luiul.uiuni.ils  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  capital  budgeting.  Students  will  be 
familiarised  with  the  basic  investment  markets,  fundamental  and  technical 
and  portfolio  analysis.  Students  will  also  considei  the  influence  of 


i  fbi  Aaaa  iaii  1 1 
i  Ik  ns.  .1  ..s  ,i  Mil. shlnn  for  Fl 

I  1281  S|„  .  i.,l  i,.|mi  s  .ill-  ish 
I'm  it(|iiisiii:  \g  appropi                          ..''  nl 

Spci  i.i I  to] II.  '•  'I  ,.n   in  '  s|m  nun  n l.i I  -.1  U  ui|."r..r\  l..isis  i. 

not  in.  I.uli  .I  iii  ill.  .  itabliahed  • 
under  any  special  lopii  identity  no  more  than  threi  times  Specisl  topics] 
i 

I I  mi  iin. i  i.  -oi- Lh 

Prerequintesi  WJ202  MA214  for  btuanessmsjors;  M.2H2.  M  \2l  1  ,.i  M  VI  7 

I  ended) 

Stud]  <ii  ilu  in.  ili.nls  ofa.  iging  fiinda  on  short,  mieniicdutr.  *inl 

long  term  bast  i   I  hi  finani  ial  analysis, planning, and  control  "I  a  oorpontion 
\ls.< « oven  il  is  working  i  apital  manag m. 

II  l.'ll  I  I,,.,,,.,    II  I,  -III-  Is), 

Prerequisites!  I  1310,  uppi 

I  l  110  and  covers  topics  on  fong-tenn  external  fmaflciitg  of  the  lima, 
capita]  budgeting,  valuation  "I  tin  firm,  mergers,  intemaliona]  business  finance, 

.111(1   I.USINISS  l.lllllllS. 

FI382  Life  Insurance  t.  -nl-  uh 

Prerequisite!  IT  sin 

Comprehensive  study  ol  that  insurani  i  w  hit  Ii  provides  |it'.ic  boa  against  the 

ii.  lo     i  ausi  .1  b)  1. 1... i ....ii.,.,  ol ,  a g  i  apai  uv  Analysis  hcnefiis. 

underwriting,  rate  making,  and  I.  gal  doi  tt 

FI324  Principles  of  Investments  ).  nl-  Ssh 

Prerequisite!  FI3 10 

Analysis  of  various  types  ol  securities  and  othci  forms  ofinvestmenl  |M.ssibilities 
and  ,i  si i ii K  ,,l  sound  invi  Btmi  nl  policiea  tr. .m  a  corporate  viewpoint  ; 

influencing  the  general vemenl  ol  se.  urit)  prices  and  the  tctuni  from 

invt  sin. mis  .in  .  on 

FI355  I  in. in.  i. il  Analysis  Using  lotus  1-2-3  I.  -Ill-  )sh 

Prerequisites!  Ill-  <  i  i  [M101  and  FI3I0 

Dim  I,, I  is  ilu-  financial  students'  computer  modeling  and  analysis  skills.  Students 

will  be  taught  how  to  utilize  current  computing  n  nil  spreadsheet. 

and  other  computing  software  to  analyze,  model,  ami  solve  a  varict)  >.!  financial 

problems. 

FI385  Securities  and  Commodities  Markets  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites!  FI320,  .324 

Study  "I  tin  si nu  inn  ..I  set  urit)  and  commodity  markets;  ilu  nature  "I 
speculative  transaction  anil  methods  of  trading;  analysis  "I  prii  ing;  and  die 
nit)'  and  commoilitv  market  regulation, 

FI4I0  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  II  '■-  I 

Review  ol  ilu  entire  structure  oi  financial  insututions.  money,  and  capital  markets, 
of  which  tin  business  enterprise  is  both  a  supply  and  demand  factor,  and 
structure  and  dynamics  ol  interest-rate  movements. 

FI420  Investment  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320,  S24 

Integrates  tin  wrk  of  the  various  courses  in  die  finance  areas  and  familiarizes  the 

student  with  tin  tools  and  tet  bniques  -.1  research  in  die  different  areas  of 

investments. 

11122  Seminar  in  finance  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  II  120,  124,  seniors  only 

Primaril]  (bi  the  senior  Finance  major,  covers  topics  ui  all  areas  of  finance  by 
using  recent  articles,  cases,  discussions,  speakers,  and  a  financial  simulation  game. 

FI424  International  Financial  Management  Sc  01  desk 

Prerequisite:  FI310 

The  lin.iiuial  management  concepts,  useful  in  a  single  umntry  context,  are 
adapted  for  the  international  variables  and  constraints  caused  by  being 
iiitcniatiunal.  Proi  ides  an  insight  into  unique  issues  and  problems  the  manager  of 
the  multinational  enterprise  will  face,  such  as  working  capital  management:  capital 
budgeting  process;  financing  and  nncsung abroad:  capital  and  money  markets: 
markets:  and  risk  management. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRI  PTIONS 


1 1 IM  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  t"  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  ottered 
under  au\  special  topic  identity  rio  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 

ed  181  are  offered  primarily  lor  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

I  I  IN-'  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

FI493  Finance  Internship  var-3-I2sh 

Prerequisites:  FI320.  324.  consent  of  chairperson  and  dean 

Practical  experience  in  die  finance  field. 

Note:  Internship  FI493  can  be  taken,  if  die  student  qualifies,  as  a  general  elective. 

It  does  not  fulfill  the  major-area  elective  requirement. 


FL42 1  Language  and  Society  3c-0l-3sh 

Considers  salient  facts  of  Language  and  its  role  in  society  and  culture.  Language 
families,  linguistic  change,  and  reciprocal  influences  of  culture  and  language  are 
presented. 

FL482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  facult)  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  ill  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Fashion  Merchandising 

Department  of  Human  Development 
and  Environmental  Studies 
College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services 


Study  Abroad  and  Comparative 
Literature  (Foreign  Language) 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


FL 1 00  Study  Ahroad  var- 1  - 1 2sh 

Registration  mechanism  and  limited  credit  arrangement  as  provided  in 
preapproval  process  for  Study  Abroad  programs  coordinated  through  the 
International  Affairs  Office. 

FL121  Humanities  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  works,  authors,  and  genres  of  general  literary 
significance  in  die  Western  tradition.  Not  organized  historically  but  trains  the 
student  in  the  critical  reading  and  appreciation  of  literature  from  the  present  and 
other  periods.  Authors,  works,  and  diemes  are  studied  with  respect  to  cultural 
context,  aesdietic  form,  and  thematic  significance.  Taught  in  English.  Substitutes 
forEN121. 

FL39 1  Selected  Works  from  the  Medieval  Period  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FLI21  or  ENI22,  EN202 

Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  and  as 
representative  of  major  diemes  of  medieval  European  literature.  Also  listed  as 
K.N  191. 

FL392  Renaissance/Baroque/Classical  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FL121  or  EN122,  EN202 

Literary  works  representing  various  genres  from  bodi  periods  are  studied  and 
compared  for  dieir  themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  features,  applying  principles  set 
forth  in  H.  Wolffin's  Renaissance  and  Baroque. 

FL393  Romanticism  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FL121  or  ENI22.  EN202 

Study  ol  the  principal  audiors  and  works  oflate  eighteendi-  and  early  nineteenth- 
century  Europe  and  the  unique  national  characteristics  of  die  Romantic 
movement  in  lyric,  drama,  and  prose.  Also  listed  as  EN393. 

FL394  Nineteenth-Century  European  Novel  in  Translation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FL121  or  EN122,  EN202 

A  survey  of  major  nineteenth-century  European  novels  in  translation  (excluding 
English),  emphasizing  the  rise  of  realism  and  naturalism  and  die  cultural, 
historical,  social,  and  artistic  relationships  between  the  various  national 
literatures.  Also  listed  as  EN394. 

FL395  Selected  Writers  from  Twentieth-Century  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FL121  or  EN122,  EN202 

( '.<  miparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  or  as 
representatives  of  major  trends  in  twentiedi-century  literature.  Also  listed  as 
EN  195. 

FL396  The  Literature  of  Emerging  Nations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN/FL121  or  EN122.  EN202 

A  comparative  study  of  a  selection  of  literature  written  in  major  European 
languagi  s  but  originating  in  die  nations  of  the  developing  world.  Works  will  be 
mainly  prose  fiction  (aldiough  essay,  theater,  and  poetry  may  be  included)  and 
reflect  a  diversity  of  geographical,  cultural,  and  prior  colonial  circumstances.  Also 
Hsnd  as  EN396. 


FM 1 10  Introduction  to  Fashion  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  aesthetic,  cultural,  sociopsychological.  and  economic  factors  related  to 
the  meaning  and  use  of  clothing  for  the  individual  and  society.  (Offered  as  CS216 
prior  to  1996-97) 

FM1 12  Fundamentals  of  Clothing  Construction  lc-31-3sh 

Principles  and  techniques  involved  in  fundamental  clothing  construction  and 
fitting  are  analyzed.  Directed  Laboratory  experiences  provide  an  opportunity  to 
solve  individual  problems  in  garment  structure  through  die  application  of 
principles.  (Offered  as  CS1 12  prior  to  1996-97) 

FM212  Advanced  Clothing  Construction  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FM1 12  or  placement  (by  exam) 

Principles  of  advanced  fitting  and  clothing  construction  are  applied  and  analyzed. 
Offered  even  years,  fall  semester.  (Offered~as  CS212  prior  to  1996-97) 

FM252  Aesthetics  of  Fashion  1  c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 

The  study  of  contemporary  apparel  design  and  the  relationship  of  design 
elements  and  principles  to  personal  characteristics  and  social/professional 
orientation.  (Offered  as  CS252  prior  to  1996-97) 

FM281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FM303  Visual  Merchandising  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR120  or  equivalent 

Designing  and  arranging  of  display  and  selling  areas  in  relationship  to 
merchandising  trends  and  consumer  demands.  Emphasis  on  promotion 
techniques  and  merchandise  sales  dirough  effective  use  of  space,  design,  and 
color.  (Offered  as  CS303  prior  to  1996-97) 

FM3 1 4  Textiles  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHI 02  or  permission 

Analyses  of  textile  components  of  fiber,  yarn,  fabrication,  finishes,  and  color  with 
emphasis  upon  consumer  acquisition,  use.  and  satisfaction.  (Offered  as  CS314 
prior  to  1996-97) 

FM350  Apparel  Industry  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FM]  10.  completion  of  57  semester  hours 
Introduces  the  student  to  the  design,  production,  and  distribution  of  apparel, 
including  primary  textile  markets;  women's,  men's,  and  children's  wear; 
accessories;  fashion  centers:  retailers  of  fashion:  apparel  wholesale  selling  process: 
fashion  store  image:  and  future  trends.  (Offered  as  CS350  prior  to  1996-97) 

FM357  Global  Issues  in  Textiles  and  Apparel  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EC  1 2 1 

The  study  of  the  global  textiles  and  apparel  industry  with  emphasis  on  the  l\S. 
textile  complex  and  die  U.S.  market  within  an  international  context. 

FM385  Ready-lo-Wear  Analysis  lc-31-Ssh 

Prerequisites:  FM1 12,  350 

An  examination  and  evaluation  of  die  qualit)  of  ready-to-wear  apparel  through 

construction,  stvle.  fit.  marketability,  and  price.  (Offered  as  CS3S5  prior  to  1996- 

97) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        1.59 


FM433  Study  Tour  bullish 

Prerequisite:  Uppei  level  standing 

I  Ipportunit)  is  provided  to  visit  business  esublisl ms  and  <  ultural  i     iti 

t en  led  Willi  ItOUSI  hold  I  qui] nl    Itn  nisliings.  textiles,  clothing,  .mil  housing 

in  Aim  i is  well  .is  abroad,  Musi  inns,  fai  i s.  deaignera'  showrooms, 

.lisiiil.iiin.il  centers,  stores,  cultural  eventa I  seminars  are  included  *  oursi 

ma)  I"  repeated  foi  a  total  of 6  semestei  hours.  (This  course  is  cross  listed  as 

is  nn  ;  I 

KM  It  I  Quality  Control  in  Textiles  2c-21-Ssh 

Prerequisite!  FM3 1  I 

I''.'  lit  il  properties  i  xplored  il nl'  mi<  roscopic  examination  and  use  ..I  textile 

testing  equi] ml  foi  Pal inalysis  ii  HI.  n  .1  as  I  S4S4  pi 19  II 

FM450  Apparel  Industry  II 
Prerequisites!  FM350  .mil  Liberal  Studii 

Introduces  il"  studi  nl  to  thi handis 

organization,  buying  responsibilities,  tech 
insiiiiiii..jis.  resident  lm\  ing  offic 


ll-Ol-.fsh 

s  math  requirements 

ngand  1 11.. hi.. in. n  of  apparel,  including 

liques I  resources:  v. is  retail 

dollai  plan g  and  1  ontrol,  apparel 


merchandise  assortment  planning,  apparel  buying  practices,  application  ..I 
apparel  planning  and  buying,  and  apparel  advertising  .mil  promotion,  (<  MS  reds 
CS450prioi  1..  1996-97) 

I'M  153  Flat  Pattern  Design  I < -ll-.lsh 

Prerequisite:  I'M  I  12  or  212 

Cainiinl  design  .11 1 111  veil  In  nsi  of  flat  |  i.iltii  n  let  Imn  jui.  s.  An  understanding  is 
developed  of  the  interrelationship  of  garment  design,  figure  analysis,  fabrii  .I'm. 
.mil  construction  pro<  esses.  1  Ifiered  even  years,  spring  semester,  (<  iSered  as 
prior  to  1996-97) 

I  \l  156  Historic  Costume  3c-01-3ah 

( Ihronological  stud)  nl  historic  costume  from  ancient  I :s  tothe  present  day 

with  emphasis  on  the  effeel  ..I  aesthetii .  economic .  geographic,  political,  religious, 
.mil  social  factors  upon  the  design  nl  1  billing  worn.  ((  HI.  ml  as  I IS456  prioi  1.. 
1996  9  1 

FM457  Historic  Textiles  3c-01-3sb 

Prerequisite:  I'M  ill  or  with  permission 

A  stud)  ..I  ilu  developmenl  of  textiles  111  prehistoric,  ancient,  medieval,  .mil 

lem  history  with  special  emphasis  mi  Western  European  .mil  American 

textiles. 

FM-tSO  Seminar  in  Fashion  Merchandising  (c-Ol-.fsli 

Prerequisite:  Senioi  standing 

Knowledge  gained  in  major  ami  additional  requiremenl  courses  is  applied  m 

1111ln11lu.il  careci  glials.  Students  ha\c  tin  upportunit)  to  pursue  related  areas  not 
direct!)  .  overed  m  previous  coursework,  with  emphasis  upon  independent 
research, analytical  thinking,  and  con mication  skills. 

FM481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropt  iate  i"  course  content 

Spei  11I  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  tin  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
ma)  In  offered  undei  am  special  topii  identit;  no  more  than  three  tunes.  Spit  ial 
topics  n bered  481  are  primarily  lor  upper-level  undergraduate  students, 

FM  182  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  facult)  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  t  IfEce 

I'.uih  11l.11  consume!  ,  onsiderations  are  independendy  investigated  in  the  area  of 
housing,  home  equipment,  interior  design,  clothing,  .tmi  textiles,  ot  in  the 

management  ..I  resoun  es.  C s,  ma)  be  repeated  Ibi  .1  total  ..t  3  semester  hours. 

Students  meet  with  a  facult)  member  at  least  5  hours  per  semestei  hour. 


FN 


Food  and  Nutrition 

Department  nl  I  ...nl  and  Muti  itiori 
( lollege  nl  I  lealth  and  I  luman 

Sen  H  1 8 


I  \  I  Id  (  an  .is  in  I  mid  and  Nlllritillll  It-tll-lsli 

1  .11. ,  1  possibilities  foi  nutt n  ■ 

.  tarifying  theii  professional  k,,jIs  and  will  bet  01 quainti  .1  with  the 

educal .il  and  experiential  n  qui 

I'M  It  Nutrition  and  Wellness  t, -III.  Isl, 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  major  components  ol  n 
nutrition  issues  as  the)  relati  to  personal  food  choices,  physics 

I,  AIDS,  and  sufa  '  I 
Completion., I  I  \  I  I  i  fulfills  till    I 

requirement 

I'M!)  Introduction  to  Nutrition  It -III-  fsh 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  of  1     ential  nutrients  s tl 

1 1 11  body,  as  well  asthi  changing  nutritional  needs  of  an  individual  througho 

lifespan.  Includes  the  unpact  of  exercise  and  I Id  K 

p.. sin, .11.  ami  weight  1  ontrol;  nutrition  misinformation! 

commercially  prepared  1 ls;andraajot  diseases  that  are  affected  h 

behaviors. 


lc-tll-(sh 


FN150  Foods 

Prerequisite  (..r  concurrently):  CH102 

Basil  print  ipli  1  "I  food,  to  Includt  composition,  sanitation,  preparation,  ami 

preservation. 

FN151  Foods  I  aim 1  ,.i...  1  tl, .  j|.  I  sh 

Prerequisite  (01  I  oni  unt  ntl)  |:  FN]  ".II 
Application  ..I  basic  principles  ol  food  preparation. 

FN212  Nutrition  lc-01-Kh 

Prerequisite:  CHI  112  or  112 

Sources  and  functions  ol  nutrients,  mterdependem  i    if  dietary  essi  ritials.  and 

nutritive  value  ol  an  optimum  diet  are  studied.  Attention  given  to 

conditions  in  human  life. 

I  N2I.I  life  Cycle  Nutrition  I,  -ill-  Isl, 

Prerequisite:  FN212 

A  detailed  sunk  ,.!  nutrition  "huh  applies  information  from  FN212:  Nutrition  to 
all  stages  of  die  life  cycle:  current  issues  and  research  as  they  impact  on  these 
developmental  stages. 

FN245  Sports  Nutrition  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN  1 45  or  212 

Emphasizes  knowledge  and  application  ..l  spmts  nutrition  principles.  The  impact 
of  die  macro-  and  micro-nutrients  on  physical  performance  "ill  be  dim  nssed  in 
Light  ol  iiirreni  scientific  research  and  applied  to  realistic  dietary  recommendation 
for  all  types  and  levels  of  athletes. 

FN281  Special  Topics  ,  ar-  I  -ish 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  t..  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  e\pl.  m 
that  are  not  Included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topk  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times  5] 
numbered  281  are  tillered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FN355  Nutrition  in  Disease  I  i.  "I-  ish 

Prerequisites:  BI155,CH102,  FN212 

Basic  tools  lor  diet  modification:  food  exchange  systems:  interviewing  techniques: 

nutrition  assessment;  professional  practice;  dietary  treatment  ofinjury,  surgery, 

recovery,  obesity,  and  diabetes.  Nutrition  support.  Food  sampling 

Fall  semester. 

FN357  Special  Problems  in  Foods  lie- 11-  ish 

Prerequisite:  FN  150 

Individual  problems  in  foi  d  with  emphasis  on  idem  I 

in  die  student's  knowledge  of  food. 

FN362  F.xperimental  Foods  J.-il-ish 

Prerequisites:  FN  150.  I  N212.  CHID2.  or  CHI  12 

The  experimental  stud)  offoods,  relating  chemical  and  ph)  - 

reactions  and  processes  occurring  in  food  -> 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    199? 


1 60       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


FN364  Methods  of  Teaching  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites)  FN3 1 3  and  HR356  or  concurrently 

Current  leaching  techniques  and  resource  materials  in  nutrition  education 

emphasized.  Both  classroom  teaching  and  on-the-job  training  programs  are 

included. 

FN402  Community  Nutrition  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN212 

Nutritional  implications  of  both  good  and  poor  nutrition  for  all  age  groups  in 
home  and  community  situations  are  studied.  Corrective  and  preventive  measures 
emphasized.  Spring  semester. 

FN4I0  Food.  Nutrition,  and  Aging  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Jin  ilm i  status 

Relationship  of  (bod  to  health  maintenance  and  special  dietary  problems  during 

the  middle  and  later  years. 

FN430  Professional  Topics  in  Food  and  Nutrition  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN355,  FN364,  HR356,  and  PC101 

Topics  include  promoting  food  and  nutrition  services  and  programs,  career 
planning  and  development,  ethical  challenges  to  dietitians,  quality  assurance 
standards,  and  impact  on  the  legislative  process. 

FN444  Food  Composition  and  Biochemistry  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CH255 

Basic  chemistry  and  biochemistry  of  essential  components  of  food  originating 
from  plan!  and  animal  sources. 

FN447  Nutritional  Aspects  of  Food  Technology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN212  and  BI232;  junior  status 

Study  of  current  known  effects  of  food  processing  techniques  on  die  nutritional 
value  and  safety  of  foods. 

FN455  Nutrition  in  Disease  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FN355 

Dietary  treatment  of  disorders  of  the  gastrointestinal,  renal,  cardiovascular,  and 
hepatic  systems;  inborn  errors  of  metabolism:  allergies:  cancer.  Therapeutic 
quackery.  Food  sampling  experiences.  Spring  semester  only. 

FN458  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH351  or  255  or,  concurrently,  FN212,  BI155 
In-depth  study  of  the  nutrients  and  their  functions  within  die  cell.  Incorporation 
of  the  principles  of  physiology  and  biochemistry  in  the  study  of  nutrition. 
Emphasis  on  <  urrent  research  and  evaluation  of  research  methodology. 

FN461  Microwave  Cooking  Technology  2c-2l-3sh 

Stud)  ol  die  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  the  microwave  oven. 
Basic  physical  and  chemical  concepts  related  to  microwave  cooking  are  included. 
Individual  investigative  research  problems  are  required. 

FN462  Advanced  Experimental  Foods  lc-4l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN362,  CH231 

An  experimental  approach  to  the  many  factors  influencing  the  chemical  and 
physical  properties  of  food.  Use  of  die  scientific  mediod  in  developing  an 
individual  project  combining  an  evaluation  of  current  literature  and  appropriate 
sensory  and  analytical  methodology. 

FN463  Nutrition  Counseling  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN355,  PC101,  FN455  or  concurrendy 

I  se  i  it  intervention  strategies  in  prevention  and  treatment  of  disease  through  diet. 
Supervised  practicura  (3  hours  per  week)  counseling  clientele  in  normal  and 
therapeutic  nutrition. 

FN464  Food  and  Nutrition  Research  Methods  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FN362,  458,  CH351,and  MA217 

Introduction  to  research  methodology  in  foods  and  nutrition.  Includes  dieory  and 
techniques  ol  physical,  chemical,  and  instrumental  analysis.  Applications  of  diese 
methods  to  food  and  animal  models  with  statistical  analysis  of  data. 

FN470  Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  social  science  course  and  junior  standing 
Exploration  ol  human  food  consumption  behaviors  from  food  production  to 
individual  and  societal  consumption  patterns.  Influencing  factors  which  will  be 
Jim  ussed  unlink  agronomic,  economic,  geographic,  sociologic,  nutritional, 
political,  and  psychological  factors.  The  ethics  and  morality  of  food  distribution 
w  ill  Ik  discussed.  Students  may  not  enroll  in  this  course  if  they  have  taken  the 
section  LS499  that  corresponds  to  this  course. 


FN481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

FN482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office;  must  have  earned  60  semester  hours 
Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  ofa  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

FN484  Senior  Seminar  lc-0l-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  status,  FN458.  464  or  concurrendy 
Emphasis  on  individual  review  of  food  and  nutrition  literature  widi  formal 
presentation  and  discussion  of  current  research. 

FN493  Internship  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  have  earned  57  semester  hours 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  work  away  from  the  university  in  supervised  job 
situations  at  healdi  care  facilities,  restaurants,  or  odier  institutional  food  service  or 
lodging  establishments.  Objective  is  to  provide  students  widi  job-related 
experiences.  Must  meet  university  internship  requirements. 

Note:  White  uniforms  including  white  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  courses 
where  food  is  prepared.  Students  must  meet  the  professional  dress  requirements 
of  die  department. 


French 

Department  of  French 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 


FR101  Bask  French  4c-0l-4sh 

For  die  student  beginning  the  study  of  French  or  who  needs  remedial  study 
before  beginning  the  intermediate  sequence.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  die  mastery 
of  French  pronunciation  and  oral  communication.  Students  will  learn  to  converse 
in  simple  present  time  and  become  acquainted  widi  location  of  Francophone 
populations  and  elements  of  dieir  daily  lives.  Attendance  and  Foreign  Language 
Learning  Center  practice  is  required. 

FR201  College  French  I  3c-0l-3sh 

The  initiation  of  college-level  master)'  of  basic  language  skills  and  exposure  to 
cultural  materials.  Supplements  beginners*  oral  competency  widi  more  advanced 
reading  and  writing.  Emphasis  on  narration  in  die  past.  Efforts  are  made  to 
practice  skills  and  comprehend  texts  in  audientic  cultural  contexts.  Liberal 
Studies  elective  credit  is  given  for  tiiis  course. 

FR202  College  French  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR201  or  equivalent 

This  course  continues  die  college-level  master)'  of  language  skills.  The  ability  to 
narrate  present  and  past  is  intended  to  express  opinion  and  hypothesis.  Emphasis 
is  on  acquiring  greater  skill  in  reading  literary  and  cultural  texts.  Liberal  Studies 
elective  credit  is  given  lor  Uiis  course. 

FR203  Accelerated  College  French  6c-0l-6sh 

Develops  listening  and  speaking  skills  through  an  immersion  method.  Students 
use  present,  past,  and  future  to  indicative  tenses  in  intensive  aural/oral  interaction 
and  are  expected  to  make  use  of  the  audio  and  video  capabilities  of  the  Foreign 
Language  Learning  Center  on  a  weekly  basis.  Liberal  Studies  elective  credit  is 
given  for  tliis  course. 

FK '25:1  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation  3c-0l-3sh 

Intermediate  course  in  grammar,  reading,  composition,  and  some  oral  work.  Can 
substitute  for  or  be  in  addition  to  FR202  for  majors  or  serious  students. 

FR254  Civilization  of  Modern  France  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR202  or  equivalent 

Study  of  modern  French  culture  and  civilization— social  institutions,  government, 
industry,  economics,  and  geography.  Development  of  all  language  skills  for  use  in 
business  situation  in  French-speaking  environment.  Emphasis  on  acquisition  of 
an  active  knowledge  of  die  business  world. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


FR28J  Special  topics  *..i-l-.M, 

Prerequisite)  U  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topii  8  are  ofli  red experimental  <>i  temporary 

thai  in  ii"i  in'  lut li  A  in  ilu  established  i  urrii  ulura    \  givi  n  topii  ma;  b<  off  n  i  < 

iiiuli-i  anj  special  to] I.  nun.  i i.  rJian  threi  nuns.  Spa  ial  topii  i 

numbi  red  281  an  ofti  n  d  primarily  foi  lowi  i  It  vt  I  undi  rgraduate  students. 

IrUOl  Portraits oi  Women  in  tb<  French  Novel  3c-01-5sh 

Explores  the  polarity  "I  tin  treatim  nl  ^l  F<  rnali  ■  harai  U  rs  in  tin  Fn  rn  h  novel. 

Explores  diffcrencei  of  treatment  bj  mail  and  feinaii  writers  di 

vi i velists.  Provides  a  <  lironologii  al  survej  of  die  development  of  th<  novel 

in  France  J hi  leventeenth  todu  twendeth  centuries. 

FR3S1  Intermediate  French  Conversation  Jt-Ol-.Mi 

Prerequisite.  FR202 

Emphasis  will  lx  placed  on  di  vi  lopmenl  ol  coi mication  skills,  vocabulary. 

anddiscoursi  strategies    Vctiviiies includi  d  .lions,  video  and 

audio-based  Listening  c prehension,  and  role  play  and  other  simulations, 

FILM 1  French  Grammar  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR202 

Students  will  review  and  refim  theii  luiov<  ledge  <>l  French  grammaricaJ  strui  tun 
including  quest formation,  description,  comparison,  and  present  and  past 

iLitr.it ,  Emphasis  is  plai  ed  on  written  expression. 

FR353  Intermediate  French  Composition  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR202 

Includes  intensive  practice  in  written  expression  in  French.  I  tnphasis  is  placed 

on  the  developmenl  nl  communicative  skills  as  well  as  know  L<  dgi  ol  French 
strut  ture,  raughi  in  Fn  rich, 

n-tn-.Mi 


I  IU5  I  Business  French 
Prerequisite:  FR254  or  pi 
Studyofpiindple3andp. 
and  administrative  pro<  edi 


rnication  in  French  set  retarial 
ilu  planning  and  writing  ol 
lusiness lecoi ics. 

Jc-Ol-.ish 


FRS70  Introduction  to  French  Literature 
Prerequisitei  FRS  11  01  153 

Designed  to  develop  students'  French  reading  skills,  toprovidi  I for  literar] 

interpretation  ol  texts,  and  to  introduce  tnajoi  Literar)  works  of  France  .mil  the 
French-speaking  world. 

FRS  73  French  Civilization  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisitei  FR202 

t  lovers  the  historical  developmi  nl  ol  I  rent  h  high  i  ulture  i  Kclusive  of  literary 

(i.e.,  prose,  poetry,  theater)  of  polidcal  and 

intellectual  history,  music,  art,  and  architecture.  Certain  content  areas  will  receive 
Bpecial  emphasis  .11  die  instrw  tor's  discretion. 

FRS75  French  Literature  from  Medieval  through  I  Till  Century        3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisite:  FR370 

tntrodui  es  students  to  die  majoi  d<  velopments  in  French  literature  and  thought 
hum  the  Medieval  dirough  die  seventeenth  century.  Includes  an  overview  ol 
major  French  literary  genres:  novel,  poetry,  and  dieater,  [leadings  and  discussion 
are  in  French. 

FR376  French  Literature  from  IStli  through  ^lltli  Century  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FR370 

Introduces  students  to  majoi  developments  in  French  literature  and  thought  from 

the  eighteenth  centur)  todu  present.  Includes  an  overview  ofmajoi  French 

literar)  genres:  novel,  poetry,  and  dieater.  Readings  and  discussion  will  be  in 

French 

FR-131  Advanced  French  Conversation  Sc-nl-.Ssli 

Prerequisitei  FR331 

Builds  on  the  communication  skills  acquired  in  FR331.  Focuses  on  die 
development  ol  advanced  rocabular)  and  discourse  strategii  s.  Ictivities  will 
include  in-depdi  discussion  and  debate  .'I  current  events  and  real-life  problems. 

FR432  French  Phonetics  and  Phonology  ic-ol-.fsh 

Prerequisite:  FR331  01  equivalent 

Presents  a  m  to  the  sound  system  of  French  and  provides  training  in 

standard  French  pronunciation.  Basil  issues  on  phonological  theorj  and 
description  will  be  examined.  Students  will  refine  their  own  pronunciation  of 
French  through  classroom  pra<  rice,  oral  presentations,  and  tape  recordings. 


i  it  i  ii  Advanced  I h  <■> ■  i.  -ul  Mb 

I'll  liqllisiti  :  I  K  i  I  I 

ill  build  upon  their  pn     an    lui    vled|    of  I  i  ar,  widi  a 

iew  to  peril 

in,  hull  i  ompli  ubjum  im  .  hj  p< 

i :.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  written  expression. 

IK  ii.ii  siuili,  ■  in  I,,  I,,  l,  I  iteratnre  h  -nl-  m, 

Prerequisitei  I  K  175  "i  176 

led  syllabus  permitting  instructors  and  studei 
explore  areas  of  special  u  literature  and  culture.  Content  will  vary 

according  to  the  instructo  ill  be  conducted 

in  In m  li  or  English  ai  the  instrtu  tor*!  dist  retion 

IK  id-  Studies  in  French  I  .m^n.iy  and  Linguistics  t<  -nl-  ish 

Prerequisite:  FR353  m  equivalent 

Students  will  explore  sunn  topii  reh van!  i"  I  rem  li  language  and  linf 
Possible  topics  include:  Freni  li  around  the  world,  historj  ol  the  I  pent  li  1 1 
French  applied  linguistics.  (Tui.il  pages  read  in  French  lor  the  coum  should  be 
more  than  150.) 

FR463  Studies  in  French  Culture  and  Civilization  )c-ol-  )sh 

Prerequisitei  FR 

Vspei  tsofi  hi  rent  Freni  li  >  ulture  and  <  kvilization  will  be  explored  and  a*.-.' 
particular!)  in  relation  t"  French  governmental  and  cultural  institutions. 

IKlsi  Special  Topics  rar-l-3ah 

Prerequisitei  As  appropriate  i in tent 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  oi  temporal)  basis  to  explon 
that  an-  noi  included  in  the  established  currii  ulum.  A  given  topic  may  Ik.-  oSered 
underan)  special  topii  identit)  n re  than  three  times. 

FR482  Independent  Study  >ar-l- Jsh 

Prerequisitei  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairpi  rson,  dean,  and  Provost's  t  >ffii  c 

Students  «  iili  interest  in  independent  siucl\  nl  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  ol  stud)  in  conjuoi  tion  with  a  facult)  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academii  appropriateness  and  availability  of  revuirccs.  An 
opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  anatysu  "I  somi  topii  dealing  with  die 
French  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 

FR493  Internship  var-3-I2sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  "I  study  in  France 

ised  field  experience  in  France  with  approved  public  agencies  and 
institutions  oi  private  Brms;  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  one 
month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  i  losely  as  possible  with  the  iiiicni's  personal 
interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more  information,  contact  die  director  of  die 
[nti  i  nship  U>road  Program. 


Geography 

Department  of  Geography  and 

Regional  Plaiinmo, 

College  of  Humanities  and  Socia] 

Sciences 


GE101  Introduction  to  Geography:  Human  Environmenl  3c-0l-3sh 

Throughout  history,  human  hie  and  society  have  been  shaped  by  die  physical 
environment.  today,  human  activity  threatens  thai  environment.  The  relauonslup 

between  humans  and  environment  is  examined  in  the  context  of  the  surface 

)es  "1  weather,  climate,  plate  tectonics,  population  distribution,  and  soil 
formation.  Topics  include  agriculture,  acid  rain,  global  wanning,  deforestation. 
arion,  erosion,  volcanism,  and  pollution. 


GE 1 02  Geography  of  United  States  and  Canada  3c-0l-3sh 

The  cultural  landscape  ol  Norrh  America  is  studied.  The  rclauonship  between 
man  ami  environment  is  examined  and  spatial  patterns  of  environment,  economy, 
society,  and  politics  arc  considered. 

GF104  Geography  of  the  Non-Western  World  3c-0l-3sh 

Relates  theories  of  the  discipline  of  geography  to  problems  in  die  developing 
world.  Emphasi  omponenls  ol  dependency  theory,  indigenous 

versus  industrial  strategies  of  resource  management:  world  systems  dicory.  spatial 

s  of  colonialism:  and  development  economics,  dieories  of  migration,  and 
urban  structure  to  explore  causes,  cbaractensucs.  and  consequences  of 
underdevelopment 


INDIANA    U  ' .  OFPENNs  NOfRGR ADUATE    CAT: 


162       COURSE 


DESCRIPTIONS 


GE213  Cartography  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  students  to  principles  of  thematic  map  construction.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  techniques  of  choropleth  mapping  and  the  production  of  scientific  graphs  and 
charts.  (Also  offered  as  RP213;  may  nol  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

GE230  Cultural  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduction  to  cultural  geography,  including  population,  settlement,  historical, 
urban,  and  political  geography,  human  relationships  with  the  natural 
em  ironment,  and  the  literature  and  methods  of  cultural  geography. 

GE231  Economic  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduction  u,  ^-i .graph ir  concepts, methods, and  skills  related  to  spatial 
patterns  of  production,  consumption,  and  exchange  over  the  earuYs  surface. 

GE24 1  Physical  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical  geography  including  the  study  of  weather,  climate,  soils, 
vegetation,  landforms.  energy  cycles,  and  die  hydrologic  cycle. 

GE251  Geography  of  Pennsylvania  3c-0I-3sh 

Regions  of  Pennsylvania  are  examined  in  detail  to  identify  man-environment 
relationships.  Soils,  topography,  climate,  vegetation,  population,  and  economic 
patterns  are  studied. 

GE252  Geography  of  Latin  America  3c-0l-3sh 

Impact  of  rapid  population  growth  and  economic  development  on  the 
environment  and  spatial  organization  of  Latin  America  are  considered.  The 
resource  base  and  cultural  heritage  of  the  region  are  studied. 

GE253  Geography  of  Europe  3c-0l-3sh 

Investigates  relationships  underlying  land  use.  dominant  international  problems. 
boundary  disputes,  and  regional  complexes  of  the  European  continent. 

GE254  Geography  of  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Sphere  3c-0l-3sh 

Examines  the  Russian  Republic  and  the  former  Soviet  empire  including  die  new 
nations  emerging  from  the  U.S.S.R.  and  former  satellite  nations.  Setdement 
patterns,  economics,  cultures,  and  physical  environments  are  studied. 
Contemporary  topical  emphasis  is  placed  on  efforts  at  transformation  from 
communist  to  market  economics  and  the  geo-political  status  of  the  new  nations. 
(Offered  as  Geography  of  U.S.S.R.  prior  to  1995-96) 

GE255  Geography  of  Africa  3c-0l-3sh 

Systematic  survey  of  the  physical,  economic,  political-historical,  and  cultural 
geography  of  the  continent  is  followed  by  regional  studies  of  countries  and 
peoples  in  Africa,  south  of  the  Sahara. 

GE256  Geography  of  East  Asia  3c-0l-3sh 

Studies  China,  Japan.  Korea.  Outer  Mongolia,  Taiwan.  Geographic  background 
for  development  and  wise  use  and  restoration  of  natural  resources  are  dealt  with. 

GE257  Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia  3c-0l-3sh 

India,  Pakistan.  Bangladesh,  Sri  Lanka,  Burma,  Thailand.  Laos,  Cambodia. 
Vietnam.  Malaysia,  and  Indonesia  are  studied  with  special  attention  to  regional 
similarities  and  differences,  particularly  as  they  pertain  to  human  adjustment. 

GE281  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students.  (May 
also  be  offered  as  RP281:  may  not  be  taken  as  duplicate  credit  under  same  tide) 

GE3 13  Cartography  II  3e-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE213 

Gives  an  understanding  of  the  compilation  and  use  of  maps  and  quantitative  data. 
Develops  skills  essential  to  die  construction  of  various  types  of  maps.  (Also 
offered  as  RP313;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

GE314  Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3c-0l-3sh 

Maps  and  air  photographs,  along  widi  remote  sensing  materials,  permit  inventory, 
and  analysis  of  geologic,  land  use.  urban  development,  and  other  landscape 
phenomena.  The  understanding  of  these  materials  and  associated  tools  for  their 
use  is  presented.  (Also  offered  as  RP3 1 4;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

GE316  Introduction  to  Geographic  Information  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GE213.  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Automated  methods  for  creating,  maintaining,  and  analyzing  spatial  data  are 
presented.  Topics  include  1 )  specialized  GIS  hardware  and  software.  2)  vector  vs. 
raster  vs.  object-oriented  spatial  data  structures.  3)  creation  and  manipulation  of 
geographic  data  files.  4)  data  base  design  and  management  concepts.  5)  spatial 


analysis,  and  6)  cartographic  design.  (Also  offered  as  RP316;  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit)  (Offered  as  GE416:  Computer-Assisted  Cartography  prior  to 
1995-96) 

GE331  Population  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Spatial  variations  in  numbers,  characteristics,  and  dynamics  of  human  population, 
models,  and  dieoretical  constructs  relevant  to  demographic  structures  and 
processes  are  studied,  as  well  as  major  world  and  regional  problems. 

GE332  Urban  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Basic  concepts  of  urban  geography  including  site,  situation,  function,  urban  land 
use,  urban  structure,  and  urban  hierarchy  are  introduced.  Relationships  between 
urban  geography  and  urban  planning  are  explored.  (Also  offered  as  RP332:  may 
not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

GE333  Trade  and  Transportation  3c-0l-3sh 

Deals  widi  die  spatial  aspects  of  transportation  systems  and  dieir  use.  Circulation, 
accessibility,  time  and  distance  concepts,  and  trade  patterns  are  discussed.  (Also 
offered  as  RP333;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

GE334  Political  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Geographic  factors  and  conditions  are  analyzed  as  diey  relate  to  die  character  and 
function  of  states.  Political  institutions  are  evaluated  in  light  of  geographic 
conditions. 

GE335  Geography  of  Energy  3e-0l-3sh 

Energy  production  and  consumption  in  human  societies  dirough  time  are 
considered  to  provide  die  background  necessary  for  understanding  contemporary 
problems.  Emphasis  is  on  locational  and  environmental  aspects  of  energy  in  the 
United  States. 

GE336  Social  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Spatial  dimensions  of  die  American  society  are  die  focus  of  diis  course.  The 
distribution  of  various  social  groups  and  their  impact  on  the  landscape  are 
considered. 

GE337  Historical  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Studies  of  past  geographies,  geographical  change  through  time,  and  historical 
perspectives  on  die  cultural  landscape  are  included.  Historical  geography  of  the 
United  States  is  emphasized. 

GE341  Climatology  3c-0l-3sh 

Examines  die  elements  of  weather  and  climate  on  Earth.  The  location  and  causes 
of  global  climatic  regions  are  examined  in  relation  to  moving  pressure  and  wind 
systems.  The  course  also  considers  die  climatic  history  of  die  planet  and  recent 
human  modifications  of  die  atmospheric  environment. 

GE342  Physiography  3c-0l-3sh 

Focuses  on  landfonn  types  and  dieir  spatial  distribution.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  tectonic  forces  diat  build  landforms,  and  the  weathering  and  erosional 
processes  that  erode  and  shape  surface  features.  The  relationship  between  human 
activities  and  landforms  is  also  considered. 

GE343  Geography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources  3c-0l-3sh 

Learn  about  surface  and  groundwater  as  a  resource  widi  unique  properties.  Fresh 
water  is  defined  physically  by  storage  in  die  hydrologic  cycle  and  die  values 
assigned  by  different  cultures.  Problems  featured  relate  to  consumptive  and 
withdrawal  water  uses,  die  problems  of  water  supply  and  scarcity,  water  law  and 
its  inconsistencies,  flooding  and  floodplain  management,  sources  of 
contamination  and  pollution,  wetlands,  and  case  studies  of  selected  river  basins. 
(Offered  as  GE340  prior  to  1998-99) 

GE352  Planning  Methods  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RP350  or  permission  of  instructor 

Research,  analytical  design,  and  plan-making  techniques  in  urban  and  regional 

planning.  Examines  basic  items  necessary  to  prepare  urban  and  regional 

comprehensive  plans.  (Also  offered  as  RP352:  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate 

credit)  (Offered  as  GE361:  Planning:  Basic  Studies  and  Analysis  prior  to  1996- 

97) 

GE37 1  Aerospace  Workshop  3c-0l-3sh 

Develops  an  appreciation  and  provides  information  related  to  aerospace  activities 
and  contributions:  offers  background  for  teaching  aerospace  courses;  discusses 
aviation/space  careers;  and  presents  die  basic  principles  of  flying  (usually 
including  some  flight  instruction).  Offered  summer  only. 

GE411  History  of  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GE213,  230,  231,  and  341or342 

Course  dealing  with  history  of  the  discipline,  great  ideas,  leading  problems,  and 
unresolved  issues. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


(.III.'  Research  Seminal  lc-01-.Jsli 

Prerequisitci  ( .1*.  1 1  l 

Tins  sri seminal  and  workshop  is  a  capstone  coursi  that  I > recent 

n  ...  an  I he  majoi  field.  Studi  nl ■■  oul  a  n  h  an  h  proji  1 1  -"i  ,i  topii  "I 

loi  Jorn  [ional  im] inci   (Also  offered  as  III'  I 12;  ma)  not  bi  lakenfbi 

duplicate  credit)  (Offered  asGES  12  R '    ograph;   md  Planning  prioi 

ii    i,  i 


(.III  5  Remote  Sensing 
Deals  with  ail  photograpl 


t.-lll-tsll 


hail  photographs,  satellite  Imagery,  thermal  sensing,  and  radai  imagery 

.,in I  Hi.  ii  applii  1 1 1'  riving  ml tion  about  the  earth's  physit  al  and 

cultural  landscapes.  (Also  offered  as  RP415;  ma)  notbi  taken  for  duplicate 


ids 


ic-01-.lsli 


(.1  117  technical  Issues  I 
Prerequisite!  GE316 

\  pi. 'i  1 1  based  i  lass  In  whii  Ii  students  learn  the  skills  to  develop  ami  mi.iimi.iih  .i 

ihii  lull i System,  rhrough  cooperative  learning  students  will 

i  ii H I  implement  Eiinctiona]  systems.  Methods  foi  designing  GIS  systems  i" 

hi  i  ■  in  i  i  tn  1 1 data  i  ollection,  data  input,  project  management,  and  system 

documentetion  are  covered.  (Also  offered  as  RP4 17;  may  not  be  taken  t"i 
du| ilii) 

CI.  1)1  Geograph)  of  American  Indiana  3c-0l-3»h 

niiiii.il  geograph)  ol  Native  Americans.  Population, 
■  ■  s.  I. mil  use,  development,  settlement  patterns,  and  other  selei  ted  topi)  s 

(.1  132  Geography  ofCrime  3c-01-3sh 

.■.Li  l  .Ii  i,  .il  context  of  ( lis  examined  limn  historical  and  contemporary 

viewpoints.  Relevant  concepts  and  analytical  approai  hes  are  mti"duced. 

(.11  hi  Conservation:  Environmental  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Problems  ol  exploital md  utilizadon  "I  regional  resources  such  as  soils, 

ils.  Ii'ii  sis.  and  wildlife  an  sidered  in  relation  to  population  growth  and 

ii  gional  planning  and  development. 

GE4ri4  Land  1st  Policy  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  students  to  and  provides  .mi  overview  of  land  use  issues  at  die 
regional,  state,  .mil  federal  levels.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  evolution  of 
contemporary  polii )  strata  gies,  i  .'iisiiiiiinm.il  issik-s.  ami  regional  ciniti.iversies 
involved  in  thi  regulation  of  mi  tropolitan  growth,  central  city  decline,  .mil 
hi. iii.ii .1..  niriii  ul  public  lands.  (Also  offered  as  R.P  Id  I;  m.i\  not  be  taken  for 
i  u  dit) 

CI  IM  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  i"  course  i  ontent 

Spi  '  i.ii  topii  s .  ourses  are  "Hired  on  an  experimental  or  temporar)  basis  to 
explore  topii  s  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
ma)  be  "lined  undei  an]  spei  ial  topic  identity  no  inure  than  three  tunes.  Special 
topics  numbered  181  an  primaril)  foi  upper-level  undergraduate  students.  (May 
.lis,,  be  offered  as  RP481;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit  under  same  tide) 

(.1  182  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  ia<  ult)  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  ( Iffice 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  nun  propose  a  plan  ol  stml\  in  conjunction  with  a  (acuity  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  ai  ademic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

GE493  Internship  var-3-l2sh 

i.il  learning  experience  with  emphasis  on  application  of  academic 
bai  kground.  Open  to  majors  and  minors  in  geography  with  a  total  of  57  semester 

nl  15  hours  in  du  majoi  See  internship  supervisor  for  additional 
information. 

GE49!)  Independent  Stud)  var-3-tish 

Independent  research  and  stud)  undei  facult)  direction.  Interested  students 
should  approai  h  department  chairperson  for  information. 


GK 


Creek 

Department  <>f  Spanish  and  (  I  • 
Languages 

( .ull( ••;(  ill  I  linn. Hutu  s  and  Sui  ial 

Si  ii  in ' 

l.-lll   M, 


(.kill  Greek  I 

are  the  objectives.  In  gnunmai  tht  i  i 

l  I.ISSII.ll    I  .1 

Modi  i 

onl)  b)  individualin 


GK152  Greek  n 

( !"iitiini.tii..!i  ofGrecl  I  I 
i  ompleb  '1  I  Hi'  "  'i  ""i    i'    n: 


(.Ollsh 


GK251  Greek  III  w  nl- M, 

Continued  training  in  basil  skills,  with  the  p..ssili!i 
specifii  topics;  consult  the  department  foi  i 
tenses  of  tin  Greek  verb  are  studied. '  Iff 

CK252  Greek I>  t.  -nl-  Isl, 

Continuadon  of  Greek  fll   In  grammar  more  tensi  I  The 

In' short   i 

individualized  instj  i 

GK351  Advanced  Creek  I  .anguage  I  l<  -ill-  Isl. 

Reviews  grammai  in  depth;  analyzes  the  structure  ol  die  language.  While  il 
are  not  required,  selections  from  Gn      |  read  both  for  kn 

content  ami  fur  developing  knowledge  "I  the  sU  . 
only  b)  individualized  instni 


GK352  Advanced  (.reck  Language  II 
Continuadon  "I  <  .k  151   s  li  i  tions  are  froi 

indh  i. In. ili/'  'I  instj 


l.-nl-isl, 
poetry  du-  ed  only  by 


CK482  Independent  Stuih  >.n-  Mi 

An  opportunity  to  engage  mi  an  in-dcpili  di  die 

Creek  language  arid  culture  through  consultation  with  a  facility  member. 
Permission  required. 


GN 


German 

■epartmenl  ol  German 

lollege  of  Humanities  and  S 

Sciences 


CM  151  German  I  ii-nl-lsli 

I  "i  beginners,  thi  objectives  include  grammar,  pronunciation,  reading,  speaking. 
and  writing. 

CM  152  German  II  k-lll-ish 

For  students  who  have  had  ( lerman  I  or  its  equivalent,  du- 
enliance  and  develop  die  four  skills  of  list 

GM221  Conversation  Ili 

Two-hours-weekf)  conversation  practice  in  small  groups 

greetings.  Idiomatii  expressions,  ami  communication  skill- 1"  improve  vocabulary 

and  pronunciation. 

GM222  <  onversation  IV  Ze-Ot-Sak 

Two  hours  of  week!)  com  led  as  a  continuation  of  the  practii 

small  group-  speaking  and  listi 

discussions  and  dialogues.  May  enroll  without  having 

GM251  German  HI 

Continued  training  in  basil  skills,  with  the  possible  additji 
specific  topics;  consult  the  department  l"i  topii  -  of  interest. 


GM252  German  I\ 
Continuation  of  German  III  with  - 


Ic-nM-h 


GM253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation  3c-0l-3sh 

Can  be  taken  instead  of  or  in  addition 
students.  Offered  in  spring  only. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


COURSE    DESCRI  PTIO  N  S 


CM254  Business  German  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GM251  or  equivalent 

A  one-semester  course  which  can  he  taken  instead  of,  or  in  addition  to,  GM252 
by  students  interested  in  business  or  as  part  of  the  General  Education 
requirement  (equivalent  to  German  IV).  Business  practices  and  specialized 
business  vocabulary,  letter  writing,  and  problems  of  translation  are  emphasized. 

GM256  Scientific  German  3c-0l-3sh 

Designed  to  substitute  for  GM252,  course  will  be  offered  in  the  second  semester. 
I'i  nii.ii  iU  for  science  majors,  it  may  be  taken  as  an  elective  by  German  majors. 

GM281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

GM32 1-322  Advanced  Conversation  I  and  II  each  2c-0l-lsh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability.  The  variety  of  content  permits  repetitions 
oi  these  relatively  informal  courses. 

GM351  Advanced  German  Language  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Aims  to  review  and  expand  die  student's  grammatical  skills,  to  apply  diese  skills 
to  extensive  cultural  and  short  literary  readings,  and  to  produce  frequent  themes 
on  diese  readings. 

GM352  Advanced  German  Language  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Continues  to  expand  die  student's  grammatical  skills  and  to  apply  diem  by  the 
writing  of  longer  themes  based  on  cultural  and  literary  readings. 

GM361  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Designed  to  provide  a  background  in  German  literature,  music,  art,  architecture, 
and  history.  Surveys  die  period  from  die  migrations  of  the  Germanic  tribes  to  the 
rise  of  Prussia  as  a  European  power. 

GM362  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  II  3c-0l-3sh 

A  continuation  ofGM361.  Covers  die  period  from  die  French  Revolution  and  its 
effects  on  Germany  up  to  die  present,  widi  an  emphasis  on  German  literature, 
history,  and  music. 

GM363  Introduction  to  German  Literature  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  poetry  to  acquaint  die  student  with  formal  and 
thematic  aspects  of  German  verse  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  die  present. 

GM364  Introduction  to  German  Literature  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  fiction  and  drama  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
representative  works  and  techniques  of  interpretation. 

GM367  Nineteenth-Century  German  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

A  survey  of  die  major  works  of  German  poetry  and  prose  with  an  emphasis  on  the 
literary  movements  of  Romanticism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism. 

GM368  Twentieth-Century  German  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  of  German  poetrv  and  prose  from  Expressionism 
through  World  War  II. 

GM369  Contemporary  German  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

A  studv  ot  die  literary  achievement  of  postwar  Germany  up  to  die  present. 

GM370  The  Age  of  Goethe  I  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  from  die  Enlightenment  and  Storm  and  Stress 
periods. 

GM371  The  Age  of  Goethe  II  3e-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  selected  works  of  German  Classicism  widi  an  emphasis  on  the  prose 
and  poetry  of  the  first  decades  of  die  nineteenth  century, 

GM381  German  Drama  in  English  Translation  3c-0l-3sh 

Representative  works  of  major  dramatists  in  English  translation.  Primarily 
intended  for  students  of  English  literature  and  comparative  literature  and  not 
considered  as  credit  toward  a  German  major. 

GM410  History  of  the  German  Language  3c-0l-3sh 

History  and  development  of  German  language,  with  special  emphasis  on 
relationships  widi  English.  Analysis  of  annals  in  Godiic.  Old  High  German,  and 
Middle  High  German  using  mediods  of  historical  and  contemporary  linguistics. 


GM481  Special  Topic  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 
Designed  to  meet  the  special  needs  of  a  student  group. 


var-l-3sh 

faculty  member,  department 


GM482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advi, 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depdi  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with  the 

German  language  and  culture  dirough  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 

GM493  Internship  in  Germany  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisites:  12  credits  in  300-  or  400-level  courses  and  a  minimum  of  one- 
semester  study  in  Germany 

A  supervised  field  experience  in  Germany  with  approved  public  agencies  and 
institutions  or  private  firms;  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  dian  one 
month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as  possible  with  die  intern's  personal 
interests  and  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  German  language.  Academic  work  at  die 
Gesamdiochschule  in  Duisburg  must  precede  die  internship.  Open  to  students  in 
odier  disciplines,  such  as  Political  Science,  International  Relations.  Business,  etc., 
widi  advisor  approval. 


Gerontology 

Department  of  Allied  Health 
Professions  Program 
College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services 


GN281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

GN481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content. 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

GN482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Smdents  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjuncdon  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


GN493  Internship 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  all  required  ( 

Supervised  experience  in  public  or  private  agencv  diat ; 


3sh 


>  aging  clients. 


G 


€ 


Geoscience 

Department  of  Geoscience 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 


3c-0l-3sh 


GS101  The  Dynamic  Earth 

Prerequisite:  No  Geoscience  majors/minors 

Examines  the  constant  changes  that  affect  the  rocky  surface  of  our  planet.  From 

volcanic  eruptions  and  catastrophic  eardiquakes  to  die  slow  drift  ol  continents 

and  passage  of  ice  ages,  earth  processes  have  shaped  die  history  of  life  and  altered 

die  development  of  human  civilization. 


GS 1 02  The  Dynamic  Earth  Lab  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  No  Geoscience  majors/minors 

Corequisite:  Enrollment  in  GSI01 

Introduces  students  to  die  techniques  geologists  use  to  study  die  eardi  and 

reconstruct  its  past.  Labs  cover  minerals,  rocks,  map  interpretation,  fossil 

identification.  Includes  field  trips  during  die  scheduled  lab  period. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        /  6Vj 


GS103  Oceans  and  Atmospheres  So-OI-Sifa 

I'm.  i|insili  :  Nil  (  ..  ms ajoni/l "is 

i  In  .  M  ill's  111  ciiis  .mil  .11 sphere  play  a  crucial  rol letermining  tin  pai  i 

ibal  em  ii 1 1"' irec  will 

1 1 position  and  character  of  theai  com| nla  and  Uieir  inl tion 

with  othi  i  majoi  • i la  ol  ll I 

(.SI  l)  l  Oceana  and  Atmospheres  Lab  0c-2l-lah 

Prereqnisitei  No  « leos i  m  jot 

<  orequisitei  i  [ii.iIIihi m  111  i  ,s  111 ; 

till  tci  hniqui ai phi  n  and 

stud)  1 1  ii  'nili's  oceans  and  .11 spheres  and  re sum  i  iL  it  i  volution  I  .il>s 

i     .  mil  ! .11  in.  Li.   Btmospheri    tructun 

Hi,,-, 

G9105  Exploring  the  1  niverse  li-()l-fsh 

Prerequisite!  NoCeoscience  majors  minoi 

Examines  the  history  ol  time,  the  ,c.is.,ns  Foi  the  seasons.  '!  .     ,,l  ,l,, 

-I  ixii  s.  .mil  the  histoi  j  null n  ol  spat  < 

exploration 

GS106  Exploring  the  I  iriverae  1-ab  0c-2l-lsh 

Prerequisitei  NoCeoscience  majors  ,  hum  us 
Corequisitei  Enrollmenl  ,,,  i  IS  105 

s students  to  th<  techniques astroi erstuu  tostudy  thi  a 

sphere.  Constellations,  seasons,  motions  of  Sun,  M ,  planets,  and  stars, 

ol  stars  .mil  galaxies.  Includes  two  observations  which  will  be  held 

(.siii  i . mli  Science  For  Educators  l  :)c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite*  Natural  Scienci  ition  majors  only 

An  in-depth  treatment  ol  introductory  oceanography  and  geology  designed 

spei  ,1m  .i  IK  for  Secondary  Science  Education  majors.  Foi  uses  on  fundamentals  "I 

the  earth's  physical  processes  and  history  and  on  the  ocean's  dynan 

i  hemistry,  and  tectonics. 

GS112  Earth  Science  l»r  Educators  i  Lab  Oc-31-lsfa 

Prereqnisitei  Natural  Scienci  Scienci  Education  majors  only 

site:  Enrollment  m  (iSI  I  I 
I  .ii,  experi  aspects  ofoi  eanograph;  and  geology,  designed  to 

'  epts  .mil  skills  tin  future  teaching  to  Secondary  Edui  ati ajors. 

Includes  field  trip 

GS1  1.)  Earth  Science  for  Educators  II  k-Ol-.fsh 

Prereqnisitei  Natural  Si  ieni  i  Si  ii  m  i  I  dui  ation  majors  only 

An  in-depth  treatment  of  in  eorology  and  astronomy  designed 

specifically  foi  Secondary  Science  Education  majors.  Foi  uses  on  atmospheric 

processes  andclimati  changi  and  on  die  earth's  place  in  the  solar  system  and 

universe. 

GS1I4  Earth  Science  for  Educators  II  Lab  0t-3l-lsh 

Prerequisite)  Ni al  Si  ieni  i  Si  ii  ni  e  Education  majors  only 

Corequisite:  Enrollmenl  ,,,  GS113 

I  si  ,.i  the  weather  station  and  planetarium  highlights  .i  set  ii 

designed  to  aid  Secondarj  Scienci  Education  ma leveloping  concepts  and 

laboratory  skills  I'm  future  teaching. 

GS121  Physical  Geology  k-0l-.fsh 

Prerequisites!  i .  minors,  an)  Science  01  Science  Education 

majors  nun, us.  Anthropology.  <  leography  Regional  Planning  majors,  or 
permission  ol  instructor 

Ion  to  ilic  science  ol  the  earth,  including  physical  properties  of  its 
Interior  and  crust;  us  tectonic  and  surface  processes;  and  the  complex  geologic 
interactions  which  shape  and  niodifj  our  planet  Designed  to  prepare  students  for 
upper-level  geology  classes. 

GS122  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  0c-31-lsh 

Prerequisites!  Geoscience  majors/minors,  any  Sci<  nee  oi  Science  Education 
majors  I         pology,  Geography/Regional  Planning  majors,  oi 

permission  ofinstructor 
Corequisitei  Enrollment  inGS121 

Selected  problems  in  rock  and  mineral  identification,  topographii  and  geologic 
mapping  techniques,  geologii  landforms  and  deformation  structures.  Designed  to 
prepare  students  foi  ,  Id  trips. 

GS131  Historical  Geology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prereqniaitcst  (■.  rinors,any  Science  oi  Science  Education 

majors  minors;  Anthropology,  Geography  Regional  Planning  majors,  or 
permission  ofinsrructoi 
Introduction  to  history  ol  the  earth,  including  the  lussil  record  and  die  history  of 


rowth  and  ti  ctoi 
.mil  the  physical  evol i  ol  thi  earth's  itm 

(.si  u  llisii d Geology Laboi ,<  n<-  il-uh 

Prerequisites!  GS121   122,1 

I  Jin  .uii.ii  majoi 

hi  permission  "I  instrui  toi 

(  mi  i|iiisiii  i  Em 

Sell '  ii  'I  problems  in  itratigraphii 

GSM  I  introduction  tot  in  in  Scienci 

don  to  physical,  ch il.  biologii  al.  and  . 

i  oastal  areas,  iii.intii .  |ili 
and  on  humankind  Includes  field  trips  which  may  irrrolvi 

GS 1 30  Geology  ol  National  Parks  li-nlish 

A  si i ii  K  ,il  geologii  al  processes  and  r.irili  history 

featun  i  ol  I   S  and  Canadian  national  p. irks.  lm  ludes  Badlands. 
■in. kits.  Gros  Mome, Mammoth  t 
Yellowstone,  Yosemite,  and  others  '■• 

I.SIil    III.    tgeol  Dlims.niis  k-lll-S.h 

\  il, gh  introdui  tion  i"  dinosaurs  and  the  world  they  inhabited 

include  the  most  current  theories  regarding  dinosaurian  bia 

metabolism,  evolution),  ecol  -ted  plains  and 

animals),  and  extinction  I 

ra  .mil  minors. 

GS221  Physical  Resources  -I  the  Eartl  .k-(il-.»ih 

Inn. ni ,, ii  i.il.  energy,  and  water  resouri 

depositions;  exploration,  exploitation,  and  ul 

exploitation  ol  resources  on  the  environment  ami  on  humankind.  Includes  field 

trip-,  which  may  occui  on  wedo  n 

GS281  Special  Topics  wr-D-h 

Prerequisite:  VsappropriaU  ' -<  content 

Special  topii  s  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporal-. 

that  art-  not  included  in  tin.-  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  "tiered 

uiuliT.Hi  dentity  no  more  than  three  times  S 

numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  l"« 

GS310  Environmental  Geology  2c-  II-  Ish 

Prerequisite!  Ssh  b  g  olog;  oi  i 

The  applicati f  geologii  information  to  the  acoomi lation  and  reduct 

natural  hazards,  to  land-use  planning,  and  to  the  utilization  of  earth  materials. 
Includes  field  trips  which  occur  <ui  weekends. 

GS32I  Mineralogy  2.-M- >sh 

Prerequisite:  GS121  orCHUl 

Concerned  with  properties  ol  minerals;  introduction  to  irvs-iallngraphvand 

ii  i  \  of  crystals,  followed  !»\  a  determination  of  minerals  and  thi  r  probable 
genesis.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  wi    • 

GS322  Igneous  and  Metansorphic  Petrology 

Prerequisite:  GS321 

Concerned  with  a  description  ofigneous  and  mctamorphic  rock  character  based 

upon  mineral  components  ami  physical  relationship  between  mini 

of  a  rock.  Includes  ficlil  trips  which  inav  incur  mi  wi 

GS325  Structural  Geology 

Prerequisites:  (.SI  il  and  li2  1  )  )  or  permission  .1  inso 

Study  nl  primary  structun 

foliation,  and  lineation.  includes  work  w  il 

Brunton  compass,  orthographic  and  stereographi<  projections.  Ind 

trips  which  may  occui  on  weekends. 

GSS26  Field  Geology 

Prerequisiie:  (  IS 

Principles  and  techniques  of  field  geology  widi  emp 
skills  using  Brunton  compass,  aerial  photographs.  topographic  maps.  aim: 
Jacob  staff,  and  rock  color  charts.  Field  pi 
neasuring  and  describing  stratign 
and  analysis,  construction  ol  ions,  and  report 

writing.  Includes  field  trips  which  inav  occur  on  weekends. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDER. 


166       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


GS327  Geomorphology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GS121.  131 

A  study  of  die  origin  of  the  earth's  land  forms,  including  relationship  of  geologic 

structure  to  laiulfonn  types  and  role  of  geomorphic  processes  in  landscape 

development. 

GS330  Paleontology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS131  or  permission  of  insttiu  tOi 

Study  of  die  morphology,  evolution,  geologic  significance,  and  paleoecology  of 

fossil  organisms.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS331  Hydrogeology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  121-1 22,  GS 1 21-1 22/1 23.  or  permission 
An  overview  of  groundwater  geology,  including  flow  equations,  graphical 
solutions  to  Dow  problems,  and  computer  modeling  of  flow  svstems.  as  well  as  the 
geotechnical  and  social  implications  of  groundwater  utilization.  Includes  field 
trips  which  occur  on  weekends. 

GS332  Geochemistry  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH 1 1 1  - 1 1 2.  GS  1 2 1  - 1 22/ 1 23.  or  permission 

Introduction  to  low- temperature  chemistry  of  the  earth's  surface  and  near-surface: 
includes  discussions  of  chemical  activity,  solution  chemistry,  organic 
geochemistry,  trace  elements,  isotopes,  and  the  chemistry  of  natural  waters. 

GS336  Geology  of  the  Northern  Rockies  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

A  field  study  of  the  major  geologic  features  and  relationships  involved  in  the 
development  of  the  northern  Rocky  Mountains.  National  Park  and  Monument 
areas  of  South  Dakota.  Wyoming,  and  Montana  are  included  among  the  areas 
investigated,  (three  weeks,  summer  only) 

GS337  Geology  of  Newfoundland  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

A  field  course  designed  to  utilize  the  exceptional  and  diverse  geologic  features  of 
Newfoundland  for  instruction  of  departmental  majors  and  minors  in  tectonic 
analysis  utilizing  sedimentologic,  stratigraphic.  and  paleontologic  observations, 
(three  weeks,  summer  only) 

GS338  Geology  of  the  American  Southwest  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

A  field  study  of  die  major  geologic  features  and  relationships  exposed  in  the 
American  Southwest,  including  the  Colorado  Plateau,  the  Rio  Grande  Rift,  Death 
Valley,  and  parts  of  die  Southern  Rocky  Mountains.  (3  weeks,  summer  only) 

GS341  Solar  System  2e-3I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA121  and  PY1 1 1 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  observational  methods,  mechanics, 
and  origin  of  the  solar  system  and  spatial  relationship  of  the  solar  system  to  the 
other  members  of  the  universe. 

GS342  Stellar  Astronomy  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  1 2 1  and  PY1 1 1 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  sun,  stars,  galaxies,  the  sidereal 
universe,  and  use  of  spectroscopy  for  gathering  astronomical  data. 

GS350  Operation  of  the  Planetarium  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  GSl  10.  341.  342,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  methods  of  operation  and  repair  of  a  Spitz 
A-3-P  planetarium.  Content  includes  topics  suitable  for  lectures  to  various  age 
groups.  Student  will  write  and  present  a  demonstration  program.  Meets  once  a 
week  with  occasional  evening  observations. 

GS361  Physical  Oceanography  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY1 1 1  and  MA121  or  permission  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  geological,  and  biological  nature  of  ocean: 
topography,  submarine  geology,  and  bottom  deposits.  Includes  field  trip(s)  which 
may  occur  on  weekend(s). 

GS362  Plate  Tectonics  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY1 1  1-1  12  and  a  minimum  of20sh  of  geology 
Introduction  to  formal  theory  of  plate  tectonics.  Topics  include  magnetic 
anomalies,  first  motion  studies,  thermal  structures  of  the  plates,  kinematics, 
crustal  generation,  sea  floor  spreading,  collision,  and  subduclion  deformation. 
Prior  to  1988  was  titled  Marine  Geology  and  Plate  Tectonics. 

GS371  Meteorology  I  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  science  or  physics 
Introduction  to  meteorological  sciences:  composition  and  structure  of  die 
atmosphere:  radiation  principles:  elementary  thermodynamics  and  heat  balance. 


GS380  Research  Techniques  in  Geoscience  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Second-semester  junior  standing  (75  credits  or  permission  of 
instructor) 

For  students  majoring  in  some  aspect  of  geoscience.  Teaches  students  the 
techniques  of  geoscience  research:  defining  a  project:  doing  background  research: 
proposing  multiple  working  hypotheses  and  collecting  evidence  pertaining  to 
each.  Students  will  dien  write  up  their  research  in  both  abstract  and  professional 
manuscript  format.  Cannot  be  taken  subsequent  to  GS480. 

GS4 1 1  Sedimentary  Petrology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS321  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks  with  emphasis  on  interpreting  ancient 
environments  of  deposition  utilizing  sieve  analysis,  hand  lens,  and  petrographic 
microscope.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS412  Stratigraphy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GS41 1  or  permission  of  instructor 

Principles  and  processes  involved  in  development  and  description  of  stratified 
rock  sequences,  principles  and  problems  of  correlation,  and  selected  stratigraphic 
problems.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS440  Subsurface  Geology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  credit  hours  of  geology 

An  introduction  to  the  geology  of  petroleum,  its  origin,  migration,  entrapment, 
and  production.  Lab  is  designed  to  provide  practical  experience  in  subsurface 
mapping  techniques  and  the  use  and  evaluation  of  geophysical  logging  devices. 
Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GS441  Carbonate  Geology-Florida  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  1 7sh  geology  courses  or  written  permission  of  instructor 
Two  to  diree  weeks  of  field  study  in  Florida  Keys.  Course  will  be  conducted  from 
base  camp  in  Florida  Keys  and  will  consist  of  both  land  and  water  work  as  the 
different  carbonate  environments  in  the  Keys.  Florida  Bay.  and  the  Adantic  reef 
tract  are  studied. 

GS480  Geoscience  Seminar  var-lsh 

For  seniors  majoring  in  some  aspect  of  geoscience.  The  seminar  (1)  provides  die 
student  widi  an  opportunity  to  prepare,  formally  present,  and  defend  a  scientific 
paper  based  either  on  his/her  own  research  or  on  a  topic  chosen  widi  the 
approval  of  instructor  and  (2)  provides  opportunity  to  discuss  topics  presented 
by  odier  students,  faculty,  or  guests. 

GS48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

It  is  the  department's  intention  to  use  diis  course  to  schedule  extended  field  trips 
and  for  teaching  special  courses  which  will  utilize  die  specialties  of  the 
Geoscience  faculty. 

GS482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  OfBce 

Independent  study  provides  die  student  widi  an  opportunity  to  use  library, 
laboratory,  or  field  research  in  an  area  which  is  of  interest  under  die  supervision  of 
a  designated  faculty  member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and 
availability  of  resources. 

GS493  Geoscience  Internship  var-l-12sh 

Summer  or  semester  work  experience  widi  cooperating  firms  or  agencies.  May  be 
scheduled  only  after  consultation  with  advisor  and  chairperson.  Requirements 
include  up  to  three  on-site  consultations,  depending  on  credit  hours  and 
location's  site;  completion  of  up  to  three  oral  progress  reports:  and  submission  of 
a  detailed  work  diary.  Restricted  to  junior  and  senior  department  majors;  only 
diree  credits  may  be  applied  toward  major. 


HC 


Honors  College 

Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 
Academic  Affairs  Division 


HClOlHonors  Core  I  5c-0l-5sh 

Prerequisites:  Freshman  standing,  admission  to  the  Honors  College 
This  first  in  a  series  of  three  required  and  interrelated  courses  introduces  Honors 
College  students  to  major  works  of  literature  and  art:  to  major  ideas  in  history, 
philosophy,  religious  studies,  literature,  and  the  fine  arts:  and  to  critical  dunking 
skills  used  in  reading,  writing,  and  discussion  in  an  integrated,  synthetic,  and 
interactive  pedagogical  environment.  While  materials  from  various  periods  and 
disciplines  are  part  of  HC  101,  each  instructor  has  attempted  to  incorporate  some 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


ore  questions. 


IICIH2  Honors  Core  II  5c-0l-5sh 

Prerequisites!  IK  101,  fn  simian  standing,  and  admisa 1 1 i    I 

i  [lis  is  tin   I  ina  lerii  id  thra  req I  and  interrelated a     HC102 

uestlie  emphases  "I  HC101:(a)  introdw  don  i<-  tnajoi  w«.iks  <>i  In.  ratun 

..ml  in n  arts  (b)  introducl yoi  ideas  in  history, plulosoph)  rel 

id(c)  focui ritical  thinking  skills  use.  I  in  reading,  writin 

discussion  in  an  interrelated,  synthetit ,  and  interactivi  pi  dagogii  al  i  nviroruni  ni 

although  material   from  vi a  pe Is  and  disi  iplines,  ea<  li  instru 

I  lis  mm  orporati  d  works  From  i i  nturj  to  proi  id<  b  i  on i  ground  Ibi 

i  cploring  i  on  qui  stions  Building  on  tin  ii  i  tpi  rii  m  es  in  1 1<  1101,  students  will 

become  mon  i  ritical  and  analytical  in  tin  ii  n  adingand  pi   \ ■-■    I  urthi  r.  thi 

.iIhIhy  to  s)  nthesizc  will  l><  emphasized  based  on  theii  prei i  readings  and 

learning  experiem  ■ 

11(201  Honors  Core  HI  4c0l-4sh 

Prerequuitesi  Sopho i  standing,  admission  to  the  Honors  Collegi   and 

completion  ol  HI  101  and  102  il  ad I  to  Honors!  lollege  as  a  first- 
tent,  Prerequisites  Foi  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  ( Iollege  as 
sophomores  are  EN  101  andal  leasi  one  Liberal  Studies  course  in  the  humanities 
mi  fine  arts 

Completes  thi  introduction  of  Honors  <  Iollege  students  t ajoi  works  "I 

Literature  and  .m;  to  majoi  ideas  in  history,  philosophy,  religious  studies, 

lid  n and  the  fine  arts;  and  to  i  ritii  al  thinking  skills  used  in  reading,  writing, 

.iml  discussion  in  an  integrated  and  interactive  pedagogical  environment 


HE 


Child  Development/Family 

Relations 

Department  of  Human  Development 

and  Environmental  Studies 
College  ol  Health  and  Human 
Services 


III  JIN  (  I.M.I  Development  Sc-Ol-Ssh 

Prerequisite!  PC101 

Focuses  ■>!.  the  normal  development  and  behavior  of.  hildren.  Survey  made  of 
physical,  emotional,  so.  ial.  and  intelle.  tual  development  ol  children  from 
conception  dirough  earl)  adolescence.  Pertinent  child  development  research 

HE220  Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers  2c-  II-  Isl. 

Prerequisite!  HI  !18oi  equivalenl 

Techniques  in  planning  foi  and  teaching  preschool  children.  Participation  as 
teacher-assistanl  provides  experience  in  applying  principles  of  child  guidance  and 
developmenl  needed  1>\  teachers  in  preschool  centers  or  secondary  school  child 
development  labors 

III  224  Marriage  and  Family  Relations  ic-01-.Mi 

Prerequisite.  PC101 

Focuses  on  principles  of  human  relations  basic  to  marital  .I.tim.iiiv  and 
adjustment.  Influenci  ofcommunit;  and  rami!)  experiences  on  personal 
developnu  nl  and  adjustmenl  explored. 

Ilr.281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  01  temporal)  basis  to  explore  topics 
thai  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  \  given  topic  maj  bi  ofl 

undei  an)  spet  ial  topi<  identic]  no e  than  threi  times.  Special  topics 

numbered  28]  an  offered  primaril)  foi  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

Ill  il  7  Infant  Developmenl  2c-2l-.'»sh 

Prerequisite.  Ill  218 

Stud)  of  characteristic  dew  lopmental  changes  of  human  infants  from  l>inl.  to 
approximatel)  two  and  a  hall  years.  Participation  .is  teachei  assistant  in 
infant  toddlei  child  care  centei  provides  experience  in  developmentaUy 
appropriate  guidance  and  planning  foi  verj  young,  hildren. 

HE321  Preschool  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite.  HE220  oi  concurrendy 

Examination  ofthe  child  developmenl  plulosophj  .is  the  basis  for 
developmental])  appropriate  decisions  and  methods  in  preschool  edui 
programming.)  mphasis  is  placed  on  pla)  .is ..  developmental  process  ..ml  as  the 

majoi  aspei  I  ol  thi  pn  si  I I iculum.  Ma)  not  be  interchanged  with  ELS53: 

Preschool  Education. 


HI  124  Pkmif)  \>- i 

I'll  M  <|l..sll.        ! 

Emphasis  on  | 

ping, 

ill  us  \,i, ,ii  i,, Id  Developmenl  i.  -nl  hi 

I-.,  n  ipnsii.  i  HI 

th.  '.iis.s  .iii.I  .  urn  i.i  In.  ' 

ill  122  Earl)  <  hildl d  l  .1 n  i, -ul-ul, 

Prerequisite  HE220oi  i inenU) 

I  i.  ii .il  theories  ,m. I  rt 

lues,  hool  and  thi  ii  effect  on  tnati  rial  equipi 


Ml  12  i  I  ..iniK  Isaacs 
Prerequisite.  III  J  J  I 

(  ,,n. .  nii.itt.l  stud)  ..I  ,-  K  Life, 

unity, 


J<-Ol-Kh 


M)  126  techniques  of  Parent  Education 
Prerequisite  HE220oi  i  quivali  nl 
Examination  -it  nature,  i  Kb  nl 

Interrelationships  ol  I -  w  hooL  and  i mun  I  i  camjned  in  light 

nl  various  programs,  methods,  and  techniques  ofp 

III  127  idministration of i  biM Development t  enteta  le-04-Sati 

1'it  i  n|  ui  si  its:  I  1E220  oi  equivalent,  juniors  "f  s<  nio 
Developnu  nl  ol  special  knowledgi 

administrators  of  child  t  are  programs  im  hiding  pr*  *)>■  »-v,il  Meriting,  bud 
ii  ni.  st. til  at  Id  tion  and  training,  appropriate  curriculum  mat 
philosophy,  pareni  involvement,  child  advocacy,  and  program  evahi 

HE46:*  Family  and  the  Community  U  -'•!-  M, 

Study  <»|  communit)  agencu  a  and  problems  thai  affect  tamilies  and  tlieir 
contributions  to  i  ommunity.  bwestiganon  "I  ways  group  dyi 

iu  ation  media,  and  othei  resources  aid  uriderstanding  ol  hi 
behaviors.  Field  experiena  is  an  integral  part  »•!  thi 

III  ini  Special  topics  rar-l^Saa 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  i"  course  content 

Special  topics  couj  tal  or  temporarj  ! 

explore  topics  thai  are  not  im  luded  in  the  established  cuttm  uhnn 

ma)  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  are  primaril)  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students, 

III  182  Independent  Study  >.ir-l-  lafj 

I'n  1 1 <| ui site:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  fax  ulty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  <  Hficc 

I  pper-level  students  with  high  scholastic  achievemenl  pursue  their  particular 
outside  the  realm  "i  thi 

curriculum.  Ma)  be  taken  more  than  once  t<<  .1  maxunu 1  I  - 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  avaUafa 

HE49S  Internship  rar^ttsei 

Prerequisites:  ft  [mission  of  department,  college  dean,  and  univc 
coordinator;  upper-level  standing 

tl  experience  related  t"  the  student's  tnaji  a  jit 

developed  individually  in  consultation  with  university  [acuity  memi»cr  who 
supervises  die  internship.  Log  and  major  paper  required  M 
total  ol  12semestei  hours;  however,  these  semester  hours  an  notap 
toward  the  12  1  semester  hours  required  i"i  graduation  if  student  rt 
semester  hours  in  -tuiU  ni  u 


HI 


History 

Department  i>t  History 
College  of  Humanities  an.:  S 
Scient  t  s 


HI195  rhe Modern  I  ra  ic-ol-.ish 

Interprets  die  development  of  two  ccnlen  ctfefriusatioa.  Europe  an.:    ■■ 
withm  .1  global  context  ami  extends  from  ji  least  die  Age  -.1  Enlightenment 
through  die  present  (Majors  should  substitute  HI2I  .  iccithe 

Liberal  Studies  humanities  require] 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


168       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


HI200  Introduction  to  History  3c-0l-3sh 

For  history  majors  and  concentrates.  Topics  include  philosophy  of  history, 
important  schools  oi  history  and  historians,  and  methods  of  historical  research: 
Student  is  encouraged  to  become  a  better  historian  and  to  identify  with  historical 
profession.  For  History  majors  only 

HI201  Western  Civilization  Before  lbOO  3t-0l-3sh 

Survey  course  presenting  in  various  forms  the  origin  and  development  of  major 
political,  social,  religious,  and  intellectual  institutions  in  Western  Civilization  to 
approximately  1600.  For  History  majors  or  by  instructor's  permission. 

H1202  Western  Civilization  Since  1600  3c-0l-3sh 

Development  of  Western  civilization  from  the  expansion  of  Europe  to  the  present, 

including  political,  diplomatic,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  areas.  Introduces 
issues  and  interpretations  encountered  in  upper-level  courses.  For  History  majors 
or  by  instructor's  permission. 

HI203  United  States  History  for  Historians  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  aspiring  historians  to  United  States  history  since  1763.  Emphasizes 
die  issues,  methods,  and  problems  diat  currently  concern  professional  historians. 
For  History  majors  or  by  instructor's  permission. 

1 112 1 0  Ancient  Civilization:  The  Middle  East  and  the 

Eastern  Mediterranean  3c-0l-3sh 

Note:  Not  open  to  History  and  Secondary  Social  Science  Education  majors. 
An  examination  of  die  development  and  the  spread  of  ancient  civilization  in 
ancient  Middle  East  and  the  Eastern  Mediterranean.  Topics  of  study  will  include 
the  characteristics  of  civilization  and  the  development  of  political,  social, 
economic,  and  cultural  institutions  in  the  river  valley  centers  and  the  diffusion  to 
the  fringe  areas. 

HI212  Ancient  and  Medieval  Europe  3c-01-3sh 

Note:  Not  open  to  History  and  Secondary  Social  Science  Education  majors. 
An  examination  of  the  development  of  civilization  in  Europe  during  die  ancient 
and  medieval  periods.  The  course  will  focus  on  die  Ancient  Greek  and  Roman 
civilizations  and  the  medieval  European  civilization.  The  characteristics  and 
institutions  of  civilization  will  be  stressed  as  well  as  the  political  history. 

HI214  Themes  in  American  History  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HI195 

Open  only  to  non-History  majors.  Designed  to  give  students  an  appreciation  of 
the  basic  themes  and  issues  in  the  making  of  American  society.  Students  will 
examine  diemes  such  as  the  fruition  of  democracy,  die  American  dream,  slavery 
and  freedom,  the  tensions  between  liberty  and  order,  and  die  role  of  die  United 
States  in  a  world  setting. 

H1281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  direc  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

HI301  History  of  Ancient  Greece  3c-0l-3sh 

Will  analyze  major  political,  social,  and  economic  developments  in  ancient  Greek 
civilization  from  Bronze  Age  to  deadi  of  Alexander. 


HI302  History  of  Ancient  Rome 

Will  trace  Roman  history  from  early  Republic  do 
political  theory  will  be  particularly  emphasized. 


3c-0l-3sh 

i  to  fall  of  Empire.  Roman 


H1303  Medieval  Europe  1,  400-1000 

History  of  early  Medieval  Europe,  from  decli 
Middle  Ages;  emphasis  on  political,  social 
developments. 


3c-0l-3sh 

of  Rome  to  beginnings  ol  High 
religious,  and  intellectual 


H1304  Medieval  Europe  II.  1000-1300  3c-0l-3sh 

History  of  late  Medieval  Europe,  from  High  Middle  Ages  to  Renaissance  period; 
emphasis  on  political,  social,  economic,  religious,  and  intellectual  developments. 

HI305  Renaissance  and  Reformation  3c-0l-3sh 

History  of  Europe  from  c.  1250:  rise  of  commercial  city,  kings,  and  pressures  on 
Christian  Church  to  1600.  Some  consideration  of  technology  and  voyages. 

HI306  Early  Modern  Europe  3c-0l-3sh 

Greatness  of  France  under  Louis  XIV;  Sweden;  Thirty  Years'  War.  Emergence  of 
modem  society;  Frencli  Revolution. 


HI307  History  ol  Europe:  1815-1914  3c-0I-3sh 

Study  of  Europe  in  nineteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on  the  emergence  of  major 
thought  patterns.  Romanticism.  Nationalism.  Socialism,  and  Positivism. 

HI308  Twentieth-Century  Europe  3c-0l-3sh 

Political,  economic,  and  diplomatic  trends  in  Europe  since  1900.  with  major 
emphasis  on  causes  and  results  of  war  and  search  for  security; 

HI3 1 1  Rise  and  Fall  of  Hitler's  Empire  3c-0l-3sh 

In-depth  study  of  Hider  and  die  Nazi  order;  offers  an  analysis  of  nineteenth- 
century  origins  of  Nazi  ideology  and  intensively  analyzes  domestic  and  foreign 
totalitarian  policy  (1920-1945),  including  Holocaust,  Resistance,  and  the  postwar 
Nuremberg  Trials. 

HI320  History  of  England  to  1688  3c-01-3sh 

Survey  of  die  growdi  of  the  English  nation,  with  emphasis  on  political,  social,  and 
economic  developments  leading  to  seventeendi-century  conflict  between  Crown 
and  Parliament. 

HI32 1  History  of  England,  1 688  to  Present  3c-0l-3sh 

Survey  of  die  growdi  of  England  as  a  democratic  constitutional  monarchy. 
Attention  directed  to  industrial  revolution  and  to  imperial  expansion  and 
England's  role  in  twentieth- century  world.  Attention  given  to  social  and  cultural 
history. 

HI322  French  Revolution  and  Napoleon  3c-0l-3sh 

Brief  sketch  of  Old  Regime,  concentration  on  Revolution  and  Empire,  with 
emphasis  on  politics,  social  structure,  diplomacy,  and  economics. 

HI324  History  of  Germany  to  1848  3c-0l-3sh 

Study  of  die  development  of  Germany  politically  and  culturally  from  ancient 
times,  emphasizing  medieval  and  early  modern  periods  to  1849. 

HI325  History  of  Germany:  1849  to  the  Present  3c-0l-3sh 

Study  of  die  political  and  cultural  development  of  modern  Germany  from  die 
Revolution  of  1848,  including  imperial,  republican,  and  totalitarian  phases,  to 
post- World  War  II  East  and  West  Germany. 

HI326  History  of  Russia  3c-0l-3sh 

General  survey  of  Russian  history,  culture,  and  institutions.  Special  consideration 
given  to  study  of  historical  forces  formative  of  Revolution  of  1917. 

H1327  Soviet  Union  and  Contemporary  Russia  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Sophomore  standing,  completion  of  HI  195  (nonmajors) 
Analyzes  die  period  from  1855  to  the  present,  including  the  attempts  at 
modernization  by  Imperial  Russia,  the  creation  of  die  Soviet  Union  and  hirdier 
modernization,  and  die  collapse  of  the  Soviet  Union. 

HI330  History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization  3c-0l-3sh 

An  approach  to  learning  about  a  non-Western  culture:  Muhammad,  Arabs,  and 
Muslims  as  creators  of  a  great  civilization  from  rise  of  Islam  to  1800:  emphasis  on 
cultural  institutions  of  Islam  and  their  interrelationships  within  Middle  East. 


HI331  Modern  Middle  East 

Survey  of  changes  that  have  taken  place  in  Middle  East  and  in  Islam  ; 
eighteenth  century  and  of  contemporary  problems  in  diat  region. 


3c-0l-3sh 


HIS35  History  of  East  Asia  3c-0l-3sh 

History  of  China  and  Japan  from  ancient  times,  Buddhism,  medieval  Japan, 
Chinese  communism,  industrialization.  Some  consideration  of  peripheral  Asia 
from  1500. 

HI340  Colonial  America  3c-0l-3sh 

Survey  of  original  diirteen  states  from  dieir  inception  as  colonies  within  die 
British  empire  to  1763,  die  eve  of  Independence.  Attention  is  given  to  dieir 
political  development;  economic  position  widiin  die  empire;  relations  with 
Indians;  and  evolution  of  social,  educational,  and  religious  life. 

HI341  American  Revolution  3c-0l-3sh 

An  examination  ofWhig-Tory  participants  of  American  Revolution.  Examines 
events  from  1763  to  1783.  Changing  interpretations  of  the  causes  and  effects  of 
the  revolution  will  be  discussed. 

HI342  The  Early  Republic  3c-0l-3sh 

Survey  of  United  States  lustory  from  1 783  to  1 850,  widi  special  attention  on 
constitutional,  political,  economic,  and  social  trends. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESC  RIPTIONS 


Ml  in  (  ivtIWai  indReconilr 

Stmh  ofthefailun  ol  \ n 

century, followed!))  political,* 
.ncilii nofNorth 


iction  i'  <H   till 

I acy  toi  ■■!  mid  nini  tecnth 

m lil  ii  mis  during 

nd  South 


Mini  Die  Age  of  Big  Business  in  America,  1877-1917  )c-01-3sh 

Examines  how  big  business  developed  in  Vmerica,  how  thi  economii 
n   bapeil tin  n   liaped   ■   | led  politically. 

Ill  il'.  lb.  \g< •»•  Raglimei  American  llisi..i\.  1900-1989  ic-nl-M. 

tural  'Ii  vi  lopmenl  as  its  thematii  foundal I   a    thi 

ii.iiisii i]  cl I  tin  i  "  isiw  Era,  World  Wai  I  and  thi   II 

Ml  Hii  It, run  United  States  History  Ii  01      h 

Stud)  of  political,  economii   and  cultural  changes  in  American  life  since  19  19 

, 1 1 i    .  I  ioi    1 1  problems  facing  us  today,  S,  >m<  recenl  foreign  polii  \ 

trend   also 

H1350  History  of  Latin  America  Colonial  Period,  I  (90-1820  Sc-Ol-Ssh 

Study  ol  Indian  cultures,  conquest  by  Spaniards I  Portugui 

govermni  nl  during  <  lolonial  Period I  Wars  "I  Independi  ni  i 

111151  History  of  Latin  Americai  National  Period,  1820-Presenl      Sc-Ol-Ssh 

Stud)  ofdii  history  of  nations  which  have  emerged  Bince  independi 

emphasis  on  ei  on i< .  political,  <  ultural,  and  social  developments  "I  the* 

well  as  relal ships  of  these  nations  to  others  in  thi 

HI35S  African  History  Is  Vntiquityto  1600  3c-0l-3sh 

Pmeqirisitesi  Sophomon  standing,  completion  of  HI  195  (nonmaji 

Surve)  of  thi  s iltural,  political,  and  economic  life  of  precolonial  African 

societies  Foi  us  < ancient  kingdoms  and  cultures,  precolonia]  st.it,  s.  internal 

■nd  ktlantii  trade  networks. 

HI356  kfrican  Histor)  II:  1600  to  Present  tc-nl- tsh 

Prerequisites!  Sophomore  standing, pledon  of  HI  195  (nonmajors) 

Surve)  i 'i  African  socioi  ultural,  poliucal,  and levelopments  during  the 

colonial  and  modern  periods.  I  lourse  covers  imperialism,  the  struggle  for  control 
Ioi  Africa,  du  two  global  wars  and  dieii  repercussions  foi  kfrica,  decolonization, 
and  modem  kfrii  an  states. 

Hl.li.n  Histor)  ol  Pennsylvania  3c-01-3sfj 

I  mphasiacs  the  i  ultural,  et  oni i .  politii  al,  and  social  develoj nt  of  our  state 

in  its  various  periods  from  colonial  to  today  Special  attention  given  to  diversity  "I 
tlieii  institutions  and  probli 

HI361  History  of  American  Diplomacy.  1775-1900  3c-0I-3sfa 

1'i.u  es  (  il  ilu  1  'nited  States  from  Independence  to  emergeni  <  as 

.i  world  power.  Tbpics  coni  entrate  on  themes  <>l  i  ommercial  relations,  political 
isolation,  expansion,  and  debate  over  imperialism. 

HI362  History  of  American  Diplomacy,  1900-present  ic-Ol-.tsh 

[reals  primarily  oui  twentieth-century  involvement  m  world  affairs  and  domestii 
debate  ovei  thai  involvement.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  thi  role  ol 
interest  groups  and  increasing  power  of  Executive  Departmi 
affaire. 

Ill  ins  ITioughl  and  Culture  in  Early  America  3c-0l-3sh 

■  i  topics  in  earl)   Vmerican  intellectual  and  cultural  growth,  with  emphasis 
on  Puritanism,  Enlightenment,  cultural  nationalism,  and  Romantic  movement 

HI3ri4  Thought  and  Culture  in  Modem  America  3c-t)l-3sh 

Selected  treatment  of  his cal  development  of  modem  American  movements  in 

nd  political  thought,  religion,  philosophy,  fine  arts,  and  literature. 

HT1365  Histor)  of  Black  America  Since  Emancipation  3c-0l-3sh 

mi.  mi  .in,  I  analysis  ofdu  role  of  blacks  in  thi  history  of  thi  I  nited  States 
since  the  I  Svil  W.u ;  emphasis  on  key  leaders,  tnajoi  organizations,  leading 
movements,  and  i  nui.il  ideologies  ofblacks  in  modern  America. 

Ill.ltiri  African-  Vmerican  Women  3c-0l-3sh 

Majoi  economii .  social,  and  political  issues  which  have  affected  black  women 
since  theii  introduction  into  North  America  to  the  p 

HI367  Native  American  History  3c-0l-3sh 

\n  iinl.iiiiili.il  perspective  on  .i  familiar  tale.  Iliis  course  presents  the  "n™  Indian 

\.nili  America  from  Native  American  materials  and  points  ol  view. 
Identification,  analysis,  and  synthesis  of  Indian  realities  and  options  ovei  time  are 
.ii  tin'  heart  ofdiis .  .mum 


Ml  iii'i  Women  in  tmcrica 

A    slll.lv    ol   ill.      ,     I 

evaluating  *  ultura 

involvement  in 

in '.in  and  tl 

III  i7ii  Religion  in  ki i  i  ti -nl  i-l. 

pi  no,l  to  tin  present,  widi  an  emphi 

III  172  Mist. nt  ol  lb,  I  uK  lunericsui  Working Cbsi  i<  -nl- M, 

communitit  i  ol  workers  will  bt  i 
I  iboi  '  moil  and  the  Knights  "i  I 

III  17 1  History  nl  tin  Modi  m  kmerii  an  Working  '  lass  >■  nl  Mi 

I  ii  si  riptioi 'I  analysis  of  thi  nature  and 

l  nited  States  in  the  twentieth  century  W 

and  analyzed  is  well  .is  unions  sm  h  as  the  '  tailed  Mini  Worlu  re  and  thi  ' 
Auto  Workers  and  laboi  It  ad<  is  in<  luding  Samui  I '  iomj 
4eany. 


Ml  f7  I  History  of Organized Crime 
m  ol  industrial  \  ■ 


ii.nl-  I.I. 
i  urban,  ei  I 


H1390  History  of  Women    World  <  nltnia  k-M-Ssh 

ous,  legal,  political,  economic,  and  drythii  dimensions  ol  ivomen  in 

so,  iet)  li ancient  i"  modern  times,  ini  luding  Western  ami  non  VW 

experii  n 

III  I'M  Film  as  llist„i>  3c-OI-3sh 

History  of  film  i  me  background  in  film 

interpn  <  Ei  non.  police  films,  and 

great  foreig 

Ml  ISO  Senioi  Seminal  3c-0l-3sh 

A  regim  in  a  written  paper.  Students  work  on  a  pn»gram 

selected  1>*  the  instructor.  Foi  History  majors  ot  I  a  instrui  tor's  perm 

Ml  181  Special  Studies  in  Histor)  >ar-l- tsh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

I  mi  h  si  in,  si,  r,    si    are  offered  in  interest  areas  tliat  are  not  part  of  the  regular 

Someexamples  i  type  are  die  Victorian  Age,  die 

History  ol  Love,  World  War  D,  tl  lion,  the  Adams  Chronii 

the  History  of  New  York  City.  Students  may  schedule  as  manv  of  these  courses  as 
"  usual  limit. 

HI482  Independent  Study  rar-3-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  tlirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
-mi.  dean,  and  Provost's  i  rffice  with  I2sh  in  history;  a  :>.o  history 
permission  of  a  faculty  member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic 
1  availability  of  res 
Involves  directed  reading  or  research  for  qualified  students.  Exrjerimental  ; 
are  encouraged. 

Ill  IS  I  Independent  Studs  3c-0l-3sh 

An  honors  program  within  the  independent  study  format  Minimum 
qualifications  are  aS.OGPA.  I5sh  ol  history,  and  a  >2  average  in  history  classes. 
Satisfactory  honors  work  is  rewarded  by  formal  recognition  at  graduation. 

HI  IS7  Honors  (  oflornjhnn  in  History  3c-OI-3sh 

Colloquium  emphasizing  reading,  discussion,  and  writing  on  an  announced 

historical  topic  or  theme  which  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester  according  to 
the  expertisi  ol  the  fai  ult)  member  teaching 

-indents  who  have  completed  HC201  and, with  instructor  permission,  to 
junior  and  senior  history,  history  prc-law.  and  lucation  majors 

who  have  at  least  a  3.5  GPA  in  h 

HI493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

With  departmental  approval,  students  arc  attached  to  local  or  national 
government  or  pi  live,  bibliographical,  archival,  or 

museum  work.  AdS  eets  with  intern  rcgulariv  and  determines 

what  papers  or  reports  will  be  required. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    P  E  N  N  S  • 


170       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


Health  and  Physical  Education 

Department  of  Health  and  Physical 

Education 

College  of  Health  and  Human 

Services 


HPl  17  Fit n ess- Swimming 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  oi  swimming  and  fitness. 

HPl  19  Golf-Bowling 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  gulf  and  bowling. 

HP  123  Folk  and  Square  Dance  1 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  folk  and  square  d.un  ing. 


Oc-21-lsh 
Oc-21-lsh 
0c-2l-lsh 


HP124  Fitness  Through  Dance  0c-2l-lsh 

A  physical  fitness  development  course  for  men  and  women  diat  employs  a 
combination  ol  exercises  and  dance  techniques  performed  to  music. 


HP  126'  Resistive  Exercises 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  progressive  resistive  exercises. 


0c-2l-lsh 


HP127  Fencing 
Fundamentals  and  techniqu 


i  of  fencing. 


HP128Golf  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  golf. 

HP134  Bowling  0c-2l-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  howling. 

HP1-12  Foundations  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Sport  3c-0l-3sh 

Historical,  philosophical,  and  psychosocial  foundations  of  health  and  physical 
education  are  introduced.  Specific  emphasis  is  given  to  scientific  Uieories  and 
principles  in  such  areas  as  health  promotion  and  behavioral  change,  exercise 
physiology,  motor  development,  kinesiology,  and  motor  learning. 

HP  143  Health  and  Wellness  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  major  components  ol  wellness:  contemporary 

nutrition  issues  as  diey  relate  to  personal  food  choices,  physical  fitness,  stress 
management,  sexually  transmitted  diseases,  AIDS,  and  substance  abuse. 
Completion  of  HP  143  fulfills  the  Liberal  Studies  Health  and  Wellness 
requirement. 

HP145  Tennis  0c-2l-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis. 

HP160  Downhill  Skiing  lsh 

The  cognitives  and  skills  necessary  for  beginning  downhill  skiing. 

HPI62  Scuba  Diving  0c-2l-lsh 

Designed  to  teach  necessary  skills  and  proper  use  of  equipment  lor  underwater 
swimming.  Tanks,  regulators,  weights,  and  special  equipment  furnished.  Student 
must  purchase  a  mask.  tins,  and  snorkel  (approximately  $1,5).  Includes  dieory  as 
well  as  practical  wink. 

HP165  Lifeguarding  0c-2l-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  Advanced  Swimmer 
Designed  for  professional  lifeguards.  Includes  life-guarding  techniques  for  pools 
and  lash  and  saltwater  beaches.  Red  Cross  certification  (Pittsburgh  Division) 
granted  upon  satisfactory  completion  of  course  requirements. 

HP166  Basic  Smallcraft  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  intermediate  .swimming  ability 

Designed  to  introduce  die  use  of  the  canoe,  paddle  board,  and  sailboat.  Emphasis 
is  pLu  (.J  on  tin  development  of  boating  skills,  safety  rescue,  and  survival 
procedures.  Red  Cross  smallcraft  certification  is  granted  upon  successful 
completion  of  the  course. 


HP  167  Basic  Synchronized  Swimming 
Prerequisite:  Intermediate  swimming  abilit) 
Activit)  course  designed  to  assist  students  iii  the  de 
synchronized  swimming  skills.  VMC'.A  certification 
i  ompl<  don  ol  comsc  requirements. 


Oc-21-lsh 


elopment  of  beginning 
;  granted  upon  successful 


HP  175  Prevention  and  Care  of  Injuries  to  the  Physically  Active        2c-01-2sh 

General  information  will  be  presented  related  to  the  prevention,  recognition,  and 
care  of  bodi  acute  and  chronic  injuries  common  to  participants  of  physical 
activity/fitness,  and  adiletics.  Specific  topics  to  be  addressed  include  prevention 
techniques,  the  classification  and  staging  of  injury  conditions,  basic  evaluation 
techniques,  as  well  as  emergency  management  and  follow-up  care  procedures. 

HP200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity  Ic-2l-Ish 

A  foundation  course  designed  for  the  purpose  of  training  in  the  analysis  and 
performance  of  the  fundamental  skills  for  subsequent  motor  behavior  as  they 
relate  to  games,  sports,  and  dance.  The  opportunity  to  refine  powers  of 
observation  through  principles  of  efficient  and  effective  movement  fundamentals 
is  provided.  Individual  data  profile  charts  of  performance  will  be  completed  for 
future  reference. 

HP210  Motor  Development  2c-0l-2sh 

Corequisite:  HP200 

A  study  of  die  processes  of  growth  and  development  and  dieir  effects  upon 
human  motor  behavior  across  die  lifespan.  Includes  changes  during  physical 
growth,  maturation  and  aging,  and  subsequent  effects  upon  cognitive,  perceptual, 
and  physiological  performance,  bodi  individually  and  within  a  sociocultural 
context. 

HP2 1 1  Dance.  Rhythmic  Activities,  and  Gymnastics  2c-4l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP200 

Designed  to  provide  an  aesdietic  and  kinesthetic  movement  experience  which  will 
prepare  die  student  as  a  teacher  of  basic  movement  in  a  variety  of  situations.  The 
dance  section  will  include  creative  movement,  rhydmis.  and  square,  folk,  and 
contemporary  dance.  Gymnastics  will  include  basic  tumbling,  stunts,  and 
apparatus  skills. 

HP212  Team  Sports  2c-4l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP200 

Introduces  students  to  the  history,  current  status,  and  teaching  similarities  among 
team  sports.  Also  includes  materials  and  methods  unique  to  each  sport. 

HP213  Individual  and  Dual  Sports  and  Adventure  Activities  2c-4l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP200 

Provides  historical  and  current  status  of  individual  and  dual  sports,  as  well  as 
adventure  activities.  Includes  skill  development,  analysis  of  skilled  performance, 
and  strategies  for  planning  and  implementing  instructional  programs. 

HP221  Human  Structure  and  Function  3c-01-3sh 

Anatomical  organization  of  die  human  body,  surveyed  in  sufficient  depth  to 
prepare  students  for  physiology,  biomechanics,  and  adaptive  physical  education. 

HP230  Aerobic  Fitness  lc-21-2sh 

An  opportunity  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  aerobic  activities;  will  aid  fitness 
leaders  in  developing  and  implementing  several  types  of  aerobic  programs:  will 
offer  current  information  on  aerobics  as  preventive  medicine. 

HP242  Emergency  Health  Care  lc-2l-lsh 

American  Red  Cross  Standard,  Advanced,  and  Instructor's  certification  and 
Multimedia  Instructors  certification  awarded  upon  successful  completion  of  tliis 


HP251  Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency  Health  Care  3c-0l-3sh 

Focuses  on  accident  prevention,  injury  control,  and  first  responded  skills. 
Emphasizes  identification  of  causes  of  accidents,  recommended  countermeasures. 
and  mitigation.  American  Red  Cross  certifications  are  issued  in  (1)  standard  first 
aid,  (2)  community  CPR,  (3)  instructor  of  standard  first  aid.  and  (4)  instructor  of 
community  CPR. 

HP252  Introduction  to  the  Driving  Task  2c-2l-3sh 

Provides  an  in-deptii  treatment  of  operating  a  motor  vehicle  competently  in  all 
major  variations  and  under  most  conditions  encountered  in  traffic.  A  competent 
operator  is  one  who  performs  die  total  driving  task  knowledgeabry  and  skillfully 
and  demonstrates  full  understanding  and  application  of  identification,  prediction, 
decision,  and  execution  process. 

H  P26 1  Water  Safety  Instructor  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  litesaving  certification 

Emphasizes  the  teaching  aspect  of  skills,  techniques,  and  attitudes  necessary  in  all 

areas  of  swimming.  Students  successfully  completing  course  are  qualified  to  hold 

such  positions  as  waterfront  directors,  aquatic  directors,  and  other  sinulai 

positions. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        III 


HP263  tquatics  Oc-M-ldi 

Boii  perform; techniques  in  swimming  strokes  presented  with  s| I 

idoloi  |    iquatii  q and  garni  i  *  •<  i 

diving,  springboard  diving,  and  olhi  i  aq u  In  itii 

HP264  Advanced  Aquatics  Oc-21-lsh 

ue  skills  necessar)  let  American  Red  Cross  Senioi 

Emphasis  placed  upon  i  broad  n I  othi  i  aquatii 

experiences  and  leai  limn  '■'  ' 


0c-2l- 


HP270  Inatruc >l  Handicapped  Swimming 

Prerequisitei  HP261 

ed  with  the  learning  of  skills  used ach  s« g  to  exceptional 

children,  Ul  handicap   a isidered.  rhiscoursi  is  important  not  onf)  in 

physical  education  but  also  for  d entally  retarded,  rehabilitation  educal 

I  pei el,  postgraduate  swimming  education,  YM(   V  Boys  Clubs, 

( lunit)  programs,  privati  clubs,  and  industrial  programs.  The  Red  <  rosa 

in  moil  histi I  Swi gfoi  i lie  Handicapped  is  ;i  inti  d  i  i 

mi,  , ,  jsful  i' pletion  ol  tlu  <  ourse.  Summei  only. 

HP271  Instructor  of  Scuba  Diving  lk-21-lsh 

Prerequisite!  HP262 

Prepares  instructors  to  leach  skin  and  scuba  diving.  Emphasis  is  plai  <  ■  !  on 
teaching  methods,  mm  and  mi  i  hanii  a  "I  equipmt  nt,  aafi  i%.  diving  physii  ■  .mil 

and  advanced  diving  skills.  Instru f  Scuba  1  tivini ficati 

granted  b)  th<  Profess .il  Vssociati f  Diving  Instructors  upon  suo  essful 

tion  •■!  thi  i  "nisi   S im  i  •  -t 1 1^ 

HP272  Instructor  of  Canoeing  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisitei  HP266 

tied  with  the  learning  ol  skills  pertinent  to  teat  hingci ngtobi  ginners 

Ml  aipet  is  ol  <  anoeing  int  luding paddling,  repair  ol  equipment,  white  watei 

it;.  safet>'.  surviv.il.  .mil  li.ii  I  nun  lcchlili|iics  ,m  presented.   1  "In   Kill  <  lloss 

certification  Canoeing  Instructoi  is  granted  upon  sun  essful  i  ompletion  ol  die 
course.  Summer  only. 

HP273  Instructor  of  Sailing  0c-2l-lsh 

Prerequisitei  HP266 

ed  mill  learning  ol  skills  pertinent  to  teaching  beginning  sailing.  All 
aspects  ul  s.niiiiu,  .in  considered,  including  tin-  elements  "I  sailing,  repair  ol 
equipment,  rat  ing,  safety,  and  techniques  of  teaching  S ei 

H  1*2  7  t  Instructor  of  Infants  and  Preschoolers  in  Swimming  Oc-21-lsb 

Prerequisites:  HP261,  instructor's  consent 

Methods  course  foi  preparation  ol  swimming  tnstrui  tors  in  tin  knowledge  .mil 

skills  ,,i  teat  I  mil;  young  children  to  swim.  YMCA  certification  hutrucl I  the 

Verj  Young  granted  upon  successful  completion  of  course  requirements.  Summei 
only. 

IIP27n  Coaching  ofSwimming  0c-2l-lsh 

Prerequisitei  I IP261 

.lisnisshin  methods  course  designed  in  prepare  Physical  Education 
majors  for  coaching  nt  swimming.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  training  methods, 
officiating,  nutrition,  scientific  principles,  .mil  meet  strategy  Summei  onf) 

HP277  Coaching  of  Synchronised  Swimming  lc-21-2sb 

Designed  to  go  beyond  the  activity  nature  of  Basil  Syni  hronized  Swimming 
(HP267).  Students  are  involved  in  set  design,  costumes,  selection  of  music. 
making  props,  selet  ting  themes,  and  organizing  .1  program.  Summer  only. 

111*27**  Swimming  Pool  Maintenance  and  Chemistry  21-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  lll'.'hi 

\  1, 1  urn  -discussion  course  designed  to  teach  hiiukiiiii-iit.il  watei  chemistry, 
filtration,  treatmenl  ol  watei  problems,  winterization  ol  outdooi  pools,  .mil  pool 
management.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  water  testing  .mil  analysis  ol  1  hemicals  .mil 
I, .n ui  1.1.  Summei  only. 

HP280  Vquatic  Facilities  Management  2l-Ol-2sh 

Prerequisite:  HP264 

An  organizational  -mil  administrative  course  designed  to  prepare  tin  aquatii 
professional  for  management  of  indoor  and  ouulooi  taulitics.  Im-ltulcs  facility 
design,  safetj  proi  edures  activity,  .mil  sport  ami  recreational  aspects.  Summer 

.nil 

HP281  Special  Topics  iar-1-.ish 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Spi .  ul  topics  .in  offered  on  an  experimental  01  temporarj  basis  to  explore  topics 
thai  .in-  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum  na)  be  offered 

api .  nil  topu  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Spinal  topii  s 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


Mr  ,1  ,  Biomechanics  oii-h 

Prerequisitei  I II'-'-'  I 

Stud)  "I  iln  H  lationalup  '  prim  iples  ami  human 

,  (Offered  as  HP246pri 

HP318 Preprofeasional Experienci  I  ti-ol-lsh 

Recommended  I'm  requisiti  1  HI 

I'n  M  ipiisin  :  Physical  Education  majors  only 

Students  teai  h  as  assistants  to  .1  fai  ult)  mi  mb<  1  in  mo  difli  rent  ai  mints,  one  in 

physical educatii  ition)andom  inelementarj  phyi 

,,1  iln  I  niversit)  Scl I.  Emphasis  on  unil  iss  management. 

1.  ,.,l.  1  ihip  ■)  ill-  and  -  ralui n, 

HP319  Preprofessional  Experienci  II  rar-Ssh 

Prerequisites:   .-I  mental  approval 

Students  ma)  request  an  assisting  ti  passigi ratio 

univi  ism  11 1 1  -in  as  that  may  1«  eithei  mstnu  tional  or  noninsuvctional  in 

of  such  professional  areas  an  adaptives,n 
coaching,  aquatii  s.  intramurals,  administration,  elementary,  ictvm  1  or  majoi 

1  lasses.  ,  lul>  ai  In  im  s,  ami  assisting  in  laboratory  or  the  training  loom 

HP321  Methods  in  Elemenlarj  Health I  Physical  Education         h-ol-fsh 

Pleu<|llisite:  |imioi  slam  hug 

Guides  the  professional  student  in  iln  den  lopmenl  of  cor  mialto 

teaching  health  ami  pi  usual  education  at  thei  lemencuy  school  level.  Im  hades 
theories  ol  instrui  don  in  health  science,  necessity  ol  a  sale  ami  heahhlul  school 

envii nent,  and  judicious  utilization  of  scl I  ami  community  health  resc 

and  service,  as  well  as  study  of  theories  ol  ami  movement  relevant  to  elementary 

s,  I I  children.  Observation,  ma  ing,  and  opportunities 

Im  intern  teat  hing  provided. 

HP325  School  and  Commnnit)  Health  k-ol-ish 

Prerequisite:  Junioi  standing 

Introduces  students  to  thi  roll  of  school  and  1  ommuniry  in  protecting  and 
promoting  the  health  of  its  members,  ropics  include  historical  developmenl  of 
the  concepts  of  health  and  health  edui  ation.  id<  ntifii  ation  ol  national  and 

c munity  goals  to  reduo  risk  of  diseasi  and  enhance  health  status,  and  die 

res] si  l.ih  lies  of  both  school  ami  community  toward  achieving  tin- 

HP333  Psychology  "I  ( ..aching  &  -'H-.M, 

I  i Is  ol  .nl  ill  in  sin  schools  anil  communities;  principles  ami  responsibilities 

-I  tin  .  oach;  current  probli  ms. 

HP335  Coaching  and  Managmg  of  Athfetic  Programs  li-(il-fsh 

Lecture  course  designed  to  prepare  students  tor  coaching  or  administering  an 
athletic  program.  Emphasizes  the  professional  preparation  and  responsibilities  of 
.1  coal  h,  the  support  ami  auxiliary  personnel  working  under  and  vvidi  the  coach. 
anil  the  10.11  h's  responsibility  to  the  athletes,  plus  the  administrative 
responsibilities  ol  coaching. 

HP341  Evaluation  in  Health  mil  Physical  I  ducarion  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junioi  standing 

Evaluation  theory,  1nsi111ci10n.il  objectives, and  cognitive  test  constructkm; 
n  1  finical  ami  practii  al  considerations  m  testing  ami  interpretation  ol  test  results 
ii  both  hi  alth  and  physical  education. 

HP343  Physiology  ol  I  sen  is.  3c-0T-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP22  1 

Physiological  effects  ol  exert  is.  in  In ms.  Majoi  laciors  of  diet,  conditioning. 

fitness,  maximum  performance  level,  and  fatigue  arc  considered. 

HP344  Adapted  Physical  Education  3c-ul-3sh 

Prerequisite:  1 II'-  16 

Recognition  ol  structural  deviatioi  •  and  physical  education 

programs  fin  a  wide  range  ofhancScaps. 

1 11*  J 4".  Mhl.iii  learning  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP221  01  equivalent  applied  anatomy  course 
A  surve]  of  common  athletic  injuries  with  emphasis  on  etiology,  pathopfr 
ami  ii.!-  raj  injur)  assessment  and  management  procedures  will 

also  he  pr  - 

IIP  Mb  Uhlctic  Training  Lab  Oc-21-lsh 

Cnrequisite:  III 

-ii  athletic  training  skills  tor  the  beginning  and 
intermediate  athletic  training  student.  Emphasis  will  be  directed  towards  athletic 
mporary  immobilization  and  ambulation  devices. 
1  spoils  equipment,  anil  transportation  and  transfer  of  the  injured 

athlete. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAD 


1 72       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


HP41 1  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  3c-0l-3sh 

Involves  die  selection,  administration,  and  interpretation  of  various  tests  for 
appraising  die  physical  fitness  levels  of  individuals.  Information  given  concerning 
the  various  fitness  components,  and  discussions  held  so  diat  each  student  gains 
an  understanding  of  the  variables  to  be  tested. 

HP412  Physical  Activity  and  Stress  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Acquisition  of  necessary  understanding  of  anxiety  and  stress;  dieir  nature,  place 
in  society,  and  intervention  strategies  as  they  relate  to  physical  activity. 

HP413  Physical  Activity  and  Aging  3c-0l-3sh 

Presents  major  aspects  of  physical  activity,  its  importance  to  the  older  adult,  and 
die  organization  of  an  activity  program.  Attention  to  physiology  ofjjhysic.il 
activity,  effects  of  activity  on  grovvdi  and  aging,  exercise  prescription,  flexibility, 
overweight  and  obesity,  and  motivational  strategies. 

HP426  Health  Science  Instruction  3c-0l-3sh 

Healdi  curriculum— K.- 12.  methods  and  media  of  instruction  in  healdi  s 


HP350  Health  Aspects  of  Aging  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101.  SO  151.  and  junior  standing 

Current  theory  and  research  related  to  gerontology  will  he  introduced  to  increase 
students  understanding  of  the  physical  and  psychosocial  dimensions  of  aging. 
Additionally,  this  course  will  emphasize  lifestyle  factors  and  disease  prevention 
aspects  of  aging.  Recommended  for  students  who  plan  to  work  with  older  adults. 

HP353  Driver  Education  Program  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Emphasizes  die  development,  organization,  and  management  ol  high  school 
driver  education  from  the  standpoint  of  its  historical  development  to  its  present 
programs  designed  to  meet  the  demands  of  die  highway  transportation  system. 
Special  emphasis  on  die  role  of  die  teacher  in  conducting  a  high-quality  program 
that  will  meet  with  student,  parent,  school,  and  community  approval. 

HP354  Application  of  Driver  Education  Instructional  Modes  2c-2l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HP251,  252.  353 

Prepares  prospective  driver  education  teachers  to  plan,  teach,  and  evaluate  die 
four  modes  of  driver  education  (classroom,  on-road,  simulation,  and  multiple- 
vehicle  range).  Teaching  high  school  students  in  supervised  laboratory  sessions  is 
provided. 

HP365  Advanced  Athletic  Training  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  HP345,  346 

This  course  is  designed  to  teach  assessment  procedures,  evaluation  methods,  and 
proper  athletic  training  protocol  for  neuromuscular  and  skeletal  muscle  injuries. 
In  addition,  administrative  issues  in  athletic  training  will  be  addressed 
emphasizing  accurate  medical  documentation.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
subjective  and  objective  assessment  and  documentation  of  findings. 

HP372  Health  and  Physical  Education  for  Special  Populations  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  EX  1 12:  junior  level  or  above 

Methods  and  techniques  of  teaching  healdi  and  physical  education  to  special 
populations  will  be  explored.  Designed  primarily  for  students  majoring  in  special 
education,  course  will  focus  on  handicapping  conditions,  limitations  imposed  by 
such  conditions,  and  die  responsibility  of  the  special  education  teacher  working 
in  die  physical  education  setting. 

HP375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training  3c-0l-3sh 

Designed  to  give  die  student  die  anatomical  and  physiological  basis  of  muscle 
function.  Students  should  also  gain  an  understanding  of  changes  that  can  be  made 
through  weight  training  and  knowledge  of  programs  that  will  bring  about  these 
changes.  Opportunities  for  working  with  various  types  of  equipment  will  be 
available. 

HP376  Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  I  0c-2l-lsh 

Prerequisites:  HP251, 346, 346 

Provides  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  demonstrate  proficient  psychomotor 
skills  within  the  domains  of  athletic  injury  prevention  and  acute  care,  in 
coordination  with  a  one-semester  clinical  field  experience.  This  clinical  field 
experience  will  allow  each  student  an  opportunity  to  practice  and  apply  skills 
taught  within  this  course  under  die  direction  of  a  clinical  instructor  widiin  die 
IL'P  Adiletic  Department  or  an  affiliated  clinical  site.  Specific  skills  emphasized 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  those  relating  to  safety/risk  management, 
conditioning,  equipment  fitting,  taping  and  wrapping,  acute  care,  and 
transportation/transfer  of  the  injured  athlete.  Restricted  to  students  seeking 
certification  by  die  National  Adiletic  Trainers  Association. 

HP377  Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  II  0c-2l-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP365 

Provides  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  demonstrate  proficient  psychomotor 
skills  within  die  domain  of  adiletic  injury  assessment,  in  coordination  with  a  one- 
semester  clinical  field  experience.  This  clinical  field  experience  will  allow  each 
student  an  opportunity-  to  practice  and  apply  skills  taught  widiin  this  course 
under  the  direction  ofa  clinical  instructor  within  die  1UP  Adiletic  Department  or 
an  affiliated  clinical  site.  Specific  skills  emphasized  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
those  relating  to  anatomical  landmarks*  identification,  orthopedic  and 
neurological  evaluation,  and  general  medical  examination.  Restricted  to  students 
seeking  certification  by  the  National  Athletic  Trainers  Association. 

HP408  Guided  Research  Problem  var-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  department  chairperson 

Selection  and  research  ofa  problem  pertinent  to  student  interests  and  those  <>l  the 
professions  of  health,  physical  education,  and  recreation.  Classes  held  on  a 

HP410  Exercise  Prescription  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HP343 

Designed  to  teach  individuals  to  write  exercise  prescriptions  based  upon  a 
subject's  tolerance  for  physical  activity.  Special  emphasis  on  risk  factors, 
techniques  of  evaluation,  drugs,  injuries,  environmental  factors,  and  motivation 
and  their  role  in  physical  activity  assessment. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999     200( 


HP430  The  American  Woman  and  Sport  3c-01-3sh 

Comprehensive,  multidisciplinary  analysis  of  die  problems,  patterns,  and 
processes  associated  with  the  sport  involvement  of  girls  and  women  in  our 
culture.  Presents  historical  perspective  with  an  emphasis  on  physiological, 
psychological,  and  sociocultural  influences. 

HP441  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  and 

Physical  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 

A  study  of  psychological  and  sociological  influences,  bodi  dieoretical  and 

empirical,  and  dieir  effects  upon  healdi  and  physical  performance. 

HP442  Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation  I      3c-0l-3sh 

Theory  and  philosophy  of  health,  physical  education,  and  recreation:  current 
issues  and  problems;  innovative  and  creative  programs. 

HP446  Therapeutic  Modalities  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  HP365 

A  basic  introduction  to  the  use  of  therapeutic  modalities  and  die  role  diey  play  in 
die  rehabilitation  of  adiletic  injuries.  Physical  agents  used  in  the  care  of  athletic 
injuries  will  be  presented  highlighting  the  physiological  effects  of  each  modality. 
as  well  as  indications  and  contra-indications  for  their  use. 

HP447  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  (CPR)  Instructor  lc-11-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Basic  CPR  certificadon 

Study  of  mediods  and  skills  necessary  to  certify  instructors  of  cardiopulmonary 

resuscitation  and  multimedia  first  aid.  Successful  completion  of  requirements 
leads  to  certificadon  by  die  American  Healdi  Association  and  die  American  Red 
Cross.  Summer  only. 

HP448  Therapeutic  Exercises  for  Athletic  Injury  Management  3c-2l-4sh 
Prerequisite:  HP365 

The  dieoretical  framework  for  adiletic  injury  assessment  and  management  of  the 
injured  adilete  is  discussed.  A  problem-solving  approach  to  die  selection  and 
implementation  of  specific  tests  and  therapeutic  interventions  is  utilized.  An 
overview  of  dierapeutic  management  as  well  as  die  development  of  skill  in  basic 
dierapeutic  exercise  procedures  for  improving  muscle  performance,  relaxation, 
and  mobilization  is  included. 

HP450  Curriculum  and  Programming  in  Sexuality  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

Topics  include  anatomy  and  physiology  of  die  human  reproductive  tracts, 
development,  birth  defects,  contraception,  venereal  disease,  and  abortion.  Not  for 
credit  toward  degrees  in  Biology. 

HP476  Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  III  0c-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HP365 

Provides  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  demonstrate  proficient  psychomotor 
skills  within  the  domains  of  athletic  training  organization/administration  and 
education/guidance,  in  coordination  with  a  one-semester  clinical  field  experience. 
This  clinical  field  experience  will  allow  each  student  an  opportunity  to  prat  lice 
and  applv  skills  taught  widiin  dns  course  under  the  direction  ofa  clinical 
instructor  widiin  die  IUP  Adiletic  Department  or  an  affiliated  clinical  site. 
Specific  skills  emphasized  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  relating  to 
communication,  record  keeping,  planning,  budgeting  and  purchasing,  facility 
design,  policies/procedures,  and  other  athletic  health  care 

managerial/administrative  duties.  Adiletic  training  instruction  and  guidance  skills 
will  also  be  addressed.  Restricted  to  students  seeking  certification  by  die  National 
Athletic  Trainers  Association. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


IIP  477  Athletic  Thrilling  <  Unical  Pnctknm  IV  tto-U- 1 sl» 

PnrequuiUBi  HP4  i<>.  i  18 

Provide*  the  opportunity  bo  develop  uid  demonstrate  profit  ienl  piyi  homotor 

skill',  within  iIh  d ftin  ol  Blbletu  injur)  n  habilital in  i  oordination  with  I 

oni  Bemestei  i  linical  field  •  Kperience.  Phifl i  linicsJ  fii  Id  i  •  i,r  i " '" '  will  allow 
1. 1. 1 1  si  mil  in  ,in  opportunity  to  practice  and  apply  skilla  taught  within  thii  course 

11  in  If  i  the  directi I  a  i  linicaJ  inatrui  toi  within  tin  1 1  1'  Athleut  I  tepartmenl  oi 

.in  affiliated  cliiucal  site.  Spe<  ifi<  skills  emphasised  include,  but  an  not  limited  to 
Bxercise,  manual  therapy,  and  othei  advan<  i  d  must  uloakeletal  w  reening  and 
Hi.  1. 1 1 1.  ui n  ini>  i\i  1 1 Mm 1 1 1<  i  hniquea,  \(>  Btrii  ted  to  itudenta  leeking  i  firttfii  ation 
bj  ilu  National  Ithletii   rVainera  w i 

I  IP-IK  I  Special  Topics  var-l-3fih 

Prerecjuisitei  Aa  appropriau  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topu  a  thai  are  noi  ini  luded  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  I 

in.  i\  In  offered  under  an)  special  topit  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  181  an  primaril)  foruppei  level  undergraduate  itudenta. 

HP48S  Independent  Study  vaM-Sib 

PriTcquisiic:  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  t.t»  ulty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  < kfficc 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  stud)  "I  a  topi*  not  offered  in  thi 
curriculum  maj  propose  a  plan  of  stud)  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  membei 
Approval  is  bast  d  on  at  adi  mil  appropriateness  and  availability  oi  resources. 

Ill*  .!S.r>  Student  Assistance  Program  Training  3c-0l-3sh 

Pranqniaitesijunioi  standing  and  EP202 

Introduces  thi  student  to  ilu  concept  of  Student  Assistance  Programs  (SAP)  in 

schools.  Includes  the  history  of  SAP,  current  involvement  in  publu  edw  ation, 

and  rise  edui  ator's  role  as  an  SAP  member.  Provides  an  experiential  basis  l"i 

pn  paration  to  assume  the  role  ol  an  SAP  member. 

Note;  Majors  in  the  U.S.  in  Kducation-l  lealtli  and  Physical  Education  program 

will  have  titM  opportunity  to  enroll  in  i  lass;  an)  openings  in  the  class  will  then  be 

"Hi  red  to  Mi  nit  ni. n\  and  Secondary  Education  majors. 

I  IP  l'»  ;  Internship  var-.'M2sh 

Edui  ational  opportunity  which  integrates  *  lassroom  experience  with  practical 

experience  in  co lunity  servu  e  agencies  oi  industrial,  business,  oi  governmental 

organizations.  Junioi  standing  required. 


HR 


Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 
Management 

Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 
Institutional  Management 
College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services 


I  IK  i  ii  i  Introduction  to  Hospitality  Management  3c-0l-3sb 

A  study  "I  the  development  and  current  status  nf  the  hospitality  industry.  Major 
hotel,  restaurant,  and  related  area  employers  are  profiled.  <  lareei  opportunides  are 
discussed.  Guest  speakers  from  various  hospitality  industry  segments  are 
featured. 

IIR1 15  Introduction  lo  Tourism  3c-01-3sh 

l'nui|iiisiit's:  I  IK  mi:  majors  oiuj 

Introduces  die  student  to  concepts  pertaining  to  international  and  domestic 
tourism.  Course  examines  the  economic,  social,  and  cultural  aspects  of  tourism  as 
well  as  how  destinations  are  marketed. 

HR245  Diversity  and  Multicultural  Management  in  the 

Hospitality  Industry  3<  -ill-  j,h 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 

Course  "ill  explore  what  happens  when  diverse  people  work  together  in  the 

hospitalit)  industry  Ii  will  also  examine  (lie  eflei  is  oi  international  migration  and 

me  changing  roles  ol  women  and  other  minorities  which  lead  to  multicultural 

urban  centers  within  the  United  States  and  othei  hospitalit]  venues.  Furthermore, 

ii  will  also  focus  on  die  cultural  factors  affecting  productivity  in  die  culturally 

diverse  hospitalit)  environment 

HR259  Hospitality  Purchasing  3c-0T-3sh 

Prerequisite!  FN  1 50  or  equivalent 

Includes  sources,  standards,  grades,  methods  of  purchase,  and  storage  of  various 
foods,  beverages,  and  fixtures.  Emphasis  on  die  development  of  purchasing 
nl  spi  i  locations 


IIK2HI  Special   lopiis  vai-l-lsl, 

Pn  n  quifiu  -       ipprop  ontenl 

Spa  ial  topii  i  •"'  ",l'  pi  'i  on  an  i  xperimi  ntal  oi  n  mponu 

that  an  notini  i  bushed  curriculum  A  given  topi yh 

undi  i  .no  ipe  ial  topu  !'l<  mmi'.  no  more  than  llm  i 

bered28l  an  offered  pi nil)  Ebrlowei  level  undagraduau  rtu 

1 1  it  iuii  food  and  Beverage  Managemi  nl  k  -nl-  Ml 

Prerequisite:  FN150 

Ksai is  prim  ipli s.  i .-I  (bod  and  bi  w 

omol nudi   ignas  film  dons  of tm 

departmi  nl 

IIK.11  I  Food  Systems  I  2c-var-4»h 

Pic  requisite*:  PN150,  HR259,  permission;  profi  nifbrm  required 

A  baai le  in  quantity  food  production  with  experience  in  planning. 

purcha  nd  serving  nutritionally  adequate  meals.  Requirements  of 

the  National  Si  hool  Lum  h  program  emphasixed  in  saiellite  ami  oo-prcmiai 

Requires  some  preparation  and  servict  outside  regular!)  id 
tune. 

UK  i'.il  Introduction  lo  the  (  asino  Industry  Ic-lll-fsh 

Prerequisite:  Sopho n  itandina.  "i  i"  rmission  ol  tin  profcaaoi 

I dui  is  the  siiuleni  to  the  multi-bilhon-dollar  casino  industry.  It  cuk: 

gaming  lli(lllsli\  In. in  a  lusloiii  al  pcrspci  live  and  III'  links  legal,  social. and 

i ssues.  It  also  reviews  the  various  games  played  in  casinos  and  die 

current  trends,  as  well  as  the  mosl  populai  i  asino  dj  stinations  in  die  world. 
Special  attention  will  be  devoted  to  the  growth  of  casinos  on  cruisi  ships,  on 
Yitiw   American  reservations,  and  on  riverboats  in  thi  I  SA.Thiscoursi  includes 
a  field  trip  I"  Album.  I  it)  01  .mother  casino  setting,  wlucli  occurs  on  a  weekend. 
This  field  trip  serves  as  a  catalyst  i"  appm  iau  allol  the  theoretical  concepts 
d  hi  the  lei  aires 

HRJ5f>  Human  Resources  in  the  Hospitality  Induslrs  k-lll-lsli 

Prerequisites:  PC  1 01.  HR313 

*  *  i  gai  1 1  /a  ( and  administration  of  hospitalit]  business,  including  human 

resource  theories  and  policies,  work  simplification,  training, communication,  and 
safety 

HR358  Food  Service  Equipment  and  Facilities  Design  .U-Dl-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HR31S 

E\ai 6S  types  and  uses  ol  t I  service  production  and  service  equipment  widl 

emphasis  on  incorporation  into  an  effective  facilities  design.  Field  trips  permit 
investigation  <  »1  j  variet)  of  unit  designs. 

HRJfiO  Hotel  Systems  Management  Jc-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR356,IM241, AG201 

Development  and  application  ol  management  skills  as  applied  In  tin 
division  of  a  hotel.  Emphasis  on  basic  front  desk  procedures,  rooms  division 
departmental  functions  and  relationships,  and  hotel  Dualities  development. 
Students  use  MICROS  451  system  in  class. 

1 1  K.ih..  Hotel  Design  and  Maintenance  k-Ol-.Ssh 

Prerequisite:  HR356 

Analyzes  functions  ol  housekeeping  and  num nuance  departments  within  a  hotel. 
fdentifii  ation  ol  various  bote]  design  concepts  ami  design  characteru 
explored,  as  well  as  guesl  room  layout  and  fiimis 

HR-iOl  Cost  Management  Sc-iil-ish 

Prerequisites:  UK 

Pood,  I  k\ci  age.  and  labor  controls  fi>r  hospitalit]  or  health  care  operations. 
including  relationships  between  budgetary  mt.  irmation  and  managerial  do  ■ 
making  to  meet  financial  needs. 

HR402  Beverage  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Verifiable  proof  of  21  years  of  age  or  permission 

Examines  the  principles,  processes,  and  dieoncs  of  beverage  service.  Anah 
methods  ol  alcoholic  beverage  production  and  examination  ol  categ 
spirits,  malt  beverages,  and  wine,  as  well  as  legal  com 
Development  ami  marketing  ol  Leverage  operations  are  discussed.  I 
voluntary  tasting  and  evaluation  of  alcoholic  beverage  products. 

HR-tOti  Catering  and  Banquet  Management  \ar-  ish 

Prerequisites:  IIR.il  I,  majors  only;  chefs  uniform  and  wait-staff  attire  required 
Profitable  organisation,  preparation,  and  service  of  catered  events  in  bodi  on-  and 
off-premises  locations  tit  the  mam  emphases  of  the  course.  Requires  meeting 
tunes  other  dian  listed  in  order  to  meet  course  objectives. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


i I K  ION  Institutions  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR31 3,356,  AG201,  senior  standing 

A  compendium  of  the  concepts  of  managing  human  resources,  capital,  materials, 
equipment,  and  markets  as  related  to  various  hospitality  property  systems.  Focus 
i  m  i  oni  ept  development  and  managerial  decision  making. 

HR4I 1  Seminar  in  Hospitality  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HR560,   165 

Analysis  of  the  current  trends  and  practices  within  hospitality  industry  as  related 
by  industry  professionals.  Course  includes  researching  topics  and  writing  at  least 
three  research  papers.  Carries  writing- intensive  credit. 

HR413  Food  Systems  II  lc-61-4sh 

Prerequisites:  HR313.  356,  401.  and  permission;  professional  chef  uniform 

required 

Food  systems  course  with  emphasis  on  restaurant  and  dining  room  operation. 

Experiences  to  include  selection  of  classic  cuisines,  meal  promotion  methods, 

budget  development,  personnel  training,  production,  and  service. 

HR420  Hotel  Sales  and  Services  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BL235  and  HR306 

Examines  the  types  of  hotels,  facilities,  and  organizations  that  hold  conventions  or 
meetings  from  the  sales  perspective.  Examination  of  procedures  necessary  to 
service  the  group  once  in-house. 

HR433  Educational  Study  Tour  var-2-6sh 

Comprehensive  program  of  directed  activities  permits  firsthand  experiences  in  the 

historical  and  cultural  aspects  of  die  hospitality  industry  worldwide.  Visits  to 
renowned  operations  will  be  included  in  the  tour. 

HR481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

HR4S2  Independent  Study  in  Hospitality  Management  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 
Must  apply  a  semester  in  advance  and  have  sixty  earned  credits. 

1 1111*1  J  Internship  in  Hospitality  Management  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  57  earned  credits.  2.0  GPA,  and  completion  of  an  approved  440- 
hour  Work  Experience  I 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  work  in  a  supervised  experience  directly  related  to 
the  IIRIM  major.  Must  meet  university  and  departmental  internship 
requirements.  Minimum  of  440  hours  required  during  the  internship. 

Note:  White  uniforms  including  white  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  courses 
where  food  is  prepared.  Students  must  meet  the  professional  dress  requirements 
of  die  department. 


Interior  Design 

Department  of  Human  Development 
and  Environmental  Studies 
College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services 


IDI05  Introduction  to  Interior  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Presents  overview  of  interior  design,  including  introduction  to  design,  selection, 
and  application  of  components  in  the  interior  environment.  Emphasis  upon 
development  of  effective  design  problem  solving  skills.  (Offered  as  CS217: 
Interior  Design  prior  to  1998-99) 

ID1 18  Drafting  for  Construction  I  lc-3l-3sh 

Imii'mIih  es  two-  .iiul  three-dimensional  graphic  skills,  including  basic  drawing, 
drafting,  delineating,  perspective  drawing:  applies  principles  and  elements  of 
design:  stresses  graphic  design  and  Layout.  (Offered  as  CS1 17:  Design  Graphics 
prior  to  1998-99) 

ID205  Color  Theory  and  Application  3c-0l-3sh 

The  tho  iretical  basis  of  color  is  presented  as  it  relates  to  the  human  visual  system. 
Light,  pigment,  perception,  and  measurement.  The  application  of  color  dieory  is 


discussed  in  terms  of  interior  design,  merchandising,  and  display.  (Offered  as 
CS205  prior  to  1998-99) 

11)213  Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics  2c-21-3sh 

Consumer  education  in  die  selection,  use.  and  care  of  home  equipment 
appliances  and  consumer  electronics:  die  relationship  of  energy  sources  and 
utilities  to  major  appliances,  portable  and  personal  care  appliances,  and  consumer 
electronics.  (Offered  as  CS213  prior  to  1998-99) 

ID2I8  Drafting  for  Construction  II  lc-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ID1 18  and  BE/CO/IM101 

Introduces  basic  computer  aided  drafting  and  design  (CADD)  for  designers; 
emphasizes  CADD  theory  and  die  value  of  die  computer  as  a  problem -solving, 
design  tool. 

ID281  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topics  which  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given 

topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times. 

Special  topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

ID305  Interior  Lighting  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ID  105  or  equivalent 

Lighting  fundamentals  applicable  to  the  environmental  design  of  residential  and 
commercial  spaces.  Includes  calculation  mediods.  terminology,  theory  of  color 
visibility,  light  source  alternatives,  fixture  function  and  selection,  lighting  trends, 
and  related  professional  organizations.  (Offered  as  CS465  prior  to  1998-99) 

ID!  10  Human  Factors  in  Interior  Design  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

The  study  of  human  and  technology  systems  interface  as  related  to  interior 
design.  Emphasis  on  ergonomic  and  economic  decision  making  to  insure  that  die 
user  can  function  with  a  minimum  of  stress  and  a  maximum  of  efficiency.  (Offered 
asCS310pnorto  1998-99) 

ID312  Housing  and  Culture  3c-0l-3sh 

Managerial,  sociological,  economic,  and  aesdietic  aspects  of  housing  and  people 
are  investigated  as  well  as  a  consideration  of  die  environment  of  die  home  as  part 
of  the  community.  (Offered  as  CS312  prior  to  1998-99) 

11)313  Materials  and  Finishes  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FM314 

An  introduction  to  die  modem  and  historic  use  and  maintenance  of  materials  in 
architecture,  construction,  and  interior  design  and  the  codes  and  costs  that  govern 
dieir  use  today.  Consideration  is  given  to  contemporary  mediods  of  harvesting, 
preparation,  and  manufacture  of  building  materials  and  die  evaluation  of  die 
impact  of  diese  processes  on  die  environment. 

ID3I5  Residential  Design  I  lc-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ID218 

Applies  interior  design  space  planning  and  design  problem  solving  processes  to 
residential  design  and  emphasizes  graphic  communication  and  presentation  of 
solutions.  (Offered  as  CS357:  Interior  Design  Studio  prior  to  1998-99) 

ID319  Residential  Design  11:  Kitchen,  Bath,  Media  Room  Design  lc-3l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  ID315 

Design  elements  are  applied  to  kitchen,  bath,  and  media  room  areas  of  the 
residence  to  provide  design  solutions  supporting  individual  needs  and  changing 
lifestyles.  The  course  addresses  die  needs  of  special  populations.  Current  national 
standards  will  be  addressed. 

ID370  Development  of  Design  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Chronological  study  from  ancient  times  to  die  mid-nineteenth  century  of  the 
dominant  influences  and  characteristics  of  historical  interiors,  furniture,  and 
ornamental  design.  Emphasis  placed  upon  stylistic  detail  and  its  relationship  to 
social,  economic,  political,  religious,  and  aesthetic  influence  and  to  die 
contemporary  scene.  (Offered  as  CS462:  Historic  Interiors  prior  to  1998-99) 

ID380  Development  of  Design  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ID370 

Chronological  study  from  mid-nineteenth  century  to  die  present  of  the  dominant 
influences  and  characteristics  of  die  twentieth-century  interior,  furniture,  .md 
ornamental  design.  Emphasis  placed  upon  stylistic  detail  and  its  relationship  to 
social,  economic,  political,  religious,  and  aesdietic  influences  and  to  contemporary 
usage.  (Offered  as  CS463:  Modern  Interiors  prior  to  1998-99) 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        /  7.5 


ll>uir>  Interim  Design  Professional  Practice  !• -nl- Mi 

Prertquiiiteiji Handing 

I'l, ing,  business  org nation  ma  ntraci     , 

i,.  ii„  profi  is .1  urn lesigner,  (OIK nil  u  '  IS  168  prioi  In  19  I 

11)11.)  Study  Tbui  i.u-i-i.sl, 

Prerequisitei  I  ppi  i  level  standing 

Opp nily  is  provided  to  visit  business  eatablishmi  nt*  and  cultural  i 

medwith  liousehold  equipment  I hings,  textiles,  clothing,  and  housing 

m  tmerii  ■  bi  well  aa  abi I.  Museums,  fat  tones,  designi  rs'  show ms. 

ehstribu inters,  stores,  cultural  events,  and  seminars  an  included  i 

vberq I  for  a  total  of  6  si iter  I is  cross-listed  as 

CS/FM433 

ID k. i  ( racl  Design  I  le-.il-.lsli 

Prerequisite!  IDS  19 

Applies  interioi  design  spai  t  planning  and  design  problem-solving  proi  esses  to 

,      design  and  links  goals  in  interior  design  and  facilit)  agement. 

(Offcred  as  CS464:  Interioi  I'l.i gand  Drawingprioi  to  1998  99) 

ID  id".  Contract  Design  II  le-.ll-.tsli 

Prerequisitei  11 1 16  I 

A  studio,  project-based  course,  asi  ertaining  the  process  to  bi  followed  in 
developing  large-scale  nonresidential  interioi  di  sign  ii  hi  mi  -  "I  ovei  10,000 
square  feet. 

II)  ini  Special  Topics  f.-ol-tsh 

I'k  u-i|iii\iie:  \s  appropriate  to  i  oursc  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  mi  an  experimental  oi  ii  mporirj  basis  i" 
opics  which  an  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum,  \  sm  in 

to] .iv  be  offered  under  an)  special  topii  identity  no  more  than  three  times. 

Special  topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  foi  upper  level  undergraduati 
students. 

11)4X2  Independent  Study  var  l-to-.'lsh 

Prerequisite:  Prim  approval  through  advism.  facultv  member,  de| menl 

i  hairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  <  )ffice 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  ol  a  toph  nol  offered  in  the 

ili hi \  propose  a  plan  ol  stud)  in  conjunct with  a  fa<  ult)  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  avauabilit)  ol  i 


IM 


Information  Management 
Department  of  Management 
Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 

Eberly  College  of  Business 


Nuii:  Ml  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 

or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  ol  mapii  m  |H"» illiliation.  must 

meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  giw urse, 

I  Mill  I  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3c-01-3sh 

An  introductory  course  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  fundamental 

Hiding  of  computers.  This  course  familiarizes  students  with  the 
interaction  of  computer  hardware  and  software.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  il" 
application  of  microcomputers,  the  use  of  productivity  software  (word  proci 
spreadsheet  management,  file  and  data  base  management),  and  the  social  and 
ethical  aspect  of  die  impact  of  computers  on  society. 

Note  fnis  course  is  <  ross-listed  as  BE  1  ill  andCOlOl.  Any  of  these  courses  ma) 
lu  substituted  foi  eachothei  and  may  be  used  interchangeabl)  foi  Doi  1  repeats 
but  in.li  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit. 

IM201  Internet  and  Multimedia  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE  t  I  MM  101  or  prior  exposure  to  word  processing  and 
electronit  mail 

The  major  locus  will  be  on  the  evaluation  of  information  and  multimedia 

resources  available  on  electronic  networks  when  doing  research  in  an  area  of  one's 
i  boii  c    rhis  information  literac)  course  is  designed  for  students  to  gain  a  more 
in-depth  understanding  ol  the  information  resources  available  election:,  .illy  and 
t)l  bow  to  utilize  them  more  effectively  in  communicating.  Students  will  learn  how 
i  ai  1 1  ss  d\ul  utilize  these  resources  for  two-wa)  communications  and  support  for 
decision  making  while  incorporating  selected  elements  in  mull 
presentations  ol  tin  n  own  design.  (RK  CM  III  l\l  I  R  20  I  mav  he  used 
intcrrh.mgcahlv  for  D  or  F  repeats  and  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit.) 


IM.'ii'i  Foundations  ol  MIS  l.  -ill- Mi 

Pro iaitci  BI  CO  IM101 

An  introductory  course  designed  to  providi  students  with  a  fundam 

landing  of  MIS.  S)  I  |uality,  decision  making,  and  thi 

National  role  of  information  lystems  arc  introduced.  Infbnnation 

technology,  including  basil  programming  skills,  ii  ptaof 

organization,  information   ^stem  growth  telecommunications,  and 

an  introduced. 

IM2 11  Introduction  to  M genu  nl  Information  Systems  h  "I-  lib 

Stud,  ..I nagement  information  system  latioo. 

pulerhardv mdprognu ngarecmpba 

and  tl itegrated  to  demonstrate  how  an  MIS  is  Jevelo]  ih/  at 

In. in<  Ii  i  impusi 

IM243  Introduction  i"  Micro)  omputers  i<  -nl-  Wi 

1 1  mom  ii. in  s  hov,  to  atilizi  tl i puler  in  business.  Topics  will  include 

ng  systems,  wool  processing,  spreadsheets,  data  lust,  and 
BASK    i  Iffered  foi  Vsso.  iati  Di  jro  Pi   pamoruy. 

IM25I  Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  M   ish 

Prerequisitei  IM  J  t !  ot  100 

Involves  teai  hing  the  tools  and  techniques  required  lor  the  analysis  and  the 
design  of  business  systems.  II"  tnajoi  steps  in  thi  ".stem's  development  life 
cycli  an  presented  along  with  practical  applications  hom  the  tnajoi  nbaysti 

typical  Imisiiu  ss  org /atiuns.  Issues  related  to  personnel,  hardware,  soltware. 

and  pioi  edures  are  explored  as  students  work  individually  and  in  project  teams  to 
enhi  typii  aj  business  application  problems. 

IM255  Business  Applications  in  COBOl  3c-.ll-.lsh 

Prerequisites:  AG201  and  DM241 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  COBOL  programming  as  it  applies  t"  I 

organizations  and  their  applications  Structured  COBOL  concepts  and  mi  r 

are  taught  as  tin  student  [earns  how  iii  solve  business  problems  using  computers. 

The  student  will  be  invohvi  d  using  I'll  s.  u  ports,  and  tables  to  produce  a  variety  ol 

outputs  utilized  in  operating  and  n  neas  activities. 

IM260  Business  Computet  Application  Project  3c-0l-  ish 

Prerequisite:  IM255 

Provides  each  student  an  opportunity  to  utilize  skills  and  concepts  presented  in 
I m  •.  ious  '  '  'Is  1 1 H uses  in  the  planning,  design,  and  implementation  of  a 

comprehensive  case  study  involving  i puterized  business  applications.  Student* 

will  work  m  teams  and  individually  in  performing  tasks  tliat  are  necessarv  I 
each  problem  assigned.  These  tasks  will  include  systems  analysis,  systems 

prograt ing,  testing,  and  implementing  and  documenting  simulated  business 

problems. 

I M  2  X 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  1"  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  anv  special  topit  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  lor  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

IM  Kill  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CO  BK/1M  101.  AG202 

Includes  basic  MIS  concepts,  fundamentals, and  practices.  Broad  areas  of 

agi  are  principles,  the  computer  as  a  problem-solving  tool.  Computcr-Bascd 
Information  Systems  (CBIS),  organizational  information  systems,  arid  Information 
Systems  management. 

IM350  Business  Systems  Ic.huology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220  01  IM25S 

Student  is  taught  fundamental  and  advanced  concepts  of  computer  hardware  and 
a  procedure  for  evaluation  and  acquisition  of  computer  hardware. 

IM370  Advanced  (  OBOL  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CO220 

Corequisite:  IM 

Vdvancedl  OBOl    s  a  continuation  of  introductory  l  OBOL  with  an  emphasis 
on  structured  methodologj  i  1  program  design,  development,  testing, 
implementation,  and  documentation  of  common  business-oriented  apphcations. 

Us  a  heave  emphasis  on  the  tcchuu|ucs  and  concepts  of  the  table 
process  iiiou.  and  processing  alternatives,  internal  and  external 

_.  subroutines,  and  application  development  for  bodi  die  batch  and  on-line 
systems.  Micro  Foi  us  COBOl  » iftware  is  utilized. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


IM372  Microcomputer  Applications  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM350,  CO220,  AG20I.  or  by  permission 
Demonstrates  how  to  use  the  microcomputer  in  business  and  how  to  provide 
technical  assistance  to  users  oi  the  microcomputer.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
integrating  software  and  interfacing  with  mainframe  computers  or  with 
minicomputers.  Topics  covered  include  microcomputer  hardware, 
microcomputer  operating  systems,  local  area  networks,  and  microcomputer 
software  tools. 

IM382  Auditing  tor  EDP  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG20 1 .  CO220.  or  IM255 

Emphasizes  die  responsibility  of  die  systems  analyst  to  include  in  systems  design 
the  proper  management  and  financial  controls  and  audit  trails  in  business 
information  systems.  The  design  of  controls  for  application  programs  and  systems 
is  covered.  Audit  software  packages  are  examined. 

IM450  Data  Base  Theory  and  Application  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM370,  upper-division  students  only 

After  learning  data  structures,  the  student  will  then  apply  diem  to  CODASYL 
compatible  data  base  management  systems.  TOTAL,  and  IBM's  data  base 
management  system.  Student  must  develop  and  use  a  data  base  as  part  of 
requirement.  [Course  revision  in  process] 

IM451  Systems  Analysis  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IM350  and  IM255  or  CO220 

Develops  an  understanding  oi  concepts  and  techniques  involving  conventional 
and  structured  approaches  to  analyzing  problems  oi  business  information  systems 
and  systems  definition  feasibility,  as  well  as  quantitative  and  evaluative  techniques 
of  business  information  systems  analysis. 

IM470  Systems  Design  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM451 

Students  learn  tools  and  techniques  for  design  of  a  business  system.  Along  with 
classroom  discussions  of  principles  and  techniques  for  analyzing,  designing,  and 
constructing  the  system,  students  will  formulate  system  teams  to  analyze  the 
problems  of  an  existing  business  information  system,  to  design  an  improved 
system,  and  to  control  implementation  of  a  new  system. 

IM480  Distributed  Business  Information  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IM350 

Study  of  the  techniques  involved  in  planning,  design,  and  implementation  of 
distributed  processing  systems.  Distributed  marketing,  financial,  and  corporate 
accounting  systems  are  included. 

IM481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

IM482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  study  under  die  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

IM493  Internship  in  MIS  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisites:  IM370.  consent  of  department  chairperson  and  dean 
Positions  with  participating  business,  industry,  or  governmental  organizations 
provide  the  student  with  experience  in  systems  analysis.  Note:  Internship  IM493 
can  be  taken,  if  the  student  qualifies,  as  a  general  elective.  It  does  not  fulfill  the 
major-area  elective  requirement. 


International  Studies 

Department  of  Political  Science 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


IS281  Special  Topics  in  Non-Western  Studies  var-I-3sh 

This  course  focuses  on  politics,  society,  and  culture  of  a  particular  non-Western 
country  or  area.  Course  content  is  variable,  depending  on  die  semester.  Will  be 
taught  by  visiting  exchange  professors  from  non-Western  countries.  This  Special 
Topics  course  may  be  offered  on  a  continuing  basis. 


IS482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  ( >ffice 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  ofa  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  .1  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


m       m 


Italian 

Department  of  French 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 


IT101  Basic  Italian  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  students  to  the  Italian  language,  widi  emphasis  on  the  four  basic  skills: 
reading,  writing,  speaking,  and  listening.  Students  will  also  gain  knowledge  of 
Italian  culture.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  die  mastery  of  oral  communication  and 
basic  writing  skills.  Attendance  and  language  lab  practice  are  required. 

IT  102  Basic  Italian  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IT101  or  equivalent 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  the  first-semester  course.  It  introduces  students 
to  die  Italian  language,  with  emphasis  mi  the  foui  basic  skills:  reading,  writing, 
speaking,  ami  listening.  Students  will  also  gain  knowledge  oi  Italian  culture. 
Primary  emphasis  is  Oil  the  continuing  master)  of  oral  communication  and 
writing  skills.  Attendance  and  language  lab  practice  are  required. 

IT201  Intermediate  Italian  III  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IT101  and  102  or  equivalent 

This  is  an  intermediate-level  course  lor  students  who  have  previously  studied 
Italian.  It  is  a  continuation  of  mastery  of  the  tour  skills:  reading,  writing,  speaking, 
and  listening.  Students  will  also  increase  dieir  knowledge  of  Italian  history, 
culture,  and  literature. 

IT202  Intermediate  Italian  IV  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IT201  or  equivalent 

An  intermediate-level  course  for  students  who  have  previously  studied  Italian. 
Students  will  continue  their  progress  in  die  mastery  of  the  four  skills:  reading, 
writing,  speaking,  and  listening.  Emphasis  will  be  on  increasing  proficiency  in 
reading  and  writing.  Students  will  also  increase  their  knowledge  of  Italian  history, 
culture,  and  literature. 


Journalism 

Department  of  Journalism 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


JN102  Basic  Journalistic  Skills  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN101 

Required  for  journalism  majors  and  minors.  Emphasis  on  grammar,  punctuation, 
spelling.  AP  Stylebook,  copyediting,  headlines,  and  accuracy.  (Offered  asJN106 
prior  to  1994-95) 

JNI05 Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN101 

A  critical  examination  of  roles-goals  of  newspapers,  magazines,  radio,  and 
television  as  thev  affect  American  society  socially,  politically,  and  economically. 

JN120  Journalistic  Writing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EN101,  nonmajors/minors 

Emphasis  on  intelligent  use  of  writing  abilitj  in  a  journalistic  style  and 

understanding  of  the  why  of  journalism  arid  mass  media.  This  course  practices 
and  improves  writing  skills  for  all  news  media,  print  and  broadcast. 

JN220  Writing  for  the  Print  Media  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:JNl02  (C  or  better),  majors  only 

A  course  in  journalistic  style  intended  for  students  who  plan  to  become 
professional  writers.  Teaches  die  basic  journalistic  formats  and  strategies  used  in 
print  media  such  as  the  summary  lead,  the  delayed  lead,  and  the  conventional 
news-story  format.  Throughout  emphasizes  economy,  clarity,  and  the 
development  of  voice  for  a  given  medium. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        177 


[N243  History ofthi   American  Press  ii-nl-isi, 

Prere iii 

levi  Ini ill  "I  tin    \ 111  pri  Emphasis 

on  il I.  .'I  lln  pn      ii i 

194.95) 

JN250  Women  and  the  Press  •■  01   Ish 

Prerequisites!  IN  11)1.  mipl 

dj  ..l 
.  imtributiona  li 
Emph  >  lis  i  "  i  ""I  oihi  i 

Press.  \ ti«  in i"  dii  i  hanging  di  finitioi 

nil-,  need  by  di  litoriai  i  ilea. 

|N881  Special  Ibpics  wr-1-  tab 

Pn  n  quisiti 

hi  cx| al  or  lemporar)  basis  toexplon  topics 

I  ibli  ihi  d i ivi  ii  lopii  n  •■  bi  oBi  n  d 

iduali  students 


JN  121  Feature  Writing 
Prerequisiteai  |NI 

■•null  hi  »l y.1"  work  i 

u  rite  mi  ■'  pai  i  i i  frei   I  mi  i  basis. 


Ic-lll-.lsli 


|N326  Public  Relations  I  k-iil- Mi 

Prerequisites. JN  102,  120  oi  220 

Introdw  ictii       |>ro  grams  and  possibilities  in  the 

various  areas  ol  publii  relations. 

JN327  Layout  Design  .mil  Production  2c-.JI-.Jsh 

Prerequisitei  |N105 

basii  ui  hniques  and  dieories  ••!  layout  design  and  production, 

and  steps  in 

roi  ess.  Iiu  In- Ii  •  tradil a]  pasti   up  and  di  iktop  publishing  in  die 

design  of  ads,  newspapers,  new  i i I ,and  magazines. 

|N  us  News  Reporting  3c-01-3sh 

PrerequisilesiJN  102,  105 

1 1  ui  inks  instruction  in  writing  the  news  story,  preparing  copy,  interviewing, 

| N  1.(7  Editing  ic-Ol-.Jsh 

Prerequisites:  JN  I 

Stresses  bash  pra<  tit  es  ^u.  Ii  as  copyediting  and  headline  h  i 

focusing  hii  guideUni  s  for  ini] ;  accuracy,  cla     ■  trans i,  speUing,  and 

punctuation  "I  copy.  Students  use  w  ii  k  extensively. 

JN3  1 1  Issues  and  Problems  Sc-01-3sh 

Prerequisites!  JN  10  !   120  oi  220 

Students  examine  critical  case  histories  ol  ethical  and  professional  situations  and 

circumstances  in  the  im.hm nunication  industry  in  .1  Ii  • 

Iiiiin.li. 

|YU:>  Sportsjournalism  So01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JN220 

Emphasises  -kiiK  fbi  covering,  writing,  and  editing  ol  sports  and  introduces 
students  to  rmation 

work. 

JN  I  17 Journalism  I  aw  Jc-tll-lsh 

Prerequisitesi  |\  I  !8  iunioi  senioi  standing 

Open  in  in ajors  b)  p<  miission  of  die  instructoi  Survt)  ol  th<  majoi  Supreme 

Court  ami  state  court  rulings  governing  die  mass  media, especially  die  news 
media.  Areas  ini  lude  libel,  antitrust,  free  press  fail  trial,  privai  \.  Approai  1.  is 
nontechnical. 

JYUs  rhe Editorial  Page  f.-iH-SsI, 

Prerequisitei  |unioi  senioi  standing 

Emphasis  mi  die  writing  .-l  vigorous  but  dioughtful  .mil  fair  editorials.  Study  of 
contemp  andpolic)  on  letters  in  die  editor,  columnists,  cartoons, 

(N375  World  NewsCoveragi  3c-0K3sh 

Prerequisitei  Sophomon  standing 

tig  with  international  news  events  and  analysis  ol  111ter11.11in11.il  new 
iround  the  world.  Emphasis  placed  on  analyaing 
comparative  coverage  of  events  in  different  sources  Students  stud)  not  only 


.  inn  m  international  ni  ■•■    bul 

|\  pn  Document  Design  I 

I'm  i.  quisiti     ■ 

opportunit)  to  ip 

mil  bolistii  informati 

|N  123  Managi  mini  in  Mass  '  ommunicatsoua 
Prerequisitei  |N  : 
\in  iiiuiii  given  to  thi 

■      ; 

JN427  Publications 
Prerequisite:  I 

legibility  principles  of  typography,  1I11  j 
1.  Inn  publii  ation 
Students  will  also  leani  prim  ipli 

disposil .mil  ilu  marketing  ol  1 

pub] 


JN430  Public  Opinion  ami  the  News  Midi.. 

Prerequisite:  |i in  11 'i  standing 

Deals  mill  understanding  am ' 

nun  all)  analyzing  the  historii  .il  origins  and 

the  I'ulii  \  making  pro 

Students  then  measure  people's  thinkir 


:,  -11I-  ui. 


|\  l  \U  Research  Methods  ill Jiilliiialisiii 

Prerequisite:  P- 

emphasis  mi  ilai.i  anal)  sis  and 

[ism.  Students  w  iU 
ilu  effei  is  ni  pro  ision  joi 

dasJN  ;n,|, urn  I..  199 

JN  nn  kdverusing  Writing 
Prerequisites:  JN220.  instructoi  permiss 
Tins  is  .1  basii  ■  oursi  ii   thi   pi 
media.  Ii  is  '  <  ombination  oflecture  .mil  . 
in  fifteen  upperclass  majors  per  si  tn 

|N  ini  Special  ropics 

Prerequisite:  As  appropi  intent 

These  courses  vary  Ip  h 

n  time  tu  tinii  ilu 
Spi  1 1.1I  i"|iu  s  numbered  !v  1  an  off  1 
students. 

JN1N2  Independent  Stud) 
Prerequisite:  Prioi  approval  througl    id' 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 
1  Ipportunities  for  independent  stud)  ilu.  . 
activities.  Appro: 
resources;  enrollment  is  Limited  in  fifteen  u| 

JN-iSO  Public  Relations  II 

Prerequisites:  |\ 

A  pubhi  ■ 

features,  newsletters,  reports,  biographii  - 
copyediting,  interviewing,  resean  h,  and  - 
in  1994 

JN  191  Presentation  Making 
Prerequisites:  |IS 

Gives  ilu  student  practice  m  writing  ami  mak 
pnlilie  relations  eases  and  problems.  Faun. 

1  mil  small-group  commi  ■ 
.ma. .1  piil.  1„  affairs  (Offered as  |N 

JN4H2  Prublem-s.ihins;  in  PR 

Prerequisite:  I 

Introduces  students  t"  techniqui  • 

■  limns.  Introduces  students  to  ere 
are  standard  practice  in  corporati 

dasJN392  prior  to  IM'n 


■  NI  A    UNDE  RGRA  I 


178       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


JN493  Internship  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  JN102,  105, 220, 328,  department  approval 
On-the-job  training  opportunities  in  journalism  and  related  areas.  Maximum  of 
6sh  maj  be  applied  to  SOsh  minimum  of  major. 

JN494  Document  Design  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JN328, 393 

( lives  Btudents  advanced  work  in  preparation  of  substantial  corporate  and 
government  documents  such  as  annual  reports,  lengthy  project  reports,  and 
research  reports,  etc.  Emphasizes  skills  in  research  of  public  and  government 
d<  (cuments,  data  analysis  and  problem  solving,  holistic  information  display, 
writing,  and  editing.  (( IBered  as  JN394  prior  to  1994-95) 


Latin 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical 

Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 


LA  1 0 1  Elementary  Latin  I  4c-01-4sh 

Foi  beginning  students.  Emphasis  is  on  oral  and  reading  skills.  Students  will  learn 
most  ol  the  Latin  noun  system;  tliey  will  also  learn  how  to  answer  simple  and 
moderately  difficult  Latin  questions.  There  are  also  short  readings  in  easy  Latin. 
Students  learn  significant  differences  between  Latin  and  English.  Attendance  is 
required. 

LA  1 02  Elementary  Latin  II  4c-01-4sh 

A  continuation  of  Latin  101.  In  grammar,  students  finish  die  noun  system  and 
learn  several  Latin  tenses,  including  die  perfect  tense.  Latin  questions,  oral  and 
written,  remain  an  important  part  of  the  course,  as  do  the  readings.  There  are 
class  discussions  and  a  paper  on  readings  in  English  from  Sophocles.  Tacitus,  and 
Cicero.  Attendance  is  required. 

LA20 1  Intermediate  Latin  4c-01-4sh 

More  of  the  verb  S)  stem  is  learned;  while  grammatical  studies  continue,  more 
emphasis  is  placed  on  learning  how  to  read  short,  intermediate-level  selections 
from  Latin  literature.  Oral  and  written  questions  continue.  Ovid's  Metamorphoses 
is  the  topic  for  class  discussion  and  a  paper.  Liberal  Studies  credit  is  given. 

LA281  Special  Topics  var.,.3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

LA351  Advanced  Latin  I  3c-01-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in  depdi;  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language.  Written  themes 
are  not  required.  Selections  from  Latin  prose  are  read  for  knowledge  of  dieir 
content  and  for  developing  knowledge  of  the  structure  of  the  language.  Offered 
only  by  individualized  instruction. 

LA352  Advanced  Latin  II  3c-01-3sh 

Continuation  of  Latin  351.  Selections  are  from  poetry  this  semester. 

LA361  Development  of  Roman  Culture  and  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Latin  poetry  and  history  will  be  read  to  show  the  influence  of  political  and  social 
ideas  on  literature:  emphasis  will  be  on  the  contrast  between  die  Republican  and 
Imperial  periods.  Some  reading  will  be  in  Latin;  most  will  be  in  English.  Offered 
only  by  individualized  instruction. 

LA362  Latin  Conversation  and  Composition  3c-01-3sh 

Aims  at  the  ability  to  speak  Latin  on  a  conversational  level  and  to  write 
grammatically  correct  Latin  prose.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

LA371  Survey  of  Latin  Literature  I  3c-01-3sh 

Comprehensive  view  of  Latin  literature  from  Ennius  dirough  the  Augustan  Age. 
Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

LA48 1  Special  Topics  var.  i  _3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic- 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


var-l-3sh 

faculty  member,  department 


LA482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advis 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depdi  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  widi  the 

Latin  language  and  culture  dirough  consultation  with  a  faculty  member.  Approval 

is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


ld 


Library 

The  University  Libraries 
Academic  Affairs  Division 


LB151  Introduction  to  Library  Resources  var-lsh 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  (fourteen  one-hour  classes)  which  provides  an 
introduction  to  the  resources  of  a  university  library,  how  those  resources  are 
organized,  and  how  to  use  those  resources  effectively. 


3c-01-3sh 

r  prior  exposure  to  word  processing  and 


LB201  Internet  and  Multimedia 
Prerequisite:  BE/CM/CO/IM  101 
electronic  mail 

The  major  focus  will  be  on  the  evaluation  of  information  and  multimedia 
resources  available  on  electronic  networks  when  doing  research  in  an  area  of  one's 
choice.  This  information  literacy  course  is  designed  for  students  to  gain  a  more 
in-depdi  understanding  of  die  information  resources  available  electronically  and 
of  how  to  utilize  diem  more  effectively  in  communicating.  Students  will  learn  how 
to  access  and  utilize  these  resources  for  two-way  communications  and  support  for 
decision  making  while  incorporating  selected  elements  in  multimedia 
presentations  of  dieir  own  design.  (BE/CM/CO/IM/LB  201  may  be  used 
interchangeably  for  D  or  F  repeats  and  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit.) 

LB281  Special  Topics  ^^ 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
dial  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

LB48 1  Special  Topics  ^ ,  .3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.' A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


Learning  Center 

The  Learning  Center 
Student  Affairs  Division 


LC  070  Reading  Skills  for  College  Study  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  designed  to  assist  students  in  die  development  of  college-level 
reading  skills  with  emphasis  on  textbook  reading.  Includes  literal  and  critical 
comprehension  skills,  vocabulary  development,  and  reading  efficiency.  This 
course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 

LC  075  Reading  and  Study  Skills  Applications  1 C-0I- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  LC  permission 

Assists  students  in  the  applications  of  college-level  reading  and  study  skills  to 
content-area  coursework.  Intended  for  freshman  students  in  poor  academic 
standing  who  need  additional  and  individualized  guidance  in  die  transfer  of 
learning  strategies  into  day-to-day  reading  and  coursework.  Students  will 
participate  in  small-group  instruction,  as  well  as  individual  appointments  widi  the 
instructor.  This  course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is 
required. 

LC  090  Introduction  to  College  Math  1  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  A  student  may  not  register  for  diis  course  after  successfully 
completing  any  course  offered  by  die  mathematics  department  without  die  written 
approval  of  the  Learning  Center  director 

Reviews  basic  computational  skills  and  dieir  applications.  Includes  operations 
with  whole  numbers,  decimals,  and  fractions:  die  concepts  of  ratios,  proportions, 
and  percents;  basic  geometric  principles;  and  an  introduction  to  algebra.  This 
course  carries  institutional,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG, 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        179 


LC  09S  Introduction  to  College  Math  II  '•  01  Ifb 

Prerequisite!  A  studei )  nol  reguh  i  foi  thii rsi  aft)  I    Rill 

completing  an;  »i  offered  b)  tl at] atii    department,  without  written 

approval  oi  tin  I  ei ig  <  <enlei  dire 

I, luces  beginning  algebi icepti   includ lignednun 

pro] i  equations:  ex] nts  pol) .'I  ■  li ring  algi  braii  I 

graphs  indl ir  equations, |ualitiea  and  radical  expressions,  ll., 

,  i  institutional, degree  credit,  and  attendi Breq I 

I  (  lr.n  Educational  PL ing  lc-01-llh 

Introduces  itudi  ntt  to  il«  systi I  high  i  I  to  skills  dial  proi 

edui  .1 ial  planning  and  di  i  is akin;   lm  ludi    tin  to] I  history 

and  purposi  b  'i  high  i  i  dui  arion  and  il  - 1  han  i  models  for,  and 

variables  i"  considei  in,  dei  ision  making,  go  'I  h  tl and  i  dui  a)  planning, 

rtain  sections  of  this  course  will  bi  restricted  ollmenl 

groups. (Offered aa  ED150prioi  to  I1'''/  98) 

LCI 60  Learning  Strategics  lc-01-lih 

\smms  siuclriiis  i,,  ,1,  \,  lop  and  usi  -  II.  i  n\ <l  •  (Hi 

consistenl  Imsis  Students  will  exa ic  ili<  ii  ai  ademii  goals  and  impli  mi,  nl  study 

.  i,,  help  ,i»  hieve  ilinsr  goals.  In,  ludi  s  tin  topi*  a  "I  goal  ■><  tting  and  si  II 

monitoring,  lei ig  styles,  tesl  preparad ml  tesl  taking,  lecture  and  u  xii>,  ><<k 

ii, ,ir  taking,  dmi  managi  mi  nl  and  i  oni  i  ntratior  and    •  n  rail foi 

learning.  Students  will  bi  required  to  givi  evidei fapplical ifthi  stud) 

strategies  to  othei  i sea  in  which  they  arc  <  urn  nd]  i  nrolli  d.  \«  tive 

participal lass  mi  i  dngs  is  i  xpi  i  ted  Noti    '  <  i  tain  ,<  i  tions  "I  this  i  oursi 

will  be  restricted  to  spei  ific  enrollment  groups.  (Offered  as  ED  160] i  1997- 

98) 

LC170Careei  Exploration  lc-01-lsh 

Introduces  students  to  die  theoretical  and  praedcal  I ework  with  which  to 

explore  i  areera  compatible  with  overall  academic  skills,  aptitudes,  and  Life  goals. 
Students  will  examini  th<  world  ofwork  assess  theii  interests  and  abilides,  and 

ni.ik,  reahstii  decisions  on  academ ajors  and  careers.  Note:  Certain  sections  ol 

tins  .on  isc  will  be  i  csin,  ted  to  specific  enrollmenl  groups.  (<  offered  .is  EDI  70 
I! 8) 


L 


Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Department  ol  Industrial  and  Labor 

Relations 

College  of!  lealth  and  I  luman 

Services 

var-l-.'ish 


1.R2SI  Special  Ibpics 

Prerequisite!  Is  appropriati  to  course  <  ontent 

Spei  i,il  topics  are  offered  on  an  expei  imental  "i  temporar)  Imsis  to  explore  topics 

that  an  not  included  in  die  established  cui lum,  V  given  topii  ma)  bi  offered 

undei  ,m\  spei  ial  topic  identit)  no  more  than  threi  dmes  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lowei  raduate  students. 

I.RIiri  Cast  Studies  in  Labor-Management  Relations  Sc-Ol-Ssh 

In-depth  stud)  ofdail)  labor-managemenl  relationships  in  ,i  variety  of 

ational  settings  through  udlizatl fcasi  study  technique.  Foi  uses  on  a 

problem  solving  approa<  li  to  tin  legal  and  contract  administration  c ponents  of 

tin  laboi  managi  menl  n  I; nsliip 

I.R4S0  Principles  and  Practices  of  Collective  Bargaining  3o01-3sh 

An  examinadon  of  the  historical,  legal,  and  functional  parameters  "I  collective 
bargaining,  fbpii  s  i  overed  include  die  organizing  process,  negotiations,  i  ontrai  i 
administration,  dispute  resolution,  and  publii  sectoi  laboi  relations. 

I  K  is  I  Special  Topics  in  Industrial  and  labor  Relations  var-l-.tsh 

rVerequishei  Va  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  i Efered  onanexpi nu.il  oi  temporar)  Imsis  to  explore  topics 

that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topii  ma)  b<  offered 
undei  an)  spei  ial  topic  identit)  no  more  than  three  times  Special  topics 
numbered  481  are  offered  primarilj  foi  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

LR482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  Prioi  approval  throu  arunent 

dean,  and  Provost's  I  I 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  ol  .i  topic  nol  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  .>  plan  of  stud)  in  conjuni  don  with  .i  facult)  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academii  appropriateness  and  availability  of  res 


IS 


Liberal  Studies 
Liberal  Studies  Program 
Ai  ,nli  inn  Affairs  Division 


I  si'i'is.nim  Synthesis  li-nl-W, 

Prerequifiiei  7 1  oi  mon  iti  i  houi    i  "i"  ■! 

This  course  helps  students  understand  and  handli  complo  intellect 
in,  ,  from  multipli  pi  rspecdvei 

.mil  sin ii  session,  is  announced I  described  in  the  undergraduai 

schedule.  Students  should  id  ■  i  during  the  senior  year  o 

i  ,  i  than  the  last  half  of  the  junioi  year.  In  ordi  i  to  broadi  n  iheu 

i  ■  | ni  - 1  studi  ni   .in  ii I  to  enroll  in  ij  nthi 

instrui  lois  outsidi  of  the  itudi  nts  majoi 


M 


Mathematics 

Department  ol  Mathematit  s 

College  of  Natural  Scient  es  and 

M.illuni.aK  s 


LR499IndqtendentStud) 

Independent  read  n 


i  li  under  the  direction  ol  .1  Faculty  1 


var-l-.'Jsh 

inner. 


MAI00  Intermediate  Algebra  J«  -01-  Mi 

Note:  A  student  may  nol  take  MA  loo  after  bui  i  essrulr)  completing  M 

MAI  10  or  a  calculus  courat  withoul  the  written  approval  ol  the  math 

il-  partmi  nl  chairperson, 

Basic  course  in  algebra  including  factoring,  exponents  and  radii 

lineal  equations1 » omplex  tactions,  and  inequalities.  Designed  foi  rho*   rtudenta 

who  lack  the  basic  algebraic  skills  required  in  MA105  orMAHO.  Thi 

will  not  meet  Liberal  Studies  math  requirements. 

MAI 01  Foundations  of  Mathematics  :k-0l-Jsh 

Introduces  logic  and  mathematical  way  ol  ana  ens;  develops  an 

appro  iauon  foi  nature,  breadth,  and  power  ofmathi  a 
in  bnologica]  society;  introduces  useful  mathematit  9  01  mathematics  related  to 
student  interest  Possible  topics  include  logic,  problem  solving,  rnrmbci  tJn 
linear  programming,  probability,  statistics,  intuibvi  1  al  ulus,  inn  >di  1 
computers,  mathematics  of  finance,  game  theory. 

MA105  College  Algebra  .tt-Ol-:Jsh 

Prerequisite:  MA100  or  equivalent  high  school  preparation 

Note:  A  student  may  nol  take  MA  105  aitei  successfully  completing  a  calculus 

course  "i  MA!  10  without  the  written  approval  nf  the  mathematics  department 

chairperson. 

I'rcjKius  students  L.r  the  study  <>t  i  alcuius  for  business,  natuxa 

sciences.  Topics  include  a  detailed  studv  nl polynomial,  exponential,  and 

logarithmic  functions    This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  students  plann 

take  MA  1 21  Calculus  for  Business.  Natural,  and  Social  St  tences. 

MAI  10  Elementary  Functions  Jc-Ol- ish 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MAI  10  after  successfully  completing  a  calculus 
course  without  the  written  approval  <>t  the  mathematics  department  chair; 
Foi  students  nol  prepared  to  begin  the  study  ol  call  ulus;  topit  9  include 
polynomial,  exponential,  logarithmic,  and  trigonometric  functions. 

MAI  17  Principles  of  Mathematics  .k-Ol-.lsh 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  die  nature  ol  'mathematics,  designed  specifically 
as  a  first  course  for  mathematics  education  majors  to  experieni  t  sevi  ra  I 
mathematics  including  deduction,  induction,  problem  solving,  discrete 
mathematics,  and  theory  ol  equations.  Enrollmenl  open  to  set  ondary 
mathematics  education  majors  only. 

MA  121  Calculus  1  for  Business.  Natural,  and  Social  Sciences  U-0|-4sh 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MA121  after  successful!)  com] 

calculus  course  without  the  written  permission  oldie  madiemaucs  department 

chairpx  1 9 

Prerequisite:  MAI 05  or  MAI  10  or  equivalent  high  school  prepaia 

Introduces  non-Math  major  to  analytic  geometry,  elementary  tunc  tions 

logarithmic  anil  exponential  tractions),  central  ideas  of  the  ralrnhw  (limit 

derivative,  and  integral),  applications  of  derivatives  to  business,  social,  and  natural 


MA  122  Calculus  11  for  Business.  Natural,  and  Social  ScicftS  loOMsa 

Applications  of  integrals  to  business,  natural,  and  sot 

several  variables,  trigonometric  runctions,  sequences  and  series,  numerical 

methods,  differential  equations. 


INDIANA    UNIVER  '-"NNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    199- 


180       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MA123  Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Mathematics  4c-0I-4sh 

Prerequisites:  High  school  algebra,  geometry,  and  trigonometry 
Functions.  limits,  continuity,  derivatives,  application  of  the  derivative,  integral,  and 
applications  of  die  integral.  (Trigonometric  and  inverse  trigonometric  functions 
are  included  throughout  die  course.) 

MA124  Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Mathematics  4c-01-4sh 

Logarithmic  and  exponential  functions,  techniques  of  integration,  sequences  and 
series,  differentia]  calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  multiple  integrals,  line 
integrals,  surface  integrals,  differential  equations  with  application  to  physical 
problems. 

MA127  Calculus  I  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  die  mathematics  department 
The  first  in  a  diree-course  series  of  courses  which  stresses  die  dieory  of  the 
calculus  as  well  as  die  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included  are 
real  numbers,  an  introduction  to  analytic  geometry,  functions,  limits  and 
continuity,  derivatives  and  applications,  die  differential  and  antidifterentiation. 

MA128  Calculus  II  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  mathematics  department 
The  second  in  a  three-course  series  of  courses  stresses  die  theory  of  calculus  as 
well  as  die  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included  are  definite 
integrals  and  applications,  logarithmic  and  exponential  functions,  trigonometric 
and  inverse  trigonometric  functions,  polar  coordinates,  hyperbolic  functions, 
indeterminate  forms,  improper  integrals,  and  Taylor's  formula. 

MA  1 5 1  Elements  of  Mathematics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Topics  included  are  sets,  concepts  of  logic,  mathematical  systems,  systems  of 
numeration,  developing  die  set  of  integers,  rational  numbers,  and  real  numbers. 

MA  1 52  Elements  of  Mathematics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA151 

Topics  included  are  sentences  in  one  variable,  sentences  in  two  variables, 
nonmetric  geometry,  metric  geometry,  coordinate  geometry,  introduction  to 
statistics  and  probability,  computers,  and  calculators. 

MA  1 7 1  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  vector  spaces,  linear  transformations,  determinants,  and  matrix 
algebra.  Topics  are  presented  in  a  direct  and  intuitive  approach. 

MA214  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Business  Majors  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  introduce  die  study  of  probability  theory,  discrete  random  variables 
and  probability  distributions,  empirical  frequency  distributions,  dieoretical 
frequency  distributions,  statistical  investigations  and  sampling,  and  sampling 
distributions. 

MA216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MA121 

Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variation,  probability, 
probability  distributions,  sampling  distributions.  Hypodiesis  testing  for  means, 
variances,  proportions.  Correlation  and  prediction,  regression,  analysis  of 
variance,  and  nonparametric  statistics.  Emphasis  on  applications. 

M  A2 1 7  Probability  and  Statistics  3c-01-3sh 

(For  non-Math  majors)  Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency, 
variation,  elementary  probability,  sampling,  estimation,  testing  hypotheses, 
correlation,  and  regression:  emphasis  on  applications  as  opposed  to  theoretical 
development  of  topics. 

MA219  Discrete  Mathematics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COl  10.  and  MA123,  127.  or  122 

Topics  include  set  algebra,  mappings,  relations,  semigroups,  groups,  directed  and 
undirected  graphs.  Boolean  algebra,  and  propositional  logic,  widi  examples  and 
applications  of  these  to  various  areas  of  computer  science.  Emphasis  placed  on 
developing  an  intuitive  understanding  of  basic  structures  radier  than  formal 
dieories  and  influence  of  these  topics  on  theory  and  practice  of  computing. 

MA227  Calculus  III  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  die  mathematics  department 

The  diird  in  a  three-course  series  of  courses  which  stresses  the  dieory  of  calculus 
as  well  as  the  application  in  problem  solving.  Topics  to  be  included  are  vectors  in 
die  plane,  parametric  equations,  vectors  in  diree-dimensional  space,  solid  analytic 
geometry,  differential  calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables,  directional 
derivatives,  gradients,  applications  of  partial  derivatives,  and  infinite  series. 

M A24 1  Differential  Equations  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA122,  124.  or  227 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  techniques  of  solution  and  elementary  physical 

applications.  A  diorough  study  is  made  of  differential  equations  classified  as  order 


one-degree  one,  linear,  and  nonhoniogeneous.  Solution  techniques  involving 
reduction  of  order  techniques,  die  differential  operator,  and  infinite  series  are 
introduced. 

MA271  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  123  and  171 

Gives  student  basic  ideas  of  necessary  to  prove  results  in  madiematics.  Includes 

but  is  not  limited  to  logic  of  mathematics,  basic  methods  of  proof,  algebra  of  sets, 

equivalence  relations  and  partitions  of  sets,  functions,  and  madiematical 

induction. 

MA272  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI 24  and  271  widi  a  grade  of  C  or  better 
A  furdier  study  of  the  basic  ideas  of  contemporary  mathematics.  Topics  include 
but  are  not  limited  to  mathematical  induction,  cardinality  of  sets,  relations, 
methods  of  proof  in  number  dieory,  analysis,  and  algebra. 

M  A28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

MA3 1 7  Introduction  to  Probability  and  Statistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI 52.  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Introduces  students  to  elementary  concepts  of  probability  and  statistics  which 
will  enable  them  to  analyze  data,  make  predictions,  and  determine  which  concepts 
may  be  used  widi  children. 

MA320  Mathematics  for  Early  Childhood  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA15I,  Early  Childhood  major 

This  course  studies  child-centered,  activity-oriented  madiematics  programs  for 
early  childhood  education.  The  course  focuses  on  helping  children  develop 
understanding  and  insight  into  basic  concepts  of  madiematics  through  the  use  of 
manipulative  materials.  Topics  include  pre-number  activities,  number  activities, 
numeration,  operations  on  whole  numbers,  estimation,  rational  numbers, 
geometry,  measurement,  probability,  statistics,  and  problem  solving.  (Offered  as 
MA450  prior  to  1994) 

MA342  Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications  4c-l)l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MA241 

Deals  widi  die  application  of  madiematics  to  problems  of  science.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  duee  phases  of  such  an  application  and  on  die  development  ol 

skills  necessary  to  carry  out  each  step:  (a)  translation  of  the  given  physical 
information  to  a  mathematical  model;  (b)  treatment  of  die  model  by  madiematical 
niediods;  (c)  interpretation  of  the  madiematical  result  in  physical  terms.  Topii  a 
included  are  vector  calculus,  integral  theorems.  Fourier  series,  partial  differential 
equations,  and  the  Laplace  transformation. 

MA350  History  of  Mathematics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA122  or  124  or  permission  of  instnictor 

Development  of  the  central  concepts  of  mathematics  from  ancient  times  up  to  the 
development  of  calculus  in  the  seventeendi  century.  Madiematical  concepts  will 
be  placed  in  historical  perspective.  The  use  of  the  history  of  madiematics  as  a 
pedagogical  tool  and  its  relationship  to  other  sciences  will  be  addressed. 

MA353  Theory  of  Numbers  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA271  with  a  C  or  better  grade 

Divisibility,  congruences,  primitive  roots,  number  theoretic  functions,  diophantine 
equations,  continued  fractions,  quadratic  residues. 

MA355  Foundations  of  Geometry  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  1 7 1 .  27 1  widi  a  C  or  better  grade 

Studies  various  groups  of  transformations  and  geometries  associated  with  these 
groups  in  die  Euclidean  plane.  The  Euclidean  Similarity  and  aflinc  and  projective 
groups  of  transformations  are  studied. 

MA363  Mathematical  Statistics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  122,  124,  or  227 

Probability  theory  necessary  for  an  understanding  of  madiematical  statistics  is 
developed.  Applications  of  set  dieory  to  models,  combinations  and  permutations, 
binomial,  Poisson  and  normal  distributions,  expected  values,  and  moment 
generating  functions. 

MA364  Mathematical  Statistics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA363 

Multivariate  distributions,  change  of  variable  technique,  clii-square  distribution, 
estimation,  confidence  intervals,  hypodiesis  testing,  contingency  tables,  goodness 
of  fit.  Practical  applications  are  used  to  aid  in  die  development. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


\l  \  166  Prepi ion  I"'  Aiiu.iii.il  I  xaminatiotu  i < -ol- 1 sli 

Prerequisites  MA171  and  call  ulue  nequi 

I  ir  1. 1  nil  i i ...  1 1  ii  1 1"  N  in  1 1  ii  actuarial  profession  and  helps  thi 

student  prepare  for  thi  Erst  actuarial rhi  u npreparal 

consists  ol  ill   ictuarial  examin; sindrelated rial    rhi 

req id  to  take  il tuarial  ex ation,  I  In  studi  nl  should  I" 

aware  thai  I »l  students,  considerable  stud)  beyond  the  requii 

i  .ii  l.    n  'I""1  •!  ii lei  to  pai  i  thi  i >l  i    si ations. 

MA571  Lineal   Mgebra  tc-ol- Mi 

Prerequisites!  MA171,271  with  a  C  or  betti 

Vectoi  Bpaces  and  lin ransformadona  an  studied  in  .i  iheoredcal  setting.  Also, 

fbnna  and  multilini  ai  algi  b i  studied. 

MA  1 1 7  Si.iiisiir.il  Applications  lc-nl-.tsh 

Pmequisitesi  M  \  '  i  i    116, oi   117 (fori Math  majors) 

Using  computet  programs,  .i  wide  arra)  of  statistical  procedures  for  educational 

orki  '    will  bi  '  Kplored.  Basic  concepts  ol  statisdcal  inferenci  and 
in,  i In  nun  will  be  reviewed,  including  regression  analysis  and  prediction, 

testing,  analysis  of  varian  and  partial  and  multiple 

correladon,  Emphasis  is  on  use  of  die  i  omputer  and  inti  rpretation  of  computer 

printouts,  along  with  understanding  ti   bniq iployed.  Noi putei 

dgi  is  in  .  essary. 

M  A  1 1  s  Sampling  Survey  Theory  and  Its  Application  d  -III-  Kh 

Prerequisiteai  (For  non-Math  majors)  MA214, 216,  or  217 

..  i  the  Btudenl  who  is  or  will  be  doing  quandi 
commissioning  large-st  all  surveys,  and  evaluadng  riie  results.  Sampling 
techniques  and  statistical  prim  iples  underlying  theii  use  will  be  introduced. 
Consideradon  i>>  the  practit  al  problems  associated  with  implementation. 

MA  120  Pre-Calculus  Mathemadcs  I  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA152:  Elemental)  Education  com  entradon 

Examines  the  fimedon  i  oncept  as  applied  to  elementary  real  numbei  functions 

it  these  (unctions.  Topi<  9  ini  ludi  n  aJ  number 
mncdons  such  as  absolute  value,  step,  linear,  quadratu ,  and  other  polynomial 

functions,  trigon etric  and  other  periodii  functions, exponendal  logarithmic 

functions il  all  other  inverse  (uni  dons.  Students  will  examine  curricular 

materials  dial  develop  in concepts  in  Grades  K-s. 

mail' i  Advanced  Calculus  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites)  MAI  2  I  and  27^  with  a  C  or  bettei 

Study  ol  mi  theory,  real  numbei  system,  funcdons  topolog)  of<  .artesian  space. 

sequent .  id  uniform  convergence,  continuity,  and  uniform 

continuity. 

M  1 122  Advanced  Calculus  II  k-01-.fsh 

Prerequisitei  M  \4t\ 

Includes  the  study  ofconvergi  nci  si  quences  in  Rn,  global  properties  of 
continuity,  uniform  continuity,  differentiation  ol  Rn,  Riemann  integrals,  and 
infinite  series. 

M  V 123- 124  Complex  Variable  1  and  II  each  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA124oi  227 

Introduction  to  die  dieor)  of  functions  ofa  complex  variable:  topics  included  are 
elementar)  functions,  analytii  functions,  conformal  mapping,  integration,  series, 
and  application. 

MA425  Applied  Mathematical  Analysis  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites!  Calculus  sequence,  introductoi  ra,  oi  permission  of 

instrui  tor 
Provides  the  necessary  background  foi  an  understanding  of  mathematical 

i  ithms,  convexity,  and  factorable 
functions.  Usodevi  .    ncepts  in  matrix  theory  which  are  required 

in  develop  i  ffii  ient  algoriduns  to  solve  Lineal  and  nonlinear  programming  models 

MA427  Introduction  tn  Topology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite!  \1  1272  with  a  C  oi  bettei  grade 

Study  "I  sets,  functions,  continuity,  compactness,  the-  separation  of  axioms,  and 
metric  spaces;  application  ol  topology  to  analysis  is  demonstrated. 

M  \  1 15  Piogrjinming  Models  in  Operations  Research  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites)  Iwo-semestei  secintiiLeori.ili.iiliis.iinl  MA171  or  permission  of 
instructoi 

hi  ut  deterministic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and  social 
sciences  with  relevant  computational  techniques. 

MA446  Probabilistic  Models  in  Operations  Research  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Twi  lence  of  calculus,  MA363 

Development  ol  probabilistic  mathematical  models  foi  iiiaii.nen.il  and  social 
snences  wuli  relevant  computational  techniques. 


M  \  I  17  S111.11I.1I1..1.  Mo .Ms  I,  -ill- 1st, 

I'rereqnisiles:  (  on.pl n  ofth  ■  ground  III  Malum  s  and 

probability,  and  familiarity  wid iccptt  of  programiiung  Ikin.wli ... 

partii  nl.n  prop not  required) 

( lonsidi  is  iln  types  ol  i lels  that  are  basii  i"  am  limulation  and  m. (hods  foi 

el  nsinc:  sin  I 

simulations,  thi  ii  apphi  ations,  and  an  burodui  lion  to  si. AM  II  (Simulation 
Language  foi  AN.  mativi  Modeling). 

MA451  Numerical  Methods'  foi  Su|>i ..  ompati  is  ii-nl-)sh 

Prerecjoiihesi  MA121  and  !22,oi  M  U23oi  127,  MA171  • 

omputers  mal nputer  arcrtfrecturea    rector  and  parallel 

is    in  order  to  achievi  thi  fastest  rnx>ce*fing  speed  ctirrenlh  available. 
Studi  tits  w  ill  be  introdui  i 

i  ins  can  be  constructed  to  exploit  stipercomputera'  capabiuues.  Students 
wUIgainpra  ty,  YMP,  in  mcoipcaaring 

existing  si  ientifii  software  pai  kagea  into  user-written  programs,  m  anhmifring 

|olis  to  tin  Pittsburgh  Supercompub  i  <  enter,  and  in  producing  am  mated 

graphical  output  to  summarize  the  typical  of  output  data  generated 

liv  large  scientifil  programs.  (  Ms.,  offered  .is '  <  1451 .  ma) 
duplii  .in  ■  h  .lit) 

M  \  lr.2  Seminar  in  Teaching  Algebra  cir- 1  -  Ish 

MA453  Seminar  in  Teaching  (.cnmelry  \ar-l-4sh 

M  \  r>  I  Seminar  in  reaching  General  Mathematics  \jr-l-ish 

Seminars  are  di  in. hut  teacher.  Students  in  eai.li  class  will  gain 

insights thi  pi  ome  aware  of  the 

materials  available  and  methods  oliiistnii  lion  glared  to  the  special  tvpc  ol 

student  Education  majors  only. 

MA456  Principles  of  Geometry  I  tc-lll-fsh 

Prerequisiies:  MA152,  Elementar)  Edm  ation  t  on  t 

Students  become  acquainted  with  an  informal,  intuitive  approach  to  geometry. 

Activities  and  mat)  Ig  ge etneal  concepts  to  children  arc  an 

iiiiigi.il  part  ..I  the  course. 

JMA457  Introduction  to  Number  Theory  ic-lll-.Jsh 

Prerequisites:  \l  \  I  52,  E  lementary  Education  concentration 
Introduction  to  topit  i  ol  elementary  number  theory  including  divisibility,  prime 
numbers,  factorization,  modular  arithmetic,  problem  solving,  and  place  of  number 
theory  in  die  elementary  school  curriculum.  Students  will  examine  inanv  number 
theory  activities  which  can  help  to  strengthen  skills  with  basic  laerx  in  an 
interesting,  nonroutine  si 

MA458  Introduction  to  Logic  and  Logical  Gaines  Soot-Sen 

Prerequisites:  MA152,  Elementar)  Education  concentration 
Introduction  to  some  of  thi  basil  ideas,  terminology',  and  notation  of 
mathematical  logic  and  Boolean  algebra  as  well  as  games  of  strategy  dial  ins 
logic.  In  addition, an  investigation  ofhow  logic  is  taught  and  used  in  various 
programsfoi  the  elementar)  school. 

MA459  Computer-related  Topics  in  the  Elemcnlarv 

and  Middle  School  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 

Provides  teachers  with  com  epts  and  in  hniques  ne<  i-^an  to  teach  computer- 

related  topics  to  children.  Participants  will  work  with  elementary  school  children 

throughout  the  semester. 

MA460  Technology  in  Mathematics  Instruction  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:!  i  1205 

Designed  to  provide  preservice  marhematics  teachers  with  expertise  in 
instructional  technology  tor  teaching  mathematics  at  die  secondary  level. 
Pedagogical  and  content  knowledge  an-  integrated  widiin  the  context  of 
technology  and  current  reforms. 

M  \lh.i  Topics  in  Statistics  ic-iil-ish 

Prerequisite:  \l  V 

Correlation  and  regression  from  applied  and  theoretical  points  of  view,  bivariate 
and  multivariate  normal  distribution,  analysis  of  variance,  nonparamctric 
methods.  Practical  problems  ins  techniques  and  use  of  computer 

statistical  packages.  Knowledge  of  computer  programming  is  not  required. 

MA471  Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  Sc-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA152,  Elementary  Edm  ation  concentration 
Concepts  of  basic  algebraic  structures  such  as  group,  ring,  integral  domain.  6eld. 
and  vector  space  are  studied  within  die  context  of  the  mathematical  maturity  of 
the  student.  Other  topics  include  relations  and  functions,  polynomials  and 
polynomial  equations,  systems  of  equations,  and  inequalities.  Consideration  given 
to  development  ol  these  concepts  in  the  tnadiematics  curriculum. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG 


182       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MA476  Abstract  Algebra  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA272  with  a  C  or  better  grade 

Development  of  theory  of  integral  domains,  fields,  rings,  and  groups:  designed  to 
develop  student's  power  to  think  for  himself  or  herself  and  to  improve  ability  to 
i  onstruct  formal  proofs. 

MA477  Abstract  Algebra  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA476 

Designed  to  have  student  continue  study  of  algebra  by  use  of  axiomatic  method; 
Euclidean  domains:  polynomial  domains  and  extension  fields  included; 
interrelationships  between  these  structures  and  simpler  structures,  particularly 
groups  and  rings,  are  developed  as  in  study  of  Galois  group  of  a  polynomial  and 
in  an  introduction  to  Galois  theory. 


lc-01-Ish 


MA480  Senior  Seminar 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing  in  mathematics  major 

To  assess  the  effectiveness  of  the  mathematics  curriculum  and  to  provide 

mathematics  majors  with  .1  culminating  mathematical  experience. 

MA481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
ma)  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  4S|  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

MA482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  clean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

MA490  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

M A493  Internship  in  Mathematics  var-3- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  core  curriculum,  completion  of  application 
Positions  with  participating  companies  or  agencies  provide  students  with 
experience  in  mathematics-related  work  under  the  supervision  of  the  agencies  and 
faculty.  Requirements  include  one  to  Uiree  on-site  consultations,  two  university 
consul ta  tio us,  completion  of  progress  reports,  and  presentation  of  final  cumulative 
paper.  Internship  credit  may  not  be  used  in  fulfilling  math  major  course 
requirements. 


Management 

Department  of  Management 
Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 
1  'i  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  lor  a  given  course. 

MG275  Introduction  to  Entrepreneurship  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AG201.  EC  121.  sophomore  status,  only  for  nonmajors, 
permission  by  department 

Entrepreneurship  is  defined,  common  mydis  are  discussed,  and  characteristics  of 
entrepreneurs  are  identified.  Basic  characteristics  of  entrepreneurs  are  reviewed. 
This  course  includes  topics  such  as  die  psychology  of  entrepreneurship; 
economic  and  social  aspects  of  entrepreneurship:  history;  techniques  of 
purchasing  a  company;  new  venture  initiation;  and  risk  taking. 

MG281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  arc  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

MG30U  Human  Resource  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

I )(  signed  to  recognize  and  evaluate  the  application  of  behavioral  science 

approai  lies  in  the  study  of  human  resource  management.  Topics  include 

ret  iuiimR  and  selection,  training,  management  development,  performance 

evaluation,  communications,  wage  and  benefit  programs,  and  management-labor 

1cl.1l 9. 


MG305  Organizational  Staffing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG300,  MA2I4 

Focuses  on  the  dteoretical,  technical,  administrative,  and  legal  issues  involved  in 
the  recruitment,  selection,  placement,  and  promotion  of  individuals  by 
organizations.  Topics  covered  include  human  resource  planning,  job  analysis,  job 
description  and  specifications,  recruitment,  selection  process,  equal  employment 
opportunity  and  affirmative  action,  reliability  and  validity  of  selection  instruments 
and  techniques,  and  contemporary  issues  in  selection. 

MG3 1 0  Principles  of  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  the  student  with  an  in-dcpdi  identification  and  understanding  of  the 
relevant  theories,  concepts,  and  principles  underlying  die  management  function. 

MG31 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Human  problems  of  management.  Basic  ideas  and  dieories  from  die  behavioral 
sciences  as  diey  apply  to  human  behavior  in  organizations  are  presented. 
Management  solutions  to  problems  resulting  from  individual-organization 
interaction  are  emphasized. 

MG325  Small  Business  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MG275.  MG3 10.  MK320 

A  survey  course  emphasizing  those  aspects  of  small  business  management  not 
covered  elsewhere  in  the  student's  program.  Key  topics  include  Real  Estate,  Site 
Selection,  and  Facilities  Management;  Purchasing  Management,  Vendor 
Relations,  and  Inventory  Systems;  Plant  Security.  Loss  Control.  Risk  and 
Insurance  Management;  Human  Resources  Management,  Employee  Benefits, 
Motivation,  and  Leadership;  Small  Business  Market  Research,  Customer  Services 
Management,  and  Pricing.  A  review  of  other  elements  of  the  small  firm's  milieu  is 
included  as  a  necessary  contextual  element  (e.g.,  planning,  accounting,  financing, 
law). 

MG330  Production  and  Operations  Management  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI  21.  2 14,  junior  status,  Eberly  College  of  Business  or 

approved  major 

Study  of  the  process  of  converting  an  organization's  inputs  into  outputs  whether 

m  goods-producing  or  service  industries.  Provides  an  overview  of  concepts,  tools, 

and  techniques  used  in  management  of  production  and  operations  function  in 

organizations. 

MG334  Quality  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG330 

Emphasizes  the  philosophy  that  quality  is  an  organizationwide  phenomenon  that 
influences  every  aspect  of  its  operations.  An  overview  of  current  quality 
management  philosophies  and  tools  and  techniques  for  managing  quality  in 
manufacturing  and  services. 

MG350  International  Business  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG3 10 

A  study  of  die  international  dimensions  of  business  and  die  critical  environmental 
and  organizational  factors  that  affect  managerial  approaches  in  the  international 
arena.  Focuses  upon  die  management  problems  stemming  from  the  movement  of 
goods,  human  resources,  technology,  finance,  or  ownership  across  international 
boundaries.  (Also  offered  as  MK350) 

MG351  International  Management  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG310 

Provides  die  student  with  a  general  foundation  on  managing  multinational 
corporations  (MNCs).  Examines  die  macro-  and  structural-level  issues  of  MNCs. 
Focuses  on  planning,  organization  structure,  managerial  decision  making,  and 
human  resource  management  in  global  structures  and  differences  between  MNCs 
and  domestic  organizations. 

MG400  Compensation  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MG300 

Studies  the  policies  and  programs  that  help  managers  design  and  administer 
compensation  systems  for  private  and  public  sector  enterprises.  Includes 
motivation  theories  and  practice  designing  of  compensation  systems.  (Tide  was 
Wage  and  Salary  Administration  prior  to  1994-95.) 


MG401  Management  Development  and  Training 

Prerequisites:  MG300.3I0 

Principles,  problems,  and  procedures  in  planning,  organizing,  directing,  ami 

controlling  all  aspects  of  training  and  development  programs  in  a  business 

enterprise.  Mediods  of  improving  and  development  of  managerial  skills  are 

emphasized. 


3c-01-3sh 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-21 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 





Re 

idu 


Management 


Ic-Ill-Ish 


rerequisitesi  M<  1300,  graduating  i 

it  inteorativi  • si  in  Human  Ri  Mana I  Conaidera  current  issm  s 

i  limn. i gi  me  111  liii  i, iinn  andcoi porary  lopica  in  die hu n 

nt  lii  lil  using  caae  studies. 


•''■'<  " 


3c-01-3ah 


MG403  Small  Business  PI g 

Prerequisites!  MG  I  !S    VG  100  Bl  CO  IM101 

Inn  nil,  i  tl tent  of  much  of  ihi  buaineaai ind  relates  it  to  dn 

pli f  lm  small  buaines8ea  and  entrepreneurial  efforts,  [lie  student  will  bi 

i, luced  i pi    which  will  supporl  tli<  devi  lo| I  an 

but Pl«" 

MG  Illti  II in  Res ns  Management  Research  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites!  QB  !15  MG  100 

Snub  nl  die  n, nun  nl  research  questions,  n  sean  h  mediods,  research  design, 

,  nil .in  tlysis  and pn  tation  ofd  ita  I lei  I    ign,devi  lopmi  nt. 

implementation,  and  evalui n  of  Hi in  Resources  Managi  menl  programs. 

Applii  al ■ ployi  i  bi  li » in "i.  perl am  e  nieaau i  woi  k  atdtudea 

and i i  mployee  training,  and  development  areas. 


Mi .  I2N  Seminar  in  Managemet 
Prerequisite!  Mi  1310 
\n  integrative  «  ours*  in 

contemporai )  i  isui    anagi  a 


3c-0l-3sh 


in  the  lie  1,1  .mil 


ntusuigt 


studii 


MG  I'-'  Business  and  Society  3c-01-3sh 

( >\<  i\  i, w  nl  [In  mil  i.i,  iinns  between  lnism<  sv  .111,1  ill,  larger  Bocial  system  in 
win,  1 1  it  operates.  Considers  the  problem,  solutions, and  future  direction  ol 
societal  issues  and  thei  i  reladonships  to  the  business  environment.  Topics 

discussed  include  consumerism,  die lit)  ol  advi  i  nsm^.  s,  II  regulation, 

pollution  .Hi' I i  cology,  ovei  populal govi  rnmi  nl  regulat il  the  social  and 

ethical  responsibilities  nl  business  and  industry.  (Also  offered  .is  \IK  I  ;j;  ma)  

In  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

MG  It"  Operations  Management  System  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  Ml  1330 

Theoretical  and  practical  understanding  of  manufacturing  and  service  planning 

.mil '  nnin il.  :n,  [uding  systems  modeling,  purchasing  .mil  sourcdng,  inii ition 

andcoi I  including  MPS,  MRP,  and  MRP-H,  scheduling,  etc,  Manufacturing 

.mil  sen  ii  i  te<  hnologii  s  and  n  nds  an  also  emphasized.  Computei  applications 
.in'  used  I, ,i  understanding  tin-  interrelationships  between  various  i  omponi  tits  < ■  t 

,\  skin. 

MG452  Comparative  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  \li  I  I  iO 

Siml\  nl  the  similarities  and  differences iti  managers,  management  prat  in  es, 

and  organizations  in  different  cultures.  A  variet)  nl  > parative  mana 

systems,  models,  and  theories  are  presented,  and  resean  li  findings  are  examined. 

\l(.  15 1  International  Competitiveness  3c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite!  MG 

Study  of  the  mostim] ant  challenges  dial  (act  nations  and  firms  alike  in  gaining 

in  restoring  competitiveness.  I'm  uses  on  factors  that  determine  the  success  ol 
nations  and  dieir  firms  in  highly  dynamii  world  markets,  various  theories, 
id  cases  dealing  with  competitive  advantage  are  examined. 

MG459  Seminar  in  International  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites!  Ml  A54,  sa standing 

Analysis  nl  recent  literature  and  developments  related  in  global  business  issues 
mi,  Ii  .is  strategic  alliances,  human  resource  managemenl  in  global  environments, 
global  assignments,  Japanese  Imsimss  system,  nniliin.iiinn.il  corporations  in  die 
world  economy. 

MG481  Special  fbpics  in  Management  var-l-3sh 

idvanced,  innovativi .  oi  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines  within 
management,  Specific  content  nuns  dew  loped  l>\  instructor.  Credits  may  be 
applied  in  eithei  required  (In  permission  nl  department  chairpi  rson 
electives  in  .i  student's  program. 

MG  is2  Independent  Study  vax-3sb 

Prerequisite:  Prioi  approval  through  adi  ism.  rat  ult)  member,  department 
son,  dean,  and  Provost's  I  li 

lniliMilu.il  research  and  .m.iKsis  nl ,  ontemporar)  problems  ami  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  of  stud)  undet  the  guidance  of  a  senioi  facult)  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabilit)  „lin„i;:,i- 

MG  192  Small  Business  Entrepreneurship  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisites!  AK,  hi;,  permission  ol  department .  hairperson,  2.75  overall  GPA, 
all  other  requirements  nl  the  Eberh  College  nt  Business 


Tins  i  mil  -  rmsulting 

with  small  business  linns,  Sludi  nta  Mill  .■ 

Uld  MIS  nl  mi 

ui  Ii  as  business  p 

m, mi 

\li.  ci ;  Managi  menl  Internship  var-  Mia* 

to  actual  problems  in  a  nonclassrcM  if  inUrrumip  in 

the  stud  cd  toward  il tnagemi  nl  and  hi 

Iditional  internship  i  nil  I 

l,,  ii  ,  da   : 

i  hairperson  and  dean,  I'  I"  rl)  •  olli  gi  ol  Business. 

MG495  Business  Polic)  (.  -nl-  .si, 

Prerequiaitcai  Completion  of  all  B '  on 



\  ,  apstoni  ,  '  ,  anal)  |  'plying 

liiisniiss  theories  to  the  solution  ol  managemenl  problems.  An  analysis  of  how  lop 

managemi  nl  d<  ti  i n  iti    |  and  polii  \  and  inBuencea  the  philosophy  and 

■  Imi.i,  tet  of  il pany  To  dew  lop  in  thi 

viewpoint  thai  inti  cation. 


M 


Music  History 
■epartment  of  Music 
College  nl  Fine  Arts 


Mllioi  Introduction  to  Music  k-nl-Jsh 

Course  presumes  no  technii  I  but  does  utilize  the  varied  musical 

experiences  of  each  individual  to  help  extend  interest  as  far  as  possible. 

Attendance  at  i iconcerti  ofuniw     it)  o  ranizatwns,  cultural  li£e  events,  and 

\  isiting  artisl  i  oni  erts  is  required  to  augment  listening  experiences  nl  stndcsita. 

MH103  Perspectives  injazz  ic-ul-  Jsh 

Designed  to  give  an  overview  nl  die  development  ami  contributions  <■!  jazz  in  die 
tarn  ricani  ulture  ami  provide  a  background  fbi  a  more  intensive  and  detailed 
stud)  ,,i  jazz  fot  the  Jazz  Studies  major. 

MH281  Special  Topics  tar-l-J-h 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  i  ontenl 

1  topics  an  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explon 
thai  an  nnt  m,  hided  in  tin  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  !>c  offered 

ipecial  topii  identic)  than  three  times.  Special  I 

numbered  ~sl  are  offered  primarily  lor  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

Mil  (01  Music  Histor)  I  ...nl-;.!, 

Prerequisites:  EN101,  EN202,  HI195,  HI305 

Intensive  stud)  of  the  historj  .mil  style  nl  Medieval,  Renaissani  e,and  li  art 
nnisi, .  ( lonsiderable  analytical  Listening  required. 

MH302  Music  History  II  k-nl-ish 

Prerequisite:  MH30I  or  permission 

Intensive  study  of  the  historj  ami  si\|Cs  of  Classical,  Romantic,  and  twentieth- 
century  musii  i,,  1950  Considerable  analytical  listening  required. 

MH322  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Musi,  3c-Ol-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  the  plai  ations  in  the  early  Middle   \_ 

,,l  polyphony;  sacred  and  si  t  ihe  thirteenth  to  the  sixteenth 

centuries;  special  emphasis  on  Dufay,Joscnjin,  PaJestrina,  and  dieir 
contempi  n 

MH323  The  Baroque  Era  ii-nl-Mi 

I'lcicuuisilcs:  Mil  101 

Extends  from  Monteverdi  through  Bach  and  Handel  and  considers  vocal  and 

instrumental  forms,  styles,  ami  practices  of  era. 

\IH.i2l   I  lu  Classical  Kra  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Ml  InIM 

A  survey  ot  music  from  about  1  ~2r>  to  about  1S:>7.  with  sixrctal  attention  to  the 
music  ol  Mozart  ami  Haydn.  Consideration  is  given  also  to  the  works 
Scarlatti  and  CPE.  Bach. 

MB325  The  Romantic  Era  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  music  from  about  I  SIM)  to  1910,  with  attention  directed  to  die  earlier 
romantic  composers  such  as  Beethoven.  Schubert.  Mendelssohn,  and  Berlioz 
dining!)  the  later  romantic  composers  such  as  V&gnec,  lsehaikowskv.  Mahler. and 
Dvorak  as  well  as  others. 


INDIA  S  |  T  Y    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MH420  The  Twentieth  Century  Sc-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MH301,302 

A  survey  of  the  stylistic  trends  of  music  limn  1900  t<»  tlic  present,  beginning  with 
Debussy,  Ravel, and  other  impressionists  through  tin  music  ol  Schonberg, 
Stravinsky,  Webera,  Honegger,  and  MUhaud.  Offered  infrequently. 


M  1 1  IJ  I  American  Music 

Prerequisites:  MH301,  302 

A  study  of  history  and  hterature  of  i 

day. 


3c-01-3sh 


in  America  from  1600  to  the  present 


-l-3sh 


MH481  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  hasis  to 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 

may  he  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  4S1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

MH482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  ottered  in  Uie 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Marine  Science 

Marine  Science  Consortium/Biology 

Department 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 

Mathematics 


MI2SI  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  ottered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  hasis  to  explore  topics 

that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 

under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 

i bered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

MI331  Chemical  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Mil  10  and  one  year  of  chemistry 

Treatment  of  oceanic  chemical  phenomena  In  sampling  and  laboratory  analysis 

techniques. 

MI342  Marine  Botany  var-3sh 

In-the-field  studies  and  laboratory  analysis  by  instrumentation  of  marine  and 
marine  fringe  plants  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  Coast  as  exemplified  by  those  found  in 
die  Cape  Henlopen,  Delaware,  and  Wallops  Island,  Virginia, 

MI 343  Marine  Ichthyology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  General  Biology  and/or  consent  of  the  instructor 

\  stud)  "I  lishts.  Specimens  collected  along  Eastern  Seaboard  by  students  will  be 

used  to  illustrate  anatomy,  phvsiology.  anil  systematics  ol  this  major  vertebrate 
group.  Field  collections  will  give  student  opportunity  to  observe  relationships  of 
these  animals  to  the  hiotic  and  physical  environment. 


MI344  Anatomy  of  Marine  Chordates  v 

Prerequisites:  Six  hours  of  biology  including  General  Zoology 
Designed  to  familiarize  students  with  various  aspects  of  marine  chordates. 


-3sh 


Mil  10  Introduction  to  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  geological  aspects  of  oceans 
and  methods  and  techniques  of  oceanography.  Lab  emphasis  placed  on  at-sea 
assignments. 

MI21 1  Field  Methods  in  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Mil  10  or  consent  of  instructor 

Familiarization  with  dynamic  marine  environment  involving  use  and  application 
ofoceanographic  instruments  and  sampling  devices. 

M12 12  Navigation  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Four  years"  high  school  madl  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  the 

instxuctoi 

( lovers  navigation,  i.e..  die  art  and  science  of  safely  bringing  a  vessel  from  one 

position  to  another  in  a  body  of  water.  Course  divided  into  (1)  brief  historical 

background:  (2)  navigation  within  sight  of  land.  i.e..  piloting:  (3)  navigation  in  the 

open  sea,  including  electronic  navigation  methods. 

MI221  Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Study  of  marine  invertebrates  vvidi  emphasis  on  development,  reproduction, 
structure,  function,  and  classification  of  selected  marine  organisms. 

MI241  Marine  Biology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Botany  and  zoology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Study  of  plant  and  animal  life  in  marine  environment  widi  emphasis  placed  upon 
physical  and  chemical  factors  affecting  biota. 

MI250  Management  of  Wetland  Wildlife  var-3sh 

The  ecology  and  management  of  wetland  wildlife,  particularly  ol  freshwater 
marshes  and  saltwater  marshes.  Special  emphasis  on  ecosystem  approach. 

Ml 260  Marine  Kcology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
A  course  in  ecology  of  marine  organisms. 

MI270  Scuba  Diving  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Swimming  ability  and  good  healdi.  (A  standard  diving  physical 
form  will  he  mailed  to  students  electing  the  course.) 

Students  who  complete  course  will  receive  a  National  Association  of  Underwater 
Instructors  Divei  ( lertificate. 

MI280  Marine  Field  Biology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  None 

An  introduction  to  basic  principles  of  ecology  and  natural  history  of  selected 
planes  and  animals  in  terrestrial,  freshwater,  and  marine  environments.  Suitable  for 
non-Science  majors. 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


MI345  Marine  Ornithology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  ol  the  instructor 
Introduces  student  to  avian  fauna  of  seacoast  and  enables  comparison  with  inland 
species.  In  addition  to  field  work  providing  visual  and  vocal  identification,  lecture 
material  will  include  information  on  distribution,  behavior,  physiology,  and 
anatomy  of  birds. 

MI362  Marine  Geology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Mil  10  and  physical  geology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Studies  of  structural  and  sedimentary  environments  of  continental  shelf,  slopes. 
and  ocean  basins  and  crustal  structure  of  the  earth  and  its  relation  to  sedimentary 
record  and  geologic  history  of  oceans. 

MI364  Physical  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Mil  10,  one  year  of  physics,  one  semester  of  calculus,  and 
permission  of  die  instructor 

Course  includes  consideration  of  physical  properties,  mass  and  energy  budgets, 
theon  i  if  distribution  of  variables;  cause,  nature,  measurement,  analysis,  and 
prediction  of  tides,  currents,  and  waves:  and  basic  instrumentation  in  the  field. 

MI420  Marine  Micropaleontology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  year  of  geology  and  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Deals  with  modern,  living  representatives  of  microorganisms  important  in  fossil 
record  w:idi  particular  emphasis  placed  on  taxonomy,  morphology,  evolution,  and 
ecologic  affinities  of  representative  groups. 

MI43 1  Ecology  of  Marine  Plankton  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology 

Study  of  phvtoplankton  and  zooplankton  in  marine  and  brackish  environments. 
Qualitative  and  quantitative  comparisons  made  between  the  pianktonic 

populations  of  various  types  of  habitats  in  relation  to  primary  and  second. in 
productivity. 

MI459  Coastal  Geomorphology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  <  )ue  year  of  geology 

A  study  of  coastal  geomorphology  with  emphasis  on  Late  Cenozoic  and 
Pleistocene  sea-level  changes  in  response  to  worldwide  continental  glaeiation. 
The  student  will  participate  in  field  studies  of  Pleistocene  deposits  and  the 
weathering  of  these  deposits. 

MI481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explori 

that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  ottered 

under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 

numbered  4S1  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

MI482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  ofa  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  i 

UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        1X5 


Mi  :,iii>  Problcnu  in  Marine  Science  >.n-  isli 

ii 
lect  i  ill i  ,("  Followiii      i      n 

Option   it  1  lilnm  to 

i    i  .     1,1.  iii  i  .i  proji '  i  in  [hi 

<  ijiii.Mi  i;  <  ill  ti  an  iiidi  i Ii  nl  i    earchpi  ji 

bi  approvi  d  b)  tin    I  adi  mli  <  omi ei  ol  \l  s  i    n,  advanci  ol  tin  timi 

Ii  ia  to  I Ii  rtaki  n 


yw/o 


Marketing 

I  lepartmenl  ol  Mai  leering 
berly  College  ol  Business 


Notei  VII  courses  al  ihi   100  and  100  level  an  o] -  I 

oi  it standin  regardless  of  majoi  oi  progi affiliation,  must 

meet  c le I  "is  i"  ordei  i roll  Ii n 

MK320  Principles  ol  Marketing  3c-01-Ssh 

Prerequisitei  El 

Stud)  ol  ihosi  ai  p  omotion,  and 

d  services  I se  b)  organizations  and  uldn 

consumers. 

MK321  Conmmei  Behavioi  Sc-Ol-Sih 

Prerequisites!  Mk  120  ind  P(  101 

Surve)  ol ewortli)  tribution  Ii  on 

i  «ui -.ii in.  i  I hasing  and  decisi alcing  process,  with  particular  attention  to 

hi. J  milium  .  patterns. 

Mk  •  .ii  International  Business  Se-0l-3sb 

Prerequisite:  M<  1310 

A  stud]  "I  Hi national  dimensions  ..I  business  and  tin  inn  tital 

■  M ill  1 1.  tors  dial  affect  managerial  ap] dies  in  the  internal a] 

arena.  Fix  us<  s  upon  th«  managemeni  problems  sic nn. 

goods,humann  logy,  finance,  or  ownership  acros 

i  as  Mi  1350) 

MK35I  Self-Marketing  lc-01-lsh 

PniKjiiisiit :  1 1 .1  standing  (as  pei  credits  earned) 

Ki.  ns  ..u  the  development  ofbodi  long-term  and  shorl  m  rm  self-marketing  plans 

aarketing  packages,  fneories  of  managerial  marketing,  professional 
selling,  markel  research,  and  advertising  applied  to  self-marketing  in  ordei  to 

indents  to  seek  internship  experience. 

Mk  120  Marketing  Management  k-OI-.Ssh 

Prerequisites!  MK320and  ,121 

Analysis  ol  marketing  ind  opi  rational  problems  and  policies  involved  in 
planning,  organizing,  coordinating,  and  controlling  .i  total  marketing  i 

MK421  Marketing  Research  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites!  MK 

Nature,  methods,  analysis,  and  application  of  present-day  marketing 
techniques  utilized  in  the  solution  ..I  practical  marketing  problems, 

MK422  Seminar  in  Marketing  Sc-01-Ssh 

Prerequisites:  MK420  and  121   t  iduating  senioi 

ii  .1  I. ii  majors  in  marketing;  considers  current  literature 
in  the  field,  case  problems  pertaining  to  the  total  marketing  effort,  and 
problems  of  actual  companies. 

Mk  l.di  Internationa]  Marketing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisitei  MK320 

International  marketing  and  markets  are  analyzed.  Special  considi 

to  the  significance  of  govemmem  ganization  structures  >>l  export 

and  impon  enterprises;  and  credit  polii  ies. 

MK431  Industrial  Marketing  3c-01-3sfa 

Prerequisitei  MK420 

.  ned  with  the  major  activities  involved  in  thi  marketing    lustrial  goods 

idustrial  marketing  mm.  i  brmation 

needs  ol  the  industrial  firm,  industrial  marketing  implementation  ami  control,  and 
channel,  pricing,  product,  and  promotional  strategies  far  industrial  ■_■ 


MK  I  12  Business  and  Socict)  to-01   Mi 

■ 

which  it  operates.  I  onsidera  tin  problems,  solutions,  and  nitu 
id  'In  ii  relationship!  '.-  tin 

ii  ralit)  nl  adv< 

.1  4ii(l 
.  iln.  .J  reap 
be  taken  foi  duplicate  i  - 

MK433  tdvertising  ><-(il-tsfi 

P ,11, Ml.:      II 

Inii.i.lii.  nun  i"  iln  prim  ipli  v  prai  , 

various  media  and  legal,  ecoi ic,  social,  and  ediical  aspi 

Mkiil  Marketing  Logistics  l. -01- ish 

Prerequisites:  Juni       cnior  standing,  MK320  and  W 

I  In  I...  us  ol  tins  i  out  '  is  .hi  planning, organizing,  and trollinj 

function.  In  addition  to  the  acquisition  and  application  ol 

in  thods,  studi  His  will  integrate  and  apply  pn  riousl)  gain* 

tve  complex  marketing  logistics  problem! 

I.  in ii.  In. I.  facility  location,  transportation,  inventor)  ma 

MK43S  Professional  Selling  and  Sales  Management  d-ul-  ish 

Prerequisite:  Ml 

Introdui  es  students  to  the  role  and  nature  ol  i lent  persona]  scUingin 

marketing.  Theory  r  personal  selling  process,  sales  planning, 

ing  sales  presentations,  and  relationship  marketing  arc  fmphasrafd.  B 

..I  in. ging  sales  force  ini  luding  tenitor)  management,  recruiting,  training,  and 

compensating  sales  force  an-  also  covered. 

MK436  Retail  Managemeni  k-ul-ish 

Prerequisite:  Mk  120 

Introduces  students  to  all  facets  of  retailing  including  die  history  ol  retailing,  retail 
theories,  ami  decision-making  in  retading  framework. 

Mk  1.17  Services  Marketing  k-lil-  tsh 

Prerequisite:  Mki-'H 

Focuses  mi  current  theories  and  applications  "I  marketing  techniques  in  the  but- 
growing  area  of  services  iii  the  business,  government,  and  nonprofit  - 
Emphasis  placed  on  characteristics  <>1  services  and  dieir  marketing  implications 
and  formulation  ami  implementation  ol  marketing  .strategics  l..r  service  firms. 

MK4H1  Special  Topics  vat -I- Ish 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Covers  advanced,  innovative,  oi  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines  within 
marketing.  Specific  content  items  developed  by  instructor.  Credits  ma\  be  applied 
to  either  required  ( l>%  permission  ol  departmental  chairperson)  <ir  Ircc  eleotives  in 
a  simlciu's  program.  Special  topics  numbered  Is  1  are  primarily  tor  upper-level 
iduate  students. 

MK4.S2  Imlcpendenl  Study  >ar-  ish 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  feu  tilt)  member,  department 
chairperson, dean, and  Provost's  i  Iffice.  Approval  is  based  on  academic 
appropriateness  and  availability  ol  resources. 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  an. I  issues  in  a 
concentrated  area  ol  stud)  under  the  giridam  i  ofa  si  nior  faculty  member. 

MKt93  Marketing  Internship  var-3-12s* 

Practical  experience  in  the  marketing  field  to  dew  tad  evjicncncr 

in  die  practical  application  "t  theory  to  a*  tual  problems  in  a 

situation.  A  maximum  of3sb  oi  mtcnisliip  in  the  student's  major  may  Ik.  applied 
toward  die  marketing  major-area  elective  requirements   Additional  internship 
credit  must  be  used  as  tree  electives  only.  Admission  onl)  by  permission  .-1  die 
department  chairperson  and  the  dean.  Eb<  i 


MS 


Military  Science 

Department  of  Mili tar)  Science 

Academic  Affairs  Division 


MSI01  Introduction  lo  Militarv  Science  2i-ll-2sh 

Study  ..I  die  organisation  of  tlie  United  Stales  Army  and  die  role  of  the  militarv  in 
today's  society.  Emphasis  is  on  the  customs  and  traditions  ol  the  service,  die  Total 
Army  concept,  and  the  fundamentals  of  leadership.  Included  is  instruction  in 
basic  militarv  skills,  land  navigation,  and  personal  nutnuon  and  * 
ship  Laboratory. 

INDIAN*    UN 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MSI02  Fundamentals  of  Military  Science  2c-ll-2sh 

Stud]  "l  the  basic  knowledge  regarding  military  service  and  the  profession  ol 
alius.  Emphasis  is  on  basic  militarj  skills.  Brsl  aid,  and  th<  development  of 
leadership  abilities  through  prat  tical  exercises.  Included  is  instruction  on 
offensive  .mil  defensive  tactics,  the  Army  writing  style,  and  military  briefings. 
Also,  set  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS203  Fundamentals  of  Tactical  Operations,  Techniques 
of  Leadership,  and  Weapons  Characteristics  2c-ll-2sh 

Organization,  techniques,  resources,  and  capabilities  involved  in  conducting 
sni.ill-unii  tactical  operations.  Emphasis  is  on  leadership,  organization,  and 
management  techniques  needed  to  cause  .1  group  of  people  to  accomplish  specific 
objectives.  Characteristics  ol  militarj  weapons  systems  are  taught.  Students  serve 
is  leaders  in  Leadership  Labs. 

MS204  National  Security  and  Fundamentals  of 

Military  Topography  2c-U-2sh 

Study  of  national  security  concepts,  policies,  and  the  national  decision-making 
process  with  emphasis  on  national  resources,  national  will,  and  economic  (actors. 
Included  will  be  a  study  of  nuclear  and  conventional  response  options. 
Fundamentals  of  military  topography  including  the  use  of  military  maps  to 
determine  topographic  features,  to  conduct  land  navigation,  and  to  perform 
lei  lain  analysis  will  he  covered.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS305  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Modern 

Learning/Teaching  Relationship  3c-ll-3sh 

Study  in  practical  application  ol  principles  of  leadership/management  as  applied 
in  classroom  and  field  to  include  case  studies  in  psychological,  physiological,  and 
sociological  factors  which  affect  human  behavior;  individual  and  group  solution 
of  leadership  problems  common  to  small  units.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS306  Study  of  Advance  Leader  Planning  and 

Execution  of  Modern  Combat  Operations  3c-ll-3sh 

Analysis  ofleader's  role  in  directing  ,im\  coordinating  efforts  of  individuals  and 
small  units  in  execution  of  offensive  and  defensive  tactical  missions,  to  include 
command  and  control  systems,  the  military  team,  ana1  communications 
techniques.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS407  Management  of  the  Military  Complex  to  Include 
Fundamentals  of  Military  and  International  Law  3c-ll-3sh 

Stud]  of  the  various  managerial  elements  needed  to  effectively  control  a  military 
organization  and  die  techniques  used  to  accomplish  these  functions.  Studies  in 
military  law  and  international  law  prepare  the  students  for  their  legal 
responsibilities.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MS408  Seminar  in  Military  Analysis  and  Management  3c-ll-3sh 

( loiiiemporary  analysis  of  use  of  military  in  world  affairs  to  include  importance  of 
Strategic  mobility  and  neutralization  of  insurgent  movements.  Selected 
management  problems  and  situations  will  be  presented  as  they  relate  to  military 
justu  e,  administration,  and  obligation  and  responsibilities  of  an  officer.  Also,  see 
Leadership  Laboratory. 

Leadership  Laboratory  (one  afternoon  per  week)  var-Osh 

A  practical  experience  designed  for  the  attainment  and  application  of  leadership 
principles.  Concurrently  scheduled  in  conjunction  with  all  Military  Science 
courses,  il  provides  for  practical  challenges  in  personal  accomplishment,  both 
I'll,  sical  and  mental,  and  for  development  of  team  work  and  leadership. 

Summer  Camp  var-Osh 

Students  attend  a  six-week  summer  camp  upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of  die 
Advanced  Course.  Time  at  camp  is  devoted  to  practical  application  of  principles 
and  theories  taught  during  the  preceding  school  year.  While  at  camp,  each 
student  receives  lodging,  subsistence,  uniforms,  medical  care,  reimbursement  for 
travel,  and  pav  in  amount  of  one-half  pay  of  second  lieutenant  per  month. 

Medical  Technology 

Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied 

Health  Professions 

College  of  Health  and  Human 

Services 

MT494  Clinical  Microbiology  var-6-10sh 

Identification  and  clinical  pathology  ofbacteria,  Eungi,  viruses,  and  parasites. 
Tei  hniques  to  isolate,  stain,  culture,  and  determine  antimicrobial  susceptibility. 
Instrumentation;  quality  control. 


MT495  Clinical  Chemistry  var-7-10sh 

Kiizvinology.  endocrinology,  biochemistry  of  lipids,  carbohydrates,  and  proteins: 

metabolism  of  nitrogenous  end  products:  physiology  and  metabolism  of  fluids 
and  electrolytes:  and  toxicology  as  related  to  the  body  and  diseases.  The  technical 
jitocii lures  include  colorimelry.  spectiopliomctiT.  electrophoresis, 
chromatography,  automation,  and  quality  control. 

MT496  Clinical  Hematology/Coagulation  var-4-7sh 

The  composition  ami  function  ol  blood:  diseases  related  to  blood  disorders:  the 
role  of  platelets  and  coagulation.  Manual  and  automated  let  hniques  of  diagnostic 
tests  for  abnormalities. 

MT497  Clinical  Immunohematology  var-3-6sh 

Blood  antigens,  antibodies,  crossmatching,  hemolytic  diseases,  and  related 
diagnostic  tests.  An  in-depth  study  of  blood  donor  service  and  its  many  facets 
such  as  transfusions,  medico-legal  aspects,  etc. 

MT498  Clinical  Immunology/Scrology  var-2-4sh 

Immune  response,  immunoglobulins,  autoimmunity,  .aid  complement  and  related 
tests  .mil  diseases.  Survey  and  demonstration  of  serological  diagnostic  tests. 

MT499  Clinical  Seminar  var-0-6sh 

(  hhci  courses  which  are  not  included  in  tire  above  (such  as  orientation, 
laboratory  management,  education,  chnical  microscopy)  and/or  are  unique  to  die 
individual  hospital  program. 


Music 

Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

MUl  10  Fundamentals  of  Theory  3c-0l-3sh 

Rudiments  of  musical  materials;  harmonic,  melodic,  rhythmic,  and  basic  formal 
procedures  of  the  common  practice  period  including  pitch  reading,  interval 
construction,  scales,  and  modes. 

MUl  1 1  Theory  Skills  I  0c-3l-2sh 

Develops  aural  skills  through  dictation  and  interpretation  ol  written  music  by 
sight-singing.  Taken  in  conjunction  widi  Theory  I. 

MUl  12  Theory  Skills  II  0c-31-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUl  1 1 

Continuing  development  of  aural  skills  and  introduction  of  keyboard  skills.  Taken 
in  conjunction  with  Theory  II. 

MUl  15  Theory  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  die  harmonic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common  practice 
period,  from  simple  diatonic  chords  dirough  secondary  dominants. 

MUl  16 Theory  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MUl  15 

The  study  of  die  harmonic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common  practice 
period,  from  simple  diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants.  Theory  II 
introduces  basic  music  tonus. 


MUl 20  Brass  Ensemble 
MU121  Chamber  Singers 
MUl 22  University  Chorale 
MU123  Symphony  Band 
MUl 25  Marching  Band 
MU126  Music  Theater 
MU127  Percussion  Ensemble 
MU129  University  Symphony  Orchestra 
MU130  String  Ensemble 
MU131  University  Wind  Ensemble 
MU133  Woodwind  Ensemble 
MUl 34  University  Chorus 
INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


0c-21-0/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
0c-6l-0/lsh 
0c-6l-0/lsh 
0c-41-0/lsh 
0c-5l-0/lsh 
0c-21-0/lsh 
0c-31-0/lsh 
0c-2l-0/lsh 
0c-3l-0/lsh 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        1 H7 


MUlSSJaxi  Ensemble 

Ml  i  ti,  Vdvencedlasi  Ensemble 


Oc-31-O/lffa 
Oc-31-O/lsh 


Ml  I  .17  1'i.nKi  \i> panying  var-l-l ,u  n*h 

Ti. H  i  ompanying  ma)  be  scheduled  by  quah'fii  d  pianists  from  ihi  Di  partmenl 

.■I  Mush  in  partial  rulfillment  of  ensembli  req nta.  The  course  may  bi 

lor  credit.  Pianists  registi  red  fordii rse  will  providi 

.  iiniii.  in-,  for  Department  of  Musii  students  in  solo  vocal  or  ina ental 

|.,  1 1,  nil. ■  H ,i  .mil  departmental  ret  itals  and/oi  in  voice  and  instrumental 

lessons,  Registral foi  il»  i  ourse  musl  l»  approved  bj  ,i  designated 

Departme FMusii  fai  ulty  membei  fi the  |u,itni  area. 


Ml  151  Class  Voice  I 

( lonceived  I",  non  Vbii  i  majors  I  *<  velopn 

techniques  ih gh  indh  idual  and  group  p 

.i I  In.  Iheor)  skills  and  foi  eventual  use 

MU152  Class  Voice  II 

( Continuation  "I  i  lass  Voice  I.  Resumes  dei 

te<  I (in  %  through  performant  e. 


lc-ll-lsh 
i-ni  of  correct  vocal  production 

trfbrmam  e  "i '  I. iv   i  ii  ol  ilu  \ i' 

ii  the  music  classroom. 

lc-ll-lsh 
elopment  ol  com  d  vot  il  prodw  don 


Ml  153  dam  Piano  I 

'.  igned  for  students  widi  no  significant  l.,n  kground  in  | 
develop  fiini  tional  keyboard  skills.  Emphasis  placed  on  hi 
.mil  playing  simple  accompaniments. 


lc-ll-lsh 

o  who  need  to 
onizing  melodies 


MU154  Class  Piano  II 

i  onl .hi 1 1  llass  l'i. 


MU155  Class  Strings  1  Ic-II-lsh 

I  in  Mush  Education  majors  who  "ill  develop  rudimentary  playing  techniques 

sufficient  I"  initiate  instruct for  beginning  students.  Emphasis  placed  on 

lying  positions  and  tone  production  for  violin,  viola,  cello,  and  double 

bass. 

Ml  1 37  (lass  Percussion  1  lc-ll-lsh 

A  practical  introduction  to  the  various  instruments  of  the  percussion  family. 

Student*  villi  dcmonstiatc  correct  playing  techniques  and  develop  a  resource  file 
containing  information  on  percussion  instruments  ^d  instructional  materials  as 
needed  b)  the  school  music  teacher. 

Ml  159  Clam  Brass  I  lc-ll-lsh 

I  oi  Musi,  I  ,li i,  ,ii i,  H i  majors  who  will  demonstrate  rudimentary  playing 

t<  chniques  and  tone  production  skills  to  initiate  beginning  instruction.  Students 

will  develop  playing  on  trumpet  or  French  born  and  trombone,  euphonium,  or 

tuba, 

Ml  K.I  (lass  Woodwinds  I  lc-ll-lsh 

For  Musi,  Edut  ation  majors  who  will  acquire  correct  tone  production  and 
playing  techniques  suffii  ientto  initiate  beginning  instruction.  Students  will 
demonstrate  skills  Willi  (lute,  i  larmet.  saxophone,  and  oboe  or  bassoon. 

MU163  Class  Guitar  I  lc-ll-lsh 

Designed  for  students  » idi  no  signifii  anl  ba<  kground  in  guitar  who  wish  to 
develop  functional  playing  skills  Emphasis  placed  on  using  the  guitar  as  an 
accompanying  instrument. 

MUS 1 1  Theory  Skills  III  0c-3I-2sh 

Prerequisites!  Ml  111.  112 

Further  development  ol  aural  and  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in  conjunction  widi 
Theory  III. 


Ml  212  Theory  Skill*  l\ 
Prerequisites:  MU111,  112.211 
Culmination  of  development  in  au 
with  Theory  IV. 


0c-31-2sh 
a]  .iiul  keyboard  skills.  Taken  in  conjunction 

3c-01-3sh 


Ml'215  Theory  III 

Prerequisites:  Mil  15,  1 16 

Extension  ol  the  techniques  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries  to  include 

modulation,  altered  chords,  more  advanced  musical  forms,  and  contrapuntal 

procedures. 

MU216  Theory  IV  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Ml   11"..  116,215 

I  \u  nsion  ol  the  techniques  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries  to  include 

1 1;  il  in.  hi.  altered  chords,  more  advanced  musical  forms,  and  contrapuntal 

procedures.  1  bcorv  1\  concentrates  largely  on  music  and  materials  of  die  present 
century. 


Ml  217  Keyboard  Harmon)  I 

l'i,  n  ipusiie:  Nominal  fai  iliry  at  keyboard 
d  to  develop  keyboard  skills  so  thi 

II d  basii   bar i 


realize  and  prodia  i  in 


MU2 18 Keyboard  Harmon)  II  l,-ll-l*l, 

Prerequisite:  V1I2I7 

I  ,  "iin hi, in,  in  ol  Keyboard  Harmon)  I, involving chromatii  hat n)  and  more 

i  omples  i 

MU224Jazz  Improvisation  Tcchuiipii  *  I  t<   (II-  Isli 

A  st  i  nl\  ol  tin  basii  materials  and  prai  dees  lor  improvising  oi  atb  n 

playing. 

Ml  22 "i  Jazz  Improvisation  Techniques  II  I,  -III-  Isli 

A  i  out m u.i t ion  ol  ilu  b.isn  ,n. ,1,  rials  and  prai  in  es  fbi  improi 
extemporaneous  playing.  Makes  uat  ofmoi  I  ind  involved  ban 

progressions  utilizing  extended  i  horal  harmonies. 

MU240  Technology  in  the  Music  Classroom  2c- 1 1-2*1, 

Prerequisite:  Sopl on  -standing.  It!   (HIM  101 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  l<  <  hnology  lesonn  is  available  tor  use  in  the  musii 

,  lass, mil  with  instructional  tet  hnologiea  sppropiiate  to  tbcir  application  in 

K-12  setting*.  Students  will  be  exposed  to  .,  variet)  ol  media  and  will  have  die 
opportunity  to  gain  fiuniliarity  in  then  usi .  Emphasis  will  be  pUu  ed  on  the  use  of 

ilu  , outer  in  the  classroom,  computer-based  instruction,  and  M 

Instrument  Digital  [nterfai  i  i  MIDI). 

MU281  Special  Topics  >a.-l-(*l, 

Prerequisite:  A*  appropn.it,  i use  -  untent 

Special  topics  are  .  .lie,  ,1  n  expi  unit  nlal  or  temporary  basis  t, . 

that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  inav  bi 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  tune*.  Special  topi,  * 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  lor  lower-level  undergraduate  Students. 


MU304  Form  and  Analysis  1 

Prerequisite:  Ml '2 1(> 

Thorough  study  of  smaller  forms  ,,f  mush  , 


2.-(ll-2*h 


ML'306  Counterpoint  I  2, -nl-2*b 

Prerequisite:  Ml '2  Hi 

After  study  and  analysis  of  die  style  of  sixteenth-century  contrapuntal  writing, 
student  will  do  original  writing  using  techniques  and  devil  es  "I  period.  As  time 
permits,  same  approach  will  be  made  to  explore  *t\  lc  ol  seventeenth-  and 
eighteenth-century  composers. 

MU309  Orchestration  I  2i-n|-2*h 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

All  instruments  of  orchestra  are  studied  from  die  viewpoint  of  their  contribution 
to  the  total  sound  of  ensemble.  Ranges  and  timbre*  are  considered,  a*  well  a* 
actual  arranging  of  selected  musii 

MU311  Fundamental*  of  Conducting  li-nl-2*h 

Emphasis  placed  on  fundamental  physical  skills  of  conducting  process;  various 
beat  patterns  are  mastered  and  elementary  score  reading  and  interpretation  are 
considered. 

MU312  Choral  Conducting  ii-tll-2*h 

Prerequisite:  MUSI  I 

Provides  an  opportunity  lor  the  student  to  applv  basic  conducting  techm  . 
choral  music.  Each  student  conducts  the  das*  in  standard  choral  work*.  Includes 
survey  oi  suitable  literature,  organizational  problem*,  voice  testing,  rehearsal 
techniques,  program  building,  interpretation,  and  diction. 

MU313  Instrumental  Conducting  II  U  Tall 

Prerequisite:  Ml  .51 1 

Provides  die  student  with  an  oppoitunit)  to  applv  bash  conducting  skill*  to 
various  instrumental  ensembles.  Includes  survey  of  suitable  literature, 
organizational  problems,  audition  procedures,  rehearsal  technique*,  program 
building,  and  interpretation. 

MUS31  Elementary  Methods  d-til-ish 

Includes  analytical  snidv  ol  text*,  recordings,  equipment,  instrument*,  and  other 
materials  suitable  to  musical  development  of  elementary  pupils:  proper  treatment 
ol  child  voice:  selection,  use.  and  teaching  of  rote  song*:  rhvdinuc  activities  and 
development:  music  reading:  part  singing;  planning  and  organization;  guided 
observations:  and  evaluation  techniques. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    199- 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


M  U333  Secondary  Methods  3c-0l-3sh 

Includes  General  Music  Class,  choral  organizations,  changing  voice,  techniques  of 
instruction,  including  team  teaching  and  programmed  learning,  high  school 
theory  courses,  high  school  music  literature  courses,  scheduling,  administrative 
problems,  curriculum  development,  evaluation  of  materials  and  equipment, 
evaluative  techniques,  and  guided  observation.  Extra  laboratory  sessions  are 
required. 

MU335  Music  for  the  Exceptional  Student  2c-2I-2sh 

Develops  music  education  skills,  techniques,  and  materials  for  the  emotionally, 
mentally,  physically,  or  neurologically  handicapped  student  and  the  gifted. 
Designed  for  students  in  music  education,  special  education,  and  elementary 
education. 

Ml   ill  General  Music  in  Middle  Schools  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MU331 

This  course  will  provide  general  practices  and  pedagogy  related  to  recent 
standards  for  a  comprehensive,  sequential  middle  school  general  music 
curriculum.  Specific  focus  on  curriculum  development,  lesson  planning, 
instructional  strategies,  adolescent  behavioral  characteristics,  as  well  as  diverse 
materials  and  resources. 

MU340  Woodwind  Instrument  Repair  Oc-2l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MU133,  Teacher  Certification 

This  course  is  designed  for  students  preparing  for  teaching  careers  in 
instrumental  music.  Instruction  will  be  conducted  in  a  laboratory  setting  and  will 
include  development  of  the  diagnostic  and  repair  skills  necessary  to  deal  widi  the 
problems  most  frequently  encountered  in  a  public  school  classroom  on  the 
clarinet,  flute,  and  saxophone. 

MU35 1  Italian  Diction  and  Literature  2c-0l-2sh 

For  first-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week.  Emphasis 
is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  readings  of  Italian  song  texts.  Italian 
madrigals,  solo  song  literature,  and  operatic  repertoire  are  also  studied. 

MU353  French  Diction  and  Literature  2c-0l-2sh 

For  third-  or  fourth-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per 
week.  Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  the  International  Phonetic 
Alphabet.  French  solo  song  literature  and  operatic  repertoire  are  also  studied. 

MU354  German  Diction  and  Literature  2c-0l-2sh 

For  second-semester  voice  majors,  this  class  meets  for  two  hours  per  week. 
Emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage.  German  solo  song  literature  as  well  as 
Bach  chorales  are  studied. 

MU405  Piano  Pedagogy  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  in  Piano  and  a  Piano  major  or  minor 
Survey  of  current  and  significant  past  developments  in  teaching  of  piano,  both 
privately  and  in  small  and  large  classes.  The  various  piano  methods  are  analyzed, 
compared,  criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 

MU40ti  Voice  Pedagogy  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  A  voice  major  or  minor  and  permission  of  die  instructor 
Survey  of  current  and  past  development  in  teaching  of  voice,  both  privately  and  in 
small  and  large  classes.  The  various  vocal  methods  are  analyzed,  compared, 
criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 

MU408  Marching  Band  Techniques  2c-0l-2sh 

Considers  building  a  band  show;  alignment  of  ranks  and  files;  development  of  a 
standard  pace  of  5  to  5  and  8  to  5;  selection  of  music;  instrumentation; 
techniques  of  developing  morale;  and  fundamentals  of  uniform  design. 

MU4 1 1  Composition  I  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU216 

Instruction  is  individualized.  Compositional  devices  studied  through  analysis  of 
works  by  major  composers.  Students  will  write  several  original  compositions 
utilizing  smaller  forms. 

MU4 1 2  Composidon  II  2c-0i-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU41 1 
Continuation  of  Composition  I. 

Mill;  Composition  III  2c-Ol-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU412 

Students  will  write  several  original  compositions  utilizing  larger  forms. 

MU414  Composition  IV  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MU413 

Continuation  of  Composition  III.  Outstanding  works  will  be  programmed  by 
university  performing  ensembles. 


MU475  Music  Lab  var-Osh 

All  music  majors  must  attend  eight  recitals  per  semester  and  all  departmental 
recitals,  as  well  as  all  recitals  for  their  respective  performance  areas. 

MU481  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

May  provide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowly  defined  area  of  the  discipline. 
Subject  matter  will  change  with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

MU482  Independent  Study  var-1-osh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

MU493  Internship  in  Music  var-1-b'sh 

Designed  for  music  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience  working  with 
people  in  music  or  in  areas  related  to  music. 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied 

Health  Professions 

College  of  Health  and  Human 

Services 

NT427  Nuclear  Scintigraphy  3c-0l-3sh 

Theoretical  aspects  of  nuclear  medicine  imaging  procedures,  including  applicable 
pathophysiology,  technical  aspects  for  data  acquisition,  and  computer  analysis  of 
data.  Systemic  radionuclide  therapy  procedures  are  also  discussed. 

NT428  Radiation  Physics  3c-0l-3sh 

Applicable  aspects  of  nuclear  and  atomic  physics  are  covered  both  in  theory  and 
mathematical  formulae.  Theoretical  topics  include  atomic  and  nuclear  structure, 
radioactive  decay,  interactions  with  matter,  and  radionuclide  production  methods. 
Mathematical  concepts  discussed  are  the  decay  equation,  equilibrium,  and 
radiation  dosimetry. 

NT429  Nuclear  Medicine  Instrumentation  2c-ll-3sh 

This  course  covers  the  basic  principles  of  both  in  vitro  and  in  vivo 
instrumentation.  The  design,  operation,  and  quality  control  of  gas  detectors  and 
scintillation  detectors  are  covered.  Survey  equipment,  spectrometers,  and 
stationary  imaging  devices  are  presented  with  their  application  to  run  lear 
medicine.  Hands-on  laboratory  experience  with  single  channel  analyzers  and 
Anger  cameras  is  included. 

NT430  Radiation  Biology  and  Radiation  Protection  2c-01-2sh 

Topics  include  ionization  and  energy  transfer;  molecules,  cellular,  tissue,  and 
organ  response  to  radiation:  acute  and  chronic  effects  of  radiation;  radiation 
protection;  licensing  requirements;  recordkeeping;  and  management  oi  clinical 
radiation  spills. 

NT43I  In  Vivo/In  Vitro  Non-Imaging  lc-01-lsh 

In  vivo  clinical  nuclear  medicine  procedures  not  resulting  in  images  as  well  as 
principles  of  in  vitro  radioassay  are  presented.  Included  are  venipuncture,  blood 
volumes,  red  cell  studies.  Schillings  test,  principles  of  immunology,  various  i\  pes 
of  radioassay,  and  sensitivity  and  specificity  of  procedure. 

NT432  Radiopharmaceuticals  3c-0l-3sh 

Topics  include  tracer  theory,  pharmacological  actions,  localization  methods, 
radiopharmaceutical  properties,  radionuclide  generators,  radiophann.i 
preparations  and  quality  control,  and  transient  vs.  secular  equilibrium.  Routinely 
used  radiopharmaceuticals  are  discussed. 

NT433  Introduction  to  Tomographic  Imaging  Ic-Ol-lsh 

An  introduction  to  die  basic  principles  of  cross-sectional  anatomy  and 
tomographic  imaging  is  presented.  Topics  include  body  planes  and  cross- 
sectional  anatomy  of  the  heart,  brain,  liver,  and  lumbar  spine,  as  applicable  to 
nuclear  medicine,  and  the  theory  and  application  of  both  SPECT  and  PET 
imaging  systems. 

NT434  Clinical  Nuclear  Medicine  0c-401-16sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  77  credits  at  IUP  and  Phase  I  and  NMI 
Students  complete  1,320  hours  of  supervised  clinical  training  at  an  affiliate 
hospital.  Students  receive  instruction  and  participate  in  the  performance  of 
various  clinical  nuclear  medicine  procedures,  patient  care,  administrative  duties, 
radiopharmaceutical  preparation  and  quality  control,  equipment  quality  control. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        189 


[|n,,l,,,  , and  i  idii lafet)  Student* di  velop  both  theii  tad il  ildlli 

I  i personal  coi m,  al slulla  I poration  into  the  medical 

i,  and  i"  provide  high  qualitj  i i  nl II" ■ I)  offi  red 

pa    (fail  basin. 


N 


Nursing 

Departmenl  "I  Nursing  and  Allied 

Health  Professions 

( lollege  nl  I  Iciltli  .mil  I  [uman 
Si  i  \  ices 


NU280  Introduction  i»  Nursing  Sc-01-3ah 

Prerequisite!  Nursing  majors  onl) 

[ntroduci  i  thi  majoi  i  om  i  pU  "I ci  rn  to  nursing  pi  i  ions  in  thi  u 

environments,  health,  and  the  profession  of  nursing.  Topii  s  im  lude  il»  nursi  'a 

iderol md  member  of  a  profession;  the  nursing  process  as  the 

|i  of  practice;  tin  val fresearchasabasisfoi  nursing  practice;  biophysical 

and  pByi  hoi al  i  omponi  nts  ol  wellness. 

NU281  SpecialTopics  var-l-lsh 

Prerequisite!  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topii  sare  offered n  expe ental  or  tem] )  basis  i"  explore  topics 

thai  in  luded  in  the  established culum.  V  given  to| ay  be  offered 

special  to] lentit]  noi han  three  times.  Special  topics 

numbi  n  d  !8  I  ffered  primarily  fbi  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

M  J85  Introduction  to  Clinical  0c-9l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  Nursing  majors  <>nU 

indcoUeg  laboratory  coursi  which  proi  ides  the  opportunity  to 

i   use  "I  the sing  proi  ess.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  assessment  .mil 

basic  intervention  skills. 

NU302  Corel  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite!  Nl   180 

Emphasizes  the  involvement  of  nurses  and  nursing  in  selected  aspects  "I  wellness 
promotion  and  maintenance  The  theor)  base  for  die  use  ol  the  nursing  process 
to  support  individuals  and  families  through  maturational  •  hange  and  thi 
childbearing  cyi  le  is  presented. 

M  tin  <  Inn,., I  Laboratory  1  Oc-14l-5sh 

Prerequisites!  Nl  280,285 

i  clinical  laboratory  course  which  enables  the  student  to  care  for  individuals  and 

lies  i ss  thi  life  span.  Guided  experiences  are  provided  in  hospital  and 

community-based  facilities.  The  nursing  proi  ess  is  utilized  to  promote  and 

maintain  wellness  in  individuals  within  families. 

Mill  I  Core  II  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite!  N I 

Emphasizes  the  involvement  of  nurses  and  nursing  In  selei  ted  aspei  is  of  wellness, 
promotion,  maintenance,  and  restoration.  The  theor)  base  for  the  use  of  the 

.  icpanded  to  include  family,! munit]  health, and 

transcultural  nursing  concepts. 

M  305  Clinical  Laboratory  II  0c-14l-5sh 

Prerequisite:  Nl  303 

V  clinical  laborator)  course  which  enables  the  student  to  providt  care  to 
individuals  and  families  with  acute  and  chronic  health  problems  across  the  life 
span.  Guided  experiences  are  provided  in  hospital  .md  community-based  facilities 
miA  individuals1  homes.  The  nursing  process  is  utilized  to  promote,  maintain,  and 
restore  optimal  wellness  in  individuals  within  families. 

NU322  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites!  \l  280,  285 

Introduces  pathophysiologic  change  in  individuals  across  die  life  span  and 

i  nursing  management.  Topics  include  caring  fbi  the  individual  who 
requires  surgi  rj  oi  whose  alteration  in  health  is  relati  ,1  to  problems  in 
oxygenal nutrition,  and  Quid  and  electrolyte  balanct 

NU323  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  NU  122 

!.  and  psychologic  pathology  in  individuals  ai  ross  the  life  span  and 
assoi  iated  nursing  management.  Topics  include  caring  lor  die  individual  whose 
alteration  in  health  is  related  to  problems  with  reproductive,  cognitive-perceptual, 
motor,  metabolic,  and  elimination  function. 

M  102  Core  ID  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisitei  NU304 

Emphasizes  the  nurse's  roles  as  accountable  provide!  and  coordinate!  of  care  and 
membei  ol  a  profession.  The  specific  issues  that  are  addressed  are  quality 


,    ici    "i  bilitii  s  ol  iln  Individual, 

M .  u  .,n  i  mployi  ■   and  die  i  tnplo  ei  currentei 

P" 

si  km  (  I, ,,,,., I  Laboratory  III  <i«-i  il-i-.fi 

Prerequisite!  Nl 

\  ,  i,n.  al  laboratorj  i  nurse  whii  I,  affords  thi  opportunity  to  sppl 

i   po.\  i,l,  r  and  i  -  .<  .o  I  in.,,,,,  ol  i  .„,  wiili  individuals  and  familift 

'il, ,  an  n, ,  ,K  in  a  varii  •■■  ol  hi  iii; 

M  III  It  ,„.  I\  i.-lll-Ah 

Prerequisite!  ni   MJ ! 

Emphi  and rdinatoi  ,,l  i  an  in  1"  alth 

facilities  and  in  emergency  anddisastei  situations  Concepts  and  prii 

related  to  the  managemeni  ol  the  health  i  an  n  am,  con unity  health,  and 

rehabilitation  are  addn  ssed. 

NU405  Clinical  Laboratory  IV  Oc-I  LVM 

Prerequisite:  Nl   103 

^  clinical  laboratory  i  oursi  which  affords  thi  opportunity  for  thi  applii  ation  ol 
,  ritical  thinking,  In  alth  teai  hing,  and  management  skills.  Empl 

development  of  the  caregiver  roll  in  selected: s  of  clinical  prad 

developmenl  .,1  the  i  are  provider  ami ,  oordinaloi  roles  in  inpatient  and 

inii%  settings  with  individuals  and  families  experiencing  complex  licaldi 

care  needs;  integration  of  thi  roles  ol  provide!  andi  oordinatoi  ol  'arc  and 
membei  ol  a  profi 

NU407  Skills  for  Professional  Success  ii  -tt-lau 

Prerequisite:  nnisi  be  enrolled  m  senior-level  nursing  courses 
Tins  one-credil  elei  m,  foi  senior  nursing  majors  is  designed  to  help  students 
fostei  clinical  judgment  skills  I  a  focusing  on  i  niual  thinking  ami  test-taxing. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  preparing  students  with  the  skills  thai  an  rssrntial  for 

sin  i  ess  on  ilic  N.ii al  Council  Licensure  Examination  lor  Registered  Nurses 

(NCLEX-RN). 

NC422  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  III  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  NU323 

Emphasizes  pathophysiology  and  psychopathology  foi  understanding  die 

complex  process  ol  the  individual's  adaptation  to  crisis.  The  theory  base  for  the 

application  of  the  nursing  process  in  the  care  of  individuals 

hospitalization,  life-sustaining  treatment,  intensive  monitoring,  and  crisis 

intervention  is  .lis,  uased.  , 

NL'423  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  IV  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  NU422 

Emphasizes  strategies  used  in  assisting  individuals  and  their  families  in  the 
promotion,  maintenance, and  restoration  ol  optimal  wellness.  The  theory  base  for 
die  application  of  the  nursing  process  when  illness  is  being  managed  in  acute, 
long-term  care,  and  community  settings  is  ,lis,  u.ssed. 

M  130  Nursing  Research  :)c-(il-:Kh 

Prerequisite:  M  \_'1T 

Focus  on  evaluating,  research  through  a  stucK  ol  n  methodologies, 

sampling, data  analysis, and  significance  offindinj  ,n  to 

issues  in  conducting  research  and  die  impai  i  on  problems  investigated,  die  nurse 

u  st  .ii,  In  i.  .ititl  ihc  |  i  .ii  si  i,  iic  r  of  its,  ,,r,  1 1 

NU480  Seminar  in  Nursing  lc-0l-lsh 

Prerequisites!  M  280,285 

A  seminar  which  provides  a  forum  for  the  exploration  and  discussion  of  issues 
relevant  to  the  professional  nurse.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  die  development  of 
professional  values,  critical  uSJnking,  dec  ision-making,  and  communication  skills. 
\  selection  ol  topii  s  on  current  issues  and  trends  will  be  offered  each  semester: 
i.uli  will  lotus  on  a  particular  theme  related  to  nursing  practice.  One  credit  hour 
of  seminar  is  required  in  each  semester  in  die  upper-division  nursing  courses. 

NL481  SpecialTopics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  tocourst  content 

Special  topics  curses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
,  xplore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
iii.i\  be  offered  undei  art)  special  topic  identic)  no  more  than  dirce  times.  Special 
lupus  numbered  t s  1  are  primarily  foi  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

Nl  182  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculrv  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

StudenLs  with  interest  in  independent  study  ol  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

i  'Him  inav  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculrv-  member. 
\ppio\al  is  based  on  acadenuc  appropriateness.  and  availability  of  resources. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


190       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


NU493  Internship  var  1-1 

Prerequisites:  NU280, 285;  57  credits  completed;  minimum  2.0  GPA 
Supervised  experience  in  a  practice  setting  which  extends  and  complements 

rk  in  nursing.  Types  of  practice  settings  may  include  acute  care 
hospitals,  outpatient  centers,  and  community  agencies. 


Office  Systems 

Department  of  Technology  Support 

and  Training 

Eberly  College  of  Business 


Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 

i    r  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 

meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

< )N2S I  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
undei  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

OS301  Advanced  Microcomputer  Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE/CO/IM  101  or  permission  of  instructor 
\dvaiu  eil  applications  of  microcomputing  software  from  the  user  perspective  to 
enhance  productivity  of  office  employees,  executive  and  managerial,  professional. 
and  support  personnel.  Comparative  and  evaluative  techniques  for  appropriate 
selection  and  implementation  of  software.  Word  processing,  spreadsheet, 
database,  desktop  publishing,  utility,  and  operating  system  software  will  be 
emphasized. 

OS3 1 3  Office  Systems  Technologies  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Emphasis  on  systems  hardware,  especially  the  microcomputer.  Concepts  and 

design  principles  common  to  all  microprocessors  are  studied.  Auxiliary  hardware, 

such  a-,  reprographics, printers,  modems,  scanners,  and  laser  technology  will  be 

included. 

OS.115  Records  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE/CO/IM  101  or  permission  of  instructor 
Development  of  the  goal  of  records  administration  as  a  system  including  tire 
input,  pro*  ess.  and  output  components.  Records  creation,  records  classification 
systems,  evaluation,  retention  programs,  manual  dirough  automated  information 
systems,  image  technology,  form  design,  record  control  systems,  records  manuals, 
and  disastei  prevention  and  recovery  will  be  discussed.  (Offered  as  OS415  prior 
to  1995-96) 

OS400  Telecommunications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BE/CO/IM  101 

Knowledge  and  concepts  of  telecommunications  technology,  applications,  and 
management  as  they  apply  to  office  systems. 

0541 1  Microcomputer  Support  for  Office  Systems  3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  OS30 1.313,  and  400 

Includes  three  dimensions  of  study  relative  to  office  systems— helpdesk 
management,  training  and  development,  and  ergonomics.  Incorporates  practical 
applications  for  delivering  technical  support  through  the  operation  of  a  helpdesk. 
Requires  development  and  delivery  of  technological  applications  and  a  field  study 
ofergonomic  office  designs. 

054 1 2  Administrative  Office  Services  3c-01-3sh 
Presentation  of  fundamental  principles  and  practices  used  in  the  development  of 

S|  lecialized  areas  such  as  systems  analysis,  work  simplification,  forms 
design,  information  processing,  office  machines  and  equipment,  records 
management,  office  design  and  layout,  office  location  and  physical  environment, 
office  supervision,  office  manuals,  and  development  of  office  personnel  will  be 
discussed. 


OS413  Information  Processing  Technology  3c-01-3sh 

A  i  omprehensive  study  of  information  processing  including  equipment 
selection/functions,  personnel,  and  procedures. 

OS480  Seminar  in  Office  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Graduating  seniors  only  or  permission  of  instructor 
Emphasis  on  the  solving  of  office  management  problems.  Provides  an  opportunity 
to  integrate  and  apply  the  skills  and  knowledge  previously  gained  in  the  Office 
S)   tin    major.  (Offered  as  AD430  prior  to  Summer,  1991;  offered  as  OS430 
until  HIT.) 

INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVAN 


05481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  IN  1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

05482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 
Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

OS493  Internship  var-3-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  of  internship  coordinator,  chairperson,  and  dean  and 
2.75  overall  GPA  and  3.0  GPA  in  Business 

A  supervised  office  experience  program  with  an  approved  agency  (business, 
industry,  and  government). 


Psychology 

Department  of  Psychology 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 


PC  101  General  Psychology 

An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  behavior  and  i 


rital  processes. 


3c-0l-3sh 


PC280  Psychological  Inquiry 

Prerequisites:  PC  1 0 1 .  Psychology  minors 

Introduces  students  minoring  in  Psychology  to  issues  central  to  carrying  out  and 

interpreting  empirical  research  in  the  field.  Students  will  become  more 

sophisticated  consumers  of  empirical  research  findings.  Students  who  have 

successfully  completed  PC290  are  not  permitted  to  take  diis  course  for  credit. 

PC290  Research  Design  and  Analysis  I  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  1 0 1 .  M  A2 1 7 

A  laboratory  course  devoted  to  designing,  conducting,  and  evaluating  results  of 
psychological  experiments. 


PC291  Research  Design  and  Analysis  II 
Prerequisites:  PC101,"C"  or  better  in  PC290 
A  continuation  of  Research  Design  and  Analysis  I. 


3c-21-4sh 


3c-0l-3sh 


PC3 1 0  Developmental  Psychology 
Prerequisite:  PC101 

Comprehensive  study  ol  all  factors  Uiat  contribute  to  human  development  from 
conception  to  deadi.  particularly  as  Uiey  relate  to  psychological  development  of 
individual.  A  survey  course  directed  at  students  not  planning  to  take  PC311.312. 
or  373.  Students  may  receive  credit  towards  the  Psychology  major  or  minor  for 
only  one  of  PC3 1 0.  PC3 1 1 ,  or  PC3 1 5 . 

PC3 1 1  Child  Psychology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Study  of  factors  that  influence  total  development  and  behavior  of  child.  Current 
dieories  and  research  are  considered,  with  focus  upon  optimum  development  of 
individual.  Credit  toward  a  major  or  minor  in  psychology  will  not  be  given  for 
bodiPC3I0and3ll. 

PC3 1 2  Adult  Development  and  Aging  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

A  survey  of  physiological,  cognitive,  emotional,  and  social  issues  affecting  the 
young  adult,  the  middle-aged,  and  the  elderly.  Includes  an  examination  of 
significant  adult  life  crises. 

PC3 1 5  Experimental  Development  Psychology  3c-2I-4sh 

Prerequisite:  PC280  Ol  PC290 

The  course  will  study  human  development  from  conception  to  death  with 
emphasis  on  the  physical,  cognitive,  and  emotional  domains.  Students  will  be 
involved  in  observation  and  data  collection. 

PC320  Personality  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC  101 

Provides  comparative  analysis  of  major  representative  traditional  and 
contemporary  theories  of  personality. 


A    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        I  <)  I 


P<    (J  I    M, ,„,,„,., I  Psycholog)  l< -III- Ish 

Prerequisite:  P<  101 

Mi,  desi  ■ . | . 1 1 iuai  i  and  U i  til  "I  bi  hai  ioi    lab  li  d  abnormal  in  oui 

oi  i  i    an  studii  'I  li rxperimental  and  i  linii  al  poinla  "I  view 

PO.J22  Introduction  to  Psychological  Meunicmenl  ic-ol-.ish 

Prerequisites:  PC101,  MA2T7 

Surve]  ofp  vi  hological isuremenl  techniques,  with  emphasis  on  die 

anumptiona leriying  tin  k  technique)  and  diai  uss I  interpretation  and 

limitation!  ol  measuring  insl nis 

PCSSO  Social  Piycholog)  Sc-Ot-Sth 

Pfcnqointn  PC101 

i,.    tudy  ofthi  effects  of  tin  i alenvirot nt  on  human  behavioi    Ibp 

,  ption  "I  person,  aliunde  Formal nd  <  hange,  and  small-group 

■  si  iuIiiiis \  not  receivi  credit  toward  psycholog)  maj 

.  iQand  P(    135 


IV  l  II  Environmental  Psychology 
Prerequisite!  re  I  in 

ud)  of  thi  pel nship  between  human  behavioi  and  itsenvii 

i  Emphasis  on  the  physical  envit :nt,  both  natural  and  bi 


ic-01-.ish 


k-21-lsh 


PC335  Experimental  Social  Psycholog* 
Prerequisitei  I't  28 P(   190 

■  i  ibo course  in  the  effects  i>l  du  boi  ial  environmenl  on  Inn  nan  behavior, 

1 1, 1 1 1,  s  in,  1 1 1, 1 <  pi  rception  ol  persons,  attitude  formation  and  i  bangt   and  small 
group  interaction,  Includes  experience  with  sot  ial  psychology  al  resean  h 

mi,  ih,', I.  May  ""I  In  taken  tin  crcdii  In  students  who  haw  i |ili  ii  ,1  I'i    ;  III 

PCS41  Conditioning  and  Learning  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PC101,290 

l  xt nation  oi  the  basic  principles  "I  learning  and  related  phenomena; 

discuss f  classical  condi  do g,  discrimination  learning,  and  aversive  control 

ol  In  li.i\  ior. 

PCS  I-  Human  Cognition!  Memory  .mil  Thinking  :)c-2l-4sh 

Prerequiaitesi  PI  101   290 

Stud)  ol  methods  and  findings  in  areas  «•!  huma emory  and  human 

information  processing.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  towards  die-  psychology 
tnajoi  "i  minor  fbi  both  PC342  and  PCS  15. 

PCS45  Introduction  to  Human  (•ignition  li  -III-  Mi 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Tins  i  ,,iii  si-  is  designed  to  provide  an  overview  of  cognitive  psychology.  The 
I  nd  niii.ii  inn  Processing  Model  is ,  ontrasted  with  us  predecessor,  Behaviorism, 
and  us  contemporary  challenger,  Connecdonism. 

PCS50  Physiological  Psychology  .ft -21-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  PC101,290 

Stud)  ol  the  relationship  between  behavior  and  the  anatomy  and  physiolog)  "I 

is  system  Students  ma)  not  receive  credit  towards  the  Psychology 
maj tninoi  tbi  both  PC350  and  PC356. 

PC355  Comparative  Psychology  Si>01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  I'll  II I 

Surve)  "I  animal  behavioi  patterns  and  control  mechanisms  including  learning, 

development,  commumcadon,  and  social  behavior.  Emphasis  is hi 

relationship  of  the  annual  to  its  environment  and  on  the  relationship  ol  animal 
models  to  human  behavior. 


PC356Biopsycholog) 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Study  of  the  relationship  between  bent 

the  nervous  system 


3c-01-3sh 


and  i\w  anatomy  and  physiology  <»l 


ic-01-lsh 


PC371  Human  Motivation 
Prerequisite:  PC101 

study  nl  how  behavior  is  initiated,  sustained,  directed,  and  terminated, 
Current  theories  in  this  area  aie  critically  reviewed. 

PC372  Drugs  and  Behavioi  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites!  PC101  and  junioi  standing  oi  permission 
Surve)  ol  the  current  knowledge  concerning  die  actions  of  drugs.  Ibpicswill 
include  legal  and  social  issues  surrounding  drug  use.  hazard  potential  of 
common!)  used  drugs,  review  of  current  theories  and  issues  regarding  the  use  of 
drugs  in  psychotherapy,  and  consideration  oftreatmenl  approaches  tor  addiction. 


PCS74  Sit.  ss.in.lt  oping  k 

Prerequisite:  PC101 

Fundi nod ptsani  d  disordera. 

Relationship  d  methods  for  coping  widi 

n«ed 


l.-lll-lsli 


PC37S  Mass  Media  and  Behavior 
Prerequisites!  Pt  101  and  junioi  oi    i  nioi  itatus 

ii,  I  research  on  tht  influena  ofthi  mass  media  on  human  behsvii 

Tbpit  s  mi  ludr  tin  ,ll<  i  is  <.l  news  and  politit  i1  ubbi 

o] in i :  tin  '  H. ,  ta  "I  rai  isl  and   -    isl  portrayals;  and  tht 

pornography  on  aggressivi  behavioi  (Also  oflered  as  I  \i  ■ 
foi  duplicate  i  redit) 

PC376  Psychology  of  Health  Behavioi  J. -til-M, 

Prerequisite:  l'(    I  III 

\n  c-N.iriuri.it  ii  ,M  "I  du  t"li  "I  I"  havioi  I"'  i  "is  iii  In  aid  i  status  with  a  slum. 

i   ildi  behaviors  and  the  roll  "I  rl"  ps\i  hologist  in  promotion  "I 
health-related  behavioral  ■  hanges, 

PC378  Psycholog)  ol  Death  and  living  s. -ol-ish 

Prerequisite:  T(   I  0  I 

li    learch  which  delineate  the  psycholo{  ctingtht 

on  as  well  as  those  persons  close  to  one  who  is  dying 

PC379  Psychology  of  Human  Sexuality  lc-01-  tsh 

Prerequisite:  l'<   Mil 

Provides  an  overview  "I  the  psyi  hologii  al  issues  and  research  relevant  to 

with  an  emphasis  on  gender  roles.  Social,  psychological,  and  gender  perspi 

.in  used  to  examine  a  numbei  "I  topii  s,  ini  luding  i  ontt  mporai  tttitudes, 

sexual  response,  sexual  relationships,  sexual  dysfimt  ti""  i,  sexual 

nrc,and  sexual  violence.  Research  pertaining  to  eat  li  topii  ii  presented. 
Si  mil  nls  an  rin  ouiaged  1"  I  ntirallv  evaluate  research  and  dieorv  and  to  make 

tjonfl  benveen  the  material  and  their  personal  expt  '  ii 

PC.390  Industrial-Organizational  Psychology  I.  -Ill-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  l>(  1101,  MA2 14/217 

Flu  Btudy  of  psychological  principles  in  work  organizations;  applit  anon  ol 
psychological  theory  to  the  understanding  and  explanation  of  individual  behavior 
and  experience  in  work  organizations.  Ma\  not  he  taken  for  credit  by  students 
who  successfully  completed  PC425.  (Formerly  P( 

PCM  10  Historical  Trends  in  Psychology  kill-  ish 

Prerequisites:  PC  101.  junior  or  senior  standing  orpermis! 
<  omprehenshre  overview  of  historical  antecedents  "I  contemporary  psyi  hi 
m  uh  emphasis  on  their  implications  for  future  developments  in  die  field. 

PC4 1 1  Psychology  of  Women  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  101  .junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission  -.1  the  instructor 
A  ,  ritual  examination  of  the  assumptions  about  ""men  which  arc  held  by  die 
disi  ipUne  of  psychology,  considering  bodt  current  research  and  individual 
experience.  The  psychological  effects  of  socialization  on  sex  role  identity, 
ai  hievement,  interpersonal  power,  mental  healdi.  and  critical  incidents  in  female 
development  arc-  discussed  in  the  context  of  relevant  concepts  from 
developmental  and  social  psychology. 

PC42 1  Psychology  of  Work  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PC291 

The  analysis,  measurement,  prediction,  and  development  of  human  aptitude. 
ability,  and  performant  e  in  work  and  employment  situations. 

PC425  Experimental  Organizational  Psycholog)  Ic-.'l-Kh 

Prerequisite:  Twelve  credits  of  psycholog)  (including  PC290,  beyond  PC  I  nil 
Introduces  the  student  t"  theory,  research,  and  mcdiods  in  the  investigation  of 
human  behavior  and  experience  in  organizations.  Both  i  lassies!  and  current 
literature  in  the  field  are  discussed.  In  addition  to  lecture,  students  will  conduct 
empirical  research  projei  ts. 

PC450  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology  ic-lll- ish 

Prerequisites:  PC  101.  .5211.  321,  and  permission  of  instructor 
(  hemew  ol  clinical  psychology,  with  emphasis  on  clinician's  use  of  mcdi 
evaluation  and  on  treatment  and  modification  ofbehavior. 

PC480  Honors  Seminar  in  Psycholog)  3c-0l-3sh 

A  seminar  in  th<  graduate  tradition  widi  a  specialized  topic.  May  be  taken  more 
than  once  to  a  maximum  of  (ish. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999 


192       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


PC481  Special  ropics  in  Psychology  vajr-1-Ssb 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

I  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
■  In  established  curriculum.  .A  given  topic  maj  be  offered 
under  l  to  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 

1 11 1 1 1 1 1    i  ed  primarily  ibi  upper-level  undergraduate  students.  May 

be  taken  mor<  than  once  to  a  maximum  oi  6sh. 

PI   182  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  var-I-3sh 

Prerequisite!  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  tacult)  member,  department 
i  haii  pei  s<  m  ■  It  an.  and  Provost's  i  Mtn , 

Individual  studt  tits  pursue  th<  ii  particulai  interests  in  psychology  in  consultation 
with  a  membei  of  the  staff  Ma)  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  ot'6sh. 
lemic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resoui  i  es, 

PC493  Psychological  Practicum  var-l-12sh 

Prerequisites:  P<   101  and  department  consent 

I  iuli  i  supei  i  ision  of  psychology  department,  selected  students  receive 

expt  rienct  in  application  of  psychological  techniques.  Mas  be  taken  more  than 

to  a  maximum  of  12sh. 


Philosophy 

De})artment  of  Pliilosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 


P1I101  Informal  Logic:  Methods  of  Critical  Thinking  Jc-01-Jsh 

Designed  to  develop  students1  ability  to  analyze  critically  deductive  am!  lndu<  tive 

ii In  I I  persuasion,  by  examples  drawn  from  media. 

textbooks  advertising   scholarl)  works,  personal  contacts,  etc. 

PH120  Introduction  to  Philosophy  3c-0l-3sh 

tint  the  beginning  student  with  philosophical  problems  and 
methods  in  such  areas  as  metaphysics  epistemology,  logic,  .\nd  value  theory. 

1*11221  S)  mbolic  Logic  1  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  funda  pts  in  deductive  logic  with  an  emphasis  on 

teaching  students  the  basis  of  clear  logical  thought.  Some  of  the  historical  origins 
of  logical  1 1  no  iv  .iic  explored.  Students  learn  i<>  symbolize  arguments  in  the  truth- 

i   logi<    \\,-\  s  of  testing  arguments  tor  validity  as 
well  as  proofs  are  covered,  with  a  stressing  of  application  to  actual  arguments 

drawn  h tumerous  sources  in  the  media,  philosophical  issues,  and  moral 

problems. 

PH222  Ethics  ;k-0k'Jsh 

Aninvestigal feff  rts  to  rationally  justify  moral  judgment.  Deals  with 

.  \\  li.it  is  ni'  irality?  An  moral  notions  cultural. 
rational  divine  oi  innati  in  origin?  ire  the)  relative  or  absolute?  Are  they  freely 

ch<  sen  ordetern II  >  environment?  (lovers  a  variety  of  ethical 

theories  significant  both  historically  mo\  contemporarily  and  applies  those 
theories  to  <  urrent  issues  which  involve  moral  dilemmas. 

PH223  Philosophy  of  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

ii  of  die  major  problems  in  the  philosophy  of  art,  e.g.,  the  nature 
ol  beaut)  and  the  aesthetic  experience,  the  ethics  and  politics  of  art,  creativity,  the 
nature  of  the  work  of  art  and  aesthetic  obje<  ts,  the  concept  of  fine  art.  and  die 
i  and  aesthetic  objects. 

PH2J2  Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love,  Marriage,  and  Divorce  3c-0l-3sh 

Examines  the  philosophical  foundations  of  t  ontemporary  Western  institutions 
and  ideologies  ofromantii  lovi    Considers  major  positions  in  both  the  history  of 
philosoph)  Ji^\  contemporary  philosophy.  Investigates  the  concepts,  problems, 
ami  philusopln.  alt! al  to  understanding  romantic  love,  marriage,  and 

An 

PI1281  Special  Topics  var-1-.Jsh 

Prerequisite:  Vs  appropriate  to  (  ourse  content 

:;  topics  aie  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topi,  may  he  offered 

undei  an)  special  topic  identity  no  J e  than  three  times.  Special  topics 

ed   !81  an  offen  d  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

PH321  Symbolic  Logic  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite;  PH221  oi  permission  of  instructor 

i  Symbolic  Logic  I  designed  to  enable  students  to  evaluate 
consist)  i  linen  ts.  soundness  and  completeness  of 

formal  systems.  Focua |uantincational  cah  ulus  an.  I  inductive  logic. 


PHJ2J  Political  Philosophy  Jc-0l-3sh 

An  inquiry  into  the  philosophical  concepts  underl)  ing  the  major  political  theories 
Iron i  am  lent  Greece  to  the  modern  era.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  major  authors 
and  texts  to  demonstrate  a  continuum  of  ideas  and  their  modifications, 
replacement,  and  revival,  as  well  as  novel  politic  al  ideas.  Possible  topics: 
commonality:  peace;  internationalism;  sovereignty;  nature  of  the  state;  law;  die 
ruler;  cosmopolitanism:  nationalism;  social  contract;  liberty:  obligation;  property; 
racism;  sexism;  slavery. 

PH324  History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval  3c-0l-3sh 

Western  philosophy  oi  pre-Socratic,  classical  Greek,  Roman,  and  medieval 
periods.  Special  attention  given  to  Plato.  Aristotle.  Augustine,  and  Aquinas,  as 

well  as  the  philosophic  schools. 

PH325  History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance  and  Modern  3c-0l-3sh 

Continuation  of  PH324,  beginning  with  liftecndi-ceutury  Renaissance  thought 
and  ending  with  the  nineteenth-century  precursors  of  contemporary 
philosophies. 

PH.'J2r>  Phenomenology  and  Existentialism  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  phenomenological  method  as  developed  by  Edmund  Husserl  and 
of  the  subsequent  phenomenological  movement  as  exemplified  in  the  works  of 

such  representative  figures  as  I  leidegger.  Mcrlcau-I'outv.  and  Paul  Ricoeour  and 
ol  existentialism  both  as  an  independent  movement  of  thought  and  as  influenced 
by  phenomenolog)  mh\  exemplified  in  the  works  of  such  representative  figures  as 
Kierkegaard. Jaspers.  Marcel.  Buber.  and  Sartre. 

PH330  Philosophy  of  Science  3c-0l-3sh 

An  investigation  into  the  nature  of  formal  and  empirical  sciences:  Structure  of 

scientific  thoughl  and  >  e  ->  dependent  e  upi n  dependence  of  theory;  the  logical 

and  metaphysical  status  of  scientific  laws  and  theoretical  concepts:  rcductionism 
in  science;  the  concept  of  causality;  (he  logic  of  explanation;  problems  in 
confirmation  theory;  science  and  value.  No  spe<  ial  background  required. 
Recommended  (or  math  and  science  majors. 

PH400  Ethics  and  Public  Policy  k-Ol-Jsh 

An  analysis  of  the  ethical  dimension  ofpubli<  policies.  Provides  a  general 
understanding  of  ethical  theories,  then  focuses  on  their  application  to  specific 
policy  issues.  Topics  will  van  from  semester  to  semester.  Sec  current  schedule  of 
classes. 

PH405  Justice  and  Human  Rights  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  theories  of  justice  and  an  anal)  sis  of  the  concept  of  human 
rights  winch  is  central  i>-  a  jus!  society  and  to  much  moral,  political,  and  legal 
dispute.  This  course  will  explore  relevant  major  positions  in  the  history  of 
philosophy,  hut  its  major  focus  is  contemporary  ami  raises  issues  such  as  women's 
rights,  black  rights,  animal  and  environmental  i  ights,  welfare  rights,  and  rights  to 
life  (or  death). 

PH410  Contemporary  Analytic  Philosophy  3c-01-3sh 

Investigation  of  twentieth-century  Western  positions  su(  h  as  pragmatism,  logical 
posith  i sin.  logical  and  linguistic  analysis. 

PH420  Metaphysics  Sc-Ol-Ssh 

A  Study  of  the  nature  of  reality  ill  general  and  of  the  main  cat)  g ■  through 

which  it  is  understood.  The  main  topic  areas  ol  metaphysics  concern:  the  one  and 
the  many;  the  relation  of  thought  and  being:  the  problem  ol  nun  ci  sals: 
nominalism:  realism;  idealism:  the  nature  of  being,  substance,  essence,  space, 
time,  <  ternity,  matter,  mind:  determinism  and  indetermimsm. 

PH421  Theory  of  Knowledge  Sc-01-3sh 

Investigation  into  problems  invoked  in  know  ledge  a\u\  justification  and  a 
consideration  of  methods  suggested  for  then  resolution.  Particulai  attention  is 
paid  to  issues  such  as  knowledge,  justification,  certainty,  objectivity,  perception, 
and  truth. 

PH450  Philosophy  of  Law  .'k-Ol-Ssh 

An  examination  of  die  nature  of  law  and  its  relationship  to  such  questions  as 
moral) tv.  obligation,  indicia!  review,  justii  e,  ngbis.  punishment,  liberty.  The 
course  combines  philosophical  theory  with  consideration  ol  selected  court  cases 
to  develop  a  philosophical  and  legal  understanding  ol  Liu  and  its  plai  e  in  society, 

PH460  PhUosophy  ol  Language  3c-0l-3sh 

An  investigation  o I  issues  in  the  philosophy  of  language  and  related  issues  in 
linguistics  (including  anthropological  linguistics,  sociolinguistics,  and 
psycholinguistics).  Topics  include,  for  example,  the  influence  ol  language  on 
perception,  rationalist/empiricist  perspectives  on  language  acquisition,  language 
and  political  control,  reference,  meaning,  and  truth. 


N  A    U  N  I  V  E  R  S  t  T  Y    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE:    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        / 93 


I'll  isi  Special  Topic*  var-l-:i«h 

Prerequisite!  Ah  appropriate  I n ten) 

Special  topics  courses  i ITered  on  an  expi ntal  or  temporary  ba  i   to 

explo pics  that  are  not  included  in  th<  established  curriculum.  A  given  topw 

may  be  onVred  under  any  special  topii  identity  m n  than  thra  I Special 

topics  numbered  Is  I  an  primarily  '"■  uppei  level  undergraduate  students. 

PH4S8  Independent  Study  vaM-6di 

Prerequiattci  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  fai  ult)  member,  department 

,  hairperaon  dean, and  Provost's*  office 

Students  with  intereal  in  independenl  stud)  <•!  ,i  topii  nol  offered  in  the 

i  uitu  nli i .iv  propose  .1  pli fstud)  in  conjuncl with  a  Bu  ult)  member 

Approval  is  baai  d  on  ai  ademic  appropriateness  and  availability  "I  resource*.  May 
In  taken  more  man  once  i<>  .i  maximum  ofoah,  (This  option  is  available  i"  both 
philosophy  majors  and  i ajors.) 

PH488  Independent  study:  Honors  Project  3cMM-5afa 

I'n  kijii  isi  its:  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  (acuity  member,  depi eni 

chairperson, dean, and  Provost's  Office,  I  OOGPA,  L5sh  in  Philoaophy, and 3.20 
average  in  departmental  i  ouraes 

Majors  in  Philosoph)  an  invited  to  take  3sh  of  independenl  study  designated 
Honors  Project.  1  pon  satisfa*  torj  i  ompletion,  graduation  with  departmental 
h i irible 

PH493  Internship  in  Philosophy  var-3-osh 

Prerequisites:  Permiss I  the  department,  junioi  01  senior  Pll  major  or 

double  major,  2.5  GPA 

A  supervised  experience  ol  no  longei  than  one  semester  and  no  leaa  than  &  i 
wi  i  ks   Tins  u.'iiU  take  plat  e  in  eithei  .1  public  01  private  organization  in  areas 
that  1  ithl  1  extend  and  develop  Ol  complement  coursework  111  Philosophy.  Log 

.11 11I/ ajoi  papei  required.  Internships  are  to  be  dune  with  a  cle.tr  analysis, 

argumentation,  and  examination  of  governing  prim  iples. 


PS 


Political  Science 
Department  of  Political  Science 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


P8101  World  Politics  3c-01-3sh 

Analysis  ol  contemporary  (post  1945)  state  system  and  forces  shaping  the  world 
in  which  we  live.  Studenl  is  given  .i  framework  within  which  to  analyze 
contemporary  international  politics. 

PS  1 1 1  American  Politics  3c-01-3sh 

Introduction  to  American  national  government  and  politics, emphasizing 
1  mi  .so  mi  ion.  party  system,  Congress,  Presidency,  courts,  and  problems  in 
national-stall  nlaiions.  civil  rights,  foreign  policy,  ami  social  and  economic 
polii  it  1 

PS250  Public  Policy  3c-OI-3sh 

Emphasises  dynamics  ol  government  as  they  are  evidenced  in  public  opinion. 
pressure  groups,  political  parties,  and  oui  governmental  institutions;  attention 
also  directed  toward  the  political  economical  nexus  within  American  so,  iety 

PS251  State  and  Local  Political  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Institutions  ami  processes  ol  state  and  local  governments,  with  special  attention  to 
Pennsylvania:  emphasis  on  the  nature  of  federalism,  state  constitutions,  and  role  of 
state  and  local  gove entina ban  society. 

PS280  Comparative  Government  I:  Western  Political  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Analyzes  Western  politii  al  systems  with  emphasis  upon  major  contemporary 
democrats  governments  of  Europe.  Analyzes  and  compares  their  political 
cultures,  political  institutions,  and  political  processes. 

PS28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  noi  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  '-'SI  are  offered  primarily  lor  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

PS282  International  Relations  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  a  conceptual  framework  lor  understanding  sovereignty,  nationalism. 
power,  security,  dispute  settlement,  and  diplomatic,  legal,  economic,  and  military 
relations  ol  nation-states 


psjxi  \„, ,,„.,,,  foreign  Policy  t.-ol-isl, 

tinesfo dation  and  exei  ul of  A titioa  to 

miss ji 1.  0    1  .loops.  .11  id  pi  1 1  »lu  opinion: 

.  mphssizt    1  onU  mponry  problems. 

PSmr.  (iiiuparalin  (.on  rni.ii  ill  II:  Niin-W.  si.  i  n  Political  S%  stems        i,  -III    Ish 

\ii.il.  /( s |oi  Hon  Western  political  systems  with  emphasis  upon  aiithoritarini 

and  totalitarian  syati  isystemstM  mani 

political  1  ultima,  political  institutions,  and 

PS  100  Ki  s,  aich  Methods  ill  Political  Sc  I,  n,  ,  I,  -III-  ish 

Prerequisite:  P8101  01  Ml 

An  examination  of  the  applit  ation  ol  tin  s,  ientifit  approat  h  10  tin  invettigalinn  ol 
soi  1.1 1  and  poll  1 1< al  phenomena.  ' lorn entrates  on  approai Ins.  m,  thoda, and 
computet  tools.  All  politn. il  s<  ion  1  majors  and  ininors  ^u  ttrongh;  urged  to 

I    MM, I 

PS  1211  International  I -aw  t<  -III-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  PS  1 01 .  2*\.  01  penniaaion  ol  instrui  toi 

Stud)  ol  [In   ,1,  \,  lopin,  ul,  nature,  and  loin  lion  ,,l  mli  matioiul  law.  including 
recent  trend 

PS32I  International  Organizations  )<-(il-)sh 

Prerequisites:  PS101,281,oi  pctmiss ,1  instructor 

liiijini ,  into  purposes,  sum  tures,  and  a,  tions  ,,l ,  ontemporan  inti  i national 
l  o  din,  .il  organizations,  such  as  United  Nations,  regional, and  rant  tional 
organizations. 

PS346  Political  Sociology  Ji-01-  jsh 

Prerequisites:  PS1 II.  SI  II  i] 

Examines  (a)  wl itrols  the  state  and  state  polii  v.  (b)  the  role  the  state  plavs  in 

stabilizing  t  apitalisin  -mA  protet  ting  tin  powei  ol  the  upper  class.  (( )  the  political 
activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  class,  (d)  labor,  <  ivil  rights,  welfare  rights,  and 
social  movements  in  America.  Cross-listed  as  S0458. 

PS350  The  Presidency  d-nl-  Jsh 

Examination  of  tire  Office  ol  President,  with  attention  to  coiistiluiion.il 
foundations,  evolution,  structure,  powers,  and  functions;  some  comparisons 
between  presidential  ami  parliamentary  systems  and  between  offices  of  President 
and  governor. 

PS35  1  Legislative  Process  h  -III-  fsh 

Functional  study  oflegislative  bodies  and  prot  ess  of  legislation,  i  Offering 

organization  oflegislative  assemblies,  operation  ol  <  rnzunittee  system,  pr>,, , 

bill  drafting,  aides,  and  controls  over  legislation. 

PS353  American  Political  Parties  3r-OI-3sh 

The  role  of  people,  parties,  and  pressure  groups  in  politics  of  American 
democracy;  attention  to  sectional  and  historical  roots  of  national  politics,  voting 
behavior,  pressure  group  analysis,  and  campaign  activities. 

PS354  Metropolitan  Problems  it -III-  ish 

Analyzes  multiplu  ii\  of  problems  facing  our  metropolitan  areas.  Contemporary 
developments  such  as  urban  renewal,  shrinking  lax  base,  fetleral  aid  I 
subsidized  mass  transit,  municipal  authorities,  And  political  consolidation  are 
examined. 

PSS55  Intergovernmental  Relations  k-lll-  tsh 

Explores  characteristics  of  federal  systems  of  government,  with  emphasis  on 
dieories.  origins,  institutions,  problems  in  intergovernmental  relations  in  die 
United  States,  federal  systems  m  othei  nations,  and  trends. 

PS356  Mass  Media  in  American  Politii  s  Sc-OI-.Kh 

Variant  dieories  ol  the  symbolic  relationship  between  American  politics  and  die 
press  are  examined  in  the  light  of  the  American  coloniaJ-nauonal  cx]>erience.  The 
special  Constitutional  rights  green  to  die  media  are  explored,  with  particular 
attention  to  radio-TV. 

PS358Judicial  Process  Sc-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PS111 

Explores  nature  and  limits  of  judicial  power,  courts  as  policymaking  bodies. 

selection  of  judges,  decision  process,  external  forces  impinging  on  die  courts,  and 

role  of  Supreme  Court  m  its  relationship  with  Congress,  die  Presidency-,  and 

federalism. 

PS359  Constitutional  Law  and  Civil  Liberties  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PS111 

Study  of  civil  liberties  and  civil  rights  issues  dirough  leading  Supreme  Court 
decisions:  topics  treated  include  First  Amendment  rights. procedural  due  process 
and  die  Bill  of  Rights,  and  Equal  Protection  problems  in  civil  rights. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRI  PTIONS 


PS3oO  Classical  Political  Thought  3c-0l-3sh 

Restriction:  Not  for  credit  after  PH323 

The  origins  and  development  of  Western  thought  from  Plato  and  Aristotle 
through  Cicero  and  Saint  Aquinas.  The  focus  is  especially  on  political 
participation  as  a  way  of  life,  the  unity  of  political  and  moral  conceptions  in 
premodern  political  thought,  and  the  relationship  between  order  and  justice. 

PS361  Modern  Political  Thought  3c-0l-3sh 

Covers  die  major  representatives  of  modem  political  thought  since  the 
Renaissance.  Follows  the  development  of  the  specifically  modern  notion  of  die 
state  and  political  action  through  die  works  of  Machiavelli.  Hobbes.  Locke, 
Rousseau,  Marx,  and  Lenin.  Emphasis  on  die  "instrumentalist1'  state  and  die  idea 
of  a  political  science. 

PS362  American  Political  Thought  3c-0l-3sh 

Covers  a  variety  of  American  political  ideas  from  the  Puritans  through  recent 
radical  and  conservative  critiques  of  American  liberal  democracy.  Focus  on  die 
continuing  development  of  die  idea  of  individual  rights,  die  political  theory  of  the 
Constitution,  and  die  tension  between  classical  liberalism  and  popular  rule. 

PS370  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  3c-0l-3sh 

Theories  of  organization  and  structural  organization,  personnel  processes, 
executive  functions,  financial  administration,  die  politics  of  administration,  public 
relations,  and  problems  of  democratic  control  of  bureaucracy. 

PS371  Issues  in  Public  Administration  3c-0l-3sh 

Intensive  study  of  die  role  of  federal  agencies  and  dieir  administrators  in 
determining  and  developing  public  policy.  Public  administration  m  practice  is 
emphasized  by  utilizing  case  studies. 

PS377  Political  Behavior  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PC  1 0 1 .  PS  1 1 1 

An  interdisciplinary-  course  which  investigates  the  psychological  bases  of  political 
behavior.  Cross-listed  as  PC377. 

PS380  Soviet  Politics  3c-0l-3sh 

Essendal  features  of  Communist  part)'  and  government  of  die  former  U.S.S.R., 
including  geographical  and  historical  background  and  ideological  and  dieoretical 
foundations.  PS280  should  be  taken  prior  to  diis  course.  (Course  content  is  in 
revision  to  reflect  changing  structure.) 

PS382-387  Political  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Intensive,  comparative  study  of  the  government  and  politics  of  a  selected  region. 
Suggested  prerequisites:  PS280  and/or  285;  PS382  Africa;  PS383  Asia;  PS384 
Middle  East;  PS385  Central  and  Eastern  Europe;  PS387  Latin  America 

PS388  Political-Military  Strategy  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS281  or  PS283  or  MS101-102 

Deals  with  national  security  problems  including  decision  making  and  budgeting, 

levels  of  strategy,  die  utility  of  force,  and  the  impact  of  die  military  on  American 

society. 

PS389  Developing  Nations  3c-0l-3sh 

Suggested  prerequisites:  PS280  and/or  285 

Political  characteristics  of  emerging  nations:  impact  of  economic  and  social 
change  upon  political  structure;  evolving  patterns  of  political  development;  and 
techniques  of  nation-building. 

PS480  Political  Science  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

Readings  and  written  assignments  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  die 
instructor  in  charge. 

PS481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  dial  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

PS482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

PS493  Polidcal  Science  Internship  var-2-12sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  Polidcal  Science  widi  2.0  GPA;  PS1 1 1;  approval  of 
internship  director  and  chairperson 
Practical  experience  in  government  and  politics.  "Log"  and  research  project 


required.  Course  grade  determined  by  die  instructor.  Maximum  of  6sh  applied  to 
minimum  in  major;  maximum  of  3sh  applied  to  minimum  in  minor. 


PY 


Physics 

Department  of  Physics 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 


PY101  Energy  and  Our  Environment  3c-01-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  areas  of  energy,  transportation,  and  pollution.  These  topics  are 
approached  via  die  relevant  concepts  of  physical  science  and  physics.  A 
nonlaboratory  course  for  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

P  Y 1 1 1  Physics  1  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Elementary  algebra  and  trigonometry 
General  college  physics;  mechanics,  wave  motion,  and  sound. 

PY1 12  Physics  II  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PY111 

Electricity  and  magnetism,  heat,  light,  atomic  and  nuclear  physics,  and  an 
elementary  introduction  to  relativity  and  quantum  theory. 

PY121  Physics  I  Lab  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:  PY]  11 

Physics  laboratory  at  level  of  Physics  I;  exercises  in  mechanics,  wave  motion,  and 
sound. 

PY122  Physics  II  Lab  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:  PY112 

Physics  laboratory  at  level  of  Physics  II;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity  and 
magnetism,  and  radioactivity. 

PY  1 3 1  Physics  I-C  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MAI21,  123.  or  127,  at  least  concurrendy 

A  calculus-based  course  in  general  college  physics;  topics  covered  are  similar  to 

those  covered  in  Physics  1 1 1  but  are  treated  in  more  depth  through  the  use  of 

calculus. 

PY132  Physics  II-C  Lecture  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA  122,  124,  or  128,  at  least  concurrendy 
Continuation  of  Physics  I-C;  topics  covered  are  simdar  to  diose  covered  in 
Physics  II  but  are  treated  in  more  depdi  dirough  die  use  of  the  calculus. 


PY  14 1  Physics  I-C  Lab 
Corequisite:  PY131 

Physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  I-C; 
motion,  and  sound. 


PY142  Physics  II-C  Lab  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:  PY132 

Physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physit 

magnetism,  and  radioactivity. 

PY  1 5 1  Medical  Physics  Lecture  3c-01-3sh 

Development  of  concepts  and  principles  of  physics  with  a  strong  emphasis  as  to 
dieir  use  and  application  in  medical  and  odier  biophysical  areas. 

PY161  Medical  Physics  Lab  0c-3!-lsh 

Corequisite:  PY151 

Experiments  dealing  with  applications  of  physical  principles  to  die  field  of 
medicine.  Practical  experience  widi  use  of  electronic  equipment,  chart  recorders, 
etc.,  of  type  found  in  modern-day  medicine  will  be  introduced. 

PY222  Mechanics  I  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  PYI11  or  131;  MA122,  124,  or  128 

Dynamics  of  a  particle  in  one,  two,  and  diree  dimensions,  central  forces  including 

planetary  and  satellite  motion,  energy  in  particle  dynamics,  statics,  and  systems  of 

particles. 

PY223  Mechanics  II  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  PY222,  MA241 

Mechanics  of  a  rigid  body,  constraints,  oscillations,  wave  motion,  introduction  to 
Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  formulation  and  relativisdc  mechanics. 


II-C;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity  and 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


195 


PY831  Elecl id  l<-.tl-Mi 

Prerequisites!  PY112orl32  M  1122,  l24,oi  128 

i  ii I,,  ,,ii  hin. i  listen •- .  1 1  •  <  1 1 1  <  i  ■  <  v  responx  input  and  outpul 

impedance,  Ii  i  dbai  k  ami  elei  i i  »e.  <  Iperational  smplifiers  and  digital 


PY242  Optics 

Prerequisites!  I"i  1 12  oi  l  12;  MA122,  124  oi  128 

I  opuca  and  physical  opdea;  including  interference,  diffi 

polarisation.  Quantum  optica  is  introdui  ed. 


3c-0l-3ah 


r-l-.tsh 


PYS81  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite!  Is  appropriate  i"  i  ourae  content 

Special  topii  ■  are  offered  on  an  experimental  oi  temporary  basis  to  explore  topii  I 

ili.it  are  not  in<  luded  in  tlie  established  <  nun  ulum.  A  given  topic  ma)  be  nil'  n  d 

under  any  special  topii  identity! :  than  three  times.  Spi  cial  i"|n.  ^ 

I  'si  are  off<  red  primaril)  foi  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

PY299 Cooperative  Education]  var-l-.ish 

Prerequiaiteai  PV  132;  i  ompleti fdtirty  credits  with  a  minimi f2.0GPA 

.mil  approval  of  the  cooperative  educal coordinatoi 

llns  progi blends  classroom  theor)  with  practical  application  through  job 

related  experience.  Students  will  work  in  positions  ofiered  b\  the  participating 
industrial  oi  bedi  ral  state  unik  itud)  program  employers  under  joint  supervision 
nl  the  Physics  fai  ult)  and  the  on-site  supervisor.  A  co-op  student  must  be  a  full- 
time  universit)  student  in  v.,,i,«l  •"  ademic  standing  and  be  planning  t"  return  i" 
campus  t*u  completion  of  his/her  degree  program.  Evaluation  requirements  ma) 
mi  hull  on-site  *  isitations  by  the  faculty/!  oordinator,  i  onsultation  with  the  on  site 

and  i  1 1 1. 1 |i  it  progress  report  by  the  student  nr  the  preseniat  i fs 

detailed  oral  report  before  tin  departmental  cooperative  education  niiiitniitcf. 

F\  122  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  2c-01-2afa 

Prerequisite:  PY222 

Ik.  troatati(  potential  theory,  dielectrics,  dipole  theory,  magnetostatics,  Maxwell 

equations  l"t  stadi  fields, and  Legendre'i  polynomials  .mil  other  approximation 

methods. 

PY323  Electricity  and  Magnetism  11  2c-0T-2sh 

Prerequisite:  I   i 

Time-dependent  form  "I  Maxwell  equations,  elo  t gnetic  induction,  vector 

potential,  magnetism,  radiation  fields,  and  Poynting  vector. 

PY33 1  M«>dern  Physics  .(e-Ol-.Jsh 

Prerequisites:  l'Yl  12  or  132;  MA122,  124.  or  128 

Introduction  to  particle  and  wave  properties  "I  matter,  atomit  strm  ture,  relativity 
solid  state  ami  nucleai  | >t ix  sics. 

PY3 12  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  I'M  12..,  132;  MA122, 124, 01  12s 
rhermometry,  laws  nl  thermod)  namics,  low-temperature  physics,  entropy, 
-I  ideal  gas,  and  an  introduction  to  statistical  mechanics. 


I'Y  350  Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 
Prerequisites:  PY242  and  331 
Required  fundamental  experiments  in  an  ■-  ol  mi  t  hi 
physics,  and  licit. 

PY351  Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  II 
Prerequisite:  PY350 

Increasingly  sophistii  ated  experiments  in  essenual  ai 
computers  and  the  Van  de  Graaffare  available. 


0c-til-3sh 
cs,  optics,  modem 

0c-61-3sh 
s  of  physics.  Dinnal 

0c-61-3sh 


PY352  Applied  Physics  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  PY231,  155, oi  permission  "t  ni^nu.  toi 

In  ilils  laboratory  tin  student  is  introduced  to  much  of  the  fundamental 

equipment  used  in  industry.  Tin  student  is  trained  in  die  operation  and  proper 

use  nl  tins  equipment  through  a  series  of  experiments  that  teach  him/her  signal 

detection  .mu\  analysis  including  data  acquisition  by  computer.  The  student  will 

instructio the  proper  methods  to  be  used  fbi  various  oral  and  written 

presentations. 

PY353  Solid  State  Electronics  laboratory  tic  -nl-  (si, 

Prerequisite:  PYS52  ..t  permission  ol  instructor 

in  tins,  laboratory  die  student  will  encounter  a  number  of  areas  of  current  interest 
in  semiconductoi  technology.  The  student  will  perform  experiments  and  learn 
skills  m  such  .mas  .is  devict  process  simulation,  device  simulation,  measurements 
ol  semiconductoi  materials,  and  measurement  of  den  ice  parameters.  Tlie  student 
M ill  also  he  instructed  in  the  proper  presentation  of  written  and  oral  reports. 


n  iv,  (  ampul!  i  I fa  ing  2,  -21-  Mi 

Pn  i..|nisii,  iCOl  in 

tins i out  ' 

computet  to  its  physical  surroundings   rhe  students  will  learn  hov 

.n.l  i in  icy  will  learn  how  to  use  digital  lo 

i     ■  and  analog  to  dinn.il  i  onvcraion 

techniques. They  will  also  us!  agnrpl Isofiwan  isUbVIEVV) 

to  design  tools,  to  learn  ho* 

to  analyze  data.  (Offered  as  P^  150 '  omputci  App 
>rii    prioi  io  1997-98) 

l"i  199 Cooperalivi  Education II  >ar-l-l»h 

Prerequisite  s:  r  .  [99  PY350;  lils  with  a  minimum  ol 

In.  .limn  i  oordinatoi 

\  s.  .  ..ml  .  i  mi  s.   ii |m  i.ilm   i  dm  alum    In.  Inilrs  instrue  lion  thai  hi  ii  Ills  upon 

in  is  in  collegi  b)  bining  and  correlating  them  widi  li  anting 

experiences  at  thi  training    tation  to I  the  student's  car  ition 

i.  ijiim  in.  ms  iii.o  no  lude  on-site  visitations  bj  the  fai  ult) 

.  onsultation  with  the  on-siti  supi  rvisor,  and  a  majot  progress  report  by  the 

[ml.  in  oi  tin  i"'  '  nl  tN *  '  di  i.iilcd  "ij I  report  before  the  departmental 

1 1,  rativc  '  'I"1  .iiu  "i '  ommiltee.  No  more  than  ish  of  PY299,  1' »  I  -  I 

l"i  19  I )  be  used  in  fulfilling  physics  major  t  mus,  requirements. 

PY432  Advanced  Electl .s  2<-ll-fsh 

Prerequisilc:  R  2  1 1 

Digital  measurement,  switi  hing  cin  uits,  logii  i  in  '"<-.  i  ounting  t  oding,  inpui 

ami  output,  AD  ami  DA  converters,  computi 

l'\  172  Nuchal  Plosl.s  l,-lll-lsh 

Prerequisite:  PY331 

Surve)  "I  nuclear  physics,  inn  liar  size,  nuclear  mass,  reac  Bon  theory,  lv|ies  of 
radical  tivi  'I"  ay,  nu<  leu  models,  nuclear  Imccs.  and  elementary  particles. 

PY 473  Quantum  Mechanics  I  li  -nl-  1st 

Prerequisites:  Pi  222  and  i  i  I 

Quantum  mechanics  following  methods  of  SclutxlingeT  and  Heisenberg;  the 
theory  is  applied  to  properties  of  harmonii  oscillator,  hydrogen  atom,  electron  in 

a  magnetic  field,  and  radio.ii  tnc  decay  "f  alpha  partu  les. 

PY475  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  I  ><  -01-  Ish 

Prerequisites:  PY231, 242, 342,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Develops  the  basic  foundation  tor  a  stud)  ol  the  theory  of  semiconductors 
Elementary  quantum  concepts,  the  band  theory  ol  solids,  electrical  propt  i 
solids,  effective  m.iss  theory,  and  principles  ofsemicondut  tor  devices  are 

iIlM Ussi  .1 

PY47ri  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  II  i.  -nl-  Ish 

Prerequisite:  PY475  or  permission  ofinstn 

Discusses  tin  ph\  mi  s  and  operation  of  a  number  of  discrete  devices  including: 
bipolar  transistors.  Ml  >S1  KTS.  |FETS,  <  •  <  IDs,  various  diode  technologies, 
photovoltaic  and  photocouductive  devit  es,  solid-state  lasers,  and  liulii-cmitung 
diodes. 

PY480  Seminar  var-Ish 

Speakers  from  within  and  outside  die  university  conduct  a  seminar  on  a  weekly  or 
biweekly  hasis  on  ctiflEerent  topics  of  interest  in  the  physics  community. 

PY48 1  Special  Topics  in  Pbj  sics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Varies  from  semester  to  semester  and  covers  diverse  topics  in  sjiecific  areas  of 
physics.  This  I  nurse  number  is  also  used  to  ofler  courses  under  development. 

PY  4N2  Independent  Study  in  Physics  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  deparunent 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  ofa  topic  not  ofiered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabilit)  of  res 
Work  is  supervised  1>\  a  Physics  faculty  member  but  does  not  necessarily  involve 
regular  lecture  or  laboratory  hours. 

PY490  Solid  State  Plivsus  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY22:>  and  331 

Reciprocal  lattice,  en  stal  structure,  die  quantization  of  fields  lo  produce  quasi- 
particles  such  as  phonons,  magnons,  ex.  itons.  Fenui  gas  of  electrons,  energy 
hands,  semiconductoi  crystals,  and  photoconductivity. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


PY493  Internship  in  Physics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY350;  completion  of  ninety  credits  with  a  minimum  of  2.5  GPA 
and  approval  of  die  internship  education  coordinator 
Supervised  professional  work-expenencc  in  physics  and  applied  physics. 
Location,  duties,  internship,  and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  the  student's 
career  goals.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of  internship  in  the  student's  major  may  be 
applied  toward  die  physics  major  area  elective  requirements.  Additional 
internship  credit  must  he  used  as  free  electives.  Evaluation  requirements  include 
on-site  visitations  by  die  faculty/coordinator,  consultation  widi  the  on-site 
supervisor,  and  a  major  progress  report  by  die  student  or  die  presentation  ol  a 
detailed  oral  report  before  the  departmental  internship  education  committee. 

r  Quantitative/Business 

Department  of  Management 
Information  Systems  and  Decision 
Sciences 
Eberly  College  of  Business 

Note:  All  courses  at  die  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  widi  junior 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

QB2 1 5  Business  Statistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MA121.  214 

Expands  upon  die  probabilistic  concepts  developed  in  MA214  to  orient  die 
student  toward  managerial  decision  making  using  quantitative  mediodologies. 
Topics  covered  include  classical  regression  analysis,  forecasting,  Bayesian 
decision  dieory.  linear  programming,  and  simulation. 

QB281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  281  are  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

QB380  Introduction  to  Management  Science  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  QB215 

Discussion  and  application  of  mathematical  models  used  in  managerial  decision 
making.  Linear  programming,  Markov  processes,  queuing  dieory,  EOQ  models, 
and  simulation  techniques  are  among  the  topics  covered. 

QB401  Forecasting  Methods  for  Business  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  QB215 

This  course  is  designed  to  train  die  students  to  understand  die  nature  of 
forecasting  problems  and  die  techniques  of  forecasting  methods  and  their 
business  applications.  Computer  statistical  packages  are  incorporated  into  die 
course  so  that  forecasting  mediods  and  models  can  be  applied  to  real-world 
problems,  and  the  relationships  diat  exist  between  variables  can  be  examined. 

QB481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  dial  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


var-l-3sh 

faculty  member,  deparUnent 


QB482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  ad 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Rehabilitation 

Department  of  Special  Education  and 
Clinical  Services 
College  of  Education 


RH200  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

A  foundation  for  subsequent  courses  in  die  rehabilitation  sequence.  It  is  also 
available  as  a  prerequisite  or  basic  course  for  students  interested  in  die 
rehabilitation  of  individuals  in  our  society.  Content  includes  die  philosophy, 
history,  major  concepts,  and  current  problems  and  issues. 


RH2II  Medical  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  an  overview  of  the  etiology  and  pathology  of  a  range  of  medical 
disorders  which  often  require  rehabilitaUve  services.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  die 
psychosocial  and  functional  effects  of  diese  disorders,  vocational  implications, 
and  rehabilitative  needs. 

RH220  Neurological  Basis  of  Disability  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EX1 1 1.  RH200,  B1155  or  HP221 

Study  of  die  brain  and  spinal  cord  with  emphasis  on  cortical  and  subcortical 
mechanisms  instrumental  in  normal  motion,  coordination,  and  bodily  sensation, 
exclusive  of  vision  and  hearing.  Discussion  and  demonstration  of  conditions  of 
cerebral  palsy,  poliomyelitis,  traumatic  paraplegics,  cerebrovascular  accident, 
Parkinson's  disease,  multiple  sclerosis,  and  rehabilitative  procedures. 

RH281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

RH3 1 2  Psychological  Basis  of  Disability  3c-01-3sh 

Study  of  emotional  and  social  responses  which  govern  behavior  and  relationships 
of  handicapped  individuals  and  rehabilitation  workers  alike,  with  emphasis  on  die 
role  of  disability  in  formation  of  the  concept  of  human  wordi. 

RH32 1  Principles  and  Methods  of  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220, 312.  and  permission  of  instructor 
Delineates  die  roles  of  members  of  professional  disciplines  of  medicine, 
psychology,  prosthetics,  orthodontics,  audiology,  speech  pathology,  physical  and 
occupational  therapy  in  restoration  of  the  handicapped;  use  of  diagnostic 
information;  significance  and  interpretation  of  medical  examination;  role  of 
rehabilitation  counselor  in  die  agency. 

RH322  Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  Interpretation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RH220,  312,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Purpose  and  techniques  of  case  history  taking;  meaning  and  evaluation  of 
diagnostic  information;  psychological  evaluation  in  terms  of  mental  abdity. 
personality,  attitudes,  and  dexterity  skills;  role  of  disabled  individual's  family  in 
planning  of  services;  referrals  and  report  writing. 

RH360  Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission,  Rehabilitation  majors  only 

Designed  to  help  students  develop  competencies  in  using  various  counseling 
techniques  with  handicapped  persons.  Various  dieories  of  counseling  will  be 
explored  relative  to  the  rehabilitation  setting.  It  will  provide  basic  counseling 
skills  to  upperclass  Rehabilitation  majors  prior  to  field  training. 

RH4 1 0  Vocational  Assessment  in  Re  ha  hi  li  I  ai  ion  Counseling  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EX  111,  RH220,  or  faculty  permission 

Provides  students  widi  an  overview  of  vocational  assessment  techniques  and 

instruments  for  use  widi  rehabilitation  clients  who  are  blind,  deaf,  mentally 

retarded,  or  severely  physically  handicapped.  Includes  discussion  of  rehabilitation 

evaluation. 

RH4 1 2  Occupational  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RH220  or  permission  of  instructor 

The  realism  of  die  world  of  work  and  relationship  of  gainful  employment  to 
human  autonomy  and  decision  making.  Types  of  jobs,  levels  of  required  skills, 
potential  capabilities  of  the  disabled  relative  to  specific  job  responsibilities, 
methods  of  assessing  potential  job  success,  and  sheltered  workshops. 

RH422  Current  Topics  in  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Taken  concurrendy  with  RH488  and  493 

Discussion  of  current  topics  of  interest  in  die  field,  such  as  state  and  federal 
legislation,  new  prosdietic  advances,  proposals  of  the  National  Rehabilitation 
Association,  or  recent  techniques  in  working  with  specific  disabilities. 

RH460  Advanced  Rehabilitation  Counseling  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RH360 

Selected  counseling  techniques  studied  and  practiced  under  supervision. 
Application  will  be  utilized  in  roles  diat  will  approximate  die  kind  ol  clients 
encountered  in  field  training. 

RH48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        197 


KIIIH2  Independent  Study  var-l-3»h 

Prerequisite:  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  far  ulty  member,  department 
,  hairpi  raon,  di  an,  ■""l  Provost  ■  I  Iffii  t 
Studenta  with  interest  in  independent  itudy  ..I  .1  i<>i>k  not  ofli  n  d  in  thi 

,  inn,  11I ma)  propoai  .1  plan  "I  itud)  in  conjunt  don  with  .1  fai  u\i\  membei 

Aliiuov.il  is  baaed ademic  appropriateneu  .mil  availabilitj  ofn 

Kit  is  1  Directed  Rehabilitation  Activities  var-3nh 

Prerequisites!  iv u Rehabilitation  majors  only 

i',,  i><  Id  training  1  xperience  working  with  handicapped  1  lienta  in  I I  fat  ilitie*. 

1 1  rii'  .v| H inin  ewill  help  the  atudanti  integrate  claaaroom  instruct with 

held  oc| m  1 

KII-INH  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  1  var-«sh 

I'icicqilisilc:  All  majol  I set  in  pmgi 

Emphaaicea  development  of  the  student  rehabUitadon  coordinatoi  by  working 
with  disabled  clients  in  .1  public  or  private  agency.  Writing  and  anah  m  ut  i  »i 
reports,  counseling  ol  1  tients,  understanding  ol  agenc)  responsibilities  and 
limitations,  referral,  follow  up,  and  final  evaluation  of  the  client's  ability  In 
function  with  various  degrees  of  autonomy.  Taken  concurrently  with  RH49S  anil 

Kill  " 

KM  I'll  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  II  var-hsh 

Prerequisite:  All  majoi  < sen  m  program 

Pro>  idea  .1  second  field  experience.  'Taken  concurrently  with  Ml  I  INS  and  Kl  1422. 


RP 


Regional  Planning 

Department  ol'Get)graplty  and 

Regional  Planning; 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 


RP2 1  I  (  autography  I  3c-0T-3sh 

mtroducea  students  to  principles  of  thematic  map  construction.  Emphasis  is  on 
(lie  techniquefl  ofchoropleth  mapping  and  die  production  of  scientific  graphs  and 
charts.  (Also  offered  .is  GE21  I;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

RP28 1  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  Included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  2N1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students.  (May 
ilsa  be  offered  as  GE281;  may  not  he  taken  as  duplicate  credit  under  same  title) 

RP3 13  Cartography  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RP213 

( lives  .hi  understanding  of  the  compilation  and  use  of  maps  and  quantitative  data. 
Dl  velops  skills  essential  to  the  construction  of  various  types  of  maps.  (Also 
offered  as  GE313;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

RP3 1 4  Map  and  Photograph  I  ntcrprctation  3c-01-3sh 

Maps  -mil  .in  photographs,  along  with  remote  sensing  materials,  permit  inventory 
and  analysis  ol  geologic,  land  use.  urban  development, and  odier  landscape 
phenomena.  The  understanding  of  these  materials  and  associated  toots  for  their 
use  is  presented.  (Also  offered  as  GE314;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

RP316  Introduction  to  Geographic  Information  Systems  3c-Ul-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RP2  l-i.  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Automated  methods  tor  creating,  maintaining,  and  analysing  spatial  data  are 
presented.  Topics  include  1)  specialized  CIS  hardware  and  software,  2)  vector  vs. 
raster  vs.  object-oriented  spatial  data  structures.  3)  creation  and  manipulation  of 
geographic  data  tiles.  4)  data  base  design  and  management  concepts.  5)  spatial 
analysis,  and  (i)  cartographic  design.  (Also  offered  as  GE316:  may  not  be  taken 
tor  duplicate  t  redit) 

RP332  Urban  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Basic  concepts  ol  urban  geography  including  site,  situation,  function,  urban  land 
use.  urban  Structure,  and  urban  hierarchy  are  introduced.  Relationships  between 
urban  geography  and  urban  planning  are  explored.  (Also  offered  as  GE332;  may 
UOl  be  taken  fol  duplicate  credit) 

RP333  Trade  and  Transportation  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  w  nil  iln  spatial  aspects  ol  transportation  svstetlls  and  their  use.  Circulation. 
accessibility, time  and  distance  concepts. and  trade  patterns  are  discussed,  |  Ms.. 
offered  as  GE333;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 


RF350  IntMiflii.  ln.li  10  Claiming  (<  -III-  Ish 

[ntrodui  don  to  tin  profi  afion  and  .><  tivit)  ol  i  onti  m  and 

regional  planning. Coum  ■ -.nrrol.  design,  gnrwdi 

,.i  .iii.l  devt  lopmi  ind  institutional  ; 

planning  practice  an  covered  as  weD  (Offered  i   f-i  160,  ratroductiot]  to 

I'laniiingpiio,  to  1996  07) 

KP392  Planning  Methods  t.  -Ill-lsli 

Research arytical  design,  and  plan-malring  techniques  in  urban  and  regional 

pbuuiing.  Examine*  basil  in  ma  m  ■  i  itat  ■  to  pn  pare  urban  and  regional 

i pn  In  nsivr  plans.  I  Ms. .  ..lb  redaaGl  ;".^:  may  not  be  taken  ford 

16 1:  Planning:  Basil  Studies  and  Analysis  prior  to 
97) 

RP354  Planning  Design  St  -111-  isb 

Prerequisite:  RP350 

Pn  ■  ni   '  "m.  rpts  ol  city,  subdivision,  and  transportation  di  sign  in  relation  to 
topography,  natural  resouro  physical  dements.  (Offered  as  Gl 

Planning:  Design  prioi  to    9 

RP4 1 2  Research  Seminar  )<  -III-  tsh 

Prerequisite:  RP468 

This  senior  set ai  and  workshop  is  a  capstone  i  oursc  that  t...  uses  on  recent 

research  in  the  majoi  field.  Students  cairv  OUl  a  research  projet  i  on  a  l-.pii  ..I 

local  or  regional  importance.  (Also  offered  as  <  .1  £412;  may  not  be  taken  for 

i lupin  ,ite  credit)  (<  tffered  as  GES12:  Research  in  Geographical  Pbuuiing  prior  to 

L996-97) 

RP415  Remote  Sensing  li-Hl-  ish 

Deals  with  air  photographs,  satellite  imagery,  thermal  sensing,  and  radar  m> 
and  then  application  to  deriving  information  about  the  earth's  phvsu  a)  and 
cultural  l.i i n I s(  apes.  (Also  offered  as  GE4I5:  niav  not  be  taken  lor  duplicate 
credit) 

RP4 17  Technical  Issues  in  GIS  tc-OI-Jsh 

Prerequisite:  RP3 16 

A  project-based  class  in  which  students  learn  the  skills  to  develop  and  maintain  a 

Geographic  Information  System.  Througl perativi  learning  students  will 

design  and  implement  tun.  in  m.tl  systems.  Methods  lor  designing  I  -IS  s\  stems  to 
user  specification,  data  collection,  data  input,  project  management,  and  system 

tloi.iiincnl.it  i re  (  overed.  (Also  offered  as  GE417:  may  not  be  taken  for 

duplicate  credit) 

RP458  Land  Use  Law  »c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RP350 

Introduces  students  to  principles  of  land  use  law.  The  course  focus  is  on  federal 
(.institutional  principles  and  kev  Supreme  Court  cases,  especially  as  they  relate  to 

us  of  local  units  of  government  and  municipal  planning  practice.  Tlie  course 

deals  with  die  present  state  of  land  use  law  and  widi  current  trends  and  issues. 

RP464  Land  Use  Policy  )c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RP350 

Introduces  students  t<>  and  provides  an  overview  of  land  use  issues  at  the 
regional,  state,  and  federal  levels.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  die  evolution  of 
contemporary  policy  strategics,  (..institutional  issues,  and  regional  controversies 
involved  in  die  regulation  of  metropolitan  growth,  central  citv  decline,  and 
management  of  public  lands.  (Also  offered  as  GE4(i4:  niav  not  be  taken  for 
diiplu. He  credit) 

RP468  Planning  Theory  .k-ol-:ish 

Prerequisites:  RP350.  352. 354.  or  permission  ofinstructol 
Seminar  on  contemporary  debates  concerning  planning  traditions,  principles,  and 
practices.  The  activity  of  planning  is  investigated  from  several  dieoretical  frames 
and  analytic  positions.  (Offered  as  GE462:  Planning:  Development  Principles. 
.wni  Theory  prior  to  1996-97) 

RP481  Special  Topics  3c-OI-3sb 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  cstabbsbed  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  idenutv  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  4S1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students.  (Mav 
also  be  offered  as  GE481;  niav  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit  under  same  tide) 

RP482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  oi\  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  r 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRI  PTIONS 


RP493  Internship  var- 1  - 1 2sh 

Professional  learning  experience  with  emphasis  on  application  of  academic 
background.  Open  to  majors  ami  minora  in  regional  planning  with  a  total  of  57 
semester  hours  and  15  hours  in  the  major.  Sec  internship  supervisor  for 
additional  information. 


RS 


Religious  Studies 

Department  of  Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 


RSI 00  Introduction  to  Religion  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  academic  study  of  religion  through  an  examination  of 
various  dimensions  of  religious  expression  and  traditions.  The  course  will  cover 
such  areas  as  problems  about  definition  of  religion;  approaches  to  the  study  of 
religion;  the  goals,  language,  and  rituals  of  religion:  cases  of  religious  experience; 
faith,  disbelief,  and  alternatives  to  religion;  religion  and  die  sociocultural  context. 

RS  1 1 0  World  Religions  3c-0l-3sh 

A  comparative  study  of  the  history,  teaching,  and  rituals  of  die  major  religions  of 
the  world  and  their  influence  on  contemporary  society.  A  nonsectarian  approach 
to  religions  such  as  Native  American  religion,  Afro- American  religion.  Judaism, 
Christianity,  and  Islam  in  relationship  to  Hinduism.  Buddhism.  Confucianism, 
Taoism,  and  Shinto. 

RS200  Religion  and  Culture:  Their  Interaction  3c-0l-3sh 

A  systematic  study  of  die  interaction  of  religions  and  various  components  of 
culture,  as  a  way  of  understanding  the  phenomenon  of  religion.  The  approach  is 
functional  and  descriptive;  it  uses  case  studies  which  are  chronologically  and 
culturally  diverse,  covering  such  areas  as  religion  and  politics,  economics,  arts, 
science,  and  literature. 

RS210  World  Scriptures  3c-0l-3sh 

Major  sacred  writings  of  Hindu.  Buddhist,  Zoroastrian.  Moslem,  Confucian, 
Taoist.  and  Judeo-Christian  traditions  will  be  studied  from  point  of  view  of  dieir 
religious  significance. 

RS250  Understanding  the  Bible  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  scholarly  methods  and  major  themes  necessary  to  understand 
die  Hebrew  Scriptures  and  the  New  Testaments  of  the  Judeo-Christian  tradition. 

RS260  American  Religious  Development  3c-0l-3sh 

A  survey  and  analysis  of  topics  which  depict  die  role  of  religion  in  the  U.S.,  e.g., 
American  Indian  religion:  religion  and  die  discovery/co Ionization/ immigration 
trends  of  the  U.S.;  religion  and  the  Constitution;  indigenous  religious 
movements:  black  religion;  ecumenism:  atheism:  cults:  mass  media  and  religion; 
religion  in  Indiana  Count)'. 

RS281  Special  Topics  var-I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

RS290  Christianity  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  the  beliefs,  practices,  significant  persons,  history,  and  cultural  impact  of 
Christianity. 

RS3 1 1  Eastern  Philosophy  3c-0l-3sh 

An  examination  and  critique  of  die  philosophies  which  have  shaped  Eastern 
world  views  and  ways  of  life  as  found  in  a  representative  sampling  of  Chinese. 
Japanese,  and  Indian  diought. 

RS3 1 2  Archaeology  and  the  Ruble  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  religious-historical  traditions  of  die  Bible  in  light  of 
archaeological  research.  Will  include  study  of  archaeological  method  and 
interpretation,  discoveries  in  Egypt,  Mesopotamia,  and  Syro-Palestine  as 
background  for  understanding  the  traditions  and  religious  practices  and  befiefs  of 
Israel,  and  special  questions  surrounding  die  Patriarchal  narratives,  the  Exodus 
and  Conquest,  Israel  under  David  and  Solomon,  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls,  and  New 
Testament  times. 


RS329  Philosophy  of  Religion  3c-01-3sh 

This  course  is  a  philosophical  critical  examination  of  religion  to  include:  die 
nature  of  religion:  religious  argumentation;  existence  and  nature  of  God;  meaning 
and  relation  of  faith  and  knowledge:  dieories  of  origin  or  religion.  (Offered  as 
PH329  prior  to  1995-96) 

RS360  African  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  nature  of  African  traditional  religion  and  how  traditional 
religion.  Islam,  and  Christianity  coexist  and  influence  each  other. 

RS365  Native  North  American  Religions  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  indigenous  religions  of  North  America  and  to  die  peoples 
who  practice  diese  rich  and  varied  approaches  to  die  sacred.  This  course  not  only 
examines  major  religious  diemes  and  dimensions  (myth,  ritual,  ethics,  etc.)  but 
includes  a  historical  perspective  on  North  American  Indian  lifewavs.  This 
perspective  involves  discussion  of  die  clash  with  Euro-American  values  and 
contemporary  native  religious  responses  to  social  crisis  and  change. 

RS370  Religions  of  China  and  Japan  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  Confucianism,  Taoism,  Buddhism.  Shinto,  and  popular  religion  in 
China  and  Japan,  including  historical  and  theological  foundations,  development 
of  diought.  contemporary  expressions,  and  encounters  with  die  modern  world. 

RS375  Religions  of  India  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  Hinduism.  Indian  Buddhism.  Jainism.  and  Sikhism.  including 
historical  and  theological  foundations,  development  of  thought,  contemporary 
expressions,  and  encounters  widi  die  modern  world. 

RS380  Islam  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  Islam  including  historical  and  dieological  foundations,  developments 
of  diought,  contemporary  expressions,  and  encounters  with  die  modem  world. 


RS4 1 0  Early  Christian  Thought  3c-0l-3sh 

The  development  of  Christian  diought  approached  dirough  an  in-depdi  study  of 
selected  writings  from  the  early  Church  Fadiers  to  the  Protestant  Reformers. 

RS440  Modern  Christian  Thought  3c-0l-3sh 

An  examination  of  Christian  thought,  approached  dirough  in-depdi  study  of 
selected  writings  from  major  theologians  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centuries. 

RS48 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

RS482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Individual  students  wishing  to  pursue  religious  studies  interests  not  covered  in 
die  department's  regular  offering  may  do  so  by  approval.  Upon  approval  students 
are  guaranteed  at  least  five  hours  of  faculty  time  per  credit.  All  programs  of  study 
must  be  accepted  by  die  department  as  a  whole.  May  be  taken  more  dian  once  to 
maximum  of  6sh.  (This  option  is  available  to  bodi  Religious  Studies  majors  and 
nonmajors.) 

RS482  Independent  Study:  Honors  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  3.00  GPA,  15sh  in  Religious  Studies,  and  3.20  average  in 
departmental  courses 

Majors  in  Religious  Studies  are  invited  to  take  3sh  of  independent  study- 
designated  Honors  Project.  Upon  satisfactory  completion,  graduation  widi 
departmental  honors  is  possible. 

RS493  Internship  in  Religious  Studies  6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  or  senior:  Religious  Studies  major  or  double  major;  2.5 
GPA  in  major;  department  approval 

Supervised  experience  in  a  public  or  private  organization  which  extends  and 
complements  coursework  in  Religious  Studies. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        1 99 


RT 


Respiratory  Care 

Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied 

I  [ealth  Professions 

( lollege  nl  I  lealth  and  1  luman 

Services 


mini  Tl»  Profcuion  "I  Respiratory  Cut  Ic-OMfli 

I  „i  ,,„  |,  i,  ct  I 1 1,   iludenl  to  the  health  can  environment  and  specifically  the 
i.   I     umi  i  ,in  profession,  Students  will  visit  ,i  hospital  respiratory  i  an 
department  and  obsi  rvi  basil  respirator)  | ml  i  are  proi  i  dures, 

RT326  Respiratory  Can-  Clinical  Practice  I  var-Ssh 

First  exposure  i"  patienl  can    Introduction  and  practice  of  basil  respirator)  can 
treaonei idalities  receive  emphasis, 

RT327  Pharmacology  Sc-OMa* 

Introduction  to  phi ai  olog)  and  therapeutics,  Emphasis  placed  on  the  drugs 

used  III  rcsplralon   i  .Hi     Ding  '  l.lssificllloll.  ,ii  In  hi.  usage.  il.is.ip-.  .Mill  .IV.Illlllillltv 

will  be  discussed 

It  I  l.'s  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Care  U-llI-  Kh 

[bpii  s  mi  linli'  medical  terminology  and  an  overview  ol  i  ellulaj  structure  and 
fill i  Emphasis  la  placed  on  neurophysiology,  respiratory  anal \.  and 

RT329  Respiratory  Care  Equipment  4c-0l-4sh 

Introduction  to  respiraton  therapy  equipment,  related  pniii-dincs  ami  principles. 

i. '  kniques  and  theory  of  mechanical  ventilation,  Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to 
oxygen  delivery  systems  and  the  rationale  for  their  use. 

RX330  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  2c-01-2sh 

Comprehensive  analysis  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  numerous  methods  ol 
resuscitation. 

RT333  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  II  var-tsh 

lii  ..1 1 1 H  in  procedures  introduced  miCIiiih.iI  I  are  continued  with  greater 
emphasis  on  independence.  Specialty  rotations  arc  added  to  broaden  exposure  to 

il     -  .in  and  critical  care. 

RT33  I  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  and  Application  4c-0l-4sh 

Provides  students  with  a  comprehensive  knowledge  ol  mechanical  ventilation 
l  hi  ,  .in  of  critically  ill  and  physiologic  i  onsequences  of  mechanical  ventilation 
will  be  discussed. 

RT335  Nursing  Arts  3c-01-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  history  of  respiratory  cue  and  nursing.  Topics  include 

medical  records,  infection  control,  sterilization,  and  psychosocial  aspects  nl 
illness, 

KT336  Cardiopulmonary  K.valuatinn  and  Clinical  Correlation  4c-0Msh 

Disease  states  of  the  pulmonary  and  related  systems  are  investigated  in 
on  From  etiology  through  Ireatiuenl  ami  prognosis. 

RT337  Introduction  to  Pulmonary  Function  Studies  lc-Ol-lsh 

The  student  is  introduced  to  the  basic  prim  iples  ol  lung  volumes,  capacities,  and 
their  measurement.  Blood  u.is  sampling  and  electrodes  are  also  explored. 

RT342  Preceptorship  in  Respiratory  Care  1  c-lll- 1 sh 

Prerequisites:  RT326,  S28,  329,  330,  permission 

\n  opportunity-  For  students  to  gain  additional  cluneal  experiences  in  a  supervised 
health  care  setting.  Must  meet  university  and  sponsoring  preceptorship 
requirements.  May  be  repeated  Fora  maximum  offive  credits.  A  minimum  of 40 
hours  is  required  for  each  credit. 

RT425  Clinical  Case  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  increase  the  winking  knowledge  of  disease  stales  commonly 

experienced  by  patients  in  the  critical  care  setting.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
recognition  and  treatment  ..I  \. ii ions  disease  states.  Methods  for  evaluation  and 
treatment  ol  clinical  oxygenation  disturbances  and  acid-base  disorders  will  he 
explored.  Clinical  simulations,  case  studies,  and  patient  management  problems 
reviewed  and  discussed.  Emphasis  is  on  appropriate  mfbimation-gathering  and 
decision-making  techniques. 

RT426  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  III  var-5sh 

Respiratory  care  treatment  procedures  arc  continued  vvidl  emphasis  on  improving 

iii  )  and  refining  skills.  Students  will  make  rounds  with  physicians. 


Ill  128  Iss.  nti.ils  of  Elect renography  Io4hV2al 

d  to  acquaint  thi  Miiil.iiiuiihh.isn  principles  in  cardial  di 
diagnoatii  i.  Topics  include  thi  techniqw  of  El  Cti   ting  and  Fundam  Mala  of 
i  .  i     rrhythmi  nition. 

RT429  Dcmgn  and  Function  of  s  Respiratory  I  an  Prooasi  tc-4H4A 

Basil  maii.igi  mm  nt  print  ipli  i  as  tin )  apply  to  (hi  hospita]  fettmgi  in  pani 
,,  ipiratoiy  <  an  rJepai nla  and  «  hools  will  he  di*  ussed. 

Kl  ISO Ptdmonary Function Stadiea  i.-ol-ish 

Prerequisite!  RT337 

udt  in  I--  thi  idvi I  diagnoatii    tudii 

necessary  lor  diagnosing  and  quantifying 

advances  In  Invasive  studies  and  n  habilitation  -  valuation  tools 

Rl  1(1  Pediatric  Respiratory  (  an  I  .-III- Ish 

Prerequisites:  I:  I 

The  application  of  respiratory  t ." hildn  n  .ig>  s  si*  months  to  fifteen  ■•• 

explored.  Cardiopul nary  pathophysiolog)  and  treatment  for  the  following 

Ii  .  il.  i    .,    discussed:  Croup,  Epiglottitis,  Asthma,  Cyatit  Fibrosis^  longenital 
1 1,  in  I ,'.  |i ,  i     \!, il.Miiui.il  ..ml  t  hesl  Will  i I 


RT433  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  IV 
Rotations  on  treatment  and  intensive  respiratory  i 
rotations  are  included. 


»j|-"is|| 

-  are  continued.  A-i 


RT434  Neonatal  Respiratory  Care  3c-0l-3*h 

Basic  terminology,  anal \.  and  pathophysiolog)  ol  obsteni  .  fetal,  neonatal  .and 

|n  di. Mm  patients  w  ill  be  presented. 


RT43S  Respiratory  Care  Teaching 
An  introduction  to  respiratory  edui  ation. 


2i-lil-Jsh 


RT437  Methods  in  Critical  Care  2c-Ol-2sh 

Critical  Can  diagnostii  and  therapeutic  modalities  |>ertincnt  to  respiratory  care 
will  he  discussed.  Topics  include  invasive  and  noninvasive  cardial  monitoring, 
pulmonary  monitoring,  neurological  assessment,  ventilator  commitment,  and 

discontinuance. 

Kills  Cardiopulmonary  Rehabilitation  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Techniques  ami  principles  associated  with  i  ardiopulmonary  rehabilitation 

programs  are  surveyed.  Topics  also  include  the  management  <>(  chronic 
pulmonary  disease  m  the  home  and  the  application  of  respiratory  equipment  and 

mechanical  ventilators  in  this  setting. 

RT48 1  Special  Topics  var-1-lsh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temjiorarv  I 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 

may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


SA 


Safety  Sciences 

Department  of  Safety  Sciences 
College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services 


SA101  Introduction  to  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  3c-0l-3sh 

Covers  the  dieorv  and  history  of  occupational  hazard  control,  effects  of  hazards 
ami  failures  on  organizational  control  and  productivity,  safety  and  health 
legislation,  and  accident  causation.  The  course  also  previews  aspi 
recognizing,  evaluating,  and  understanding  control  of  safetvand  healdi  hazards. 
acquiring  hazard  data,  and  the  use  nf'hazard  analytical  tools.  Communication 
techniques  in  safety  ami  health  management  are  stressed,  along  with  the 
development  of  safety  and  healdi  programs. 

SA  1 02  Introduction  to  Mine  Safety  and  Health  3c-0l-3sh 

Designed  to  provide  die  student  widi  an  in-depth  background  of  die  problems 

g  mine  safety.  A  historical  approach  to  coal  and  mineral  mining  is 
reviewed;  legislative  influences  such  as  die  Federal  Coal  Mine  Healdi  am'  S 
Act.  the  Metal  and  Nomnctal  Mine  Health  and  Safety  Act.  and  the  Occupational 
Safety  and  Health  Ait  are  discussed  in  depth;  mining  techniques,  methods,  and 
s\  stems  are  discussed.  Management  of  mine  health  and  safety  programs  is 
presented.  Federally  mandated  training  of  employees  is  covered.  [Offered 
occasionally] 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


SAl  1 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAl 01 

Stresses  an  understanding  of  the  complexity  of  the  industrial  hazard  control 
problem  by  thoroughly  examining  elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated  in 
the  OSHA  promulgated  standards  and  various  consensus  standards.  Emphasis 
directed  at  plant  layout  and  design,  powered  industrial  vehicles,  boilers  and 
unnred  pressure  vessels,  machine  guarding,  robotics  safety,  and  an  introduction  to 
industrial  processes. 

SA2 1 0  Environmental  Safety  and  Health  Regulations  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH102.  SA101.  or  permission  of  instructor 
This  course  offers  die  student  a  practical  approach  to  die  understanding  of,  and 
compliance  with,  die  various  environmental  regulations  Uiat  impact  on  business. 
A  thorough  discussion  of  die  definitions,  categories,  and  evaluation  of  hazardous 
materials  is  included.  Environmental  laws  covered  include  die  Clean  Water  Act, 
die  Clean  Air  Act,  die  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act,  the 
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  die  Compensation  and  Liability  Act, 
the  Occupational  Safety  and  Healdi  Act,  and  other  related  laws. 

SA2I 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  II  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  SAl  1 1 

Stresses  an  understanding  of  die  complexity  of  the  industrial  hazard  control 
problem  by  thoroughly  examining  elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated  in 
the  OSHA  promulgated  standards  and  various  consensus  standards.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  personal  protective  equipment,  welding  and  cutting,  walking  and 
working  surfaces,  materials  handling  and  storage,  electrical  safe  work  practices, 
and  construction  safety.  Application  of  hazard  control  strategies  is  accomplished 
in  laboratory  sessions. 

SA231  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAl 02 

Focuses  on  the  various  aspects  of  mining  operations  such  as  slope  and  shaft 
development:  mine  design;  ground  control;  hoisting;  man-trips;  haulage;  mining 
equipment;  mine  emergency  planning  and  procedures;  mine  communications  and 
maintenance.  [Offered  occasionally] 

SA232  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAl 02 

Covers  surface  mining  operations  such  as  slope  stability,  equipment,  ground 
water,  and  control.  Mine-related  processing  operations  are  discussed.  Provides  an 
in-depth  study  of  the  various  controls  of  electrical  hazards  and  ignition  sources 
such  as  permissible  equipment  and  electrical  distribution  systems.  The  uses  of 
explosives  and  blasting  practices,  handling,  storing,  and  transportation  widi 
emphasis  on  causes  of  explosion  involving  dust  and  gases  are  discussed.  [Offered 
occasionally] 

SA245  Product  Safety  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA217 

Traces  flow  of  applicable  legislation  dealing  widi  consumerism  and  product 
safety.  Corporate  liability  for  product  safety  emphasized  through  case  studies. 
Student  familiarized  widi  evolving  role  of  Consumer  Product  Safety  Commission. 
Corporate  management  of  product  development  and  safety  detailed  with 
emphasis  on  systems  safety  analysis,  standards,  and  product  testing. 

SA281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

SA299  Cooperative  Education  I  0c-0l-0sh 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  academic  advisor,  co-op  coordinator,  and  department 
chairperson 

The  initial  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  theory  with 
practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  The  course  is  open  to  SA 
majors  and  minors  usually  in  dieir  sophomore  year.  Students  are  employed  by 
organizations  outside  western  Pennsylvania  where  diere  is  an  ongoing  hazard 
control  program  under  the  direction  of  an  experienced  professional.  The  student 
is  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing  and  to  serve  a  minimum  of  two 
alternating  work  experiences. 

SA301  Health  Hazard  Identification  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH 102,  PYl  1 1,  MA122,  BI 155 

Provides  an  understanding  of  the  primary  healdi  hazards  found  in  industry  and 
their  effects  on  die  human  body.  Students  learn  to  recognize  hazards  involved 
with  air  contaminants,  noise,  heat,  radiation,  chemicals  on  die  skin,  and  other 
stressors.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  die  study  of  occupational  disease,  industrial 
toxicology,  and  use  of  threshold  limit  values. 


SA303  Control  of  Health  Hazards  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA30 1 ,  PY 11 2,  M A2 1 7 

Study  of  engineering,  administrative,  and  personal  protective  equipment  as 
methods  of  reducing  or  eliminating  hazards  to  die  healdi  of  industrial  workers. 
Topics  covered  include  industrial  ventilation,  noise  control,  heat  control, 
radiation  control,  personal  protective  equipment,  and  industrial  health  program. 

SA31 1  Industrial  Fire  Protection  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CH102,  PYl  12,  SA21 1 

Introduces  fundamental  concepts  in  protection  of  industrial  workers  and  property 
from  fire  and  explosion.  Fire  chemistry,  control  of  ignition  sources  in  industry, 
and  properties  of  combustible  materials  are  discussed.  Fire  detection  and 
extinguishment  are  covered  along  with  building  construction  for  fire  prevention, 
life  safety,  fire  codes,  and  related  topics. 

SA345  Systems  Safety  Analysis  2c-3I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA2I 1,  MA217 

Focuses  on  the  evaluation  of  system  designs  using  detailed  system  analysis 
techniques.  Topics  covered  include  system  definition,  economics  of  systems 
safety,  systems  safety  methodology,  mathematics  of  systems  analysis  including 
statistical  methods,  Boolean  Algebra,  and  reliability.  Skills  gained  include  die 
ability  to  perform  preliminary  hazard  analysis,  failure  mode  and  effect  analysis, 
fault  tree  analysis,  and  exercises  in  the  application  of  fault  tree  analysis  to 
hardware  and  man/machine  systems.  Practical  analysis  work  is  accomplished  in 
laboratory  sessions. 

SA347  Ergonomics  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301,  BI155 

An  exploration  of  die  principles  which  control  human  performance  and  its  effect 
upon  die  safety  and  reliability  of  systems.  Engineering  anthropometry,  human 
perception,  biomechanics  of  motion  and  work  posture,  work  physiology  and 
human  performance  measurement  are  covered  in  die  context  of  their  application 
in  workplace  design.  Students  will  be  instructed  in  methodologies  for  analysis  of 
tasks  and  human  performance  requirements.  Important  human  limitations  and 
ergononiic  hazard  evaluations,  such  as  lifting  and  repetitive  motion  tasks,  are 
studied  in  laboratory  sessions. 

SA370  Fleet  Safety  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SAl 01, junior  standing 

Includes  topics  involved  with  the  development  and  operation  of  motor  fleet  safety 
programs:  driver  selection  and  training,  accident  investigation  and  recordkeeping, 
equipment  safety  features,  preventive  maintenance,  and  driver  incentive  programs. 

SA380  Institutional  Safety  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Historical  aspects  of  safety  for  bodi  private  and  public  institutions;  introduction 
to  trends  in  liability  and  institutional  safety  regulations.  Distinctions  will  be  made 
between  employee,  visitor,  and  patient  hazards  and  their  control. 

SA399  Cooperative  Education  II  0c-0l-0sh 

Prerequisite:  SA299 

A  second  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  dieory  with 
practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  The  course  is  open  to  SA 
majors  and  minors  usually  in  dieir  junior  or  senior  year.  Students  are  employed 
by  organizations  outside  western  Pennsylvania  where  there  is  an  ongoing  hazard 
control  program  under  the  direction  of  an  experienced  safety  professional.  The 
student  is  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing  and  to  serve  a  minimum  of 
two  alternating  work  experiences. 

SA401  Mine  Ventilation  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PY  1 1 2,  SA  1 02.  MAI  22,  or  consent 
Study  of  mine  ventilation  principles  and  practices  which  provide  a  basic 
knowledge  in  design  and  operation  of  mine  ventilation  systems.  The  topics  of 
airflow  physics,  ventilation  standards,  fan  fundamentals,  pressure  losses,  required 
air  flows,  and  overall  design  are  discussed.  Specific  problems  in  mine  ventilation 
will  be  solved.  [Offered  occasionally] 

SA402  Health  Hazard  Evaluation  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SA301,  PYl  12,  MA217 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  which  provides  a  basic  understanding  of  techniques 
used  in  measuring  and  evaluating  the  magnitude  of  health  hazards  in  industry. 
Laboratory  sessions  provide  experience  in  air  sampling,  noise  measurement,  heat 
measurement,  particle  size  analysis,  chemical  analysis,  and  evaluation  of  industrial 
ventilation  systems. 

SA4I2  Evaluation  of  Safety  Program  Effectiveness  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  MA2I7,  MG31 1,  junior  standing 

Teaches  various  safety  management  techniques  to  identify  and  prevent  the 
occurrence  of  hazardous  behavior  and  conditions.  Devises  mediods  capable  of 
extracting  accurate,  meaningful  data,  methods  of  collecting,  codifying,  and 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       201 


i  ""«'• 


ing  hazard I  loa, I 

itobi  met lii i.i in, In 

>>  ind  performance  evaltu 


mi i 

ogfbrhu 


ingdata 

,,l,„, 


rfet, 


s A  1 1 1  Vccidenl  Investigation  Sc-01-Sfn 

Prerequisites!  SAlOlJunioi  standing 01  conaenl 

I v.ii ■  aspects  "I  accident  investigation  sui  I n  i  enl  il»  oriei 

associated  witli  accidenl  causes,  investigativi  lei  bniques,  data  acquis n 

i in.  n i  invi  itigativi  reports  managi  menl  responsibilities,  and  i< lial 

actions,  Partii  ulai  i  mphasii lett  i ng  si  queni  •  "I  i  vt  nts  to  'I'  w  It  ip 

in  anag it  actions  which  will  prevent  recurrence  of  accidents, 

SAIIil  Aii  Pollution  .lc-01-.Jsh 

Prerequisitci  SA301  oi  consenl 

Focuses  'in  v.i ■.  majoi  aspects  "I  the  aii  pollul problem,  Ini  ludes  soui 

pollul ivaluadon  and  engineering  of  pollutants,  govi  rnmi  nl  regulal I, 

atmospherii  i  hemistrj  .""l  dispersion,  and  human  and human  effects. 

Pi lar  emphasis  < formation  that  i»  practii  ,il  foi  the  safer)  nana) <«■ 

industrial  heald m unental  health  profess al. 

SA40S  rUdiologicaJ  Health  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisitci  S A  Mil  ot  consenl 

Stud]   'I  problems  associated  with  ionizing  radiation  in  human  environment. 

Emphasis  given  i"  biological  effei  is.  radiati easurement,  dose  i putational 

techniques,  exposure  control,  and  local  and  federal  regulations.  Study  and  use  ol 
\.n i  radiological  instruments  included 

s  V 169  Right-Tb-Knov.  Legislation  :»c-01-3sh 

Prerequiaitesi  SA.ioi .  1 1  I .  m  pi  i miss >l  instructor 

Covers  l»>tli  the  federal  and  selected  state  right-to-know  laws  and  related 
Legislation,  The  scope,  .i|>|>ln  ation,  and  enforcemenl  ol  tin-  various  laws  including 
,1  and  moral  obligations  are  discussed.  Strategies  arc  explored  and 
,,li,,  identify  the  means  by  which  employers  can  gain  compliance  with 
regulator]  requirements. 

SA472  Process  Safely  in  the  <  lie  inical  Industry  k-Ol-.'Jsh 

Prerequisites!  SA301    111    145, and  senioi  standing, or  permission  i >l  instructor 

Designed  to  cover  all  import. ml  .ispti  Is  ,,l  loss  jntvnitiim  .is  it  is  practiced  in  the 
chemical  process  industries,  Its  objective  is  to  pupate  the  safety  professional  so 

ill. it  he/she  may  be  able  to  work  more  effectively  with  chemists  and  chemical 
engineers  in  joint  hazard  identification,  evaluation,  and  control  projects. 

SA481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropi  iate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

topics  that  an  m luded  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 

iii.h  be  offered  undei  an)  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  isi  are  primarily  foi  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

SA  IS2  Independent  Study  var-l-Ssh 

Prerequisite!  Pi  ioi  approval  through  ad\  isor,  facult)  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 
Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  ofa  topic  not  offered  in  die 

curriculum \  proposi  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


s  Msn  Internship 


I   .'s|, 


Prerequisites:  Senioi  standing,  .ill  required  courses  in  major,  minimum  of  2.8 
overall  ami  3.0  Cl'A  in  major,  and  consenl 

This  course  is  a  practicum  conducted  al  an  approved  occupational  setting  up  to 
500  miles  away  from  [UP.  Students  are  required  to  condui  i  fbui  major  projects. 
Om  projet  i  will  be  from  each  of  the  following  areas:  Safety  Management, 
Industrial  S.ifciv.  Industrial  1  lygiene.  and  Kire  Protection.  Students  are 
accountable  to  an  on-site  9upervisoi  and  are  required  to  remain  in  Jose  contact 
withaSafet)  Sciences  facult]  coordinator. 

SA49.I  Internship  var-rish 

Prerequisites!  Senioi  standing,  .ill  required  courses  in  major 
\ll  Safety  Si  ii  m  es  majors  are  expet  ted  to  take  this  course.  It  is  conducted  away 
from  the  universit]  al  various  industrial  enterprises.  Students  are  required  to 
pun  i,li  theii  own  transportation.  Intended  to  allow  the  student  to  apply  hazard 
assessment  and  safety  management  practices  to  actual  industrial  situations  whih 
al  same  nine  being  exposed  to  complexities  ol  industrial  environment 


sc 


Science 

College  (>f  Natural  Scien 

MatlicmatH  B 


2.-2I-2.VJ. 


SCIOI  lundamcntals  of  Phygici 

Pr« n(|iiisi(( :  KUuit  iii.irv  II  toi  permission1 

\  i  nut  t  ptual  course  in  pi  !»'".l 

physics  is  nol  -» pn  n  quisib   '  Last   ind  lab] 

dispelling  naive  concepts  and  developing  i  bcttei  i 

ofthi  physical  world.  The  topics  of  motion,  heat,  light,  sound 

magnetism,  and  thi  audi  ed  in  context  with  o 

i    i es    rhis  course  does  not  fulfill  tin  Liberal  Studies  rcquii 

for  majors  in  Elementary  and  Earl)  ( Ihildl I  Edw  anon 

SCI 02  Fundamentals of  Chemist  i>  2o-2l 

Prerequisitci  Elemental)  Educ oaj  i^r  permission 

A  survey  <>f  <  hemical  print  ipl<  a  and  concepts.  Thi  nature  of  cheni 

applied  to  technolog)  and  its  applii  ations  to  i i  rj  The  world  of  <  onsumet 

t  In  inisiiv  will  be  explored.  The  goal  is  to  devcloj  tl  literal  \  for  the 

student.  A  series  ol  laboratory  -  iten  ises  develops  <  oncepl  understanding  and 
process  skills.  Some  individual  and  group  l'''T ' ,s  H '"  ' 
does  not  fulfill  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  except  lb  itary 

and  Early  Childhood  Education. 

SC10S  Fundamentals  of  Earth  and  Spaee  Si  i,  n< «  2c-2I-2.  Isl. 

Prerequisites:  SC101,  102 

Introduction  to  geology,  astronomy.  o<  eanography,  and  meteorology  for 
Elementary  Kducation  majors.  Emphasis  is  plai  I  d  on  tl"  i  >l  large- 

scale  processes  and  how  die  earth,  solai  system,  and  universi    vol 
experiences  include  hands-on  work  with  earth  materials  and  "idi  instnunents 
from  all  ol  oui  subjects,  map.  and  field  tup^  which  may  occur  during  dass  times. 
nights,  and  weekends.  This  dass  does  not  ti  ill  ill  ilu  Liberal  Studies  requirement 
except  for  majors  in  Elementary  and  Earl)  Child! d  Education. 

SCI  04  Fundamentals  of  Environmental  Biolog)  2c-2l-2."sh 

Prerequisites:  SCI 01,  102 

A  basil  introdui  don  to  the  major  concepts  and  principles  "I  ecologj  and  their 

application  to deni  living  for  majors  in  Elemental)  and  Earlv  Childhood 

Education. 

SC105  Physical  Science  I  U  -21-  tab 

A  descriptive  and  conceptual  course  in  physics  foi  du  non  S  ience  major.  High 
school  physics  is  not  a  prerequisite.  Course  content  is  designed  to  develop  an 

understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  physical  world  around  us.  to  produce 
changes  in  attitude  and  background  essential  for  our  modem  society,  and  to 
clarify  the  foUowing  topics:  motion,  heat,  sound,  tight,  electricity,  magnetism,  and 
die  structure  ot  matter. 

SC106  Physical  Science  II  U-21-  \A 

A  basic  course  in  environmental  ami  t  onsumei  *  lit  tnistT)  tor  die  non-Science 
major.  High  school  chemistry  is  not  a  prerequisite.  Major  topics  include 
humankind's  use  and  abuse  of  soil,  water,  air  and  enerj  5,  global  food 

production  and  hunger,  the  nuclear  industry,  a\^\  the  threat  of  nuclear  war. 
Consumer  topics  include  vitamins  and  nutrition,  food  additives,  pestii  ides,  and 
drugs. 

SC281  Special  Topics  var- 1  -Jsh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  expl  n 

that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  I 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

SC481  Special  Topics  var-1-Ssh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum,  \  . 

may  be  offered  under  any  special  topii  identity  no  more  than  dir.  i  v 

topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

SC482  Independent  Study  v  ar- 1  Mi 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  thiougjh  advisor,  (acuity  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provosts  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  oi  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  fatuity  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  avaOabili 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


SH 


Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 
(formerly  Speech  and  Hearing) 

Department  of  Special  Education  and 
Clinical  Services 
College  of  Education 


SHI  1 1  Introduction  to  Communication  Disorders  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduction  to  study  of  physiological,  acoustical,  and  scientific  processes 
involved  in  production  and  reception  of  speech.  The  genetic  development  of 
speech  sounds  and  factors  that  hinder  or  facilitate  speech  and  language 
acquisition.  (Previous  tide:  Fundamentals  of  Speech  and  Hearing) 

SH  1 22  Clinical  Phonology  3c-0l-3sh 

Detailed  study  of  the  classification  of  American-English  phonemes  using  die 
physical  and  acoustical  perspectives.  Development  of  proficiency  in  use  of 
International  Phonetic  Alphabet  for  allophonic  transcriptions  of  normal  and 
disordered  speech.  (Previous  tide:  Phonetics) 

SH222  Introduction  to  Audiology  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  auditor)'  function,  anatomy  of  auditory  mechanism,  psychophysics 
of  sound,  types  and  causes  of  hearing  loss,  measurement  of  hearing,  and 
educational  considerations  for  hearing-handicapped  child. 

SH242  Speech  Science  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Study  of  the  communication  process  widi  emphasis  on  physical  characteristics  of 
sound  production,  transmission  and  perception  of  die  sound,  and  die  evolvement 
and  use  of  symbols  for  rneaningn.il  communication.  The  scientific  principles  of 
normal  oral  communication  are  stressed,  and  language  learning  is  recognized  as  a 
basis  for  oral  communication.  (Previous  tide:  Introduction  to  Speech  Science) 

SH251  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech  and 

Hearing  Mechanism  3c-0l-3sh 

Consideration  of  genetic  development,  structure,  and  function  of  the  organs  of 
speech  and  hearing.  Anatomical  systems  involved  in  respiration,  phonation. 
articulation,  and  hearing  and  relationships  between  systems  in  production  and 
reception  of  speech. 

SH254  Classroom  Management  of  Language  Disorders  3c-0l-3sh 

Study  of  aspects  of  speech,  language,  and  hearing  problems  pertaining  to 
classroom  situation.  Types  of  speech  and  hearing  disorders,  conducting  speech 
and  language  improvement  lessons,  classroom  aids  for  teaching  die  child  widi 
language,  speech,  and  hearing  impairment,  and  school  and  community  resources 
for  these  children.  (Required  for  majors  in  Education  of  die  Exceptional  and 
suggested  for  majors  in  Elementary  Education) 

SH28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

SH3 1 1  Aural  Rehabilitation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH222,  2.5  GPA 

Consideration  of  die  effects  of  varied  degrees  of  hearing  loss  sustained  by 
individuals  at  different  stages  of  development  and  study  of  total  education  and 
rehabilitative  procedures  for  the  hard-of-hearing  child  or  adult. 

SH334  Language  Development  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  2.5  GPA 

Study  of  the  development  of  an  interpersonal  communication  system;  language  as 
a  system  of  symbols  for  communication;  die  structure  of  die  English  language, 
including  phonology,  syntax,  and  semantics  with  emphasis  on  die  generative 
evolvement  of  sentences.  Highlighting  die  neurological,  social,  and  psychological 
bases  of  language  development.  (Offered  as  SH234  prior  to  1993-94) 

SH342  Speech  Science  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH242,  2.5  GPA 

Physiologic,  acoustic,  and  perceptual  characteristics  of  speech  with  special 
emphasis  on  speech  monitoring  and  controls.  Major  lab  instrumentation  and 
research  techniques  in  current  use  are  described  and  demonstrated.  Slams  of 
present  knowledge  is  summarized  and  discussed. 

SH406  Articulation  and  Language  Disorders  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH  1 1 1 ,  242,  25 1 ,  334,  2.5  GPA 

Exploration  of  the  processes  related  to  developmental  articulation  and  language 
disorders  from  birth  di rough  adolescence.  Instruction  in  die  principles 


underlying  modification  of  these  disorders.  Preparation  of  management  programs 
and  observation  in  die  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  required.  (Offered  as  SH306 
prior  to  1993-94) 

SH408  Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SH  1 1 1 ,  242.  25 1 ,  334,  2.5  GPA 

Introduction  to  the  developmental,  psychogenic,  and  organic  bases  for  stuttering 
and  voice  disorders.  Instruction  in  principles  underlying  treatment  of  diese 
disorders  with  emphasis  on  anatomical  deviations  and  laryngeal  dysfunction. 
Preparation  of  management  plans  and  observation  in  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 
required.  (Offered  as  SH308  prior  to  1993-94) 

SH412  Organization  and  Administration  of  Speech 

and  Hearing  Program  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SHI  11,  2.5  GPA  (meets  requirement  for  Professional  Education 

course) 

Establishment  and  maintenance  of  speech  and  hearing  programs  widiin  various 

administrative  organizations,  particularly  in  the  public  schools.  Techniques  of 

client  identification,  scheduling,  recordkeeping,  appropriate  referral,  material  and 

equipment  selection,  teacher  and  parental  counseling,  and  die  development  of 

coordinated  professional  and  interdisciplinary  procedures.  (Offered  as  SH312 

prior  to  1993-94) 

SH420  Speech  Clinic  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ED242. 342,  GPA  of  3.0+.  all  major  courses,  program  director's 

permission 

Experience  in  working  with  individuals  or  groups  of  persons  who  exhibit  speech 

or  hearing  problems.  Lesson  planning,  writing  of  reports,  and  case  histories  of  a 

detailed  nature.  (Offered  as  SH320  prior  to  1993-94) 

SIMM  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

SH482  Independent  Study  var-1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Sociology 

Department  of  Sociology 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


SO  151  Principles  of  Sociology  3c-0l-3sh 

Scientific  study  of  structure  and  functioning  of  human  societies,  widi  special 
attention  to  factors  responsible  for  the  organization  and  transformation  of 
sociocultural  systems.  Specific  course  content  varies  from  one  instructor  to 
another. 

S0231  Contemporary  Social  Problems  3c-0l-3sh 

Exploration  of  some  pressing  problems  currendy  endemic  to  Western  society. 
Problems  are  defined  and  solutions  explored  in  light  of  historical,  political, 
economic,  social,  and  anthropological  data. 

S0233  Language  and  Culture  3e-0l-3sh 

Focuses  on  social  and  cultural  functions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis  on 
analysis  of  non- Western  languages.  (Previous  tide:  Cultural  Symbolism:  Language 
in  Culture  and  Society) 

S0251  Sociology  of  Human  Sexuality  3c-0l-3sh 

In-depth  analysis  of  a  formerly  taboo  topic,  human  sexuality.  Current  information 
from  biological,  psychological,  and  sociological  research  on  human  relationships 
is  presented  to  provide  a  foundation  for  self-understanding  and  societal  values. 

S0271  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  3c-0l-3sh 

Explores  die  cultural  diversity  of  the  continent  of  Africa.  The  first  unit  examines 
die  historical  processes  which  shape  modern  society,  including  the  formation  of 
indigenous  African  empires,  die  evidence  for  trade  routes,  slave  trading,  and 
colonialism.  The  second  unit  examines  die  nature  of  African  traditional  societies, 
including  analyses  of  forager  and  agricultural  groups.  The  last  unit  covers  issues 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       203 


ol porarj  cli  w  lo] nl  in  Vfrii  a  sui  h  u  bin and  sgrii  ultural  polii  ■■  thi 

mtua  "I  » n  in di  w  '"i I  and  tparthi  id  Ri  iding  mi  hides 

,  1 1 graphii  .mi  I  ln-si I  accounts  of  African  society  aa  well  as  n  lections  by 

\ tm  .hi  miters  on  thi  issues  ol  contemporar)  society.  (Also  offered  aa  VN271 
mi)  In  taken  foi  duplicate  i  redit) 

50572  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  Sc-Ol-Sah 

Deaigned wist  the  student  in  developing  an  understanding  of  contempi  i 

China  Whili  tl ursi  will  begin  with  prehistorii  and  his ispects  of  China, 

iln  focus  will  bi  ot temporary  issues  presented  in  the  context  of  t I al 

theory  Specifii  '  liineai  .nlnn.il i| i  that  will  be  investigated  ini  lude 

.,  ,,i tttitudes,  in n his.  social  org zation,  linguistics,  and  folklore  (Also  offered 

u  VN272;  may  not  be  taken  foi  duplicate  i  redit) 

50573  Cultural  Irea  Studies:  Southeast  \sia  Sc-01-Ssh 
in  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  ol  Southeast  Asia.  Prehiatorj  and  the 
development  "I  indigenous  states  in  Southeast  Asia  and  analysis  "I  impai  i  "1 

world  religions,  such  .i-  Islam,  and  Westei lonialism,  Uso  1 1 nea lern 

liiniii  i  gatherer  and  farming  societies  and  disi  usses  *  ontem] r\  issues  in  soi  ial 

and  economic  change,  including  the  u(  Ireen  Revolution,11  tropical  deforestation 
the  struggle  of  ethnic  minority  tribal  peoples,  and  the  plight  oflndochinese 
refugees.  (Also  offered  aa  LN273;  ma)  not  betakenfot  duplicate  credit) 

S087 1  Cultural  Area  Studies]  latin  America  Sc-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  peoples  and  cultures  ol  Latin  America.  Fo<  uses  on  the 

prehistor)  .mil  development  "I  pre  I  lolumbian  i pli  \  so<  ii  ties  in  Mesoi 

.mil  tin-  Andes  and  anal)  res  the  impai  I  ol  E  uropi  an  i  olonialis these  tnajot 

regions.  Uso  examines  i  ontemporarj  issues,  such  as  civil  wars,  economic 

development,  rural-urban  migrations, and  migral and  immigration  ol  Latin 

\nn  1 1 1  .hi  peoples  into  the  1  nited  States.  (Also  offered  .is  AN274;  may  not  be 
taken  lot  .lupin  ate  i  redit) 

S02NI  Special  Topics  var-1-.'lsh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topii  s  an  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporal)  basis  to  explore  topics 
1 1  i.i  i  .hi  i  mi  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  ma)  be  offered 
iih.I.  i  m)  special  topit  identity  no  nunc  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numb  "  d  281  are  offered  primaril)  for  towei  level  undergraduate  students. 

S02N(i  Marriage.  Kinship,  and  the  Family  3c-0l-3sh 

it  al  and  anthropological  stud)  ol  pattei  us  ol  mat  i  iage,  kinship,  and 
family  life,  with  emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  family  patterns  and  other 
social  institutions.  Topics  covered  include  tin  family  and  marriage  in  historical 
and  comparative  perspective;  worldwide  patterns  ol  gendet  stratification;  incest 
.in,  I  incest  avoidance;  class  and  race  contexts  of  family  patterns;  mate  selection 
.mil  love;  parenthood  ami  child  tcating:  donicslic  and  sexual  violence:  alternative 
family  lifestyles;  .mil  iln  current  •  risis  and  possible  future  of  the  l.nnilv.  Intended 
for  .i  broad  audience  but  also  open  to  sociology  and  anthropolog)  injurs  and 
minors.  (Also  offered  .is  \\  286;  ma)  not  be  taken  foi  duplicate  credit) 

50301  Clinical  Sociological  Theory  3c-0l-3sh 
l'rere<|iiisile:  S0151 

Develops  an  understanding  ol  how  to  use  micro  and  macro  sociological  theory  to 
analyse,  assess,  ami  diagnose  human  problems.  £mplo)  ing  case  studies,  prepares 
students  to  do  casework  .mil  help  solve  interpersonal,  group,  and  organizational 
problems.  Also  seeks  to  acquaint  students  with  ihe  broader  professional  activit) 
ofhuman  si 

50302  Clinical  Sociological  Practice  3c-01-3sh 

Prcreipiisite:  Si  I  ;il| 

Prepares  the  student  to  effect  constructive  change  within  individuals,  groups, 
families,  and  communities.  Draws  ns  analysis,  diagnosis,  .mil  methods  limn  the 
foundations  ofso<  iological  theorj  at  die  level  of  intervention  with  ilicnis. 

50303  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  S0151 

Exploration  of  current  theoretical  perspei  tives  on  social  and  i  ultural  t  hange. 
Special  attention  given  to  planned  change  al  die  local  ot  regional  level. 

son  i  Yuive  Americans  3c-0l-3sh 

.  ultun  Insion  and  culture  ana  characteristics  ol  Indians  ofNorth 
America.  Detailed  study  of  representative  groups  related  to  historical,  functional, 
and  ecological  concepts.  (Previous  tide:  Ethnology  ofNorth  American  Indians) 

SO320  Sociological  Theory  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SOlr>l  ami  second-semester  sophomore  standing 
Detailed  survey  nl  the  historical  development  of  sociological  theor)  from  die  mid- 
urn.  teenth  century  to  the  present.  Treats  the  .  lasM,  al  theorists  Marx,  Durkheim, 
ami  Weber,  and  such  contemporar)  theoretical  s,  h..ols  as  functionafism,  Marxian 
ami  Wcl.cii.m  conflict  theory, cultural  materialism,  social  evolutionism,  rational 


,  ln,n  i  theory,   •■  ml". In  ii 

sum  turalism,  and  posbnodi  mi  m   itudi 

iln  si  . .. 

SOS33  Delinquenc)  and  Vouui  t.-nl-isl, 

I'm  ii  i|insiti  :  Mil    ,1 

Study  ol  si. i  ml  ami  •  ultutal  l.n  ims  involved  m  various  youth  Mi  si*. 1 1  s,  mi  luding 
delinqw  ncy.t  tl  and  historit  al  appi h  used  in  i 

"  ial 1 1., I    ii  nl  socialization  institutions  .mil" 

programs  Ii"  rehabilitiuion. 

SOS39  Ucohol and  Drug  Umse  (. -iil-isl, 

Prerequisite:  S< )  I  r>  1 

Kx m  s  the  sui  nil  issues  atid  problems  ot  all  ohol  and  drug  tin... 

society.  Legal  and  illi    al  nibslances  will  I nsidered,  and  thi  cau 

substance  abuse  as  well  as  alternatives  will  I"  i  Kamined. 

S0336  Sociology  »i  the  Farnih,  (<-cil- ish 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

.  al  stud)  nl  iln  lamilv  tioni  variou 

emphasis  will  In  plat  ed  on  the tclnpoiat\  Ann  tn  an  lallulv,    \  \aticl\  ot  topn  s 

will  he  covered  such  as  mat'  set,-,  don.  power  relationships  and  roles  in  the  hunih/, 

parent  I  hild  ml.  tai  tion,  marital  satisla, ilivnn  I  .  ami  others. 

SOS37  World  Societies  anil  World  Svstems  li-lil-  Ml 

Prerequisite:  (  (tie-  ol  the  following:  A.\  1  III.  BC10]  or  I21,GE2  W),HI202, 

I'SIOI    ,,,   JSJ.SI  II, 1 

Detailed  analysis  ol  the  evolution  nl  I n  lot  iiius.  with  spe:  ial  emphas 

1 1 1-  in  wot  Id  system  of  societies  that  bi  in  die  sixteenth 

Century  and  that  has  since  expanded  to  ini  Imli  All  I  Dpi.  I  include 

societies  during  the  preindustrial  era:  the  emergence  ol  modern  capitalism  in  die 
sixteenth  century;  relations  between  developed  ami  less-developed  societies  in  die 

modern  world;  tb   iscet decline  ol  nation-states  in  the  i lern  world:  die 

current  plight  ol  the  Third  World:  the  use  and  demise  ol  socialism  lit  die 
twentieth  century;  and  various  scenarios  lot  the  human  future. 

50340  Sociology  of  Industry  (e-nl-ish 
Prerequisite:  SOI 51 

Examination  of  industrial  orgs  I  their  em  iron  men  Ls.  Production 

systems  analyzed  in  terms  ot  different  forms  of  organization,  e.g..  bureaucratic. 

power-equilibrium,  and  woikci-partli  Ip.ilmu.  Spei  ial  attention  paid  to  who 

defines  production,  how  such  definitions  are  Ifgirimhttd,  and  how  anstnunts  are 
placed  on  such  definitions  by  union  and  other  political  organizations. 

50341  Sociology  of  Education  i.-ul-  Ml 
Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  die  place  ol  education  in  s..(  iety.  Special  attention  to  die  dcvelopnicni 
of  education  in  America  anil  its  relation  to  political  and  ecotiomii  phenomena. 
Some  attention  given  to  education  in  odier  industrial  and  agrarian  so,  icucs. 

SOJ42  Social  and  Cultural  Aspects  of  Health  and  Medicine  Jc  -Ol-  ish 

Prerequisite:  6sh  in  Sociology  or  Anthropi 

Ke\  itw  nl  the  fields  ot  nu  ii.  td  anthropology.  Focuses  on  such 

topics  as  healdi  and  illness  in  cross-cultural  context,  aging,  s,,cial  and 
psychological  aspects  of  pain,  and  social  organization  ol  healdi  facilities  and 

Definitions  of  limits  ol  "lite"  and  "death "  in  iiiiuext  ..I  holistic  health. 


S0345  Interpersonal  Dynamics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Studv  of  the  interaction  between  and  among  individuals  and  groups  in  \anous 

social  settings.  Emphasis  on  self-understanding,  small  groups,  socialization,  social 

influence  and  compliance,  person  perception,  collective  behavior,  an 

communication. 

SOS48  Sociology  of  Work  ic-0l-is|, 

Prerequisite:  SO  151 

I ,.,  uses  upon  the  sociological  examination  ot  die  various  tomis  oflabor. 
employment,  and  unemployment  present  in  industrial  s,  icieocs.  Examines  the 
nature  ot  work  ami  unemployment  in  die  modem  era  and  how  diesc  forms  are 
being  transformed  in  die  present  period. 

SOS52  Sociology  ol  Religion  k-nl-  ish 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Nature,  role,  and  (unction  of  religious  phenomena  in  human  societies  will  be 
explored  with  special  attention  to  certain  critical  issues  as  diey  relate  to  religion 
and  politics  and  religion  and  economics.  Some  fundamental  modes  of  relu 
life  including  ritual  forms  and  mythic  expressions  will  he  examined.  Odic: 
such  as  levitalization  movements  and  processes  ot  secularization  in  modem 
societies  will  be  included. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


S0357  Sociology  of  Aging  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Introduction  to  various  problems  faced  in  the  process  of  growing  older.  Attitudes 
of  society*  toward  elderly  arid  social  and  cultural  impact  of  an  aging  U.S. 
population  examined. 

5036 1  Social  Stratification  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Examines  leading  perspectives  in  die  major  sociological  subfield  of  social 
stratification.  Attention  drawn  to  different  ways  of  ranking  people  in  human 
societies,  issues  concerning  the  distribution  of  income  and  wealth,  the  role  of 
political  power  in  determining  who  gets  what,  and  the  causes  and  consequences 
of  social  inequality  for  specific  groups.  (Offered  as  S0435  prior  to  1993-94) 

50362  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  from  an  historical  and  comparative  perspective  the  experiences  of 
minority  groups,  with  special  emphasis  on  economic  and  political  domination, 
stereotyping,  prejudice,  and  discrimination.  Techniques  of  majority  group 
domination  and  die  responses  of  minority  groups  are  discussed.  Various  reasons 
(or  the  different  rates  and  patterns  of  assimilation  are  explored. 

50363  Sociology  of  Sex  and  Gender  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Explores  current  perspectives  on  die  situations  faced  by  women  and  men, 
primarily  in  the  United  States.  Examines  issues  such  as  die  impact  of  sex  and 
gender  on  socialization,  the  construction  of  knowledge,  intimate  relationships, 
paid  work,  family  relationships,  health,  and  issues  of  change.  (Offered  as  S0354 
prior  to  1993-94) 

SO380  Social  Research  Methods  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  junior  standing 

Examines  diverse  research  designs  used  in  die  social  sciences,  i.e.,  survey,  field 
study,  experiment,  documentary,  and  existing  statistical  data.  Focuses  both  on 
logic  and  practice  of  social  research.  Students  choose  a  number  of  mini-projects 
or  a  major  research  project.  (Offered  as  S0455  prior  to  1993-94) 

S042 1  Sociology  of  Mass  Media  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examines  the  development  of  mass  media  as  dominant  cultural  forms  within 
advanced  industrial  societies  in  die  twentieth  century.  Emphasizes  critical 
understanding  of  die  sociohistorical  development,  die  underlying  assumptions, 
and  die  social  implications  of  die  advance  of  mass  media. 

50427  Spouse  Abuse  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Considers  the  range  of  dieoretical  explanations  for  the  pervasive  violence  between 
husband  and  wife.  Particularly  examines  die  research  on  wife  battering  and  the 
implications  of  this  research  for  programs  and  policies  assisting  bodi  die  victim 
and  die  abuser. 

50428  Child  Abuse  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Examines  the  prevalence,  causes,  and  social  implications  of  physical,  sexual, 
emotional,  and  neglect  forms  of  child  abuse  in  society.  Child  abuse  will  be  studied 
from  die  individual,  family,  and  societal  level  perspectives.  Potential  intervendon 
strategies  will  also  be  considered. 

50447  Modern  Sociological  Theory  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisites:  9sh  in  sociology  and  junior  standing 

Detailed  examination  of  major  theoretical  issues,  perspectives,  and  controversies 
occupying  center  stage  in  contemporary  sociological  analysis.  Major  attention  to 
nature  and  logic  of  social  theorizing,  primary  macro-level  dieoretical  perspectives 
which  compete  for  attention  in  contemporary  sociology,  and  the  nature  of  new 
directions  currently  being  taken  widiin  sociological  theory. 

50448  Social  Policy  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  S0151 

Focuses  on  the  formation  of  social  welfare  programs  in  the  U.S.,  current  social 
policy  issues,  and  debates  between  conservative,  liberal,  and  social  democratic 
policy  analysts.  Special  attention  drawn  to  various  social  problems  and  a  range  of 
social  policies  designed  to  ameliorate  die  economic  disadvantages  of  single 
individuals,  single  parents,  and  two-parent  families.  Also  devoted  to 
understanding  die  relationship  between  social  policy,  research,  and 
implementation. 


50456  Field  Research  Methods  3c- 01-3 sh 
Prerequisite:  S0455  or  permission 

Examination  of  mediods  and  practice  of  sociology-  and  anthropology  in  die  areas 
of  qualitative  and  field  mediods.  Concentrates  upon  die  development  of  field 
notes,  interviewing  techniques,  participant  observation,  etc.  Qualitative  mediods 
of  sampling  and  analysis  will  include  theoretical  sampling  and  analytic  induction. 
Brief  background  research  into  community,  organizational,  and  group  structure 
will  also  be  emphasized. 

50457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  die  instructor 

Introduces  students  to  use  of  microcomputers  in  social  science  research  and 
practice.  Uses  a  variety  of  software  for  clinical  sociological  applications  as  well  as 
quantitative  analysis  of  social  scientific  data.  These  include  client  information 
systems,  field  notes  and  downloading  such  notes,  exchanging  information 
between  agencies,  and  statistical  analyses  for  program  evaluation  and  forecasting. 

50458  Political  Sociology  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  S0151 

Examination  of  die  social  context  of  power  and  politics,  with  special  reference  to 
such  topics  as  who  controls  die  state  and  state  policy:  die  role  of  the  state  in 
stabilizing  capitalism  and  protecting  the  power  of  die  upper  class;  political 
activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  classes;  and  labor,  civil  rights,  and  welfare 
rights  social  movements  in  America.  Especially  considers  the  problems  of 
conducting  and  implementing  social  policy  research  for  social  change.  Cross- 
listed  in  Political  Science  as  PS346:  Political  Sociology. 

50459  Development  of  Social  Services  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Examination  of  ideological  and  institutional  conditions  which  shape  healdi, 
unemployment,  social  security,  and  welfare  services. 

50480  Sociology  Seminar  var- 1  -3sh 
Prerequisite:  SO  151 

Seminar  for  advanced  students  devoted  to  an  intensive  analysis  of  specialized 
issues  within  the  discipline. 

5048 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


var-l-3sh 

faculty  member,  department 


S0482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  ad' 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  engage  in  an  in-depdi  analysis  of  some  topic 

through  consultation  widi  a  faculty  member.  A  semester  project  ordinarily 

expected.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of 


S0483  Readings  in  Sociology  var- 

Prerequisite:  S0151 

Directed  readings  on  special  topics  in  sociology. 

S0493  Internship  in  Sociology  var-3 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  die  instructor 

Supervised  experience  in  public  or  private  organizations  that  extends  and 
complements  coursework  at  die  university. 


SP 


Spanish 

Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical 

Languages 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 


SP  1 0 1  Elementary  Spanish  I  4c-01-4sh 

For  beginning  students.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  aural/oral  skills.  Students  will 
learn  to  converse  and  ask  questions  in  simple  present  time  and  become 
acquainted  with  location  of  Hispanic  populations  and  elements  of  their  daily 
bves.  Attendance  is  required. 

SPI02  Elementary  Spanish  II  4c-01-4sh 

A  continuation  of  SP101 .  Students  will  learn  to  express  past  and  future  time. 
They  will  continue  to  learn  about  Hispanic  countries  and  Uieir  cultures. 
Attendance  is  required. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       205 


Sl'm  Spanish  for  Health  Cut  Profeuionali  I  Se-OL-Ssh 

i  ...  begin g  students  in  nulling  and  othei  health  related  program  P rj 

.  mphaaii  ii  on  aural/oral  skills.  Student!  will  learn  to  •  onveree  and  ask  questions 

related  i"  health  i  are  settings  in  limpli  pre*  nl  I md  m  ai  futun    1 1"  i  will 

■Jio  i  j i  acquainted  with  His] ii  population!  and  element*  of  then  daily 

lis.     Class  and  language  lab  a lance  are  required.  A  student  may  receivi  en  lil 

i... |  sen SP101,  III.  121,01  131. 

SPI22  Spanish  for  Health  Care  Profeuionali  II  3c-0W3ah 

Prerequisite!  sri 21  oi  equivalenl 

\ i inn. in,. ii  ill  SP121  I'n  iiml< -ins  in  nursing  .""I  othei  health  related 

programs.  Pri )  emphasis  is  on  aural/oral  skills.  Students  will  learn  to  express 

pul  .in.i  i nun  in  health  i  are  settings.  They  will  read  articles  aboul  raedii  al 

.in  I  sin  hi  stories  whii  Ii  i  oncern  health  care  themes  in  Hispanh  cultures. 
<  :l.iss  .mil  language  l.ili  .uii  iiil.nii  i  .in  n  i|iiiinl.  A  student  may  tw  eh/e  i  redil  for 
only  one  course  from  SP102, 211, 122,  oi  l  12. 

sri.ll  Spanish  for  the  Hospitality  Industry  I  U-OI-.tsh 

Siiiul.il  in  SI'liil  l>iii  wiili  .i  special  emphasis  on  thi  i binary  and  itructurea 

iisi  J  in  the  hospitality  industry:  hotel  .md  restaurant  management,  tourism,  -md 
marketing,,  ('lass  and  language  lab  attendance  is  required.  A  student  may  receive 
.  inlii  t.n  on!)  "in  course  from  SP101,  111,  121. or  131. 

SI"  1.(2  Spanish  lor  the  Hospitality  Industry  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisitet  SIM  u  ot  equivalent 

Similar  to  Si' 1 02  but  witb  a  special  emphasis  on  the  vocabulary  and  structures 
used  m  tin  hospitality  industry:  hotel  and  restaurant  management,  tourism,  and 
marketing.  ( 'lass  and  language  lab  attendance  is  required.  A  student  may  receive 
.  inlii  liu  only  ..in  i  ourse  from  SP102,  21 1,  122. or  132. 

Sl'20l  Intermediate  Spanish  4c-OI-4sh 

Prerequisite:  S!'Ki_'  oi  equivalenl 

A  continuation  of  previous  work  on  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing 

skills.  Students  will  learn  to  function  in  everyday  situations,  expressing  opinions 

anil  doubts,  and  narrating  and  describing  in  present,  past,  and  hiturc  time. 

E  \|.iimiii  to  .  ulliii.il  concepts  through  literary  readings.  Liberal  Studies  credit  is 

given. 

SP221  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sl'2(ll  or  equivalent 

intensive  work  on  oral  communication  skills  with  emphasis  on  vocabulary 
building,  pronunciation ,1  discourse  strategies.  Required  for  all  majors  and 


SP222  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation-Business  lc-01-; 

Prerequisite:  SP201  or  equivalent 

Same  .is  Sl'221  but  with  a  special  emphasis  on  the  vocabulary  and  structures 

used  in  the  business  world.  Substitutes  for  SP221. 


SP223  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation-Criminology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  SP201  or  equivalent 

Same  .is  Sl'22 1  but  with  a  special  emphasis  on  tile  vocabulary  and  structures 
used  m  law  enforcement  and  criminal  justice.  Substitutes  for  SP221. 

SP230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sl'221  or  concurrent  registration 

Intensive  practice  in  written  expression  in  Spanish.  Both  communicative  and 
structural  skills  are  stressed.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and 
minors.  This  course  is  approved  to  meet  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  for  a 
writing-intensive  course  for  majors. 

SP244  Modern  Mexico  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SP201  or  equivalent  and  participation  in  the  Mexico  Summer 
Study  Abroad  Program 

This  course,  taught  in  Mexico  as  part  of  tire  study  abroad  program,  introduces 
Students  ID  the  contemporary  culture  of  the  largest  Spanish-speaking  country  in 
the  world,  A  historical  perspective  is  provided  within  which  to  understand 
Current  phenomena.  Textbook  readings  are  supplemented  with  readings  from 
literal]  works  and  current  periodicals.  Students  will  gain  firsthand  experience 
both  through  Held  tups  and  by  living  with  a  Mexican  familv.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SP260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalent 

This  course  is  a  prerequisite  for  any  300-  or  400-level  course  in  Hispanic 
literatures.  Designed  to  provide  students  widi  the  tools  necessary  for  developing 
literary  competence,  the  course  combines  a  study  of  literary  genres  and  analysis 
with  an  introduction  to  the  literatures  of  Spain  and  Spanish  .America.  Taught  in 
Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and  minors. 


SP2K1  Spedal    foota  »ar-l-lsh 

Prerequisite!  Is  appropriate  I rat  content 

Spat  ial  topics  an  ottered  on  i perinienlal  or  temporary  basis  ii 

thai  arc  not  included  in 'I,  nri<  nliiin  A  givrn  topi,  nun  bl 

under  any  special  topit  identity  no  mon  than  three  times  Special  topics 
numbered  281  .."  offered  primarily  forlowei  level  undergrad 

Sl'2'»(l  Spanish  for  Elementary  leaching  J.   Ill-  1st 

Prerequisite:  SP20I  or  equivalent  oral  proficiency  rating  I  trolled 

mill.  II  ISli  Progi 

This  i  ourse  is  designi  <l  l"i  eli  mi  ntary  edta  stion/early  t  hildhood  majors  t 
completing the  PLISET  Program  The  purpose  ..I  the  i our-  is  lo  in  n sac  im 
students1  proficient  y  in  Spanish  and  i"  j.n  pare  them  lor  an  internship  in  an 

•  I. i.iiy  si  1 1  abroad.  Emphasis  is  pba  ed  mi  wn  abulary  at  quiaition  and  on 

strengthening  of  listening  and  speaking  abilities  in  Spanish  Through  in  ,  lass 

.  and  i"  at  tit  -  in  the  language  laboratory;  rtudents  improvt 
linguistic  skills,  learn  the  language  necessary  lor  dealing  with  elements 

children,  and  ai  quire  basic  voi  abulary  for  teai  lung  the  <  ontenl  anas  .,i  riba 
elementary  school  curriculum. 

SP32I  Advanced  Spanish  (Conversation  (< -III- )sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalenl 

Extensive  practice  in  oral  communication  skills.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
developing  fluency  in  speaking  over  a  wide  range  of  topic  areas.  Required  for  all 

majors  and  Illinois. 

SP340  Hispanic  Civilization  Through  the  Nineteenth  Century  k-()l-(sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalent 

An  introduction  to  the  significant  aspects  of  the  culture  of  both  Spain  and 
Spanish  America.  Elements  for  explanation  and  discussion  are  drawn  from 
artistii .  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social,  ami  political  manifestations  of 
Hispanic  culture  as  these  have  revealed  themselves  through  the  nineteenth 
century.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and  minors. 

SP342  Twentieth-Century  Spanish  Civilization  and  Culture  Jc-0l-.Jsh 

Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalent 

An  analysis  of  the  major  cultural  trends  in  twentieth-century  Spain  as  diey  relate 
to  its  current  problems,  aspirations,  and  values.  Elements  for  explanation  and 
discussion  are  drawn  from  artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social,  and 
political  manifestations.  Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  alternate  yearn.  (May  not 
duplicate  credit  for  SP382  taken  in  Valladolid) 

SP344  Twentieth-Century  Spanish-American  k-01-  Jsh 

Civilization  and  Culture 
Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalent 

An  analysis  of  the  major  cultural  trends  in  twentieth-century  Spanish  America  as 
drey  relate  to  its  position  in  the  world.  Elements  for  explanation  and  discu-- 
are  drawn  from  artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social,  and  political 
manifestations,  including  indigenous  cultural  influences.  Taught  in  Spanish: 
offered  alternate  years. 

SP353  Spanish  Phonetics  and  Phonemics  fc-Ol-  (sh 

An  introduction  to  the  phonological  study  of  die  sounds  and  tranung  in 
pronunciation.  The  student  will  learn  the  dieoretical  basis  lor  understanding  the 
Spanish  sound  system  and  will  perfect  pronunciation  through  classroom  practice 
and  tapings.  The  course  is  taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  Spanish  Education 
majors:  highly  suggested  for  Spanish  majors. 

SP354  Commercial  Spanish  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalent 

Designed  especially  for  majors  in  Spanish  for  International  Trade,  dus  course  has 
three  focuses:  it  teaches  students  how  to  do  business  ntnununicdti, -ns  m  Spanish: 
it  teaches  die  vocabularv  nccessarv  for  dealing  widi  all  aspects  of  trade  and 
commerce:  and  it  introduces  students  to  die  special  concerns  and  pra.  I 
business  in  die  Spanish-speaking  world.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SP362  Survey  of  Peninsular  Literature  tc-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

A  course  designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  careful  and  critical  reading  of 
literary  texts  from  Spain  read  either  in  their  entirety  or  in  select  passages.  Taught 
in  Spanish:  offered  alternate  vears. 

SP364  Survey  of  Spanish- American  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  careful  and  critical  reading  ot  Spanrsh- 
Amencan  literary  texts  read  either  in  their  entirety  or  in  select  passages.  Taught  in 
Spanish:  offered  alternate  years. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRI  PTIONS 


SP382-389  Pennsylvaiiia-Yalladohd  Program  18sh 

Prerequisites:  SP230  and  260  or  permission 

( lontacl  chairperson,  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages.  Courses 
taken  in  Valladolid  include  die  following  and  SP4N2:  Independent  Study  (3sh). 
Descriptions  below. 


SP382  Contemporary  Spain 
Prerequisites:  SP230  and  260  or  permission 
Gives  the  student  a  general  view  of  Spain  today  in  the  . 
and  political  institutions.  (See  SP342) 


3sh 

i  of  society,  economy, 

3sh 


SP383  Geography  and  History  of  Spain 
Prerequisites:  SP250  and  260  or  permission 

Students  will  he  introduced  to  a  panorama  ot  Spanish  physical,  social,  and 
n  onomic  geography  including  the  recent  autonomic  division  of  die  country  and 
the  communication  among  the  autonomies.  Students  will  also  review  the  history 
of  Spain  from  die  tifteentii  century  to  the  present  with  special  emphasis  on 
today's  Spanish  institutions. 

SP384  History  of  Spanish  Art  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SP230  and  260  or  permission 

Students  will  he  exposed  to  the  richness  of  art  in  the  Iberian  Peninsula  and  in 
particular  in  die  area  of  Madrid  and  Castilla-Leon.  They  will  study  die  evolution 
of  Spanish  art  in  history,  giving  more  emphasis  to  contemporary  tendencies. 

SP385  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SP23Q  and  260  or  permission 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  a  general  study  oj  Spanish  literature  from  its  origin 
to  the  present  time.  Students  will  learn  to  appreciate  and  analyze  the  different 
literary  genres.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  twentieth -century  literature. 

SP389  Theory  and  Practice  of  Spanish  Language  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SP230  and  260  or  permission 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  Spanish  syntax,  morphology,  and  die  Spanish 
language  lexicon.  They  will  he  introduced  to  familiar  and  formal  conversation  and 
to  idiomatic  expressions  used  in  everyday  situations. 

SP3°0  Teaching  of  Elementary  Content  Through 

the  Spanish  Language  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Passage  of  a  language  proficiency  examination  and  permission  of 
the  instructor 

The  student  will  study  current  theories  of  language  acquisition  processes  in 
children  and  will  develop  foreign  language  instructional  objectives  and  activities 
which  integrate  language  and  cultural  learning  widi  die  content  areas  of  the 
elementary  school  curriculum.  Through  hands-on  practice,  the  student  will 
develop  techniques  for  teaching  functional  language,  planning  lessons,  testing 
language  skills,  setting  curricular  objectives,  and  selecting/designing  materials 
appropnate  to  die  needs  and  interests  of  elementary  school  foreign  language 
learners. 

SP400  History  of  the  Spanish  Language  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230  or  equivalent 

Traces  phonological,  morphological,  lexical,  and  syntactical  evolution  of  Castilian 
dialect  from  its  origins  in  vulgar  Latin  through  its  development,  perfection,  and 
ultimate  recognition  as  the  official  language  of  Spain  and  Spanish  America.  Places 
Castilian  linguistically  with  relation  to  other  Romance  languages  and  considers 
features  peculiar  to  Spanish  of  Latin  America.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SP402  Translation  and  Interpretation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SP230  and  321 

Fundamental  translation  skills  for  use  in  business  and  industry  as  well  as  in 
academic  and  popular  fields. 

SP403  Applied  Linguistics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP230 

An  introduction  to  Spanish  linguistics  for  students  who  have  had  no  previous 
experience  in  linguistics.  Students  will  study  die  application  of  areas  such  as 
phonology,  morphology,  syntax,  and  semantics  and  will  explore  issues  in 
psycholinguistics  and  sociolinguistics.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SP404  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SP22 1  or  equivalent  and  SP230  and  senior  standing  or 
departmental  permission 

An  in-depth  study  ot  Spanish  syntax  and  morphology.  Taught  in  Spanish. 
Required  for  all  majors. 


SP410  Medieval  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Reading  and  discussion  of  various  medieval  genres:  brief  prose  narrative,  epic, 
Ivi  ic.  and  didactic  poetry,  prose,  and  medieval  drama.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered 
in  four-year  rotation. 

SP41 1  Golden  Age  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Analysis  of  themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  devices  of  Spanish  poetry,  novel,  and 

dieater  of  die  Renaissance  and  Baroque.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in  four-year 

rotation. 

SP412  The  Spanish  Novel  of  the  Nineteenth  and 

Twentieth  Centuries  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Analysis  of  selected  novels  from  diree  major  periods:  die  nineteenth  century,  the 
Generation  of  1898,  and  the  post  Civil  War.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in  four- 
year  rotation. 

SP413  Spanish  Poetry  of  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries    3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Study  and  analysis  of  lyric  poetry  in  Spain  from  nineteenth-century  poetry 
through  modernism  and  its  evolution  to  die  present.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in 
four-year  rotation. 

SP420  Modern  Hispanic  Theater  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Study  and  analysis  of  modern  dramatic  works  from  Spain  and  Spanish  America. 
Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to  die  representational  aspect  of  the  works. 
Taught  in  Spanish:  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP421  Modern  Hispanic  Short  Story  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

The  critical  analysis  of  short  stories  by  Spanish  and  Spanish-American  authors. 
Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP430  Twentieth-Century  Spanish-American  Prose  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

Traces  literary  expressions  from  the  turn  of  the  century  to  the  present  in  the  major 
prose  expressions  of  die  essay,  die  short  story,  and  die  novel.  Taught  in  Spanish; 
offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SP431  Spanish-American  Poetry  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP260  or  permission 

A  study  of  Spanish  American  poetry  from  its  early  manifestations  dirough 
modernism,  post-modernism,  and  avant-garde.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in  four- 
year  rotation. 

SP481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

SP482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  widi  the 
Spanish  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

SP493  Internship  var-3-I2sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  a  Spanish-speaking  country 
A  supervised  field  experience  in  any  Spanish-speaking  area  of  the  world  widi 
approved  public  agencies  and  institutions  or  private  firms,  no  longer  dian  one 
semester  and  no  less  dian  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as 
possible  widi  the  intern's  personal  interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more 
information  contact  die  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department.  Maximum 
of  six  credits  can  apply  toward  a  major. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1  9  9  9  -  2  0  0  ( 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       207 


Sot  ial  Work 
Department  of  Sociology 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 


I  H2<i2ih.ai.i  History  II 

(  lompn  I ■    ■■'  ''"  '    ' 

drama  from  ihi  I  ngli  ib  Ri  iteration  la  ih 


SV\  238  Introduction  lo  Social  Work 
Prercquisitei  30151  oi  wi  10 

„,,.., ntolhedynt ai  ofhelping  relationship 


TH 


Theater 

Department  of  Theater 

( lollege  of  Fine  Arts 


III  I  oi  lionxluciM.il  to  Theater  li-nl-.Kh 

\n  ,  uplorati'Mi  oi' tin'  ilu-.nn  .ins.  cx.iiiiiiiiiiK  injioriniiiKlsi.riln.aii  history, 

selected  works  "I  dra i  lit*  ratun  ,and  th(  primar)  theati  i  artsol  ai  ting, 

directing,  design,  and  lech il  theau  r.  Class  experii  no  ini  ludi  9  the  analysis  oi 

,ii  least  tw |joi  works  of  drama,  attending  two  live  productions,  and  viewing  ol 

I  televised  plays  and  musicals. 

I  ill  02  Introduction  to  Dance  Sc-01-San 

Examines  dance  .is  .i  performing  art  in  both  the  historical  and  i  ultural  i  ontexts. 
Also  mi  ludea  the  analysis  ofa  ni.i|"i  piece  ofi  horeography,  attending  live 

pi  1 1 ances,and  viewing  select  works  ol  dance.  No  previous  dance  experience 

is  required. 


Sc-OKSsh 

ell  as  alternative  systems  l>y  which  dramatic  texts  ni.iv 
c.il  plot  ciuistriictiiin.  scene  structure,  tension  and 
id  several  contemporary  and  less  ciinventinn.il 


iill  10  Scrip)  knalys 

C seexamint  i  majo 

bi  unalyaed,  including 
dramatic  rhythi 
hods  of  ilr.un.itu  orchestration. 

ill  1 1  ri  Fundamentals  of  Theatrical  Design  3c-0l-3sh 

I  nil. H  Inns  the  fundamentals  "I  scene,  costume,  lighting,  and  sound  design  foi 
theatel  and  dance,  h  is  Focused  on  creative  processes  used  by  designers  to  make 
choit  es.  Tbpii  s  include  script  analysis,  director  ami  designei  communication,  and 
the  integration  of  the  design  elements  into  a  unified  production. 

Ill  1 20  Stagecraft  I  3c-0l-3sh 

1  \|.l,.i.iiion  ol  the  material,  methods,  and  procedures  utilized  in  creating  a  scenic 
environment.  Through  instruction  and  practical  application,  students  learn  the 
basis  of  scenic  construction  and  develop  competency  with  the  basic  materials  ami 
equipment  used  in  a  theatrit  a]  bi  ene  shop. 

Ill  1 22  Costume  Workshop  3c-0l-3sh 

Instruction  and  pr.utii.il  experience  in  the  process  of  building  costumes  for  the 
Stage    \.  u.  itu  s  include  fitting,  cutting,  sewing,  dyeing,  and  painting.  Thin  is  also 
instruction  in  the  maintenance  of  wardrobe,  costume  stock,  materials,  and 
roperties 

TH  130  Stage  Vbice  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Theatet  majors  only  or  permission  ol  instructot 

Instruction  in  basic  development  of  the  vocal  instrument  ol  the  actoi  in  stage 

'.i  I.. i  in. I'  mph.isis  is  placed  upon  the  resonance,  ipiahtv.  pitch,  and 

projection  of  the  voice  while  improving  the  student's  ability  to  articulate. 

TH13I  Stage  Movement  3c-0l-3sh 

Instruction  in  basic  stage  movement  and  die  physicalization  ol  character.  Includes 
work  in  character  development  through  variety  in  movement,  introductor)  work 
in  juggling,  stage  combat,  and  mime,  and  die  assessment,  awareness,  and 
noli  ol  individual  movement  problems. 

TH  1 50  Fundamentals  of  Dance  3c-0l-3sh 

A  basic  dance  technique  thai  sequentially  develops  die  elements  of  movement 
(space,  time,  Force)  into  a  \arietv  of  dance  genre  and  period  styles.  Covers  special 
lafet)  ol  tin  instrument    the  body. 

TH201  Theater  Mislnr.  I  3c-01-3sh 

\  .  omprehensive  survey  of  the  history,  trends. and  developments  of  dieaterand 
drama  from  their  beginnings  through  die  English  Renaissance. 


i,    til    >s|, 


1,-tll-lsb 


I  1122(1  Slagec.all  II 

I'm  i,,|iiisili:    I  I  I  \ll>  01  |"  llinssioli 

Advanced  explon F  materials,  methods d  procedun  s  involved  in  i  ■ 

,i  s,  i  in.  .inn. .inn.  ni  Students  also  recei  iishop 

planning I  ttipen o  include  problem-solving  lei  hniqui  i. 

TH221  Basic  Stage  Lighting  >'  ■»*■  ish 

Prerequisite:  I  H120 

Introduction  to  lighting  instruments, coloi  media,  control  boards,  physical  laws .,( 

1 1, .  itu  ity  and  ..pin  s.  grapbil  s I  conventional  lei  hniques  used  in  hgbung 

ili.  .mi.  ..I  produi  nous. 

TH223  Makeup  for  the  Slag.  <■  -<H-  Ish 

Dials  with  practical  applii  ation  ..I  straighl  and)  haracter  makeup  and  inav  include 

in  -,11111  i in  en  urn    l"  -mis.  wigs,  prosthetii  s,  and  masks. 

TH240  Acting  I  f.-01-txh 

Studv  ol  tb.  .is  of  the  Stainslaiski  system  ol  i  baractel 

development.  Includes  text  analysis  and  the  developmenl  ..I  pin  si.  al  action 
through  a  <  harai  let's  subtext,  as  well  as  motivational  and  improvisalional 
techniques. 

TH250  Contemporary  Dance  .tc-lll-  Ish 

(  .mi.  ii i| mi. m  dance  techniques,  improvisation, and  choreograph..  Examinea  the 
historical  development  and  iiillural  influences  on  the  changing  philosoptu 
ioiltenipol.il.  dance  performance  today.  Performance  ot  creative  work  required. 

TH2fiO Jazz  Dance  l.-ol-isl, 

|azz  techniques,  dynamics, and  style  For  theater  dance  Irom  the  1920s  through  the 
present  Emphasis  •."  anal. sis  ol  musi<  foi  ebon  ..graphy. 

TH270  Ballroom  and  Tap  Dance  !c-W-  ish 

A  sequential  development  of  tap  and  ballroom  dance  techniques  in  the  context  of 
historical  developmenl  and  period  styles.  Performance  lor  an  audience  is 
required. 

TH280  Ballet  li -III- ish 

Sequential  developmenl  of  bane  and  center  techniques  that  progress  to  linking 
moves,  turning,  and  jumps,  to  dance  sequent  i-  and  choreography.  I  be  historical 
periods  of  development  and  die  status  of  die  art  today  will  be  examined  in  a 
cultural  context  which  includes  gender  and  minority  inflnrnm». 

TH281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  1. 1  expl 

that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  ma.  be  offered 

under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 

numbered  2S1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

TH290  Ethnic  Dance  Jc-W-.ish 

Includes  dance  techniques  from  a  varut.  of  indigenous  forms  from  Western  and 
Eastern  cultures.  Presented  in  die  historical  and  social  context.  Emphasis  will  be 
given  to  die  needs  of  dieater  production. 

TH301  Tragic  Mask  3c-0l-3sh 

Historical  survey  of  theatrical  conventions,  traditions,  and  production  practices 
specifically  associated  with  tragedy  and  its  ensuing  forms:  drama  and  melodrama. 
It  focuses  on  landmark  dramatic  texts,  examining  die  changing  faces  of  tragic 
masks  and  their  implications  for  theatrical  practice  from  ancient  Greece  to  the 
twentieth  century. 

TH302  Comic  Mask  ic-lll-  ish 

Historical  survey  of  theatrical  conventions,  traditions,  and  production  practices 
specifically  associated  with  .  omed)  and  its  related  forms:  farce,  buriesqu 
Focuses  on  landmark  dramatic  texts,  examining  the  changing  (aces  of  comic 
masks  and  dieir  conventions,  and  dicir  implications  for  dieatrical  practice  lr..m 
ancient  Greece  to  die  twentieth  century. 

TH3I0  Theater  Criticism  >c-0l-.ish 

A  studv  of  die  theory  of  criticism  and  of  the  discrete  functions  of  critic  and 
reviewer.  Students  see  live  performances  and  practice  writing  both  revii" 
criticism. 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


208       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


TH320  Scene  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH 1 20 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  scenic  composition,  analysis,  concept 
development,  and  graphic  communication  methods  used  hy  the  scenographer. 

TH32 1  Stage  Lighting  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH221 

Covers  the  design  and  execution  of  stage  lighting  with  emphasis  on  script 
analysis,  tin.  collaborative  role  of  die  lighting  designer,  lighting  dieory,  and 
modern  ^tagc  lighting  practices.  Practical  applications  include  die 
conceptualization  and  designing  of  production  lighting  for  Proscenium,  Thrust, 
and  Arena  stages  through  class  exercises. 

TH322  Costume  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  design  and  execution  of  stage  costumes  widi  emphasis  on  showing  how 
mood  and  illusion  can  be  created  dirough  die  proper  selection  of  style,  color,  and 
texture,  supplemented  by  an  overview  of  stage  costuming. 

TH323  Sound  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Covers  the  basic  principles  and  dieories  of  designing  sound  for  die  dieater. 
Through  demonstration  and  practical  application,  the  course  will  cover  the 
following  principal  areas:  basic  electronics,  recording  techniques  and  equipment, 
musical  and  effects  integration,  dieater  acoustics,  designing  sound,  and  sound 
reinforcement 

TH.J40  Acting  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH240  or  permission  of  instructor 

Study  of  die  evolving  Stanislavsky  system  and  its  American  reinterpretations  as 
applied  to  realism  and  other  dramatic  genres  and  styles.  Emphasis  will  be  on 
scoring  of  text,  exploring  die  relationships  between  psychological  states  and 
physical  action. 

TH34 1  Acting  Styles  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH  1 3(1,  1 3 1 .  240  or  permission  of  instructor 
Study  and  practice  of  advanced  acting  skills  widi  special  emphasis  on  style  and 
period.  Possible  areas  of  focus:  Greek  classical.  Commedia  Dell'Arte  (farce). 
French  Neo-classical.  Restoration  Comedy,  Melodrama,  High  Comedy 
(Wilde/Coward),  or  Theater  of  the  Absurd. 

TH342  Acting  Shakespeare  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH240. 340  (or  permission  of  instructor) 
An  advanced  acting  studio  which  will  prepare  students  to  perform  in 
Shakespeare's  plays.  Provides  a  background  overview  of  the  Elizabedian  period  in 
addition  to  various  methods  towards  approaching  die  movement,  language,  and 
verse  forms  from  an  actor's  point  of  view. 

TH345  Touring  Young  People's  Theater  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  the  fundamentals  of  young  people's  dieater  for  audiences  aged  five 
dirough  fifteen  years.  The  class  will  select  appropriate  children's  literature, 
develop  a  script  dirough  improvisation,  and  rehearse  and  tour  dieir  production  to 
die  surrounding  schools. 

TH347  Playwriting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  TH1 10  or  permission  of  professor 

A  practical  exploration  of  the  craft  and  process  of  playwriting.  Focuses  primarily 
on  die  practical,  "hands-on"  experiences  approximating  the  "developmental 
process"  currently  in  use  in  die  American  theater.  The  student  will  be  guided 
from  the  initial  concept  dirough  synopsis,  outlines,  working  drafts,  and 
completion  of  an  original  one-act  play  and  a  ''staged  reading"  of  diis  project. 

TH350  Directing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH1 10,  240,  permission 

Introduction  to  basic  directing  skills:  casting,  floor  plans,  blocking,  rehearsal 
procedures,  and  die  applications  of  scene  and  character  analysis.  Students  will 
prepare  short  scenes  for  class  presentation. 

TH351  Choreography  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  of  die  following  introductory  or  advanced-level  dance  classes: 
TH150.  250,  260.  270.  280,  485;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Introduces  die  necessary  choreographic  tools  needed  to  manipulate  dance  as  a 
medium  to  create  dance  works.  The  class  will  learn  and  use  various  approaches  to 
the  choreographic  process  to  create  dance  works,  one  of  which  will  be  presented 
in  a  public  showing  at  die  end  of  the  semester. 


TH353  Dance  Curriculum  and  Instruction  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  of  die  following  theater  courses:  TH250,  260,  270.  280,  290, 
or  485;  or  permission  of  instructor 

Introduces  the  necessary  teaching  skills  and  curriculum  development  needed  to 
understand  die  pedagogical  structure  for  teaching  dance.  The  class  will  learn  the 
approaches  to  teaching  that  are  unique  to  dance  and  will  learn  how  to  design 
dance  curriculum. 

TH481  Special  Topics  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  tliat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

TH482  Independent  Study  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Independent  study  in  theater  may  be  eidier  purely  academic  or  may  be  a  practical 
production  project,  supported  by  a  written  document  giving  evidence  of 
significant  scholarly  investigation  or  original,  creative  effort.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and 
availability  of  resources. 

TH483  Acting  Studio  3c-21-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Minimum  of  TH240.  by  permission;  individual  foci  have 
additional  prerequisites 

Advanced  studio  course  offering  scene  practice  widi  faculty  direction,  coaching, 
and  criticism.  Specific  focus  of  scene  work  varies  from  semester  to  semester, 
including  improvisation  techniques,  stage  dialects,  audition  techniques,  and 
acting  for  die  camera  as  alternating  semester  options.  May  be  repeated  widi  a 
different  focus  each  time. 

TH484  Directing  Studio  3c-21-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH350,  permission 

Opportunity  for  students  to  direct  scene  work,  one-act  plays,  or  larger  projects, 
according  to  individual  levels  of  experience,  preparation,  and  readiness.  Practical 
application  of  principles  of  directing  to  specific  problems  in  directing.  Student 
projects  performed  in  public,  open-class  recitals.  May  be  repeated. 

TH485  Dance  Studio  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  TH250,  260.  270.  or  280  (beginning  technique  class  taken  must 
be  the  specific  dance  genre  of  die  Dance  Studio  class  offered);  or  by  permission  of 
instructor 

Furdiers  die  development  of  die  dancer  at  the  intermediate  level  of  a  specified 
genre  of  dance.  Development  in  dance  requires  die  integration  of  bodi  technique 
and  artistic  development.  The  specific  genres  vary  from  semester  to  semester, 
including  modern,  ballet,  tap,  and  jazz  as  alternating  semester  options.  May  be 
repeated  widi  a  different  focus  each  time. 

TH486  Practicum  in  Production  var-.5-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

An  opportunity  widi  academic  credit  for  students  to  make  significant 
contributions  to  campus  productions  augmenting  theater  coursework  in  die  areas 
of  assistant  directing  or  directing,  stage  management,  technical  direction,  sound 
design,  lighting,  scene  design,  properties  and  set  decoration,  scene  building  and 
painting,  costuming,  dance,  and  make-up  design.  May  be  repeated. 

TH489  Technical  Theater  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

Open  to  all  students  desiring  instruction  in  a  variety  of  technical  dieater  areas  not 
presendy  covered  in  odier  courses.  Topics  to  include  sound  design,  stage 
management,  set  props,  media  make-up,  technical  drawing/mixed  media,  and 
scene  painting.  May  be  repeated. 

TH493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor 

Opportunities  for  students  to  gain  experience  with  professional  performance 
organizations  in  areas  related  to  dieater  and  dance. 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       209 


UN 


I  Pi 


Univcrsitywitle  Courses 
Academic  Affairs  Division 


UN480T.H.I.S.  Seminar  3c-0l-Seh 

\,  .,,1 leminai  lake the  State  Syste I  Highei  Education  i  mverait) 

Harriaburgii junction  with  the  l  II  IS.  internship.  Conaiata  ol 

olii  j  ml Mion  do  iaion  making,  and  budgeting  and  addresses 

,,.l  .,,, sun  sessions  with  leading  state  government  policymal 

i      ri] lundei  kcade Afiairs  areas.  Restricted  to  th<  T.H.I.S. internship 

partii  ipanl  See  I  N  19  I. 

UN  I'll  T.II.I.S.  Intemahip  var-12»h 

Practical  experience  at  the  policymaking  level  of  the  state  government  that  also 

requires  ■  researi  h  projei  t.  Student  mual  havi  a  I  0  I  IRA  and  Bubmil  a  J pie  ol 

writing  skills  with  the  application  to  the  Experiential  Education  i  (ffice.  <  (pen  to 
any  IUP  major.  See  desi  ripdon  under  Academic  Affairs  areas.  ( imminent 
i ,M  .  ourse  required.  See  I  N-480. 


vo 


Vocational  Education 

Center  for  Vocational-Technica] 

Personnel  Preparation 
College  of  Education 


VO010  Industrial  Electrical  Technology  var-l-18sh 

Prerequiaite!  Center/department  permission 

Emphasis  on  comprehensive  industrial  electrical  technolog)  through  training  in 
specialt)  concentrations  applied  to  design,  development,  and  testing  of  electrical 

,  in  mis.  dev  ins.  and  systems  lor  generating  electricity  and  the  distribution  and 
udliaation  of  electrical  power.  Carries  institutional  credit  only. 

VOl  00  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  var-l-15sh 

Jixed,  self-paced  vocadonal  teacher  preparation.  The  vocational 
,iii.l.  ni  intern  develops,  demonstrates, and  documents  competence  in  selected 
pedagogical  competencies.  Individualized  instruction  is  supplemented  with 

nliK  seminars.  Self-evaluation  is  encouraged  in  die  program,  utilizing 

videotaping  and  the  feedback  from  a  team  of  professional  teacher  educators, 

V028 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  arc  nol  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

VOS95  Vocational  Education  Writing  Experience  var-Osh 

Writing  assignments  such  as  abstracts,  logs  of  activities,  philosophy  papers, 
training  plans,  presentation  plans,  lesson  plans,  etc..  will  be  completed  in 

conjunction  with  selected  instructional  modules  from  VO100  and  VO400 


VO400  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II  var-l-I5sh 

Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of  VO100 

!Yis,.nah/ed.  self-paced  vocational  teacher  preparation.  The  vocational 
Student  intern  develops,  demonstrates,  ami  documents  « ompetence  in  selected 

teaching  skills  in  die  areas  of  program  planning,  program  development,  program 
evaluation,  and  managing  and  evaluating  instruction  in  a  vocational  school 
setting.  Self-evaluation  is  encouraged  in  the  program  utilizing  videotaping  and  die 
feedback  from  a  team  of  professional  teacher  educators. 

VO40I  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical  Preparation  var-l-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Center  permission 

Prw  ul<  s  opportunities  for  vocational  students/interns  to  develop  additional 
technical  skills  in  areas  related  to  their  occupational  competence  under 
pi.ilesM.ui.il  supervision.  Topics  are  determined  through  individual  counseling, 
through  priority  needs  identified  by  advisory  committees,  ami  dirough  evaluation 
ol  lei  hnical  competence  h\  center  teaching  staff. 


using  ii 


VO402  Special  Topica  la  Vocational  Pedagogic 

Prerequisite:  ( lentel  permission 

Providi  s  opportunitii  ■  foi  ■■■■■  itii  n  J   ludi  nts  inti  i 

■  ■ ...  I. in.'  skills  undei  prolession.il  supervision    rbpi 

id.  ntifii  ation  "I  i an I     '  J  edui  atii 

surveys  and  students1  individual  • 

VO450 Technical  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  Ish 

Competeni  %  uscasmi  m  ol ipal  nadoml 

standardized  written  and  pi  rformani  •  i  taminauona 

\  < »  IS  I  Special  Topica  var-l-lsh 

Prerequisite:  As  apptopriatl   l lit item 

Spu  i.J  lopn  s  c  ouiscs  are  ofli  red  on  an  i  iperimental  or  temporary  b 

explore  topica  thai  are  notini  luded  inlhi  established  curriculum   \  given  topi 

in.o  be  oil'  n  d  undi  i 

topica  numbered  181  an  primarily  for  uppei  level  undi  rgraduate  students. 

V0482  Independent  Study  w'1  •»* 

Prerequisite:  Prioi  approval  through  advisor,  fei  ulty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  I 
Student!  with  interest  in  indi  pendent  stud)  "I  a  topi<  not  offered  in  the 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  ol  siudv  in  conjum  DOE  with  a  laiully  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  acadenm  appropriateness  anil  avauabilil 


W: 


Women's  Studies 
Women's  Studies  Program 
Academic  Affairs  Division 


WS200  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  3c-0l-3sh 

Focuses  on  women  as  they  are  and  as  they  have  been     as  represented  by  the  work 
ofwriters  and  as  presented  in  die  theory  and  research  ol  various  disciplines. 

Historical  and  contemporary  images  ol  w en  ate  examined  in  terms  of  their 

impact  on  our  lives.Thc  relationships  ol  women  to  social  institutions 
education,  religion,  and  health  care  arc  explored.  Alternative  theories  explaining 
the  roles  and  status  of  women  are  compared.  Attempts  to  help  us  understand  the 
choices  and  experiences  women  face  in  their  everyday  personal,  work,  and  public 
lives. 

WS281  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topu  s  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  lie  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  diaii  three  umes.  Special  topics 
numbered  2S1  arc  offered  primarily  for  lower  level  undergraduate  students. 

WS481  Special  Topics  nr-1-  fsh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporan  I 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 

may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  -4K1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

WS482  Independent  Study  '  •*- '  -** 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  (  tfEce 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  mav  propose  a  plan  of  study  m  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  mcnd>cr. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabUity  of  r 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    199? 


210       DIRECTORY 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


DIRECTORY       211 


Directory 


Administration 

Lawrence  K.  Pettit,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  President 

Ruth  A.  Riesenman,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  Executive  Assistant  to  the  Presidi  nl 
Helen  M.  Soltis,  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  Assistant  to  the  President  for  Social 
Equity 


Division  of  Academic  Affairs 


Mark  J.  Staszkicwicz,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Piovost  .mil  Vice  President  tin  A.  ,i<l<  inii  Affairs 

Mark  J.  Piwinsky,  Ph.D.,  ["he  Ohio  State  University 
Assoi  late  Provosl  foi  Academic  Administration 

Yvonne  B.  Redd,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  to  the  Associate  Provosl 

Joseph  A.  Bukarlck.Jr.,  M.A.,  Naval  War  ( College  and  M.A., 
Webster  University 
Professor,  Chairperson,  Military  Science 

Lisa  Castellino,  U.S.,  Marywnod  (College 
Information  Management  Analyst 

Samuel  T.  Piilcio,  Jr..  M.B.A.,  Duquesne  University 
Director,  Technology  Services  Center 
William  S.  Balint  III,  U.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Coordinator,  Applications  Development 
Todd  I).  Cunningham.  U.S..  Duquesne  University 

Coordinator,  User  Services 
Paul  M.  Grieggs.  B.B.A.,  St.  Bonaventure  University 

Coordinator,  Technical  Services 
Daniel  J.  Yuhas.  U.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Coordinator.  Research  and  Development 

J.  Richard  McFcrron.  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Interim  Director,  Academic  Technology  Services 

Ronald  P.  Maggiore.  1'h.l).,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Associate  Provosl  for  Enrollment  Management  and  Planning 

ValarieJ.  Mancuso,  D.Ed., The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Dean.  Punxsiitawuc\  ( 'ampus 

Joel  L.  Anderson,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director  of  Administrative  and  Student  Services, 
Punxsutawney  Campus 

Frederick  A.  Sehring.  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Dean.  Armstrong  ( lampus 
Mark  A.  Shoaf.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director  of  Administrative  and  Student  Services, 

Armstrong  Campus 

Diane  L.  Dnndey,  Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
Director,  Academic  Information  Systems 

William  H.  Nairn,  M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 
Dean  ol  Admissions 
Diane  R.  Raybuck.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Dean  of  Admissions 
Tracy  Harris.  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Vssistant  Dean  of  Vdmissions 
Elisa  M.  C.oserud.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Admissions  Counselor 
Peggy  L.  Alters,  A. A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Transfer  Credit  (-'valuator 


Richard  A.  DiStanislao.  MA..  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Registrar 

Robert  J.  Simon.  B.A.,  Indiana  I  'niversit)  ol  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Diret  i<>i  ol  Registration  and  Si 

of  the  l< 
Lynette  J.  Gearhart.  B.A.,  Indiana  University  "I  Pennsylvania 

Director  of  Student  Records,  OfEci  of  the  1 

Patrick  A.  Carone.  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
Director,  Office  ol  International  Vflairs 
Tara  L. Jones.  M.A..  Indiana  I  Iniversity  ol  Pennsylvania 

Foreign  Student  AdvlSOl 

Gary  A.  Rice,  Ph.D..  Washington  State  I  Inn 

Executive  Director  of  Institutional  Resean  h,  Assessment, 
and  Planning 

Rena  K.  Fowler.  Ph.D..  University  "I  Michigan 
Dean  of  Libraries 
Vacant.  Associate  Dean  of  Libraries 

James  C.  Petersen,  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 
Dean,  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Michele  Sanchez  Schvrietz,  M  \  .  Indiana  I 
Pennsylvania 

Interim  Associate  Dean  for  Research.  The  Graduate  v 

and  Research 

Holly  A.  Snair.  B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Director.  Grants  and  Development,  The  Graduate 

School  and  Research 
Michele  A.  Norwood.  M.A..  Indiana  University  ol 

Pennsylvania 

Interim  Proposal  Development  Specialist,  (.rants  (  Ml'ue 
Evelyn  D.  Landon.  B.S..  Frostburg  State  1  ImVersit) 

Director.  Institute  for  Research  and  Communit)  Service 
Evelyn  S.  Mutchnick.  Ed.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Associate  Dean  for  Administration.  The  Graduate  School 
and  Research 
Donna  M.  Griffith.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Assistant  Dean.  The  Graduate  School  and 

Research 
Carol  A.Townscnd.  B.S..  Western  Illinois  University 

Assistant  to  die  Dean.  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 

Nicholas  E.  Knlb.  Ed.D    I 

Dean.  School  of  Continuing  Edu<  atii  in 

Edward  W.  Nardi.  D.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Dean  for  Credit  Programs 
Vacant.  Director.  Conferences  and  Noncredil  Programs 
Thomas  W.  O'Brien.  M.A.,  Trenton  State  College 

Director.  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation  Center 
Gary  M.  Welsh.  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director.  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 
Kay  K.  Wijekumar.  M.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director.  Distance  Education  Development 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999 


DIRECTORY 


Robert  C.  Camp,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 
Dean,  Eberly  College  of  Business 
Manmohan  D.  Chaubey,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Dean,  Eberly  College  of  Business 
Julie  A.  Moreland,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  to  the  Dean,  Eberly  College  of  Business 

John  W.  Butzow,  Ecl.D.,  University  of  Rochester 
Dean,  College  of  Education 
Joyce  L.  Garrett,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 

Associate  Dean  for  Administration,  College  of  Education 
John  R.Johnson,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Dean  for  Educational  College-School  Partnerships, 

College  of  Education 

Michael  J.  Hood,  M.F.A.,  Louisiana  State  University 
Dean,  College  of  Fine  Arts 
Douglas  E.  Bish,  D.M.A.,  Boston  University 

Associate  Dean,  College  of  Fine  Arts 
Vacant,  Director,  University  Museum 
Hank  G.  Knerr,  M.F.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Director,  Public  Events 

Carleen  C.  Zoni,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Dean,  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 
Robert  D.  Soule,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Interim  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Health  and  Human 

Services 
Allen  R.  Robinson,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Director,  Highway  Safety  Center 
Albert  S.  Wutsch,  C.C.E.  and  C. W.C.,  American  Culinary 

Federation 

Director,  Department  of  Culinary  Arts  at  Punxsutawney 

Brenda  L.  Carter,  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Pittsburgh 
Dean,  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
Alphonse  N.  Novels,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Dean,  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
Yaw  A.  Asamoah,  Ph.D.,  Washington  University 

Interim  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences 

John  S.  Eck,  Ph. D.Johns  Hopkins  University- 
Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Aleksandra  B.  Kaniasty,  M.A.,  Adam  Mickiewicz  University  of 

Poznan 

Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Raymond  P.  Pavloski,  Ph.D.,  McMaster  University 

Dean's  Associate,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 

Mathematics 

Janet  E.  Goebel,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska- Lincoln 
Director,  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 
Richard  D.  Kutz,  B.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  Director,  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 

Mary  Ann  Cessna,  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Director,  Teaching  Excellence  Center 

Mary  E.  Sadler,  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
Director,  Liberal  Studies 

Vacant,  Director,  Women's  Studies 

John  G.  Grassinger,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Faculty  Associate 

Carolyn  A.  Thompson,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Diversity  Studies 


Division  of  Administration 


C.  Edward  Receskl,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  Ur 
Vice  President  for  Administration 


iity  of  Pennsylvania 


Mark  A.  Geletka,  P.E.,  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Interim  Assistant  Vice  President  for  Administration 

Charles  B.  Altimus,  S.  W.  Jack  Cogeneration  Operations  Manager 

E.James  Henning,  Maintenance  Manager 

Lawrence  M.  Horanslcy,  Maintenance  Project  Manager 

Mark  A.  Labant,  S.W.Jack  Cogeneration  Maintenance  Manager 

Robert  L.  Marx,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Facilities  Engineering  and  Construction  Group 
William  L.  Overdorff,  Project  Manager 
Raymond  L.  Wygonik,  P.E.,  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

Project  Engineer 

Richard  E.  Smith,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Facilities  Services  Group 
Pamela  K.  Froelicher,  Director,  Purchasing  and  Central 

Stores 
Donald  R.  McGinnis,  Warehouse  Superintendent 
J.  Douglas  Miller,  B.S.,The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Custodial  Services  Manager 

William  P.  Montgomery,  Director,  Campus  Police  and  Safety 

Fred  J.  Owens,  B.A.,  St.  Francis  College 
Director,  University  Printing 

Thomas  P.  Mittelhauser,  B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 
Interim  Director,  Human  Resources 
Helen  M.  Soltis,  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Director,  Human  Resources 
Emma  N.  Fairman,  A.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Labor  Relations  Manager,  Human  Resources 
Judy  A.  (.alio  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Data  Manager,  Human  Resources 
Kathleen  Manion,  M.B.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

Manager  of  Organizational  Development,  Human  Resources 
Vacant,  Retirement  and  Benefits  Coordinator,  Human  Resources 


Division  of  Finance 

Louis  Szalontai,  M.B.A.,  Ohio  University;  C.P.A. 
Vice  President  lor  Finance 

Randall  W.  LeBlanc,  B.S.,  Oral  Roberts  University;  C.P.A. 
Director,  Fiscal  Affairs 

Phyllis  A.  Groomes,  Director,  Student  Financial  Services 
Feryal  E.  Allen,  B.S.,  Ein  Shams  University,  Cairo,  Egypt 

Director,  IUP  Enterprise  Center 
Richard  P.  White.  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania; 

C.P.A. 

Controller 

Lois  E.  Brown,  B.S.,  Berea  University 

Interim  Director,  Grant  and  Special  Fund  Accounting 

Barbara  J.  Moore.  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Internal  Review 

Cynthia  L.  Strittmatter,  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Budget  Planning 

Susanna  C.  Sink,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  Director,  Budget  Planning 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


DIRECTORY       213 


Division  of  Student  Affairs 


1 1. ii  <>M  I).  Goldsmith, Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 

\  ii .  President  foi  Studenl  Affairs 

Rhonda  II.  Luckey,  D.Ed.,  University  ol  Pittaburgh 
Assistant  Vice  I'm  si. I.  ni  I.  ii  Studenl  Affairs 
<  larolyn  I).  Princes,  D.ImI.,  I  iimnih  nl  Maryland 

Director,  African  American  <  lultural  <  Ienter  and  Programming 

Theodore  lurner,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 
Inn  inn  Assistanl  to  the  Vii  e  Presidenl  foi  Studenl  Affairs 

Catherine  M.  Dugan,  D.Ed.,  Indiana  I  'niversity  "I  Pennsylvania 
Direi  tor,  \<  K  isingand  Testing  Centei 
Joseph  L.  Kiti'hii-.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  "I  Pennsylvania 

Vssistant  Director,  Advising  and  Testing  ( ienter 
Nicole  Maiurek,  M.Ed.,  Saini  Ambrose  I  'niversity 
Advisor,  I  tisabled  Studenl  Sen  ii  es 

Mark  K.  Anthony.  M.A.,  Indiana  I  'niversity  oi  Pennsylvania 
Director,  ( lareei  Sen  ii  es 

Deborah  Saunders  Stanley.  M.l'.il..  I 'niversity  oft  leorgia 
Associate  Director,  <  lareei  Sen  ii  es 

Kim  Weiner.  Ph.D.,  1  'niversity  of  Pittsburgh 

Chairperson,  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Centei 
Rita  G.Drapkin,  Ph.D.,  University  ofPittsburgh 

Assistanl  Director  and  Director  of  Training,  Counseling  and 

Student  Development  <  Ienter;  ( lounseling  Psychologist 
Kli/.abeth  A.  Kineade.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

( loordinator  of  Groups  and  Outreach,  Counseling 

Psychologisi 
John  A.  Mills,  Ph.D..  ABPP,  State  University  of  New  York  at 

Buffalo 

Counseling  Psychologist 
Vacant,  Counseling  Psychologist 

Sherrill  A.  Kuckuck,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director,  Student  Development 

Vacant.  Director,  University  Health  Services 

H.  Zane  Kirk,  M.D.,  Baylor  College  of  Medicine 

Medical  Director.  University  Health  Services 
Stacey  A.  Robertson,  1>.< ).,  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic 

Medicine 

Physician,  I 'niversity  Health  Sen  ices 
Marilyn  II.  Stephens.  Ml)..  Meharry  Medical  College 

Physician,  Uruversity  Health  Services 
Nancy  L.  Evans.  K.N.-C.  Indiana  Hospital  School  of  Nursing 

Associate  Director,  Nursing  Services,  University  Health 

Services 
Malinda  M.  Cowles,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director.  Health  Education,  University  Health 

Services 
Ann  E.  Sesti.  M.A..  Slippery  Rock  University 

Coordinator  of  Chemical  Health,  University  Health  Services 


Canny  G.  Cananxa,  Ed.D.,  Crambling  Stab  i 

Din  ctor/t  ter/Act  101 

Si. i,  n  (    U  111  i.  ,il     i  ry  Rock  I 

I'.dni  ational  Counseloi   Vssistant  Director,  U 
Vi  i  i  ii  i 
Steven  C.  Ender,  Id  D.,  I 

I'.dni  ational  '  niinsi  Ini.  1 .1  aming  I  ' 
<  assandra  C.  Green,  M.A.,  Indiana  I  niversity  ..I  Pennsylvania 

Edui  ation  tlG  Center/Act  Mil 

Paul  K.  Ilrahovsky.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  l  niversity  "I  Pennjyh 

Math  ii  1   \i  1  101 

Melvin  A. Jenkins.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Kiln,  ational  <  ounsi  lot  1  •   mil     '  1  nti  1  At  1  Mil 
Sally  A.  I.ipsky.  Ph.D.,  I  nivi  rsity  ol  Pittsburgh 

Ri  ading/Study  skills  s; 
Carol  A.  Tannous,  M.A.,  India      I  of  Pennsylvania 

I'.dni  ational  (  'onus,    ,.  ntl  1    \i  t   101 

Carolyn  J.  VVilkie.  Ph.D..  Tin  Pennsylvania  Stair  t  niversity 

Educational  Development  Spei  lahst.  Learning (  inter  \.  1  nil 

Frederick  A. Joseph.  M.Ed.,  K.  nl  Stati  I  nivi  isitv 
I  lin  1  tor,  Finani  ial  Aid 
William  M.  Srsic,  M.Ed.,  Edinboro  Stati  (  . .Ili-y,< 

\ ssi  11 1.1  it  I  in 1  Financial  Aid;  Veteran  (  1  relying  Office! 

Christine  A.  /u/.u  k.  M  \..  Indiana  I  nivi  isitv  ol  Pennsylvania 

Ass. .1  iate  Din .  tor,  Finani  ial  Aid 
Aileen  C.  Bowman.  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director.  Pinani  ial  Aid 

Alisa  L.  DeStefano,  B.S.,  West  Libert  I 

Assistant  Duei  tor.  Financial  Aid 
Patricia  C.  McCarthy.  M.S..  LaRoi  hi  ' 

Assistant  Director.  Financial  \nl 
Deidre  S.  Smith.  M.B.A.,  I  Iniversity  ofPittsburgh 

Assistant  Director,  Financial  Aid 
Winnie  I).  Hunter.  B.A..  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Counselor.  Financial  Aid 

Elizabeth  A.  Joseph.  M.Ed.,  Southern  Illinois  (  niversity 
Director.  Housing  and  Residence  Life 
Richard  L.  Baginski.  M.S..  Shippensburg  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director  for  Operations 
James  R.  Froelicher.  H.S..  Duquesne  University 

Vssoi  iate  Director  lor  Administration 
Randi  S.  Schneider.  F..I1)..  1  niversity  ..I  I 

\ssih  iate  Dim  tor  ol  Residence  Life 
Leonard  J.  Kasubick.  Assistant  Director  for  Operations. 

Technical  Specialist 
Kathleen  R.  Linder,  M.S..  Miami  I  niversity 

Assistant  Director  ofResidi  m  1  I  ate.  J  udic  ial  ^Recruitment 
John  G.  Makara.  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  D11.  itions 

Julenej.  Pinto-Dyczewski.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life,  Training,  and  Evaluation 
Melanie  K.  Wardrop.  B.S.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director  for  Administration 
Patrick  McDevitt.  B.S..  Uruversity  of  Pittsburgh 

Computer  Systems  Manager 
Frank  A.  Axell.  M.S..  Kansas  State  University 

Residence  Director 
James  A.  Carroll.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Susan  A.  Dawkins.  M.A..  West  Virginia  University 

Residence  Director 
Kimberly  M.  Martin.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Malaika  M.  Moses.  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Ronald  C.  Shidemantle.  M.A..  Slipper.  Rock  University 

Residence  Director 
Josette  M.  Skobieranda.  M.Ed. .The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Residence  Director 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG      1999-2000 


214       DIRECTORY 


Terry  Appolonia,  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 
Frank  V.  DeStefano,  M.A..  Iiidi.nu  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director,  Student  Attn  ides  and  ( trganizations/Major 

Events 
Tammy  P.  Manku,  MA.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director.  Student  Activities  and 

Organizations/Service  Leadership 

Frank  J.  Condino.  Ed. D„  West  Virginia  Universitj 
Director.  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Frances  A.  Nee,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Director,  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
FrankJ.  Cignetti,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  to  the  Director/Head  Football  Coach,  Intercollegiate 

Atliletics 
Lisa  R.  Bash- Ward,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Business  Officer,  Intercollegiate  Athletics 
Ryan  M.  Smith,  M.E.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Interim  Recreational/Facilities  Assistant,  Intercollegiate 

Athletics 
Larry  A.  Judge,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Coordinator,  Marketing,  Promotion,  and  Radio  Network 
Michael  S.  Hoffman,  M.Ed.,  Florida  State  University 

Director,  Sports  Information 

Dennis  V.  Hulings,  M.A.Ed.,  Brigham  Young  University 
Executive  Director,  Student  Cooperative  Association 
J.  Sam  Barker,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Program  Services 
Pete  Alexander,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Co-op  Store 

Terry  K.Griffith,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Associate  Director,  Co-op  Store 
Louis  F.  Garzarelli,Jr.,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Campus  Recreation 
Charles  Potthast,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Business  Services 
William  J.  Yagle,  Director,  Maintenance/Safety 


Division  of  Institutional  Advancement 

Joan  M.  Fisher.  Ph.D.,  The  Union  Institute 
Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

Barbara  A.  Fender,  M.S.,  University  of  Akron 

Executive  Director  of  the  Foundation  for  IUP;  Senior  Development 

Officer 

Andrea  L.  Alsippi,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director  of  Advancement  Services;  Assistant  Director  of  the 

Foundation  for  IUP;  Director,  Development  Services 
Henry  W.  Pliske,  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Director,  Corporate  and  Foundation  Relations 
Mi. 1 1  i  A.  Trinkley,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Major  and  Planned  Giving 
Bonita  DeLand,  B.S.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Director,  Annual  Giving 
Lois  J.  Drayer,  Director,  Development  Research 
Karen  L.  Ober,  Financial  Services  Manager 
Michelle  D.  Hart,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Records  Information  Manager 

Walter  J.  Stapleton,  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  to  the  Vice  President;  Director,  Government  Relations 

Mary  Jo  Lyttle,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Alumni  Affairs;  Executive  Director,  IUP  Alumni 
Association 

Mary  O.  Moore,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  Director,  Alumni  Affairs 

Karen  P.  Gresh,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Publications;  University  Editor;  Editor,  IUP  Magazine 
Regan  P.  Houser,  B.A.,  Duquesne  University 

Director,  Electonic  Image;  Associate  Director,  Publications; 

Associate  Editor,  IUP  Magazine 
Ronald  L.  Mabon.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Design  and  Marketing 

R.  William  Swauger,  B.A.,  Geneva  College 
Director,  Public  Relations 

Michelle  Shaffer  Fryling,  B.A.,  Allegheny  College 

Director,  Media  Relations;  Community  Affairs  and  Marketing 
Coordinator 

M.  Connie  Howard,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Coordinator,  Special  Projects 

William  R.  Hamilton,  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvama 
Director,  Video 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


DIRECTORY 


University  Professors  Emeriti 

|ohn  N.  Fox,  Richard  D.  Magee,  D Id  A.  Walk* 


Emeriti 

AdndnJitnUora/Deani/DireclorstJohnChellman,  Dean,  Health  Servici 

Fred  Dakak,  Dei f  Admissions;  Ruth  Podbielski,  Associate  Athletii 

i ElwoodB  Sheeder,  Dean,  School  of  Business;  Herman  L. 

Sledzik,  Vssociati  Vthletii  Director;  Prances  C.  Srineman,  Director, 
Collegi  ofBusiness  Advisement  Center;  Georgi  \ .  \\  Stoufferjr., 
Dean,  School  ol  Education;  I-  Leonard  Stright,  Dean,  The  Graduati 

Sc] i:  Roberl  <  I.  Warren  Ass...  iate  Provost;  Kathleen  Jones  White, 

Dean,  College  ol  Human  Ecology 

Accounting:  •  lharles  I    Cooper 

Vnthropologyt  \nM  H.Olin-Fahle 

\n:  BarbaraJ.  Balsiger,  Charles  E.  Battaglini,  Thomas  J.  Dongilla.JohnJ. 
Dropcho,  Robert  W.  I  lamtltonjames  M.  Innes,  •  leorge  B  Johnson, 
Lawrence  F.  McVitty,  Robert  C.  Seelhorst,  Roberl  E.  Slenker,  Robert  J. 
Vtslosky,  Ned  O.  Wert 

Biology:  Waltei  W.  Gallad,  Francis  W.  Liegey, Robert  N.  Moore, Gould  F. 
Schrocs 

Business:  Lee  It.  Beaumont,  Patricia  Patterson  Cordera,  Beatrice  Thomas 

Careei  Services!  John  1    Frank,  E.  Samuel  Hoenstine,  Roy  A.  Moss 

Chemistry:  Carl  Bordas,  Joseph  J.  Costa,  Frank  Fazio.  Jr.,  Donald  K. 
McKelvey,  Roberl  A.  Patsiga,John  II.  Scroxton,  Stanford  L.Tackett, 
Paul  K  Wunz, Jr., Geno  C.  Zambotti 

Communications  Media:  Merle  G.  KHngensmith,  Donald  M.  MacIsaac.J. 
Roberl  Murray,  Norman  W.  Sargent,  David  L.  Young 

Computer  Science:  Howard  E.Tompkins 

Consumer  Services:  Willa  Kulh  (  aaincr.  Betty  L.  Wood 

Counselor  Education:  William  II.  Culp,  Everett  J.  Pesci,  Robert  H.  Saylor, 
Jane  B.  Washburn, James  C.  Wilson 

Criminology:  hnogene  L,  Moyei 

Economics:  Donald  A.  Walker 

Educational  Psychology:  Leonard  DeFabo,  Bruce  A.  Meadowcroft,  Mildred 
Shank. Joan  R.  Yanuzzi 

English:  Edward  I..  Anderson, William W. Betts, Jr., Jessie L. Bright, Lorrie 
J.  Bright,  K.  Morrison  Brown,  Harold  E.  Craig,John  A.  Davis. John 
I  ..  uii.l.  Samuel  F.  Furgiuele  (Journalism).  Patrick  M.  Hartwell, 
Laurabel  H.  Miller.  Anthony  J.  Nania,  Richard  E.  Ray.  Phyllis  ( '•. 
Rouimu.  Frederick  W,  Seinfcll.  Helena  M.  Smith.  Ford  H.  Swigart. Jr.. 
Raymond  L.  Thomas,John  G.  Watta,  Don  Wbodworth 

Finance  and  Management  Information  Systems:  Leslie  S.  Spencer 

Food  and  Nutrition:  Margaret  L.  Minnick,  Allen  M.  Woods  (Hotel, 
Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management) 

Foundations  of  Education:  Don-Chean  Chu 

French:  Femand  Fisel,  Robert  L.  Whitmer 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning:  Susan  E.  Forbes,  Thomas  G.  Gault, 
Gopal  S.  Kulkarni.  Vincent  P.  Miller,  Leonard  P,  Tepper,  Charles  E. 
Weber 


Health  and  Physical  Education:  Barbara  Vierstock,1  homai  i 

Godlasky, V rLiscinsk)  William  \  Neal,  Edward  L  Slot 

Lawn  nee  I     [uckei 

Historyi  Sb  vi  n  B  I  ord  Emi   IB  Fricki    |os<  ph  M  ' 

(..  Iha,  h.  1 1...... .    D  I in.  I.  I    Samuel  Hatfield.Joseph  Mastro, 

|...n  s  Mervine,James  M.  Ouver,J.  Merit  Rifi 

Home  Economics  Education:  Eleanoi  M  Gallati  Helen  B.  Hovis,  UraaL. 

K.i/inrr 

Hotel.  Restaurant, and  Institutional  Management:  Ronald  E  Simkim 

Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies:  Donna  I    Sut  tfthau 

Industrial  and  labor  Relations:  <  lonrad  |  '  lates 

Journalism: James M. DeGeorgi    I  raigG  Sv  tugei  I  David  Trub) 

Learning  Center:  Kathryn  V.Stratton 

Library/Media  Resources:  Id.  hard  '  lhamberlin,  William  E,  LaFrani  hi 
(Director),  Martha  S.  Scheeren,  Marit  E.  Snead,  Edward  G.  Woll 

Management  and  Marketing:  Francis  G.  McGovem, Charles  B.  Stevenson 

Mathematics:  Ida  /.  Anns. Joseph  S.  Angelo,  Donald  I).  Duncan,  Raymond 
D.Gibson,  Marlin  E.  Hartman,  [ohn  P.  Hoyt,Doyle  K.  Mi  Bi 
Ronald  L.  McBride,  Wallace  F.  MorrellJoAnn 

Dale  M.Shafer,  Edwin  M.  K.  Smith.  William  R.  Smith,  Merle  K.  StflweO, 
llallev  ( I.  Willison,Jr.,  Rii  hard  E.  Wolfe, MeiVin  It.  Woodard 

Music:  William  R.  Becker,  David  T.  Borst.  Daniel  DiCicco,  W.  Delight 
Malitsky,  I  aureni  ej.  Perkins,Jane  Vansteenkist,  <  !ah  in  L.  V. 

Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Professions:  Jean  L.  Blair.  Helen  M   Kiesak. 
Marian  V  Murray,  Maxine  K.  Smadakjoann  E. Thisdethwaite 

Technology  Support  and  I  raining:  Joseph  A.  Bianco,  l)..nald  C.  Mahan. 
Bernaid  A.  Moreau,  Ruth  S.  Morrisjohn  A.  Polesky.  Sharon  D. 
Steigmann,  Dale  W.  W lei 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies:  Robert  M.  Hermann.  Arthur 
Kannwisher,  It.  Thomas  Schaub 

Physics:  Richard  E.  Bun.  Garj  L.  Hue k« alter. John  N.  Fox,  George  M 
Matous.  Patrick  J.  McNamara,  David  M.  Rihan.  Paul  M.  Waddell 

Political  Science:  Edward  Chaszar,  Raymond  L.  Lee.  Robert  Morris. 
Dorothy  \.  Palmer,  Ben  V  Smith 

Professional  Laboratory  Experiences:  Lois  C.  Blair 

Professional  Studies  in  r'ducation/Elementary  Education:  Alberta  R. 
Dorsey,  Ralph  M.  Glott,  P.D.  Lott,  Donald  McFeely,  Edward  It.  Mott, 
James  B.  Reillyjoseph  S.  Rizzo,  Edwina  B.  Vold,Joann  Walthour 

Psychology:  Richard  D.  Magee,  Can.  W.  R.  Patton.  Alexander  R_  Rich 

Safety  Sciences:  Robert  E.  McClay,Jr.,  Nicholas  N.  Paealo 

Sociology  Anthropology:  Bett)  B.  Lanham 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages:  Cnu  \L  Mendi/.abal 

Special  Education:  Marie  I.  Balm.  William  B.  Balm.  Jem  B.  Fiddler. 
Morton  M.  Morris.  Eugene  F.  S<  anion.  Esther  M.  Shane 

Student  Personnel:  James  W.  Laughlin 

Theater:  Donald  G.  Eisen,  Patricia  L.  Lommodc 

Inivcrsin  School:  Clarahel  J.  Davis  (Music).  Lida  M.  Fleming.  Dorothy  I. 
1  ingenfelter,  Lillian  G.  Martin 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRAO  1999-2000 


DIRECTORY 


The  Faculty 


A 


B 


Robert  J.  Ackerman.  l'li.D.,  Western  Michigan  University 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  Sociology 
Frederick  A.  Adkins,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Ibrahim  J.  Affaneh.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Ali-Asghar  Aghbar,  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University 

Professor,  English 
Francisco  E.  Alarcon,  Ph.D.,  University  oflowa 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Mohamed  H.  Albohali,  Ph.D..  Kansas  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Abbas  J.  Ah,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Management 
Ronald  D.  Ah,  M.F.A.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Robert  K.  Alico,  Ph.D..  St.  Bonaventure  University- 
Professor,  Biology 
Lynne  B.  Alvine,  Ed.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Professor,  English 
William  D.  Ames,  L.L.M. (Taxation),  University  of  San  Diego 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Carohne  I.  Anderson.  D.A.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Fred  P.  Anderson,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Management 
Kim  L.  Anderson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Allan  T.  Andrew,  Ph.D.,  Utah  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Maali  H.  AshamaUa.'Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Neil  J.  Asting,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Professor,  Chemistry 
C.  Thomas  Ault,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Theater 
Dennis  Ausel,  Ed.D..  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
W.  Timothy  Austin.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Criminology 
Amadu  D.  Ayebo.  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska 

Assistant  Professor,  Biology 

Gawdat  G.  Bahgat.  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Political  Science 
Gary  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  History 
Janice  M.  Baker.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
John  C.  Baker.  M.A.,  Siena  Heights  College 

Assistant  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
John  D.  Baker.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Donald  A.  Balenovich,  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University- 
Assistant  Professor.  Mathemadcs 
Francis  L.  Ballas.  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Mia  M.  Barker.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor,  Food  and  Nutrition 
William  F.  Barker,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Sheila  B.  Barlow.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Mania  S.  Barrett,  Ph.D.,  Memphis  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
Kathy  Barton,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Madan  M.  Batra,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Marketing 
Madeline  P.  Bayles,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 


Charlene  P.  Bebko.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Marketing 
Jacqueline  A.  Beck.  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Robert  B.  Begg,  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 

Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Sherrill  J.  Begres.  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University- 
Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Raymond  W.  Beisel,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  University  School 
Holley  A.  Belch,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 
Margaret  W.  BeUak,  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Carole  B.  Bencich.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  English 
Joseph  W.  Bencloski,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
John  E.  Benhart,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Paul  Ben-Zvi,  M.F.A.,  University  oflowa 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Gail  I.  Berlin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  English 
Pearl  S.  Berman,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Charles  H.  Bertness,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Narayanaswamy  Bharathan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maine  at  Orono 

Assistant  Professor,  Biology 
George  R.  Bieger.  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University- 
Professor,  Chairperson,  Professional  Studies  in  Educadon 
GaryJ.  Bird,  D.M.,  Indiana  University 

Professor,  Music 
Christine  Black,  Ph.D., The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Healdi  and  Physical  Education 
LaurelJ.  Black,  Ph.D.,  Miami  University 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Barbara  S.  Blackledge,  M.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Theater 
William  A.  Blacksmith,  III,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Healdi  and  Physical  Education 
Elaine  H.  Blair,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Holly  R.  Boda,  M.F.A.,  Texas  Women's  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Theater 
Wayne  Bodle,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
P.  Parker  Boerner,  M.F.A..  Maryland  Institute  College  of  Art 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Robert  J.  Boldin,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Daniel  N.  Boone,  Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  School 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Lynn  A.  Botelho,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cambridge 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
AUiert  E.  Bouffard,  Ph.D.,  Duquesne  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Carroll  E.  Bouman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Martha  G.  Bower,  Ph.D..  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Professor,  English 
Fredalene  B.  Bowers,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Malcolm  E.  Bowes,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Associate  Professor,  Theater 
Faye  L.  Bradwick,  CPA,J.D.,  LL.M.  (Tax),  Syracuse  University  and 

Georgetown  University 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Maryanne  Brandenburg,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Associate  Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 
Ruiess  Van  Fossen  Bravo,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Chemistry 
Stephanie  M.  Brewer,  M.A.,  Indiana  University- 
Assistant  Professor,  Economics 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


DIRECTORY       21  J 


Lto»dW.Bri««oe,Ph.D.,UnivewityofPitBburgh 

Ass,,,  late  Profeuor,  Professional  Studies  In  Edui  anon 
Roam  I.,  Briscoe,  I'll. I)..  University  ol  Mi(  higan 

Ass,,,  iate  Profeuor,  Educational  and  Si  I I  Psyi  hology 

Peter  G.  Broad,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  Universit) 

prof  .,.,,„.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Kenneth  W.  Brode,  Ph.D.,  I  toiversity  ol  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  German 
John  Broughton  HI,  Ed  D.,Oklal a  State  I  mversit) 

Professor,  Mathematii  J 
AiuIicwC.I1ii.wi-.  Ph.D.,Virginia Commonwealth  I  ruversity,  Medical 

College  "I  Virginia 

Professor,  Biolog) 
Karen  L.  Drown.  M.L.S.,  North  <  larolina  I  !i  atral  I  niversit) 

Assisi.uii  Professor,  I  ibraries  and  Media  Resources 
Donald  W.  Buckwalter,  Ph.D.,1  Inivereity  ol  Te :ssee 

\ss,„i,,u  Professor, Geograph)  and  Reg .il  Planning 

Joaeph  A.  Bukartek,Jr.,  M.A..  Naval  Wai  ( lollege;  M.  V.  Webstei  I  toivi isitj 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Militar  s.  ieni  i 
Jennie  K.  Billiard.  I'll. I)..  I >ui|u. sik  Uuivcisits 

\ss,„  i.iir  I'ii, less,, i.  Industrial  .mil  Laboi  Relations 
Gerald  M.  Buriok,  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  I  niversity 

Professor,  ( ihairpi  rson,  Mathematics 
Daniel  A.  Burkett,  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Louise  B.Burky,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Management  Information  Systems 

and  I'ri  ision  Sciences 
Sandra  I.,  Burwell.  M.Ed., The  Pennsylvania  State  Unhrersitj 

\ss,„  iate  Professor,  \n 
John  F.  Busnvicki.  M.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Gary  L  Butcrbaugh.  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Pittsburgh 

Ass,,,  iate  Professor,  ( Ihairperson,  Computer  Science 
William  B.  Butler.  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Biology 
James  F.  Byers,  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

Janus  M.  Cahalan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Professor,  English 
Carol  L.  Caraway.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religions  Studies 
Patrick  A.  Carone.  I'li.l)..  Duke  University 

Professor,  International  Student  Advisor,  International  Services 
Canny  G.  Carranaa,  Kill).  Grambling  State  1  (niversity 

Ass,,,  i.ite  Professor,  Director/Chairperson,  Learning  Center 
Josi-  M.  <  ..iii.in/a.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
A.  Keith  darrein),  Ed.D..  Han  aid  University 

\ssisi.iut  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Wendy  K.  Carse.  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

\ss,„  i.ite  Professor.  English 
Charles  F.Casavant.  Ph.D..  State  University  ol  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  Musn 
Charles  I).  Cashdollar.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  History 
Vincc  Celtnieks.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  Univei  sit) 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Phvsic.il  Education 
Karen  R.  Cereone.  Ph.D.,  University  oI'Michigan 

Professor,  Geoscience 
Mary  Ann  Cessna.  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition:  Director,  Teaching  Excellence  Center 
Miriam  S.  Chaiken.  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

Professor.  Anthropology 
David  D.  Chambers.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Illinois 

Associate  Professor,  Political  Science 
Deanna  B.  K.  Chang.  Ph.D..  University  of  Hawaii  at  Manna 

Vssistani  Professor,  s,„  iologj 
Carl  C.  Chen.  Ph.D..  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Protessor.  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

s, leures 


si. i ii I,  v  i  in  p.oiis  D.M.  \  .  ■  niversit)  ,,i  Rocheatei  Eastman  Si  hool  ol 

Musn 

Ass,,,  i. in  Professor,  Mutii 

Sling-Cay  <  how    I'll  III  nmisity  ol  M.ih.im.i 

Assistanl  Profi     oi   I 
Kit-hard  A.  Ciganko.  Ed.D.,  Illinois  State  I  triversitj 

Assist. ml  Profl  ssor.  All 

Frank  J.  Cigneiti.  M.Ed  .  Indiana  I  niversit)  ol  Pi  nnayrvania 

Professor,  Vssistant  to  thi  Directoi  Head  Football  Coach,  Intercollegiate 

Vthl 
Garry  J.  Cislurwaki,  Ph.D.,1  niversity  of  Oklahoma  Health  Si  iem  c  Outer 

Vssoi  Lab  Profi  ssoi  Bii 
Joseph  C.Clark.  Ph.D.,  Stanford  I  niversity 

Assi  ■ 

Lawrence  N. Clans. J.D.,  Universit)  ,,!  Pittsburgh 

\ss,,i  iate  Professor,  <  Iriminolog) 
Vaughn  H.Clay,  Ed.D.,  I  niversit)  ol  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  <  Ihairperson,  An 
Bemadette  Cole-Slaughter,  Ph.D  .  Purdui  I  niversity 

\ss,„  iate  Profi  ssor,  Professional  Studies  in  Edui  a i 

Susan  M.  Comfort.  Ph.D..  I  niversity  ol  Texas 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Francis  |.(  ondino.  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  I  niversity 

Ass,,,  iate  Professor,  Director, Intercollegiati  Athletics 
W.Thomas  ConeUy,  Ph.D..  University  of  California-Santa  liarhara 

Associate  Professor,  Anthropology 
Carol  E.  Council.  M.L.S.,  I  niversit)  of  Pittsb 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Reso 

Frank  Corbett.  Ed.D..  Temple  I  niversity 

\ss ite  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Edui  anon 

Carmine  J.  Corta7.7.o,Jr..  M.S..  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  1  lealth  and  Physical  Education 
John  A.  Cross.  Ph.D..  I  nivctsitv  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  i  lomputet  Si  iem  i 
John  W.  Cross.  M.A..  I  Iniversit)  of  Massai  husetts 

Associate  Professor.  Economics 
Thomas  K.  Crumm.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Massai  husetts 

I'm, lessor.  Chemistry 
Concetta  C.  Culliver.  D.Ed.,  Universit)  ol  Alabama 

Ass,  ,i  iate  Professor,  <  Iriminology 
Thomas  P.  Cunningham.  MS..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Techni 

Associate  Professor,  C puter  Science 

Susan  S.  Dahlheimer.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

\ss,,i  iate  Professor,  food  and  Nutrition 
Victoria  B.  Damiani.  Ed.D..  ( lollege  of  William  and  Mary 

Vssistani  Profi  ssor,  Kxlueation.il  and  Si  hool  Psychology 
ClaireJ.  Dandeneau.  Ph.D..  Purdue  University 

Assistant  Pn, less,, i.  (  '. ISelulg 

Karen  A.  Dandurand.  Ph.D..  University  ,>l  Massachusetts 

Ass,,,  iate  Pr ifessi 
Kreag  M.  Danvcrs.  M.S..  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Rosalyn  B.  Darling.  Ph.D..  University  of  Connecticut 

Assistanl  Profi  ssor,  So, 
Arlo  Dean  Davis.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Colorado 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Gary  J.  Dean.  Ph.D.,  The  ( Ibio  State  Universit) 

Associate  Professor,  Vdult  and  Community  Education 
James  C.  Dearing.  M.M..  I  'niversity  ,,!  \\  isconsin 

Vssistani  Professor,  Musi, 
David  A.  DeCoster.  Ed.D..  University  of  Florida 

Professor,  Student  Vfrairs  in  Higher  Education 
Anthony  G.  DeFurio.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Protessor.  Art 
Dagem  Dejene.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  Universit) 

Assistanl  Protessor.  Political  Science 
Laura  L.  Delbrugge.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  state  I  niversity 

Assistanl  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Lai 
Gail  L.  Dicicco.  Ph.D..  Universit)  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Christian  M.  Dickinson.  DMA..  Catholic  University  ol  America 

Assistant  Professor.  Music 
William  E.  Dietrich.  Jr..  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  Biology 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


DIRECTORY 


John  L.  Dietz.  D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor,  Music 
Richard  A.  DiStanislao.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Registrar,  Office  of  the  Registrar 
Michelle  D.  Doas.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Joseph  W.  Domaracki.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
H.  Edward  Donley.  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Jeannine  L.  Donna,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  English 
David  E.  Doverspike.J.D..  Ed.D..  University  of  Akron 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
David  B.  Downing,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  English 
Rita  G.  Drapkin.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Assistant  Director  and  Director  of  Training  and 

Counseling  Psychologist,  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Victor  S.  Drescher.  D.M.L..  Middleburv  College 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Susan  S.  Drummond.  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Rebecca  A.  Dubovsky.  M.A..  Clarion  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Kurt  P.  Dudt.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Communications  Media;  Interim  Chairperson, 

Foundations  of  Education 
Catherine  M.  Dugan,  D.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  Director,  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Karen  Duhala.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Diane  L.  Duntley,  Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor.  Director,  Academic  Information  Systems 
James  A.  Dyal.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Economics 


C     Robert  E.  Early.  M.A..  Indiana  University 
Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 


F 


Alan  D.  Eastman.  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Roberta  M.  Eddy.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Kevin  E.  Eisensmith,  D.M.A..  Temple  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Wendy  L.  Elcesser.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
John  R.  EUerbach,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Assistant  Professor.  Journalism 
Deborah  A.  Ellermeyer,  D.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  University  School 
Joan  B.  Elliott,  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Ronald  R.  Emerick.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  English 
Steven  C.  Ender,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
Mary  C.  Enderson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor,  Madiematics 
John  M.  Engler.  D.P.H..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 

Thomas  W.  Falcone,  D.B.A..  Kent  State  University 

Professor,  Management 
Lawrence  M.  Feldman.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Beatrice  S.  Fennimore.  D.Ed.,  Columbia  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Lon  H.  Ferguson,  D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Safety  Sciences 
Vincent  J.  Ferrara.  Ph.D..  Fordham  University 

Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Diane  R.  Ferrell,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Gary  M.  Ferrence.  Ed.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor,  Biology- 


Trenton  R.  Ferro.  Ed.D..  Northern  Illinois  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Adult  and  Community  Education 
William  F.  Flack,Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Clark  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
David  A.  Foltz,  Ph.D..  University  of  Arizona 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Janet  H.  Fontaine,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii 

Associate  Professor,  Counseling 
William  R.  Forbes,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Professor,  Biology 
John  C.  Ford,  Ph.D.,  Northeastern  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
Sandra  L.  Ford  Grove,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  University  School 
Douglas  H.  Frank,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
W.  Larry  Freeman,  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

Professor,  Physics 
Donald  P.  Fritz,  Jr..  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Edwin  J.  Fry,  M.M.,  DePaul  University 

Associate  Professor,  Music 

|    Norman  W.  Gaggini,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Physics 
Victor  Q.  Garcia,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Santa  Barbara 

Associate  Professor,  Anthropology 
Rajendar  K.  Garg,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor,  Marketing 
Susan  I.  Gatti,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Robert  L.  Gaylor,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Jerry  G.  Gebhard,  Ed.D..  Columbia  University 

Professor,  English;  American  Language  Institute 
Robert  P.  Gendron,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Gail  J.  Gerlach,  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Michele  A.  Gerwick,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Healdi 
Mohamed  E.  Ghobashy.  Ph.D..  Hochschule  filer  Wethandel:  C.P.A. 

Professor,  Accounting 
John  J.  Gibbs,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Professor,  Criminology 
Manton  C.  Gibbs,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Management 
James  E.  Gibson,  Ph.D..  Temple  University 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Rosemary  L.  Gido,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology 
Dennis  M.  Giever.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Interim  Chairperson,  Criminology 
Andrew  W.  Cillham.  M.F.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Jayne  R.  Giniewicz.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
James  M.  Glenn,  M.L.S.,  State  University  of'New  York  at  Albany 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Eileen  J.  Glisan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Susan  Glor-Sheib,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Irving  Godt,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professor,  Music 
Janet  E.  Goebel,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

Professor,  English;  Director,  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 
CathleenJ.  Golden.  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri 

Assistant  Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 
Edward  W.  Gondolf,  Ed.D.,  Boston  University 

Professor,  Sociology 
Beverly  J.  Goodwin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Psychology 
Philip  B.  Gordon,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


DIRECTORY       219 


|acqueline  I    < "•'.■  Ph.D.,  Indians  I  nivt  -  lit] 

i  .11.  Professor,  Mathe 

Bnwkc  Y.<...mt  M,  \    I  niversit)  ol  Pittsburgh 

Ass...  i,ii.  Professor,  Soi  iolog) 
|ohn  G.  Grassinger,  M.L.S,  I  niversit)  "I  Pittsburgh 

It)   Vsi at< 

Cassandra  C.  Green,  \i  V., Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Edui  ational  Counselor,  Learning  (  entei 
Ralph  F. Grove,  Ph.D.,  Universit)  "I  I. sville 

Assistant  Profi  ssor,  I  iotnputei  Si  ieni  e 
David  E.Grover,  Ph.D.,  I  niversit)  "I  Kentuck) 

Prol   ■  Psyi  hology 

LorraineJ,  Guth  Ph.D.,  Indiana  Universit) 

Assistant  Profi  ssoi  I  loun  11  ling 

|_i    Richard  V.  Halapin,  Ph.D.,  1  niversit)  ofPittsburgh 

n  \,„,  i.ii,  Profi  »sor,  Mi genienl  Information  S\ sinus  .mil  Dei  is 

S,   It  III  IS 

Frank  W,  Hall  II.  Ph.D.,  Universit)  ..l  Montana 

Professor,  <  leoscient  e 
Linda  M.Hall,  D.Ed.,  Indiana  i  niversit)  ol  Pennsylvania 

Vssociau  Professor,  Studi  nl  affairs  in  Higher  Education 
Jania  M.  Handler,  M.S.,  Indiana  I  niversit) 

Instructor,  <  lommunications  Media 
Kathleen  J.  Hawaiian,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  University  ol  New  Jerse) 

Professor,  <  Iriminolog) 
John  E.  Hanson,  Ph.D.,  1  niversit)  ofl don 

Assistant  Professor,  \n 
Roy  \V.  Harding.  Ph.D., California  Institute-  ol  Technology 

Professor,  <  ihemistrj 
Rebecca  L.Hartman.  Ed.D  ,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Urriversit) 

Vssisl Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health;  Coordinator,  Allied 

Health  Professions 
Melissa  It.  Hayden.  Ph.D.,  1  niversit)  ol  I  tregon 

...  Professor,  Spei  ial  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Malcolm  R.  Hayward  III.  Ph.D.,Tulane  Universit) 

Professor,  E  nglish 
Nancy  M.  Hayward,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Judith  M.  Hechtman,  Ed.D.,  I  oivi  rsit)  ..1  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  I  [niversit)  Scl I 

I).  Vlex  Hechert,  Ph.D.,  I  niversit)  oflowa 

ite  Professor,  Soi  iolog) 
Janice  L.  Heckroth,  I  d.D  .  I  niversity  of  South  Dakota 

Assoi  iate  Professor,  I  luman  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Dunn  YY.  Hedman,  M.F.A.,  Washington  State  I  niversity 

Professor,  Vrt 
Patricia  1.  Heilman,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  Journalism 

Virginia  Hemby,  Ph.D.,  I  niversit)  of  Southern  Mississippi 

Assistant  Professor,  Technology  Support  .mil  Training 
Anita  C.  Henry.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Professor,  French 
Herlinda  Hernandez.  M.A.,  I  niversit)  of  the  Americas  (Mexico) 

Vssociate  Professor,  Spanish  and  I  llassit  al  1  anguages 
Kenneth  K.  Hershman,  Ph.D.,  Purdue  Universit) 

Professor,  Physics 
Robert  D.  Hinrichsen,  Ph.D..  Indiana  Universit) 

Assistant  Professor,  Biolog) 
Mary  Jane  Kufiher  llirt.  Ph.D.,  University  ut  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Political  Science 
Robert  H.Hoellein,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  Universit) 

Professor,  Edu<  ational  and  School  Psyt  holog) 
Carolyn  B.  Hoffman,  Ph.D..  I  niversity  ofPittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Tawny  Holm.  Ph.D., Johns  Hopkins  University 

Vssistanl  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Janice  L.  Holmes.  Ph.D.,  I  niversity  ofPittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Harvey  S.  Holtz,  Ph.D., City  I  niversit)  of  New  York 

Professor,  Sot  iolog) 
James  D.  Hooks,  Ph.D.,  \  niversity  ol  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  I  ibrariesand  Media  Resources 
Steven  A.  Hovan,  Ph.D..  University  ol  Michigan 

Vssociate  Plot,  ssor.  ticoscieiK  e 


K 


Marilyn  S.  Howe.  Ph.D    i  nivt  ism  ..l  Pittsburgh 

As   .  II    I   nivt  rsilv  St  ho., I 

Paul  I  .  Hrabovsky,  \l  Ed  .  Indians  I  nivt  rsit)  "l  Pennsylvania 

Assist. mi  Profi  isor,  Math  Sp list  I 

Barbara  II.  Hudson    Pit  hi  loward  I 

Professor,  English 
Suzanne  H.  Hudson,  Ph.D    Marquettt  Universit) 

Professor,  English 
Vrthui  <  .  Ilnlsi.  Ph.D.,  Yrizona  Stab  I  nivt  rsit) 

Professor,  Biology 
Jan  G.  Humphreys,  Ph  'olylechnu  Institutt  and 

I  nivt  rsit) 

Profi  ssor,  Biolog) 
Herbert  M.  Hunter,  i'h  D.,  Boston  1  University 

Ass in  Professor,  Chairperson  (I  ohjgy 

C.  Mark  Hurlbert,  D.A.,  State  I  niversit)  ofNevi  YorkatAlbam 

Professor,  English 
Laureen  C.  Hurt.  Ph.D..  Indiana  I  niversit) 

Assistant  Professor,  I 
Syed  N.  Ilyder.  M.Tax., Georgia  state  Univt 

Assistant  Professor,  Ao  ounting 

Barbara  A.  fllig-Aviles,  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Vssistanl  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

MarthaJ.Jack.  M.S..  huh I  niversit)  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Bi 
Kent  R. Jackson.  Ph.D..  Universit)  ol  Kansas 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education 
Steven  I. Jackson.  Ph.D.,  I  nivt  rsit)  "I  Mit  higan 

Vssot  iate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Pohtical  Science 
Mary  R.Jalongo.  Ph.D..  I  niversit)  ol  Toledo 

Universit)  Professot  and  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Sandra  L.Janicki.  M.A..  Universit)  ofPittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Yao (Rosa) N.Jen,  M.S..  Florida  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Res 
Melvin  A. Jenkins.  M.  \..  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Educational  Counselor,  Learning  (enter 
Randy  L.Jesick,  M.S.J.,  West  Virginia  I  niversity 

Assistant  Professor,Journalism 
Crawford  YY. Johnson.  M.A..  Atlanta  University 

Associate  Professor,  I  ollege  of  Humanities  and  S,  ,ual  Sciences 
Rita  M.Johnson.  Ph.D..  Tin  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Food  and  Nutrition 
Sue  F.Johnson.  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University 

Assistant  Profess,, i.  English 
Brian  R.Jones.  M.F.A.,  Universit)  "I  Florida 

Assistant  Professor,  Theatet 
Foster  T.Jones.  Ph.D..  Indiana  Universit) 

Professor,  French 
Anthony  J.Joseph,  Ph.D..  University  ol  the  West  Indies 

\ss,„  iate  Professor,  Sal,  t)  V  iences 
Frederick  A.  Joseph.  M.Ed.,  knit  State  1  niversity 

Associate  Professor,  Director,  Financial  Aid 
Jerrv  A.Joseph.  M.I  LA.,  University  ol  Pittsburgh 

Ass,, eiate  Professor,  Accounting 
Myrtle  M. Joseph.  M.L.S.,  Catholic  Universit)  "I  America 

Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
JamesJ.Jozcfowncz.  HA.  Maris!  College 

Assistant  Pi. .less.. i.  lion., lilies 

Larry  A.  Judge,  B.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  Coordinator,  Marketing,  Promotion,  and  Radio  Network 

Ronald  A. Juliette.  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 
Professor.  Communications  Media 

Kriysitof  Kaniasty,  Ph.D.,  I  niversit)  of  Louisville 

Professor,  Psychology 
Charles  M.  kanyarusoke.  Ph.D.,  Universit)  of  Pittsburgh 

\ss,.,  iate  Professor,  ( lommunications  Media 
Nicholas  karatjas.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook 

Professor.  Chairperson,  Economics 
Majid  Karimi,  Ph.D..  University  of  Oklahoma 

Assistant  Ptofess,.i.  Physics 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


DIRECTORY 


Irvin  C.  Kauflman.  Assistant  Principal  Cello,  Pittsburgh  Symphony 

Orchestra 

Associate  Professor.  Music- 
Cathy  C.  Kaufman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Christine  W.  Kesner.  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Professor,  I  luman  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Michael  H.  Kesner.  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor,  Biology 
Maurice  A.  Kilwein-Guevara.  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin  at  Milwaukee 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Elizabeth  A.  Kincade,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Coordinator  of  Groups  and  Outreach  and 

Counseling  Psychologist,  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Robert  L.  King,  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Robert  J.  Kirbyjr..  M.S.L.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Diane  H.  Klein.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Germain  P.  Kline.  M.B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Linda  R.  Klingaman,  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Blaine  E.  Knupp.  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Jaeju  Ko.  Ph.D..  Nordieastern  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Anne  E.  Kondo.  Ph.D..  University  of  Western  Ontario 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Paul  I.  Kornfeld,  Ed.D..  Illinois  State  University 

Ass.  mate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Barbara  A.  Kraszewski.  M.A.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Krish  S.  Krishnan.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Marketing 
Laurence  D.  Kruckman.  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Professor,  Anthropology 
Joseph  S.  Krupnik.  M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Sherrill  A.  Kuckuck,  D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Director,  Student  Development  Programs 
John  W.  Kuehn,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Colorado 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  Music 
Lawrence  Kupchella,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Barbara  N.  Kupetz.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Jodell  L.  Kuzneski,  M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Nursing  and  Allied  Healdi 

I      Nadene  A.  L'Amoreau,  M.A.,  Edinboro  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Counseling 
Amy  L.  Labant,  M.S.N..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Richard  J.  Lamberski,  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Communications  Media 
Dale  E.  Landon,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  History 
David  J.  Laporte.  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
John  W.  Lamer.  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor,  History 
Lynda  L.  LaRoche.  M.F.A.  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Walter  R.  Laude.  M.A..  Scarritt  College 

Associate  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Mary  Beth  Leidman-Golub,  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers, 

Vanderbilt  University 

Professor,  Communications  Media 
Edward  M.  Levinson.  Ed.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

Professor.  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Tian-Min  Lin.  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 


C.  T.  Lindh,  M.S.,  Duquesne  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Alicia  V.  Linzey,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Sally  A.  Lipsky,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Reading/Study  Skills  Specialist,  Learning  Center 
Renee  P.  Liscinsky,  Doctorat  du  Illme  cycle,  Universite  de  Besancon 

(France) 

Professor,  Chairperson,  French 
Karl  B.  Lloyd,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Robert  I.  Lloyd,  D.M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor,  Music 
George  R.  Long,  Ph.D.,  Utah  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
Thomas  R.  Lord,  Ed.D..  Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Professor,  Biology 
A.  I  Mint  Lucas,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Joanne  Y.  Luchsinger,  M.M.,  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Carl  S.  Luciano,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Ronald  Lunardini,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 
Dasen  Luo,  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
David  M.  Lynch,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Sandra  Joyce  Lynn,  M.S.,  Auburn  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 

Charles  R.  Maderer,  M.A.T.,  Brown  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Marjorie  A.  Mambo,  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University 

Associate  Professor,  University  School 
Sarah  J.  Mantel,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Music 
Irwin  Murray  Marcus,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Professor,  History 
Barbara  W.  Marquette,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
John  L.  Marsden,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Laura  E.  Marshak,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Lincoln  H.  Marshall,  Ph.D.,  American  University 

Associate  Professor,  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Arthur  H.  Martel,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor,  Economics 
Randy  L.  Martin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

Professor,  Criminology 
Lea  Masiello,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Professor,  English 
Frances  Ann  Massey,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Mathematics 
John  K.  Matolyak,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Physics 
Donald  A.  McAndrew,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  English 
Melissa  L.  McBride,  D.M.A.,  Stanford  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
R.  Paul  McCauley,  Ph.D.,  Sam  Houston  State  University 

Professor,  Criminology 
Catherine  L.  McCIenahan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Gary  R.  McClosky.  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Donald  S.  McCIure,  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  English 
Susan  H.  McCIure,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Charles  J.  McCollester,  Ph.D.,  Louvain  College  (Belgium) 

Associate  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


DIRECTORY 


221 


Charlei  R.McCreary,  Ph.D.,  Northwes Universit) 

\  ii .11.  Professor,  French 

(..  Patrick  McCrearj  M  F.A  .  Maaon  Gross  School  ol  the  Am.  Rutgers, 

Mi,  State  Universit)  "I  New  Jersey 

Assistant  Professor,  Theatei 
Theresa  ft.  McDevitt,  Ph.D.,  Kent  Slate  I  Iniversit) 

Asmsi.imi  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Res 

Judith  ft.  McDonough,  Ph.D.,  kuburn  Universit) 

Assistant  Professor,  I  listorj 
Maureen  C.McHugh,  Ph.D.,  I  niversitj  ol  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Psychology 
Mark  E.  McNabb,  \l  V.,  Adams  State  Universit) 

Assistant  Professor,  ( Iriminology 
Donald  s.  McPherson,  Ph.D.,  1  im.iMiv  ol  Pittsburgh 

l  niverait)  Professot  and  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
William  C.  McPherson,  Ph.D.,  New  York  Universit) 

Professor,  Tei  hnology  Support  and  Training 
William  M.  Mcil.  Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Psyi  nologj 
Alida  V.  Merlo,  Ph.D.,  Pordham  I  inivt  rait) 

Ismu  iate  Professor, Criminology 
Mary  II.  Micro.  I'h. I)..  University  oi  Pittsburgh 

\ss,,«  i. ii,'  Professor,!  lomputet  Si  ieni  e 
Vincent  P.  Mikkelsen,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

\ss.«  i. ill  Pmlcssoi.  I'lul't'ssional  Studies  in  Education 
James  (..  Mill. Jr..  Ph.D.,  I  niversit)  ol  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Jeffrey  A.  Miller.  M.S.,  Tile  Pennsylvania  State  University 

A-.siM.il il  Prolcssoi.  ( :l unperson.  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 
John  A.  Mills.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
r, ok ssi. i.  Counseling  Psychologist, Counseling  and  Student 
Development  Centei 

Robert  E.  Millward.  Ed. D., The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Profess al  Studies  in  Education 

George  R.  Milts,  M.A..  I  niversity  of  Cincinnati 

\ssim  i. iii  Professor,  Spanish  and  t  Classical  Languages 
Brenda  M.  Mitchell.  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 

ksaistanl  Professor,  Vrt 
George  E.  Mitchell.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Virginia 

Professor,  Mathematit  a 
Joel  D.  Mlccko.  Ph.D.,  Catholii  I  niversit)  of  America 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Ahmed  A.  Moliamed.  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Mississippi 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Kolie  I..  Montgomery,  U.S..  Indiana  University 

Instructor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Sharon  B.  Montgomery.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ProfesaoY,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Archie  F.  Moore.  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Wayne  A.  Moore.  F.d.D..  Temple  University 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson.  Technology-  Support  and  Training 
Frederick  W.  Morgan.  Ph.D..  Southern  Methodist  University 

Professor,  Mathematit  s 
Stanford  G.  Mukasa.  Ph.D..  McGill  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Journalism 
Patrick  I).  Murphy.  Ph.D..  University  of  California 

Professor,  English 
Robert  J.  Mutchnick.  Ph.D..  Florida  State  University 

Professor,  Criminology 
David  L.  Myers.  M.A.,  Sfuppensburg  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  Criminolog) 
James  R.  Myers.  F.d.D ..  West  Virginia  University 

Ass,. i i.ni  Professor,  Mathematics 

^    Prasbamh  B.  Nagendra.  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Management 
Vtaollah  Nahouraii.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 
Anthony  J,  Nastase.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Biologj 
Nedra  K.  Nastase.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  ill  Education 
Francis  A.  Nee,  M.Ed.,  Universit)  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Director.  Intercollegiate  Athletics 


p 


Man  I  ■..  Nelson  |,lh    Indiana  I  Diversity  of  Pennsylvania 

'.'.:      or, Hun       Di  id  Environmental  Studk-  ■ 

Linda  Sbearei  Nelson  Ph.D..  i  nivi  ism  ol  Pittsburgh 

Pi  oh  taor,  Chairperson,  Hum  ntand  Finironnient.il 

Studies 

James  P.  Nestor,  D.A., <  amegie  Mellon  I  niversit) 
Prol i.  An 

Phillip  I).  Neusius.  Plel)  .  I   niverait)  ol  Missouri 

Assm  iate  Professor,  t  lhairperson,  Anthropology 
Sarah  W.  Neusius.  Ph.D..  Northwestern  I  in.-  ' 

I'm less,. i.  Anthropolog) 
< .  ■  ■  i  ■  C.  Newell.  Ml.l.  Indiana  1  niversity  ol  Pennsylvania 

InsiiiH  tor,  Spi '  ial  I  .1".  ■.|",i|  and 1  lini. 

Sandra  J.  Newell.  Ph.D..  I  'niversit)  ol  Toledo 

Professor,  Bio 
Linda  C.  Norris.  Ph.D..  I  Iniversity  ol  Pittsburgh 

\ss.,i  iate  Profi  hot,  English 
Thomas  C.  Nowak,  Ph.D.,  <  omelll  niversity 

Professor,  s 

Richard  C.  Nowell.  Fill) .  University  ol  Rochester 

Professor,  <  lhairperson,  Sp<  i  ial  Edui  ation  and  '  I 

Muhammad  Z.  Nuinan.  Ph.D..  College  ..I  William  am 

Ass.,,  iate  Pin less., I.  Ph\sli  s 

William  W.  Oblitcy.  Ph.D.,  Universit)  ol  Pittsburgh 

Assm  iate  Professor,  <  lomputi  i  - 
Gary  James  Olmstead.  DAI  A.  Cleveland  Institute  ol  Musi  '  ueWeeten 

Reserve  1  niversit) 

Professor,  Music 
Ludo  A.  op  de  Bccck.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Freni  h 
Christopher  R.  Orchard.  D.Phil.,  I  niversit)  "I  <  rxfbrd 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
John  N.  Orifc.  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  I  Iniversity 

Ass,,,  iate  Professor,  Management 
Stephen  W.  Osborne.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Management 

Gian  S.  Pagnucci.  Ph.D..  Universit)  ol  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Elizabeth  A.  Palmer.  Ph.D..  Duquesne  University 

Assistant  Pi,, less,, i.  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Susan  M.  Palmisano.  M.F.A..  I  niversity  ol  Cincinnati 

Assistant  Pi., less,,,.  Art 
Kevin  J.  Patrick.  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina 

Assistant  Professor,  t  ieography  and  Regional  Planning 
Raymond  P.  Pavloski.  Ph.D..  M.  M.isu  i  I  niversity 

Professor.  Psychology;  Dean's  \ss,„  iate,  <  ollege  ol  Natural  S 

and  Mathematics 
Terry  L.  Peard.  Ph.D..  Cornell  Universit) 

Professor.  Biology- 
Virginia  Perdue.  D.A..  Universit)  ol  Michigan 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Daniel  J.  Perlongo.  M.Mus.,  University  ol  Michigan 

Associate  Professor.  Music 
DaleC.  Peterson.  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State  University  ..I  New  Jersey 

Assistant  Professor.  Madiematics 
Russell  L.  Peterson.  Ph.D..  Howard  University 

Associate  Professor.  Biology- 
Jerry  L.  Pickering.  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Professor.  Biology 
Elizabeth  M.  Pierce.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

Assm  iate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  I 

Sciences 
David  H.  Pistole.  Ph.D..  Indiana  State  University 

Professor.  Biology 
Karen  E.  Polansky.  M.S..  California  State  University-!  os  Angeles 

Assistant  Pi  ifess  al  Allied  Health 

Duane  M.  Ponko.  M.S..  Duquesne  University:  (    P.  \ 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Susan  G.  Poorman.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Nursing  and  Allied  Healdi 
Thomas  R.  Press!).  Ph.D..  Kent  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Accounting 
Keith  D.  Putirka.  Ph.D..  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Ceoscience 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE 


222       DIRECTORY 


R 


John  P.  Quirk,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 

George  M.  Radakovic,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Economics 
Judith  K.  Radell,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Willard  W.  Radell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Economics 
Catherine  Raeff,  Ph.D.,  Clark  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 
Bennett  A.  Rafoth,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  English 
Mary  Ann  Rafoth.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Carl  J.  Rahkonen,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Monsurur  Rahman,  D.B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
David  L.  Ramsey,  B.A.,  Washington  and  Jefferson  College 

Instructor,  Physics 
Gurmal  Rattan,  Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Phillip  P.  Ray,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Terry  T.  Ray.J.D..  Duquesne  University 

Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Karen  E.  Ready,  M.A..  Middlebury  College 

Associate  Professor,  German 
Clarice  K.  Reber.  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
James  C.  Reber,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Jack  C.  Reed,  M.S.,  University  of  Arizona 

Associate  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
William  L.  Rettig,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Virginia  E.  Reynolds,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Sociology 
Laura  H.  Rhodes,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Darlene  S.  Richardson,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Professor,  Chaiqierson,  Geoscience 
Joseph  L.  Ritchie,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director,  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Robert  H.  Kittle.  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Jose  E.  Rivera,  M.S.Ed.,  Old  Dominion  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Philip  E.  Rivers,  M.S.,  Central  Missouri  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Donald  J.  Robbins,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Richard  D.  Roberts,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Physics 
Donald  U.  Robertson,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Shari  A.  Robertson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education 
Allen  R.  Robinson,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Highway  Safety  Center 
David  L.  Rodgers,  M.S.,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Clarence  C.  Rodrigues,  Ph.D.,  Texas  A  8c  M  University 

Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Rosaly  D.  Rodman,  M.A.,  University  of  Hawaii 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Thomas  J.  Rogish,  M.Ed.,  Frostburg  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Athletics 
Beverly  J.  Rossiter,  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
David  E.  Rotigel,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Foundations  of  Education 


s 


Richard  D.  Rowell,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 
Robert  H.  Russell,  M.A.T.,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson, Journalism 
John  C.  Ryan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management 

Daniel  D.  Sadler,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
Mary  E.  Sadler,  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health;  Director,  Liberal 

Studies 
Stephen  K.  Sanderson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska 

Professor,  Chairperson  (Spring,  2000),  Sociology 
Nicolo  A.  Sartori,  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Lilia  P.  Savova,  Ph.D.,  Sofia  University  in  Bulgaria 

Associate  Professor,  English 
John  F.  Scandrett,  M.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson,  Music 
Joan  C.  Schmitt,  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Janet  M.  Scholz,  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Lisa  M.  Sciulli,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Yolanda  M.  Scott,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology 
Gail  S.  Sechrist,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University  and  A  &  M  College 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Robert  P.  Sechrist,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University  and  A  &  M  College 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Thomas  Sedwick,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Frederick  A.  Sehring,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Dean,  Armstrong  Campus 
Michael  T.  Sell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Constance  A.  Setdemyer,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Ronald  G.  Shafer,  Ph.D.,  Duquesne  University 

Professor,  English 
Varinder  M.  Sharma,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Texas 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Main  i  Y.  Shawer,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Teresa  C.  Shellenbarger,  D.N.S.,  Widener  University 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Jack  L.  Shepler,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Ruth  I.  Shirey,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Stephen  B.  Shiring,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Ada  H.  Shissler,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Los  Angeles 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Daniel  C.  Shively,  M.S.L.S.,  Drexel  University 

Associate  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Charles  J.  Shubra,Jr.,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Computer  Science 
Thomas  W.  Simmons,  Ph.D.,  Saint  John's  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Biology 
Edward  K.  Simpson,  M.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

Associate  Professor,  Theater 
Helen  C.  Sider,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
John  F.  Sitton,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Frederick  J.  Slack,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Thomas  J.  Slater,  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Mark  A.  Sloniger,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


DIRECTORY 


Alice  E.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education 

Howard  II.  Smilli, J.D.,  University  ol  Wisconsin 

Assist. mi  Professor,)  Iriminologj 
Jonathan  II.  Smith,  D.Ed., Temple  Unlversitj 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
R,  Roger  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Universit)  ol  k ti  U 

Associate  Professor,  <  lhairperson,  Spanish  and  <  classical  Languages 
Theresa  S.  Smith.  Ph.D.,  Boston  Univi  rsitj 

Ajsoi  i. iii  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Ronald  F.  Smits,  Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University 

Professor,  English 
<:.  But  Snyder,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Kay  A.  Snyder,  Ph.D.,  <  lornell  University 

Professor,  Sociology 
Stanley  J.  Sobolcwski,  Ph.D.,  State  University  ol  New  York  .it  Buffalo 

Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
James  A.  Solak,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Dei  ision 

Sciences 

Ramesh  G.  Soni,  Ph.D.,  Univcisin  of  Texas  at  Arlington 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Robert  1).  Soule,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Safety  Sciences:  Interim  Associate  I  )ean.  ( aillege  of  1  lealtl 

ami  Unman  Services 
Jonathan  N.  Southard,  Ph.D.,  Utah  State  I  Iniversity 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Sharon  Sowa,  Ph.D.,  Colorado  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry 
Joseph  B.  Spieker,  Ph.D..  Catholic  University  of  America 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
William  M.  Srsie,  M.Ed.,  Edinboro  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid:  Veteran 

Certifying  Officer 
John  E.  Stamp, Jr.  D.M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Music 
Laurie  N.  Stamp,  D.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
James  G.  Staples,  D.M.A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music-University  of 

Rochester 

Professor,  Music 
Jay  Start,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
John  H.  Sic,  tin. in  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Professor,  Mathematics 
David  W.  Stein.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Joanne  B.  Steiner,  Ph.D..  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Professor,  Chairperson.  Food  and  Nutrition 
Ronald  A.  Steiner.  M.S.L.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Margaret  M.  Stempien.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Catherine  R.  Stephenson,  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  University  School 
Rosalee  M.  Stilwell,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Lloyd  K.  Stires,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Robert  J.  Stonebraker.  Ph.D..  Princeton  Universit) 

Professor,  Economics 
Gary  S.  Stoudt.  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
Rebecca  A.  Stoudt,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 
J.  Cherie  Strachan.  M.A..  University  of  Akron 

Assistant  Professor.  Political  Science 
M.  Alayne  Sullivan.  Ph.D..  McGill  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Peter  M.  Sullivan.  Ph.D. .Johns  Hopkins  University 

Associate  Professor.  German 


Mario  Siissin.iiin    I'h  I)     I   111v1r.1t'.  of  Illinois 

Profeflfor,  I'svc  hology 
Connie  J.  Sutton.  \l  Ed    Indiana  I  in  versify  "I  Pennsyh/ani] 

ASSOC   l.ltC     I'lc.lc  SSOI     I 

Maty  K.  Swinker.  I'h  I) .  The  Ohio  Stab  i  i) 

Assoc  i.itc  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  studies 
Augusta  Syty.  Ph.D..  I  Inivenit)  "I  lennt 

Professor,  ( chemistry 

Linda  F.  S/.ul,  D.Ed..  I  niveisiu  ol  Pittsburgh 

Assoc  uti  Pi  oh  ssor,  Tec  hnolog)  Support  and  Training 

E    Vincent  P.Taiani,  I'h. I)  .  Stati  I  ruversity  ol  New  York  al  Rnfiaio 
Assoc  i.itc   Professor,  Marketing 
Devki  N.  Talwar.  Ph.D.,  Allahabad  I  mvcrsitv 

Professor,  Physics 
Dan  J.  Tannacito.  Ph.D..  I  niveisity  ol  (  In  gOD 
Professor,  English 

John  F.Taylor,  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Missouri 

I'n  ifessor,  Geoscience 
Stephanie  A.  Taylor-Davis.  I'h. I)..  I  In  Pi  nusvlvauia  State  I  Iniversity 

Assistant  Professor,  Pood  and  Niiliitiou 
Glen  M.  Tcllis.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  I  nivi  isitv 

Assistant  Professoi.  S|n  i  i.J  helm  atton  and  <  ilinil  al  St 
Carol  A.  Teti,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor,  Music 
Eugene  F.  Tbibadeau,  Ph.D.,  New  York  I  nivcrsitv 

Professor,  Foundations  of  Education 
John  C.  Thomas, Jr., J. D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Criminology 
Ronald  W.  Thomas,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 
Carolyn  A.  Thompson,  M.S..  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Diversity  Studies 
Richard  E.  Thorell.  M.A.,  University  of  Rochester 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Gordon  F.  Thornton,  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  I  Iniversity 

Professor,  Psychology 
Sally  W.  Thornton,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Monte  G.Tidwell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Gwendolyn  B.  Torges-Hoffman.  M.A..  University  ol  Arizona 

Assistant  Professor,  Political  Science 
Ronald  L.  Trenney.  M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Martha  A.  Troxell.J.D..  L.L.M.  (Taxation).  Temple  Universit) 

Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Lawrence  J.  Turton.  Ph.D..  University  of  Kansas 

Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Marie  E.  Twal.  D.P.H.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Mark  G.  Twiest,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Meghan  M.  Twiest,  Ed.D..  University  of  Georgia 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


DIRECTORY 


v 


Thomas  L.  VanDyke,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

Associate  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Pothen  Varughese,  Ph.D..  Kent  State  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Michael  W.  Vella.  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Davis 

Professor.  English 
Frank  A.  Viggiano,  Jr..  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Judith  H.  Villa.  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Mexico 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Patricia  E.  Villalobos.  M.F.A..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Dorothy  C.  Vogel,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professor,  History 
Larry  A.  Void,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Michele  D.  Wagner,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Bernadette  L.  Walz,  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
George  B.  Wall,  Ph.D..  Lehigh  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Xi  Wang.  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Associate  Professor,  History 
Elaine  A.  Ware.  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University- 
Assistant  Professor,  English 
Louise  C.  Waszak,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Veronica  M.  Watson.  Ph.D..  Rice  University 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Dey  W.  Watts.  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
.Mama  R.  Watts,  M.S.,  Villanova  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Ronald  M.  Weiers,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Marketing 
Christopher  L.  Weiland,  M.F.A.,  Rochester  Institute  of  Technology 

Professor,  Art 
Kim  Weiner.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson,  Counseling  and  Student  Development 

Center 
James  E.  Welker,  M.B.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Susan  Welsh.  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Annie-Laurie  Wheat.  M.F.A.,  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor,  Theater 
Susan  E.  Wheatley,  Ph.D.,  University  of  'Michigan 

Professor,  Music 
Roxann  Wheeler,  M.S.C.,  University  of  Edinboro 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Tamara  L.  Whited,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Berkeley 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Dennis  W.  Whitson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Physics 
Kiistim  Wibowo,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Vythilingam  Wijekumar,  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Physics 
Carolyn  J.  Wilkie,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Educational  Development  Specialist,  Learning  Center 
Kelly  L.  Wilkinson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 

Assistant  Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 
Matthew  S.  Willen.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Michael  M.  Williamson,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  English 
Michael  T.  Williamson,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Gwendolyn  Willis,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 


B.  Gail  Wilson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Lorraine  P.  Wilson,  D.A.,  Ball  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Nanci  K.  Wilson.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor,  Criminology 
T.  Kenneth  Wilson,  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Ray  L.  Winstead,  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Stacey  C.  Winstead,  M.A.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Educational  Counselor/Assistant  Director,  Learning 

Center 
Joette  M.  Wisnieski,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Robert  I.  Witchel,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Counseling 
Ronald  J.  Woan,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
James  L.  Wolfe,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Julie  A.  Wolin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Biology 
John  T.  Wood,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Dawn  E.  Woodland,  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 
John  C.  Woolcock,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Riverside 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Jason  W.  Worzbyt,  M.M.,  University  of  North  Texas 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
John  C.  Worzbyt,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Professor,  Counseling 
Dieter  Wulfhorst,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Maryland 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 

V    Wenfan  Yan.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Stanley  J.  Yerep,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania,  C.P.A. 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Kwasi  Yirenkyi,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Nancy  J.  Yost,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  University  School 
Caroll  M.  Young,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Keith  R.  Young,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Maryland 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 

7    Mary  L.  Zanich,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chaiqjerson,  Psychology 
Jun-Lue  (John)  Zhang,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Sherwood  E.  Zimmerman,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Professor,  Criminology 
Susan  T.  Zimny.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado 

Professor,  Psychology 
Phillip  J.  Zorich,  M.A.,  University  of  Oregon 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Nashat  Zuraikat,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


DIRECTORY       225 


The  following  programs  maintain  pennanenl  agreements  of  affiliation 
withlUPi 

Abington  Memorial  Hospital,  Uring 

Ah. .1  Hospital,  Altoona 

•  i  , naugh  Mi  morial  Medical  Center,  |ohnstown 

•  Klkinsl-.uk  Hospital,  Elkins  Park 

•  Lancastei  General  I  [ospital,  Lani  .ism 

•  Latrobc  Area  Hospital,  Latrobe 

•  Si  ranton  Medii  .il  Tei  hnolog)  ( lonsordum,  Si t* •  ■  ■ 

•  Si.  Vim  t-iii  Health  Center,  Erie 

•  University  ■>!  Hartford,  I  lartfbrd, Conni  i  di  ul 

Other  temporary  afiiliadons  are  negotiated  for  the  convenience  of  the 
student.  Professionals  .it  these  institutions  who  have  been  approved  to 
teach  select  IUP  courses) 


Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 


Medical  Technology 


William  J.  Antngnoli.  M.I).,  Jilli  rsun  Mt-rlii  ..I  <  lnllcgc 

Medical  Director,  Si  ranton  Medii  .il  Tei  hnology  ( lonsordum 

Karen  Barrett,  Ph.D.  |  \SCP) 

Program  Direi  tor,  School  of  Medical  Tei  I logy.  I  niversity  ..I 

Hartford 

George  II.  Barrows,  M.I). 

Miilii.il  Director,  School  of  Medic,  il  Technology,  University  i>l  Hartford 
Ronald  Iterardi.  M.I)..  Loyola  University  of  Chicago 

Medical  Director.  Si  I I  of  Medical  Technology,  Latrnlie  An  .1  I  lospital 

Mary  Gene  Butler,  M.T.(ASCP);  M.S.,  Marywood  College 

Program  Director,  Scranton  Medical  Technology  Consortium 
Patricia  A.  Chappell,  M.T.;  B.S.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Conemaugh  valley 

Memorial  Hospital 
Paul  J.  Cherney,  M.D..  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Medical  Director.  Medical  Technology  Program,  Abington  Memorial 

Hospital 
James  T.  F.astman  III.  Ml).  I  'niversity  ol  ( 'incinn.it  1  ( College  "I  Medicine 

M11  In  .il  Direi  tin.  Scliool  of  Medical  Technology,  Lancastei  General 

Hospital 
Nadine  E.  Gladfclicr.  M.S..  Temple  University 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Lancaster  General 

ll..sp,t.,l 
Sidney  Goldblatt,  M.D. 

Medical  Director.  I  . .in  in.iugh  Vallev  Hospital 
Phyllis  Gotkin.  I'll. I). .  M.T.(  ASCI') 

Program  Director,  ( ainical  Laboratory  Science  Program,  Elkins  Park 

I  lospital 
Joan  Grote,  M.A.,  M.T.(ASCP);  U.S..  St.  Francis  College 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Latrobe  Area 

I  lospital 
Stephen  M.Johnson,  M.T.(ASCP);  M.S..  The  Ohio  State  University 

Ptogtain  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology,  St.  Vincent  Health 

('enter 
Kenneth  II.  Jiirgcns.  Ml)..  Slate  University  of  New  York  at  Downstate 

Medical  Director.  School  of  Medical  Technology,  St.  Vincent  Health 

Center 

Tlielma  Kline.  M.T.(ASCP),  S.M.;  U.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  to  Program  Director.  Scliool  of  Medical  Technology-,  Latrobe 

Area  Hospital 
Joseph  R.  Noel.  U.S..  York  College 

Director.  Medical  Technology  Program,  Altoona  Hospital 
Richard  Rupkalvis.  Ml)..  Rush  Medical  College 

Medical  Advisor.  Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program.  Elkins  Park 

Hospital 
Barbara  Scheelje.  M.T.(ASCP);  B.S..  Colby  Sawyer  College 

Program  Director.  Medical  Technology  Program.  Abington  Memorial 

Hospital 
Eugene  Sneff.  M.D..  Hahnemann  Medical  College 

Director,  Department  of  Laboratory  Services,  Altoona  Hospital 


Elaine  M.  Markoi,  fLT.(N)  '    N.M.T.;  M.S.,  Ohio  University 
Program  Director,  Nucleai  Medicine  Institute,  The  I  1 

Hay.  lin.ll.iv.obio 


Respiratory  Therapy 


Jack  Albert.  R.K.'I.  C.P.I. I:  M.Ed  .  I  niversit)  of  Pittsburgh 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratot    I  m  Pennsylvania  Hospital 

GailW.Druga.  A.S.RPI    I     (    I    PI 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratory  Care,  Western  Pi  nnsylvania  Hospital 
Paul  Eiehler.  F.C.C.P.j  M.D.,  I  niversit)  ..I  Pin  i 

Medical  Dire)  tor,  Si  hool  ol  Respiratot  era  Pennsylvania 

I  lospital 
Jcffcry  Alan  Heck.  R.R.T:  M  s  .  I  nivi  nit)  ol  Pittsburgh  Medii  jI  '  cni<  1 

Instructor,  School  of  Respiratot    I  rn  P)  nnsylvania  Hospital 

Lisa  Renee  llersbelnian.  R.R.T.:  U.S..  Indiana  I  nivi  isit\  ol  Pennsylvania 

Respiratory'  Therapist.  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital 
Kathryn  (;.  Kinderman.  R.R.T..  C.P.F.T.;  Ms  .  I  niversit)  ol  Pittsburgh 
Richard  J.  Laurent.  R.R.T.:  B.S.,  University  ol  Pittsburgh 

I  n  Hirer,  St.  Francis  School  of  Res  p..  Pittsburgh 

William  J.  Malley.  R.R.T.  C.P.F.T.;  M.S..  I  niversit)  ol  Pittsburgh 

Dini  tor.  School  of  Respiratory  Care.  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital 
Catherine  L.  Myers.  R.R.T.:  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  state  I  Diversity 

Instructor.  School  ol  Respiratory  Care,  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital 
Robin  Nitkulincc.  R.R.T;  B.S.,  Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania 

Senior  Supervisor,  Department  of  Respiratory  ( lare,  '•' 

Pennsylvania  I  lospital 


N  D  I  A  N  A    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


226       INDEX 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,     1999-2000 


Index 


INDEX      227 


Academic  Affairs  Division,  41 

Academic  Good  Standing,  29 

Vcademic  I  lonors,  27 

\.  ademic  Integrity  Policy,  31 

\i  ademic  Policies,  24 

Academic  Policies,  College  of  Education,  55-58 

V  ademic  Policies,  Eberly  College  of  Business,  47 

Vcademic  Services  ( )ffice,  Eberly  College  of  Business,  47 

Vcademic  Standards  Policy,  29 

\.  ademic  V  relations  (See  Academic  Integrity  Policy),  31 

\i  counting  Department,  47 

Vccreditation,  t> 

Act  101  Program,  22 

Vctivity  Fee.  Student.  14 

Administrative  Division.  7 
Administrative  Officers,  21 1 

Admissions  and  Registration.  9 

Admissions  Policy,  I'ndergraduate.  9 

Adult  Advisement  Sen  ices.  12s 

Adult  and  Community  Education  Department,  59 

Advanced  Placement  Program,  24 

Ad\  ising  and   lesting  Center.  20 

Advisor)  Program,  25 

Affirmative  Action,  inside  front  cover 
\in.  .in  American  Cultural  Center, 23 
VUegheny  General  Hospital  Scholars  Program.  110 

Allud  I  U.iltli  Professions  Program,  S2.  83 

Alumni,  <> 


American  Language  Institute,  1 1 

Americans  with  Disabilities  Act,  inside  front  cover 

Anthropology  Department,  88 

Anticipated  Class  Absence  Policy,  26 

Application  Fee,  9 

Applied  Social  Research.  105.  106.  107 

Applied  Statistics  Minor,  120.  121 

Aquatic  Track.  Physical  Education  and  Sport.  77 

Aquatics  School,  76 

Archaeology  Track.  Anthropology,  ss 

Armstrong  Branch  Campus,  s 

Art  Department,  68 

Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  Business,  "'2 

Athletic  Training  Track.  Physical  Education  and  Sport.  77 

Athletic  Grants-in-Aid,  18 

Athletics,  20 

Attendance  Policy.  I'ndergraduate  Course,  2t> 

Audit  Fee.  12 

Audit  Policy.  27 

Bad  Check  Charge.  1 2 

Billing  and  Payments.  14 

Biochemistry  Program.  1 13 

Biology  Department.  1 1 1 

Board  of  Governors.  State  System  of  Higher  Education,  2 

Branch  Campus  Interim  Academic  Standards  Poll. 

Branch  Campuses,  8 

Buildings  and  Grounds.  6 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    199. 


228       INDEX 


c 


Business  Advisor)'  Council,  47 
Business  Associate  Degree  Program,  52 
Business,  Eberly  College  of,  46 
Business  Education,  51,  52 
Business  Minors,  53 

Calendar,  2 

Cancellation  Refund  Policy,  14 

Cancelled  Semester  Policy,  28 

Career  Exploration/Undecided  Majors,  21 

Career  Services,  21 

Centers  and  Institutes,  1UP,  7 

Certification  for  Teachers,  55-58 

Change  of  Major  Policies,  26 

Cheating  (See  Academic  Integrity  Policy),  31 

Chemistry  Department,  1 14 

Child  Development/Family  Relations  Major,  81 

Child  Study  Center,  58 

Chiropractic,  Pre-,  1 10,  121 

Class  Attendance,  26 

Classification  of  Students,  24 

Cocurricular  Activities,  23 

College  Board  Examinations,  9 

Communications  Media  Department,  59 

Community  Services  Program,  15 

Community  Services  Track,  Consumer  Services,  79,  80 

Computer  Science  Department,  1 15 

Computer  Software  Policy,  23 

Computing  Services,  6 

Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs,  128 

Consumer  Affairs  Major,  79 

Consumer  Services  Major,  80 

Continuing  Education,  School  of,  8,  10,  1 1,  127 

Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs,  128 

Credit  Programs,  127 

General  Studies  Associate  Degree,  127 

General  Studies  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree,  127 
Cooperative  Education,  25,  45 
Cooperative  Programs,  1 1 0 

Chiropractic,  110,122 

Dentistry,  122 

Engineering,  1 10,  122,  124 

Family  Medicine,  110,  111 

Forestry,  110,  111 

Marine  Science  Consortium,  110,  112 

Optometry,  110,  123 

Physical  Therapy,  1 23 

Podiatry,  110,  123 
Council  of  Trustees,  IUP,  2 
Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center,  21 
Counseling  Services,  21 
Course  Descriptions 

Accounting  (AG),  130 

Administrative  Services  (AD),  129 

Anthropology  (AN),  132 

Applied  Music  (AM),  132 

Art  Education  (AE),  129 

Art  History  (AH),  131 

Art  Studio  (AR).  134 

Biochemistry  (BC),  135 

Biology  (BI),  136 

Business  Education  (BE),  135 


Business  Law  (BL),  138 

Chemistry  (CH),  138 

Consumer  Services  (CS),  145 

Communications  Media  (CM),  140 

Computer  Science  (CO),  143 

Counselor  Education  (CE),  138 

Criminology  (CR),  144 

Critical  Languages  (CL),  140 

Distributive  Education  (DE),  146 

Early  Childhood  Education  (EE),  148 

Economics  (EC),  146 

Education  (ED),  148 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  (EX),  155 

Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  (EH),  149 

Educational  and  School  Psychology  (EP),  154 

Elementary  Education  (EL),  150 

English  (EN),  151 

Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education  (FC),  156 

Fashion  Merchandising  (FM),  158 

Finance  (Fl),  157 

Fine  Arts  (FA),  156 

Food  and  Nutrition  (FN),  159 

Foreign  Languages  (FL),  158 

Foundations  of  Education  (FE),  156 

French  (FR),  160 

Geography  (GE),  161 

Geoscience  (GS),  164 

German  (GM),  163 

Gerontology  (GN),  164 

Greek  (GK),  163 

Health  and  Physical  Education  (HP),  1 70 

History  (HI),  167 

Home  Economics  Education  (HE),  167 

Honors  College  (HC),  166 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management  (HR),  173 

Information  Management  (IM),  175 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  (LR),  179 

Interior  Design  (ID),  1 74 

International  Studies  (IS),  176 

Italian  (IT),  176 

Journalism  (JN),  1 76 

Latin  (LA),  178 

Learning  Center  (LC),  178 

Liberal  Studies  (LS),  179 

Library  (LB),  178 

Management  (MG),  182 

Marine  Science  (MI),  184 

Marketing  (MK),  185 

Mathematics  (MA),  179 

Medical  Technology  (MT),  186 

Military  Science  (MS),  185 

Music  History  (MH),  183 

Music  (MU),  186 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology  (NT),  188 

Nursing  (NU),  189 

Office  Systems  (OS),  190 

Pan-African  Studies  (AF),  130 

Philosophy  (PH),  192 

Physics  (PY),  194 

Political  Science  (PS),  193 

Psychology  (PC),  190 

Quantitative  Business  (QB),  196 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


INDEX      229 


Regional  Planning  (RP),  197 

Rehabilitation  (RH),  196 

Religious  Studies  (RS),  198 

Respiratory  Therapy  (RT),  199 

Safety  Sciences  (SA),  199 

Science  (SC),  201 

Social  Work  (SW),  207 

Sociology  (SO),  202 

Spanish  (SP),  20  I 

Speei  li  Pathology  and  Audiology  (SI  I),  202 

Study  Abroad  and  Comparitive  Literature  (FL),  158 

II (Ill),  207 

I  Iniversitywide  Courses  (I'N).  209 

Vocational  Education  (VO),  209 

Women's  Studies  (WS),  209 
( lourse  Repeal  Policy,  28 
( Iredit/Exemption  Examinations,  25 
Criminal  justice  Training  Center,  12.s 
( Iriminology  Department,  89 
i  riteria  Cov<  ming  Continuance  .il  II' I'.  2!) 
Critical  Language  Program,  87 
Culinary  Arts.  Departmenl  of,  74 

Damage  Fee,  14 
Dance  Minor,  72 
I  lean's  List,  27 
Degree  Fee,  14 

Degree  Requirements,  Completion  of,  40 
Degrees  Offered  at  [UP,  I  'ndergraduate,  4 
Delinquent  Accounts,  14 
Dentistry;  Pre-,  122 
Determining  GPA,  27 
D/F  Repeal  Policy,  28 
Dietetics  Major,  74 
Dining  Plan  Fee,  12, 13 
Dining  Sen  ices,  23 
Directory;  21 1 

Directory  Information,  Student  Rights,  23 
Disability  Support  Services,  20 
Dismissal,  29 

Driver  Education-Safe  Living  Certification,  76,  78 
Drop/Add.  24 

Dual  Certification,  57. 61, 62,  64,  66 
Duke  Cooperative  Program  in  Forestry  and  Environmental 
Studies.  110.  Ill 


I  in.  i  hi.  215 

Employmi  nt,  Studi  nt,  I  r< 

Engineering,  Pn  ,  1 10,  122,  124 

English  as  .i  Second  I  anguagi  MSI.)  Program,  I  I .  II 

English  Departmi  nt,  92 

English  I  anguagi  Programs  foi  Inti  mational  Studi  nts  and 

Visitors,  I  I    i" 
Environmental  Gi  ographi  >  IVacI   Geography  and  R 

Planning,  96 
Environmental  <  Seosi  iem 
Environmental  Hi  alth,  I 

Exai ii foi  I  i'  '"I  Fee,  i  I 

Exi  eptional  Persons  Major,  Edui  atiori 

I  m  Sciena   li.uk.  Physical  Education  and  Sport,  76 

I  •  i  hangi  I  Stud)  Abroad  Programs,  1 1 

Exei  nine  ( Officers,  Indiana  University  '■!  Pennsylvania, 2 
Exemption  Examinations,  -  i 
Experiential  Edui  ation  <  >ffi<  i ,  \r< 


t    Facilities  Fee.  12.  13 
Faculty,216 


C    Early  Admissions  Program,  9 


Early  Childhood  Education.  60.  61 

Earth  and  Space  Science  Education,  1 18 

Eberly  College  of  Business,  46 

Economic  Developer  Track.  Regional  Planning.  96. 97 

Economic  Geographer  Track,  Geography,  96, 97 

Economics  Department.  90 

Education,  College  of,  54 

Education  Majors,  Policies  for,  55-58 

Educational  and  School  Psychology  Department.  60 

Educational  Assistance  Program  (EAP).  Pennsylvania  National 

Guard,  18 
Educational  Services  Fee.  13 
Educational  Technology  Minor.  60 
Elementary  Education,  60 
Eligibility  and  Application  for  Graduation,  39 


G 


Family  and  Consume)  Sciences  Education,  81 
Family  Business,  Centei  for,  17 

Family  Medicine.  1  10.  I  I  I 

Fashion  Merchandising  \Ia|or,  80 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational  (  Ipportunity  Ciaul.  15 

Federal  Work-Study  Program,  15 

Fees,  12 

Final  Examination  Policies,  15 

1  in. mi  c  and  Legal  Studies  Department.  Is, 

Finance  Division.  7 

Finances.  12 

Financial  Aid.  I  4 

Financial  Aid.  Payment  of,  1  1 

Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  I'.  .Ik  \.  I  8 

Financial  Delinquency  Policy.  12 

Fine  Arts,  College  of,  67 

Food  and  Nutrition  Department.  71 

Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies  lor  Elementary  Education 

(FLISET),62 
Foreign  Study  Programs,  ^7 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  Cooperative  Program.  1 10.  1 1 1 
Foundations  of  Education  Department,  60 
French  Department.  94 
French  lor  Elementary  Education.  94 
Fresh  Start  Polio.  28 
Freshman  Applications,  9 
Freshman  Orientation.  22. 36 
Freshman  Year.  Academic  Life  during  the.  36 
Full-time  Student.  21 

General  Science  Education.  1  19 

General  Studies     Associate  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Sciem 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning  Department.  95 

Geology.  117.  lis 

Geoscience  Department.  1 17 

German  Department.  99 

Gerontology  Certificate  Program.  84 

G1S  and  Cartographer  Track.  Geography  and  Regional  Planning.  96. 97 

Government  and  Public  Service  Degree.  104 

Government  Contract  Assistance  Program.  48 

Gradi  Appeal  Policy,  30 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG.    1999-2000 


230     index 


H 


Grade  Change  Policy,  28 

Grade  Reports,  27 

Grades  and  Quality  Points,  27 

Grading  Policies,  27 

Graduation,  Eligibility  and  Application  for,  39 

Graduation  Honors,  27 

Graduation,  Requirements  for,  36 

Grants,  15 

Harrisburg  Internship  Semester  (T.H.I. S.),  45 

Health  and  Human  Services,  College  of,  73 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Department,  75 

Health  Insurance,  21 

Health  Services,  21 

Health  Services  Fee,  13, 14 

High  School  Students,  Visiting  Student  Program,  10 

Highway  Safety  Center,  78 

History  Department,  100 

History  of  die  University,  5 

Home  Economics  Education  (See  Family  and  Consumer  Sciences 

Education),  81 
Honors,  Academic,  27 
Honors  College,  Robert  E.  Cook,  41 
Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management,  78 
Housing,  21 
Housing  Fee,  13 

Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies,  79 
Human  Resources  Management  Major,  49 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  College  of,  86 

Immunization  Requirements,  1 1 

Inclement  Weather  Policy,  26 

Incomplete  Policy,  28 

Indiana,  the  County  and  the  Town,  6 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal  Policy,  29 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  Department,  82 

Installment  Payment  Charge,  14 

Institute  for  Research  and  Community  Service,  7 

Institutional  Advancement  Division,  7 

Institutional  Fees,  12 

Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts  Major,  67 

Interior  Design  Major,  81 

International  Business  Major,  50 

International  Affairs,  Office  of,  43 

International  Exchange  and  Study  Abroad  Program,  43 

International  Management,  School  of,  47 

International  Student  Exchange  Program,  44 

International  Student  Orientation  Fee,  13 

International  Student  Teaching  Opportunities,  45 

International  Studies,  Political  Science,  105 

International  Trade,  French,  94 

International  Trade,  German,  99 

International  Trade,  Spanish,  108 

Internship/Cooperative  Education,  25,  45,  87,  107,  1 1 1 

Intraniurals,  21 

Jefferson  Medical  College-IUP  Physician  Shortage  Area  Program,  1 1 1 
Journalism  Department,  101 
Judicial  System,  University,  23 


0 


P 


L  Grades  Policy,  28 

Languages  and  Systems  Track,  Computer  Science,  1 1 7 

Late  Registration  Fee,  13 

Learning  Center/Act  101,22 

Legal  Studies  Department,  Finance  and,  48 

Liberal  Studies,  37 

Library,  7,41 

Loans,  Educational,  15 

Major  Changes,  26 

Management  Department,  40 

Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 

Department,  50 
Management  Services  Group,  47 
Marine  Science  Consortium.  1 10,  1 12 
Marketing  Department,  51 
Mathematics  Department,  119 
Medical  Technology  Administrative  Fee,  13 
Medical  Technology  Major,  83 
Military  Science  Department,  42 
Military  Science  Fee,  13 
Music  Department,  70 

Nancy  Programs,  94 

National  Student  Exchange  Program.  45 

Nadonal  Student  Exchange  Program  Fee,  13 

Natural  Science,  121 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  College  of,  109 

Natural  Sciences— Cooperative  and  Preprofessional  Programs,  110 

Night  Exam  Policy,  35 

Non-Native  Students'  English  Requirements,  49 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Loads,  24 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology  Major,  84 

Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Department,  82 

Nutrition  Minor,  74,  75 

Off-Campus  Instructional  Fee,  13 
Off-Campus  Studies  Program,  128 
Office  Systems  Major,  51, 52 
Optometry.  Pre-,  110,123 
Organizations  and  Activities,  22 
Orientation,  22 
Out-of-State  Tuition,  12 

Pan-African  Studies  Minor,  87 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students  (PLLIS),  15 

Parking.  23 

Part-time  Study,  10,  128 

Pass-Fail  Policy,  27 

Pell  Grant,  Federal,  15 

Pennsylvania  National  Guard  Educational  Assistance  Program,  18 

Pennsylvania  State  Grant  (PHEAA),  15 

Perkins  Loan,  Federal,  15 

Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  Major,  Education  of,  65 

PHEAA  State  Work  Study.  15 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies  Department,  102 

Physical  Education  and  Sport,  75-78 

Physical  Therapy,  Pre-,  123 

Physics  Department,  1 23 

PLUS  Loan,  Federal,  15 

Podiatry,  Pre-,  110,123 

Political  Science  Department,  104 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


INDEX       231 


'ortfolio  Assessment  Fee,  I  I 

Portfolio  Evaluation,  25 

toil  Bai i  alaureate  Studies,  I  I.  128 

•if  Approval  foi  Transfei  Coursework,  '■'> 

'u  Law  Business,  48 

"re-Law  <  Iriminology,  90 

i ,   i  iv  I  i  onomics,  9 1 

're-Law  English,  92, 93 

'i,  i aw  l listory,  l(io 

're  Law  Philosophy,  102,  103 

n  Law  Pol il  Science,  104 

■resident's  Message,  3 

'i  mi. n\  ( lare  Partnership,  I  10 

'rimary  Care  Scholars  Program,  1 10 

'nui  Learning  \ssessmeni  Programs  and  Policy,  25 

'robation,  l'> 

Profess I  Certification  Application  Fee,  58 

'rofessional  Studies  in  Education  Department.  60 

Program  Changes,  10 

Provost's  Scholar,  27 

Psychological  Science  Minor.  12(i 

Payi  holog)  Department,  125 

Publications  (Student),  23 

Punxsutawne)  Branch  Campus,  8 

Pvniatiining  Laboratory  of  Ecology,  1 12 

Qualit)  Points,  27 

Read  mission  Policy,  1 1.  .'30 

defend  Policy,  14 

Regional  Planning  Department,  Geography  and,  95 

Registration  Fee.  13,  14 

Rehabilitation  Major.  65 

Religious  Studies  Major,  102,  103 

Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps,  42 

Residence  Hall  Application.  22 

Resilience  1  lall  Association.  22 

Residence  Hall  Fee,  13 

Residence  Life,  21 

Residency,  ln-Statc/Out-of-State,  1 2 

Residency  Requirement  for  Craduation,  10, 40 

Resilient  Assistants,  18 

Resources,  6 

Respirator)  ("are  Major,  83 

Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College.  41 

ROTC.  42 

ROTC  Scholarships,  IS.  42 


Safi  I)  Si  ii  in  is  Department.  85 

Schedule  Changes,  24 

Scholarships,  16,18 

Scholastii    Iptitudi    R   I  9 

Second  Baccalaureab  Degre<  Requirements,  1 1 

Secondan  s<  I It  ooperative  Edui  ation  Teacher/Coordinatoi 

Certificate,  r>'> 

Semester  CoUTSC  Syllabi,  I  mvi  rsilv  Poln  y  on,  2<i 

Semeslci  I  linn  and  <  Jiiiiulalivc  Quality-Point  Average  Rei|inn  DM 

Sexual  Harassment,  Policy,  insidj  front 
Small  Business  ln<  ubator,  Indiana  ( bounty,  17 

Small  Business  Institute,  47 

Sin  i.il  Si  u  in  e  l.iliii  at  ion/ Anthropology  Concentration,  89 

So.  i.i  I  Si  ii  in  (    I'd t  ion/ 1. 1  oliolllli  s  Ti.ii  k. '»] 

Social  Si  kiii  i   I-.iIik  .ition  (  ..  ugraph)  Tr.n  k.  'IS 

Social  Science  Education/History  Track,  100,  I'M 

Social  Science  Education/Sociology  Concentration,  106 

Sociology  Department,  105 

Sophomore  Screening,  26 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department,  107 

Spanish  for  Elementary  Education,  107 

Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services  Department,  'i  I 

Special  Fees,  14 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic.  23,  58 

Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiolngy,  64 

Sport  Administration  Track,  Physical  Education  and  Sport.  7o 

Sports,  Varsity,  20 

Stafford  Loan.  Federal,  15 

Student  Activities  and  Organizations.  11 

Student  Activity  Fee,  14 

Student  Affairs  Division,  20 

Student  Community  Services,  23 

Student  Congress,  23 

Student  Cooperative  Association.  23 

Student  Development.  2 1 

Student  Employment.  15 

Student  Programs  and  Services,  20 

Student  Rights.  Directory  Information.  23 

Student  Teaching.  56,  57 

Student  Union.  23 

Studio  Major,  69 

Study  Abroad  Programs,  43,  44,  45, 87,  107 

Sufficient  Progress.  30 

Summer  Sessions.  1 1 

Summer  Sessions  Fees.  1 3 

Syllabus  Policy,  26 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


232     index 


Teacher  Certification  (Postbaccalaureate),  1 1 

Teacher  Certification  Fee,  14 

Teacher  Education  and  Certification,  55-58 

Technology  Services  Center  (TSC),  6 

Technology  Support  and  Training  Department,  51 

Testing  Fee,  13 

Theater  Department.  72 

Title  IV  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Policy,  18 

Total  University  Course  Withdrawal  Policy,  29 

Town  Manager  Track,  Regional  Planning,  96,  98 

Transcript  Fees,  14 

Transfer  Admissions,  10 

Transfer  Coursework,  Pre-Approval  for,  39 

Tuition,  12 


v 


Varsity  Sports,  20 

Veterans  Affairs,  23 

Veterans  Benefits,  18 

Visiting  High  School  Students  Program,  10 

Vocational  Personnel  Preparation,  Center  for,  58 

Vocational  Rehabilitation  Assistance,  Office  of,  18 

Vocational-Technical  Professional  Studies,  58 

Withdrawal  Policies,  29 

Withdrawal  Refund  Policy,  14 

Women's  Studies  Program,  43 

Work-Study  Program,  15 

Writing  Across  the  Curriculum  Requirements,  39 


u 


Undergraduate  Catalog  Applicability  Timeframe,  40 

University,  The,  5 

University  Clinics,  58 

University  Employment  for  Students,  15 

University  Governance,  6 

University  Libraries,  7,  41 

University  Loan  Fund.  15 

University  Organization,  7 

University  School,  58 

University  Sponsored  Loan  Programs,  15 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA    UNDERGRADUATE    CATALOG,    1999-2000 


Non-Profit  Org. 

U.S.  Postage 

Paid 

Permit  No.  198 

Indiana,  PA15705 


Indiana,  PA  15705 
http://www.  hip.  edu